ChooseFI: Recent Episodes

The Unstuck Network

How would your life change if you reached Financial Independence and got to the point where working is optional? What actions can you take today to make that not just possible but probable. Jonathan & Brad explore the tactics that the FI community uses to reclaim decades of their lives. They discuss reducing expenses, crushing debt, tax optimization, building passive income streams through online businesses and real estate and how to travel the world for free. Every episode is packed with actionable tips and no topic is too big or small as long as it speeds up the process of reaching financial independence.

View Details

Paige started her journey to financial independence at 45 with student loans, negative net worth, and an average income in Los Angeles—yet she'll reach FI by 2025. Sam lives on $12,000 per year in the same expensive city and champions "retiring often" instead of early retirement. Together, they prove that every excuse about FI being impossible is just a limiting belief waiting to be shattered.

Key Topics DiscussedIntroduction and Context 00:00:00
Brad provides context for this 2017 episode, explaining how Paige challenged their limiting belief about achieving FI in high cost of living areas.

Paige's FI Discovery 00:05:00
Paige shares how she discovered FI at 44 after getting her first 'real' job, introduced by Sam to Mr. Money Mustache, and started her journey with negative net worth.

Sam's Early FI Journey 00:15:00
Sam discusses how his parents automated investing for him, the importance of starting early, and his approach to 'retiring often' instead of just early retirement.

Living on $12,000/Year in LA 00:25:00
Sam breaks down his extraordinarily low burn rate in Los Angeles, including creative housing solutions, no car payments, and extreme DIY lifestyle.

The Alley Will Provide 00:35:00
Paige and Sam discuss their non-minimalist approach to possessions, finding everything from vacuum cleaners to furniture in alleys and thrift stores.

Housing Arbitrage and The DIY House 00:45:00
Discussion of how they purchased a house with a gas leak for $475k in LA, using Sam's DIY skills to make it work despite traditional financing challenges.

Breaking Down Limiting Beliefs 00:55:00
Paige addresses common excuses for not pursuing FI: late start, student loans, high cost of living, average income, and shows how she's overcoming each.

Path to FI by 2025 01:05:00
Paige outlines her concrete plan to reach FI with less than $500k, leveraging the age 55 rule, catch-up contributions, and eventual Social Security.

Hot Seat Round 01:15:00
Rapid-fire questions covering favorite blogs, articles, life hacks, biggest mistakes, and advice for their younger selves.

Notable Quotes"The alley will provide." — Paige

"Don't retire early, retire often." — Sam

"The best time to start investing was twenty years ago. The second best time is today." — Sam

"Earning more, but still living on thirty, I feel so much freer. It feels so different." — Paige

"Forgive yourself for not having done it sooner. Because if you get hung up on that, you're just going to get stuck." — Sam

Key Takeaways* Calculate your own FI number using 25x your annual expenses, then work backwards to determine your timeline * If you have kids, automate investing for them early—open accounts and make saving the default, not a decision * Explore creative housing solutions in your area: roommates, house hacking, or arbitraging neighborhoods for lower rent * Learn one new DIY skill per month using YouTube—start with something currently costing you money (car maintenance, home repairs) * If you're over 50, maximize catch-up contributions to retirement accounts and research the age 55 rule for your 401(k) * Track where free resources appear in your community—thrift stores, community boards, bulk trash days, online marketplaces * Set up automatic transfers to investment accounts to remove decision fatigue and make saving the default

Resources and Links* ChooseFI Episode 041 (original) * Mr. Money Mustache Blog * Mad Fientist Blog * Big ERN (Early Retirement Now) * Jim Collins stock series * Frugal Woods * Personal Capital * YouTube (DIY learning) * Jocko Willink podcast


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

A 40-year-old physician associate and his wife walked away from their jobs with $50,000 earmarked for a year of world travel. They returned having spent just $30,000—and visited 15+ countries across four continents. This isn't a story about deprivation or cutting corners. It's about strategic geography, intentional choices, and the freedom that comes from knowing exactly what you value.

Key Topics DiscussedIntroduction and Background 00:00:00
Ginger introduces Zack, the "winner of life" from the 2025 end-of-year wins episode. Now 40 with a seven-month-old baby in Arizona, Zack reflects on how a year of travel reset his life trajectory.

The Genesis of the Trip 00:03:30
Growing up poor but playing travel soccer planted early seeds. Working short emergency medicine shifts gave Zack flexible scheduling and the mental space to plan an exit strategy with his wife.

Financial Foundation and Savings Rate 00:07:00
A 90%+ savings rate funded their dream. Complete financial transparency in marriage and childhood memories of family bankruptcy drove Zack to master personal finance young.

Planning and Budgeting 00:10:00
They allocated $50,000 for travel plus another $50,000 for job hunting upon return. Research through books and blogs introduced "low burn and high burn" countries. Chasing the sun meant packing only lightweight clothing.

The $30,000 Reality 00:15:00
Final spend: under $30,000. Strategies included medical volunteering, Workaway exchanges, teaching English for pay in London, hostels, homestays, and ruthless geo-arbitrage in Southeast Asia and South America.

Travel Strategies and Workaway 00:20:00
Workaway connected them to free accommodation in exchange for skills. They secured a paid two-month teaching position in London and applied to opportunities like an alpaca farm in Norway (visa restrictions prevented that one).

Building Community on the Road 00:28:00
Hostels, hiking groups, public transportation, and intentional conversations created friendships. A Malaysian engineer they met on a volcano hike later hosted them. Connection required showing up and being open.

Life-Changing Inflection Points 00:33:00
Two moments shaped everything: his family's bankruptcy as a teenager and waking up in an ICU coma in 2018. The latter injected urgency into postponed dreams and clarified what mattered most.

Overcoming Scarcity Mindset 00:38:00
Shifting from scarcity to abundance meant building systems aligned with core values. Evidence from past good decisions created confidence to bet on themselves.

Favorite Destinations 00:44:00
Guatemala's active volcano El Fuego, cooking classes in Thailand, Colombia's unexpected beauty and value, Vietnam's month-long immersion, and the dream bucket-list destination of New Zealand.

Reintegration and Lessons Learned 00:52:00
Coming home brought culture shock and relief from decision fatigue. They found jobs they loved. Travel isn't vacation—it's exhausting in different ways.

Resources and Closing Thoughts 00:58:00
Rolf Potts' Vagabonding shaped their philosophy. Journaling preserved memories. No single resource fits everyone; customize your approach by exploring multiple perspectives.

Notable QuotesZack: "We ended up spending just under thirty thousand dollars. If I told you the list of activities we did and the places we visited, you would not think it was possible."

Zack: "Easy decisions, hard life. Hard decisions, easy life. When you spend a lot of time thinking about the hard decisions and you go really deep on the core values of your life, then I think it makes it easier to create systems that will help you move forward."

Zack: "Traveling teaches you simplicity in a very interesting way. When we came home at the end of the year, we had plenty of room to spare in our backpacks. Your mindset just really shifts from 'this is what we think we need' to 'this is what we need.'"

Zack: "I woke up in a coma in the ICU. That experience really brought into perspective mortality and some sense of urgency to do the things in life that you want to do and to not wait."

Ginger: "There's a space between having that thought of reevaluating your life and actually changing your life about it. You changed your life about it. You acted on that assessment."

Key Takeaways Research Workaway or similar platforms (WWOOF, HelpX) to find opportunities exchanging skills for accommodation worldwide * Calculate your Coast FI number to determine if you could take a mini-retirement without derailing long-term financial goals * Create a travel budget using the "low burn/high burn" strategy—balance expensive destinations with ultra-affordable ones * Start a travel journal or blog to preserve memories and stay connected with loved ones during extended trips * Read Vagabonding* by Rolf Potts to shift mindset around long-term travel possibilities * Have transparent financial conversations with your partner about core values and what experiences you want to prioritize * Practice packing minimally for a weekend trip to build confidence in traveling with just a backpack * Explore "chasing the sun" itineraries that keep you in warm weather year-round to minimize gear needed * Set up systems that align with your core values (automate savings, track spending, create accountability) * Consider volunteering your professional skills abroad (medical trips, teaching English) to offset travel costs

Resources and Links Mentioned The 4-Hour Workweek by Tim Ferriss * Retire Often by Various Authors * Vagabonding* by Rolf Potts * Workaway platform * Booking.com (Genius Level for travel deals) * Atomic Habits principles (referenced for systems thinking)


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Your spouse shoots down every FI conversation with "we can't afford it" or "retirement at 35 sounds crazy." You respond with better spreadsheets, tighter logic, more compelling numbers—and somehow make things worse. The problem isn't your math. It's that you're bringing a calculator to an emotional fight.

Why FI Conversations Trigger Defensiveness00:05:30 — When we talk about money, we're not really talking about money. We're talking about security, social status, control, self-worth, and love. FI challenges the social contract most people internalized since childhood: work until 65, then retire. Violating this norm triggers psychological reactance—the tendency to resist when autonomy feels threatened.

00:12:00 — Pursuing FI signals more than personal choices. It implies judgment about others' decisions. If you're pursuing work-optional status at 40, you're indirectly questioning why someone else plans to work until 67. That's why seemingly rational discussions about savings rates become emotionally charged.

00:18:00 — Five common mistakes guarantee FI conversations will fail:

  • Leading with numbers instead of values
  • Using community jargon ("4% rule," "coast FI") with outsiders
  • Framing as "early retirement" rather than "work optional"
  • Presenting FI as a done deal instead of a mutual exploration
  • Evangelizing instead of listening

The Communication Framework That Actually Works00:28:00 — Start values-based conversations by asking open-ended questions: "If you woke up without work or money worries, what would your perfect Tuesday look like?" This explores shared desires without triggering resistance. People generate their own reasons for change—which proves far more persuasive than any argument you present.

00:35:00 — The elicit-provide-elicit framework from motivational interviewing:

  1. Elicit: Ask questions to understand their perspective first
  2. Provide: Share relevant information only after listening
  3. Elicit: Get their response to create dialogue, not lecture

Instead of: "We should save 50% of our income to retire by 40."Try: "What does financial security mean to you? ... I've been reading about building flexibility into our careers. What aspects of that appeal to you?"

00:43:00 — Validation acknowledges concerns without requiring agreement. When your partner worries about market crashes, don't counter with historical data. Say: "I hear you're concerned about losing everything in a downturn. That's a legitimate worry worth addressing." Then explore solutions together.

00:50:00 — Regular money dates reduce emotional charge. Schedule monthly 30-minute check-ins specifically about finances. Make them pleasant—coffee shop, weekend morning, whatever feels special. Low-stakes repetition normalizes these conversations.

When One Partner Resists FI00:56:00 — First understand the resistance. What do they feel they're losing? Status from career advancement? Daily structure? Social connections? Address the emotional concern behind the objection.

Start with minimal commitments rather than aggressive savings rates. Instead of "let's save 60% of income," try "what if we saved an extra $100 this month?" Build momentum through small wins that don't trigger reactance.

01:02:00 — The four essential communication skills:

  • Open-ended questions (who, what, where, when, why, how)
  • Affirmations (recognizing strengths and efforts)
  • Reflections (repeating back what you heard)
  • Summaries (pulling together themes from the conversation)

Notable QuotesJasper Lee: "You cannot beat an emotional objection with a logical argument."

Jasper Lee: "When we talk about money, we're not really talking about money. We're talking about security, social status, control, your self-worth, love."

Jasper Lee: "People are always more persuaded by arguments they generate themselves than by arguments you present to them."

Brad Barrett: "The journey to FI is probably about ninety percent psychological and maybe only five percent to ten percent about the actual mechanics of money."

Jasper Lee: "If I tell you I'm pursuing FI, I'm signaling to you not only what my choices are, but what I might be thinking about your choices."

Key Takeaways* Ask your partner values questions like "If you didn't have to worry about work or money, what would your ideal day look like?" before discussing numbers * Practice elicit-provide-elicit: ask questions first, share information second, get their thoughts third * Schedule monthly money dates to discuss finances in a low-stakes, planned setting * Validate concerns without necessarily agreeing—acknowledge feelings are real and worth addressing * Start small if facing resistance: commit to saving just $100 more per month rather than pushing aggressive targets * Use four communication skills: open-ended questions, affirmations, reflections, and summaries * Avoid FI jargon with people unfamiliar with the community—explain concepts in plain language * Frame FI as "work optional" or "financial security" rather than "early retirement" to avoid negative associations

ResourcesDr. Jasper Lee's Website


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Brad Barrett's daughter just graduated high school. She's heading to college in a few months. The number of times he'll see her for the rest of his life? Already countable. This realization—visceral and unavoidable—brought him back to a conversation that changed both his and Chris Hutchins' lives nearly four years ago: their interview with Bill Perkins about Die with Zero.

Key TopicsIntroduction and Episode Impact 00:00:00
Brad and Chris reflect on the massive impact Bill Perkins' Die with Zero episode had on their lives and why they wanted to revisit it.

Seasons of Life and Time Bucketing 00:05:30
Brad discusses how the concepts of seasons of life and time bucketing fundamentally changed his perspective, especially as his daughter prepares for college, highlighting the fleeting nature of time with loved ones.

The Optimization Trap 00:12:00
Chris shares his struggle with over-optimization, particularly around travel planning and points maximization, and how he's been re-evaluating what he's actually optimizing for in life.

Frugality as Superpower and Liability 00:18:45
The hosts debate whether frugality is still a superpower, discussing how the skill of spending shifts throughout different stages of financial independence.

Running the Numbers on Withdrawal Rates 00:28:00
Chris shares research on annuity rates and the 4% rule, revealing that 96% of the time people never touch their principal and discussing more rational ways to hedge against financial risk.

What Are You Optimizing For? 00:38:15
Both hosts dig into the fundamental question of what they're optimizing for—discussing the Tuesday Project, baseline fulfillment, and creating great average days versus one-off experiences.

Time, Work, and Life Balance 00:47:00
Chris processes his struggle with filling all available time with work-adjacent activities and discusses the challenge of setting boundaries when you love what you do.

Action Items and Future Plans 00:58:30
The hosts commit to specific actions inspired by the episode, including Chris's summer camp idea for families and Brad's commitment to create time bucket lists.

Notable Quotes"You should fear wasting your life more than you fear running out of money." — Brad Barrett (quoting Bill Perkins)

"Time is everything. My daughter just graduated high school. She's going to William & Mary in a couple months and again, you talk about seasons of life. Combining this with Tim Urban's The Tail End article, you realize time is running out." — Brad Barrett

"I think frugality is a superpower at times and then it becomes a liability at times." — Brad Barrett

"What I know for certain is every day I'm running out of time. So that's like a metaphysical certainty. You are running out of time." — Brad Barrett

"I've gotten good at spending more when things aren't crazy expensive. Where I still struggle tremendously is when I feel like I'm paying for something that there's a reasonable way to get it for a better deal." — Chris Hutchins

Key Takeaways* Create a time bucket list: Identify experiences you want to have and assign them to specific age ranges when they would be most meaningful and feasible * Calculate your real financial safety margin: Determine if you're using a 2%, 3%, or 4% withdrawal rate and whether that level of conservatism is preventing you from enjoying life now * Identify your seasons of life priorities: What matters most in your current season? Kids, health, travel, career? Allocate time and resources accordingly * Audit your optimization habits: Are you optimizing for the right things? Is maximizing credit card points costing you more in time and stress than it's worth? * Plan one 'season-appropriate' experience: Book something that leverages your current life stage, whether that's a trip with young kids or an adventure that requires physical fitness * Consider giving to your children now: If you plan to leave an inheritance, evaluate whether giving some portion during their 20s-30s would have more impact than waiting until death * Build local community: Start a regular open invitation event (like Friday pizza nights) to strengthen relationships with people in your area * Give yourself permission to take a break: Experiment with stepping back from weekly obligations to gain perspective on what truly matters

Resources and Links All the Hacks * Die with Zero* by Bill Perkins * All the Hacks podcast episode 285 (Bill Perkins interview) * The Tail End by Tim Urban (Wait But Why) * Early Retirement Now blog (Karsten aka Big ERN) * ChooseFI Local Groups * Nick Gray cocktail party methodology * CoPilot Money (spending tracking) * Kubera (net worth tracking)


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Reaching financial independence is supposed to be the goal—but what if you get there and realize the real skill isn't earning or saving, but learning to spend? And what if the metric for business success has nothing to do with revenue growth and everything to do with protecting your nervous system?

Key Topics DiscussedIntroduction and the Hidden Curriculum 00:00:00
Brad introduces the concept of life's hidden curriculum—essential lessons never explicitly taught but crucial to building extraordinary lives, including the question extraordinary people consistently ask: "What am I missing, and how could this be useful to me?"

Redefining Business Success 00:08:00
Diania explains her counterintuitive decision to keep the EconoMe Conference capped at 500 attendees despite selling out 9+ months in advance, redefining success around maintaining a calm nervous system rather than maximizing revenue or scaling.

Enoughness and Simplifying Life 00:15:00
A discussion about determining "enough" in business, friendships, and life overall. Brad shares why he chose not to scale ChooseFI to Dave Ramsey levels, and both explore the power of intentional constraints.

The Tuesday Project 00:22:00
Brad introduces his framework for designing FI around what your ideal average Tuesday looks like—waking without an alarm, taking walks in green space, accessing amenities on foot—rather than focusing solely on extraordinary experiences.

Daily Routines and Time Abundance 00:30:00
Diania shares her 4-5 AM morning routine, one-meeting-a-day philosophy, and how she structures days with intention and flexibility to protect both productivity and mental space.

The Skill of Spending in FI 00:42:00
Both hosts examine the challenge of learning to spend money intentionally after reaching FI, including examples like grocery delivery services and making purchases without the scarcity-driven research habits that got them to FI.

From Scarcity to Abundance 00:55:00
Diania reveals how her annual spending increased from $60K to over $100K—all on discretionary categories like health, relationships, generosity, and travel—while caring about money less than ever. She shares her recent $29K car purchase and why FI as a goal became irrelevant once the journey transformed her life.

Values, Idealism, and Materialism 01:08:00
A deep exploration of understanding true values versus social programming, the realization of not actually wanting the status symbols you thought you did, and how reducing materialism creates space for idealism.

Health and the Better Body Challenge 01:18:00
Diania details her transformative six-month fitness accountability challenge requiring 5 weekly workouts, 70,000 steps per week, daily protein goals, and data uploads—with a $100/week fine for missing targets.

Backing Yourself Into a Corner 01:32:00
Discussion about public accountability, understanding what motivates you personally, and intentionally creating circumstances that ensure follow-through on worthy goals.

Notable QuotesBrad Barrett: "A lot of people who consistently build extraordinary lives ask, what am I missing, and how could this be useful to me?"

Diania Merriam: "Success is a calm nervous system for you personally."

Diania Merriam: "I'm not looking for followers. I'm not looking for customers. I really look at them as my peers."

Diania Merriam: "My risk has flipped from running out of money to running out of time. I am much more willing to waste money than to waste time."

Diania Merriam: "The less materialistic I am, the more idealistic I get to be."

Key Takeaways* Identify one area where you're using scarcity mindset despite financial security and experiment with an abundance-based decision * Design your Tuesday Project: write down what your ideal average Tuesday would look like in FI and identify what's preventing that now * Audit your attention: identify what's stealing your focus in ways that don't align with your values and set one boundary * Consider joining an accountability group for a goal you've been postponing—whether fitness, creative pursuits, or skill-building * Experiment with "backing yourself into a corner" by publicly committing to one worthy goal that intimidates you * Practice the "one meeting a day" philosophy for one week to create more space for deep thinking and unscheduled time * Identify one service or expense that would buy back meaningful time and experiment with it for one month

Resources and Links* EconoMe Conference * The Subtle Art of Not Giving a F by Mark Manson * My First Million podcast * MyFitnessPal * The Fioneers (Jess) * Annie Duke (poker player and decision-making expert on "resulting")


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Most investors think they're buying the same thing when they choose a target date fund—but two people who bought 2025 target date funds 15 years ago could have 40% different returns today. Same target year, wildly different outcomes. The culprit? Fund families structure these "simple" investments in dramatically different ways, and most investors never look under the hood.

Key Topics DiscussedPassive Investing vs Active Financial Planning (00:03:30)
Cody explains why you should be a passive investor but an active financial planner in your own life, noting that 95% of active investors underperform broad index funds over time.

Understanding Target Date Funds (00:08:15)
How target date funds work as default 401(k) options, automatically shifting from aggressive to conservative allocations as retirement approaches along a predetermined glide path.

Surprising Differences Between Target Date Funds (00:18:45)
The revelation that identical retirement target years can produce vastly different outcomes depending on fund family—differences in international exposure, bond types, and allocation strategies compound over time.

Comparing Fidelity, Schwab, and Vanguard Target Dates (00:24:00)
Detailed breakdown of how three major fund families structure their target date index funds differently, with varying philosophies on diversification and risk management.

The Hidden Costs of Target Date Funds (00:32:20)
Analysis showing target date index funds cost 35% to 400% more than purchasing underlying index funds directly. Fidelity's target date index fund, for example, is four times more expensive than buying Fidelity's component funds separately.

Static Allocation Funds Explained (00:38:10)
Introduction to balanced funds that maintain constant allocations (like 60/40 stocks/bonds) regardless of your age or proximity to retirement.

Target Maturity vs Constant Maturity Bond Funds (00:42:30)
Deep dive into how target maturity bond funds differ from traditional bond index funds—all bonds mature in the same year, converting to cash automatically without requiring you to sell anything.

The Seven-Year Bond Strategy (00:48:15)
Cody's approach to determining bond allocation: calculate seven years of planned spending and hold that percentage in bonds. If you'll withdraw $40,000 annually from a $1 million portfolio, hold 28% in bonds ($280,000) and 72% in stocks.

Bond Ladders and Behavioral Finance (00:55:00)
How target maturity bond funds overcome psychological barriers to spending in retirement by eliminating the need to "sell" assets—bonds simply mature into cash when you need it.

Simplicity vs Complexity in Portfolio Design (01:02:30)
Cody shares his personal eight-fund retirement portfolio strategy, explaining why something that appears complex can actually feel simpler from a behavioral perspective.

Notable QuotesMike Piper, CPA (quoted by Cody Garrett, CFP®):
"There is no perfect portfolio, but there are countless perfectly fine portfolios."

Rick Ferri, CFA (quoted by Cody Garrett, CFP®):
"The perfect portfolio is the one you're going to stick with. Maintaining discipline is the hardest part of investing."

Cody Garrett, CFP®:
"Once you understand what a target date fund is, you no longer need one."

Cody Garrett, CFP®:
"Investing is like a bar of soap. The more you touch it, the less there is."

Brad Barrett:
"Success in personal finance and investing comes down more to behavior, vastly more to behavior than it comes down to any type of knowledge or intelligence."

Key Takeaways* Review your 401(k) fund lineup and sort by expense ratio to identify the lowest-cost index fund options available to you * If your 401(k) lacks low-cost index funds (under 0.10% expense ratio), contact your plan administrator to request they be added to the fund lineup * Calculate how much money you plan to spend from your portfolio over the next seven years to determine your appropriate bond allocation * Visit Morningstar.com and review the portfolio tab of any target date funds you currently own to understand their underlying holdings and allocation strategy * Download Cody's 10-question portfolio design exercise at measuretwicemoney.com/ChooseFI to create a strategy you can stick with long-term * Consider whether target maturity bond funds might help you overcome psychological barriers to spending in retirement * Review your current investments to ensure you're not paying 2-4x more for a target date fund when you could purchase underlying index funds directly

Resources and Links MentionedWebsite

Book

Morningstar.com for fund research and portfolio analysis

ChooseFI Episode 556 with Rachel Camp, CFP®

ChooseFI Episode 194 with Frank Vasquez on the role of bonds

Oblivious Investor blog by Mike Piper, CPA

Bogleheads community

Vanguard Total World Stock ETF (VT), Vanguard Total Stock Market ETF (VTI), Vanguard Total Bond Market ETF (BND)

iShares iBonds, Invesco BulletShares, Vanguard Bond Builder Target Maturity ETFs, State Street My Income ETFs


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

At 21, Cody Berman appeared on ChooseFI as a college student discovering financial independence. Three years later, he retired at 26. Now 30 with a $5 million net worth, he's back to reveal exactly how he compressed a decades-long journey into a three-year sprint—and why the same principles work whether you're 25 or 55.

The Journey from 22 to FI at 2600:05:30

Cody's path to financial independence was methodical and aggressive. Between ages 22 and 25, he experimented with over 20 side hustles, scaling his income from $96K to more than $400K annually. The key? He kept expenses locked at just $24K per year—creating a massive gap of $625K over three years.

That gap fueled three wealth-building engines:

  • $500K in stock market investments (VOO, VTSAX, VTI)
  • 13 rental properties generating $3,700/month in passive income
  • Digital products businesses producing $10K/month

By his 26th birthday, Cody had achieved "cashflow FI"—his passive income streams covered living expenses without touching his investment portfolio.

The Psychology of Financial Independence00:18:00

Brad and Cody explore why some people achieve FI while others with similar incomes stay stuck. The answer isn't math—it's psychology and awareness.

Cody attributes his success to having a clear destination. When you know exactly where you're going and why it matters, spending $100 on something that doesn't serve that destination becomes harder than saying no. The infamous "second marshmallow" experiment demonstrates this: delaying gratification becomes easier when you're aware of what you're trading for.

As Cody puts it: "Earn more, spend less, invest the gap. Very simple. That is financial independence in a nutshell."

Passive Income Reality Check00:28:00

Let's demolish the myth of truly passive income. Cody manages 13 rental properties—but spends just 4-5 hours per month on them. This represents the spectrum of passive income: not zero effort, but minimal effort relative to the returns.

The secret? Working in seasons rather than constant hustle mode. Some months require more attention (tenant turnover, maintenance issues), while others are nearly hands-off. Cody's businesses also follow this pattern—periods of intense development followed by relative autopilot.

Brad reinforces this with math: "Every $100 a month you can cut out of your budget is $30,000 less you need in your FI number." Over 20 years, that $100/month compounds to $60K invested. That's a $90K swing from a single optimization.

Designing the Perfect Tuesday00:42:00

Forget exotic vacations—FI is about winning on a random Tuesday. Cody and Lauren's ideal weekday reveals what financial independence actually looks like:

Morning: Wake naturally, coffee together, workout (him: gym; her: Pilates), shower, work on creative projects they enjoy

Midday: Lunch together, afternoon walk in their neighborhood, separate time for individual pursuits

Evening: Dinner together, reading, quality time before bed

Nothing dramatic. No yachts. Just complete autonomy over every hour of a normal day.

They maintain this through monthly alignment meetings—typically at a restaurant over a nice meal—covering:

  • Money and real estate
  • Health and fitness
  • Travel plans
  • Relationships (with a safe space to address concerns)
  • Friends and family
  • A rotating category
  • Goals for the next month

They also record an annual video reviewing the year, creating a time capsule of their journey.

Post-FI Life and the Book00:58:00

What actually happens when you achieve FI? Cody shares the uncomfortable truth: "Anything that you say that you want to do and that you don't do is a Cody problem. Before FI, you can blame things on time. You can blame things on money."

When those excuses disappear, you're left facing yourself. That can be liberating and terrifying.

His new book, Retire by Thirty, addresses this and more. Like Tim Ferriss's The Four Hour Workweek, the title is provocative but the principles are universal. Whether you compress your FI journey from 50-55, 33-36, or any timeframe, the core concepts remain the same: maximize the gap, invest intelligently, build passive income streams, and design a life aligned with your values.

Late Starters and Practical Advice01:12:00

Brad poses the critical question: What if you're 50 and just discovering FI?

Cody's answer: Hit expenses first. Housing is typically the biggest expense—and the most flexible. House hacking isn't just for 22-year-olds. Could you take in a roommate? Build an ADU? Downsize temporarily? The path to FI is littered with people who said "I can't do that." Those who achieve it ask instead: "How can I do that?"

As Brad observes: "You should switch your I can't into how can I and then listen to podcasts like this, find people who are actually doing it."

The excuse of "I can't because I have kids" or "I can't because of my age" falls apart when you find role models with your exact constraints who succeeded anyway. Roger Bannister didn't break the four-minute mile because he was superhuman—he broke it because he believed it was possible. Once he did, dozens followed within months.

Key Takeaways Map out your top 10 values independently with your partner, then compare to ensure you're living in alignment with what truly matters * Schedule monthly review meetings covering money, health, travel, relationships, and goals—make it special over a nice meal * Calculate your gap: subtract monthly expenses from income and identify ways to increase this by 10-20% in the next 90 days * Identify one housing optimization (house hack, downsize, roommate, ADU rental) that could reduce housing costs without sacrificing quality of life * Start ONE side hustle this month—give yourself permission to experiment and fail, knowing most end up in the "side hustle graveyard" but one might change everything * Design your perfect Tuesday: write out your ideal weekday schedule hour by hour, then identify 2-3 small changes you can implement this month * Find your FI role model*: identify someone with a similar background who achieved FI and study exactly what they did

Notable Quotes"The path to FI is littered with people who said, I can't do that. And Cody turned around and said, how can I do that?" — Brad Barrett

"Earn more, spend less, invest the gap. Very simple. That is financial independence in a nutshell." — Cody Berman

"You should switch your I can't into how can I and then listen to podcasts like this, find people who are actually doing it." — Cody Berman

"Anything that you say that you want to do and that you don't do is a Cody problem. Before FI, you can blame things on time. You can blame things on money." — Cody Berman

"Every $100 a month you can cut out of your budget is $30,000 less you need in your FI number." — Brad Barrett

Resources and LinksCody's Work:

  • Book
  • Website
  • The FI Show Podcast
  • Gold City Ventures (Digital Products Business)

Mentioned:

  • The Four-Hour Work Week by Tim Ferriss
  • Mr. Money Mustache blog
  • Camp FI events
  • Vanguard, Fidelity, Schwab (investment platforms)
  • VOO, VTSAX, VTI (index funds/ETFs)

Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Bill Yount reached financial independence at 60—then froze. His financial advisor confirmed 100% security, yet instead of relief, he felt disoriented fog. The emergency medicine physician who transformed from YOLO spender to 40% saver now struggles with a question that haunts many late starters: if I'm financially free, why can't I leave?

Key Topics Discussed 00:05:30 The Wake-Up Call: From YOLO to Financial Awareness
Bill's trifecta of mistakes at age 50: being house poor after an underwater renovation, maintaining a single-digit savings rate, and panic-selling stocks at market bottom. A lawsuit became the catalyst for confronting financial reality and transforming to a 30-40% savings rate within a decade.

00:15:00 The Emotional Journey: Anger, Shame, and Transformation
Processing the emotional weight of starting late requires confronting anger, shame, and regret. Bill explains how downsizing from material excess created unexpected freedom, and why late starters must do the psychological work alongside the mathematical calculations.

00:22:00 The Partnership: Wife's Role and Family Dynamics
Bill's wife became Chief Visionary Officer, returned to work full-time, and they saved her entire income through solo 401(k)s. Their journey debunks the "rich doctor syndrome" myth—25% of physicians at age 60 aren't even millionaires.

00:28:00 The Fog of FI: Reaching the Number and Not Knowing What's Next
Sitting across from a financial advisor who confirmed complete financial security, Bill experienced unexpected confusion instead of celebration. This disorienting state—FOGO, or fear of getting out—reveals how identity and emotion don't automatically align with mathematical achievement.

00:35:00 One More Year Syndrome and Identity Struggles
Despite being FI, Bill continues working twelve-hour emergency medicine night shifts. He candidly explores identity wrapped up in being a doctor, the meaning derived from patient care, and the difficulty of imagining life beyond the hospital.

00:42:00 The Glide Path: Cutting Shifts and Taking Action
After Doc G asked for "one good reason" to keep his current schedule and Bill couldn't answer, he committed to cutting two shifts per month. This gradual approach offers an alternative to the all-or-nothing retirement cliff.

00:50:00 Lessons for Late Starters: Beliefs and Barriers
Common limiting beliefs that paralyze late starters include "I'm too far behind," "I don't make enough," and "I don't know enough." Bill emphasizes it's always the right time to start, and the math works the same regardless of income level.

00:58:00 Health, Wealth, and Future Planning
A frank discussion about neglecting physical health during wealth accumulation. Bill commits to refocusing on exercise and wellness to minimize the gap between healthspan and lifespan during the "go-go years" of early retirement.

01:05:00 Community, Travel, and What's Next
Future plans include traveling to Norway with his sons, speaking at KiwiFi in New Zealand, and an ambitious mission: ensuring every medical resident receives a financial plan by 2035.

Notable QuotesBill Yount: "The emphasis, as we say, on late starter is on the starting and not being late."

Bill Yount: "Between stimulus and response is a space. And we need to embrace that space because in that space, we need to regulate and choose our response."

Bill Yount: "Relationships compound better than money, I think."

Bill Yount: "It's better late than never. And we can catch up to FI together."

Ginger: "I think a lot of people say, oh, that person is like me, right? And if they can do it, I can do it."

Key Takeaways* Track your money completely: Know your net worth, understand expenses, and identify where money goes before creating a plan * Implement a reverse budget: Save your target percentage (30-40% if possible) off the top first, then spend the rest according to values * Address the emotional work: Process anger, shame, and regret about past mistakes. Forgiveness matters as much as spreadsheets * Find your community: Join FI groups, attend meetups, connect with others on the journey—you cannot do this alone * Take incremental action on transitions: If struggling with one-more-year syndrome, start by cutting shifts or reducing hours rather than making it all-or-nothing * Focus on health alongside wealth: Don't neglect physical and mental wellbeing in pursuit of financial goals * Consider professional guidance: Working with a flat-fee fiduciary advisor can help navigate complex distribution phase decisions * Create a written plan: Develop an investor policy statement, write it down, sign it, and commit to it with your partner * Plan for giving: Once you've secured your own oxygen mask, consider how to help the next generation * Recognize limiting beliefs: High income doesn't automatically create wealth, and it's never too late to start

Resources and LinksPodcasts and Communities:

  • Catching Up to FI - Bill Yount and Jackie Cummings Koski's podcast for late starters
  • Risk Parity Radio - Frank Vasquez's podcast
  • Stacking Benjamins - Joe Saul-Sehy's podcast
  • Camp FI - Financial independence retreat
  • FinCon - Financial content creator conference
  • Bogleheads - Investment community
  • KiwiFi - New Zealand FI conference

Books and Authors:

  • Man's Search for Meaning - Viktor Frankl
  • Falling Upward - Richard Rohr
  • Humble Dollar - Jonathan Clements's blog
  • Paul Merriman - Investment education

People Mentioned:

  • Doc G (Jordan Grumet) - Physician and FI mentor
  • Fritz Gilbert - Retirement planning expert
  • Alan and Katie Donegan - Rebel Finance School
  • Bronwyn Candish - KiwiFi organizer
  • Sarah Catherine Gutierrez - Financial advisor
  • Andy Hill - Personal finance educator
  • Brad Barrett - ChooseFI co-host
  • Charlie Munger - Investor and thinker

Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

The stock market crashes about once every three years—at least a 20% drop. Most investors panic and sell. But if you understood why markets always recover, you'd do the opposite. Brian Feroldi reveals three mechanical forces that guarantee long-term market resilience, transforming market crashes from terrifying events into predictable opportunities.

Key Topics DiscussedIntroduction to Market Resilience (00:00:00)
Brad Barrett introduces the concept of understanding market recovery through fundamental mechanics rather than accepting it on faith.

Understanding Market Crashes (00:05:00)
Brian explains crash frequency: 10% drops every eleven months, 15% every two years, 20% every three years, 30% once a decade, and 40%+ drops two to three times per century.

Force #1: Stocks Follow Earnings (00:10:00)
The first fundamental force—stock prices track corporate earnings over time. Brian introduces the man-and-dog analogy: the man (profits) walks steadily uphill while the dog (prices) runs wild on an elastic leash. Watch the man, not the dog.

Force #2: Earnings Always Recover (00:25:00)
Brian breaks down the five-phase economic recovery process: cost-cutting, cleansing, government intervention, innovation, and emergence.

The Forest Fire Analogy (00:32:00)
Economic downturns function like forest fires—clearing deadwood, eliminating weak competitors, and creating optimal conditions for new growth. The COVID pandemic demonstrated this: remote work jumped from under 10% to over 90% in four months.

Force #3: Profits Rise Over Time (00:48:00)
Five systematic drivers cause profits to rise: productivity gains, inflation, innovation, geographic expansion, and population growth. These forces ensure long-term upward trajectory despite temporary setbacks.

Investor Psychology and Closing Thoughts (00:55:00)
Discussion about investor behavior during crashes and the importance of saving this episode for future market downturns when emotional fortitude matters most.

Notable Quotes"Stocks follow earnings. As go the earnings of a company or an index, also goes the price or the market value of that same index." — Brian Feroldi

"The best time to buy is at the period of maximum pessimism. And the period of maximum pessimism is precisely when you absolutely do not want to buy." — Brian Feroldi

"Ninety percent of good investing is how you behave in the 10% of time that things are not going well." — Brian Feroldi

"Think of the man walking a dog on an elastic leash. The man represents profits, the dog represents stock prices. Watch the man, not the dog." — Brian Feroldi

"Innovation accelerates when times are tough. Necessity is the mother of invention." — Brad Barrett and Brian Feroldi

Key Takeaways* Google "S&P 500 earnings" and study the 100-year chart showing earnings rather than just stock prices to see the steady upward march of the "man" * Save this episode in your investor policy statement to re-listen during the next market crash when you need psychological reinforcement * Set up automatic dollar-cost averaging contributions to retirement accounts and commit to never stopping them during downturns * Review your asset allocation if you're within 10 years of financial independence to ensure appropriate risk levels and cash cushions * Markets typically bottom when news is worst because prices predict earnings recovery 6-9 months ahead

Resources and Links Why Does the Stock Market Go Up? by Brian Feroldi * The Simple Path to Wealth* by JL Collins * JL Collins Guided Meditation for Market Drops * Afford Anything Podcast with Paula Pant * Camp FI * Brian Feroldi on YouTube * Brian Feroldi on Twitter/X * Brian Feroldi on Instagram * Brian Feroldi on Threads


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Most investors lose to the market because they're trying to pick winners in a game where only 4% of stocks have created 100% of market wealth over the past century. The math isn't in your favor—but there's a simpler path that is.

Key Topics DiscussedIntroduction to FI 201 (00:00:00)
Jonathan introduces the concept of Financial Independence 201, explaining how it builds on FI 101 to help individuals progress from control to optimization and independence on their FI journey.

The Genesis of FI 201 (00:05:30)
Allen and Kristen explain how they identified the need for a 201-level presentation based on questions emerging from their St. Louis FI 101 sessions, particularly around investing concepts.

Asset Allocation Fundamentals (00:15:00)
Allen breaks down asset allocation as 'your money pie,' discussing how to balance growth, safety, and emergency funds while considering time horizons and diversification strategies.

Risk Tolerance vs Risk Capacity (00:22:00)
The team explores the critical difference between emotional risk tolerance and actual risk capacity, using examples from 2008 and 2020 market crashes to illustrate real-world application.

Tax-Advantaged Account Strategies (00:35:00)
Allen and Brad discuss the various tax treatments of investment accounts including 401(k)s, 457(b)s, Roth IRAs, HSAs, and taxable brokerage accounts, emphasizing lifetime tax optimization.

Individual Stocks vs Index Funds (00:48:00)
The hosts examine the data on individual stock picking, revealing that only 4% of stocks have contributed to 100% of market wealth over the past century, making a strong case for index investing.

Dividends and Tax Control (00:55:00)
Brad and Allen discuss why the FI community often prefers capital gains over dividend income, focusing on the importance of maintaining control over when and how you realize taxable events.

Notable Quotes"You can't save your way to FI, you have to invest." — Allen Hansen

"When there's a dip, you essentially get to buy the market on sale. If you love a bargain, this is it." — Brad Barrett

"Why in the world do we not think that way when it comes to the market? Our brain completely flips. We're like, ah, we're scared." — Kristen Knapp

"It's not what's my tax this year. It is what is going to be my tax burden over my lifetime." — Brad Barrett

"The best investing lesson: stand there and do nothing. If you're invested, just don't do anything and you're going to be rewarded." — Allen Hansen

Key Takeaways* Assess your own risk tolerance and risk capacity honestly by considering how you would react to a 30% portfolio drop * Review your current asset allocation across all accounts and determine if it aligns with your time horizon and financial goals * Calculate the difference between your marginal and effective tax rates to understand your true tax burden * Identify which tax-advantaged accounts you have access to (401k, 457b, 403b, HSA, IRA) and ensure you're maximizing employer matches * Track every dollar of taxable income if you're on ACA subsidies or approaching any subsidy cliffs to avoid losing benefits * Consider whether you have the right balance between taxable, tax-deferred, and tax-free accounts for maximum flexibility in retirement * Join or start a local FI group to benefit from community wisdom and learn from others at different stages of the journey * Review your portfolio for dividend-heavy investments and consider whether you'd prefer more control over when you realize taxable events

Resources & Links* FI Friends Travel * The Simple Path to Wealth by J.L. Collins * Tax Planning to and Through Early Retirement by Sean Mullaney and Cody Garrett * ChooseFI Community App * St. Louis FI Group * BlackBerry Documentary (Netflix) * Arizona State University Stock Market Wealth Study * Brian Feroldi (individual stock investing advocate) * Investopedia


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Devon Gimbel just booked over $250,000 in travel last year using credit card points—but she's the first to tell you award travel isn't "free." It's a strategy for 10x-ing your existing travel budget by strategically matching your routine spending to the right credit cards. Since ChooseFI's original Travel Rewards 101 in 2017, the landscape has matured: annual fees are higher, issuer rules are stricter, and new players like Bilt have revolutionized the game by letting you earn points on rent and mortgage payments. Yet the fundamentals remain: with deliberate card selection and an understanding of transferable points currencies, it's still entirely possible to unlock one to two meaningful trips per year—whether that's economy flights to national parks or first-class seats to Tokyo.

Key Topics Discussed00:00:00 - Introduction and State of Travel Rewards in 2026
Brad introduces Devon Gimbel and discusses how travel rewards have evolved since ChooseFI's first Travel Rewards 101 episode in 2017. They address whether earning significant travel value is still possible despite higher annual fees and stricter rules.

00:05:30 - The Evolution of Award Travel Community
Devon reflects on how the travel rewards community has matured since 2013-2014, moving from a monotone focus on premium cabin travel to showcasing diverse travel styles including domestic trips, family travel, and national park adventures.

00:11:45 - Getting Started: First Steps for Beginners
Devon outlines how beginners should approach travel rewards by analyzing their top spending categories and selecting one or two intentionally chosen credit cards with strong bonus categories rather than immediately pursuing dozens of sign-up bonuses.

00:16:20 - Sign-Up Bonuses vs. Everyday Spend Strategy
Discussion of the balance between chasing new card welcome bonuses and building a sustainable credit card portfolio with strong category bonuses. Devon explains why a hybrid approach works better for most people than constantly opening new cards.

00:22:15 - Understanding Bonus Categories
Deep dive into how credit card bonus categories work, why they matter, and how strategic matching of spending patterns to bonus categories can dramatically increase points earning without changing spending behavior.

00:30:00 - The Power of Flexibility
Brad and Devon discuss various dimensions of flexibility in travel rewards including travel dates, destinations, airports, cabin class, and types of points currencies. They share contrasting examples from their recent Japan trips.

00:38:45 - Transferable vs. Fixed Points Currencies
Devon explains the critical difference between transferable points programs (Chase, Amex, Capital One, Bilt, Citi) and fixed airline/hotel programs, comparing them to Visa gift cards versus single-merchant gift cards.

00:47:30 - The Rise of Bilt Rewards
Discussion of how Bilt has emerged as a major transferable points currency, offering the ability to earn points on rent and mortgage payments while providing strong transfer partners that directly compete with Chase Ultimate Rewards.

00:55:00 - Credit Card Issuer Restrictions in 2026
Devon outlines how credit card eligibility rules have tightened, including Chase's evolving restrictions and once-per-lifetime language similar to American Express, emphasizing the importance of deliberate card selection.

01:02:15 - Calculating Travel Value and Points Redemption
Devon shares her methodology for calculating the value of points redemptions using her family's Lufthansa first class trip as an example, discussing the difference between 'free travel' and maximizing travel budget value.

01:12:30 - How Devon Earns 6 Million Points Annually
Transparent discussion of Devon's points earning including business expenses, mortgage payments through Bilt, quarterly taxes, shopping portals, and strategic use of bonus categories, with acknowledgment that her situation differs from average users.

01:22:00 - Partnership Strategy for Couples
Devon explains why couples should avoid automatically adding each other as authorized users and instead should each apply for cards individually to double welcome bonuses and access to certain benefits.

01:29:45 - Essential Tools and Resources
Devon recommends key tools including Travel Freely for card organization, Card Pointers for tracking benefits and credits, SaveWise/GetSaveWise for shopping portal aggregation, and her Point Me to First Class podcast and community.

01:34:20 - Shopping Portal Strategy and SaveWise
Detailed explanation of how shopping portals work and Devon's strategy of waiting for high-bonus periods (like 20x points on Viator) to book travel activities and tours, demonstrating patience-based optimization.

Notable QuotesDevon Gimbel: "This is not about spending money that you don't have, that you don't want to spend. This is you just spending the money you were going to spend anyway, but really leveraging those expenses to maximize your points."

Devon Gimbel: "I don't consider award travel free travel. I think there's certainly a way that you can do it where you defray as much out-of-pocket cash cost as possible, but I've always thought about it as how do I take my existing travel budget that is a cash-based budget, how do I actually 10x that or 20x that using points?"

Brad Barrett: "This is the equivalent of paying for all of your expenses with a debit card, with checks, with an ACH transfer. It is not bad, but it is such a missed opportunity."

Devon Gimbel: "Credit card companies do not tell you the best way to use your points. If you're ever going to redeem your points through the options they give you, their points are going to have a very low ceiling of value. You are never going to break through that ceiling."

Devon Gimbel: "Transferable points are exceptionally flexible. Airline and hotel points and miles are not flexible."

Key Takeaways* Identify your top 1-2 spending categories over the past year and select credit cards with strong bonus categories that match those expenses. * If you're new to travel rewards, prioritize getting one solid transferable points earning credit card (Chase, Amex, Capital One, or Bilt) before considering fixed airline/hotel cards. * Set up automatic payments for all credit cards to ensure you pay statements in full every month and never carry a balance. * If you're partnered, discuss applying for credit cards individually rather than adding each other as authorized users to maximize welcome bonuses. * Download organizational tools like Travel Freely (free) or Card Pointers (paid) to track your cards, annual fees, and benefits. * Install SaveWise or visit GetSaveWise.com to start comparing shopping portal bonuses before making online purchases. * If you're a renter or have a mortgage, research Bilt Rewards to start earning points on your housing payments. * Learn the difference between redeeming points through your credit card portal vs. transferring to partners—transfers typically offer 2-5x better value. * Before applying for new cards, research issuer restrictions like Chase 5/24 to strategically sequence your applications. * Create a running list on your phone of upcoming travel expenses (tours, activities, transport) and wait for high shopping portal bonuses before booking.

Resources and Links* Point Me to First Class * Travel Freely * Card Pointers * SaveWise / GetSaveWise * ChooseFI Credit Cards Page * ChooseFI Episode 594 with Noah (tools discussion) * Original ChooseFI Travel Rewards 101 (Episode 9, 2017)


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

A dead local meetup group attracted just 5 people to its first gathering at a brewery. Two years later, that same group draws 70+ attendees to structured educational sessions, with newcomers driving across multiple states to participate. The transformation reveals something most personal finance education gets fundamentally wrong.

Introduction and St. Louis Group Overview[00:00:00] Jonathan and Brad welcome Kristen Knapp and Allen Hansen to discuss how the St. Louis ChooseFI group became one of the most thriving communities in the country.

Rebooting a Dormant Community[00:08:30] Kristen shares how she transformed a dormant St. Louis group after attending Camp FI, starting with brewery meetups and evolving to structured case studies that dramatically increased engagement.

The Genesis of FI 101[00:15:45] The hosts discuss how new members needed basic FI education, leading to the creation of a structured FI 101 program that attracted 70+ attendees and continues to grow.

Kristen's Journey to Part-Time Work[00:22:10] Kristen shares her 30-year broadcast meteorology career and how the FI community gave her the confidence to negotiate a part-time arrangement, creating space for her FI Friends Travel venture.

Allen's Perspective on Giving Back[00:31:20] Allen discusses his motivation to help others after reaching FI himself, emphasizing that anyone can make mistakes and still succeed on the path to financial independence.

Structuring FI 101 Content[00:38:00] The group breaks down the essential components of FI 101: defining financial independence, the shockingly simple math of early retirement, and the financial order of operations.

The Importance of Your Why[00:45:30] Jonathan proposes that understanding your personal why for FI should be the foundation of any FI 101 program, making it more compelling than traditional personal finance education.

Investment Fees and Opportunity Cost[00:52:15] Brad delivers a detailed breakdown of how investment fees can cost millions over a lifetime, using concrete examples to illustrate the importance of low-cost index funds like VTI.

Action Items and Next Steps[01:05:40] Allen outlines the two critical action items for FI 101 attendees: tracking net worth and monitoring spending, while the group discusses cadence for ongoing educational sessions.

Preview of FI 201 and Future Plans[01:12:00] The hosts wrap up by discussing plans for a second episode covering FI 201 content and how local groups can iterate and improve their educational programming.

Notable Quotes"I created what I wished existed. Nobody else is going to do it. Why not me?" — Kristen Knapp

"After fifteen years of marriage, we finally hit broke. I think that resonates with people. We did it all wrong with credit card debt, you name it." — Allen Hansen

"You can't save your way to FI. It's just almost impossible. You have to invest those dollars." — Allen Hansen

"FI is not this passive endeavor and FI is not just about the nuts and bolts of money. This is about a constantly evolving mental framework." — Brad Barrett

"Being around other people on the same path is one hundred percent the reason I've been able to create this life, because I would have never even had the idea or the courage to do any of this." — Kristen Knapp

Key Takeaways* Your savings rate matters more than your income. Someone earning $50,000 and saving 50% will reach FI faster than someone earning $150,000 but saving only 10%. * Investment fees compound negatively. A 1% advisor fee plus 1% fund fees can reduce a potential $7.2 million portfolio to just $3.9 million over 40 years. * Your FI number is calculated by multiplying annual expenses by 25, based on the 4% safe withdrawal rule. * Understanding your personal "why" for pursuing FI is more compelling than traditional budgeting advice and provides the motivation needed for long-term success. * Community makes the difference. Local FI groups provide accountability, education, and the courage to make life-changing decisions. * You don't need to be perfect from day one. Allen reached broke after 15 years of marriage and still achieved early retirement.

Action Steps* Calculate your current savings rate: (Income - Expenses) / Income * Determine your FI number by multiplying your annual expenses by 25 * Complete an expense audit to understand where every dollar goes * Track your net worth monthly to measure progress toward FI * Review your investment fees and consider switching to low-cost index funds like VTI * Write down your personal "why" for pursuing financial independence * Join or start a ChooseFI local group by visiting chooseFI.com * Apply the value matrix to your spending decisions to align expenses with values * Consider volunteering to do a case study presentation at your local FI group * If working part-time appeals to you, explore negotiating a flexible arrangement using your FI progress as leverage

Resources and Links* FI Friends Travel * Mr. Money Mustache - The Shockingly Simple Math Behind Early Retirement * ChooseFI Episode 021 - Pillars of FI * ChooseFI Local Groups * Camp FI * The Simple Path to Wealth by JL Collins * VTI (Vanguard Total Stock Market ETF) * The Money Guys Podcast - Financial Order of Operations * ChooseFI Episode 596 - Mistakes Were Made * ChooseFI Episode 598 with Ginger


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Brynne Conroy joins to discuss 529A ABLE accounts and massive new changes that nearly double eligibility for these accounts for those with disabilities.


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Ginger asks Brad a series of hard hitting questions on life and FI.


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Adam Coelho stood on stage presenting to Google's CEO at a leadership conference, the culmination of his 14-year career training thousands of Googlers in mindfulness and emotional intelligence. One week later, he was placed on a performance improvement plan—the corporate equivalent of being told your time is up. His story reveals a fundamental truth about financial independence that most people miss until it's too late: having enough money to walk away isn't the same as knowing where to walk toward.

Key Topics Discussed[00:00:00] Introduction and Adam's Return
Brad welcomes Adam back to explore his transition from Google and introduce the central question: if FI life started tomorrow, what would you actually do?

[00:03:30] The Necessary vs. Sufficient Framework
Adam introduces the concept that FU money alone isn't enough for true resilience. Unexpected life events can thrust anyone into early retirement without warning, and financial preparedness without life preparedness leaves you directionless.

[00:08:15] Identity Beyond Work
How much of your identity is tied to prestigious roles and external markers of success? The challenge of discovering who you are when those markers disappear.

[00:14:00] Adam's Story: From Peak to Performance Warning
The journey from presenting at Google CEO's leadership conference to being placed on a performance improvement plan illustrates how quickly circumstances can change—and why preparation matters.

[00:22:00] The Power of Vision and Envisioning
The neuroscience behind envisioning: neuroplasticity, how our brains are prediction machines, and why the future we expect is the one we tend to create.

[00:32:00] Practical Envisioning Exercises
Step-by-step guidance on envisioning your FI life, including the FI Life Jumpstart exercise, journaling practices, and thinking bigger than your current constraints.

[00:40:00] Client Success Story: Nick the Flight Doc
How one client transformed his life by thinking bigger about his vision, leading to international medical mission trips and better work-life balance.

[00:46:00] Planting Seeds: Vision Practices
Specific practices for reinforcing your vision: visualization, mindset affirmations, talking about your vision, and mini experiments.

[00:54:00] Day One of FI Life
Adam describes his actual first day after leaving Google, the importance of giving yourself grace, and transitioning from corporate pace to entrepreneurial freedom.

[01:02:00] Final Lessons and Closing
Key takeaways about mourning old identities, avoiding the trap of hitting a number without a plan, and starting to live your FI life now.

Notable Quotes"FU money is absolutely necessary, but not sufficient on its own. There's actually a second half to true resilience." — Adam Coelho

"If FI life started tomorrow, what would you do? We're all on this path to financial independence, but if that life started tomorrow morning, are you ready to start living it?" — Adam Coelho

"FU money gives you options and security, but vision gives you direction and momentum." — Adam Coelho

"Our story creates our reality. Everything you think, feel, and pay attention to changes the structure and function of your brain." — Adam Coelho

"FI number is necessary but not sufficient for a great financially independent life. I think the money without the plan of what does life look like, without the experimentation, without the resilience to take the ups and downs of how life throws things at you, I think if it's just the money, I think you're hopelessly lacking." — Brad Barrett

Key Takeaways* Download the FI Life Jumpstart exercise at mindfulfire.org/choosefi and complete the envisioning journaling prompt this week * Identify one mini experiment you can try this month that aligns with your vision for FI life—something low-risk and low-cost * Create 3-5 mindset affirmations based on who you want to become and practice them during meditation or quiet reflection * Talk to at least one person about your vision for FI life this week to plant seeds and create accountability * Start a daily or weekly practice of noticing unhelpful stories and asking "Is this useful?" before choosing to let them go * Examine your current life through zero-based thinking: if you were starting over today, what would you keep and what would you change? * Build FU money as a foundation, but simultaneously develop clarity on your post-FI vision so you're prepared regardless of when that transition happens

Resources and Links* FI Life Jumpstart exercise * Mindful Fire podcast * Atomic Habits by James Clear * The Predicting Brain by Regina Polly * Modern Wisdom podcast * ChooseFI podcast episode 420 with Adam Coelho


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Even financially independent people have lost fortunes to bad investments, high-fee funds, and speculation. Brad Barrett, Alan Donegan, and Katie Donegan lay bare their most expensive mistakes—from Alan's 90% dot-com crash loss to Katie's near-£1 million fee trap to Brad's decade-long real estate nightmare—proving that catastrophic errors don't prevent you from reaching FI if you learn the right lessons.

Key Topics Discussed[00:00:00] Introduction: Why Share Mistakes?
Brad introduces the episode concept, explaining why sharing financial and life mistakes can help others avoid similar pitfalls on their FI journey.

[00:03:30] Alan's Dot-Com Bubble Disaster
Alan shares how he lost 90% of his £7,000 life savings investing in high-tech managed growth stocks right before the dot-com crash, and how this scared him away from stock market investing for 13 years.

[00:08:45] Brad's Early Investment Mistakes
Brad discusses investing in WorldCom and other 'top picks' that went bankrupt, plus getting sold a mutual fund with horrible loads, highlighting that there's no secret investment knowledge reserved for the wealthy.

[00:13:20] Katie's High-Fee Fund Trap
Katie reveals how a financial advisor convinced her to invest in actively managed funds with 2.71% ongoing fees plus 3% entry charges, a mistake that would have cost her and Alan £1 million if they hadn't discovered index investing.

[00:18:50] Brad's Real Estate Speculation Nightmare
Brad shares his biggest mistake: speculating on golf course community properties with interest-only loans right before the 2008 crash, causing over a decade of stress and significant financial loss.

[00:28:15] Alan's Career Mistakes: The Book Incident
Alan reveals how he wrote a book called 'How Not to Run a Business' about his boss on the company laptop, got fired, and learned about speaking truth to power and the importance of FI for workplace freedom.

[00:32:40] Katie's Confidence and Comparison Struggles
Katie discusses how her fixed mindset and comparison with others held her back from pursuing opportunities like netball and football, and how building confidence is as important as building net worth.

[00:42:30] The Power of Saying No and Setting Boundaries
The trio discusses the difficulty of being direct and honest, the importance of saying no, and how people-pleasing can create more problems than it solves.

[00:48:20] Business Mistakes: Email Lists and Sales Fear
Alan shares his regret about never building an email list for his successful business and letting fear of rejection prevent him from scaling, emphasizing the importance of owning your platform.

[00:54:10] Salary Negotiation and Final Thoughts
Brad discusses not negotiating his salary when changing jobs, the hosts wrap up with reflections on learning from mistakes, and encourage listeners to share their own mistakes in the community.

Notable QuotesBrad Barrett: "You can make mistakes and you can make catastrophic mistakes, and you can pick yourself back up and you can move on with your life. You're stronger and you're wiser."

Alan Donegan: "Your success in life is directly related to how many mistakes you can make as quickly as possible and learn from them."

Alan Donegan: "Spend as much time building your confidence as you do your net worth, because it is so powerful in everything you do going forwards."

Katie Donegan: "To rinse the value out of the mistakes, it's a lot more valuable if we share them. I would love you to get the value out of my mistake because I've already paid the price."

Brad Barrett: "There's no secret. There's virtually no genius. Don't get caught up in wild speculative behavior."

Key Takeaways* Invest in low-cost index funds like VTI instead of actively managed funds or individual stocks to avoid high fees and poor performance * Build an email list from day one if you're starting a business—don't rely solely on social media platforms you don't control * Always negotiate your salary when changing jobs or getting promoted * Work on building your confidence alongside your net worth—practice saying no, setting boundaries, and being direct in difficult conversations * Learn from others' mistakes rather than making them yourself * Avoid speculation in real estate, stocks, or any investment—stick to boring, proven strategies like index fund investing for long-term wealth building * Make mistakes quickly and learn from them—failure is part of the path to success as long as you extract the lessons and keep moving forward

Resources and Links Mentioned* 50 Ways to Say No by Elizabeth Andrews * ChooseFI Episode 454 - Salary Negotiation with Financial Mechanic * ChooseFI Episode 147 - Salary Negotiation with Tori Dunlap * Rebel Finance School * JL Collins and The Stock Series * Vanguard Total Stock Market ETF (VTI) * ChooseFI Community Platform


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Most people trying to slash their budget hunt for obvious waste—daily lattes, unused subscriptions, impulse purchases. But what happens when you've already cut the fat and your highest expenses are the ones you can't seem to touch: the mortgage, the car payment, the daycare bill? That's required bloat, and it's quietly inflating your FI number by hundreds of thousands of dollars.

Key Topics DiscussedIntroduction to Value Matrix Case Studies (00:00:00)
Jonathan recaps the series and introduces three value matrix case studies, following up from episode 592.

Case 1: Required Bloat (00:03:00)
Exploring a couple with high required expenses including housing, transportation, and childcare. Discussion of seasons of life and time-bound expenses.

Insurance Optimization Strategies (00:13:00)
Brad and Jonathan discuss how the couple saved nearly $10,000 annually by shopping insurance policies and adjusting coverage levels.

Required Expenses: Fixed, Review, and Variable (00:18:00)
Breaking down required expenses into three categories and identifying opportunities for optimization even in supposedly fixed costs.

Case 2: The Optimized Budget (00:25:00)
Examining a couple spending $50,000 annually with highly optimized expenses across all categories, demonstrating what a locked-in FI budget looks like.

Self-Insurance Milestone (00:35:00)
Discussion of umbrella insurance and the milestone of becoming self-insured enough to cancel term life insurance policies.

Case 3: High-Joy Giving (00:42:00)
Analyzing a couple spending $17,000 annually on charitable giving and gifts, exploring the intersection of generosity and financial independence.

Effective Giving Strategies (00:46:00)
Brad covers tax-optimization strategies for charitable giving including donor-advised funds, lumping donations, and donating appreciated stock.

Takeaways and Tool Access (00:54:00)
Jonathan wraps up with listener feedback and directs people to access the Value Matrix tool at choosefi.com/local.

Notable Quotes"Just because it's required doesn't mean that we ignore it. We're going to put all of this into our process, into our value matrix." — Jonathan Mendonsa

"There are definitely seasons to this. Take a deep breath and understand you're still doing great and you're still making plans to supercharge your path to FI." — Brad Barrett

"Sometimes when you just get a different quote, you are shocked by how inexpensive it is. It always pays to just get different quotes on insurance." — Brad Barrett

"When you have opened up your hands earlier to share in any way that you choose to do it, you are going to definitely avoid this feeling of hoarding." — Jonathan Mendonsa

"Wouldn't it be cool if every single item showed up as high joy? That would just really show that you're living an aligned life regardless of cost." — Brad Barrett

Key Takeaways* Complete an expense audit categorizing all spending into groups (housing, transportation, food, etc.) before using the Value Matrix tool * Shop your insurance policies annually—home, auto, health, life, and umbrella—to ensure you're getting competitive rates * Categorize each required expense as Fixed, Review, or Variable to identify optimization opportunities * Consider higher-deductible health insurance plans (like ACA bronze) if you're healthy to reduce premiums while maintaining catastrophic coverage * If charitable giving is important to you, explore tax optimization strategies like donor-advised funds or donating appreciated stock * Access the Value Matrix tool at choosefi.com/local under Tools and Resources to visualize your spending alignment * Review time-bound expenses (daycare, car payments, student loans) and calculate how your FI number will decrease when they end * Join the ChooseFI community giving forum to discuss effective giving strategies with like-minded individuals

Resources and Links* Effective Giving for the FI Community (Episode 483) * FI Lanthropy Pledge * ChooseFI Value Matrix Tool * yieldandspread.org * YNAB (You Need A Budget) * Mint Mobile


▶ Browse Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Episode 45: Maximizing Travel Rewards with Financial IndependenceIn this episode of ChooseFI, Brad Barrett and travel rewards expert Noah G. dive into the world of travel rewards, focusing on maximizing points to achieve financial independence and nearly free vacations. They discuss the value of points, strategies for their redemption, and introduce tools to optimize travel savings, offering practical advice for listeners.

Key Topics Discussed* Introduction to travel rewards and their role in financial independence * Noah G.’s journey and expertise in travel rewards * Methods to maximize point value and determine cents per point * Tools and resources for enhancing travel savings

Timestamps 00:00:00 - Introduction to Travel Rewards * 00:01:30 - Noah's Journey and Expertise * 00:03:00 - Maximizing Point Value * 00:05:00* - Tools for Travel Savings

Resources and Links Mentioned* awardtool.com * pointsyeah.com * flightconnections.com * seats.aero * pointspath.com

Key Takeaways* Calculate cents per point to assess the value of travel points. * Use resources like awardtool.com to optimize travel rewards. * Engage with community resources for the latest point redemption tips.

Notable Quotes "Your points are a finite resource." - Brad Barrett * "Think about what your points are worth and when to spend them." - Brad Barrett * "I met you at a ChooseFI meetup at a local brewery." - Noah G.*

Speakers Brad Barrett - Co-host of ChooseFI * Noah G.* - Travel Rewards Expert

Whether you're a travel hacking newbie or a seasoned point redeemer, this episode provides valuable insights and strategies to make the most of your travel rewards within the financial independence framework.


Listen Next: Ep. 595 — Value Matrix Case Study Series: Part 2 — Required Bloat | Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Episode Show NotesEpisode SummaryGinger and Liz from Liz Gets Loaded explore Fumio Sasaki's book, "Say Goodbye to Things," discussing the principles of minimalism and their impact on emotional well-being and lifestyle choices. They share personal insights and practical tips on downsizing and living a more intentional life.

Key Topics Discussed* Introduction to Minimalism * Definition and Principles of Minimalism * Personal Experiences with Downsizing * Summary and Key Themes of "Say Goodbye to Things" * Practical Minimalism Tips * Valuing Experiences over Material Possessions

Resources and Links Mentioned* Liz Gets Loaded * Say Goodbye to Things by Fumio Sasaki

Timestamps 00:00:00 - Introduction to Minimalism * 00:05:00 - Defining Minimalism * 00:12:00 - Personal Experiences with Minimalism * 00:20:00 - Summary of 'Say Goodbye to Things' * 00:32:00 - Practical Minimalism Tips * 00:45:00* - Reflecting on Experiences and Values

Key Takeaways* Reflect on what's truly necessary in your life. * Consider a 'store it at the store' approach for bulk items. * Evaluate your possessions with the 'would I buy this again' rule.

Notable Quotes "Minimalists are people who know what's truly necessary for them versus what they may want for the sake of appearance." - Ginger * "Living in the apartment feels like living in a hotel room in the best way." - Liz * "He says, 'Get rid of duplicates.' You can still function with one pair of scissors or one pen." - Liz * "Experiences resist comparison." - Ginger * "Minimalism itself isn't the goal; it's about aligning your life with your values." - Liz*

Speakers Ginger * Liz Gets Loaded*


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Episode Show NotesEpisode SummaryIn this episode, Jonathan Mendonsa and Brad Barrett introduce the Value Matrix, a tool that maps spending to life satisfaction. They analyze four real spending profiles to show how different approaches can affect financial independence. Learn how aligning expenses with personal values can transform your financial journey.

Key Topics Discussed* Introduction to the Value Matrix * Overview of four diverse spending profiles * Expansion of Choose FI community groups * Analysis of a leaky budget case study

Timestamps 00:00:00 - Introduction to the Value Matrix * 00:03:00 - Case Studies Overview * 00:10:00 - Community Growth * 00:17:00* - Leaky Budget Case Study

Key Takeaways* Evaluate your expenses using the Value Matrix. * Join a local FI group to connect with like-minded individuals. * Identify and eliminate unnecessary leaks in your budget.

Notable Quotes "Does it go where it matters? Introducing the Value Matrix." — Jonathan Mendonsa * "We don't want you just listening; we want you to take action to make your life better." — Brad Barrett * "It's about choosing what it is that you value, hence why we're going to get into it today." — Jonathan Mendonsa*

Resources* Choose FI Local Groups

Speakers Jonathan Mendonsa * Brad Barrett*


Listen Next: Ep. 594 — Travel Rewards Deep Dive with Noah | Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Episode Show NotesEpisode SummaryBrad Barrett chats with Kristy Shen and Bryce Leung about their new book, Parent Like a Millionaire Without Being One. This episode delves into effective financial strategies for parenting while advancing towards financial independence, debunking myths about the high costs associated with raising children.

Key Topics Discussed* Misconceptions about the cost of raising children * Financial independence strategies for parents * Flexible child care options * Housing costs and their impact on family budgets * The concept of "money trees" for financial goal setting

Timestamps 00:00:00 - Introduction and Book Overview * 00:05:00 - Financial Strategies for Parenting * 00:20:00 - Key Categories of Costs * 00:35:00 - Money Trees and FI Goals * 00:50:00* - Closing Thoughts

Key Takeaways* Explore innovative child care arrangements, like co-working spaces with daycare. * Evaluate housing decisions as they significantly affect financial stability. * Implement "money trees"—small, actionable financial goals for managing expenses.

Notable Quotes Brad Barrett: "This book is really for everyone, especially the FI community." * Bryce Leung: "Raising a child is often quoted as costing three hundred fifteen thousand dollars until they're eighteen." * Kristy Shen: "Flexibility is your superpower. It's your unfair advantage when you're FI." * Bryce Leung*: "It's a targeted approach to building towards FI."

Resources and Links Mentioned Parent Like a Millionaire Without Being One * Quit Like a Millionaire*

Speakers Brad Barrett - Host * Kristy Shen - Guest * Bryce Leung* - Guest

Discover practical steps for financial independence and reframe parenting costs into financial opportunities by tuning in.


Listen Next: Ep. 592 — Value Matrix Case Study Series: Part 1 — Leaky Budget | Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

In this special episode from Richmond's FI event, uncover insights on how fear impacts our journey toward financial independence. Learn to identify trust signals, experiment with new income ideas, and instill financial literacy into family life. Discover what it takes to live an extraordinary life and inspire future generations.


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Most people think they know where their money goes each month…but when they actually run an expense audit, they find hundreds—sometimes thousands—of dollars quietly leaking out of their budget.

Today we’re walking through how to run a simple expense audit, how to find those leaks, and how to use a “value matrix” to decide what’s worth keeping—and what’s quietly draining your life and your wallet.

Key Tactical Takeaways Conduct an Expense Audit: Review your expenses for February to March to identify spending leaks. * Utilize the Value Matrix: Categorize expenses into high/low joy and high/low cost to optimize spending. * Regular Check-ins*: Establish a routine of auditing and reflecting on your spending habits to refine financial strategies over time.

Core Rules & Formulas

| Rule/Formulas | Description | | --- | --- | | Expense Audit | Evaluate your spending regularly to identify leaks or unnecessary expenditures. | | Value Matrix | A four-quadrant tool to assess expenses based on joy and cost: | | - High Joy, Low Cost (Best) | | - High Joy, High Cost (Consider optimizing) | | - Low Joy, Low Cost (Keep but examine) | | - Low Joy, High Cost (Cut or trim) | | Save 50% Rule | Aim for a 50% savings rate to ensure financial security and independence. |

Tools, Accounts, or Strategies Mentioned

| Tool/Strategy | Description | | --- | --- | | Expense Audit Challenge | Community initiative to assess spending from February to March. | | Value Matrix | Tool for analyzing expenses to prioritize spending based on joy and cost. | | YNAB (You Need A Budget) | Budgeting tool that tracks spending efficiently; useful for expense audits. | | Monarch Money | Expense tracking tool integrated with financial accounts for easier audits. |

Resources & References* ChooseFI Community Platform

Take Action Start Your Expense Audit: Begin reviewing your expenses now to uncover potential leaks. * Engage with the Community: Share your audit findings and strategies on the ChooseFI platform. * Utilize the Value Matrix: Apply this framework to reflect on your spending and make informed decisions. * Listen to Episode 586* for more details on initiating your expense audit and understanding its importance.


Listen Next: Ep. 591 — Parent Like a Millionaire Without Being One | Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Cody Garrett provides an in-depth analysis of the changing landscape of health insurance in the U.S., focusing on the Affordable Care Act (ACA) and adjustments to premium tax credits. He emphasizes the critical role that zip codes play in determining healthcare costs and highlights the importance of understanding the 400% federal poverty level cliff, which poses financial risks for many families. Various health insurance options are discussed, including COBRA, retiree coverage, health sharing ministries, and private insurance, equipping listeners with vital insights for making informed healthcare decisions.

Listeners will learn actionable strategies for tax planning related to health insurance, including how to maximize benefits and minimize costs while navigating available healthcare options effectively.

Key Tactical Takeaways Understand Income Levels: Monitor your income to avoid going over the 400% federal poverty level, which can eliminate premium tax credit eligibility. * Evaluate COBRA Costs: Review code DD on your W-2 to understand total health insurance premiums and assess whether continuing with COBRA is financially wise. * Explore Health Sharing Ministries: These may have lower premiums but lack the legal protections of traditional insurance; evaluate carefully. * Use HSA Contributions: Contribute to Health Savings Accounts to lower taxable income and potentially maintain premium tax credits; you can contribute even without earned income. * Utilize Marketplace Resources: Access healthcare.gov to determine premium tax credits based on your specific circumstances, including zip code and household income. * Be Cautious with Tax Planning:* Adjust advanced premium tax credits based on estimated income cautiously to avoid unexpected tax liabilities.

Core Rules & Formulas

| Rule/Formula | Description | | --- | --- | | 400% Poverty Level Threshold | Know the household income limits that could affect premium tax credits. | | COBRA Cost Calculation | Employee + Employer Premium (W-2 code DD x 102%) = COBRA Costs. | | HSA Contribution | Can lower modified adjusted gross income; contribute by April 15 without earned income requirements. | | Premium Tax Credit Calculation | Estimated Credit = Based on adjusted gross income, household size, and the second lowest-cost silver plan. | | Adjust Premium Tax Credits | You can change the advanced credit amount month-to-month via healthcare.gov. |

Tools, Accounts, or Strategies Mentioned

| Tool/Strategy | Description | | --- | --- | | healthcare.gov | Website for ACA marketplace and health insurance options. | | Health Savings Account (HSA) | Account for saving for healthcare costs that reduces taxable income. | | COBRA Coverage | Allows continuation of employer health insurance post-employment. | | Health Sharing Ministries | Group healthcare cost-sharing options that offer lower premiums but higher risk. | | Private Insurance | Individual insurance plans that require medical underwriting. |

Resources & References* Tax Planning to and Through Early Retirement * Cody's Website

What Next?* Review your income and health insurance options during open enrollment. * Assess your COBRA costs by checking your W-2 for current premium data. * Explore HSA contributions to manage your taxable income prudently. * Adjust advanced premium tax credits through healthcare.gov based on changes in your financial situation. * For further clarity on health insurance strategies, consider consulting a financial planner to avoid potential costly mistakes.


Listen Next: Ep. 589 — How to Gain Insights from Your Expense Audit Using a Value Matrix | Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Most people think "Coast FI" means coasting into retirement—but Andy Hill discovered it meant something entirely different: coasting through life while your investments do the heavy lifting. Eight years ago, Andy appeared on ChooseFI struggling to get his wife Nicole on the same financial page. Today, they're mortgage-free, working part-time by choice, and have transformed their marriage through a single monthly ritual that makes money discussions something to actually look forward to.

Where Are They Now: Andy Hill00:24:20 — Andy returns to share the evolution of his financial journey and marriage since his first appearance in episode 68. The couple has paid off their mortgage and all debt while shifting to a Coast FI lifestyle.

Establishing Budget Parties00:35:06 — The cornerstone of Andy and Nicole's financial turnaround: monthly "budget parties" that turned contentious money talks into structured, enjoyable discussions. They choose a regular schedule, add pizza and wine, and make it a time to align on goals rather than argue about spending.

Concept of Coast FI00:32:10 — Coast FI means saving enough that your investments can compound to your retirement goal without further contributions. Work becomes optional—you only need to cover current living expenses, not retirement savings. This allowed Andy and Nicole to shift from aggressive accumulation to part-time work and more family time.

The Math That Matters: Compounding00:17:09 — Andy breaks down why small differences in investment returns matter enormously over time. An 8% return versus 9% over 30 years isn't just 1% more—it's hundreds of thousands of dollars difference due to compounding.

"You are creating an asset base that generates money for you every year, doing no work."

The key insight: consistent investing in low-cost index funds beats chasing market secrets. Most people search for the person "behind the curtain" with special knowledge, but the real power lies in simple, persistent action.

Becoming Debt-Free and Current Status00:26:06 — After years of intentional effort, Andy and Nicole paid off their mortgage and eliminated all debt. But the journey wasn't linear—they experienced one of their most difficult years of marriage during this period.

"Nothing is great just in a vacuum. You have to work at it and you need to be intentional."

The shift to Coast FI allowed them to reduce work hours and increase communication time, strengthening their relationship.

00:44:02 — Having done the "hard work" of building their asset base, they consciously decided to lower their savings rate and increase their quality of life. Their investments continue growing toward long-term goals while they enjoy more present-moment experiences.

Key Tactical Takeaways Monthly Budget Parties: Designate one time each month to discuss finances with your partner in a structured, enjoyable setting (add food and wine to make it pleasant) * Coast FI Calculation: Determine the amount you need invested today that will grow to your retirement goal without additional contributions * Savings Rate Flexibility: Once you hit Coast FI, consider lowering your savings rate to free up money for current enjoyment while investments continue compounding * Focus on Simple Investing*: Consistent contributions to low-cost index funds typically outperform trying to find market-beating secrets

Core Formulas

| Concept | Application | | --- | --- | | Coast FI | Calculate what you need saved today to reach your retirement goal through compound growth alone, then work only to cover current expenses | | Compounding Impact | Even 1% difference in returns creates massive wealth differences over 30+ years | | Budget Party Structure | Regular monthly meeting + enjoyable atmosphere = sustainable financial communication |

Resources Andy Hill's book: Own Your Time* (link: choosefi.com for Andy's work)


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Most people chase financial independence through side hustles and raises. Brad and Jonathan flip that equation: audit your expenses first, then watch your FI date accelerate without earning another dollar.

They walk through a structured four-step framework for conducting annual expense audits that help you identify money leaks and understand your true living costs. The discussion covers practical strategies for tracking subscriptions, variable expenses, and distinguishing between required and discretionary spending. By adopting a calculated approach to expenses, you can effectively mitigate lifestyle creep while ensuring every dollar serves a purpose in your budget. The overarching message encourages focusing on building a life of value, emphasizing joy and fulfillment in financial management, rather than mere restriction.

Key Tactical Takeaways Conduct an Annual Expense Audit: Establish a routine to review expenses at least once a year to stay on top of spending habits and identify areas for improvement. * Categorize Every Expense: Break down expenditures into necessary (fixed costs) and discretionary (variable costs) categories for clearer insights. * Use a Value Matrix: Assess expenses based on their joy and necessity to inform which should be retained, reduced, or eliminated. * Track Subscriptions and Variable Costs: Pay attention to recurring payments, particularly those related to entertainment and services like streaming or software. * Calculate the Long-Term Impact of Small Savings*: Cutting small monthly expenses can significantly affect your financial independence number over time.

Core Rules & Formulas

| Rule | Explanation | | --- | --- | | Annual Expense Audit | Review all expenses once a year to prevent overspending and identify leaks. | | Categorization of Expenses | Differentiate between Required (fixed) and Discretionary (variable) expenses. | | Value Matrix Implementation | Organize spending into High Joy/ Low Joy and Essential/ Eliminate quadrants. | | Prioritize Necessary Expenses | Always account for essential bills, including utilities, groceries, and housing costs. | | Evaluate Impact of Expenses | Each $100 cut from monthly expenses reduces your FI number by $30,000 over time (20-year horizon). |

Tools, Accounts, or Strategies Mentioned

| Tool/Strategy | Link/Description | | --- | --- | | Expense Audit Spreadsheet | Download here | | Chase Ultimate Rewards | Utilize for travel rewards and points transfer to hotel partners. | | Value Matrix Framework | Framework for analyzing the necessity and joy of expenses. |

Key Quotes"Every dollar must earn its place in your budget." (00:05:23)

"Even the most intentional spenders can lose track of their expenses." (00:06:19)

"Small expenses can add up to significant savings." (00:13:08)

"Have you assessed the true cost of your life?" (00:13:17)

Chapters* Introduction to Expense Audit (00:00:00) * Importance of Regular Expense Audits (00:05:23) * Identifying Money Leaks (00:13:04) * Key Strategies for Expense Auditing (00:22:34) * Value Matrix for Expenses (01:03:05) * Closing Thoughts and Action Steps (01:09:13)

TerminologyExpense Audit: A detailed review of all expenditures to identify unnecessary spending and money leaks. (00:05:23)

Lifestyle Creep: The tendency for expenses to increase as income rises, often leading to a strain on finances. (00:08:11)

Value Matrix: A categorization tool to assess the joy and necessity of expenses, helping prioritize what's essential in your budget. (01:03:05)

Resources & References* ChooseFI Episode 009: Travel Rewards Framework * Expense Audit Spreadsheet: Download

Action Items1. Download your bank and credit card statements for the last few months to start your audit. (00:55:06) 2. Categorize your expenses into necessary and discretionary for better insights. (01:03:05) 3. Join the community challenge to share findings and get support during your expense audit process. (01:09:13)


Listen Next: Ep. 588 — Navigating the Evolving Health Insurance Landscape | Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Most people think financial independence is a straight line from broke to retired—it isn't. Progress compounds daily in ways you won't notice if you're only looking at your net worth spreadsheet. Brad and Jonathan break down why the "boring middle" is actually a spectrum of expanding options, not a slog to endure.

They walk through the early phases of FI—discovery, awareness, and control—and why understanding your cash flow is the first tangible step toward building financial freedom. A 30-day expense audit sounds basic, but it's the foundation that unlocks everything else: smarter spending cuts, automated savings, and the confidence to optimize investments. The episode also highlights the role of local FI communities in keeping momentum alive when the journey feels slow.

Key Tactical Takeaways Conduct a 30-Day Expense Audit: Assess and record all expenses over a month to identify spending habits. * Automate Your Savings: Set up automatic transfers to savings or investment accounts to ensure consistent saving with minimal effort. * Engage with Local FI Groups: Join or establish local financial independence groups to exchange knowledge, resources, and support within your community. * Understand Your Financial Health*: Create an income statement to analyze all incoming and outgoing funds regularly.

Core Rules & Formulas

| Rule/Formula | Description | | --- | --- | | 30-Day Audit | Record all income and expenses for 30 days to gauge spending habits. | | Autopilot Savings System | Automate savings and bill payments to reduce active management. | | Expense Prioritization | Focus on reducing debt first, especially high-interest credit card debt. | | Investment Strategy | Choose low-cost index funds or ETFs with low expense ratios for long-term growth. |

Tools, Accounts, or Strategies Mentioned

| Tool/Strategy | Description | | --- | --- | | FI Friends Travel | Community-based travel planning for FI enthusiasts. | | Autopay Systems | Automatic bill payment setup for consistent financial management. | | Low-Cost Index Funds | Investing in funds that track market indices to minimize fees. | | Expense Tracking Apps | Tools to keep track of spending habits effectively. |

Resources & References* FI Friends Travel * Episode 472: "The Cure for the Boring Middle" * Episode 262: "Thinking in Bets with Annie Duke"

Chapters Introduction — 00:00:00 * Local FI Group Highlight — 00:01:40 * Discussion on Financial Control — 00:14:00 * Understanding Expenses and Income — 00:30:00 * Audience Feedback — 00:57:49 * Frugal Wins of the Week* — 01:00:00

Notable Quotes* "Recognize that progress is happening even in the boring middle." — 00:10:38 * "Your financial journey is uniquely yours." — 00:45:02 * "Take tangible action steps to gain control over your finances." — 00:18:04 * "Automating your savings streamlines your financial future." — 00:16:30

Terminology FI — Financial Independence, the state of having sufficient personal wealth to live without having to work actively for basic necessities. (00:09:10) * Gamification — The process of applying game principles to motivate engagement in non-game contexts, such as finance. (00:10:48) * Autopilot* — A system where savings and payments are automatically executed, minimizing the need for active personal management. (00:16:30)

Clear Calls to Action1. Plan Your Next Local FI Meetup: Invite five friends or family members and discuss financial independence topics. (00:03:29) 2. Conduct Your 30-Day Expense Audit: Begin tracking your expenses today to identify areas for improvement. 3. Submit Your Frugal Win: Share your win with the community to inspire others. (01:00:02)


Listen Next: Ep. 586 — How to Do an Expense Audit | Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

A 70% savings rate while buying a house? One listener proves it's possible — and their story is just one of many that'll make you rethink your 2026 financial plans. Brad and Jonathan turn over the mic to the community in this mashup episode, featuring listeners who called in with their goals, pivots, and breakthroughs for the year ahead. From creating local FI meetups to engineering a career transition into Barista FI, these real-world voices reveal what's working, what's changing, and where the rubber meets the road on the path to financial independence.

Key Tactical Takeaways Engage Locally: Create or join local FI community events to foster connections and support. * Utilize TrueCar: Leverage the TrueCar platform to compare prices and negotiate car purchases effectively, potentially saving thousands. * Practice Intentional Saving: Adopt strategies such as meal planning to reduce grocery costs and enhance savings rates. * Set Clear Goals:* Identify specific savings rates and actionable steps to strategically reach financial independence by 2026.

Core Rules & Formulas

| Rule/Formula | Description | | --- | --- | | 70% Savings Rate | Aim for a 70% savings rate while planning for major expenses (e.g., home purchase). | | 30-Day Savings Challenge | Undertake a 30-day challenge to identify and cut 10% of discretionary spending. | | Rule of 72 | To estimate how long it will take for money to double, divide 72 by your expected annual return (e.g., 72 / 8% = 9 years). | | Lean FI Budgeting | Calculate what your essential annual spending would be to identify your lean FI number (expenses × 25). |

Tools, Accounts, or Strategies Mentioned

| Tool/Strategy | Purpose | | --- | --- | | TrueCar | Price comparison tool for car purchases | | ChooseEvent | Platform for creating and joining local FI community events | | Sinking Funds | Allocate specific savings for future purchases (e.g., cars) |

Resources & References* TrueCar * ChooseFI Community

Clear Calls to Action Join Your Local FI Group: Create an account at chooseevent.com and get involved in local meetups. * Start a 30-Day Spending Challenge:* Commit to tracking and reducing your spending by 10% for 30 days to boost your savings.

Chapters 00:00:00 Podcast Introduction * 00:00:46 Cohost Experiences at Camp FI * 00:12:29 Voicemail Discussion Begins * 00:13:13 Sam's Goals for 2026 * 00:22:17 Jenny's Goals for 2026 * 00:25:37 Dan's Transition to Barista FI * 00:47:14 Wilson's Career Pivot * 00:59:09* Closing Thoughts and Calls to Action

Terminology

| Term | Definition | Timestamp | | --- | --- | --- | | FI | Financial Independence. A state of having sufficient personal wealth to live without having to work actively for basic necessities. | 00:00:00 | | Barista FI | A financial independence strategy where individuals work in part-time jobs that may provide fulfillment rather than financial necessity. | 00:31:02 | | Coast FI | A concept where individuals have saved enough to let their investment grow without contributing again until retirement. | 00:32:07 | | Lean FI | A stage where individuals minimize expenses and live on a stripped-down budget, aiming to reach financial independence. | 00:39:41 |

Notable Quotes

"Saving money isn't deprivation, right? They are saving money very intentionally to buy their freedom." — Jonathan (00:19:06)

"Create your local FI group and connect with like-minded individuals to achieve goals." — Brad (00:14:36)

"Pursuing personal dreams like traveling to Japan enriches the FI journey." — Jonathan (00:52:56)


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Most people think they'll be "done" learning about financial independence in a few months—then wonder why they're still obsessed years later. Brad and Jonathan confront this paradox head-on: if you can absorb 80% of FI fundamentals in weeks, why does the conversation stay wildly entertaining? Because the real value isn't the destination—it's the detours.

Financial independence isn't just about hitting a number. It's about the unexpected insights, the community member who becomes a published author after skeptically tuning in, the calculated risks that reshape careers. Brad and Jonathan reveal how embracing detours—those "off-script" moments—leads to personal development, self-discovery, and opportunities that spreadsheets can't predict. They explore why retirement is a state of mind, not an age, and how reducing core expenses unlocks flexibility rather than deprivation. Through stories and incremental gains, they argue that reclaiming time and cultivating a growth mindset matter more than wealth alone. The journey is the point, and the detours are where life happens.

Chapters* Introduction [00:00:00] * Detours in Life [00:00:53] * The Importance of Growth Mindset [00:20:06] * Crowdsourcing Personal Finance [00:22:01] * Discussion on Incremental Gains [00:25:40] * Wrap Up and Action Items [01:00:02]

Key Points* You can absorb 80% of FI fundamentals in months, yet the conversation stays compelling because detours teach what no spreadsheet can [00:00:53] * Retirement is a state of mind and lifestyle, not an arbitrary age or end goal [00:05:05] * Life offers infinite learning opportunities—exploration and growth matter more than reaching a finish line [00:14:25] * A growth mindset encourages learning through experiences, including failure [00:20:06] * Understanding your choices gives you power to shape your financial future [00:29:10] * Reducing core expenses creates flexibility and opens doors to more opportunities [00:59:27]

Action Items* Reevaluate your priorities: regularly assess your goals and values [00:14:25] * Conduct a personal expense audit at least once a year to identify unnecessary spending [00:30:29]

Quotes* "Sometimes, the detour is more valuable than the destination." [00:01:02] * "We redefine retirement as a state of mind and lifestyle." [00:05:05] * "Life is an endless opportunity for learning and exploration." [00:14:25] * "The power of choice is at your fingertips." [00:29:10] * "Reducing your expenses opens doors to more opportunities." [00:59:27]

Resources* ChooseFI [00:24:01] * Camp FI [00:21:15]

Related Episodes* Episode 12: "Frugality and Financial Independence" [00:37:12] * Episode 13: "Understanding the 401k and 457 Accounts" [00:46:01]


Listen Next: Ep. 585 — Getting to the Boring Middle: What You Need in Place First | Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Most people treat financial independence like a destination—a magic number to hit before life gets good. But what if the pursuit itself is where the real value lies?

Jonathan and Brad challenge the "mythical number" mindset by exploring incremental gains—small, compounding changes that reshape your financial life long before you reach full independence. They dig into the concept of a "red X month," a dedicated period to step back from obligations and recalibrate your priorities. The conversation spans practical strategies, from opening Roth IRAs for kids with earned income to the long-term wealth erosion caused by investment fees. Throughout, they argue that financial independence isn't about arriving—it's about building a better life along the way.

Key Topics Introduction to Incremental Gains (00:00:00)
An overview of innovative ideas within the financial independence community. *
What is a Red X Month? (00:02:05)
A designated period for relaxation and reflection, stepping back from regular commitments. *
Mindset and Incremental Gains (00:05:05)
Having the right mindset in achieving financial independence. *
Importance of Time and Journey (00:07:21)
Appreciating the journey, not just the destination. *
Roth IRA for Kids (00:29:46)
How children with earned income can benefit from a Roth IRA, building wealth early. *
The Impact of Fees on Investing* (00:44:01)
The significance of minimizing fees and its long-term effects on wealth accumulation.

Action Items Red X Month: Consider taking a dedicated month to reset and recharge your priorities. (00:05:05) * Roth IRA for Children: Open a Roth IRA for your child if they have earned income. (00:29:46) * Minimize Investment Fees: Invest in low-fee index funds to optimize long-term wealth. (00:43:27)*

Key Quotes "Reclaim your most precious non-renewable resource: your time." (00:16:51) * "It's not about reaching a mythical number; it's about living a better life." (00:08:55) * "Time in the market surpasses timing the market." (00:48:22)*

Timestamps 00:00:00 - Introduction to Incremental Gains * 00:02:05 - What is a Red X Month? * 00:05:05 - Mindset and Incremental Gains * 00:07:21 - Importance of Time and Journey * 00:29:46 - Roth IRA for Kids * 00:44:01* - The Impact of Fees on Investing

Related Resources ChooseFI Episode 516: Masterclass on Building Muscle (00:18:34)*


Listen Next: Ep. 583 — A Table of Contents for FI: Part 2 — The Detour is the Journey | Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Most people rushing to convert their traditional IRAs to Roth accounts have never stopped to ask whether they actually need to. Brad sits down with tax experts Sean Mullaney and Cody Garrett to cut through the Roth conversion hype and explain when these moves make sense—and when they're just expensive mistakes. Understanding the distinction between taxable Roth conversions and backdoor or mega backdoor Roths is essential, as these conversions create taxable income intentionally, rather than skirting IRS rules. The conversation explores how conversions can be advantageous during retirement but are often unnecessary during working years when tax rates are typically higher. It emphasizes strategic planning and understanding one's financial situation rather than following popular trends. Sean and Cody offer practical advice on managing taxes in retirement, common misconceptions, and the importance of prioritizing personal financial success over societal pressure regarding Roth conversions.

Timestamps & Key Topics: 00:00:56 - Introduction to Sean Mullaney and Cody Garrett, authors of Tax Planning To and Through Early Retirement. * 00:02:11* - Understanding Taxable Roth Conversions

+ Definitions and purpose of taxable Roth conversions vs. backdoor Roths.
  • 00:12:07 - Taxable Roth Conversions During Working Years

    • Why taxable conversions are generally discouraged for those with a job.
    • Discussion on 'income disruption years' as an exception.
    • 00:15:13 - Strategies for Retirement Income

    • Exploring income sources and tax brackets in retirement.

    • 00:19:10 - Roth Conversion Decisions in Retirement

    • Discussion on RMDs and managing taxable income effectively in retirement.

    • 01:04:17 - Conclusion and Resources

    • Recap of key insights and suggestions for further financial planning.

Key Insights:Taxable Roth Conversions vs. Backdoor Roths
Taxable conversions create taxable income and can be beneficial, while backdoor Roths are a mechanism to contribute when income limits apply.

Ideal Times for Conversions
Typically not advisable during high-income years; consider during low-income years or life events causing income disruption.

Tax Burdens in Retirement
Many retirees experience lower tax burdens than expected; RMDs are manageable for most.

Roth Conversions and Future Planning
Primary beneficiaries are often oneself and heirs; focus on financial success rather than tax liabilities for future generations.

Avoiding Procrastination through Optimization
Optimization can become procrastination; focus on higher impact decisions for financial health rather than getting lost in tax details.

Action Items:* Review your current and future income sources to better understand your tax situation before making Roth conversion decisions. (00:12:07) * Consider consulting a financial planner to explore personalized strategies that align with your retirement goals. (01:04:01) * Stay updated on tax changes that could impact your retirement strategy. (00:39:01) * Assess whether it might be beneficial to make modest Roth conversions during low-income years. (00:12:50) * Evaluate the potential benefits of using Roth conversions for your heirs or loved ones. (00:22:28)

Notable Quotes:"Retirement accounts exist to ensure financial success in retirement." - Sean Mullaney (01:04:01)

"Roth conversions can enhance tax efficiency but are not required." - Cody Garrett (00:42:34)

"Avoid letting fear dictate your financial choices." - Brad (01:05:17)

"Many retirees enjoy lower tax burdens than expected." (00:16:07)

"Focusing too much on optimization may delay important decisions." (00:32:59)

"Tax cuts for retirees continue despite predictions of hikes." (00:35:06)

"Prioritize managing current taxes over future uncertainties." (00:39:01)

"Taxable events offer opportunities rather than restrictions." (00:06:39)

"Roth conversions primarily benefit heirs and future self in retirement." (00:22:28)

"Your financial success remains the priority in tax planning." (01:04:01)

Related Resources:* Sean's Case Study on Retirement Planning * Mike Piper Speech on Tax Strategy


Listen Next: Ep. 582 — A Table of Contents for FI: Part 1 | Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Slashing $100 from your monthly budget shrinks your FI target by $30,000. Brad and Jonathan explore how small financial wins compound into life-changing freedom, and why 2026 marks a shift toward deeper community connection.

The hosts kick off the year by introducing a new community app designed to help listeners share goals, celebrate frugal victories, and learn from each other's financial experiments. They walk through the math behind financial independence numbers, the power of incremental gains, and why frugality isn't about sacrifice—it's about clarity on what you truly value.

Key Topics & Timestamps: Introduction (00:00:00)*

+ Welcome to 2026 and the new community focus.
  • 2026 Goals (00:00:51)

    • Brad and Jonathan reflect on changes in their lives and the FI community.
    • Frugal Wins of The Week (00:20:31)

    • Tips for celebrating small financial victories.

    • Understanding Your Financial Independence Number (00:25:38)

    • How to calculate your FI number based on annual expenses.

    • Community Engagement and Tools (00:30:12)

    • Introduction of the new community app and its features.

    • Closing Remarks (00:58:17)

    • A call to action for listeners to get involved and share their journeys.

Actionable Takeaways:* Conduct a net worth statement for 2025 (00:36:54). * Join the community app to connect with fellow FI enthusiasts (00:49:35). * Participate in an expense audit to gain insights into your spending habits (00:56:20).

Key Insights: Community Development: A supportive network is essential for financial growth (00:08:06). * Frugality Defined: Frugality is about valuing what truly matters, not deprivation (00:40:47). * Impact of Budgeting:* Cutting just $100 from your budget can reduce your FI target by $30,000 (00:42:10).

Quotes:* "While everything changes, some truths remain constant." (00:12:16) * "Building a thriving ecosystem for financial independence together." (00:14:13) * "True frugality means valuing what truly matters to you." (00:40:47)

Related Resources:* How to make LMNT's electrolyte drink mix at home (00:21:26)


Listen Next: Ep. 581 — Are Roth Conversions Necessary? | Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

One conversation stopped host Ginger in her tracks: Frank Vasquez's simple rule about only traveling when there's someone meaningful at the destination. It wasn't revolutionary advice—just an offhand comment—but weeks later, she's still thinking about it, questioning her own choices. That's the hallmark of a truly sticky idea.

As the year winds down, Brad and Ginger reflect on which guest insights lodged themselves in memory and refused to leave. This mashup revisits standout moments from multiple episodes—covering budgeting philosophy, the seasons-of-life approach to spending, generosity in the FI community, and the limiting beliefs that keep people stuck—all filtered through the lens of what actually changed how the hosts think and act.

Timestamps & Key Topics00:00:00 - IntroductionGinger introduces the reflection concept: what podcast moments sparked lasting personal change?

00:01:47 - Reflecting on Memorable InterviewsHighlights from past guests like Ron Babcock on thoughtful budgeting and aligning expenses with life stages.

00:03:41 - The Importance of BudgetingPractical budgeting frameworks that prioritize values over rigid rules.

00:05:20 - Seasons of Life and SpendingUnderstanding that spending should shift with your current life stage and priorities.

00:07:18 - Spending on Values"Spending is okay, too. A life devoid of spending is not a happy and successful life."

00:09:16 - Community ImpactRyan Brennan's FI community service initiatives demonstrate generosity in action.

00:10:52 - Generosity and GivingPractice immediate acts of generosity when inspired—don't wait.

00:12:31 - Mindset ShiftsChallenging limiting beliefs by asking "Could this be true?" about goals that seem impossible.

00:26:23 - Assess limiting beliefs that hinder your potential and explore new possibilities.

00:29:19 - "This could be true." Open yourself to achieving what seems impossible.

00:34:35 - Getting Personal with Personal Finance (Episode 533 reference)

00:37:16 - "People only remember you're weird." Your uniqueness is what people will truly remember.

00:41:32 - "Don't let anybody tell you that little things don't matter on the path to FI." Small changes compound into significant results.

00:50:36 - Concluding Thoughts on Generosity"Every act of love is a sacrifice. There are no exceptions." Making small sacrifices nurtures meaningful relationships.

00:52:05 - Closing Reflections

Quotes"Spending is okay, too. A life devoid of spending is not a happy and successful life." (00:07:18)

"This could be true." (00:29:19)

"People only remember you're weird." (00:37:16)

"Don't let anybody tell you that little things don't matter on the path to FI." (00:41:32)

"Every act of love is a sacrifice. There are no exceptions." (00:50:36)

ResourcesEpisode 548: Ryan Brennan on FI Community Involvement (00:09:28)Episode 483: Effective Giving Strategies for FI (00:10:48)Episode 533: Getting Personal with Personal Finance with Brad (00:34:35)


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Watching someone hit Coast FI mid-career changes everything about how they view work. Brad and Ginger read listener wins from the past year, celebrating community members who maxed out retirement accounts, switched careers, helped family through financial crises, and redefined what success means to them. Many share breakthroughs in simplifying their lives, using travel rewards to create memory dividends, and discovering that financial independence isn't just about the numbers—it's about designing a life they don't need to escape from.

Timestamps & Key Topics:

  • [00:00:00] Introduction

    • Welcome to the ninth annual ChooseFI year-end wins episode.
    • [00:01:00] Community Wins

    • Inspiring wins shared by community members.

    • [00:18:00] Individual Stories and Wins

    • Members share personal financial achievements, including reading financial literacy books and maxing out retirement contributions.

    • [00:29:00] The Importance of Action

    • Taking action in the journey toward financial independence.

    • [00:55:00] Closing Thoughts and Holiday Wishes

    • Episode recap and reflection on financial journeys.

Key Topics:

  • Personal Victories:

    • Listeners share stories of taking control of their financial futures.
    • Embracing Minimalism:

    • Members reflect on simplifying their lives to achieve financial independence.

    • Community Support:

    • Having a supportive network that encourages accountability and shared successes.

    • Taking Action:

    • Acting on financial knowledge to see tangible benefits.

Actionable Steps:

  • Maximize Retirement Contributions:
    Focus on contributing fully to accounts like 401(k) and IRA to leverage tax benefits and compound growth. [00:19:03]
  • Embrace Simplicity:
    Cut out unnecessary complexities in life to allow more focus on what's important. [00:11:54]
  • Experiment and Learn:
    The journey to financial independence is a time to try new things and see what works best for you. [00:26:03]

Notable Quotes:

  • "With the knowledge I now have, I'm planning on switching to part-time work by the end of 2026 so I can make spending time with my kids and my family my top priority going forward." [00:36:27]
  • "The boring middle can include some extraordinary detours." [00:25:05]
  • "This is the time to experiment." [00:26:03]
  • "I feel like I'm finally in control of my life, my health, and my happiness." [00:47:16]
  • "The freedom to be there for someone I love. This is as close to heaven as I've ever seen." [00:34:03]

Key Terminology:

  • Financial Independence (FI): A state where an individual has enough savings and investments to live comfortably without needing to work. [00:23:12]
  • Coast FI: A financial state where one has enough invested that they can stop contributing to their retirement accounts and still reach their financial goals due to compound growth. [00:36:01]
  • Travel Rewards: Points or benefits earned through spending on travel-related purchases, often used to offset travel costs. [00:38:05]

Related Episodes:

  • Health and Fitness Transformation [00:53:55]
  • Coast with Confidence [00:36:27]

Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Most Americans spend thousands extra on organic food assuming it's healthier — but what if you're optimizing the wrong metric? Dr. Bobby Dubois breaks down the cost-benefit analysis showing that a family's organic grocery premium could fund an entire gym membership instead. Brad Barrett shares updates on his health journey, detailing a machine-based workout routine he calls "brutally effective" — six exercises, two sets each, with 3–5 minutes of rest between. The real insight: 80% of Americans don't eat enough fruits and vegetables period, organic or not. Rather than agonizing over labels, reallocating budget toward simply eating more produce delivers better health returns. The conversation pairs fitness and nutrition with financial independence, making the case that smart spending on health investments matters more than brand prestige.


Timestamps & Key Topics:

  • 00:00:00 - Introduction
  • 00:01:13 - Brad's Health Journey Update

    • Personal health journey and commitment to fitness
    • Focus on long-term well-being into older age
    • 00:02:30 - Workout Principles

    • Machine-based workouts for targeted muscle growth

    • 00:15:50 - Nutrition Insights

    • Protein intake and overall diet

    • Increasing fruit and vegetable consumption
    • 00:34:10 - Interview with Dr. Bobby

    • Background and expertise in nutrition

    • 00:35:02 - Segment on Organic Foods

    • Cost-benefit analysis of organic foods vs. conventional foods

    • Recommendations for increasing overall fruit and vegetable intake
    • 01:09:20 - Conclusion

Key Takeaways:

  • Effective Workouts:

    • Focus on controlled movement and adequate rest during workouts for maximum muscle gain
    • Recommended six exercises per workout with two sets each, targeting different muscle groups
    • Nutrition Strategies:

    • Increasing fruit and vegetable intake can significantly impact health outcomes more than choosing organic options alone

    • Approximately 80% of Americans do not consume enough fruits and veggies
    • Cost vs. Benefit of Organic Foods:

    • The financial implications of buying organic foods may outweigh the health benefits for many families

    • Allocating grocery budgets towards higher quality fruits and vegetables rather than solely organic options can provide better health returns

Action Items:

  • Incorporate machine-based exercises focusing on compound movements to build muscle effectively
  • Prioritize recovery with a resting period of 3–5 minutes between sets
  • Start planning meals in advance to reduce the chances of last-minute takeout or unhealthy choices
  • Consider reallocating funds typically spent on organic foods towards a gym membership or investing in wellness products

Key Quotes:

  • "This workout... is just the most brutally effective workout you can imagine." - Brad Barrett [00:04:07]
  • "Eating a lot of fruits and veggies is a great way to go. And guess what? 80% of Americans don't get enough fruits and veggies." - Dr. Bobby [00:51:11]
  • "It's not just about organic food; it's about being healthy and making wise choices." - Dr. Bobby [00:52:45]

Resources:

  • Dr. Bobby's Podcast and Website
  • Dean Turner Training

Related Episodes:

  • Tips to Reduce Your Grocery Expenses - Episode 007
  • The Six Pillars of Health with Dr. Bobby - Episode 498
  • Muscle Building with Dean Turner - Episode 480

Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

A 15-year-old has produced over 1,000 personal finance videos and started investing at age seven. Rishi's story proves financial literacy doesn't require decades of experience—it requires the right mindset and early exposure.

He began his finance journey at six after his parents read a book that sparked his curiosity, leading him to create Easy Peasy Finance, a YouTube channel dedicated to making money concepts accessible for young people. Through practical experience managing allowances, distinguishing needs from wants, and understanding compound growth, Rishi demonstrates how both parents and teenagers can build financial independence from the ground up.

Key Topics Discussed* Rishi's early interest in finance and investments [02:27] * Strategies for teaching kids about personal finance [11:56] * The importance of balancing saving and spending [30:15] * Benefits of early investing and compound growth [25:42] * Insights on college planning and potential alternatives [39:40] * The concept of financial independence and its relevance to youth [46:44]

Timestamps 00:01:21 - Introduction to Rishi * 00:02:27 - Rishi's Financial Journey * 00:05:20 - Creating Engaging Financial Content * 00:08:40 - Learning Sources for Personal Finance * 00:11:56 - The Role of Parents in Financial Education * 00:19:09 - The Importance of Financial Choices * 00:25:42 - Investing Early * 00:30:56 - Balancing Saving and Spending * 00:39:40 - College and Financial Planning * 00:46:44 - Understanding Financial Independence * 00:56:11* - Final Thoughts

Key Insights Personal Finance Foundations: Rishi began his finance journey at age 6, influenced by his parents and their reading habits. Early exposure is crucial for understanding financial concepts. * Practical Experience: The best lessons come from real-life scenarios. Managing an allowance, recognizing needs vs. wants, and making choices about spending and saving foster financial literacy. * Invest Early: Starting investments young takes advantage of compounding returns. The earlier you begin investing, the greater your potential savings by retirement. * Balancing Income and Expenses: Finding a balance between spending on experiences and saving for the future is key to financial well-being. Understanding your values helps prioritize budget decisions. * Evolving Education on College*: Attitudes toward college are changing, with greater emphasis on exploring multiple educational paths, including trade schools and the importance of financial planning for college expenses.

Key Takeaways* Start teaching your kids about finance early by involving them in budgeting discussions. [11:56] * Encourage teenagers to open a Roth IRA for long-term investing benefits. [38:07] * Educate children about the differences between needs and wants to foster mindful spending. [51:18]

Key Quotes* "Start investing early to maximize your retirement savings." [00:17:48] * "True wealth comes from contentment, not accumulation." [00:31:29] * "Don't wait to invest; start now with whatever you have." [00:57:07] * "Teach children the importance of financial choices for lasting impact." [00:19:09] * "Balance your spending and saving for a prosperous life." [00:30:56]

Related Resources* Easy Peasy Finance * Easy Peasy Finance YouTube Channel


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Walking away from $147,000 a year sounds insane — unless you've built something better. Sunny Burns did exactly that, leaving his government engineering job seven months ago to spend full days with his family of seven. Now 35 and financially independent with a $3 million net worth, he's turned his New Jersey home into a cash machine: rent it out on Airbnb while traveling, pocket more than the trip costs, and call it a family adventure.

His path wasn't conventional. Eleven rental units anchor his portfolio, each one chosen for control and cash flow rather than market timing. He flipped seventeen cars along the way. His five kids all have Roth IRAs. And his "bank of dad" pays 1% interest on their savings — teaching compound growth before they hit middle school. This return episode picks up six years after his first appearance, when he was 88.92% of the way to FI. Now he's living the stay-at-home family dream he always planned, funded by strategic real estate moves and a relentless focus on optimization.

Key Topics & Timestamps [00:01:31] Journey to FITransition from mechanical engineer to achieving financial independence at 35 and living the 'stay-at-home family' dream. * [00:06:33] Homeschooling and Financial EducationEstablishing Roth IRAs for his kids and using the 'bank of dad' method for teaching savings (1% interest). * [00:19:20] Real Estate PortfolioAdvantages of real estate investments, emphasizing control and cash flow. Success with 11 rental units contributing significantly to his net worth. * [00:37:10] Traveling as a FamilyFunding travel through Airbnb — renting out their house while biking 360 miles and earning $2,300 in the process. * [00:46:37] Maximizing Travel Rewards*Importance of flexibility in travel plans to maximize travel rewards and points.

Key Takeaways Teach children about money management early using strategies like the 'bank of dad' method * Rent out your home (through Airbnb) while traveling to subsidize travel expenses * Real estate provides control over personal finances through rental properties that produce consistent income * Flexibility maximizes* travel rewards and opportunities

Actionable Steps [00:07:28] Implement a savings incentive model like the 'bank of dad' * [00:38:44] Explore renting out your home on Airbnb as a potential income source while traveling * [00:20:31]* Look into real estate investment as a means to create steady passive income

Key Quotes* "The goal was to stay at home with family, spend the time with the family, and we have." - Sunny Burns [00:53:37] * "We make more money Airbnb-ing our house than that trip." - Sunny Burns [00:38:44] * "All five of our kids have Roth IRAs." - Sunny Burns [00:07:26] * "With rental real estate, there's so much control." - Sunny Burns [00:20:31] * "If you can be flexible, you can go almost anywhere you want." - Sunny Burns [00:46:37]

Resources* Sunny's Site - Wealth-building resources * FamVestor YouTube Channel - Family financial education insights * Sunny's NJ Airbnb Listing * Bicycle Adventure Video


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

You don't become wiser by studying what worked — you become wiser by studying what failed. Most people chase happiness by asking "What should I do?" but Bronnie Ware flipped the question: she asked the dying what they wished they had done. Ginger and Frank Vasquez walk through Ware's The Top Five Regrets of the Dying, a book that captures the raw confessions of people at life's final turn. The regrets aren't about money or career failures — they're about courage, authenticity, and relationships. The episode applies Charlie Munger's inversion technique: instead of planning the perfect life, identify what leads to a life of regret, then do the opposite.

Understanding Regret (00:00:00)Regret is both a diagnostic tool and a prevention strategy. It helps us reconcile past decisions and signals what to avoid in the future. By examining common regrets, we can optimize for fulfillment rather than reaction.

Charlie Munger's Inversion Strategy (00:01:15)Instead of asking "What makes a good life?" ask "What makes a bad life?" Clarity often comes from identifying failure points first.

Bronnie Ware's Book (00:02:01)The Top Five Regrets of the Dying draws from Ware's experience as a palliative care nurse. Reflecting on these regrets shifts decision-making from hypothetical to urgent.

First Regret: Living Authentically (00:12:32)

"Live a life true to yourself, not bound by others' expectations."

The most common regret is not having the courage to live according to personal values. Societal expectations and fear of judgment suppress self-expression, leading to a life of compromise.

Rekindle Childhood Passions (00:16:30)Passions set aside for practicality or approval resurface as regrets. Identifying and reviving these interests reconnects you to an authentic self.

Second Regret: Expressing Feelings (00:20:52)Suppressing emotions damages relationships and inner peace. Vulnerability strengthens connection, but many people avoid it until it's too late.

Third & Fourth Regret: Maintaining Friendships (00:22:54)

"Cherish the importance of relationships in your life."

Life's busyness erodes friendships. Staying connected requires intentional effort, especially as routines and geography shift.

Building Friendships from Acquaintances (00:28:04)Start with shared interests. Small, consistent interactions compound into meaningful bonds.

Fifth Regret: Allowing Happiness (01:40:22)

"Don't let future focus cause you to miss the present."

Many people defer happiness, waiting for the "right" conditions. Barriers to joy are often self-imposed patterns and beliefs.

Choose Relationships Over Rigid Plans (00:42:25)Overemphasis on financial optimization can sacrifice present connection. A perfect plan is meaningless if it isolates you from what matters.

Conclusion (01:04:19)

"Choose courage over complaint."

Authentic living requires ongoing courage — to express feelings, maintain relationships, and prioritize joy. Reflect on what truly matters, then act accordingly.

Key Chapters Introduction to Regrets (00:00:00) * Importance of Courage and Authenticity (00:12:32) * Discussion on the Five Regrets (00:20:45) * Maintaining Relationships (00:24:30) * Embracing Happiness (00:40:22) * Conclusion and Action Points* (01:05:10)

Related Resources* Risk Parity Radio Podcast


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Most people think financial independence is about money. It isn't.

Clinical psychologist Jasper Lee makes the case that 90-95% of the FI journey is psychological—the mechanics of money are just 5-10%. In this conversation with Brad Barrett, Lee unpacks the mental frameworks that either accelerate or sabotage your financial progress, focusing on two powerful tools from cognitive behavioral therapy: cognitive restructuring and behavioral activation.

Key Takeaways* Understanding money scripts: Early lessons about money shape adult attitudes; awareness of these scripts can help shift unhelpful patterns * Cognitive restructuring: Challenge unhelpful thoughts to foster a healthier money mindset * Behavioral activation: Engage in activities that bring joy and fulfillment to enhance emotional well-being

Timestamps & Insights[00:00:00] Introduction to Jasper Lee
Overview of Jasper's qualifications and focus on the intersection of psychology and FI.

[00:02:30] Psychology and Financial Independence
"Psychology comprises 90-95% of the FI journey."
Discussion on how our emotions and thoughts relate to financial strategies.

[00:20:50] Understanding Money Scripts
"Childhood experiences shape our adult relationships with money."
The Klontz Money Script Inventory helps identify personal money scripts.

[00:32:45] Cognitive Restructuring Explained
"Identify and challenge unhelpful thought patterns to reduce anxiety about money."
Techniques for restructuring thoughts include evidence for vs. against, and balanced thinking.

[00:52:00] Behavioral Activation Insights
"Engage in activities that enrich your life."
Importance of balancing accomplishment, pleasure, social interactions, and physical activities.

[01:03:30] Closure and Resources
Suggested resource: The Happiness Trap by Russ Harris for further exploration of acceptance and commitment strategies.

Action Items Complete the Klontz Money Script Inventory to understand your relationship with money ([00:20:50]) * Conduct an activity audit: Reflect on week-long activities and assess which bring joy ([00:15:28]) * Practice cognitive restructuring*: Challenge and replace unhelpful thoughts with balanced perspectives ([00:32:18])

Related Resources Klontz Money Script Test:* bradklontz.com/moneyscriptstest ([00:20:50])


Listen Next: Ep. 580 — 2026 Goals: Why This Year Everything Changes | Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Tracking hundreds of life experiences sounds ambitious until you hear Emily W's simple system—and realize you've been overthinking adventure.

Emily W and Emily C share practical frameworks for building richer friendships and more memorable experiences. They outline the "adventure list"—a flexible tool for capturing everything from weekend outings to dream trips—and reveal four distinct levels of travel experiences, from simple sightseeing to immersive living. Their approach emphasizes starting small ("little adventures") while keeping bigger dreams visible.

The conversation tackles vulnerability as a practical skill, not just a buzzword. Emily W explains how sharing authentic struggles and aspirations deepens friendships within the FI community, where people are already primed to talk about values and life design. Emily C adds perspective on how constraints—limited time, money, or energy—can sharpen creativity rather than shut down possibilities.

Key Topics Meet the Emilys [00:01:05] * The Concept of Friendship in FI [00:02:40] + The depth and sincerity of friendships formed within the FI community * Vulnerability as a Superpower [00:14:01] + How sharing one's authentic self fosters deeper connections * Creating an Adventure List [00:27:15] + Techniques for brainstorming and planning new experiences * Four Levels of Travel Experiences* [00:31:01] + A framework ranging from simple sightseeing to immersive living

Timestamps for Key Moments 00:09:19 - "Give yourself permission to be a beginner" * 00:25:56 - "How can I say yes?" - reframing obstacles as opportunities * 00:37:44 - "Constraints can indeed be a gift" * 00:53:29 - "The more you say yes, the more you'll want to say yes" * 00:59:05* - "FI is better with friends"

What You Can Do* Write down your adventure list to focus intentions and set goals [00:27:15] * Practice saying yes to new opportunities regularly [00:25:56] * Embrace vulnerability to strengthen friendships [00:14:01] * Invite a friend to join a small adventure this week [00:53:29] * Explore local events to enhance community connections [00:14:01]

Resources* Die With Zero by Bill Perkins [00:25:12] * Retire Often by Jillian Johnsrud [00:27:39]

What is an adventure list?An adventure list is a collection of experiences you wish to pursue, ranging from simple activities to extensive travel. It's a tool for intentional living. [00:27:15]

How can constraints improve your life?Constraints can foster creativity and help you focus on what truly matters in life, encouraging innovative solutions. [00:37:44]

What are the four levels of travel mentioned?The four levels are: 1) sightseeing, 2) retreats or classes, 3) long-term stays, and 4) immersive living experiences. [00:31:01]

Why is vulnerability important in friendships?Vulnerability allows for deeper connections and builds trust, which enriches friendships and community. [00:14:01]

How do you prioritize adventures with limited time?Prioritize experiences that excite you and stack smaller adventures to maximize time and enjoyment. Dream big but start with manageable steps. [00:52:31]


Listen Next: Ep. 573 — Cognitive Behavioral Tools for FI | Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Most people achieve financial independence and feel instant relief. Maggie Tucker felt paralyzing fear instead. At 41, after leaving a lucrative career to retire early, she found herself obsessing over worst-case scenarios—what if she ran out of money, what if she regretted walking away, what if she'd made a catastrophic mistake? Her solution wasn't to ignore these fears or push through them. She quantified them.

Maggie Tucker, creator and host of Inside Out Money, shares how she built financial independence and confronted the emotional aftermath head-on. Her approach to transparency—including sharing exact spending numbers from her Monarch account—offers a rare look at what FI actually costs and feels like beyond the spreadsheets.

Timestamps & Key Topics[00:01:38] Maggie's Financial JourneyMaggie reflects on her upbringing and financial habits.

[00:07:02] Overcoming Financial FearsMaggie discusses her fears about running out of money and regretting her job change.

"Fear of running out of money and regretting career change plagued me."

[00:08:16] Reflecting on Career ChoicesThe identity shift after leaving a high-paying job and the revelation that work was not all of who she was.

"I don't regret leaving my job; my identity was more than work."

[00:10:20] Strategies to Mitigate FearQuantifying fears by assigning costs to them helped Maggie alleviate financial anxiety.

Create a list of fears regarding your financial future and assess their potential impact.

"Quantifying fears helped me mitigate anxieties around money."

[00:13:36] The Safety Net of Options"I realized I had options and could return to work if necessary."

[00:15:46] Lazy FI ApproachA less aggressive stance towards achieving financial independence, focusing on a comfortable lifestyle without intense hustle.

[00:26:04] The Importance of TravelMaggie shares her perspective on travel as a bonding experience with her children, stressing that families can travel anywhere and enjoy it.

"I think you can take kids anywhere, it's about aligning travel with their interests."

Plan your next family travel with activities that cater to the interests of your children to enhance enjoyment.

[00:44:40] Listener QuestionsMaggie addresses various listener inquiries, including her strategies for financial independence and travel with kids.

[00:48:31] Creating for Joy"Creating for joy is now viewed as radical."

[01:04:34] Conclusion

Related ResourcesInside Out Money Podcast


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

The S&P 500 just notched its third consecutive year of double-digit gains, pushing valuations near a 25-year high — yet market veteran Brian Feroldi isn't hitting the panic button. In this deep-dive, Brad sits down with Brian to dissect where the market stands heading into the end of 2025, why sustained growth at this pace defies historical precedent, and how Brian is personally navigating the tension between staying invested and managing risk. The conversation shifts to the practical — how AI can supercharge stock analysis when fed the right prompts, why dollar-cost averaging remains unshakable for most investors, and whether bonds still have a place in modern portfolios. Brian also fields listener questions on individual stock picks, fee-only financial advisors, and the mental game of investing during uncertain times.

Key Topics & TimestampsIntroduction to the State of the Stock Market (00:01:01)
S&P 500 has delivered over 15% growth year-to-date, marking three consecutive years of double-digit returns.

Current Market Valuation Insights (00:02:04)
Historical performance indicators signal high valuation levels. "Sustained double-digit growth in the stock market isn't feasible long-term." (00:02:15)

Brian Feroldi's Personal Investment Strategy (00:05:00)
Brian maintains a 30% cash position during high valuations while keeping 70% invested. "Investment strategies should reflect personal financial situations." (00:05:00)

Impact of AI on Stock Analysis (00:24:19)
AI can dramatically enhance stock analysis when given clear directives. "As long as you're giving AI clear directions, it can provide incredible analysis." (00:26:10)

Audience Questions and Answers (00:30:00)
Discussion on individual stocks vs. index funds and tax implications.

Benefits of Fee-Only Financial Advisors (00:53:24)
Fee-only hourly consultations offer transparent financial advice versus traditional AUM models.

Conclusions and Future Predictions (01:03:05)
Summary of thoughts on market sustainability and investor strategies moving forward.

Resources* Notebook LLM (00:25:05) * Finviz Stock Screener (00:40:09) * Nectarine (00:53:24) * OpenPath Financial (00:54:32) * Abundo Wealth (00:54:32)

Key QuotesBrian Feroldi: "Sustained double-digit growth in the stock market isn't feasible long-term." (00:02:15)

Brian Feroldi: "Investment strategies should reflect personal financial situations." (00:05:00)

Brian Feroldi: "Dollar-cost averaging into total stock market index funds is just so rock solid." (00:21:27)

Brian Feroldi: "As long as you're giving AI clear directions, it can provide incredible analysis." (00:26:10)


Listen Next: Ep. 572 — Bias Towards Action: The Adventure List(s) | Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Financial independence isn't about becoming the richest person in the graveyard — it's about designing a life worth living right now. Brad Barrett sits down with Katie and Alan Donegan from Rebel Finance School to explore the often-overlooked foundation of the FI journey: your "why."

The discussion ranges from monthly finance meetings and intentional spending to the vulnerability required to build real community. Katie and Alan share how they track every dollar — not to restrict their lives, but to ensure their money flows toward what actually matters. They challenge the conventional FI narrative that treats saving as deprivation, reframing it instead as buying freedom. The conversation also tackles the adult friendship crisis: why making new connections feels so uncomfortable and how to push past the fear of rejection.

Chapters00:00:00 - Introduction
00:01:55 - Where are the Donegans now?
00:03:20 - Building Community
00:06:24 - Fear of Rejection
00:45:12 - Monthly Finance Meetings
00:51:01 - Importance of Tracking Spending
00:54:41 - Living Flexibly
01:24:43 - Closing Thoughts

Key TopicsBuilding Community and Friendship (03:20 - 06:24)
Katie and Alan discuss the significance of local ChooseFI groups and overcoming the fear of rejection when expanding your social circle.

Monthly Finance Meetings (45:12 - 51:01)
The Donegans describe their regular financial discussions to evaluate spending and goals with a partner.

Tracking Spending (51:01 - 54:41)
How tracking spending drives awareness and better financial choices aligned with personal values.

Flexibility in Lifestyle Design (54:41 - 01:24:43)
The concept of geo-arbitrage and adjusting your lifestyle to lower costs while understanding the philosophy behind financial independence.

Notable Quotes"Stay focused on your core purpose." (01:24:43)

"Live life enjoyably, not just to save." (00:46:58)

"Everything good in life comes on the other side of being vulnerable." (00:09:11)

"The quickest way to be interesting is to be interested." (00:13:01)

"Understand your core motivation." (00:45:47)

Action Items* Ask someone out for coffee or a hike this week. (00:41:30) * Review your monthly spending and identify areas for improvement. (00:51:01) * Consider joining a local ChooseFI group to connect with like-minded individuals. (00:06:03)

Key TermsFI - Financial Independence, a state where individuals have sufficient personal wealth to live without having to work actively. (00:00:00)

Geo-arbitrage - The strategy of moving to a location where the cost of living is lower in order to save more money. (00:53:21)

4% rule - A guideline suggesting retirees withdraw 4% of their savings annually. (01:00:01)

Related ResourcesRebel Finance School – A platform for financial education and personal growth. (01:26:03)


Listen Next: Ep. 570 — State of the Stock Market Q&A | Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Most people think FIRE is about cutting expenses and index funds. Paula Pant flips that script with her F-double-I-R-E framework—starting with the one thing traditional personal finance ignores: your psychological relationship with money.

Paula Pant, host of Afford Anything, introduces her F-double-I-R-E framework: Financial Psychology, Increasing Your Income, Investing, Real Estate, and Entrepreneurship. This conversation focuses on why financial psychology must come first—understanding the behavioral scripts that silently dictate your money decisions. From there, Paula and Brad explore income optimization over expense obsession, cash flow-focused investing, and the distinction between self-employment and true entrepreneurship (where you earn from assets, not hours). Packed with practical examples and strategic advice, this episode reframes how you think about building wealth and designing optionality into your life.

[00:02:55] Introduction to F-double-I-R-E

  • F-double-I-R-E stands for Financial Psychology, Increasing Your Income, Investing, Real Estate, and Entrepreneurship.
  • Starting with financial psychology is critical to understanding and challenging personal money motivations.

[00:14:10] Understanding Financial Psychology

  • Recognizing how behavioral scripts can hinder financial success.
  • Engage in self-reflection to identify and challenge limiting beliefs about money.

[00:29:27] Increasing Your Income

  • Focus on increasing income rather than just cutting expenses.
  • Side hustles and strategic negotiation play key roles in boosting income potential.

[00:46:15] Investing Principles

  • Prioritize cash flow over appreciation in investments.
  • Broad market index funds serve as a foundation for investment strategies.

[01:04:12] Entrepreneurship vs. Self-Employment

  • Distinguish between self-employed individuals and true entrepreneurship where income derives from assets, not time.
  • Explore various entrepreneurial avenues, including digital and real-world assets.

[01:12:57] Conclusion and Resources

  • Additional resources include the FiiRE Framework PDF and tips for negotiating raises.

Key Quotes:

  • "Achieving financial independence grants you the freedom to choose your life path." [00:10:30]
  • "Begin with financial psychology to unlock your money behaviors." [00:14:10]
  • "Entrepreneurship allows you to decouple time from income generation." [01:06:06]
  • "Negotiation determines your earnings, not merit alone." [00:34:04]
  • "Prioritize cash flow over mere appreciation in your investment strategy." [00:49:40]

Action Items:

  • Identify and challenge your limiting beliefs about money. [00:15:51]
  • Consider diverse income streams including side hustles and rental income. [00:29:34]
  • Practice negotiation skills in everyday situations to increase income. [00:45:03]

Chapter Markers:

  1. Introduction to F-double-I-R-E [00:02:55]
  2. Understanding Financial Psychology [00:14:10]
  3. Increasing Your Income [00:29:27]
  4. Investing Principles [00:46:15]
  5. Entrepreneurship vs. Self-Employment [01:04:12]
  6. Conclusion and Resources [01:12:57]

Related Resources:

  • FiiRE Framework PDF
  • Negotiate Your Next Raise Course

Listen Next: Ep. 569 — Always Come Back to the Why | Essential Listening


Support the Show
We work hard to keep ChooseFI ad-free for a clean listening experience. The easiest way to support us is to use our Top Recommended Cards page when signing up for your next travel rewards credit card.

View Details

Brad interviews Chris Hutchins, host of the podcast All The Hacks. They dive deep into challenging the traditional mindset of financial independence (FI), exploring the balance between saving for the future and enjoying life experiences in the present. The discussion revolves around the potential pitfalls of overly conservative financial strategies and emphasizes the importance of prioritizing valuable life experiences while ensuring future financial security.

  • Conservative Goals Discussion (00:01:12) Chris shares his reflections on why many in the FI community may prioritize financial safety at the cost of meaningful experiences. He poses the question of whether we are taking the wrong risks by focusing too much on certainty in our finances.
  • The 4% Rule (00:03:47) The hosts discuss the 4% rule, a guideline suggesting retirees can withdraw 4% of their savings annually. They highlight that, according to guests like Tyler Gardner, our focus on safety might lead to over-saving and depriving ourselves of essential life experiences.
  • Rethinking Life Choices (00:10:44) As parents, they reflect on how the fleeting nature of time with children should influence our financial and personal choices. Chris shares insights on making bold decisions, such as considering taking significant time off for experiences with loved ones.
  • Spending for Experiences (00:14:01) Brad challenges listeners to evaluate where they are spending their money and whether they can invest in experiences instead. The conversation emphasizes that creating memories often yields a higher return on investment than merely accumulating wealth.
  • Importance of Flexibility in Spending (00:40:12) They discuss the benefits of being flexible in both finances and travel planning, underscoring the importance of planning ahead to maximize opportunities for experiences.

Key Insights:

  • Opportunity Costs: Focusing solely on savings can result in missing out on valuable life experiences (00:10:44).
  • Flexibility Maximizes Value: Being flexible can help optimize travel rewards and reconcile the costs of memorable experiences (00:36:11).
  • Rethinking Risks: Evaluate the balance between financial security and living fully. Exploring new experiences can often feel riskier, but not taking them can lead to regret (00:15:04).

Actionable Takeaways:

  • Regularly evaluate spending to identify areas for investing in experiences instead of saving (00:23:30).
  • Plan trips or memorable activities well in advance to create anticipation and excitement (00:35:02).
  • Embrace the risk of enjoying life and create a budget that allows for valuable experiences (00:14:01).

Quotes to Remember:

  • "Avoiding all risks in finance can lead to over-saving and missed life experiences." (00:08:02)
  • "Focusing solely on savings can result in missing out on desired life experiences." (00:10:44)

Discussion Questions for Reflection:

  • Are you overly conservative in your financial strategies? How can you shift your mindset? (00:09:43)
  • What experiences are you prioritizing in your life right now and why? (00:14:01)

Related Resources:

  • Chris Hutchins Website and Podcast

View Details

Brad welcomes Aubrey Williams, a financial advisor and member of the ChooseFI community. They discuss innovative strategies for financial independence (FI), focusing on flexible withdrawal rates, dynamic spending adjustments using historical analysis, and how adopting a more adaptable mindset can potentially lead to earlier FI.

Timestamps & Discussion Topics: * 00:00:00 Intro to Financial Independence + Overview of the FI journey and the community's philosophy. * 00:03:00 Aubrey's Background + Aubrey shares his journey from a corporate career to becoming a financial advisor, emphasizing experiences with the FI community. * 00:15:00 Understanding Withdrawal Rates + Discussion on the traditional 4% withdrawal rule and its limitations; the importance of knowing what your portfolio should allow you to spend. * 00:18:04 The Forces Influencing Spending + Recognizing the various external influences that shape financial decisions and how awareness can help mitigate these. * 00:29:57 Community Engagement—CampFI and Meetups + The value of attending CampFI and other local FI meetups for motivation and networking, enhancing personal journeys toward financial independence. * 00:53:00 Risk-Based Guardrails Explained + Introducing the concept of risk-based guardrails to adjust spending dynamically based on portfolio performance.

Key Quotes: * "Adjusting spending when your portfolio hits a certain number is key for financial confidence. Historical analysis provides the guidance you need." - Aubrey (00:20:18) * "Stay aware of the powerful forces that influence your financial decisions." - Aubrey (00:18:04) * "Reaching FI requires a mindset shift towards thoughtful spending." - Aubrey (00:38:26)

Actionable Takeaways: * Understand Your Spending: Regularly evaluate your monthly expenses to identify areas to cut back, as small reductions can significantly lower your FI target. * Utilize Historical Analysis Tools: Use resources like FIREcalc or Engaging Data to guide your financial decisions and explore various withdrawal strategies. * Engage with the Community: Attend local meetups or events like CampFI to build relationships with others on a similar path, gaining insights and encouragement.

Related Resources: * Open Path Financial - Financial planning services by Aubrey. * CampFI - Community events for personal finance enthusiasts. * Projection Lab - Financial modeling tools.

Discussion Questions: * How can adjusting your spending habits affect your journey towards financial independence? * What are some effective strategies for managing your withdrawal rate in retirement? * How can community gatherings like CampFI enhance your understanding of financial independence?

Action Items: * Calculate your FI number based on your current expenses and savings rates. * Download resources provided at Open Path Financial to better understand risk-based guardrails. * Join a local FI meetup to connect with others and share insights about your financial journey.

This episode provides insightful perspectives on achieving financial independence through flexible spending and community engagement. Listeners are encouraged to adopt a more dynamic approach to their finances, making use of historical tools and community resources to enhance their journey toward FI.

View Details

Brad Barrett hosts Cody Garrett and Sean Mullaney, co-authors of Tax Planning To and Through Early Retirement, exploring essential tax strategies for the FI community. They address misconceptions about retirement taxes, the drawdown process, and effective tax rates, emphasizing the importance of informed planning to navigate financial independence smoothly.

Key Takeaways:

  • Understanding the complexities of drawdown strategies is essential for early retirement planning.
  • Fear surrounding retirement taxes can often be mitigated through knowledge and strategic planning.
  • Most retirees benefit from significant tax reductions due to lower effective tax rates during retirement.
  • The podcast discusses common misconceptions about Required Minimum Distributions (RMDs) and their actual impact on retirees.

Timestamps:

  • 00:01:38 - Overview of Tax Planning To and Through Early Retirement
  • 00:02:33 - Understanding the complicated drawdown process
  • 00:07:22 - Eliminating fear from tax planning
  • 00:10:06 - Long-term capital gains taxation and early retirement
  • 00:28:39 - Tax optimization strategies
  • 00:39:01 - Strategic tax planning leading to zero tax liability
  • 00:58:47 - Discussion on RMDs and tax implications in retirement

Key Insights:

  • The drawdown process is often misunderstood but vital for financial planning. (00:02:33)
  • Fear of taxes can hinder retirement planning; proper understanding can lead to rational decisions. (00:07:22)
  • Most retirees can pay lower taxes than perceived and often face less tax liability. (00:28:15)
  • Effective tax strategies can enable some retirees to pay zero taxes during retirement. (00:39:01)
  • Misconceptions exist surrounding RMDs; they may not be as detrimental as commonly feared. (01:00:14)

Actionable Takeaways:

  • Consider early Roth conversions to maximize tax credits, particularly if you anticipate low income post-retirement. (00:44:07)
  • Utilize long-term capital gains to minimize taxable income effectively in retirement. (00:10:06)
  • Aim to reduce ordinary income during retirement to take advantage of favorable tax environments. (00:41:37)

Discussion Questions:

  • What are some strategies that can minimize tax burdens in early retirement? (00:28:39)
  • How do RMDs impact retirement planning, and should retirees be concerned about them? (01:00:14)
  • What are the implications of long-term capital gains on retirement income? (00:10:06)

Resources Mentioned:

  • Tax Planning To and Through Early Retirement - Paperback
  • Tax Planning To and Through Early Retirement - Kindle Edition

Related Episodes:

  • Episode 557: Health Insurance Planning for Early Retirees

Disclaimer: Sean's discussions on the ChooseFI podcast and articles and messages published on ChooseFI.com are intended for general educational purposes and are not tax, legal, or investment advice for any individual. The ChooseFI podcast and its owners, employees, and agents do not endorse Sean Mullaney, Mullaney Financial & Tax, Inc., or their services.

View Details

Jackie Cummings Koski returns to discuss the fundamental principles of financial independence (FI) and early retirement. The conversation emphasizes the importance of understanding FI—financial independence lets individuals no longer depend on a paycheck, offering options and freedom in life. Jackie shares insights on creating habits, starting small with savings, and the invaluable impact of community on one's financial journey. Strategies such as evaluating expenses and adopting an action-focused mindset are crucial. The duo explores essential concepts like the 4% rule, the significance of compound interest, and how everyday expenses can affect one's FI number, leading to powerful benefits over time. This episode serves as both a refresher for seasoned FI enthusiasts and a primer for newcomers.

Key Takeaways: * Understanding FI enables individuals to regain control over their finances and lives. * Saving money is about liberation, not deprivation; small changes can yield significant benefits over time. * The power of community is invaluable in the FI journey; joining groups can provide motivation and insights. * Evaluating and optimizing expenses can lead to increased savings and a lower FI target. * The 4% rule helps determine how much one can safely withdraw from retirement savings.

Timestamps: * 00:00:00 - Podcast Intro * 00:01:08 - Introduction of Jackie Cummings Koski * 00:03:02 - Back to Basics of FI * 00:04:31 - Defining Financial Independence * 00:08:23 - Importance of Saving Money * 00:12:07 - Building Habits * 00:46:07 - Understanding Your FI Number * 01:01:02 - Community and Support * 01:09:24 - Conclusion

Important Quotes: * "FI means financial independence; RE means retiring early." (00:04:31) * "Saving money liberates you, it’s not deprivation." (00:08:23) * "Empower yourself by changing your financial dynamic." (00:05:40) * "In investing, doing less often yields more." (00:24:40) * "Save $100/month to potentially lower your FI target by $30,000." (00:47:04)

Actionable Takeaways: * Track Your Expenses: Start examining where your money goes to identify areas for potential savings. (Timestamp: 00:41:19) * Join a Community Group: Participate in a local ChooseFI group to gain support and motivation. (Timestamp: 01:01:02) * Develop Saving Habits: Make a habit of saving even small amounts each month to establish a strong financial foundation. (Timestamp: 00:12:07)

Discussion Questions: * How can tracking expenses help in achieving financial independence? (Timestamp: 00:41:19) * What strategies can the community provide for those just starting their FI journey? (Timestamp: 01:01:02)

Related Resources: * F.I.R.E for Dummies Book: Link (Timestamp: 00:02:43) * Catching Up to FI Podcast: Link (Timestamp: 01:09:22)

View Details

ChooseFI unveils a new feature on the website that allows listeners to have their financial independence questions answered by experts. Featuring in-depth discussions with Karsten Jeske (Big Earn) and Fritz Gilbert, the episode explores the ramifications of potentially increasing the safe withdrawal rate and provides critical insights into retirement strategies, including cash flow considerations like Social Security and required minimum distributions (RMDs).

Key Topics Discussed: * Introduction to New Features (00:00:00)

+ Introduction of a Q&A functionality on the ChooseFI website for community engagement.
  • Listener Questions Segment (00:00:36)

    • Introduction to the expert answers provided by Karsten and Fritz.
    • Discussion on Safe Withdrawal Rates (00:05:26)

    • Explanation of the traditional 4% rule and its significance.

    • Karsten's Perspective on the 5.5% Rate (00:07:45)

    • Critique of Bill Bangan’s proposed increase in the safe withdrawal rate and why it may be misleading.

    • Nuances of Early Retirement (00:34:25)

    • Insights on adjusting retirement strategies when planning for longer horizons, emphasizing the time value of money.

    • Fritz on RMDs and Safe Withdrawal Rate (00:36:16)

    • Explanation of how RMDs impact withdrawal strategies, highlighting that RMDs apply only to pre-tax accounts.

Actionable Takeaways: * Adjust SWR to account for extended Retirement horizons * Incorporate potential income sources such as Social Security into your retirement planning. (00:35:01) * Carefully consider your asset allocation to manage risks related to early retirement (e.g., sequence of return risk). (00:48:06)

Key Quotes: * "The proposed 5.5% withdrawal rate is misleading and overly optimistic." (00:09:21) - Karsten Jeske * "A safe withdrawal rate must not fall below 3.25% for financial security." (00:35:41) - Karsten Jeske * "Plan for additional income sources like Social Security in retirement." (00:35:01) - Karsten Jeske * "RMDs do not dictate your total spending in retirement." (00:39:00) - Fritz Gilbert * "Behavioral finance warns against the pitfalls of emotional investing." (00:51:16) - Brad Barrett

Timestamps: * 00:02 - Invitation to submit questions at choosefi.com/feedback. * 00:05 - Introduction of Karsten Jeske and Fritz Gilbert. * 00:09 - Discussion on the safe withdrawal rate controversy. * 00:35 - Required minimum distributions explained. * 00:49 - Dynamic withdrawal strategies overview.

Discussion Questions: * How do you view the proposed increase in safe withdrawal rates? * What strategies are you incorporating to prepare for early retirement? * In what ways can Social Security impact your withdrawal strategy? * How do you reconcile RMDs with your personal withdrawal goals?

Related Resources: * Early Retirement Now Blog: Insights into safe withdrawal rates. * Retirement Manifesto: A guide to successful retirement strategies

View Details

Brad and Ginger discuss the importance of asset flexibility, community building, and health savings accounts (HSAs). The conversation emphasizes maximizing contributions to HSAs while addressing financial conflicts that arise within relationships.

Key Topics Discussed: * Introduction and Community Building (00:00:00)

+ Ginger shares her growing efforts to engage with the community and incorporate more fun activities into her life.
  • Understanding HSA and Healthcare Expenses (00:32:00)

    • The benefits of maxing out an HSA are discussed, highlighting the importance of using it strategically for long-term healthcare expenses.
    • Importance of Asset Flexibility (00:19:00)

    • The discussion covers the flexibility of different asset types and how this can affect financial independence strategies.

    • Overcoming Financial Conflicts in Relationships (00:39:10)

    • Strategies for couples to align financial goals and values while avoiding conflicts are outlined.

    • Conclusion and Resources (00:57:10)

    • Brad shares exciting new developments in the ChooseFI community and invites listeners to engage.

Key Takeaways: * Maximize HSA Contributions (00:32:00)

+ Take advantage of tax-free growth in HSAs by maximizing contributions, as this can benefit long-term healthcare costs.
  • Engage in Open Discussions (00:44:00)

    • Successful financial planning requires transparent conversations about values and aspirations between partners.
    • Explore Various Account Types (00:19:00)

    • Have a mix of account types (taxable, Roth, traditional) for better flexibility and planning around future income and expenses.

Quotes of Note: * "Plan ahead to avoid complications later." (Brad, 00:39:00) * "Building connections leads to a richer life." (Ginger, 00:05:50) * "Your money is not trapped. It's just simply not." (Brad, 00:26:00) * "Save for freedom, not deprivation." (Ginger, 00:48:00) * "Engage in genuine conversations about finances." (Brad, 00:47:00)

Chapter Markers: * 00:00:00 Introduction and Community Building * 00:32:00 Understanding HSA and Healthcare Expenses * 00:19:00 Importance of Asset Flexibility * 00:39:10 Overcoming Financial Conflicts in Relationships * 00:57:10 Conclusion and Resources

FAQs: * How can I better communicate financial goals with my spouse? Engage in open discussions about values associated with finance and find common ground. (00:44:00) * What are the benefits of maxing out an HSA? Maxing out HSA contributions allows for tax-free growth and withdrawals for qualified medical expenses. (00:33:00) * Can I take money out of my retirement accounts before age 59 and a half? Yes, there are strategies that can allow you to access your funds early without penalties. (00:26:00)

Related Resources: * Risk Parity Radio (00:11:00) * Ancestry.com (00:54:00) * InsideTracker (00:53:00)

Action Items: * Join a local FI group to enhance community involvement. (00:03:39) * Review your HSA contributions and expenses to maximize benefits. (00:32:00) * Discuss financial goals with your spouse to reach consensus. (00:44:00)

Discussion Questions: * How can we balance spending and saving in our relationship? (00:44:00) * What strategies can we use to engage more with our community? (00:01:00) * How do we effectively allocate our finances towards asset flexibility? (00:19:00)

View Details

Brad Barrett welcomes Jillian Johnsrud, author of Retire Often, as they delve into the transformative concept of mini retirements. Jillian shares her insights on how taking intentional breaks from work can enrich life experiences, enhance personal growth, and help individuals navigate transitions on their journey towards financial independence.

Key Topics Discussed:

  1. Introduction to Mini Retirements

    • Overview of the concept and its significance within the financial independence community.
    • What is a Mini Retirement? 00:02:43

    • Jillian defines mini retirements as intentional breaks of one month or longer focused on meaningful activities.

    • The Importance of Seasons of Life 00:06:01

    • Discussion on recognizing and embracing life's unpredictable seasons and their relation to experiences.

    • Practicing Early Retirement 00:17:34

    • The necessity of practicing life beyond work before transitioning into full retirement to build confidence.

    • Overcoming the Fear of Retirement 00:25:36

    • Exploring common fears related to stepping away from work and how to leverage the fear of regret as motivation.

    • Finding Balance in Life Experiences 00:35:53

    • Tips on focusing on one to two meaningful goals during a mini retirement to create a fulfilling experience.

Key Quotes:

  • "Mini retirements are intentional breaks to enrich life experiences." 00:03:39
  • "Embrace life's unpredictability; seize the moment for experiences now." 00:05:10
  • "Practice mini retirements to master the art of living beyond work." 00:45:44

Actionable Takeaways:

  • Attempt a mini retirement for a month to discover personal interests and break from routine. 00:03:39
  • Focus on one or two meaningful goals during your mini retirement for a fulfilling experience. 00:35:53

Discussion Questions:

  • What experiences resonate with you when thinking about a mini retirement? 00:36:46
  • How does understanding life's seasons impact your financial journey? 00:06:01

Resources Mentioned:

  • Retire Often Book - Jillian Johnsrud's guide on incorporating mini retirements into life. 00:48:42
  • Retire Often Group Coaching - A supportive resources for individuals seeking guidance on financial independence and lifestyle design. 00:48:42

Related Episodes:

  • Episode 451: Exploring Mini Retirements with Jillian Johnsrud
  • Episode 472: Cure for the Boring Middle

View Details

Marla Taner shares her journey of living off the 4% rule since her retirement in 2013. She discusses the financial strategies that have supported her abundant lifestyle, the emotional aspects of transitioning into retirement, and the importance of reassessing fixed costs. Marla's insights provide inspiration for those seeking financial independence.

Timestamps:

  • 00:01:26 – Marla's Background
  • 00:02:04 – Living off the 4% Rule
  • 00:09:39 – Psychology of Retiring Early
  • 00:24:33 – Managing Withdrawals
  • 00:25:51 – Market Timing and Cash Strategy
  • 00:28:46 – Travel Rewards
  • 00:49:10 – Lessons Learned
  • 01:00:17 – Conclusion

Key Takeaways: * 4% Rule: Marla retired in 2013 with a strategy based on the 4% rule, successfully navigating financial independence (00:02:04). * Psychology Matters: Transitioning from a saver to a spender can be psychologically challenging, but it's crucial for enjoying retirement (00:50:21). * Cash Cushion: Maintaining two years' worth of cash reserves provides peace of mind during market fluctuations (00:25:51). * Reassessing Fixed Expenses: Many perceived fixed costs can be more flexible than we realize—it's worth reassessing them regularly (00:43:12). * Travel Rewards Enthusiast: Marla curates her extensive travel experiences using travel rewards strategies that keep her costs low (00:28:46).

Actionable Insights: * Examine Fixed Costs: Reflect on your budget to identify which fixed costs you might be able to adjust or reduce (00:43:12). * Withdrawal Plan: Develop a thoughtful withdrawal strategy before retiring to reduce anxiety when selling investments (00:24:33). * Monitor Spending Habits: Track your spending for a year to understand your financial needs better and adjust accordingly (00:50:21).

View Details

Join Brad, Katie, and Alan in a candid conversation about financial independence, travel rewards, and lifestyle choices. They discuss the importance of zero-based thinking, share experiences as digital nomads, and challenge conventional views on net worth by introducing the concept of a "freedom fund."

Timestamps:

  • 00:03:48 - Zero-Based Thinking Discussion
  • 00:04:54 - Experiences as Digital Nomads
  • 00:11:04 - Traveling vs. Stability
  • 00:18:44 - Understanding Investments
  • 00:28:00 - Shifting Perspectives on Net Worth
  • 01:20:00 - Closing Thoughts

Key Takeaways:

  • Zero-Based Thinking: Evaluate your decisions with the question, "Knowing what I know now, would I choose this again?" (Timestamp: 00:16:19)
  • Traveling vs. Stability: Digital nomads navigate the challenge of balancing fast-paced travel with the need for stability. (Timestamp: 00:11:04)
  • Freedom Fund Concept: Shift your focus from traditional assets to a 'freedom fund' that emphasizes financial independence over liabilities. (Timestamp: 00:28:44)
  • Probabilistic Nature of Life: Embrace the understanding that decision-making incorporates probabilities and not just outcomes. (Timestamp: 00:24:20)

Actionable Takeaways:

  • Reflect on your choices: knowing what you know now, would you choose that option again? (00:18:36)
  • Consider categorizing your investments as a 'freedom fund' rather than traditional assets. (00:28:44)

Key Quotes:

  • "Achieving financial independence allows us to control our time and pursue our desires." (00:17:43)
  • "Evaluate your choices: if you wouldn't choose them again, it's time for change." (00:18:36)
  • "Your entire net worth is in your freedom fund." (00:28:44)

Discussion Questions:

  • How can you apply zero-based thinking in your life to evaluate choices? (00:16:19)
  • In what ways can we better balance travel experiences with financial stability? (00:11:04)
  • What does having a freedom fund mean for you? (00:28:44)

Resources Mentioned:

  • Rebel Finance School (Timestamp: 00:19:08)
  • What's Your Split? Visualizing net worth (Timestamp: 00:19:08)
  • PDF Guide to Optimize Your Life (Timestamp: 00:57:41)

View Details

Tim Ferriss focusing on financial independence, the importance of mentorship, and the role of playful experimentation in living a fulfilling life. Discover insights on designing an intentional life and the values behind Tim's new game, COYOTE.

Key Takeaways * Experiential Learning & Game Selection Choose the right projects to engage in rather than just focusing on winning. Tim stresses that the correct game selection impacts long-term success more than winning the game itself. * Mentorship Mentors and influential figures can shape our lives and paths significantly. Tim shares personal stories of mentors that led him to better decisions and prevented disastrous outcomes. * Social Connections Both Brad and Tim agree on the importance of meaningful social interactions and relationships in ensuring a fulfilling life post-financial independence. * Importance of Play & Experiments Financial independence allows for the experimentation of interests. Tim emphasizes the need for playful exploration of life after achieving financial goals.

Episode Breakdown 00:00:00 Introduction

  • Welcome to ChooseFI! This week features Tim Ferriss, renowned author and podcaster.

00:01:15 Tim's Background and Impact

  • Tim shares his journey from aspiring neuroscientist to bestselling author and podcaster. The significance of mentors in influencing his life.

00:09:47 Mentorship and Its Importance

  • Exploration of how mentors shaped Tim’s decision-making and life course, leading to successful outcomes and personal growth.

00:15:05 Choosing Projects and Life Experiences

  • Tim emphasizes the concept of game selection, stating it’s about finding projects and experiences that align with personal growth, rather than merely aiming for success.

00:14:04 Real Growth Happens Outside Your Comfort Zone

  • Discussing self-imposed limitations and the value of experimenting at the edge of comfort zones for personal development.

01:13:16 The Importance of Social Interaction

  • The significance of social connections in enhancing life experiences and mental health.

01:30:47 Discussion on COYOTE Game

  • Overview of Tim's new game COYOTE, the thought process behind it, and its importance in fostering social interaction and play.

Notable Quotes * "Choosing the right game is more important than just winning!" - Tim Ferriss 00:15:43 * "Real growth happens outside your comfort zone." - Tim Ferriss 00:14:04 * "It's not about winning—it's about self-discovery through experimentation." - Tim Ferriss 00:43:40 * "Be proactive about your well-being, don't wait for a crisis to take action." - Tim Ferriss 01:32:30 * "Focus on nurturing your top ten most important relationships." - Tim Ferriss 00:31:26

Actionable Takeaways * Experimentation: Start small experiments in your life to explore new interests (Timestamp: 00:40:44). * Prioritization of Relationships: Focus on nurturing your top ten most important relationships (Timestamp: 00:31:26). * Intentional Play: Engage in intentional play and social activities for overall well-being, especially after achieving financial independence (Timestamp: 01:13:16).

Related Resources * COYOTE Card Game: Buy Here (Timestamp: 01:30:00) * 5-Bullet Friday Newsletter: Subscribe Here (Timestamp: 01:34:06) * Tim's Blog and Podcast: Visit Here (Timestamp: 01:35:01)

Discussion Questions 1. How can you apply the concept of game selection to your personal or professional life? [Timestamp: 00:15:43] 2. What are some small experiments you can run to discover new interests? [Timestamp: 00:40:04] 3. How do you prioritize your relationships and ensure they align with your goals? [Timestamp: 00:31:26]

View Details

Key changes in tax law related to the newly passed One Big Beautiful Bill significantly impact the financial independence (FI) community. Notably, the extension of tax rates and the higher standard deduction provide more planning certainty for early retirees, allowing greater financial management under these new regulations. Brad & Sean Mullaney discuss the critical tax provisions like enhanced charitable contribution deductions for non-itemizers, updates to state and local tax deductions, and the introduction of a senior deduction for retirees. They also explore strategies for maximizing premium tax credits starting in 2026.

Disclaimer

Sean's discussions on the ChooseFI podcast and articles and messages published on ChooseFI.com are intended for general educational purposes and are not tax, legal, or investment advice for any individual. The ChooseFI podcast and its owners, employees, and agents do not endorse Sean Mullaney, Mullaney Financial & Tax, Inc., or their services.

Key Topics Discussed: 1. Introduction to the New Tax Bill 00:00:00

* Overview of the One Big Beautiful Bill and its significance for the FI community.
  1. Impacts of Extended Tax Rates 00:02:20

    • Explanation of the permanence of the tax rates and the increased standard deduction.
    • Changes to Charitable Contributions 00:13:12

    • Details on new deductions for non-itemizers and adjustments to itemized deductions.

    • State and Local Tax Deduction Update 00:23:26

    • Increase of deductible cap from $10,000 to $40,000, impacting itemization strategies.

    • Exploration of the Senior Deduction 00:30:05

    • Introduction of a $6,000 deduction aimed at seniors aged 65 and older.

    • Understanding Premium Tax Credits 00:39:10

    • Strategic planning opportunities utilizing bronze ACA plans and HSAs to maximize tax benefits.

Actionable Takeaways: * Maximize Your Standard Deduction: Consider traditional contributions to optimize your tax situation. 00:10:15 * Utilize Bronze ACA Plans: Start in 2026 to lower premiums and leverage HSA contributions for enhanced tax benefits. 00:42:07

Key Quotes: * "The new standard deduction is a game-changer for those pursuing financial independence." 00:08:46 * "These are crucial planning implications that can optimize your tax situation." 00:17:36 * "Shift your income from high tax brackets to the 0% tax bracket for maximum savings." 00:12:19

Timestamps: * 00:00:14 - Importance of premium tax credits for the FI community. * 00:03:05 - Risk of the standard deduction decreasing without the new law. * 00:10:15 - Optimizing tax situation with traditional contributions. * 00:14:00 - Details on the charitable contributions deduction. * 00:25:19 - Update on the state and local tax deduction cap.

Related Resources: * YouTube Video on Premium Tax Credits: Watch Here [Timestamp: 00:45:00] * Cody Garrett and Sean Mullaney’s Book Notification: Sign Up Here [Timestamp: 00:59:35]

Discussion Questions: * How does the new tax bill affect your approach to retirement planning? 00:00:10 * What strategies can be adopted to make the most of the new standard deduction? 00:10:15

Summary: This episode dives into the legislative changes that may significantly influence financial planning for those aiming for early retirement. By understanding the implications of the One Big Beautiful Bill, listeners can better navigate their financial futures.

View Details

Brad and Rachael Camp tackle listener-submitted questions focusing on bonds, retirement strategies, pensions, and optimizing Roth IRA conversions. Rachael Camp, a Certified Financial Planner, sheds light on various financial independence (FI) strategies—discussing the impact of interest rate volatility on bond investments, the importance of tax planning during retirement, and navigating unexpected inheritances.

Timestamps and Key Topics * 00:01:10 - Introduction to Bonds * 00:03:15 - Bonds vs. Bond Funds * 00:24:07 - Pension Strategies * 00:27:29 - Roth IRA Conversions * 00:45:11 - Handling Inheritance and Taxes

Key Insights * Understanding Bond Dynamics:

+ Timestamp: 00:04:10: Understanding the inverse relationship between bond prices and interest rates is crucial.
+ Timestamp: 00:16:30: Review your bond strategy annually to assess risks associated with interest rate changes.
  • Bond Funds vs Individual Bonds:

    • Timestamp: 00:21:24: For long-term strategies, individual bonds and bond funds often perform similarly. If you consistently reinvest mature bonds, you effectively manage the same risk as a bond fund.
    • Pension Ramifications:

    • Timestamp: 00:25:53: Use your pension wisely to enhance your tax strategy!

    • Roth IRA Conversion Strategy:

    • Timestamp: 00:34:10: Maximize your savings with strategic Roth conversions, particularly before pension income starts.

    • Inheritance Implications:

    • Timestamp: 00:46:21: Evaluate the impact of any inheritance on your overall tax strategy carefully.

Actionable Takeaways * Regularly assess your bond exposure and adjust according to market conditions. * Prioritize Roth conversions during income gaps in your retirement timeline to leverage low tax brackets. * Plan your inheritance withdrawals strategically over the 10-year required period to mitigate tax impacts.

Frequently Asked Questions * What is the difference between bond funds and individual bonds?

+ Bond funds are collections of bonds that continue to reinvest, while individual bonds are purchased with a fixed interest rate and maturity. This influences cash flow needs and risk tolerance. Timestamp: 00:10:40
  • How do Roth conversions affect my tax bracket?

    • Roth conversions can fill your tax bracket before pensions begin to reduce available space, maximizing tax efficiency of your retirement income. Timestamp: 00:34:10

View Details

Effective financial planning resembles both a puzzle and a spider web, where each decision impacts interconnected aspects of one's financial life. Brad is joined by Jesse Cramer and explores the importance of resilience over perfection in financial planning, how minor choices can have significant implications, and the necessity of revisiting one's financial situation as life circumstances change.

Key Topics Discussed:

  • Introduction to Financial Planning Financial planning is likened to solving a puzzle intertwined with a spider web, emphasizing the interconnected nature of financial decisions.
  • Defining Perfection in Finance Timestamp: 00:09:01 Discussion on the dangers of chasing perfection in financial strategies and the importance of building resilience.
  • Understanding Tax Loss Harvesting Timestamp: 00:21:11 Exploring the concept of tax loss harvesting, its benefits, and common pitfalls associated with its incorrect application.
  • The Asset Location Dilemma Timestamp: 00:30:13 Insights into optimizing asset location for tax efficiency, along with the risks of over-optimizing this strategy.
  • Revisiting Financial Assumptions Timestamp: 00:55:34 The necessity of regularly reassessing financial goals and assumptions to adapt to changing circumstances.

Key Takeaways:

  • Resilience in Financial Planning:

    • A resilient financial plan helps navigate uncertainties effectively. (00:08:02)
    • Understanding Over-Optimization:

    • If optimizing efforts complicate decision-making or create new risks, you may be over-optimizing. (00:07:36)

    • Reassess Assumptions:

    • Regularly revisiting financial assumptions is crucial for aligning them with current life situations and goals. (00:55:34)

    • Benefits of Tax Loss Harvesting:

    • While there are potential rewards, understanding its application is vital to avoid detrimental outcomes. (00:21:22)

    • Asset Location Strategy:

    • Proper allocation based on investment timelines and goals yields better financial outcomes than merely optimizing for tax efficiency. (00:30:33)

Quotes from the Episode:

  • "Financial planning is a puzzle intertwined within a spider web." (00:04:41)
  • "Building resilience in your financial plan helps you navigate uncertainty effectively." (00:08:02)
  • "Striving for perfection can lead to unnecessary stress in financial planning." (00:47:00)

Related Resources:

  • Personal Finance for Long-Term Investors Podcast (00:56:41)
  • The Best Interest Blog (00:56:10)

Action Items:

  • Continuous Assessment:

    • Regularly evaluate financial decisions against personal goals to ensure proper alignment. (00:55:34)
    • Explore Investment Options:

    • Understand implications before implementation to make informed decisions. (00:51:31)

Discussion Questions:

  • "How can understanding the interconnectedness of financial decisions improve overall financial planning?" (00:04:41)
  • "What are some personal experiences with over-optimizing financial strategies?" (00:07:36)

View Details

Kristen Knapp shares her journey from a childhood marked by poverty to achieving financial independence and transitioning to part-time work as a television meteorologist. She introduces her new venture, FI Friends Travel, a travel initiative that connects financial independence enthusiasts through meaningful, shared travel experiences. Kristen emphasizes the power of community in the FI space, and her insights offer actionable advice on fostering connections, exploring travel rewards, and maintaining financial literacy.

Timestamped Highlights:

  • 00:02:17 Building Community through FI

    • Kristen discusses the magic of gathering like-minded individuals and the importance of community within the FI space.
    • 00:11:49 The Journey to Financial Independence

    • Kristen shares her background growing up in poverty and her determination to break the cycle through education and financial literacy.

    • 00:41:39 Launch of FI Friends Travel

    • Introduction to FI Friends Travel, its purpose, and how it connects FI community members through travel.

    • 00:52:14 Travel Tips from FI Friends Travel

    • Kristen offers practical travel tips learned from her experiences, emphasizing the importance of cash, logistics, and planning.

Key Takeaways: * Community Is Vital:

+ Kristen highlights the importance of establishing and maintaining local FI groups. Consistency in scheduling events encourages participation and connection. *(Actionable Takeaway: Commit to a regular meeting schedule for your local FI group.)* 00:07:32
  • Flexibility and Financial Independence:

    • Achieving financial independence allows for flexibility in work and life choices. Kristen shares her transition to part-time work and the confidence it brings her. (Actionable Takeaway: Embrace opportunities to leverage your FI status for a more fulfilling life.) 00:37:50
    • Travel Rewards and Experiences:

    • Traveling enhances personal growth and connections within the FI community. Kristen encourages listeners to seek and share meaningful travel experiences. (Actionable Takeaway: Engage with the FI community and explore travel opportunities with like-minded individuals.) 00:42:04

    • Educate and Inspire:

    • Kristen emphasizes the importance of educating younger generations on financial literacy and personal finance to foster better financial habits. (Actionable Takeaway: Share insights on saving and investing with your peers and younger coworkers.) 00:25:29

Key Quotes: * “There's magic when you get five people together—everyone becomes friends instantly.” 00:03:13 * “For the first time in my adult life, I feel like I’m finally flexing my FI muscles.” 00:37:50 * “Breaking new ground shows that possibilities are endless!” 00:40:41

Related Resources: * FI Friends Travel - Explore travel opportunities tailored for the FI community. * Earn & Invest Episode 414

Discussion Questions: * How can understanding our financial journeys impact our future decisions? 00:20:36 * What strategies can encourage participation in local FI communities? 00:07:32 * In what ways do travel experiences enhance personal growth and connections? 00:41:39

Action Items: * Sign up for local FI events and commit to attending regularly. (Timestamp: 00:07:32) * Consider joining or leading a travel group to explore new places with like-minded individuals. (Timestamp: 00:42:04) * Share financial independence concepts with younger coworkers to promote financial literacy. (Timestamp: 00:25:29)

View Details

Cody Garrett, (CFP), joins Brad to discuss the pervasive myth of the middle-class trap in the financial independence (FI) community. Through four case studies, they illustrate how individuals often feel trapped financially due to psychological barriers rather than actual limitations. The conversation provides insights into turning retirement accounts into income and emphasizes the importance of clarity in financial planning.

Key Takeaways: * The concept of the middle-class trap is primarily a psychological barrier rather than a reality. * Financial independence can be achieved through better understanding of retirement accounts and using strategies like the 72T plan. * Home equity should be viewed as an asset that can be leveraged rather than a barrier to financial independence.

Actionable Takeaways: * Challenge Perceptions: Understand and challenge your perception of the middle-class trap. (00:09:58) * Utilize the 72T Plan: Consider using the 72T plan for accessing retirement funds early. (00:29:45) * Evaluate Home Equity: Assess your home equity as a potential resource for retirement planning. (00:48:41)

Timestamps: * 00:00:00 - Introduction to the Middle-Class Trap * 00:05:02 - Understanding your wealth's potential * 00:06:15 - Dispelling the middle-class trap myth * 00:12:08 - How psychological barriers affect retirement planning * 00:24:05 - Case Study 1: Upper Middle Class * 00:41:20 - Case Study 2: Lower Middle Class * 00:47:11 - Home Equity Discussion * 00:54:27 - Case Study 4: Selling the Home * 01:03:49 - Conclusion and Takeaways

Major Topics Discussed: 1. Middle-Class Trap Myth:

* Discussion around the psychological aspects of feeling trapped despite solid financial bases. (00:08:02)
  1. Understanding Retirement Accounts:

    • Discussion of how individuals can access funds before age 59½ without penalties through the 72T plan. (00:29:45)
    • Evaluating Personal Wealth:

    • Insights on evaluating your overall financial situation and the importance of understanding the true potential of your assets. (00:05:02)

    • Case Studies:

    • Upper Middle Class: Case study of Katrina and Carlos exploring their retirement potential based on their traditional 401k. (00:24:05)

    • Lower Middle Class: Analysis of Debbie and Don’s retirement strategy leveraging their 401k benefits. (00:41:20)
    • Home Equity Discussion: Examination of how home equity affects financial independence and discussing the emotional implications of selling a home. (00:47:11)
    • Final Case Study: The benefits of selling a home to unlock equity and facilitate early retirement. (00:54:27)

Key Quotes: * "Clarity precedes confidence." — Gain clarity to achieve confidence in financial decisions. (01:03:49) * "Pay tax when you pay less tax." — Strategic tax planning for financial independence. (00:33:38)

Related Resources: * Video Walkthrough of the Case Studies * Book Release Notification Sign-Up

View Details

Brad chats with certified financial planner Shannah Game, who shares insights from her book Unraveling Your Relationship with Money. They discuss the emotional and psychological aspects of finance, emphasizing the importance of understanding one's money stories, setting intentional spending boundaries, and achieving financial independence beyond just numbers and logic.

Key Topics Discussed:

  • Introduction to Shannah Game (00:00:48)

    • Shannah is a CFP and author of Unraveling Your Relationship with Money.
    • The Emotional Side of Finance (00:01:35)

    • Personal finance is 90% psychology and emotion.

    • Shannah discusses her own journey and revelations about money.
    • Understanding Money Trauma (00:06:48)

    • Money trauma can affect anyone, not just those from impoverished backgrounds.

    • Discussing childhood experiences and their impact on adult financial behaviors.
    • Strategies for Intentional Spending (00:12:15)

    • Implement the 24-hour rule before purchases to reduce impulsive spending.

    • Create space between stimulus and response to make intentional financial choices.
    • Creating Your Financial Rules (00:16:40)

    • The concept of setting personal financial boundaries and making your own rules.

    • Importance of tailoring financial strategies to individual needs.
    • Personal Growth and Self-trust (00:36:17)

    • Fostering a growth mindset to combat feelings of being "bad with money."

    • Emphasizing the importance of self-trust in financial decision-making.

Key Insights:

  • Money as Joy, Not Struggle (00:06:00)

    • Money should enhance life rather than be a source of stress.
    • Conscious Spending (00:10:07)

    • Create space to reflect before making purchases.

    • Set Your Own Financial Rules (00:16:40)

    • Empower yourself to establish personal financial guidelines that resonate with your values.

    • Our Brains and Money (00:18:39)

    • Recognizing how cognitive processes can sabotage financial well-being.

Actionable Takeaways:

  • Apply a 24-hour cooling-off period before making purchases to minimize impulsive spending. (Timestamp: 00:11:22)
  • Use highlighters to categorize your spending and uncover hidden patterns affecting your financial decisions. (Timestamp: 00:29:23)

FAQs:

  • What are some strategies to manage emotional spending?

    • Implement a 24-hour waiting period before purchases. (00:10:58)
    • How can I uncover my money stories?

    • Reflect on spending patterns in a relaxed environment to identify emotional triggers. (00:29:23)

    • Why is it important to address money trauma?

    • It helps break negative cycles, fostering a healthier financial relationship. (00:07:53)

Discussion Questions to Consider:

  • What are your earliest memories related to money, and how do they shape your current beliefs? (00:08:15)
  • How can you create a healthier emotional relationship with money? (00:39:17)

Related Resources:

  • Unraveling Your Relationship with Money - Book Link (00:41:01)

Follow Shannah Game:

  • Website & Podcast: EveryonesTalkingMoney.com
  • Instagram: @ShannahGame

Examine your financial beliefs deeply and review the actionable steps to cultivate a healthier relationship with money, paving the way toward financial independence.

View Details

Lets dive into the emotional and practical considerations of paying off a mortgage early, explore the benefits and drawbacks, personal experiences, and broader financial implications of renting versus owning a home.

Key Topics and Timestamps * Introduction to Mortgage Conversations (00:00:00)

+ Overview of the episode’s focus on mortgages, buying vs. renting, and personal finance strategies.
  • Emotional Factors in Paying Off Mortgages (00:01:30)

    • Ginger shares her excitement about paying off her mortgage early and reflects on the emotional journey behind that decision.
    • Key Quote: "Your peace of mind from paying off your mortgage is a huge win." (00:03:10)
    • Amortization and Mortgage Strategies (00:08:00)

    • Discussion about choosing between 15-year vs. 30-year mortgages and strategies on optimizing payments.

    • Action Item: Use an amortization calculator to improve understanding of mortgage payments. (00:12:00)
    • Choosing Between Buying and Renting (00:21:00)

    • Exploration of the pros and cons of renting compared to owning, highlighting personal flexibility.

    • Key Quote: "Customize your financial journey according to your personal needs and goals." (00:18:18)
    • Simplifying Life through Financial Independence (00:25:00)

    • Talk about minimalism and how it impacts choices around owning or renting.

    • Action Item: Evaluate whether renting allows you more freedom and flexibility in your life. (00:25:59)
    • The Role of Travel Rewards (00:37:00)

    • Importance of managing spending while maximizing benefits from travel rewards programs.

    • Key Quote: "Consider preloading gift cards to manage your travel rewards spending." (00:43:57)
    • Conclusion and Key Takeaways (00:49:00)

    • Final thoughts focused on empowerment in financial decisions and seeking small improvements in life.

Key Insights * Emotional well-being is crucial. Choosing to pay off a mortgage should factor in personal comfort, as financial decisions often intertwine with emotions. * Flexibility vs. Certainty: A 30-year mortgage can provide flexibility, allowing individuals to make extra payments while having lower base payments. * Renting offers freedom: For some, renting can lead to a sense of liberation and a less complicated financial life. * Travel rewards must be managed wisely: Spending to achieve travel rewards should be monitored to avoid unnecessary overspending.

Actionable Takeaways * Consider your emotional readiness when deciding to pay off your mortgage early. (00:03:10) * Evaluate whether renting allows you more freedom and flexibility in your life. (00:25:59) * Use amortization calculators to understand your mortgage better. (00:12:00)

Discussion Questions * How does paying off a mortgage early affect emotional well-being? (00:03:10) * What benefits do you see in renting versus owning a home? (00:25:59) * How can you incorporate simplicity in your financial life? (00:49:24)

You Might Be Interested In * The Ultimate Guide to Credit Card Travel Rewards | Part 1 * Future Value of Investment Calculator

View Details

Ginger interviews Meghan Combs, who shares her journey to financial independence after recently getting married. They discuss budgeting strategies, the significance of personal values in spending, and adapting financial goals amid life transitions. Meghan reflects on her net worth of $527,000 and the impact of automating savings, as well as her desire for meaningful experiences over excessive frugality. As the host of the Everyday FI Podcast she encourages listeners to embrace flexibility in their financial identities.

Key Takeaways * Wedding Budgets: Meghan shares her strategy to keep her wedding expenses under $10,000 by limiting the guest list and choosing affordable venues. * Net Worth Insights: Her current net worth is $527,000, attributed to both her and her husband’s financial strategies and property investments. * Automate Savings: Automating savings directly from her paycheck has been key to consistency in her financial journey. * Money Fluid Identity: Meghan promotes the concept of being “money fluid” rather than strictly identifying as frugal or a spender, allowing for adaptability in financial decisions. * Planning for Parenthood: The high costs of starting a family, including IVF, can shift financial priorities and goals.

Timestamps * 00:00:00 - Introduction to the episode and guest, Meghan Combs. * 00:01:06 - Conversation begins with Meghan about her recent wedding. * 00:05:32 - Discussion on net worth and financial plans post-marriage. * 00:08:42 - Mentioning how life changes affect financial independence goals. * 00:32:53 - Emphasizing the importance of adopting a fluid money identity. * 00:40:28 - Highlighting the benefits of automating savings.

Major Topics Discussed 1. Wedding Planning Meghan shares her experience planning a budget-friendly wedding and the importance of limiting the guest list for cost control.

* Key Insight: Keep your guest list tight to stay under budget. (00:03:45)
  1. Current Financial Position Reflecting on her net worth and how her recent marriage has impacted it.

    • Key Insight: It's okay for your FI number to evolve. (00:08:46)
    • Saving Strategies Meghan's most effective budgeting strategy is automating her savings and critically assessing her purchases based on personal values.

    • Key Insight: Automate savings directly from your paycheck. (00:40:28)

    • Personal Financial Identity The discussion shifts to how financial identities can constrain decision-making and the benefits of maintaining flexibility.

    • Key Insight: Adopt a money fluid identity. (00:32:53)

    • Impact of Major Life Changes Addressing the costs involved with starting a family and unexpected expenses that can influence financial priorities.

    • Key Insight: Life changes can shift priorities and expectations regarding financial independence. (00:08:42)

Actionable Takeaways * Automate your savings directly from your paycheck to ensure consistency. (00:40:28) * Reflect on your values when making significant purchases for financial success. (00:41:15) * Keep your wedding guest list tight to control costs. (00:03:45)

Related Resources * Everyday FI Podcast

Discussion Questions * What are your thoughts on the importance of keeping a tight guest list for events? (00:03:45) * How has your net worth impacted your financial goals? (00:05:32) * Discuss the effectiveness of automating savings in your financial planning. (00:40:28)

View Details

Episode Summary: Taxable brokerage accounts are often overlooked but are essential for building wealth and achieving early retirement. Brad Barrett and Cody Garrett highlight their flexibility, tax advantages, and strategic value. Cody Garrett provides insights on how to effectively navigate these accounts, dismantling common misconceptions while sharing actionable strategies.

Key Takeaways:

  • Understanding the definition and benefits of taxable brokerage accounts.
  • The flexibility of contributions and investment options.
  • Tax optimization strategies, including long-term capital gains and tax loss harvesting.
  • The importance of asset location for tax efficiency.
  • How to navigate the rules around gifting and estate planning regarding taxable accounts.

Timestamps:

  • 00:02:00 - Defining Taxable Accounts
  • 00:10:30 - Investment Opportunities and Options
  • 00:11:30 - Tax Benefits and Treatments
  • 00:25:00 - Best Investment Types for Taxable Accounts
  • 00:48:00 - Conclusion and Action Steps

Main Discussion Topics:

  1. Introduction to Taxable Brokerage Accounts (00:00:00)

    • The hosts introduce the episode’s focus on taxable brokerage accounts as crucial but often ignored tools in financial strategy.
    • Defining Taxable Accounts (00:02:00)

    • A taxable brokerage account is described as a non-retirement account where investment income is taxed in the year it is earned, providing the flexibility of access and lack of penalties.

    • Investment Opportunities and Options (00:10:30)

    • Taxable accounts allow unlimited contributions with various investment opportunities that traditional retirement accounts may restrict. This includes stocks, ETFs, mutual funds, and even cryptocurrencies.

    • Tax Benefits and Treatments (00:11:30)

    • Earnings from dividends and long-term capital gains are subject to preferential tax rates, significantly benefiting investors. Discussion on tax strategies to minimize liabilities while maximizing income.

    • Best Investment Types for Taxable Accounts (00:25:00)

    • U.S. stock index funds are highlighted as optimal investments for taxable accounts due to their lower tax implications on dividends compared to foreign stocks.

    • Conclusion and Action Steps (00:48:00)

    • The episode wraps up with actionable steps for listeners, emphasizing the advantage of maximizing contributions to taxable accounts, especially after maxing out retirement accounts.

Actionable Takeaways:

  • Maximize contributions to your taxable brokerage account once you hit contribution limits for retirement accounts. (00:47:00)
  • Consider holding U.S. stock index funds in taxable accounts for favorable tax treatment. (00:25:00)
  • Utilize specific share identification methods for selling investments to optimize tax outcomes. (00:17:20)

FAQs:

  • What is a taxable brokerage account? A non-retirement account where investment earnings are taxed in the year they are earned. (00:02:30)
  • What are the main advantages of a taxable brokerage account? Unlimited contributions, diverse investment options, and favorable tax treatment on capital gains and qualified dividends. (00:11:30)
  • How are earnings taxed in a taxable account? Earnings are taxed in the year they are realized, which includes dividends and capital gains distributions. (00:03:00)
  • Are there any penalties for early withdrawal from a taxable account? No penalties apply, offering flexibility compared to traditional retirement accounts. (00:34:00)

Key Quotes:

  • "Success comes with a price: don't let your money sit idle in a checking account." (00:06:00)
  • "Prioritize earning over worrying about taxes." (00:06:16)
  • "Taxable accounts can offer significant tax advantages." (00:11:32)
  • "Don't let the tax tail wag the dog." (00:29:59)

Related Resources:

  • Measure Twice Money - For more insights on financial strategies.
  • Episode #517: Tax Gain Harvesting Strategies - A detailed discussion on optimizing tax strategies.
  • Cody and Sean's book announcement page

Discussion Questions:

  • How can taxable brokerage accounts enhance your investment strategy?
  • What strategies can be implemented to maximize the tax advantages of taxable accounts?
  • How should one decide which types of investments to prioritize in taxable accounts?

View Details

In this episode of ChooseFI, Ryan Brennan, founder of the FI Service Corps, dives into his journey within the financial independence (FI) community and how he is merging it with the spirit of volunteering. The discussion explores Ryan's background as a recovering CPA, his transition into this new venture, and the pilot events that successfully combined community service with social bonding.

Key Takeaways * Financial independence can intertwine with community service to create meaningful experiences. * A supportive community is essential for financial independence and personal fulfillment. * Organizing local service events can facilitate connections and promote engagement within the FI community. * The pilot event in December 2024 demonstrated the importance of bonding while volunteering, paving the way for future events.

Timestamps and Highlights * 00:00:00 - Introduction to the Episode * 00:01:22 - Ryan's Journey from CPA to FI + Transition from CPA to focusing on community and service. * 00:02:56 - Financial Runway + Importance of financial planning and having a runway to support lifestyle changes. * 00:07:31 - Volunteering during Mini Retirements + Discusses the interplay of financial independence and taking time off to volunteer. * 00:15:04 - Connecting Financial Independence with Service + Ideas for blending personal finance goals with service projects. * 00:37:27 - The December 2024 Pilot Event + Overview of the inaugural service trip and its success. * 00:46:58 - Future Plans for FI Service Corps + Opportunities for ongoing involvement and expansion of service events.

Key Quotes * “The community is eager for connection and opportunities to give back.” (00:01:23) * “My financial runway allowed me to comfortably transition away from traditional work.” (00:02:56) * “Mindset shifts are crucial on the path to financial independence.” (00:06:12) * “Community engagement enhances the experience of financial independence.” (00:30:50)

Actionable Takeaways * Create a Financial Runway: Plan your finances to support potential lifestyle changes or time off work. (00:02:56) * Combine Interests with Service: Reflect on how your personal finance goals can facilitate giving back to the community. (00:21:08)

Related Resources * Book: Rich Dad Poor Dad (00:15:34) * ChooseFI Podcast: Listen Here (00:18:41)

Discussion Questions * In what ways can financial independence be linked to volunteering? (00:21:08) * How can local groups create impactful service events? (00:30:54)

Action Items * Sign Up for the Mailing List: Join the FI Service Corps mailing list at FIServiceCorps.org for updates on events. (00:49:37) * Organize a Local FI Meetup: Consider creating a service-oriented event within your local FI community. (00:27:21)

Conclusion Ryan Brennan's commitment to merging financial independence with communal service reflects a growing trend in the FI community to find purpose beyond numbers. The discussions emphasize that financial journeys can lead to enriching experiences while giving back, making the pursuit of FI not just a personal endeavor but a collective mission.

For more information and to get involved, visit FI Service Corps.

Everyday FI podcast:

View Details

In this episode, JL Collins discusses the transformative principles of financial independence outlined in his renowned book, The Simple Path to Wealth. Collins emphasizes the simplicity of investing, the power of living below your means, and the crucial role of compounding returns in achieving financial freedom. The conversation also touches on the newly revised edition of the book, addressing updated data and emergent financial topics, including cryptocurrency, all while maintaining the core philosophy that has empowered millions.

Key Takeaways: * Financial Freedom's Core: Understanding that financial freedom is achievable through deliberate actions—avoiding debt, living on less than you earn, and investing wisely. * The Power of Compounding: Small, consistent investments can lead to significant wealth over time due to compounding returns. * Market Downturns as Opportunities: Viewing market declines as chances to buy stocks at lower prices rather than reasons to sell. * Simplicity in Investing: Collins advocates a straightforward approach to investing, primarily using low-cost index funds. * Revised Edition Highlights: The updated book includes new data, case studies, FAQs, and insights into cryptocurrency while retaining its foundational message.

Timestamps & Key Discussion Points: * 00:00:19 The Release of the Revised Book Discussion on the new 2025 edition of The Simple Path to Wealth and its significance. * 00:05:22 Understanding the Simple Path to Wealth Collins describes how the book began as a personal guide for his daughter and evolved into a life-changing resource for many. * 00:07:39 The Importance of Compounding Explanation of compounding wealth and the misconception that it requires starting at a young age. * 00:20:15 Investing in Index Funds Discussion on the benefits of investing in broad-based low-cost index funds, particularly VTSAX. * 00:27:15 Market Trends and Self-Cleansing Funds Collins introduces the concept of self-cleansing funds and how stock indices adapt to market changes.

Actionable Takeaways: * Embrace investing consistently in low-cost index funds like VTSAX or similar. * Aim for a high savings rate to expedite financial independence. * View market downturns as opportunities to enhance your portfolio. * Set up automatic contributions to investment accounts. * Understand that freedom is the ultimate goal of wealth-building efforts.

Discussion Questions: * What strategies can you implement to live on less than you earn? * How do you feel about the role of compounding in wealth building?

Related Resources: * The Simple Path to Wealth - 2025 Edition

Key Quotes: * "If you reach for a star, you might not get one, but you won’t come up with a handful of mud either." [Timestamp: 00:09:31] * "A stock market crash is a gift." [Timestamp: 00:35:31]

View Details

Dr. Bobby DuBois returns to discuss the essential role of sleep in achieving financial independence and enhancing overall health. He addresses the worrying trend of sleep deprivation among Americans and its significant consequences on heart health, weight management, and cognitive functionality. This episode is filled with evidence-based insights and practical strategies aimed at prioritizing sleep as a vital component in the journey towards financial freedom.

Timestamps & Key Topics

  • 00:01:26 - Welcome Dr. Bobby DuBois

    • Recap of Dr. DuBois's credentials and previous appearance on episode 498 discussing the six pillars of health.
    • 00:03:07 - Importance of Sleep

    • Key Quote: "Prioritizing sleep is crucial for overall health."

    • Overview of why sleep is fundamental for health and financial independence.
    • 00:05:44 - Health Investment Early On

    • Key Quote: "Start focusing on your health now; don’t wait until retirement."

    • Insight into how healthy habits, like good sleep, should start early in life.
    • 00:07:19 - Sleep is Essential

    • Key Quote: "Sleep is essential, not optional."

    • Discussion of sleep statistics: only 50% of Americans sleep under seven hours.
    • 00:08:30 - Health Impacts of Sleep Deprivation

    • Risk increases for heart attacks, obesity, and dementia due to lack of sleep.

    • 00:18:07 - Do’s and Don'ts of Sleep

    • Actionable tips on how to improve sleep quality.

    • 00:51:15 - Final Tips and Techniques

    • Summary of sleep improvement strategies.

Key Insights & Takeaways

  • Sleep Duration:

    • Aim for 7-8 hours of quality sleep; significant health risks arise from sleep shorter than seven hours.
    • Do's for Better Sleep:

    • Maintain a consistent sleep schedule: go to bed and wake up at the same time daily (00:36:27).

    • Create a comfortable, cool sleeping environment, ideally under 70 degrees (00:38:23).
    • Limit caffeine to morning consumption to avoid disruptions (00:41:41).
    • Engage in regular exercise, tailored to individual preferences, to enhance sleep quality.
    • Utilize sunlight exposure in the morning to set your body's circadian rhythm.
    • Don'ts for Better Sleep:

    • Avoid alcohol close to bedtime; it disrupts sleep cycles and reduces quality (00:43:00).

    • Eliminate late-night eating and limit fluids before bed to prevent awakenings (00:49:34).
    • Refrain from napping late in the day to maintain sleep pressure.

Action Items

  • Track your sleep patterns, either through a sleep tracker or a sleep journal (00:21:45).
  • Experiment with establishing a wind-down routine that minimizes screen time and promotes relaxation (00:50:10).

Resources Mentioned

  • Books:

    • Why We Sleep by Matthew Walker - Amazon Book Link (00:10:48)
    • Assessments:

    • Pittsburgh Sleep Quality Index - Link (00:22:17)

    • Dr. Bobby's Website:

    • drbobbylivelongandwell.com

View Details

In this mailbag episode, Brad and Rachael dive deep into strategies for efficiently withdrawing money from taxable brokerage and retirement accounts. With a focus on understanding the different tax treatments associated with these accounts, listeners gain crucial insights into managing tax liabilities for retirement.

Key Takeaways * Different Types of Accounts: Taxable brokerage accounts versus traditional IRAs and 401ks have distinct tax consequences affecting retirees. * Tax Treatment: Withdrawals from traditional retirement accounts are taxed as ordinary income, while long-term capital gains from taxable accounts are taxed at a lower rate. * Strategic Tax Planning: Employing strategies such as Roth conversions and tax gain harvesting can significantly minimize tax impacts during retirement. * Investment Placement: It’s vital to manage tax-efficient placements for investments, especially during retirement.

Timestamps * 00:00:00 - Podcast Intro: Introduction to the episode topic. * 00:04:36 - Taxable Brokerage Accounts vs Traditional Accounts: Discussion on the terminology and tax implications. * 00:09:59 - Tax Strategies and Opportunities: How to minimize taxes in retirement using investments. * 00:23:10 - Roth Conversions Explained: Understanding the benefits of converting retirement accounts. * 00:48:13 - Conclusion and Future Topics: Wrap up and upcoming episode topics.

Key Insights * Tax Treatment of Withdrawals:

+ Withdrawals from a traditional IRA are taxed as ordinary income. (00:04:36)
  • Understanding Taxable Brokerage Accounts:

    • "Taxable brokerage accounts" may be better understood as your basic savings or investment accounts. (00:05:07)
    • Investment Strategies:

    • Use tax-advantaged accounts to defer taxes on income. (00:09:59)

    • Minimize taxes with proper investment placements and strategies like tax gain harvesting. (00:23:10)
    • Roth Conversions:

    • Roth conversions allow you to transfer pre-tax retirement accounts into a Roth IRA and pay taxes on the converted amount, providing tax benefits later. (00:26:56)

Actionable Takeaways * Understand Account Types: Familiarize yourself with the differences in tax treatment between taxable brokerage accounts and traditional retirement accounts. (00:04:36) * Maximize Tax Efficiency: Consider implementing Roth conversions to streamline taxes during retirement. (00:26:56) * Tax-Efficient Investments: Be strategic about investment placements—opt for tax-efficient funds to minimize taxable income. (00:23:10)

Related Resources * Kitcis Article on IRA Strategies: Read here (00:52:55)

Rachael Camp Please note: Rachael Camp offers advisory Services through Creative Financial Designs, Inc., a Registered Investment Adviser, and Securities are offered through cfd Investments, Inc., a Registered Broker/Dealer, Member FINRA & SIPC, 2704 S. Goyer Rd., Kokomo, IN 46902. 765-453-9600. Camp Wealth is not affiliated with the CFD companies.

View Details

Join the conversation with the ChooseFI community on the brand NEW ChooseFI Members Site and participate in discussions about budgeting, travel rewards, and obviously all things financial independence!

Register Your Free Account

See the Group Discussion Ginger Mentioned in this Episode

Hi, all! Ginger here. Brad and I discussed minimalism a bit, and what we'd re-buy if we started over from scratch. We are both really curious about everyone else's answers to this little thought experiment. So I'll go first. If all my things disappeared,

...Go To Thread

Episode Summary: In this episode, Brad and Ginger discuss the significance of community at financial independence (FI) events, with insights from the economy conference. They explore how travel and experiences enrich one’s ideal life, along with actionable budgeting tips, mindful spending strategies, and the importance of health and fitness routines. Listeners are reminded of the fulfilling connections that come from attending FI events and the concepts surrounding financial independence.

Podcast Description: Dive into community insights, travel rewards, mindful spending, and health strategies. Learn how FI events can enrich your financial journey and explore practical advice on budgeting and lifestyle design.

Key Highlights:

  • Timestamp 00:02:02 - Highlights from the Economy Conference

    • Ginger shares insights from the economy conference, which serves as a significant gathering for the FI community.
    • The community is described as welcoming and open, with events providing opportunities for networking and meaningful connections.
    • Timestamp 00:07:06 - The Importance of Community

    • Key Quote: “The FI community is incredibly welcoming and inclusive.”

    • Discussion on the significance of attending FI events for personal enrichment.
    • Timestamp 00:14:59 - Mindful Spending Tips

    • Key Quote: “Food costs can be the second largest expense for most individuals.”

    • Importance of mindful shopping and meal planning to minimize food waste and budgeting efficiently.
    • Timestamp 00:21:30 - Health & Fitness Discussion

    • Brad discusses his workout routine emphasizing proper form and mindful exercise.

    • Key insight: Focusing on the last reps during workouts is crucial for muscle growth.
    • Timestamp 00:40:25 - Travel Insights

    • Ginger shares upcoming travel plans and experiences with travel rewards.

    • Key Quote: “Maximize your travel rewards and travel for less!”
    • Timestamp 00:43:20 - Actionable Travel Rewards Strategies

    • Ginger's tips on using free night certificates efficiently.

    • Discussion of strategies for getting refunds on credit card annual fees and other charges.

Actionable Takeaways:

  • Attend FI events to expand your network and learn from others. 00:07:06
  • Practice mindfulness with your food purchases and meal planning to reduce waste. 00:14:59
  • Focus on proper form in workouts to prevent injuries and maximize gains. 00:29:03
  • Evaluate your travel rewards strategies before booking future trips. 00:43:20
  • Join a local FI group to meet like-minded individuals. 00:48:05

Discussion Questions:

  • How does attending events impact your financial journey? 00:07:06
  • What strategies do you use to minimize food waste? 00:14:59
  • How important is community in achieving financial independence? 00:07:06

FAQs:

  • What is the value of attending FI events?

    • FI events provide a platform for networking, sharing experiences, and insights into financial independence. 00:07:06
    • How can I reduce food waste?

    • Practice mindful shopping and meal planning to minimize food waste effectively. 00:14:59

    • What workout strategies can help build muscle?

    • Focus on form and ensure your last reps of a set are challenging to stimulate muscle growth. 00:29:03

    • What are the best travel rewards strategies?

    • Utilize free night certificates and plan ahead to maximize your travel rewards efficiently. 00:43:20

Related Resources:

  • Monarch Money - Budgeting app discussed in the episode. 00:17:16
  • GoodRx - Tool for saving on prescriptions. 00:39:28
  • MD Save - Resource for obtaining medical procedure costs. 00:36:30
  • ChooseFI Member Site - Your Home for Financial Independence Online

Key Quotes:

  • “Consider if an experience will truly enrich your life before diving in.” 00:11:36
  • “Working out doesn't have to be miserable; find what works for you.” 00:26:10

View Details

In this episode of ChooseFI, Brad Barrett is joined by Mindy from BiggerPockets Money and Chris from Can I Retire Yet? to explore the concept of the "middle-class trap." They discuss the challenges faced by many middle-class individuals who appear wealthy on paper, yet find themselves financially restricted due to their assets being tied up in home equity and retirement accounts. The conversation dives into financial independence strategies, the psychological aspect of personal finance, and how to navigate the feeling of being "trapped" financially.

Key Takeaways: * Understanding the Middle-Class Trap (00:02:37):

+ Individuals may appear wealthy due to equity but feel financially restricted due to inaccessibility of funds in retirement accounts.
  • The Role of Home Equity (00:14:18):

    • Home equity should not be included in your financial independence (FI) number unless you plan to sell the house.
    • Psychological Impact of Personal Finance (00:05:12):

    • The emotional aspect plays a significant role in how individuals view their financial situations, often leading to feelings of being trapped.

    • Multiple Financial Options Exist (00:11:42):

    • It's crucial for individuals to understand the various strategies available to access their funds before retirement age.

Timestamps and Topics: * 00:00:00 - Introduction to the Middle-Class Trap

+ Setting the stage for the discussion about financial independence and retirement strategies.
  • 00:01:59 - Mindy’s Perspective

    • Mindy introduces the concept and discusses her experiences with clients caught in the middle-class trap.
    • 00:04:27 - Chris's Rebuttal

    • Chris provides insights and alternative views regarding the concept of feeling "trapped" financially.

    • 00:11:42 - Importance of Education

    • Discusses how understanding financial choices can alleviate the feeling of being trapped.

    • 00:21:01 - Financial Independence Strategies

    • Different strategies including the Roth IRA conversion ladder, allowing early access to retirement funds.

    • 00:53:01 - Addressing the Feeling of Being Trapped

    • Emphasizes the psychological aspect of finance and personal finance education.

    • 00:55:12 - Conclusion

    • Wraps up the episode with actionable takeaways and a focus on education.

Actionable Takeaways: * Evaluate Your Net Worth (00:41:02):

+ Understand which assets you can access and how to plan for FI.
  • Diversify Investments (00:29:40):

    • Consider balancing investments in taxable brokerage accounts alongside retirement accounts.
    • Learn About the Roth IRA Conversion Ladder (00:29:00):

    • A significant strategy for accessing retirement funds early without penalties.

Related Resources: * Brandon's Article on Accessing Retirement Funds Early (00:28:19) * ChooseFI Episode 475 - How to Access Retirement Accounts Before 59 and a Half (00:28:19)

FAQs: * What is the middle-class trap? The middle-class trap refers to individuals who seem wealthy but find their assets inaccessible, mostly tied up in home equity and retirement accounts. (00:02:37) * How can I access my retirement funds before 59 and a half? Strategies include the Roth IRA conversion ladder and substantially equal periodic payments. Consult a financial advisor for personalized guidance. (00:28:19)

Discussion Questions: * How does the middle-class trap affect your perception of financial independence? (00:05:12) * What strategies can you implement to better access your funds in retirement? (00:28:19) * Does home equity play a significant role in determining your financial independence? (00:14:18)

View Details

In this episode of ChooseFI, hosts Brad and Sean Mulaney dive deep into tax strategies crucial for financial independence, focusing on tax basketing, asset location, and effective use of retirement accounts. The conversation includes recent changes regarding 529 plans funding Roth IRAs and reassurances for those starting their financial journey at any age.

FI Tax Guy | What to know about the ins and outs of the new SECURE 2.0 529-to-Roth IRA rollover provision Read Article

Fidelity's 529 Withdrawal Guide

The Shockingly Simple Math Behind Early Retirement

Schwab Guide on How to Sell Specific Lots

Note from Sean Sean also wanted to clarify that in order to qualify to use the IRS Joint Life and Last Survivor Expectancy table to compute required minimum distributions for the older spouse, the older spouse must be more than 10 years older than the younger spouse and the younger spouse must be the 100 percent primary beneficiary.

Key Topics Discussed: * Question from Jay regarding tax strategies 00:00:53

+ Exploration of tax drag vs. tax strategies for high savings rates
  • Discussion on Tax Basketing 00:01:38

    • Explanation of asset location and tax implications for early retirees
    • Query about 529 Plans and Roth IRA Conversions 00:10:59

    • Recent changes in Secure Act 2.0 regarding 529 accounts

    • Advice for Starting Financial Independence at Age 35 00:17:42

    • Encouragement that it’s never too late to start financial independence

    • Explaining Capital Gains and Taxation 00:25:23

    • Understanding tax on gains from asset sales and strategies for minimizing it

    • Options for Late Savers 00:30:27

    • Discussion on optimal retirement account strategies at different life stages

    • Final Thoughts and Resources 00:51:12

    • Recap and resources for listeners to further explore these topics

Actionable Takeaways: * Consider tax basketing to optimize your investment strategy in retirement accounts. 00:10:04 * Explore Roth conversions annually to potentially minimize RMDs and tax burdens. 00:36:46 * Start your financial independence journey today, regardless of your current age or financial situation. 00:22:10

Key Quotes: * "Tax drag isn’t really much of a thing at all." 00:03:07 * "It literally takes $0 to start." 00:18:22 * "This is an opportunity, not a problem." 00:10:04 * "You do not need a backdoor Roth IRA." 00:24:11 * "It’s never too late to start on the path to FI." 00:22:41

Timestamps: * 00:00:53 Tax Strategies * 00:01:38 Tax Basketing Discussion * 00:10:59 Roth IRA from 529 Plans * 00:17:42 Starting at Age 35 * 00:25:23 Capital Gains Taxation * 00:30:27 Strategies for Late Savers * 00:51:12 Final Thoughts

Discussion Questions: * How can tax basketing improve your investment strategy? 00:10:01 * What steps can you take to maximize the benefits of a backdoor Roth IRA? 00:24:11 * What financial actions can individuals take today to start their path to financial independence? 00:22:10

FAQs: * What is tax basketing?

+ Tax basketing refers to the strategic allocation of various asset types (Roth, traditional, taxable) to minimize tax liabilities. 00:10:01
  • How does the Secure Act 2.0 affect 529 plans?

    • The Secure Act 2.0 allows for up to $35,000 from 529 plans to be transferred to a beneficiary's Roth IRA. 00:11:21
    • Is it too late to start financial independence at age 35?

    • Absolutely not; starting at 35 can still lead to successful financial independence with the right strategies. 00:22:10

View Details

Embracing Aging, Community, and Financial Independence Episode Summary: In this enlightening episode of ChooseFI, host Ginger talks with Vicki Robin, renowned author of Your Money or Your Life. The conversation delves into the complexities of aging, the importance of community connections, and how financial independence plays a critical role in preparing for older age. Vicki shares her journey of self-reflection, encouragement towards active community engagement, and the necessity of discussing aging openly to combat the feelings of irrelevance that often accompany it.

Key Topics & Timestamps:

  • 00:00:00 Introduction & Guest Description

    • Ginger introduces Vicki Robin as an influential figure in the financial independence movement.
    • 00:01:26 Discussing Myths of Aging

    • The episode begins with a discussion on the myths of aging, including misconceptions about wisdom and relevance in older age.

    • 00:02:34 Loneliness Among Older People

    • Vicki highlights the loneliness many older individuals face and the societal perceptions that contribute to their feelings of invisibility.

    • 00:10:12 Preparation for Aging

    • The importance of preparation for older age is discussed, emphasizing that planning ahead aligns with financial independence principles.

    • 00:16:10 The Importance of Community

    • Vicki stresses the value of building genuine connections and participating in community activities to alleviate feelings of isolation.

    • 00:22:40 Personal Stories and Experiences

    • Vicki shares personal stories about her reflections on aging, her experiences with community building, and how they've influenced her life.

    • 00:44:00 Self-Reflection and Aging

    • The conversation concludes with a focus on self-reflection as a valuable tool for finding meaning in the aging process.

Key Quotes:

  • "Older people have valuable stories and insights to share." 00:01:49
  • "Feeling irrelevant is one of the biggest pains of aging." 00:02:56
  • "Preparing for older age is essential and aligns closely with FI principles." 00:11:35
  • "Building genuine connections is vital for well-being." 00:16:10

Actionable Takeaways:

  • Engage in community activities: Aim to be a regular presence in local spots, fostering genuine connections. 00:19:04
  • Plan for your future: Reflect on your older self and consider what preparations you can make now. 00:11:35

FAQs:

  • How can younger people prepare for aging?

    • Engage with the community and focus on building relationships. 00:17:29
    • What role does community play in aging?

    • Community provides support and helps alleviate feelings of loneliness in older age. 00:19:04

    • How does financial independence relate to aging?

    • Financial independence allows for proactive preparation for older age, ensuring comfort and care. 00:11:35

Resources Mentioned:

  • Your Money or Your Life - Book Link

View Details

Episode 13:

Episode 279:

Episode Summary: Lexi, a first-grade teacher from Las Vegas, shares her journey into personal finance, revealing how finding ChooseFI empowered her financial goals. Initially focused on homeownership, her perspective shifted during the COVID housing market boom, leading her to invest in her skills and explore high-yield savings accounts. The support of the local ChooseFI community helped optimize her retirement accounts and reshape her views on wealth and financial independence.

Timestamps:

  • 00:02:01 - Lexi's beginnings in personal finance and saving
  • 00:04:51 - Discovering high-yield savings accounts
  • 00:10:50 - The value of community support through ChooseFI
  • 00:11:53 - Discussion on investing in retirement accounts
  • 00:30:50 - The transformation in Lexi's approach to saving
  • 00:35:07 - Lexi’s reflections on passion for teaching and financial freedom
  • 00:42:48 - Conclusion and call to action for joining local groups

Key Takeaways:

  • Homeownership Pressure: Lexi reveals how society's pressure on homeownership impacted her financial journey and how she reevaluated her goals. (00:02:45)
  • High-Yield Savings Accounts: Discovering these accounts changed Lexi's savings approach, showcasing how money can work for her instead of just sitting idle. (00:04:51)
  • Community Impact: Engagement with the ChooseFI local community provided valuable insights for optimizing retirement accounts and support from like-minded individuals. (00:10:50)
  • Investment Strategies: Lexi shares her investment strategies including discussing Roth IRAs, 403(b)s, and 457 plans, stressing the importance of tax advantages. (00:11:53)
  • Financial Awareness: Lexi emphasizes the importance of understanding fees in retirement accounts and the potential savings strategies available. (00:14:21)
  • Pursuing Passion: Through smart financial planning, Lexi expresses her desire to remain a passionate teacher, without the burden of financial constraint. (00:35:07)

Actionable Takeaways:

  • Explore high-yield savings as a strategy to grow your savings more effectively. (00:04:51)
  • Engage with local community resources to access valuable financial education and support. (00:10:50)
  • Broaden financial goals beyond homeownership to include savings and investment strategies. (00:02:45)

Key Quotes:

  • “Rethinking my single aim of homeownership shifted my perspective on financial success.” (00:06:40)
  • “My money is now working harder than I ever imagined!” (00:06:40)
  • “If you are in public service sector, do some research; many might hold undiscovered advantages.” (00:14:21)

Featured Resources:

  • Books Discussed:
    • Quit Like a Millionaire book: (00:19:17)
    • Just Keep Buying by Nick Maggiulli (00:19:39)

Discussion Questions:

  • How can community support enhance individual financial journeys? (00:10:50)
  • What are the downsides of homeownership versus renting? (00:39:05)
  • What alternative financial goals could one consider instead of simply owning a home? (00:02:45)

Join the Community: If you haven't yet, join a local ChooseFI group to expand your financial education and network with others on similar paths. Visit ChooseFI.com/local for more information.

View Details

Brad, Katie, and Alan Donegan discuss the groundbreaking financial independence-themed music album "Money Revolution." Through four key songs, they navigate the essential aspects of the financial independence (FI) journey, emphasizing the importance of taking action, understanding compounding, and finding purpose beyond traditional employment.

The episode also highlights their recent recognition with a British Empire medal for their contributions to financial education.

Key Themes & Timestamp Highlights:

  • Introduction of The Rebelutionaries Band (00:04:14)

    • Story behind forming the band and the creation of the world's first financial independence-themed album.
    • ChooseFI Song Discussion (00:06:49)

    • Key Takeaway: The importance of actively choosing financial independence and the role of mindset in pursuing personal goals.

    • Compounding Song Discussion (00:22:29)

    • Key Takeaway: Understanding the power of compound interest and the significance of starting early with investments.

    • The Boring Middle Song Discussion (00:35:18)

    • Key Takeaway: Emphasize the "boring middle" as a valuable time for personal growth and discovering life beyond financial metrics.

    • One More Year Song Discussion (00:46:56)

    • Key Takeaway: The dangers of "one more year syndrome" in delaying action and the necessity to take control of one’s life actively.

Actionable Takeaways:

  • Start taking actionable steps towards financial independence today. (00:46:38)
  • Recognize the importance of compounding and invest early to grow wealth. (00:26:30)
  • Don’t wait for external circumstances to change your situation; take responsibility for your life. (00:46:38)

Key Quotes:

  • "Choosing financial independence means embracing freedom." (00:09:01)
  • "Don't let fear dictate your life decisions." (00:51:32)
  • "It's not just about saving; it's about investing." (00:33:13)
  • "Value the present moment; it's the foundation of your future." (00:39:12)

Discussion Questions:

  • What impact does financial independence have on personal identity and lifestyle? (00:51:32)
  • How can one overcome the fear of quitting a job to pursue their passions? (00:50:12)
  • What strategies can be implemented to cultivate a positive mindset during the FI journey? (00:20:21)

Related Resources:

  • Mr. Money Mustache's blog (00:31:09)
  • Alan & Katie's album

View Details

Brad dives into a CoastFI MasterClass with Jess, and Corey from The Fioneers

—where saving for retirement becomes optional. ??

Jess and Corey, popularizers of the term, share their unique journey transitioning from high savings rates to a fulfilling CoastFI lifestyle. They explore vital themes like financial flexibility, the psychological aspects of money fears, and how experimentation in spending can lead to empowered financial outcomes.

00:02:28 Defining CoastFI

  • CoastFI is described as a financial milestone where saving and investing for retirement becomes optional.
  • Discussion of how this concept allows individuals more flexibility in their financial journey.

00:07:11 The Realization of CoastFI

  • Jess and Corey share their personal journey to reaching CoastFI at the age of 31, needing around $245,000 to retire by 62.
  • The importance of time horizon in achieving financial goals through compounding.

00:21:38 Transitioning to a CoastFI Lifestyle

  • Exploration of how their focus shifted from aggressive saving to experimenting with spending for meaningful experiences.

00:23:47 Experiments with Spending & Money Management

  • Jess emphasizes the value of testing different spending patterns, such as renting before big purchases and embracing travel rewards instead of convenience spending.

00:48:09 Overcoming Money Fears Together

  • Jess and Corey discuss how money fears can resurface, how they navigate these fears together, and the importance of open dialogue and regular financial check-ins.

00:57:31 Conclusion

  • Reflection on their journey and the broader implications of personal finance choices in achieving a fulfilling life experience.

Timestamps and Key Insights * 00:02:33 Quote: "Achieve freedom with CoastFI - where saving becomes optional!" – Jess * 00:04:13 Actionable Takeaway: Calculate your CoastFI number using a CoastFI calculator. * 00:07:11 Quote: "Longer timeframes mean less upfront investment to achieve CoastFI." – Corey * 00:10:00 Related Resource: Work Optional by Tanya Hester. * [23:47] Jess emphasizes purposeful spending experiments, leading to a reduced savings rate while enriching their lives. * [48:09] Discussion on dealing with money fears, showcasing the couple's process as compassionate and collaborative for emotional support. * [53:10] Quote: "Combat fear by knowing your unknowns!" – Corey * [57:31] Highlights the journey through money fears as a natural part of the financial independence path.

  • Experiment with Spending: Allow yourself to explore different financial habits and adjust your spending as needed to enrich your life experiences.
  • Use Financial Tools: Leverage tools like the CoastFI calculator to identify your financial milestones and create a roadmap tailored to your lifestyle.
  • Open Communication: Regularly check in with your partner on financial matters to address any fears and reaffirm your plan together.

View Details

Community member Bill Powell shares his inspiring journey from a blue-collar background riddled with credit card debt to achieving financial independence. He emphasizes accountability through journaling, mentorship, and the importance of financial literacy within blue-collar professions. Bill explores the value of small, consistent actions and meaningful connections, highlighting that they lead to extraordinary results on the path to financial freedom.

Key Takeaways * Accountability Practices:

+ Engage in consistent self-reflection through journaling to track progress and identify areas for improvement. (00:45:48)
+ Use weekly emails or check-ins with an accountability buddy to maintain focus and motivation. (00:45:48)
  • Financial Literacy in Blue-Collar Work:

    • Advocates for improving financial literacy among those in blue-collar jobs to better manage income effectively. (00:10:15)
    • Understanding the importance of saving and investing beyond just relying on pensions. (00:09:35)
    • The Role of Mentorship:

    • Bill underscores the critical need for mentoring in every profession to foster growth and development. (00:11:46)

    • Building Meaningful Connections:

    • Develop genuine relationships through active listening and engagement, prioritizing others' growth alongside your own. (00:13:50)

    • Small, Consistent Actions Lead to Big Results:

    • Emphasizes the impact of daily efforts, suggesting that transformation accumulates from incremental changes rather than overnight success. (00:31:10)

Timestamps * 00:01:05 - Introduction of Bill Powell and his background * 00:02:26 - Bill's journey from blue-collar work to success * 00:10:15 - Importance of financial literacy in blue-collar professions * 00:11:39 - Discussion on mentorship and its impact * 00:21:03 - Bill’s emphasis on inner work and personal growth * 00:31:30 - Overview of financial independence and investing strategies * 00:46:19 - Closing thoughts and final motivation

Actionable Takeaways * Start a journaling practice to reflect on your financial journey and personal goals. (00:45:48) * Seek mentorship and build meaningful relationships in your field. (00:11:46)

Quotes * “Sharing my journey helps others on their path to financial freedom.” (00:02:12) * “Challenge accepted: watch me prove you wrong!” (00:05:26) * “Live in the moment, but don’t forget your future!” (00:10:15) * “Mentorship is essential for growth in any career.” (00:11:46) * “Your power lies in the space between action and reaction.” (00:16:09)

Discussion Questions * How can accountability partners boost your journey toward financial independence? (00:45:48) * What role does financial literacy play in blue-collar jobs? (00:10:15)

📚 Recommended Resources Mentioned in the Podcast Episode 📖 The Miracle Morning Transform your mornings and change your life with this powerful book. 📌 View on Amazon

🎙️ How to Access Your Retirement Accounts Before 59.5 with Sean Mullaney Learn strategies to access your retirement funds early without penalties. 📌 Listen to the Podcast Episode

📖 Design Your Future A practical guide to stop drifting and take control of your life’s direction. 📌 View on Amazon

View Details

Ron Babcock shares his multifaceted journey towards financial independence, combining his experiences as a TV editor, stand-up comedian, and family man. He discusses the value of long-term thinking in financial decision-making, the importance of community in the financial independence journey, and actionable budgeting strategies.

Timestamps and Topics:

  • 00:00:00 Introduction to Ron Babcock Ron introduces himself and shares how he got involved in the FI community.
  • 00:00:58 Connection with the FI Community Ron reflects on meeting others who share similar financial goals and how this connection alleviates feelings of isolation. Key Quote: "Finding a community that shares your values can alleviate feelings of isolation on the financial independence journey."
  • 00:05:59 Long-Term Thinking in Finance Discussing the importance of prioritizing long-term financial security over short-term desires. Actionable Takeaway: Surround yourself with long-term thinkers to influence your decision-making.
  • 00:10:11 The Importance of Financial Security Ron shares his perspective on having a safety net and the peace it brings during uncertain times. Key Quote: "Having a safety net empowers us to handle difficult situations without resorting to family support."
  • 00:14:12 Emergency Fund The value of having savings in place for emergencies; Ron shares personal experiences during a period of unemployment.
  • 00:17:12 Understanding Generational Wealth Transfer Ron discusses the biggest transfer of wealth in human history and its significance for future generations.
  • 00:31:48 Budgeting and Cost Management Strategies Ron talks about his budgeting strategies and emphasizes the importance of tracking expenses to identify spending habits. Actionable Takeaway: Track your expenses for a month to identify spending habits.
  • 00:49:00 Travel Rewards and Exploring Opportunities Ron shares his insights on utilizing travel rewards for flights and vacationing with family.

View Details

Brad and Cody Garrett from Measure Twice Money dive into the ten most common mistakes that even savvy investors make. They cover essential topics from asset location to maximizing health savings accounts (HSAs), emphasizing a holistic approach to financial wellness.

Key Takeaways:

  • Understanding the impact of asset location on tax liabilities.
  • Importance of auto reinvestment for maximizing investment growth.
  • Weighing the hassle versus savings in financial decision-making.
  • Strategies for maximizing charitable contributions tax-efficiently.
  • The significance of holistic wellness in financial planning.

Timestamps & Key Points: * 00:01:50 Asset Location

+ Understanding asset location and its effect on tax liabilities.
+ Choosing the right types of investments for taxable vs. tax-advantaged accounts.
  • 00:15:46 Investing Contributions

    • Importance of logging into your accounts to avoid cash sitting uninvested.
    • Enable auto reinvestment of dividends and capital gains distributions.
    • 00:20:29 Return on Hassle

    • Evaluate whether the savings from switching accounts justify the hassle involved.

    • 00:24:14 Charitable Giving

    • Donate appreciated securities rather than cash to avoid capital gains tax.

    • Utilize donor advised funds for strategic charitable giving.
    • 00:33:01 Family Giving

    • Discuss the timing of financial support for adult children, focusing on "oops money" vs. "ooh money."

    • 00:39:23 Maximizing HSA Contributions

    • Ensure contributions match the latest limits; check both individual and employer contributions.

    • 00:41:38 Understanding IRMAA

    • Awareness of IRMAA’s impact on Medicare premiums and its effects in retirement.

    • 00:43:02 Early Retirement Concerns

    • Don’t let health insurance costs dictate retirement timing; explore ACA options.

    • 00:47:25 Retirement Order of Operations

    • Develop a strategy for tax-optimized withdrawal from investment accounts.

    • 00:52:25 Holistic Wellness

    • Balance financial planning with mental health, relationships, and physical wellness.

Action Items: * Review asset location to minimize tax liabilities. (Timestamp: 00:01:50) * Enable auto reinvestment for dividends in your brokerage account. (Timestamp: 00:17:57) * Consider the hassle vs. savings when chasing high-yield accounts. (Timestamp: 00:20:29) * Maximize HSA contributions according to the current limits. (Timestamp: 00:39:20) * Explore charitable donations via appreciated securities instead of cash. (Timestamp: 00:25:27)

Related Resources: * Measure Twice Money: measuretwicemoney.com/ChooseFI (Resources related to financial planning) * Advice Only Network: adviceonlynetwork.com (Find fee-only financial advisors) * Nectarine: hellonectarine.com (Affordable financial advice)

View Details

This episode discusses financial independence strategies, including Barista FI and Coast FI, along with insights into inherited accounts post-Secure Act (2020). Listeners will learn about health insurance considerations in early retirement, the dynamics of inherited IRAs, and how to manage finances during entrepreneurial transitions. The discussion highlights the importance of treating business expenses as valid investments and navigating inheritance with strategic planning.

Timestamps & Key Takeaways: * 00:01:28 Introduction to Barista FI and Coast FI

+ Key Insight: Barista FI allows early withdrawals from retirement savings while supplementing income through part-time work.
+ Takeaway: Understand the mechanics of Barista FI to reduce stress from job pressure when planning retirement.
  • 00:04:13 Health Insurance Challenges in Early Retirement

    • Key Insight: Health insurance costs can significantly impact your early retirement plans.
    • Actionable Takeaway: Assess your health insurance situation and potential subsidies if considering early retirement.
    • 00:19:08 Understanding Inherited Accounts Post-Secure Act

    • Key Insight: The Secure Act requires non-spouse beneficiaries to deplete inherited retirement accounts within 10 years.

    • Actionable Takeaway: Ensure all retirement accounts have updated beneficiary designations to avoid complications.
    • 00:23:39 Simplifying Inherited IRA Management

    • Key Insight: Spouses can assume the inherited IRA as their own, providing greater flexibility and simpler management.

    • Takeaway: Review spouse beneficiary options when dealing with inherited accounts for optimal tax outcomes.
    • 00:26:11 Using a Brokerage Account for Inheritance Advantages

    • Key Insight: Brokerage accounts benefit from a step-up in basis, allowing heirs to sell securities with no capital gains tax immediately.

    • Actionable Takeaway: Explore how to effectively utilize brokerage accounts for tax efficiency in inheritance.
    • 00:45:58 Freedom from Inherited Advisors

    • Key Insight: Remember, you are not obligated to keep the inherited advisor when managing inherited accounts.

    • Takeaway: Take time to assess whether to maintain or change financial advisory relationships after inheriting accounts.
    • 00:50:09 Investment Approaches in Early Stages of Entrepreneurship

    • Key Insight: Treat your startup costs as investments in yourself and factor in the inherent risks.

    • Action Item: Give yourself permission to direct resources into your business, rather than traditional savings during early entrepreneurship.

Actionable Takeaways: * Health Insurance Planning: Run the numbers for potential health insurance options based on your anticipated income when planning for early retirement. * Beneficiary Check: Verify that all retirement accounts have up-to-date beneficiary designations to prevent issues for heirs. * Business as an Investment: Reflect on viewing your business endeavors as valid investments, allowing you to adapt your financial strategy accordingly during entrepreneurial journeys.

Quotes to Note: * "Health insurance costs can significantly impact your early retirement plans." - Rachael Camp 00:04:13 * "Spouses should ideally assume the inherited IRA as their own for simplicity." - Rachael Camp 00:23:39 * "You don't have to inherit an advisor when you inherit accounts." - Rachael Camp 00:45:58

Related Resources: * The Secure Act Detailed Explanation * Health Insurance Subsidy Calculator

Discussion Questions: 1. How can understanding Barista FI change your approach to work and retirement? 2. What strategies can help when dealing with inherited accounts? 3. How does the Secure Act impact your financial planning for generational wealth?

View Details

Ginger interviews Brad as they delve into the personal side of financial independence, focusing on the real struggles and triumphs behind the scenes of ChooseFI. The conversation emphasizes the importance of relatability and the idea that financial independence is accessible to everyone, not just experts. They discuss 'one more year syndrome,' the impact of financial independence on personal relationships, and how valuing experiences over material possessions enriches life.

The ChooseFI Member's Platform is now live! 🎉 Join the movement and be part of the ultimate crowdsourced personal finance platform.

🔹 3,500 members have already joined in just the first week! 🔹 Your home for Financial Independence online starts here.

👉 Register Your Free Account Now

Key Topics Discussed:

  • 00:06:00 Failing Forward

    • Brad discusses the importance of learning from failures and how they contribute to growth and success.
    • 00:32:00 Intentionality and Structure

    • The significance of establishing structure in life after achieving financial independence.

    • 00:36:00 Divorce and Financial Independence

    • Brad opens up about his divorce and its impact on his life and financial dynamics.

    • 00:42:00 Lessons Learned

    • Life’s unpredictability can affect even the best-laid plans.

Key Insights:

  • Relatability in FI: financial independence can be achieved by average individuals, not just experts.
  • Small Changes Matter: "Small changes lead to extraordinary results over time." (00:07:01)
  • Money vs. Happiness: "Net worth enhances life but doesn’t guarantee happiness." (00:27:52)
  • The Importance of Minimalism: "Embracing minimalism has brought freedom." (00:55:22)

Actionable Takeaways:

  • Start identifying and making small 1% changes in your daily life that align with your financial goals. (00:07:15)
  • Consider your life expenses and multiply them by 25 to establish a clear FI number. (00:15:50)
  • Reflect on your spending patterns and prioritize experiences over material things. (00:25:00)

Quotes to Share:

  • "It's about being directionally accurate, like on a long enough timeline on a 10, 20, 30, 50-year timeline." (00:08:50)
  • "Your net worth will never make you happy; it will make your life better, but it will never, ever make your life happy." (00:27:52)
  • "Life can surprise you, even with the best plans." (00:41:12)

View Details

Introducing The 'Wouldn't It Be Cool If' Series Episode Summary: 2025 marks the start of an exciting new era for ChooseFI! In this episode, hosts Jonathan and Brad dive into the journey to financial independence—what it means, how to define your FI number, and why taking control of your finances is crucial. Plus, we’re evolving! This year, we’re harnessing the power of community to crowdsource the best personal finance strategies—with your help. Tune in and be part of the movement shaping the future of ChooseFI!

Create an Account on the Choosefi Community Platform ChooseFI Platform

🎧 ChooseFI Podcast: A New Era Begins! 🚀 📌 Key Topics Discussed: 🟢 Launching the ‘Wouldn’t It Be Cool If’ (WIBCIF) Series (00:00:00)

  • A fresh approach to exploring financial independence through new ideas and possibilities.

🟢 Personal Journeys in Financial Independence (00:01:00)

  • Jonathan & Brad reflect on how FI and entrepreneurship have transformed their lives over the past decade.

🟢 Why Options Matter in Financial Independence (00:04:00)

  • More financial options = more freedom. The importance of actively shaping your financial future.

🟢 How to Calculate Your Financial Independence Number (00:20:28)

  • The simple FI formula: Annual expenses × 25 = FI number.
  • How managing expenses can dramatically adjust your FI target.

🟢 Community Engagement & Crowdsourcing FI Strategies (00:40:14)

  • The power of collective knowledge: How you can contribute to and benefit from the FI community.

💡 Actionable Takeaways: ✅ Find Your FI Number (00:32:24)

  • Assess your annual expenses and multiply by 25 for a rough FI estimate.

✅ Cut Expenses & Lower Your FI Number (00:17:17)

  • Every $100 you cut in monthly expenses reduces your FI number by $30,000. Small changes make a big impact!

✅ Reimagine Your Future (00:04:34)

  • What would your life look like if financial independence was within reach? Start visualizing it now.

🔥 Key Insights & Mindset Shifts: 💡 More Options = Fewer Regrets (00:05:10)

  • Expanding your choices creates more freedom and opportunities.

💡 FI is for the Middle Class (00:06:57)

  • A disciplined approach to savings and investing makes financial independence achievable.

💡 The Small Stuff Adds Up (00:17:55)

  • Tiny tweaks in spending habits can lead to massive long-term gains.

⏳ Episode Timestamps for Quick Navigation: ⏩ 00:00:00 – new series launch ⏩ 00:01:00 – Hosts reflect on their FI journeys ⏩ 00:04:00 – The power of having more options ⏩ 00:16:56 – The importance of actively managing personal finances ⏩ 00:20:28 – How to calculate your FI number ⏩ 00:40:14 – Crowdsourcing FI strategies & community engagement

💬 Discussion Questions: (Perfect for Community Engagement!) ❓ What does financial independence mean to you? (00:05:00)Do your current expenses align with your long-term goals? (00:32:00)What’s one small financial change you can make today? (00:17:00)

🔗 👉 Ready to Take Action? Join the conversation & create your account on the ChooseFI Community Platform today!

🎙 Listen now and be part of the movement redefining financial independence. 🚀

View Details

Explore the latest insights on the stock market performance and investment strategies with friend of the show and frequent guest Brian Feroldi. This episode dives deep into the trends that shaped 2024 and what to expect in 2025, discussing everything from the significance of the S&P 500 to long-term investing principles and the impact of emerging technologies on market growth.

Key Topics Discussed:

00:00:44 Review of 2024 Market Performance

  • S&P 500 Gains: The S&P 500 saw a 25% increase in 2024, following a 26% rise in 2023.
  • Frequency of High Returns: 20%+ returns are uncommon but have occurred five times in the past decade.

00:03:27 Investor Policy Statement

  • Investment Horizon: Key question - When do you need your investment to pay off? The stock market is not ideal for investments with a timeline less than five years.
  • Actionable Takeaway: Assess your investment horizon and risk tolerance before investing in stocks.

00:06:02 The Expectations Game

  • Managing Expectations: Investing is about understanding potential returns compared to what you expect.

00:06:15 Concentration of Returns

  • Top 10 Companies: The top 10 stocks in the S&P 500 represent 39% of the index's total value, an all-time high. These include major tech firms referred to as the "magnificent seven."
  • Investor Caution: Be cautious about concentrating investments solely in these companies as market dynamics can shift.

00:16:22 Valuation Insights

  • Current Valuations: The forward price-to-earnings ratio for the S&P 500 stands at 21.5, which is above the 30-year average of 17.
  • Future Returns: Be prepared for lower future returns, with predictions leaning towards low single digits based on historical data under similar valuation scenarios.

00:29:10 Market Concentration Concerns

  • Current Market Dynamics: While the biggest companies dominate, many are strong businesses leveraging innovative technologies like AI. Investors should stay aware of the risks associated with market concentration.

00:37:03 Reasons for Optimism

  • Innovation Potential: Despite high valuations, emerging technologies could justify current price levels and drive future growth.

00:39:12 Lifelong Learning

  • Importance of Education: Continually educate yourself on investing principles and market trends.

Key Insights & Actionable Takeaways: * Focus on Time Horizons: If you need money in less than five years, avoid the stock market. * Sustained High Savings Rate: A high savings rate can greatly enhance your financial security. * Stay Agile: Continually update your investing strategy and be flexible in your approach as market conditions evolve. * Monitor Valuations: Keep an eye on the market's valuation levels and adjust your expectations for future returns accordingly. * Diversification: Consider diversifying beyond large-cap stocks into small caps, international stocks, or real estate for better risk management.

Notable Quotes: * "If the answer is any time period less than five years, I don't think the stock market is the place that you should put that capital." 00:03:27 * "Investing is always an expectations game." 00:06:02 * "Education is the first step to investment success." 00:39:12

Additional Resources: * Brian's Website: View Here * JP Morgan Asset Management Stock Market Presentation: View Here * Episode Mention: Explore "The Role of Bonds in a Portfolio" Episode 194

Discussion Questions: * What are your personal criteria for investing in the stock market? * How should historical returns influence your current investment strategy? * What are your thoughts on market concentration and its implications for investing?

View Details

Chris Terrell shares his personal journey with electric vehicles (EVs) and discusses the financial implications of owning one. Highlighting key incentives like the Inflation Reduction Act and the benefits of home charging, the conversation delves into the affordability, practicality, and simplicity of EV ownership, providing insights for financial independence enthusiasts contemplating the switch to electric.

Chapters * 00:01:08 Introduction Host Brad and guest Chris Terrell discuss the transition from gas vehicles to electric vehicles, emphasizing the financial independence perspective. * 00:03:45 Benefits of EVs Chris highlights the increasing affordability of EVs, the practicality of home charging, and the advantages of a growing used car market. * 00:22:33 The Impact of Inflation Reduction Act Chris explains the significance of the Inflation Reduction Act and how it provides substantial tax credits for new and used EV purchases. * 00:40:21 Cost Comparison: EV vs. Gas In-depth analysis of the total cost of ownership, showcasing the long-term savings on fuel and maintenance. * 00:51:31 Charging Options Discussion on the various charging methods for EVs, including level one and level two charging, and their impact on daily use.

Key Takeaways: * EV Affordability: The market for EVs has become more accessible; prices are declining with incentives, making EVs a viable option for many. * Inflation Reduction Act: Offers up to $7,500 in rebates for new EVs and $4,000 for qualifying used EVs, significantly reducing upfront costs. * Home Charging Benefits: Charging at home can lead to savings of approximately $8,000 on fuel costs over time compared to traditional gas vehicles. * Lower Maintenance Costs: EVs generally require less maintenance, resulting in lower expected repairs and upkeep versus gas-powered vehicles. * Used EV Market Growth: With the depreciation of EVs, many used models are available at prices significantly lower than new models, sometimes under $25,000, making them eligible for the $4,000 tax credit.

Actionable Takeaways: * Consider an EV: If you can charge at home, an EV can be a smart choice financially. * Look for Used EVs: Take advantage of the growing used electric vehicle market and potential tax credits to save on purchase price. * Calculate Savings: Before making a decision, calculate potential savings on fuel and maintenance based on your driving habits.

View Details

Laura's shares how she transitioned from a high-stress academic career to retirement. Discover the challenges of job identity, financial planning discussions with family, and the mental preparations for life after work.

  • Laura’s career as an associate professor in genetics involved heavy grant writing and significant stress, particularly as a parent.
  • The pandemic and her husband's early retirement influenced her decision to consider early retirement.
  • Conversations about financial independence often spark reflections on personal values and identity.
  • Preparing for retirement requires confronting not just financial readiness, but emotional adjustments as well.
  • Resources and tools like 'The Simple Path to Wealth' and 'Quit Like a Millionaire' served as guides in her transition.

Timestamps & Topics Discussed:

Laura is 51, an associate professor in genetics, married, with two sons in college.

  • 00:04:22 The Stress of Academia

    • The pressures of running a lab funded by grants; the stress impacts both her work and family life.
    • 00:08:28 Time Flexibility vs. Time Freedom

    • Balancing demanding work with family responsibilities and feelings of inadequacy in both roles.

    • 00:10:23 Deciding to Retire Early

    • Laura’s husband Eric influences her thoughts about early retirement, compounded by COVID-19 challenges.

    • 00:21:56 Future Uncertainty

    • Questions about identity post-retirement and grappling with the loss of career-defined self-worth.

    • 00:26:39 Embracing Uncertainty

    • Discussions about accepting risks without guaranteed outcomes.

    • 00:40:08 Financial Considerations and Planning

    • Conversations on college savings for children, family financial responsibilities, and their shared journey to determine their FI number.

  • “Balancing motherhood and a demanding career left me feeling inadequate in both roles.”

  • “While my job offered time flexibility, it was a constant struggle to balance work with family needs.”
  • “Contemplating my identity post-retirement raises questions about who I will become next.”
  • “Embracing uncertainty is part of the journey toward financial independence.”
  • “Living life abundantly is more fulfilling than accumulating wealth alone.”

View Details

In this episode of ChooseFI, co-host Brad sits down with Jordan Grumet, author of The Purpose Code, to discuss the crucial differences between "big P" purpose and "little p" purpose. They explore how identifying small, meaningful activities can bring joy and fulfillment to life. Jordan elaborates on turning regrets and childhood joys into "purpose anchors" and emphasizes actionable strategies to create a life filled with purpose through clarity, agency, and incremental changes.

Key Topics Discussed: * Introduction to Jordan Grumet and The Purpose Code (00:00:00)

+ Brad introduces Jordan and discusses the significance of his upcoming book.
  • Understanding Little P Purpose vs. Big P Purpose (00:01:43)

    • Big P purpose is goal-oriented and often feels like a scarcity mindset, whereas little p purpose is about engaging in activities that bring joy without the pressure of specific goals.
    • Little p purpose focuses on enjoyment and engagement rather than large achievements; every step counts.
    • The Role of Meaning in Happiness (00:03:28)

    • Discussing how happiness is derived from both meaning (derived from the past) and purpose (driving present actions).

    • Identifying Purpose Anchors (00:17:02)

    • Jordan explains the importance of purpose anchors, small activities that light you up, and provides strategies to identify them.

    • Practical Strategies for Creating Purpose (00:16:37)

    • Steps to create a meaningful life around little p purpose, emphasizing actionable changes.

    • Creating Your Own Purpose (00:16:37)

    • "Purpose is not found; it's created." Focus on engagement in joyous activities.

    • Life Review and Reflection (00:18:06)

    • Use regrets as insights to identify what truly matters to you.

    • Engagement and Action (00:30:20)

    • The importance of scheduling time for activities that bring joy and fulfillment.

    • Community and Connection (00:38:01)

    • Engaging in pursuits that light you up can lead to creating meaningful connections with others.

    • Identify Your Purpose Anchors (00:17:32)

    • Reflect on activities that spark joy or interest and incorporate them into your routine.

    • Reframe Past Regrets (00:18:30)

    • Utilize narrative therapy techniques to change your perspective on past experiences.

    • Make a Weekly Joy List (00:36:06)

    • Create a list of activities that bring you happiness and prioritize them in your life.

Quotes: * "You create your purpose, don't just find it." (00:16:37) * "Little p purpose can create big impacts." (00:36:26) * "To have a good death, live a good life." (00:35:17) * "Choose to be in a good mood; it shapes your life." (00:06:00)

Related Resources: * The Purpose Code: How to Unlock Meaning, Maximize Happiness, and Leave a Lasting Legacy by Jordan Grumet - Link to Book

View Details

Join Brad, Jen, and Jill as they navigate the intricate balance between frugality and financial independence. Explore creative alternatives for spending less, and the importance of aligning your finances with your core values.

Key Topics Discussed 1. Introduction to Frugality (00:00:00)

* Overview of the tension between overspending and frugality.
* Importance of values in financial decisions.
  1. The Extremes of Spending (00:02:00)

    • The trend of swinging between extremes in spending and income earning.
    • Finding a "radical middle."
    • 30-Day No Spend Challenge (00:08:20)

    • Definition and benefits of a no spend challenge.

    • Reducing decision fatigue and promoting creativity.
    • Understanding Dopamine (00:11:00)

    • How dopamine affects spending habits.

    • The link between dopamine and impulse purchases.
    • The Four F's of Fulfilling Life (00:35:14)

    • Family, friends, faith, and fulfilling work as guiding values.

    • Prioritizing financial decisions around these values.
    • Actionable Takeaways (00:49:30)

    • Practical steps to begin applying the concepts discussed in the episode.

Key Takeaways * Embrace Life as an Experiment:

+ Life is a series of experiments; learn from each experience and evaluate your spending habits.
  • Conduct a 90-Day Transaction Inventory (00:25:41):

    • Review your last 90 days of spending to identify patterns and impulsive behaviors.
    • Start a 30-Day No Spend Challenge (00:10:13):

    • Focus on understanding your desires and needs without spending money on non-essential items.

    • Define Your Four F's (00:35:14):

    • Identify and prioritize family, friends, faith, and fulfilling work in your financial planning.

    • Engage in Creative Alternatives to Shopping:

    • Find different activities that fulfill emotional needs without spending money.

Quotes * "Hold the tension between frugality and income earning to find your radical middle." (00:05:13) * "It's about wanting different, not less." (00:34:21) * "Life is a series of experiments—learn about yourself with each one." (00:56:06) * "Happiness is an internal journey—not dictated by our environment." (00:48:59) * "Connect your finances to your core values for meaningful spending." (00:37:14)

Action Items * Commit to a 30-day no spend challenge starting next month. * Create a list of your four F's to guide spending decisions. * Conduct a 90-day transaction inventory to understand impulse spending triggers.

Related Resources * Buy What You Love Without Going Broke (00:56:12) * Dopamine Nation by Anne Lemke (00:11:00) * Adam Sandler SNL Skit (00:48:59)

Chapters * 00:00:00 - Introduction to Frugality * 00:02:00 - The Extremes of Spending * 00:08:20 - 30-Day No Spend Challenge * 00:11:00 - Understanding Dopamine * 00:35:14 - The Four F's of Fulfilling Life

View Details

Our Favorite episode of the year, listeners share their remarkable financial wins and transformations throughout the year. These stories highlight the power of financial independence (FI) and showcase actionable steps taken by individuals and families on their journeys.

Timestamped Key Topics:

  • 00:00:25 Celebration of Listener Wins

    • Jonathan and Brad express excitement about sharing audience achievements over the year.
    • 00:02:44 Defining Financial Independence (FI)

    • FI is described as a deliberate journey towards achieving financial freedom.

    • 00:18:16 Justin's Nomadic Journey

    • Full-time nomadic living after becoming debt-free and embracing minimalism.

    • Key Insight: Prioritizing meaningful experiences over material possessions.
    • 00:23:29 Heather's Second-Generation FI

    • Financial planning for their newborn, including establishing a stock account and 529 plan.

    • Key Insight: Early financial education can set up children for future success.
    • 00:25:02 Mike's Family Resilience

    • Overcoming medical challenges by managing finances effectively, including successful cash flow management.

    • Key Insight: Financial resilience allows families to navigate unexpected life events without jeopardizing their stability.
    • 00:31:10 Crystal's Maxed Accounts

    • Achieving maximum contributions in retirement accounts and leveraging travel rewards for vacations.

    • Key Insight: Small changes in financial habits can dramatically improve long-term wealth accumulation.
    • 00:56:59 Rick and Kelly's Transformation

    • Discovering FI later in life and actively working to improve their financial situation.

    • Key Insight: It's never too late to take control of your finances and retire earlier than expected.
    • 01:04:36 Jake's Entrepreneurial Leap

    • Quitting a job to pursue entrepreneurship, finding clarity on his goals and values through FI principles.

    • Key Insight: Understanding what you truly want in life can guide major career choices

View Details

Brad shares insights from his life-changing trip to Asia and how it reshaped his perspectives on connection and gratitude. He highlights the importance of direct human interactions and how travel exposes the beauty of our shared humanity. Ginger emphasizes the value of taking risks to build relationships and the significance of continuous learning. Additionally, they discuss the upcoming changes at ChooseFI, including the ability to interact with experts and community engagement through questions. They also touch on upcoming changes with Southwest flights and the importance of utilizing travel rewards effectively.

  • 00:00:55 - Brad’s Trip to Asia

    • Discussion of Brad's transformative 23-24 day trip and the importance of taking a “mini retirement.”
    • 00:05:53 - The Importance of Connection

    • Key insight: "Connection is the key to a fulfilling life."

    • Travel reveals shared humanity and fosters real connections.
    • 00:08:07 - Travel as Personal Growth

    • Importance of stepping outside comfort zones and embracing risks for growth.

    • Discussion on solo travel and unexpected friendships formed during the trip.
    • 00:20:02 - Community and Financial Independence

    • Ginger shares how being part of a community can enhance the financial independence journey.

    • 00:27:12 - Upcoming Changes in ChooseFI

    • Introduction of community engagement and expert interaction.

    • 00:31:10 - Southwest Flight Changes

    • Changes coming to Southwest, including assigned seating starting in 2026.

    • 00:49:00 - Public Service Announcement

    • Reminder to file the beneficial ownership information report by December 31st.

    • 01:07:11 - Listener Feedback

    • Discussion of listener input regarding accessing retirement accounts and Sean Mulaney’s follow-up insights.

Keypoints * Embrace risks for greater rewards in connection and life. (00:09:07) * Intentionality shapes success; be deliberate in your actions. (00:24:39) * Stay engaged; automation shouldn't make you complacent. (01:02:47) * Recognize the importance of real human connections in everyday life. (00:05:53) * Use travel to gain new perspectives and enrich your life. (00:08:36) * Implement automation in personal finance to lower stress. (00:58:03)

Related Resources: * Daniel Kahneman's 'Thinking, Fast and Slow' Book Link (00:15:54) * Scott Adams' 'How to Fail at Nearly Everything and Still Win Big' Book Link (00:12:05)

View Details

Join Brad Barrett and a panel of community members as they explore the transformative experiences at the FI Freedom Retreat . This episode dives into the importance of community connection, personal growth, and designing a balanced life centered around financial independence. Highlighted stories emphasize overcoming fears, embracing sabbaticals, and discovering that the journey to financial independence involves much more than numbers.

Key Takeaways: * Importance of Community: Financial independence is not just about numbers; it's about building connections and designing a fulfilling life. 00:05:05 * Sabbaticals Lead to Renewal: Taking extended breaks can help reset priorities and foster personal development. 00:17:00 * First Impressions Matter: Newcomers often arrive with misconceptions, thinking events only focus on finances instead of personal exploration. 00:12:55 * Finding Your Tribe: Engaging with the FI community can redefine how you connect with yourself and others. 00:06:47

Timestamps & Topics: * 00:05:00 Community Connection Discussion + The significance of finding like-minded individuals at FI events. * 00:12:00 First Timer Experience with Viji Evers + Viji shares her initial misconceptions about the FI community. * 00:15:33 Sabbaticals and Life Changes with Shawn + Shawn elaborates on how taking a sabbatical allowed personal rejuvenation. * 00:26:45 Business Adjustments for Travel with Christine Wheatley + Christine discusses the challenges business owners face when trying to step away. * 00:39:10 Reflecting on Personal Identity with Susanna + Susanna shares her journey from being a physician to embracing life beyond work.

Key Quotes: * "Money does not make you happy. It does make life easier." 00:08:31 * "Finding your tribe can be life-changing." 00:06:47 * "Just do it. Absolutely worth it." 00:15:11 * "Community leads to crafting your best life." 00:05:05 * "Prepare for the worst; aim for the best outcome." 00:45:54 * Consider Negotiating a Sabbatical: If you're feeling burnt out, take time to explore this option. 00:17:19 * Reach Out to Local FI Groups: Find a supportive community near you to enrich your FI journey. 00:09:29

Discussion Questions: * What does community mean to you in your journey to FI? 00:06:30 * How can taking time off impact your personal and professional life? 00:17:00

View Details

Katie Donegan shares her shift in perspective on the journey towards financial independence (FI), revealing the struggles she faced as a resistant partner and her eventual embrace of the FI lifestyle. She touches on the significance of personal development, overcoming internal blocks, the impact of comparison, and perfectionism on happiness. The conversation explores maintaining balance between work and leisure while finding purpose and practical advice for navigating financial independence.

Key Topics and Timestamps:

  • 00:01:06 Katie's Journey to FI

    • Katie reflects on her initial resistance to the FI concept and the pivotal moment of her transformation.
    • 00:03:25 Impact of Mr. Money Mustache

    • Discover how Mr. Money Mustache influenced Katie's shift towards embracing a lifestyle focused on FI.

    • 00:06:24 Living with Financial Independence

    • Katie shares her financial independence number of one million pounds and the lifestyle changes she made to reach that point.

    • 00:07:54 Balancing Enjoyment and Spend

    • Discussing the struggle of spending responsibly while enjoying financial freedom.

    • 00:08:10 Adjusting to Freedom

    • Insights into the emotional hurdles of adapting to life with newfound freedom after reaching FI.

    • 00:32:46 Comparison and Its Effects

    • Katie addresses the detrimental impact of comparison culture on personal happiness and fulfillment.

    • 00:39:22 The Power of Vulnerability

    • The importance of authenticity and vulnerability in fostering connections with others.

    • 00:41:29 Overcoming Perfectionism

    • A candid discussion on the challenges of perfectionism and how embracing imperfection leads to a fuller life.

View Details

Kyle and Jamie Holmson paid off an astounding $123,000 in medical student loans in just three years—all while balancing a waitress’s salary and a resident’s income. Their journey highlights the importance of adopting simple, practical financial strategies while prioritizing essential relationships, health, and enjoyable experiences.

  • Debt Repayment Journey

    • 00:01:45 Paid off $123,000 in medical student loans in just three years!
    • Kyle and Jamie’s strategy included living below their means and aggressively paying down debt while still finding joy in life.
    • Returning to Basics

    • 00:02:50 Simplifying life helped us rediscover what truly matters.

    • The couple focused on fundamental exercises and whole food diets, emphasizing health and relationships over hyper-optimizing every aspect of their lives.
    • Prioritizing Relationships

    • 00:47:01 Investing in relationships over expenses for a richer life!

    • They learned to prioritize spending quality time with friends, enjoying experiences rather than constantly searching for low-cost options alone.
    • Finding Balance in Financial Independence

    • 00:51:06 It's not just about reaching your financial goals; it's about the journey!

    • Celebrating small wins in their financial journey helped maintain motivation and a fulfilling lifestyle.
    • Health and Wellness Focus

    • 00:53:27 Simplifying health routines led to better consistency in exercising and overall well-being.

    • They embraced simple body-weight exercises and calisthenics to support physical health without the burden of complex workout routines.

Actionable Takeaways: * Simplify your finances by tracking expenses and focusing on what truly matters. 00:02:50 * Make financial discussions a regular part of your relationship to foster understanding and shared goals. 00:28:01 * Create a manageable workout routine that encourages consistency and enjoyment. 00:55:20

Timestamps & Discussion Points: * 00:01:45 Kyle's Debt Repayment Journey: Overview of the couple's story and initial approach to finances. * 00:02:50 Back to Basics: Discussion on simplifying life and rediscovering core values. * 00:47:01 The Importance of Relationships: How valuing time with friends enhanced their life satisfaction. * 00:51:06 Finding Balance in Financial Independence: Insights on balancing financial goals with enjoying life. * 00:55:20 Health and Wellness: Transition to a simpler approach to fitness with positive impacts.

Key Quotes: * "Taking action on simple changes can lead to significant life improvements." 01:00:00 * "The greatest prize isn't about reaching that goal. It's everything you do and learn along the way." 00:51:06

Discussion Questions: * What steps can you take to simplify your financial life? 00:02:50 * How do you prioritize relationships and experiences over material possessions? 00:47:01 * What balance can you find between saving and enjoying life? 00:51:06

Related Resources Related Podcast Episodes * The Emergency Fund | (Ep 66 ) * The Valuist Returns | FI Roundup with Bo Loy | (Ep 441) * The 6 Pillars of Health | Dr. Bobby Dubois (Ep 498) * Mad Fientist Origin Story (Ep 17) * Living Frugal (Ep 12) * The Valuist | Bo Loy (Ep 396)

Related Content * The Fog of Work by Doug Nordman * Dr. Bobby Live Long and Well Podcast

View Details

Answering Listener Questions on asset allocation, retirement strategies, and the intricacies of real estate investing. With Brad Barrett and Rachael Camp. Whether you are pondering upon the backdoor Roth IRA strategy or seeking clarity on managing funds without a 401k, this episode is for you!

  • Public Service Announcement: Importance of filing the Beneficial Ownership Information form for legal entities by December 31st 00:01:21.
  • Mailbag Questions:

    • How to Invest Without a 401k: Options include traditional IRAs and Health Savings Accounts (HSAs), while noting contribution limits. 00:03:43, 00:04:12.
    • Company Matches in Retirement Accounts: Highlighted as a crucial opportunity to maximize savings 00:09:12.
    • Backdoor Roth IRA: A legal way for high earners to sidestep income limits for Roth IRA contributions 00:15:09.
    • Asset Allocation: Discussion on the complexities of asset allocation, particularly as one approaches retirement, and the impact of sequence of returns risk 00:24:07.
    • Real Estate Investing: Key considerations and the risks associated with real estate investments 00:56:01.

Questions:

  • What can I do if my employer doesn’t offer a 401k?

    • Consider options like a traditional IRA or a health savings account. 00:04:12
    • How do I manage sequence of returns risk in retirement?

    • It's crucial to have a cash reserve and bonds as a cushion against market downturns. 00:26:36

    • What should I consider when investing in real estate?

    • Understand cash flow, assess the market, and account for all potential expenses and vacancies to avoid risks. 00:58:08

Actionable Takeaways:

  • Review and potentially set up a traditional IRA if your employer doesn't offer a 401k. 00:04:12
  • Consider maintaining a cash buffer for the first few years of retirement to mitigate risks. 00:26:36
  • Maximize your retirement account contributions to include any employer matches. 00:09:12

  • "Avoid reverse dollar cost averaging by holding onto equities during market downturns." 00:39:28

  • "Company matches in retirement accounts offer unmatched returns—don’t miss out!" 00:09:12
  • "Explore diverse account types for effective financial management." 00:10:00

**Disclaimer

Please note: Rachael Camp offers advisory Services through Creative Financial Designs, Inc., a Registered Investment Adviser, and Securities are offered through cfd Investments, Inc., a Registered Broker/Dealer, Member FINRA & SIPC, 2704 S. Goyer Rd., Kokomo, IN 46902. 765-453-9600. Camp Wealth is not affiliated with the CFD companies.

View Details

Justin David Carl shares his remarkable journey from being $80,000 in debt and working in Hollywood nightlife to achieving financial independence and impressive fitness goals. He discusses key principles that guided his transformation, including the importance of environment, community, accountability, tracking metrics, and embracing a growth mindset.

Key Topics and Takeaways * 00:02:44 Justin's Awakening Moment

+ Discovering financial independence through Mr. Money Mustache and ChooseFI. Justin shares his early struggles with debt and the turning point that launched his journey.
  • Overcoming Debt and Personal Challenges

    • Justin candidly discusses his past, including addiction and the shame spiral from unresolved financial issues. He emphasizes that confronting these struggles was key to his transformation.
    • "Depression can serve as a reset for your psyche."
    • The Role of Coaches in Growth

    • The impact of hiring coaches for guidance in both fitness and financial success.

    • Tracking as a Tool for Success

    • Justin emphasizes the importance of tracking both financial metrics (expenses, savings rate) and fitness metrics (nutrition, workouts).

    • Key Quote: "What gets measured gets managed." 00:48:40
    • "Boost your savings rate to build wealth faster." 00:32:49
    • Principles for Continuous Growth

    • Justin shares three core principles:

      1. You are the average of the five to ten people you spend the most time with.
      2. You are a product of your environment.
      3. You are what you consume.
    • Action Item: Evaluate your current environment and the people you are spending your time with.

Additional Resources * Fit Rich Life Coaching: fitrichlifecoaching.com * Savings Rate Tracker: fitrichlifecoaching.com/tracker * Workout Program: fitrichlifecoaching.com/workout

Tim Ferris Article on Mr Money Mustache The Shockingly Simple Math of Early Retirement

Social Media * Follow Justin on Instagram: @JustinDavidCarl

  • "It's never too late for a second chance." 00:18:03
  • "Your consumption shapes who you are." 00:56:02

Discussion Questions * How can tracking financial habits influence our spending? 00:32:33 * What strategies can we implement from a growth mindset perspective? 00:20:38

View Details

TJ shares his financial journey and experience reaching financial independence, focusing on intentional savings and the joy of family life. Early influences and educational backgrounds shaped his approach to finance, leading to a strategic path that included tracking net worth and undertaking regular financial meetings with his wife. The episode dives into the challenges they faced, especially when dealing with unexpected medical circumstances and highlights the delicate balance between enjoying life and making prudent financial decisions, ultimately aligning with their core values.

Key Takeaways:

  • Intentional Savings: Be proactive in saving and planning for financial independence. 00:03:37
  • Tracking Net Worth: Regularly evaluate your financial progress.00:10:02
  • Community Support: Rely on your community during tough times. 00:29:16
  • Flexibility in Planning: Adapt financial strategies as life changes occur. 00:36:02
  • Maintain a Positive Mindset: Approach challenges with optimism and agency. 00:42:08

Actionable Takeaways:

  • Implement regular financial meetings with your partner to track and discuss financial health.
  • Consider unexpected medical costs when planning for financial independence.
  • Maintain a positive and adaptable mindset when facing life challenges.

Action Items:

  • Start tracking your net worth regularly to understand your financial progress.
  • Set aside time for financial discussions with your partner every few months.
  • Plan for unforeseen medical costs in your financial independence calculations.

Related Resources:

  • The Simple Path to Wealth
  • FaithFi (formerly CompassOne)

Discussion Questions:

  • What aspects of financial planning do you think are most important?
  • How can community support impact your personal finance journey?
  • What strategies can you adopt to maintain a positive mindset during challenges?
  • How can tracking net worth change your financial perspective?

View Details

Episode Summary Clint Murphy returns to ChooseFI, sharing his transformative journey labeled "FI and Choose," emphasizing the importance of choosing a lifestyle that values personal growth and meaningful connections. The hosts discuss their experiences at financial independence events, highlighting how these gatherings foster deep conversations that extend beyond finances. They explore the contrast between accumulating wealth and Pursuing a simpler, more intentional life filled with enriching experiences, including joy from low-cost activities and being present in relationships.

Key Topics Discussed * Connection Through FI 00:02:20

+ The importance of community in financial independence events.
+ Shared experiences and personal growth discussions among participants.
  • The Power of Vulnerability 00:06:00

    • Opening up in conversations to foster deeper connections.
    • Embracing quirks and eccentricities to enhance relationships.
    • Simplicity and Enjoyment 00:10:30

    • Finding joy in low-cost activities, such as playing pickleball.

    • The realization that enjoyment doesn’t require significant spending.
    • FI and Choose Philosophy 00:46:00

    • The idea that achieving financial independence offers choices about how to live life.

    • Aligning personal ambitions with the simplicity of life.

Actionable Takeaways * Explore Joyful Activities: Engage in activities that bring joy without high costs 00:10:30. * Build Deeper Relationships: Foster relationships through open and vulnerable conversations 00:06:00.

Related Resources * The Growth Guide Podcast: thegrowthguide.com

View Details

Maximize Your Wealth: Understanding Capital Gains Tax Strategies | With Cody Garrett This episode dives into the strategy of capital gains harvesting, explaining how it can help individuals minimize taxes on investments and potentially realize tax-free income. We break down how this approach fits into financial independence planning, including key comparisons between capital gains and ordinary income, real-life scenarios, and important health insurance considerations for early retirement.

  • What strategies can you use to reduce your tax burden during retirement?
  • How can understanding capital gains impact your long-term financial decisions?
  • What role does income management play in health insurance planning for early retirement?

Chapter Markers: * [00:00:00] Introduction to Capital Gains Harvesting * [00:01:38] Understanding Income Tax and Capital Gains * [00:05:22] Tax Rate Comparisons: Ordinary vs. Capital Gains * [00:20:07] Real-Life Case Studies * [00:49:34] Key Takeaways and Best Practices

Key Takeaways: * Understand your capital gains tax rates to optimize when to sell investments. * Use capital gains harvesting to realize profits without tax penalties. * Plan retirement income carefully to maintain eligibility for health insurance subsidies.

Links & Resources: * Measure Twice Money * Measure Twice Money YouTube Channel

View Details

In this episode: building muscle for health, sacropenia, consistency and proper form, routines, and recovery.

This episode is a deep dive into muscle-building strategies, with actionable advice for beginners and experienced fitness enthusiasts alike. Brad and Dean Turner share practical tips on workout programming, nutrition, and recovery, making it a perfect masterclass for anyone looking to improve their health and strength.

Dean Turner: * Website: deanturnertraining.com * Twitter: @DeanTTraining

🔑 Key Themes Discussed: * The importance of building muscle for health, longevity, and independence in later life * Overcoming age-related muscle loss (sarcopenia) through resistance training * Simplifying muscle-building techniques for beginners and experienced individuals * The role of proper form, progressive overload, and consistency in muscle growth * Common misconceptions about muscle growth and the science behind it * Customizing workout routines based on individual schedules and goals * The importance of recovery, rest, and nutrition in maximizing gains * Practical advice on workout programming and exercise selection

🕒 Chapters: * 00:00 – Introduction: The Importance of Muscle Building * 02:00 – Age-Related Muscle Loss and Why Muscle Matters * 06:00 – Customizing Workouts: 3-Day vs. 5-Day Programs * 09:00 – Exercise Selection: Upper/Lower Body, Push/Pull * 13:00 – How Muscle Growth Actually Works: The Science Explained * 18:00 – Importance of Progressive Overload and Rep Ranges * 22:00 – Common Workout Mistakes and How to Avoid Them * 27:00 – Listener Questions: Setting Goals for Muscle Growth * 33:00 – Understanding Rest Times and Recovery * 40:00 – Importance of Nutrition: Protein and Macronutrients * 45:00 – Creating a Sustainable Workout Routine * 51:00 – Final Tips: Staying Consistent and Tracking Progress

🔗 Mentioned Links and Resources: * Update: Healthiest Year Ever | Dean Turner | ChooseFI Ep 480 * “The Simple Path to Wealth: Your road map to financial independence and a rich, free life” by J.L. Collins * Hevy * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: social engineering, pig butchering, cryptocurrency risks, scammer tactics, and avoiding being a victim.

This week Brad speaks with cyber security expert Tom who will be giving some updates on the landscape of cybersecurity, what targeted scams look like, as well as some actionable steps you can take to avoid these scams. Though it may seem that cybersecurity attacks are ever-evolving and may be harder and harder to avoid, there are ways to make yourself less vulnerable to attacks. Making sure you’re having open conversations about this topic with your friends, and especially your older family members is crucial and can make sure you avoid falling for these scams!

🔑 Key Themes Discussed: * The rise of social engineering scams and how they manipulate victims * “Pig Butchering” scams: how scammers build trust, then steal your money * How cryptocurrency is used in scams and the risks involved * Recognizing investment scams and protecting yourself from fraud * The emotional and psychological tactics scammers use to isolate victims * The role of AI and fake profiles in advanced scams * Actionable steps to avoid becoming a victim * The importance of spreading awareness to protect your family and friends * Reporting scams and what to do if you’ve been a victim

🕒 Chapters: * 00:00 – Introduction and Overview of Cybersecurity Threats * 02:00 – What is Pig Butchering and How it Works * 04:00 – Investment Scams and Social Engineering Explained * 06:00 – How Scammers Build Relationships and Gain Trust * 08:00 – Examples of Scams: Dating Apps, Fake Profiles, and Social Media * 12:00 – Cryptocurrency in Scams: What to Watch Out For * 16:00 – The Role of AI and Deepfakes in Cyber Scams * 18:00 – Personal Stories: Victims Who Lost Everything * 22:00 – Action Steps: How to Protect Yourself and Loved Ones * 27:00 – How to Report Scams and Recover Funds * 29:00 – Recognizing Scams in Everyday Life: Red Flags and Signals * 34:00 – Final Thoughts and Preventative Tips

🔗 Mentioned Links and Resources: * Securing Your Financial Life | ChooseFI Ep 397 * Internet Crime Complaint Center (IC3)

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: simplifying your financial life, Jeremy’s journey, dividend versus reinvesting, and automation.

This week we are joined by Jeremy Schneider of Personal Finance Club and co-founder of Nectarine, where we will be discussing the beginnings of his personal investment journey and what that looks like now, striving for simplicity while adding value to your life, as well as discuss the ins and outs of his platform Nectarine. Part of the journey to FI is about finding hacks and ways to make your life a little easier in order to add value, sometimes by keeping it simple. Whether with your finances or in other areas of your life, it is the best option in order for you to thrive!

Jeremy Schneider: * Website: personalfinanceclub.com * Instagram: @personalfinanceclub

🔑 Key Themes Discussed: * The pitfalls of overcomplicating personal finance and investment strategies * The power of simplicity in financial management and investing * Mistakes made in early investing: complex ETFs vs. simple index funds * Jeremy’s journey from selling his company to managing a $2M windfall * The surprising truth about target date funds and why simplicity often wins * The concept of “the more I tinker, the worse it gets” in investment strategies * Personal finance habits that persist from childhood and their impact on adult financial decisions * Dividends vs. reinvesting: pros, cons, and psychological aspects * Understanding the differences between fiduciary financial advisors and those incentivized to sell products * Why financial simplicity and automation can lead to better outcomes

🕒 Chapters: * 00:00 – Introduction to Jeremy Schneider * 02:00 – Simplicity vs. Complexity in Financial Decisions * 03:30 – Jeremy’s $2M Windfall and Early Investing Mistakes * 06:00 – Complex ETFs vs. Target Date Funds * 08:00 – How Tinkering Can Lead to Worse Financial Outcomes * 12:00 – Personal Finance Habits from Childhood * 14:00 – Dividend Reinvestment: To Reinvest or Not? * 18:00 – Simplifying Financial Life: Automating Investments * 22:00 – The Dangers of Chasing Dividends * 26:00 – Real-Life Examples of Bad Financial Advice * 33:00 – The World of Financial Advisors: Fiduciary vs. Salespeople * 39:00 – The Importance of Finding Unbiased, Advice-Only Financial Guidance * 46:00 – Jeremy’s Key Takeaways on Simplicity and Financial Independence

🔗 Mentioned Links and Resources: * The 7 Sins of Investing * Nectarine * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: getting started early with FI, the 4% rule, retirement accounts, real estate, and safe withdrawal rates.

This episode is packed with actionable information that can help with maximizing your financial future, from house hacking to Roth conversions, and strategies for living off your investments. Brad and Rachael dive into real-world listener questions to help you navigate your FI journey with confidence.

Rachael Camp offers advisory Services through Creative Financial Designs, Inc., a Registered Investment Adviser, and Securities are offered through cfd Investments, Inc., a Registered Broker/Dealer, Member FINRA & SIPC, 2704 S. Goyer Rd., Kokomo, IN 46902. 765-453-9600. Camp Wealth is not affiliated with the CFD companies.

🔑 Key Themes Discussed: * The benefits of getting started early with financial independence (FI) * Evaluating the 4% rule and how to live off investments in retirement * Understanding the difference between Roth vs. Traditional retirement accounts * Tax strategies for early retirement and avoiding penalties * House hacking as a way to reduce housing costs and boost savings * Real estate as an investment: risks, rewards, and misconceptions * Maximizing income while keeping expenses low for young professionals * Safe withdrawal rates, dividends, and managing investments post-retirement * The psychological aspects of early retirement and maintaining financial health

🕒 Chapters: * 00:00 – Introduction to Mailbag with Rachael * 01:00 – Starting Early with FI: Gabby’s Journey * 03:00 – Roth vs. Traditional Retirement Accounts for Young Investors * 06:00 – House Hacking and Real Estate Strategies * 09:00 – How the 4% Rule Works for Early Retirement * 12:00 – Income Maximization for Young Professionals * 18:00 – Managing Dividends and Withdrawal Strategies in FI * 24:00 – Safe Withdrawal Rates and Creating Your Own Dividend * 31:00 – Listener Questions: Roth IRA Conversion Ladder * 36:00 – Tax Strategies and Avoiding Penalties in Early Retirement * 43:00 – Rethinking Real Estate and House Hacking Risks * 51:00 – Wrap-Up and Final Thoughts on Financial Independence

🔗 Mentioned Links and Resources: * Mailbag: Getting Started with FI, Debt vs. Investing, Dividends, 4% Includes Taxes?, Roth 401k | Rachael Camp | ChooseFI Ep 505 * Mailbag: Roth vs. Trad, $35k Roth to 529, Combining Finances | Rachael Camp | ChooseFI Ep 496 * How to Access Your Retirement Accounts Before 59.5 | Sean Mullaney | ChooseFI Ep 475 * Drawdown Strategies: Karsten vs. Fritz | ChooseFI Ep 427 * House Hacking With Coach Carson | ChooseFI Ep 16 * Scott Trench | Set For Life | ChooseFI Ep 63 * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: downsizing, coastFI, redefining your goals, overcoming material attachments, and building community.

This week Ginger is joined by community member Anne, to discuss her process of downsizing and navigating the physical and emotional attachments we associate with objects, places and people. Additionally, the pair discuss the importance of taking mini-retirements, cultivating gratitude, as well as share some podcasts and books that have helped them on their journey. We often say FI allows you the freedom and space to discover what more you want out of life, but that doesn’t mean you should wait until you reach your goal to actually start making the moves to get there! Whether you’re near the finish line or just beginning, don’t wait to explore other possibilities that can elevate not only your FI journey but your life.

🔑 Key Themes Discussed:* The emotional journey of downsizing and letting go of possessions * Achieving CoastFI and the realization of financial independence * The significance of mini-retirements and experimenting with lifestyle choices * Personal growth and redefining goals in mid-life * The psychological effects of decision-making in early retirement * Creating space for joy and gratitude in life transitions * Overcoming attachment to material possessions and past dreams * Building community after major life transitions, such as moving and career changes

🕒 Chapters:* 00:00 – Introduction: Ginger and Anne’s Journey * 01:00 – Anne’s Recent Move and Downsizing * 03:00 – Discovering Financial Independence Through the FI Formula * 07:00 – Defining CoastFI and the Big Epiphany Moment * 10:00 – Reflecting on Personal Goals and Letting Go of Past Dreams * 13:00 – Experimenting with Mini-Retirements: Learning from the FI Community * 16:00 – Downsizing: The Emotional Process of Letting Go * 22:00 – Influence of Family Illness and Death on the FI Journey * 27:00 – The Challenge of Winter Depression and Its Role in Change * 31:00 – Selling the Family Home: Closure and Moving Forward * 36:00 – Gratitude and the Practice of Being Present * 40:00 – Taking the Leap: Early Retirement and What Comes Next * 46:00 – Finding Community and Building a New Life After Moving * 51:00 – The Courage to Try New Things and Embrace Discomfort * 55:00 – Final Reflections on Joy, Curiosity, and Living Without Regret

🔗 Mentioned Links and Resources:* “Disrupt Yourself, With a New Introduction: Master Relentless Change and Speed Up Your Learning Curve” by Whitney Johnson * “The Artist’s Way: 30th Anniversary Edition” by Julia Cameron * Retire Often Podcast * Famous Failures * “Think Like a Rocket Scientist: Simple Strategies You Can Use to Make Giant Leaps in Work and Life” by Ovan Varol * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

The post Getting Personal with Personal Finance | Ginger & Anne | Ep 512 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


New Filing Required for Many Legal EntitiesIf you are an owner of essentially any type of legal entity, here is an essential PSA:

There’s a new legal requirement called the Beneficial Ownership Information (BOI) and you can find information at the FinCen government site devoted to this BOI report.

I’m obviously not your accountant or legal advisor, and I’m still researching this for my own companies and haven’t filed yet, so this is simply a heads up that there’s a high likelihood that you need to file this report by 12/31/2024 (if the entity was created before 1/1/24 and potentially earlier for entities created in 2024).

The Treasury Department’s Financial Crimes Enforcement Network (FinCEN) states: “Many companies are required to report information to FinCEN about the individuals who ultimately own or control them.”

Domestic companies that are required to file this beneficial ownership info: “corporations, limited liability companies, and any other entities created by the filing of a document with a secretary of state or any similar office in the United States.”

From what I can tell, this is going to be fairly easy to file, but not filing is not something to mess around with:

The ‘civil penalties’ for “willfully violating” the reporting requirements are $591 per day per info on the BOI FAQ page.

FinCEN also published this helpful five-minute YouTube video on how to file the BOI Report, so check it out.


Online Shopping Savings RemindersHere are two quick reminders on how to save with online shopping as I literally just used both in the hour before I sat down to write this newsletter on Sunday night:

[To the optimizers reading this: I know there are higher tech versions of both, but I always crave simplicity. If you’re an optimizer, there are browser extensions for both, shopping portals and other discounts to add/stack (through credit card offers, etc.), and other ways to save even more.]

CamelCamelCamel (CCC): Create an account at their site and you can copy the website URL of any product from Amazon.com into the search box at the top of CCC and see how the price changes over time.

I think you’ll be shocked to see that prices can fluctuate up to 50% throughout the year on most products sold on Amazon (and thus, most products that exist).

This works especially well for items you ideally want, but don’t need right away. Set a price alert and purchase when it hits that lower price point.

Coupon Codes: Before I make essentially any purchase online, I quickly Google to see if any coupon codes exist for the online retailer I’m purchasing from.

I literally Google something as simple as “store name coupon code” and many coupon sites exist that list out current coupon codes.

Sure, sometimes it’s hit or miss with how well they work, but it is worth trying a few codes out for a minute or two and you might get some free shipping or maybe as much as 10%- 25% off the purchase you were literally just going to make at full price.


31 Years of Stock Market Returns VisualizedBen Carlson co-hosts the excellent ‘Animal Spirits’ podcast and writes at his site A Wealth of Common Sense. He recently published an incredible chart looking at “returns over various time horizons for the S&P 500 going back to 1993.”

This article and chart will take you just a minute to digest, but I think it’s essential to help understand the power of long-term investing.

Look at the chart and go to the year you started investing. Visually scroll down to the last row in that column and you will see the annualized return from the starting point.

What is fascinating to see, for example, is anyone who started investing in the 2000-2008 timeframe, the returns the first 5-10 years were quite terrible, but with the power of long-term investing, if you started in any of these years and held through the present, you’d have a 7%-10% annualized return.

This lines up perfectly with the roughly 8% annualized return we use as our rule of thumb for expected market returns (nobody knows anything with certainty but this is our estimate).

And that is even with starting during one of the worst periods in decades.

For anyone starting in 2009 or after, the returns have been spectacular, but what I’m most amazed by is the consistency generally:

If you started investing just about any year 1993-2008, your annualized return is basically in the 8%-10% range.


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This WeekMy big summer win: My son is going into 9th grade and needs and wants enriching stuff to do over the summer. The sticker price for seven weeks of camp (2/3 day camps, 1/3 overnight) would have been $5530. But many camps have scholarship funds, and by applying for every one available I got the total price tag down to $2240. Only one of the camps required a copy of our 1040.

For all of the scholarship applications, I cited college tuition for a sibling as well as high family medical bills as reasons for my request.

I teach my kids that there is a lot of money out there; you just need to be willing to make the effort to ask and be 100% honest in your request.

My total time involved in making scholarship requests? Less than three hours.

– Suzanne

A humorous (silly) win: In Maryland we have to get our vehicles tested for pollution every 2 years. The fee is $14 for normal service (they do it) and $10 for self-service. I finally did the self-service recently for the first time. If I invest the $4 I saved every 2 years…

– Glen

We contested a $20,000 tax bill due to a taxable event of stock sales that was mischaracterized as income instead of a capital loss of -$1,300!

Started Diablo Valley IRL ChooseFI meetup as a subgroup under the East Bay Area group. It has been awesome so far! There’s no substitute for talking to like-minded people in person, and everyone has different skills and perspectives that really add richness to the group.

Signed up for the CampFI in San Diego in the Fall.

We are about 2-3 years from pulling the trigger!

– Juli

My 1% better this week was starting a 6 week block of time off after our baby daughter was born this week. It required a bit of a mindset shift to take some unpaid leave and hit our savings rate while in the accumulation phase, but it’s important to realise that THIS is exactly the sort of situation we are saving for. This will give us some extra time to transition to looking after our newborn and our 3 year old.

I also applied to go down to 4 days a week. Although it was turned down this time I have the confidence with the FU money to continue to push for it or move to a job with a lower salary but better work life balance while that is what our family needs.

– Robert

My 1% better was talking to my boss at our 14 person company about other options regarding our Simple IRA. The expense ratios were over 1% on all non-bond funds. She looked into other options and we’re switching to a 401k plan with lower expense ratios, I can contribute more pre-tax, and the organization will be matching 4% instead of 3%!

-Melanie

My 1% better this week is helping my dad go through all his finances since my stepmom passed away to help him systematize everything. In doing so we realized he was still paying on life insurance policies for my brother and I. He closed and cashed both of the out for a nice unexpected $2,000 that he is giving us. They were only for $16k each and we are both financially set so no reason to pay an insurance company when we can invest and make better returns.

– Bill

The post September 17, 2024: New Business Filing Required, Online Shopping Savings, 31 Years of Returns Visualized plus Community Wins appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: doing the hard things, travel rewards, the gap and the gain, health and wellness, and real estate.

This week we are back with another listener Mail Bag featuring Ginger. Listen along as we cover a range of topics from recents trips we’ve taken, facing and overcoming challenges, the gap and the gain, taxes in retirement, the rule of 72, as well as shout out some of your FI wins! So much to cover and much more to learn in this week’s episode!

🔑 Key Themes Discussed:* Financial Independence (FI) journey and making big life transitions * The importance of experiencing challenging tasks to build resilience (“doing hard things”) * Insights on taxes in retirement: why you may pay less than expected * Travel hacks: optimizing family cruises and travel rewards points * The psychological approach to financial success: The Gap and The Gain concept * Personal health and wellness: Brad’s journey with hiking, saunas, and cold plunges * Community wins: listener success stories on saving, investing, and achieving FI * Health insurance strategies for early retirees * Real estate strategies and long-term capital gains tax advantages * Addressing common FI misconceptions and how to optimize your finances

🕒 Chapters:* 00:00 – Introduction and Recent Trips * 01:30 – Travel Rewards and Cruise Optimization * 06:00 – Family Vacations and Cruise Hacks * 08:30 – Colorado Trip and Doing Hard Things * 10:00 – Hiking Challenges: Lessons from FI and Fitness * 17:00 – Financial Independence Journey: Overcoming Obstacles * 21:00 – The Gap and The Gain: Mental Shifts for Success * 27:00 – Understanding Taxes in Retirement * 35:00 – Health Insurance and Early Retirement Strategies * 40:00 – Capital Gains Tax and Real Estate in FI * 48:00 – Listener Questions and Real-Life Examples * 55:00 – Community Wins: Listener Success Stories * 59:00 – Travel Rewards Victory: Booking Free International Trips

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* “The Gap and The Gain: The High Achievers’ Guide to Happiness, Confidence, and Success” by Dan Sullivan and Dr Benjamin Hardy * The Shockingly Simple Math Behind Early Retirement * BiggerPockets Real Estate Podcast * “Set for Life: Dominate Life, Money, and the American Dream” by Scott Trench * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

The post Take the Next Step | Ginger Roundup | Ep 511 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


12 Thoughts on IncentivesGeorge Mack is one of my favorite writers and I came across his article “12 Thoughts on Incentives” and thought it was brilliant.

One of the lessons I consistently teach my daughters is that understanding incentives is one of the best ways to understand human behavior.

As the great Charlie Munger said, “Show me the incentives, and I’ll show you the outcome.”

George Mack’s article is worth reading in its entirety, but here are three he highlighted that jumped out to me:

  • “How to waste your time: Try to defy the laws of physics — or try to get a man to understand something when his salary depends on his not understanding it.”
  • “If a person tells you why their thing is great (city, relationship, or job) – take it with a pinch of salt. If they tell you why it’s terrible – take it like a handful of gold. If someone swims upstream against their identity and incentives, it probably holds some deep truth.”
  • “33% of British criminals were dying en route to Australia in the 1700s. Britain switched from paying sea captains for every passenger who walked on the ship to paying them for every passenger who walked off. Immediately, the survival rate shot up to 99%.”

2nd Generation FI ResourcesDevon was my guest in Episode 504 and he’s one of the most impressive young men I’ve ever met. He recently started a blog and created a wonderful resource he titled:

‘25 College Tips for Success: From Freshman to Future-Proof.’

This is a quick 5-minute read that I think is valuable for any young person setting off to college. Pass it along!

Three other resources I wanted to quickly mention for 2nd Generation Financial Independence:

  • ​‘Raising Your Money-Savvy Family For Next Generation Financial Independence’ by Doug Nordman and Carol Pittner (they were on ChooseFI episode 232 to discuss). The book recently celebrated its 4th anniversary of publication and it remains my go-to resource for 2nd Generation FI.
  • ‘Adulting 101’ by Pete Hardesty and Josh Burnette. I had the pleasure of spending a day with Pete and Josh recently at a NASCAR race and after hanging with them, I went out and immediately bought their book to give to my daughters (and wow, I’m just realizing it has nearly 2,000 ratings on Amazon – super popular book!).
  • ‘First to a Million: A Teenager’s Guide to Achieving Early Financial Independence’ by Dan Sheeks. Dan was on Episode 363 and I’ve spoken to his ‘Sheeks Freaks’ group and they were incredibly impressive and dialed in. This book is the foundation of that knowledge.

What Are You Trying to Master?With the help of author Daniel Pink’s framework, we’ve identified five main motivating factors that drive much of human behavior:

  • Autonomy
  • Mastery
  • Purpose
  • Identity
  • Connection.

I want to focus today on ‘Mastery,’ as I think it is an easy one to overlook.

Sure, many students and those early in their careers are consciously pursuing knowledge and mastery, but honestly, how many of us are truly trying to “master” any new skill?

I think the answer is just about nobody.

Routines turn into ruts and we just do not have the energy, time or motivation to even attempt to learn something new.

I know I was guilty of this for a solid decade of my adult life.

But something shifted mentally and I now relish the “white belt beginner’s mindset” which amounts to being terrible at something but soaking up all the knowledge I can with a long-term goal of attaining some level of mastery.

I’ve dabbled in some potential long-term pursuits over the past few years including Brazilian jiu-jitsu and the Japanese language, but I’m still working on finding the thing that I pursue for the next few decades.

And that’s okay.

Life is an experiment and we don’t just hit on the thing the first time out. We have to test and iterate.

My challenge to you if you’re in the same rut I was stuck in for so many years is this:

Find something really difficult you would enjoy working towards that is completely out of your comfort zone and take one step today to get started down that path.


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This WeekMy 1 % better is calling USAA to get the 10 % discount on my car insurance by downloading the safe pilot app on my phone. As long as I keep my: speed, braking, and phone handling in check while driving I could get up to a 30% discount on my premiums. I also negotiated with my sailing instructor for a lesson to pay him directly $50 instead of $80 to the sailing center (he’d only get $20 of that).

– Sheila

Our 1% better has been a journey of a number of days focusing on showing up in a number of ways 1% better each day that has shifted my perspective and mindset in many ways. It started with a financial journey, leading to a health mindset shift, leading to a personal excellence and leadership shift.

Many stories and learnings in all of it but the one that I wanted to highlight now is culminating with supporting my wife in an endeavor to publish a children’s book that she wrote. It is based on a story of our oldest daughter who was in kindergarten at the time and an act of kindness that she took the initiative and courage to perform. Within supporting this project I’ve leveraged my perspective change in all the areas mentioned above.

This journey may not have happened if I hadn’t started listening to ChooseFI in 2016 which led me to a number of other podcasts that have shaped my mindset over the years.
– Nathan

Our 1% this week has been signing our kids up as authorized users on our three main credit cards [Brad note: This is to get their credit history started at an early age]. I had forgotten this tip to help set the kids up on the right foot! They’re young (7, 4, and 3) but we love speaking openly with them about money.

– Kelsea

My 1% has been bubbling in the back of my head for a long time. It’s accepting that we’re not going to be financially independent while the kids are young, so I may as well take my foot off the gas some and enjoy the present.

I’m 32 and I have 2 kids under 10. With our current savings rate, the earliest I’d be able to retire is sometime in my mid 40s, which is still very early. However, by then, my oldest will be in her 20s and my other in high school if not graduated as well.

I’ll never regret having kids young, but it has certainly changed the trajectory of my career. I’m simply not willing to work the kind of hours and workload that’d shave off my time to FI and sacrifice time with the kids while they’re young.

This realization hasn’t depressed me. We’re still incredibly fortunate, and a high savings rate gives us enormous flexibility and peace of mind. I may be able to pursue some mini retirements or take summers off with the kids one day.

But accepting the fact that I won’t be retiring in my 30s like Mr. Money Moustache has been clarifying to our financial goals. I’m early in my career, the money will come, and I’ll likely work more once the kiddos are grown and don’t need us as much. Barring catastrophe, we’re going to be fine money wise.

I’m trying to let loose a little bit, go on another trip, have another dinner out, maybe even buy that guitar I don’t need that I’ve had my eye on. But that’s easier said than done for a frugally disposed person like me. My first test comes up soon: I’m getting a raise and am planning to not increase my 457 contribution for the first time.
– Tanner

My 1% better was moving out of my parents house! Typically this is not the best thing to do financially at 18, but it was much needed for my emotional well-being. I am so happy I have found this community that has taught me to only put money towards things that I value! I am renting a small house in the city with 3 roommates ($400 a month utilities included). I am so excited for my financial future and my new found freedom!

– Symantha

I wanted to send you this email as a thank you for all you do, but also give you some “wins” that my wife and I have had since finding your podcast. My wife and I are 28 and 29 years old, living in Alabama.

My wife and I are both natural savers, so that was a great start, but neither of us grew up in a financially savvy household. I first found your podcast in 2021, which led me to max out my Roth IRA for the first time, but it also got me interested in travel rewards. I opened up my first travel rewards credit card to purchase my wife’s engagement ring (which I paid off immediately) and started looking into how we could use points to pay for our honeymoon.

We quickly started two player mode shortly after. A credit card was fortunately doing the 100,000 point sign up bonus at the time that we both got. From this, we were able to purchase our flights, 5 nights at the Hyatt Regency in Maui, and our rental car all with points, saving us over $6000 (WOW!).

Since then, we have opened other credit cards, earned the a companion pass twice, and started referring friends and family that have also benefited from travel rewards. We’ve earned somewhere around 900K points, we have traveled more than I ever imagined we could. From May 2022 to the end of 2024 (so roughly 2.5 years) we will have taken 14 round trip “vacations” using points, while redeeming points at hotels for a total of 40 nights!

Those nights ranged from 3,500 to 25,000 points. These trips were mostly long weekend trips to Phoenix / Sedona, St. Louis, Philadelphia, Portland, MA, Boston, San Francisco, Minneapolis, Pittsburgh, Orlando, Washington DC, Jamaica, and Chicago. I never dreamed I would be able to travel so freely being a frugal spender. I wish I had recorded the cash value at the time of these trip, but I have to imagine it would be $20,000+ in total savings.

In addition to travel rewards, my wife and I have paid off her student loans, paid off our cars, maxed out both of our Roth IRAs since 2021, optimized our tax bill by contributing as much as we can to our traditional 401Ks, and generally learning more and more about FI, tax strategies, and optimizing our finances and life.

– Austin

The post September 10, 2024: 12 Thoughts on Incentives, 2nd Gen FI Resources, What Are You Trying to Master? plus Community Wins appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: the lock in effect, renting vs buying, househacking in 2024, interest rate, and real estate investment.

In this episode, Scott Trench of BiggerPockets shares invaluable insights into the 2024 real estate market, breaking down everything from housing supply to interest rates, syndications, and investment strategies. Whether you’re a seasoned investor or just curious about real estate, this episode provides a window into the current state of real estate investing the FI way!

🔑 Key Themes Discussed:* The impact of rising interest rates on real estate markets in 2024 * The “lock-in effect” and how low-interest mortgages affect housing supply * Rent vs. buy decisions in today’s market * The rise of multifamily and single-family housing supply, especially in regions like Austin * House hacking in 2024: Is it still viable? * The state of commercial real estate and multifamily investments * How interest rate trends impact real estate investors * Opportunities for investors in a downturn: Finding deals amidst crisis * Syndications: Potential pitfalls, bad actors, and lessons learned for 2024 * Real estate investment strategies: What to do with your mortgage and how to balance risk

🕒 Chapters:* 00:00 – Introduction: Welcoming Scott Trench * 01:00 – Rising Interest Rates and Market Effects * 03:00 – Housing Supply and the Lock-in Effect Explained * 04:30 – Rent vs. Buy: How the Calculus Has Changed * 09:00 – The Build-to-Rent Industry and Single-Family Rentals * 12:00 – House Hacking in 2024: Is It Still Worth It? * 16:00 – Multifamily Housing Supply and Regional Trends * 17:00 – Commercial Real Estate: What’s Happening Now? * 20:00 – How Interest Rates Are Crushing Commercial Investors * 24:00 – Opportunities Amidst a Crisis: Where to Find Deals * 27:00 – The Real State of Syndications: Risks and Rewards * 33:00 – Evaluating Syndicators: How to Find Good Deals in 2024 * 36:00 – Real Estate Investment Strategies: Notes, Funds, and Lending * 43:00 – Pay Off Your Mortgage or Invest? * 50:00 – Long-Term Real Estate Bets and Holding Strategies * 56:00 – Wrap-Up: Key Takeaways and Final Thoughts

🔗 Mentioned Links and Resources:* BiggerPockets * The BiggerPockets Money Podcast * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

The post Real Estate 2024 Update | Scott Trench | Ep 510 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: surpriseFI, minimalism, frugality, emotional and psychological aspects of FI, and alternative lifestyles.

We often get a lot of great ideas and questions from the FI community, and what better way to answer some as well as inspire than bring in one of our own to discuss their journey! In this special Friday episode, Ginger is joined by member of the FI community, Kim, to discuss how she found herself on her “surpriseFI” journey. Together, the pair talks about balancing frugality and minimalism, the importance of designing the life you want, as well as share some resources and recommendations that helped her on her journey!

🔑 Key Themes Discussed:* The journey to achieving Financial Independence (FI) through surprise and discovery * Minimalism, frugality, and living below your means as a path to freedom * Transitioning from work life to financial independence and early retirement * Personal reflections on housing, relationships, and travel in post-retirement life * Emotional and psychological aspects of financial independence * Strategies for aligning personal values with financial decisions * Exploring alternative lifestyles: hatchback camping, Peace Corps, and low-cost living

🕒 Chapters:* 00:00 – Introduction and How Kim and Ginger Met * 02:00 – Kim’s Journey to Surprise Financial Independence * 06:00 – Experimenting with Early Retirement: Leave of Absence Strategy * 09:00 – Living Frugally: Kim’s Minimal Spending Habits * 12:00 – Kim’s Unique Housing Situation and Thoughts on Real Estate * 15:00 – The Role of Minimalism in Achieving Financial Freedom * 17:00 – Life After Retirement: Adventure, Travel, and Hatchback Living * 23:00 – Challenges and Opportunities in Dating After FI * 27:00 – Personal Growth, Goals, and the Desire for Meaningful Projects * 33:00 – Financial Planning Tools and Resources for FI * 35:00 – Balancing Frugality and Enjoyment: Traveling on a Budget * 40:00 – Final Thoughts: Kim’s Recommendations for an Extraordinary Life

🔗 Mentioned Links and Resources:* “Your Money or Your Life: 9 Steps to Transforming Your Relationship with Money and Achieving Financial Independence” by Vicki Robinson, Joe Dominguez, and Mr Money Mustache. * Contact Kim: kimisonfire@fastmail.com * “Rich Dad Poor Dad: What the Rich Teach Their Kids About Money That the Poor and Middle Class Do Not!” by Robert Kiyosaki * Rich, Broke, or Dead? Post Retirement FIRE Calculator * Go Curry Cracker | Capital Gains, Losses and The Roth Conversion Ladder | ChooseFI Ep. 18 * Afford Anything with Paula Pant | Vicki Robin: Financial Independence After 70 [GREATEST HITS WEEK] * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

The post Getting Personal with Personal Finance | Ginger & Kim | Ep 509 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


Doing Hard ThingsI recently took a trip to Breckenridge, Colorado with 7 good friends from the FI Community and it was exactly the trip I needed:

5 days of incredibly deep conversation, delicious home-cooked meals, games galore (see below section), and lots of time outside led to a deeply restorative experience.

It all culminated with legitimately the toughest thing I’ve ever done in my life:

A hike to the top of Quandary Peak, one of Colorado’s 50+ legendary ‘14ers.’

Coming from sea level in Virginia and climbing to the top of a mountain over 14,270 feet was a monumental task for me.

(I further compounded this by wearing the worst possible shoes, but that’s a funny story for another day!)

I recently read the book ‘The Comfort Crisis’ by Michael Easter, and he talked about the value of doing hard things and how leaning into discomfort and adversity make you a more resilient and content person.

I think all of us in the FI Community know what this is like on a regular basis in our financial lives, so we’re no stranger to the mindset.

But there is something visceral about looking at a mountain that seems to go on forever, and saying “I’m going to walk to the top of this today, and it’s going to be hard.

There were probably 30 moments where I thought about giving up and plenty of excuses sprang to mind (my shoes, the altitude, that I don’t do any cardio in my training program, etc.) that would have been plausible and everyone would have understood.

But in the moment, I surprised myself with this wisdom:

“There is simply nothing about taking this next step that would make me give up. Just take the next step.”

We got to the point where we’d walk a few dozen steps and stop for a rest. Was it optimal? No.

But we made it.

And the view from the top was breathtaking.

The sense of satisfaction at overcoming something difficult has stuck with me for the last few weeks, and that’s something I can always look back on in future moments where I need strength.

What I’m Reading, Watching, PlayingReading: I’m re-reading my favorite book: ‘The Name of the Wind’ by Patrick Rothfuss. This was one that Clint Murphy and I talked about in-depth in Colorado and we both named it our favorite book of all-time.

It’s a fantasy novel that is one of the most beautifully written books I’ve ever read. I cannot recommend it highly enough.

Watching: I’m currently binge-watching ‘Ted Lasso’ seasons 1-3 on Apple TV+. As much as I love British football (soccer), and as much as I enjoyed the first season when I watched it a few years ago, I never finished the series.

That is currently being rectified and I remember now why I loved this show so much: British football and culture combined with sentimentality, humor, passion and kindness makes for quite the combo.

Playing: While in Breckenridge, we got addicted to two wildly different games:

Pickleball: Thanks to the aforementioned Clint Murphy (who beautifully described ‘Climbing a Colorado 14er’ as a “metaphor for life” in his recent newsletter) for bringing his pickleball paddles, we played a ton of pickleball in Breckenridge. Essentially every day, as the park was only a 5-minute walk from our Airbnb.

The game is fun, it’s just the right level of competitiveness and essentially anyone can play it. Great combo!

Monopoly Deal: This is one of our all-time favorite board games and for under $8, it’s hard to beat this one. As mind-numbingly awful as the original Monopoly can be, Monopoly Deal is the polar opposite: fast-paced, strategic, infinitely variable and just plain old fun. (non-affiliate link to buy this on Amazon)


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This WeekI’m excited to share my “1% Better” story with you. I have been a full-time healthcare professional who works in the heart surgery setting for about 6 years now. I work for a small business which has contracts with a couple of hospitals in my area to provide specialized services within the heart surgery setting.

Unlike most healthcare professions which have shift-based schedules, my schedule tends to be unpredictable with occasional on-call days. In fact, I only know my schedule for the day the night before. Some days I will work and some days I will not have an assignment and get to stay at home.

Either way, I am a salaried employee. So whether I work 1 day/week or 7 days/week, I get paid the same. This scheduling situation was tolerable for me until I had kids recently. They are 2 years and 16 months old. It has been mentally exhausting to manage so many schedules including childcare.

Recently I asked my manager if I could have more predictability in my schedule by going part-time while my kids are young. I asked if I could only work 3 days/week (MWF). This would give me two days consistently every week to spend with my children. He agreed to this setup and I was fully expecting to have a conversation about a pay reduction.

However, to my surprise, he said that he is going to keep my pay the same because I have been a valuable employee within this company!!!

I was so nervous that they wouldn’t be able to accommodate my request since it has never been done before in this company. Sometimes you just have to ask and see what happens! I’m so glad I did!
Thank you for all the content you share and the confidence this community has given me to prioritize my well-being!
-MM

My 1% better is visiting a friend in Alaska last week!! I had wanted to visit her for several years and had the spontaneous opportunity, which was amazing (she paid for what would have been $1500 flight with Alaska miles — in turn, I brought about 8 plants in my carry on, since she lives in a rural part of Alaska and its very hard to get plants or takes a lot of time to grow them there).

In addition, I completed the following courses through Udemy (paid for myself) and asked my supervisor if they would support me to obtain additional trainings to support our work and help my career 🙂

– Microsoft Power Automate (Flow) Crash Course
– Master Microsoft Power Automate(Flow) Expressions in 2 hours
– JSON Crash Course
I hope to use these skills to create apps/solutions that would save the government significant money and allow for more customized tools.

– Gavin

My 1% better is we have joined the double comma club!!! Unfortunately we can’t share that with anyone we know, but we have achieved a huge milestone on our FI journey despite several people saying I was too focused on money, what they don’t know is that I’m buying our freedom!! We hope to retire in 2 years, before I turn 40 and before my husband turns 45.
– Heather

My 1% better (that is actually MANY percents better…..I instituted this change at the start of the year)….
I sold EVERY single stock I owned (I probably owned shares in 25 different companies) and instead reallocated all my funds in my various accounts between 2 Vanguard ETFs: 50% into VOO (S&P 500 ETF) and 50% into VGT (tech ETF).

The difference in the steady returns by the ETFs has FAR outpaced what I would have returned with owning stocks in 25 separate companies (many of them stinkers).

I’ve learned I cannot pick stocks! And I’m all too happy now earning dividends with those ETFs every 3 months (which gets reinvested). Getting rich SLOWLY really is the way to go. Wish I’d done it sooner instead of stock picking.
– Greg

My 1% better was to move $15k out of a savings account earning not very much.

I opened Roth IRA’s for my two boys a few months ago but we hadn’t put anything in them yet.
Our older son has a part time job and our younger son works in the family business doing data entry for me. I funded each of their Roth’s with $1k and $400 respectively.

They will contribute funds too this year but I wanted to get them started with their accounts funded and into VTI. The rest will go into our brokerage account, more VTI.

Mostly we are in the waiting game now. I have optimized most everything else. My next goal is to work on getting a raise. I was promoted to a management position 3 years ago but haven’t had a raise since then.

– Monica

My 1% better was having a staycation in Vancouver on my days off after doing shift work. I treated it like I would for exploring an international city and made the most of local restaurants, breweries, and beaches with my friends. It was very fun to bring the travelling mindset to my city after being away for three months and have the benefit of all my friends with me too.

– Ben

The post September 3, 2024: Doing Hard Things, Reading, Watching, Playing plus Community Wins appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: 5% safe withdrawal rate, the three stories, psychology and personal finance, and community.

In this insightful episode of the ChooseFI Podcast, Brad chats with Frank Vasquez, a well-known figure in the financial independence community and the voice behind Risk Parity Radio. They delve into Frank’s journey from a career in law to becoming a personal finance expert, and explore topics like the 5% safe withdrawal rate, revealed preferences, and Frank’s three defining life stories. This conversation offers insight on approaching personal finance, investments, and life after achieving financial independence. Frank shares his unique blend of academic rigor, personal curiosity, and his thoughtful approach to living with purpose in the post-FI world.

🔑 Key Themes Discussed:* Understanding the 5% Safe Withdrawal Rate (SWR) and its practical application. * How revealed preferences shape financial and life decisions. * The three stories Frank lives by: the Curious Child, the Starfish Thrower, and the Mexican Fisherman. * How narrative psychology impacts our personal finance decisions. * Personal experiences in managing life post-financial independence. * The intersection of economics, personal finance, and storytelling. * Practical insights on podcasting, community engagement, and sharing financial knowledge.

🕒 Chapters:* 00:00 – Introduction to Frank Vasquez and Risk Parity Radio. * 03:00 – Frank’s Journey: From Law to Personal Finance Expert. * 07:30 – Understanding the 5% Safe Withdrawal Rate. * 15:00 – The Three Stories Frank Lives By. * 25:00 – Revealed Preferences: What Do We Really Want? * 35:00 – Narrative Psychology and Personal Finance Decisions. * 45:00 – Post-FI Life: Teaching, Relationships, and Purpose. * 55:00 – Frank’s Thoughts on Podcasting and Community.

🔗 Mentioned Links and Resources:* Risk Parity Radio * Big Think video on Narrative Psychology with Jane Goodall and Terry Crews * “Build the Life You Want: The Art and Science of Getting Happier” by Arthur Brooks and Oprah Winfrey * The Role Of Bonds In A Portfolio with Frank Vasquez | ChooseFI Ep 194 * Find Your Local ChooseFI Group

The post 5% SWR, Revealed Preferences and the 3 stories | Frank Vasquez | Ep 508 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: overcoming fears, the importance of community, community wins, reaching FI goals, and ripple effects.

This week Brad is re-joined by Ginger for another installment of the round-up, where we will be discussing topics such as new 529 plans, the importance of making connections within your community, and actionable steps for overcoming anxieties while on your FI journey! Additionally, it wouldn’t be a round-up episode without as well as shouting out some frugal wins from our wonderful community! While these episodes are not only a great way for us to give you personal updates and perspectives, it’s an even better way for us to highlight some of the tips and tricks you’ve picked up on your respective FI journeys!

🔑 Key Themes Discussed: * The psychological aspects of financial independence and overcoming fear. * Building a fulfilling life by focusing on fulfilling days. * Strategies for maximizing benefits from 529 plans. * The importance of community and connection in the FI journey. * Overcoming anxiety and embracing serendipity in life choices. * Practical steps for financial checkups and optimization. * Leveraging travel and experiences for personal growth and connection. * Exploring frugality and financial prudence in everyday decisions.

🕒 Chapters: * Introduction to the Episode with Brad and Ginger * Highlighting Community Wins and Stories * Embracing Challenges and Overcoming Fears in Personal Growth * Listener Voicemail – Updates on Reaching FI Goals * New Rules and Tips for 529 Plans * Frugal Wins of the Week * Big Financial Moves and Their Ripple Effects * Conclusion and Reflections on Building Community and Connection

🔗 Mentioned Links and Resources: * Update: Healthiest Year Ever | Dean Turner | ChooseFI Ep 480 * Making FI Fun Again | ChooseFI Ep 502 * Subscribe To The FI Weekly

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: entrepreneurship, side hustles, overcoming fear, community, sharing and maintaining passion projects.

This week we are joined by Kyle Nolan, creator and founder of ProjectionLab, where we will be discussing how he left his 9 to 5 to pursue a passion project, some of the challenges and realizations he’s faced while creating his software, as well as the importance of investing in your interests regardless of the risk or self-doubt you may feel. The journey to FI offers many things, such as freedom and autonomy to pursue new things, but it’s important to remember that you don’t have to wait until you reach FI to start investing in things that are of value to you! By pouring yourself into something that interests you will always guarantee a payback!

🔑 Key Themes Discussed: * Kyle’s journey from traditional employment to entrepreneurship. * The development and impact of ProjectionLab in the FI community. * The role of personal passion in creating and growing a side hustle. * Overcoming fear and indecision when launching a new venture. * The importance of a supportive community in achieving financial independence.

🕒 Chapters: * Introduction to Kyle Nolan and ProjectionLab * Kyle’s background and the start of his FI journey * The motivation behind creating ProjectionLab * The challenges and rewards of entrepreneurship * The pivotal moment of launching ProjectionLab on Hacker News * The significance of mental headspace in pursuing side projects * Brad’s reflections on proof of concept and personal finance journey * How to encourage children to explore their passions in technology

🔗 Mentioned Links and Resources: * ProjectionLab (Use Code "CHOOSEFI" for 10% off!) * Richmond Savers * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: debt and investing, the 4% rule, Roth 401k and traditional 401k, and total return investing.

This week we are back with a listener Mail Bag featuring returning guest Rachael Camp! Together, we will be answering questions and giving our feedback on nuanced topics asked by the community! Listen along for discussions about the 4 percent rule, how taxes are factored into your FI number, investing in dividends, paying down debt versus investing, and finally a shortlist of actionable steps one could take if they are young and beginning their FI journey. There is much to discuss and so much more to learn this week as we tackle your FI questions!

Rachael Camp offers advisory Services through Creative Financial Designs, Inc., a Registered Investment Adviser, and Securities are offered through cfd Investments, Inc., a Registered Broker/Dealer, Member FINRA & SIPC, 2704 S. Goyer Rd., Kokomo, IN 46902. 765-453-9600. Camp Wealth is not affiliated with the CFD companies.

🔑 Key Themes Discussed: * Introduction to Financial Independence * Debt vs. Investing * The 4% Rule and Taxes * Roth 401k vs. Traditional 401k * Dividends vs. Total Return Investing * Second Generation FI

🕒 Chapters: * Getting Started with FI * Debt vs. Investing * 4% Rule and Tax Implications * Roth 401k vs. Traditional 401k * Dividends vs. Total Return Investing * Second Generation FI

🔗 Mentioned Links and Resources: * Find Your Local ChooseFI Facebook Group * Preparing for the Cost of College | Brian Eufinger | ChooseFI Ep 460 * How To Test Out of College While You’re Still In High School | Millionaire Educator | ChooseFI Ep 238 * How to Access Your Retirement Accounts Before 59.5 | Sean Mullaney | ChooseFI Ep 475 * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

This week on ChooseFI, Brad welcomes Devon, a 22-year-old National Guard member and aspiring mechanical engineer, to discuss the power of intentionality and personal finance! Together, Brad and Devon explore how small, deliberate actions can create a domino effect in shaping one's financial future. Devon shares his journey from joining the National Guard at 17 to discovering financial independence through ChooseFI, and how his disciplined approach to life has led him to save for his first home, maximize military benefits, and even inspire his peers.

🔑 Key Topics Discussed: ⇨ The Domino Effect: How Small Actions Lead to Big Changes ⇨ Financial Independence: Starting Young and Staying Disciplined ⇨ Maximizing Military Benefits: Tuition Assistance and Beyond ⇨ Real Estate Goals: Saving for a Down Payment with Intentionality ⇨ Mentorship and Networking: Learning from Industry Professionals ⇨ Practical Financial Tips: Budgeting, Saving, and Investing Wisely

🕒 Chapters:

🚀 Introduction to Devon's Story and His Early Start in FI 🌟 The Domino Effect: How Devon Visualizes His Financial Future 🎓 Navigating College and Military Life: Tuition, Benefits, and Budgeting 🏡 Saving for Real Estate: Devon's Plan to Buy His First Home 💼 Mentorship and Networking: Building a Successful Career Path 🔄 Practical Financial Tips for Young Adults and Military Members 🎒 Intentional Living: Balancing Work, School, and Personal Goals 📝 Key Takeaways and Final Thoughts

🔗 Devon's Links and Resources Mentioned in the Show: 📚 Devon's Website: Freedom By the Day 📸 Liberated Mind Library Instagram 📧 Contact Devon via Email: Freedombytheday@gmail.com

View Details

In this episode: Roth IRA conversion ladder, starting with the end in mind, investing for growth or stability, and retirement planning.

While we have covered Roth IRA Conversion Ladders on ChooseFI before, we have never in the past taken such a deep dive into the subject like we do in this week's episode! Once again, we are joined by friend of the show Cody Garrett from Measure Twice Money, as we cover a high-level-FI approach to the Roth IRA conversion ladder and ways one could approach propelling themselves into a FI fueled retirement!

Cody Garrett:

  • Website: Measure Twice Money
  • YouTube: @MeasureTwiceMoney

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Measure Twice Money ChooseFI Podcast Resources
  • The Roth IRA Conversion Ladder | A Case Study | ChooseFI Ep. 17R
  • Roth IRA Conversion Ladder Case Study | ChooseFI Ep. 163R
  • Find Your Local ChooseFI Group
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: travel rewards, frugality, companion passes, international travel, intentional spending, and listener questions.

This week Brad is re-joined by Ginger as together they go back to basics during our returning round-up segment! This time around, the pair will be talking about recent travels and hacks they’ve used, travel rewards tips, answering some community questions, and shouting out some of your FI wins of the week! This episode is a great way to crowd-source new tips for people just beginning their FI journey, from learning how to navigate companion passes when traveling, to learning how to both save and spend your money with intentionality!

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* Friday Roundup | Huge Announcement | ChooseFI Ep. 22R * Travel Rewards ChooseFI * Living Frugal Frugalwoods | Save 75% Of Your Take Home Pay | ChooseFI Ep. 12 * The True Cost Of Car Ownership | ChooseFI Ep. 22 * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

The post Making FI Fun Again | Ep 502 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: travel rewards, IRA conversions, working with FAFSA, health insurance, and the FI journey.

This week we are joined by community member and listener Connie to discuss the beginning of her FI journey, and the transformative steps she’s taken to further maximize her journey for her and her family. With so many resources available to learn and assist you while on the path to FI, the influx of information may seem overwhelming. Knowing how to organize the information will allow you to utilize the hacks and tricks that take some of the pressure off, and grant the opportunity for you to adapt and create the life you want!

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Abundo Wealth * Advice-Only Network * Nectarine * Point.me * Seats.aero * PointsYeah * The $100K Glorified Sleepaway Camp | Millionaire Educator | ChooseFI Ep 386 * How To Test Out of College While You’re Still In High School | Millionaire Educator | ChooseFI Ep 238 * Mailbag: Breaking up with your Advisor, I Bonds, 4% Rule, Accounts for Kids, Roth IRAs | Sean Mullaney | ChooseFI Ep 447 * Find Your Local ChooseFI Group * The Courage to Take Action | EconoMe LIVE with Doc G | ChooseFI Ep 488 * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: FI numbers, financial independence, approaching problems differently, and adjusting spending to accommodate FI.

This week join our host Brad in celebrating 500 episodes of Choose FI, as he talks about the start of his FI journey, and highlights topics and episodes from the last few years. The path to FI isn’t just about simplifying your life, but empowering yourself and taking action to design and create the life you want to be living. And while the list is endless for how FI can improve your life, the community you find while on this journey is just as rewarding. Thank you to our listeners and supporters for being on this journey with us!

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * “The Simple Path to Wealth: Your road map to financial independence and a rich, free life” by JL Collins * The Safe Withdrawal Rate Series * The Side Hustle | The Unspoken Lever of FI | ChooseFI Ep 30 * How to Negotiate Your Salary Without Burning Bridges | Financial Mechanic | ChooseFI Ep 211 * Negotiate Your Salary With Tori Dunlap | ChooseFI Ep 147 * The Roth IRA Conversion Ladder | A Case Study | ChooseFI Ep 17R * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: limiting beliefs, flipping the script, looking for evidence, empowering beliefs, and imposter syndrome.

This week we are rejoined by Jessica from The Fioneers, to discuss the idea of limiting beliefs, from knowing how to identify and define them, to learning to work through and overcome them using her six strategy method. To put this method into practice we workshop two examples of limiting beliefs from FI community members, Samantha and Kyle. While having fears is natural and part of what makes us human, it’s important to be able to distinguish what fears are valid and what limiting beliefs are just holding you back. Whether it’s believing you’re not doing enough on your FI journey, or having a fear of failure, making sure you are continuously working to empower yourself and sift through the self doubt will ensure you live your life with more power and confidence!

The Fioneers: * Website: thefioneers.com * YouTube: @fioneers * Free eMail Course: Overcoming Limiting Beliefs

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * The Cure for the Boring Middle | Fioneers | ChooseFI Ep 472 * “The Simple Path to Wealth: Your road map to financial independence and a rich, free life” by JL Collins * “Wherever You Go There You Are: Time-Tested Principles To Get Unstuck, Expand Your Influence, and Illuminate Your World” by Kyle Collins * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode, exercise, sleep, nutrition, mind body activities, social relationships, heat and cold exposure.

This week we are joined by Dr. Bobby DuBois author and host of Live Long and Well podcast, where we will be discussing health optimization and wellness by deep diving into each of what he calls the 6 pillars: Exercise, Sleep, Nutrition, Mind-Body Work, Heat and Cold Exposure, and Social Relationships, while also providing some actionable takeaways you can do in order to live your healthiest life! The best part of the FI journey is you can create and live the life the way you want, but neglecting your physical and mental health may not allow you to thrive the way you want as you inevitably age. Taking the time and the space to prioritize your health, whether it be big or small, can make such a difference over time, and can ensure you’ll be living long into your retirement and well after!

Dr. Bobby Dubois: * Website: drbobbylivelongandwell.com * Website: Madrone Springs Ranch * Podcast: Live Long and Well with Dr. Bobby

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Update: Healthiest Year Ever | Dean Turner | ChooseFI Ep 480 * The Matt Walker Podcast * Yoga Nidra – Guided Meditation to Relax | 10min * InsightTimer Deep Healing by davidji * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: full retirement age, earnings, spousal benefits, survivor benefits, filing for benefits, and the earnings test.

This week, Mike Piper joins the show to talk all things social security and answer listener questions that arose from our last social security related conversation back in episode 474! Whether it is discussing the full retirement age, discussing when to file for benefits, and different situations and their correlating differing types of benefits, Brad and Mike cover your burning questions so when the time comes you can catapult yourself into retirement confident and comfortably. While the topic of social security can often be confusing, being informed and prepared based on you and your families situation can make approaching it a lot less formidable, so listen along now to be ready down the line when it is your time to file!

Mike Piper:

  • Website: opensocialsecurity.com
  • Book: "Social Security Made Simple: Social Security Retirement Benefits and Related Planning Topics Explained in 100 Pages or Less" by Mike Piper

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Social Security Deep Dive | Denis Shapiro | ChooseFI Ep 474
  • SSA.tools Social Security Calculator
  • Why Are ETFs (Sometimes) More Tax-Efficient Than Mutual Funds?
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: roth versus traditional IRA, second generation FI, FI and newlyweds, and retirement planning optimization.

This week we are diving back into the listener Mail Bag with our returning guest Rachael Camp to answer questions from the community! Today we will be discussing the differences between Roth and Traditional IRAs and the future variables and factors you should consider, as well as discuss the new rules and considerations surrounding 529 plans and how to best financially plan when considering your children and your spouse. Listen along as YOU, the community, dictate the conversation with your hot-button FI questions!

Rachael Camp: * Website: rachaelcampwealth.com * Twitter: @camp_wealth * YouTube: @CampWealth * Instagram: @campwealth

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Mailbag: Spending Down to Zero, High Fee 401(k), Mini Retirements | Rachael Camp | ChooseFI Ep 485 * Limits Of Tax Diversification And The Tax Alpha Of Roth Optimization * Love, Loss, and Money: The Shocking Financial Aftermath of a FI Spouse’s Death | Amy | ChooseFI Ep 476 * Becoming Work Optional * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: real estate, lazy landlording, attracting the right tenants, finding ideal situations, and traveling.

This week we are joined by returning guest James Lowery to discuss his “lazy landlord” concept to streamline and simplify real estate investing as well as set processes in place that not only make your life easier as a landlord but make it easy for your tenets as well! If you are on the FI journey and curious about adding real estate into your portfolio, whether it be long or short term rental properties, there are ways to make it a more simple process than you might think. With some planning and intentional action, the lazy landlording life could be well within your grasp!

James Lowery: * Website: rethinktheratrace.com * eBook: Tenant Proof Your Property

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Vegan Path To FI | ChooseFI Ep. 90 * EconoME Conference * “The 4-Hour Workweek: Escape 9-5, Live Anywhere, and Join the New Rich” by Tim Ferris * “The 4-Hour Body: An Uncommon Guide to Rapid Fat-Loss, Incredible Sex, and Becoming Superhuman” by Tim Ferris * BiggerPockets * James Lowery: How to Become a Lazy Landlord * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: financial freedom, starting your own business, you can't sprint forever, buying vs renting, and investing.

This week we are rejoined by host of Financial Feminist podcast and creator of Her First 100K, Tori Dunlap, to fill us in on her journey with FI over the last few years, discuss what financial equity and the importance of building financial foundation and literacy among marginalized groups, as well as discuss how financial advice can differ for men and women. While money can be linked with stability and ease in one's life, the real power that comes from personal finance and independence is the freedom it allows you to not only change your life, but instill change in the communities around you. Although there can be times you feel guilt or shame when discussing financial literacy, there are endless resources at your disposal to educate and have you feeling confident.

Tori Dunlap:

  • Website: herfirst100k.com
  • Book: “Financial Feminist: Overcome the Patriarchy’s Bullsh*t to Master Your Money and Build a Life You Love”
  • Podcast: Financial Feminist
  • Instagram: @herfirst100k
  • Where to Start: Her First 100k Quiz

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Negotiate Your Salary With Tori Dunlap | ChooseFI Ep 147 * Marriage Kids and Money * The Impact of Fees on Your Investment * “The Simple Path to Wealth: Your Road Map to Financial Independence and a Rich, Free Life” by JL Collins * RENTING VS. BUYING: WHAT’S RIGHT FOR ME? * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: doing everything but not at once, building your extraordinary life, optimizing your time, and what to do after FI.

This week we are joined by Alan and Katie Donogan as well as my guest co-host Ginger live from the Design Your Extraordinary Life Weekend event in Las Vegas, where we will be discussing their exercise of envisioning what an extraordinary life can look like in nine designated areas of your life, as well as learning how identify and overcome limiting beliefs that can hold you back from achieving your dream life. Reaching your FI goal can radically change your life and usher in new freedom, but it doesn’t necessarily mean all your problems go away. While you may be focused on taking actionable steps to to hit your FI number, it's just as important to take actionable steps to build and create the life you want to be living! By taking account of certain areas of your life and identifying the areas and mindsets that need to be changed in order to achieve your extraordinary life, you will not only be on track to living your best life on your FI journey, but continuing to live it well after you reach the finish line!

Alan and Katie Donegan:

  • Website: alandonegan.com
  • YouTube: The Donegans

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • The Cure for the Boring Middle | Fioneers | ChooseFI Ep 472
  • EconoME Conference
  • "The Daily Stoic: 366 Meditations on Wisdom, Perseverance, and the Art of Living" by Ryan Holiday and Stephen Hanselman
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: RRTTLU, actual risk, actual return, balancing portfolios, understanding your timeline, taxes, and legal situations.

This week we are joined by Jesse Cramer of the “Best Interest" blog and podcast to discuss “RRTTLLU”, an acronym that provides a framework and guide of some of the factors one should consider when they start investing. While investing on your own can seem complex with many factors to consider such as your risk tolerance, the potential tax liabilities, and returns; being realistic about what you want to get out of your investment and what timeline you are on will only ensure your success. Considering some of these factors before you start investing can help you to choose your investments smartly, and give you the confidence and self-assurance for when changes or uncertainties come and go!

Jesse Cramer: * Website: bestinterest.blog * Podcast: The Best Interest Podcast

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Join ChooseFI’s Facebook Group! * Investor Policy Statement | ChooseFI Ep 189 * Bucket Your Money * The Safe Withdrawal Rate Series * “Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life” by Bill Perkins * How to Access Your Retirement Accounts Before 59.5 | Sean Mullaney | ChooseFI Ep 475 * Answering Your Questions on How to Access Money Before 59.5 | ChooseFI Ep 491 * RRTTLLU: That’s Not a Typo, Investors * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details


2 Minute Walk After a MealThe Path to FI allows us to focus on what’s really important in life and health is at or near the top of that list!

I’m always looking out for highly beneficial tips that are easy to implement and here’s one I wanted to pass along:

The New York Times published an article entitled, “Just 2 Minutes of Walking After a Meal is Surprisingly Good for You.”

The article said:

“Walking after a meal, conventional wisdom says, helps clear your mind and aids in digestion. Scientists have also found that going for a 15-minute walk after a meal can reduce blood sugar levels, which can help ward off complications such as Type 2 diabetes. But, as it turns out, even just a few minutes of walking can activate these benefits.”

“In a meta-analysis, recently published in the journal Sports Medicine, researchers looked at the results of seven studies that compared the effects of sitting versus standing or walking on measures of heart health, including insulin and blood sugar levels. They found that light walking after a meal, in increments of as little as two to five minutes, had a significant impact in moderating blood sugar levels.”

It’s interesting when information like this comes together: I listen to the podcast ‘A Whole New Level’ put out by Levels, a continuous glucose monitoring (CGM) company, and they’ve mentioned repeatedly how their stats point to walking after meals as one of the easiest ways to control blood sugar spikes.

Tim Ferriss also alluded to a similar process way back in his book ‘The 4-Hour Body’ – in it he recommended doing a quick bit of exercise, such as air squats, before and after meals.

While I don’t currently have a CGM, I’ve taken this research as compelling enough that I’m now taking short walks after as many meals as I can. Even as a placebo, it feels wonderful to get up and walk after a meal, so this is a positive change in my life for sure!


Impact of Fees on Your InvestmentsThe reason why I strongly advise not hiring a financial advisor who charges an AUM fee is precisely because of this article I created on my original personal finance website Richmond Savers and saw the math in black and white:

​The Impact of Fees on Your Investments​

The ‘slightly more realistic example’ is the one I quote often on the podcast, but can’t reiterate enough:

Hiring a financial advisor who charges AUM fees will likely cost you 40%+ of your net worth.

Let that sink in: 40%+ of your future net worth gone.

ChooseFI Community Taking Action This WeekI’ve had the same insurance broker for 30 years on the house and my & kids cars. Every year the premiums went up without claims; I’d increase deductibles to compensate. This year it jumped significantly.

My 1% is: I called my retired neighbor who worked insurance for an education session. Then I called different insurance companies and decided on a new one.

I saved 25% on premiums, lowered my deductibles, and have more coverage. This is for my home, three cars, and one motorcycle. My savings was significant.

– Andrea

Today one year ago, I sent in my 1% better during our family holiday in Portugal. Back then, my 1% better was taking a much needed break as I was completely burned out from my stressful job. I decided to start a side business that could generate some income in case I would have to quit my job sooner than I intend to.

This year, we’re back in Portugal. And this year I’m celebrating a lot more than just 1% better. I just finished my first book and it will be published before summer! Secondly, a few days ago we went for a lovely beach side dinner to celebrate we are half-FI!

I am less than 4 yrs away from retiring exactly on my 40th birthday.

– Evy

My 1% better has been setting up a “rewards” system for good habits at the start of this year.


My wife and I realized that we were spending a lot of time binging TV (and our kids too!) but I didn’t actually enjoy the empty entertainment. Ironically, I was also reading Design Your Future during that same period, and realized we were “drifting” through life.

We talked through some options and agreed on this rule: “If both of us each spend at least 1 hour outside – without being on our phones – we will add $5 into our ‘fancy restaurant’ bucket.” So far we’ve “earned” $460 and have had 5 date nights!

So technically this might be a 2% better!

– Andrew

Every seven years our town reappraises property for taxation purposes. This year we went through two rounds of challenges.

The first was relatively informal: we made a phone appointment with the town’s outside appraiser. During that call we could ask questions and raise concerns. We followed up by sending photos to the assessor which we felt showed that our property was less valuable. The appraisal went down about $20,000.

Then we did a second formal written appeal, citing the recent sale of a similar house across the street, as well as some things with our own property we didn’t consider previously (30-year-old windows and roof, and cracks in the garage and breezeway slab, and a poorly insulated section of the house). We included photos when that was useful.

Our appraisal was lowered another $23,500. So for about five hours worth of my time we took almost $45,000 off the value of our property, which will lower our taxes about $500 or so per year for the next seven or more years! And we got a check in the mail for $375, a rebate from how the higher appraisal affected our 2023 taxes.

That’s a pretty amazing ROI.

– Suzanne

I have a few different 1% betters:

The first one is I’m going to be moving back/geo arbitrage to my home state of Wisconsin. Having entered active-duty military from Wisconsin and now that I am returning, I am eligible for several different veterans’ benefits that I’m currently not eligible for in my current state of residence. One is the Wisconsin GI bill where one of my dependents or I can get 128 credit hours for free at any Wisconsin public university. Another is a property tax credit based on my level of Veterans Administration disability. All will make the retirement transition financially easier.

Another 1% better is helping my dental assistant on her road to FI. She is a young single parent and just started investing 12% into her Roth 401k. She told me today that she was so happy that she was able to save over $1000 “and they are giving me that free money match”. It nice to see her excited about becoming FI

– Dale

My 1% better this week:

I’m recently married and among the things on my “to-do” list is to audit my husband and my cell-phone carriers, as the carriers we each used have more limited coverage where we now live. My husband was paying around $100/mo and I was paying $33/mo.

We switched to AT&T’s 12 month prepaid plan for $300 each (breaking down to $25/mo each), allowing us to save around $1000 combined annually. We have better service coverage AND are paying an overall 75% less!

– Monica

The post May 7, 2024: 2 Minute Walks, Impact of Fees plus Community Wins appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: 72t, Roth 401k’s, Roth IRA’s, The Pro Rata Rule, PUQME, HSA’s, Retirement and Education, and Roth Conversions.

In one of our faster update episodes ever, friend of the show Sean Mullaney re-joins Brad to follow up on the episode we published back in February, “How to Access Your Retirement Accounts Before 59.5,” as well as answer some of the questions our community had around the subject. We in the FI community know that retiring is an option way sooner than we were originally led to believe, so listen along as Brad and Sean shed some light on ways you could potentially access your retirement savings before facing the edge of your golden years.

The discussion is intended for general educational purposes and is not tax, legal, or investment advice for any individual. Brad and the ChooseFI podcast do not endorse Sean Mullaney, Mullaney Financial & Tax, Inc., or their services.

Sean Mullaney: Website: fitaxguy.com * Website: mullaneyfinancial.com * Twitter: @SeanMoneyandTax * YouTube:* @SeanMullaneyVideos

Timestamps:* 1:05 – Introduction * 1:58 – Optimizing for 72t * 10:25 – Roth Conversions and Premium Tax Credits * 22:21 – Roth 401k and Roth IRA * 27:08 – The Pro-Rata Rule * 36:17 – PUQME and HSA’s * 45:39 – Using Retirement Withdrawals for Education * 50:40 – The Rule of 55 and Solo 401k’s * 55:11 – Marriage and Taxes * 61:32 – IRA and Health Insurance Premiums * 64:13 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* How to Access Your Retirement Accounts Before 59.5 | Sean Mullaney | ChooseFI Ep 475 * Forget About Money Podcast * Accessing Retirement Accounts Prior To Age 59.5 * Do You Have a Hidden Roth IRA? * Retirement topics: Exceptions to tax on early distributions * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

The post Answering Your Questions on How to Access Money Before 59.5 | Ep 491 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


Core Stoic BeliefsI picked up Ryan Holiday’s book ‘The Daily Stoic: 366 Meditations on Wisdom, Perseverance, and the Art of Living’ and I’m going through it one page per day as per the construct of the book.

It reminded me of a prior segment I wrote in the newsletter 3 years ago which is worth highlighting again:

“One of our finalists for a new project management software for ChooseFI is Basecamp, which prompted me to go back and listen to Episode 195 of The Tim Ferriss Show with Basecamp co-founder David Heinemeier Hansson. Among the many gems was their discussion of stoic philosophy and David’s article “It’s Always Your Fault.”

This isn’t about beating yourself up needlessly, but instead turning the power around from the elusive “they” impacting you, to YOU being the source of power.

Tim remembered a powerful question a former coach asked him, that I think is important for each of us to ask ourselves: “How are you complicit in creating the conditions you say you don’t want?”

To round this out, here’s a 2-minute video from Jocko Willink entitled “Good.” I hit this up for a little extra dose of motivation every now and again; it’s pretty intense, and I suspect not for everyone, but I feel like I can run through a brick wall after watching this video.”

For a little extra flavor, this article from Ryan Holiday is a great walkthrough of ‘The 9 Core Stoic Beliefs.’


ChooseFI T-shirts Available!For the first time in years, we have ChooseFI t-shirts available for sale!

And I even brought back our original old school logo for some of the shirts, for an extra bit of retro fun.

I’m trying to make my life simpler, which is why we went away from selling the shirts in the first place, but I’m working with the company my CrossFit gym uses and they are fantastic.

Top quality shirts, and I lowered the price as much as possible to make this a break-even thing, because if you want to show your support for ChooseFI, I want to make it as inexpensive as possible.

This isn’t a scarcity play at all, but because of how they batch order and only print when we’ve sold a minimum number of shirts, the store will only be open through Friday May 10th (2024) and shirts will be printed and shipped after it closes.

I’ll probably open this up once per year, so if you want a ChooseFI t-shirt, now is a great time to grab one!

I made sure these were super high-quality tri-blend shirts, so I think you’ll be really happy with the look and feel of the shirts.

What Money BuysThe central thesis behind ChooseFI is that the path to Financial Independence moves you closer to freedom in every aspect of your life. I loved this quote from the modern-day philosopher Naval Ravikant, as it sums it up perfectly:

“Money doesn’t buy happiness – it buys freedom.”

– Naval Ravikant


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This WeekThank you so much for mentioning Points Yeah’s Explorer in this newsletter! My husband and I wanted to go to Spain this fall and I have been searching for rewards flights. Based on your recommendation I used this site and found incredible redemptions using our points.

We are flying business class direct DC to Madrid on Iberia, and business class Madrid to Baltimore (via JFK) on KLM for only 101k total points per person. I have never flown those airlines and wouldn’t have thought to look at them for redemptions if I hadn’t seen them on PointsYeah!

Your newsletter continues to be an awesome resource. Thank you!

– Sara

My 1% better is finding a subletter for my room and renting it furnished for the summer. I work in the field with my accommodation covered in the summer and keeping renting is an unnecessary expense. By subletting I get to keep the place and not pay storage plus get the bonus of renting it out furnished for a bit more than the costs.
This will all be money saved to invest and travel for my upcoming sabbatical/year off when I finish my masters.

– Ben

I am thrilled to be able to say I have finally crossed into $1M of investable assets as of this week!! It’s been a long road but I hope the snowball can keep rolling to help fund my plan of stepping back from full-time work in about three years!

– Carey

My 1% this week:

I took some time to do my quarterly “paring down” routine (100% inspired by Cal Newport’s Digital Minimalism).

1) I check recent emails for newsletters/ads/site updates that do more harm than good (and that’s most of them).

2) I check for any subscriptions or recurring services that aren’t particularly helpful.

3) I check my phone for apps I don’t use (or wish I didn’t use). And then I get rid of them! Unsubscribe, cancel, delete. It’s seriously freeing both in terms of cost-savings and the mental space it takes to keep up with these things.

Thanks so much for this email!

– Courtney

My 1% this week may be a little late, but I heard the episode on effective giving with Jack and Rebecca, and yesterday I took my 1% pledge with One for the World after looking more into the institution. Seeing data-backed action on giving is such a crazy novel idea to me and one I really want to be behind. It helped mold my beliefs as previously I was on the train of only wanting to give locally.


I do have another 1%, and it is the fact that I talked with an advisor for my 401k plan – completely free through my provider – and I found out that my company will do a “True Up” for their 401k matching, and so now I am less afraid about towing the line for maxing out my 401k throughout the year for more consistent contributions since I know if I max it out before December, I can rest assured that my company match will still be their full percent promised!

Also through that talk, I found out my company plan allows for the Mega Backdoor Roth conversion, and this makes me even more excited for my future savings.

– Reilly

Our 1% better this month is finding and using two cool sites; Home Exchange and Trusted House Sitters. First, recently we were able to house/dog sit for a family in a resort area close to our home and had a free place to stay for the weekend and it only required walking and feeding a couple of dogs twice a day.

There are house and pet sits all over the world meaning, with some flexibility, we can find free places to stay as we travel.

Second, and much much more impactful, is Home Exchange. We have a guest house on Airbnb that is a studio apartment. Our place stays booked most nights but we are in a very small community and our “per night” charge on AirBnb is pretty low compared to most of the tourist areas we travel to.

So, the dollar for dollar exchange rate is truly incredible for us. We listed our space on Home Exchange, had a French couple stay for 5 nights (about $400 real cost to us in what we would have made on Airbnb for those same nights) and we are now able to stay in Amsterdam for 6 nights, Brussels for 3 nights, and Cologne for 2 nights all FOR FREE!

Those nights alone would have cost us over $2200… Definitely worth the exchange. We are taking a family trip to Europe this summer and those were the most expensive cities on our itinerary but now they are completely free and we can use our resources for fun experiences and great food instead of housing. We already fly with rewards so doubling up with free housing while not dipping into more reward points for hotels is incredible.

– Josh and Sheena

The post April 30, 2024: Stoic Beliefs, ChooseFI T-shirts, What Money Buys plus Community Wins appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


Core Stoic BeliefsI picked up Ryan Holiday’s book ‘The Daily Stoic: 366 Meditations on Wisdom, Perseverance, and the Art of Living’ and I’m going through it one page per day as per the construct of the book.

It reminded me of a prior segment I wrote in the newsletter 3 years ago which is worth highlighting again:

“One of our finalists for a new project management software for ChooseFI is Basecamp, which prompted me to go back and listen to Episode 195 of The Tim Ferriss Show with Basecamp co-founder David Heinemeier Hansson. Among the many gems was their discussion of stoic philosophy and David’s article “It’s Always Your Fault.”

This isn’t about beating yourself up needlessly, but instead turning the power around from the elusive “they” impacting you, to YOU being the source of power.

Tim remembered a powerful question a former coach asked him, that I think is important for each of us to ask ourselves: “How are you complicit in creating the conditions you say you don’t want?”

To round this out, here’s a 2-minute video from Jocko Willink entitled “Good.” I hit this up for a little extra dose of motivation every now and again; it’s pretty intense, and I suspect not for everyone, but I feel like I can run through a brick wall after watching this video.”

For a little extra flavor, this article from Ryan Holiday is a great walkthrough of ‘The 9 Core Stoic Beliefs.’


ChooseFI T-shirts Available!For the first time in years, we have ChooseFI t-shirts available for sale!

And I even brought back our original old school logo for some of the shirts, for an extra bit of retro fun.

I’m trying to make my life simpler, which is why we went away from selling the shirts in the first place, but I’m working with the company my CrossFit gym uses and they are fantastic.

Top quality shirts, and I lowered the price as much as possible to make this a break-even thing, because if you want to show your support for ChooseFI, I want to make it as inexpensive as possible.

This isn’t a scarcity play at all, but because of how they batch order and only print when we’ve sold a minimum number of shirts, the store will only be open through Friday May 10th (2024) and shirts will be printed and shipped after it closes.

I’ll probably open this up once per year, so if you want a ChooseFI t-shirt, now is a great time to grab one!

I made sure these were super high-quality tri-blend shirts, so I think you’ll be really happy with the look and feel of the shirts.

What Money BuysThe central thesis behind ChooseFI is that the path to Financial Independence moves you closer to freedom in every aspect of your life. I loved this quote from the modern-day philosopher Naval Ravikant, as it sums it up perfectly:

“Money doesn’t buy happiness – it buys freedom.”

– Naval Ravikant


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This WeekThank you so much for mentioning Points Yeah’s Explorer in this newsletter! My husband and I wanted to go to Spain this fall and I have been searching for rewards flights. Based on your recommendation I used this site and found incredible redemptions using our points.

We are flying business class direct DC to Madrid on Iberia, and business class Madrid to Baltimore (via JFK) on KLM for only 101k total points per person. I have never flown those airlines and wouldn’t have thought to look at them for redemptions if I hadn’t seen them on PointsYeah!

Your newsletter continues to be an awesome resource. Thank you!

– Sara

My 1% better is finding a subletter for my room and renting it furnished for the summer. I work in the field with my accommodation covered in the summer and keeping renting is an unnecessary expense. By subletting I get to keep the place and not pay storage plus get the bonus of renting it out furnished for a bit more than the costs.
This will all be money saved to invest and travel for my upcoming sabbatical/year off when I finish my masters.

– Ben

I am thrilled to be able to say I have finally crossed into $1M of investable assets as of this week!! It’s been a long road but I hope the snowball can keep rolling to help fund my plan of stepping back from full-time work in about three years!

– Carey

My 1% this week:

I took some time to do my quarterly “paring down” routine (100% inspired by Cal Newport’s Digital Minimalism).

1) I check recent emails for newsletters/ads/site updates that do more harm than good (and that’s most of them).

2) I check for any subscriptions or recurring services that aren’t particularly helpful.

3) I check my phone for apps I don’t use (or wish I didn’t use). And then I get rid of them! Unsubscribe, cancel, delete. It’s seriously freeing both in terms of cost-savings and the mental space it takes to keep up with these things.

Thanks so much for this email!

– Courtney

My 1% this week may be a little late, but I heard the episode on effective giving with Jack and Rebecca, and yesterday I took my 1% pledge with One for the World after looking more into the institution. Seeing data-backed action on giving is such a crazy novel idea to me and one I really want to be behind. It helped mold my beliefs as previously I was on the train of only wanting to give locally.


I do have another 1%, and it is the fact that I talked with an advisor for my 401k plan – completely free through my provider – and I found out that my company will do a “True Up” for their 401k matching, and so now I am less afraid about towing the line for maxing out my 401k throughout the year for more consistent contributions since I know if I max it out before December, I can rest assured that my company match will still be their full percent promised!

Also through that talk, I found out my company plan allows for the Mega Backdoor Roth conversion, and this makes me even more excited for my future savings.

– Reilly

Our 1% better this month is finding and using two cool sites; Home Exchange and Trusted House Sitters. First, recently we were able to house/dog sit for a family in a resort area close to our home and had a free place to stay for the weekend and it only required walking and feeding a couple of dogs twice a day.

There are house and pet sits all over the world meaning, with some flexibility, we can find free places to stay as we travel.

Second, and much much more impactful, is Home Exchange. We have a guest house on Airbnb that is a studio apartment. Our place stays booked most nights but we are in a very small community and our “per night” charge on AirBnb is pretty low compared to most of the tourist areas we travel to.

So, the dollar for dollar exchange rate is truly incredible for us. We listed our space on Home Exchange, had a French couple stay for 5 nights (about $400 real cost to us in what we would have made on Airbnb for those same nights) and we are now able to stay in Amsterdam for 6 nights, Brussels for 3 nights, and Cologne for 2 nights all FOR FREE!

Those nights alone would have cost us over $2200… Definitely worth the exchange. We are taking a family trip to Europe this summer and those were the most expensive cities on our itinerary but now they are completely free and we can use our resources for fun experiences and great food instead of housing. We already fly with rewards so doubling up with free housing while not dipping into more reward points for hotels is incredible.

– Josh and Sheena

The post April 30, 2024: Stoic Beliefs, ChooseFI T-shirts, What Money Buys plus Community Wins appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: events, community, travel rewards, medidations, mini retirements, travel wins, and travel points.

This week we are back with friend of the pod Ginger to discuss a mixed bag of topics, such as attending FI events, travel rewards and companion passes, as well as the idea of a “mini” retirements and what that can look like while on the path to FI. However, this episode isn’t titled “The Ultimate Random Show” for nothing, as we branch off in quite a few different directions as we cover those topics. As opposed to having us try and describe it for you, it may be best to go ahead and hit play so you can see for yourself!

New ChooseFI shirts are now available here!

Timestamps:* 0:47 – Introduction * 1:42 – Events and Community * 11:59 – Travel Rewards * 21:41 – Meditation * 24:46 – Brad’s Phoenix Trip * 31:40 – What We Are Listening To/Mini Retirements * 45:11 – Travel Points/Wins * 51:32 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* The Donegans * Afford Anything * EconoME Conference * Insight Timer * Mile High FI * Coach Carson * Mr. Money Mustache & Car Free Living at Culdesac | MHFI 207 * Forget About Money * How to Access Your Retirement Accounts Before 59.5 | Sean Mullaney | ChooseFI Ep 475 * Mindy On Money * Retire Often * Best Tools for Booking Hotels with Points & Miles with Greg the Frequent Miler * Points Yeah * Points.Me * Seats.Aero * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

The post The Ultimate Random Show | Ginger | Ep 490 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: events, community, travel rewards, medidations, mini retirements, travel wins, and travel points.

This week we are back with friend of the pod Ginger to discuss a mixed bag of topics, such as attending FI events, travel rewards and companion passes, as well as the idea of a “mini” retirements and what that can look like while on the path to FI. However, this episode isn’t titled “The Ultimate Random Show” for nothing, as we branch off in quite a few different directions as we cover those topics. As opposed to having us try and describe it for you, it may be best to go ahead and hit play so you can see for yourself!

New ChooseFI shirts are now available here!

Timestamps:* 0:47 – Introduction * 1:42 – Events and Community * 11:59 – Travel Rewards * 21:41 – Meditation * 24:46 – Brad’s Phoenix Trip * 31:40 – What We Are Listening To/Mini Retirements * 45:11 – Travel Points/Wins * 51:32 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* The Donegans * Afford Anything * EconoME Conference * Insight Timer * Mile High FI * Coach Carson * Mr. Money Mustache & Car Free Living at Culdesac | MHFI 207 * Forget About Money * How to Access Your Retirement Accounts Before 59.5 | Sean Mullaney | ChooseFI Ep 475 * Mindy On Money * Retire Often * Best Tools for Booking Hotels with Points & Miles with Greg the Frequent Miler * Points Yeah * Points.Me * Seats.Aero * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

The post The Ultimate Random Show | Ginger | Ep 490 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: connecting points, the power of FU money, the early retirement era, and enjoying the journey.

This week we are joined by returning guests, Steven and Lauren Keys from Trip of a Lifestyle, to update us on their FI journey and “early retirement era,” as well as discuss the importance of finding the courage and freedom to make radical lifestyle changes in the present. We all know that money can open up new opportunities in your life, whether it’s having the flexibility to leave your job for a better one or even relocating to a dream country, but most of us forget that these opportunities can be achieved sooner than you think! The journey to FI is about taking actionable steps to build and achieve the life you want, and you don’t have to wait until you’re fully retired to do it! While you’re starting to save and spend less, remember that you’re getting closer and closer to your goal, but even still that it’s not a poor decision to spend money on things that are important to you and can improve your life!

New ChooseFI shirts are now available here!

Trip of a Lifestyle: * Website: tripofalifestyle.com * Instagram: @tripofalifestyle * Crambetter: crambetter.com

Timestamps: * 0:46 – Introduction * 3:12 – Connecting Points * 6:39 – Taking Money Out of the Equation * 13:14 – The Power of FU Money * 23:39 – Getting to The Early Retirement Era * 33:27 – Investing * 44:59 – Paying Yourself Last? * 48:39 – Enjoying the Journey/Setting Yourself up for Success * 58:13 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Trip of a Lifestyle to All US National Parks | ChooseFI Ep 226 * We Took a 3-Month Vacation and Came Home $26,000 Richer * How We Saved $100k in 2 Years on Teacher Salaries * We Vacationed Our Way to $1 Million by Age 33 (and You Can Too) * Inside the Investment Portfolio of Early Retirees * Pay Yourself Last: Why You Don’t Need A Budget * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: courage from community, what to do next, overwhelm, finding community, and the evolution of FI.

Live from the EconoMe Conference in Cincinati Ohio, Brad is joined by Jordan "Doc G" Grumet and a room full of passionate members of our community to discuss finding the courage to take action in your FI journey. While we understand money can be a north-star for many early in your venture towards FI, what happens once money is no longer the root of your goals? Where do you shift your focus to next? Well, sometimes finding answers to these questions is a little easier when you have help from some of your friends. Listen along as Jordan, Brad and our community speculate on their ideas for what their next steps are.

Doc G:

  • Website: earnandinvest.com
  • Podcast: The Earn and Invest Podcast

Timestamps:

  • 0:41 - Introduction
  • 1:41 - Courage From Community
  • 7:40 - Roger and What To Do Next?
  • 20:31 - Allison and Finding Community
  • 30:15 - What/Where is the Overwhelm
  • 34:49 - The Evolution of FI/Being The Change You Want To See
  • 41:11 - Reconciling With Social Responsibilities
  • 44:34 - Charitable Giving
  • 47:21 - Interacting Outside of The Community
  • 51:55 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Retire Often
  • FI Freedom Retreat
  • Mr Money Mustache
  • CampFI
  • FinCon
  • "Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life" by Bill Perkins
  • Josh Overmeyer
  • EconoMe
  • Alan Donegan
  • Find Your Local ChooseFI Group
  • Effective Giving for the FI Community | Rebecca Herbst & Jack Lewars | ChooseFI Ep 483
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: survivor benefit plans, VA benefits, VSO's disability benefits, tax planning, healthcare, and blended retirement systems.

This week we are joined by Daniel Kopp, founder of Wise Stewardship Financial Planning, to outline ways you can best prepare for military retirement. Together we cover pensions, navigating the Survivor Benefit Plan and additional benefits, healthcare and disability resources, as well as other financial decisions you can consider as you begin to transition out of the military. When dealing with any kind of retirement planning, taking actionable steps to prepare and get a plan in place for you and your family is essential. While everyone's circumstances may be different as they transition out of the military, there are many resources available and benefit programs you are entitled to before and after you leave duty!

Daniel Kopp, CFP

  • Website: wisestewardshipfp.com
  • Podcast: Military to Financial Planner

Timestamps: * 1:26 – Introduction * 2:32 – Approaching Military Retirement/Blended Retirement System * 9:38 – Military Benefits/Healthcare * 15:36 – VA Benefits/Term Life Insurance * 22:12 – Disability Benefits/VSO’s * 30:17 – Survivor Benefit Plans * 43:13 – SBP Contingencies and Child Coverage * 50:41 – Tax Planning * 56:26 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Blended Retirement * VA education benefits for survivors and dependents * Everything About The Military’s Survivor Benefit Plan * SBP Financial Analysis Tools * Daniel Kopp Estate Planning for Military Families | Military Money Manual Podcast Episode 83 * Accredited VSO Representatives * Transition Planning from a Military Career on the Path to FI | ChooseFI Ep 296 * “Military in Transition’s Guide to The Survivor Benefit Plan: Navigating the SBP” by Forrest Baumhover * How VA Disability Compensation Affects Military Retirement Pay * Income Tax and Rental Properties When You’re in the Military * MFAA * ChooseFI US Military * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: public service accounts, side hustles, making FI possible, frugality, giving yourself freedom, and side hustles.

This week we are joined by Chris Travers, a New York City public school teacher and FI community member, to discuss his journey from being a natural saver to becoming a savvy investor, talk advantages and disadvantages of some of the retirement accounts provided to teachers, as well as discuss some ways he has been able to grow his net worth in the last 10 years. Frugality is a term that often comes up while on the FI path, and finding a balance of saving and spending is crucial to reaching your financial goals. Remember that where you decide to save and spend and how you do so will evolve throughout your FI journey! While it can be hard to cut costs of the things you enjoy in the present, being willing to cut out what you don’t need can set you up for success in the future!

Chris Travers: * Book: “TL;DR: Financial Literacy for New York City Public School Teachers: Optimizing Financial Decisions Based On Your TRSNYC Benefits” by Christopher Tavers and Karl Fisch * Instagram: @thewealthyeducator

Timestamps: * 0:54 – Introduction * 6:47 – Public Service Accounts * 11:38 – Diving Into FI * 15:08 – Side Hustles/Making FI Possible * 22:17 – Renting vs Buying * 26:43 – Frugality and Loosening the Purse Strings * 32:25 – Giving Yourself Freedom * 37:53 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Join ChooseFI’s Facebook Group! * “The Millionaire Next Door: The Surprising Secrets of America’s Wealthy” by Thomas J. Stanley and William D. Danko * “Rich Dad Poor Dad: What the Rich Teach Their Kids About Money That the Poor and Middle Class Do Not!” by Robert Kiyosaki * “Smart Couples Finish Rich, Revised and Updated: 9 Steps to Creating a Rich Future for You and Your Partner” by David Bach * The Unfair (FI) Advantage Of Teachers | 457b | ChooseFI Ep 13 * The Happy Body * Millennial Revolution * Karl Fisch * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: spending down to zero, the ratcheting rule, the guardrails approach, high fee 401k's, and mini-retirements.

This week we are diving back into the listener mailbag with Rachael Camp to address the pressing questions our community has! Whether it's curiosity towards the concept of dying with zero, determining whether it is a good time to take a mini-retirement, or working with high-fee 401k's, Brad and Rachael tackle it all! Listen along as YOU the community dictate the conversation with your hot button FI questions!

Rachael Camp:

  • Website: www.rachaelcampwealth.com
  • Twitter: @camp_wealth

Please note:

Rachael Camp offers advisory Services through Creative Financial Designs, Inc., a Registered Investment Adviser, and Securities are offered through cfd Investments, Inc., a Registered Broker/Dealer, Member FINRA & SIPC, 2704 S. Goyer Rd., Kokomo, IN 46902. 765-453-9600. Camp Wealth is not affiliated with the CFD companies.

Timestamps: * 0:55 – Introduction * 1:38 – Spending Down to Zero * 10:15 – The Ratcheting Rule and The Guard Rails Approach * 20:38 – Flexible Spending Strategy * 27:01 – Does Everything Need to be Optimized? * 31:15 – High Fee 401k’s * 41:48 – Mini Retirement Considerations * 49:54 – Roth IRA Contributions and Faze Out Limits * 55:57 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * “Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life” by Bill Perkins * “Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don’t Have All the Facts” by Annie Duke * The Ratcheting Safe Withdrawal Rate – A More Dominant Version Of The 4% Rule? * The guardrails approach is a flexible retirement withdrawal strategy: Here’s how it works * Early Retirement Now * The Problem with the 4% Rule (and Why You Could Retire Even Sooner) * The Roth IRA Conversion Ladder | A Case Study | ChooseFI Ep 17R * Roth IRA Conversion Ladder Case Study | ChooseFI Ep 163R * Retire Often * Mini-Retirements to Accelerate Your Path to FI | Jillian Johnsrud | ChooseFI Ep 451 * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: wants vs needs, side hustles, tax planning, college hacking, travel rewards, mindset, and living your values.

This week we are joined by Joel and Emily Allen, a married couple with children based out of Iowa who truly embody what the FI movement is all about! Not only have they seized control of their life and finances, but have also managed to start a successful side hustle, provide incredible resources to the community around them, travel the world, and so much more! While the FI movement is about financially freeing yourself and your family, it is also important to remember why we want that freedom. Not stressing about money is just one piece of a fulfilling life, once you have that freedom, take advantage of it like the Allen’s have!

Timestamps: * 1:25 – Introduction/The FI Mindset * 9:02 – Budgeting/Wants and Needs * 14:59 – Side Hustles * 21:02 – Financial Literacy to FI * 23:29 – Tax Planning/Travel Rewards * 29:11 – College Hacking * 42:05 – Living Your Values and Taking Time Off * 48:39 – The Importance of Knowing the Rules * 53:48 – Traveling Like a Pro * 69:25 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Dave Ramsey * Travel Rewards | ChooseFI * Preparing for the Cost of College | Brian Eufinger | ChooseFI Ep 460 * The 10 Pillars Of FI * Modern States * The $100K Glorified Sleepaway Camp | Millionaire Educator | ChooseFI Ep 386 * All the Hacks * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount) * Get a cheaper phone plan with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: building a giving framework, the giving pledge, compound impact, donor advised funds, and different ways to give.

Is it better to give to charity in a lump sum versus incrementally? What are the tax implications of donating? What are the benefits of using donor advised funds? This week we answer these questions and more with the help of Rebecca Herbst and Jack Lewars as we discuss charitable donations and effective giving while on the FI journey. A large part of FI is taking actionable steps to improve your life, but this journey also opens up opportunities to improve the life of others. While navigating donations while on the path to FI can seem tricky because we are so focused on attaining our FI numbers, there are still many ways you can give back and make a difference. Creating the habit of effective giving can help you leave an impact on yourself and the world at large! There are many resources available that can help calculate what you can give while remaining on the FI track, as well as help you see how your donations are making a difference!

Rebecca Herbst & Jack Lewars: * Yield and Spread: yieldandspread.org * Rebecca’s Coaching Program: Coaching for do-gooders * 1 For The World: 1fortheworld.org * Jack’s LinkedIn: Jack Lewars

Timestamps: * 1:37 – Introduction * 4:24 – The Giving Pledge * 11:59 – Building A Framework And Effective Giving * 23:20 – Should You Get To FI Before You Give? * 33:12 – Compound Impact * 39:48 – Feedback From Giving And Fun Funds * 51:08 – Different Ways To Give * 61:09 – Donating Appreciated Stocks * 66:59 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Join Your Local ChooseFI Group * “The Life You Can Save: How to do your part to end world poverty” by Peter Singer * School of Hard Knocks * “Practical Ethics” by Peter Singer * GiveWell * The Life You Can Save * “Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life” by Bill Perkins * Yield & Spread’s DAF Series * “Doing Good Better: How Effective Altruism Can Help You Help Others, Do Work that Matters, and Make Smarter Choices about Giving Back” by William MacAskill * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: salesforce, lifestyle design, testimonials and verification, the hidden job market, and talentstacking.

Once again joined by friend of the show Bradley Rice, the owner and creator of TalentStacker, to update us on the value of SalesForce and career pivoting in 2024. While on the FI journey, you are actively creating the life you want to live. For many that means transitioning out of their life-long careers and opting for ones that offer something different and more accustomed to the life you’re creating. Learning a new skill or starting a side hustle can be the first step to finding that new career, and finding a program that works for you should offer more than just a certification, but assist you in finding new opportunities and a community that supports you!

Bradley Rice: * Website: talentstacker.com * Facebook: Salesforce for Everyone * Salesforce 5 Day Challenge: Take the FREE 5-Day Challenge * Podcast: Salesforce for Everyone

Timestamps: * 1:38 – Introduction * 4:17 – Work, Lifestyle Design, and Talentstacking * 10:15 – Testimonials, Doing Your Research, and Verification * 14:55 – The Hidden Job Market * 19:36 – Entering a Salesforce Career with Talentstacker * 26:39 – Salesforce Security * 32:25 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * The Hidden Job Market | ChooseFI Ep 379 * CampFI * Making The Case For Part Time With Bradley Rice | ChooseFI Ep 117 * Trailhead * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: caregiving and FI, retirement planning, reverse mortgages, long-term care, and long-term care insurance.

This week we are joined by Danielle Miura to discuss how her experience as a caregiver has impacted her FI mindset, as well as answer listener questions pertaining to planning for your own long-term care while on the path to FI. As you and your loved ones get older, it’s important to start considering what additional finances they may require. From long-term healthcare to assisted living, there are many factors that not only impact their life financially, but could impact you and your FI plans. While it may be uncomfortable to have conversations with loved ones about their finances and expenses, it is imperative to have these discussions early and create a plan that works for you and your family.

Danielle Miura: * Website: spark-fin.com * LinkedIn: Danielle Miura * Twitter: @Daniellemiula

Timestamps: * 1:19 – Introduction * 2:22 – Caregiving and FI * 7:28 – Dealing With Poor Retirement Planning * 15:38 – Reverse Mortgages and Viability of Selling The Home * 21:41 – Having The Uncomfortable Conversation * 24:40 – Planning For Your Final Years * 32:41 – Long-Term Care and FI * 36:10 – Long Term Care Insurance * 45:30 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: optimized exercise, recovering, machine use, increasing your healthspan, and long-term thinking.

This week we are joined by Brad’s friend and personal trainer, Dean Turner, to discuss the changing landscape of strength training, and how principles such as consistency and adherence coupled with rest and recovery can also be applied to both your fitness and FI journey. We often talk about how the path to FI is not just about working towards a monetary goal, but rather creating a better life for yourself. For some this can mean taking a personal account of your health, and taking actionable steps to improve it. Just as making financial changes requires consistency, making physical changes requires the same. While these changes don’t happen overnight, these actions continuously build off of one another and make you stronger!

Dean Turner:

  • Twitter: @DeanTTraining
  • Website: deanturnertraining.com

Timestamps:

  • 2:30 - Introduction
  • 3:41 - Optimized Exercise
  • 9:13 - Recovering and Machine Use
  • 20:51 - Increasing Your Healthspan
  • 27:44 - Long-Term Thinking
  • 29:48 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Your Bold Move for 2023 | Dominick Quartuccio | ChooseFI Ep 419 * The New Science of Muscle * James Clear, Atomic Habits — Simple Strategies for Building (and Breaking) Habits, Questions for Personal Mastery and Growth, Tactics for Writing and Launching a Mega-Bestseller, Finding Leverage, and More (#648) * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: FI in your 20s, the boring middle, compounding, fat FI, compounding, checkpoints, and building a life.

This week we are joined by Doug and Carl from the Mile High FI podcast to talk about their respective FI journeys and answer a listener question about pursuing FI in your 20s; as well share some tips for enjoying the experience and navigating times in the journey that can feel a bit slow. While figuring out your FI goal requires you to do some work to figure out your FI number, that number and the steps you take to reach that goal are all unique to the individual. That being said, it can be tricky at times to know if you are on the right track when the journey to FI is different for everyone. Remember, although this journey is about reaching financial independence, it’s also about changing and creating the life you want and joining a community that will always inspire you when times feel slow.

Mile High FI:

  • Podcast: milehighfi.com
  • Newsletter: Join the Mile High FI Club

Timestamps:

  • 1:13 - Introduction
  • 2:41 - Analyzing Finances In Your 20s
  • 9:31 - Compounding Power
  • 13:25 - The Boring Middle
  • 21:01 - FI Role Models
  • 26:41 - Building A Life On The Journey
  • 35:01 - Fat FI
  • 45:37 - Saving Versus Life Enhancement
  • 54:21 - FI Checkpoints
  • 57:52 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • The Cure for the Boring Middle | Fioneers | ChooseFI Ep 472
  • Mr Money Mustache
  • JL Collins
  • "Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life" by Bill Perkins
  • The Spectrum of Financial Independence and Tools to Track Your Progress with Brad Barrett
  • Mini-Retirements to Accelerate Your Path to FI | Jillian Johnsrud | ChooseFI Ep 451
  • The Stages and Checkpoints of FI | ChooseFI Ep 324
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: buy and hold, macroeconomics, interest rates, bond investing, when to sell, mindset, and thinking differently.

This week we are joined once again by friend of the show Brian Feroldi to discuss the stock market and investing as we head into 2024. As most of you know by now, keeping your head down and staying the course is a pretty typical investing strategy in the FI community, but it is important to remember personal finance is personal. Depending on your situation, life may require you to mold that strategy into something else as your mindset and seasons of life change! Make sure your are not only optimizing your financial situation, but also your life in the process!

Brian Feroldi:

  • Website: stockinvesting.school
  • Website: longtermmindset.co
  • Twitter: @BrianFeroldi
  • LinkedIn: Brian Feroldi

Timestamps:

  • 0:33 - Introduction
  • 3:42 - Buy and Hold
  • 8:36 - "Macroeconomics"
  • 15:17 - The Impact of Interest Rates/ Bond Investing
  • 20:36 - High Yield Savings Accounts
  • 27:18 - 2024 Investing
  • 33:19 - When to Sell
  • 38:05 - The Evolution of Your Mindset
  • 43:40 - Thinking Differently
  • 47:52 - VTSAX
  • 51:21 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • The Motley Fool
  • "Rich Dad Poor Dad: What the Rich Teach Their Kids About Money That the Poor and Middle Class Do Not!" by Robert Kiyosaki
  • The Role Of Bonds In A Portfolio with Frank Vasquez | ChooseFI Ep 194
  • Risk Parity Radio
  • "Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life" by Bill Perkins
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: the wonderful ChooseFI community shares advice by taking the hot seat through listener voicemails.

Ginger joins the podcast this week for a special “Hot Seat” episode to listen to some voicemails set in from our listeners, in which our community answered questions that we typically ask our guests when they take the Hot Seat! From discussing favorite books and podcasts, to learning some new tricks and takeaways that have helped you on your FI Journey, it’s incredible to hear the ways you are taking action and creating habits that are making your journey to FI meaningful and motivational! We often stress that living FI isn’t about chasing a number, but rather building up the life you want in the process of working towards your goals, and while there may be mistakes made, there are many learning opportunities and new perspectives of success that make this journey incredibly rewarding.

Timestamps: * 1:45 – Introduction * 2:29 – Ashley and Atomic Habits * 10:17 – Tyler and Opportunity Cost * 19:09 – Amanda and Mental Wellbeing * 25:17 – Caesar and PSLF Forgiveness * 30:56 – Aaron, House Hacking, and DIY * 37:17 – Ginger Takes The Hot Seat * 59:33 – Brad Takes The Hot Seat * 76:19 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * “Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones” by James Clear * Atomic Habits | James Clear | ChooseFI Ep 157 * “Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life” by Bill Perkins * “Just Keep Buying: Proven ways to save money and build your wealth” by Nick Maggiulli * BitWarden * “The Nature Fix: Why Nature Makes us Happier, Healthier, and More Creative” by Florence Williams * I Will Teach You To Be Rich * Book your custom student loan plan * “Never Split the Difference: Negotiating As If Your Life Depended On It” by Chris Voss and Tahl Raz * “Flow: The Psychology of Optimal Experience” by Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi * Risk Parity Radio * “Why We Sleep: Unlocking the Power of Sleep and Dreams” by Matt Walker * The Matt Walker Podcast * Peter Attia * Ginger’s New Sheets * My First Million Podcast * Prof G Show * Pivot Podcast * Todoist * Dean Turner Training * Send Us A Voicemail * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: what follows tragedy, the importance of wills and beneficiaries, intestate succession, and probate.

This week we are joined by Amy to discuss her personal account and experience with estate planning in the event of an unexpected passing, and what this can look like when plans aren’t in place. While death can be an uncomfortable topic to think about, it’s important to take time to garner a plan in place so that your loved ones are both prepared and not overwhelmed in the event of your passing. A large part of FI is about taking actionable steps to make your life easier, and estate planning is no different. From designating beneficiaries and setting up wills, to utilizing password verification methods on your accounts, there are many actionable steps you can take in order to make the process of passing easier for your family and loved ones. Amy’s story is not meant to be a cautionary tale, but rather a reminder to not ignore or avoid a personal subject matter just because it’s uncomfortable.

Timestamps:

  • 1:23 - Introduction
  • 2:45 - Amy's FI Journey
  • 9:03 - Income Planning and FI
  • 17:24 - What Follows Tragedy
  • 28:33 - The Importance of Wills and Beneficiary Designation
  • 36:23 - Preparing in Advance and Considering The Possibility
  • 44:27 - Immediate Access and The Ancillary Things
  • 48:15 - Probate
  • 59:09 - Setting Up Your Estate
  • 65:09 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • The Shockingly Simple Math Behind Early Retirement
  • Intestate Succession
  • The Family Emergency Binder | ChooseFI Ep. 125 (Promo Code "ChooseFI")
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: taxable accounts, the 72(T), inherited retirement accounts, 457B's, roth conversion ladders, and the rule of 55.

This week we are joined by the “FI Tax Guy” Sean Mullaney to walk through examples and discuss some strategies you could use when accessing your retirement funds early. No matter where you are on your FI journey, there can come a time where retiring early becomes a feasible option, but there can be many stipulations and tax implications that come with withdrawing your funds before the age of retirement. Tune in as we discuss several different options you can pursue in order access your money without having to wait until the 59 and a half year old threshold.

The discussion is intended to be for general educational purposes and is not tax, legal, or investment advice for any individual. Brad and the ChooseFI podcast do not endorse Sean Mullaney, Mullaney Financial & Tax, Inc. and their services.

Sean Mullaney:

  • Website: fitaxguy.com
  • Website: Mullaney Financial and Tax
  • Twitter: @SeanMoneyandTax
  • YouTube: @SeanMullaneyVideos

FIRE in Vegas:

  • Join Brad Barrett from ChooseFI, the Donegans from Rebel Finance School and other FI enthusiasts for a weekend of inspiration, education and fun in Sin City.

Timestamps:

  • 0:47 - Introduction
  • 3:39 - Taxable Accounts
  • 19:03 - Inherited Retirement Accounts
  • 25:30 - The Rule of 55
  • 28:39 - 457B's
  • 30:46 - Roth IRA Conversion Ladder
  • 39:12 - The 72(T)
  • 54:52 - Paying the Penalty
  • 57:25 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Mailbag: Inflation and FI, ACA Subsidies, Roth vs. Trad and More | Cody Garrett | ChooseFI Ep 471
  • The Roth IRA Conversion Ladder | A Case Study | ChooseFI Ep 17R
  • Roth IRA Conversion Ladder Case Study | ChooseFI Ep 163R
  • Retire On 72(T) Payments
  • 72(t) Payments in Google Sheets
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: social security, disability, calculating social security, claiming social security, and due diligence.

This week we are joined by listener and owner of Financial Security Advocates Dennis Shapiro, to talk thru some of the insights and misconceptions surrounding Social Security Benefits, and what factors and resources you should consider while approaching retirement. The beauty of FI is that it opens up opportunities for you to retire early, but oftentimes we don’t consider how retiring early or even starting your own small business can impact your Social Security. While there is no true way of mastering the system to get the most benefit, there are many ways to prepare and plan in order to get the most out of your social security benefits! Remember, these benefits are not just safety nets when it comes time to retire, but can be an additional tool for investment that keeps you comfortable in your FI.

Denis Shapiro:

  • Website: fsadvocates.com

Timestamps:

  • 1:16 - Introduction
  • 5:10 - What Pays for Social Security?
  • 11:13 - Social Security and FI/Disability Insurance
  • 17:30 - What Earnings Go Towards Social Security?
  • 23:19 - Disability, Work Subsidies, and Income Related Work Expense
  • 29:03 - How Social Security Benefits Are Calculated
  • 37:05 - Claiming Social Security
  • 39:59 - Social Security and Medicare
  • 44:28 - Social Security and Due Diligence
  • 56:27 - Working and Disability Benefits
  • 59:59 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • SSA.gov
  • Social Security Fact Sheet
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: calculating when you retire, tracking expenses, health insurance, the importance of planning, and health spanning.

This week we are rejoined by Teresa as well as Fritz Gilbert of The Retirement Manifesto to walk us through a case study of how to approach retirement while on your FI journey. It’s a common question to ask when you can retire or when you can stop working? Luckily there are plans of action and resources available covered in today's episode that will leave you feeling better prepared to proceed with a plan for retirement, no matter what part of your FI journey you are on. While there are many factors to consider when planning for retirement, such as savings versus spending rate and repositioning your portfolio, all these factors are manageable when you have a good plan in place. Take the time now to feel confident for what life will be like leading up to and after you retire!

The Retirement Manifesto:

  • Website: theretirementmanifesto.com
  • Book: "Keys to a Successful Retirement: Staying Happy, Active and Productive in Your Retired Years" by Fritz Gilbert
  • Case Study: From Food Stamps to FIRE: A Case Study on Retirement Planning

Timestamps:

  • 1:33 - Introduction
  • 2:37 - Calculating When You Can Retire
  • 7:46 - Does Retiring Early Effect Social Security?
  • 15:06 - Tracking Spending and Expenses
  • 20:55 - Health Insurance in Retirement
  • 29:49 - The Importance of Planning/Changing Your Assumptions
  • 40:17 - One More Year Syndrome/Your Health Span
  • 45:00 - The Second Phase of Retirement
  • 49:51 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • From Food Stamps to FI | Theresa | ChooseFI Ep 453
  • New Retirement
  • SSA Tools
  • Open Social Security
  • SSA.gov
  • How To Determine When To Claim Social Security (Retirement Manifesto)
  • The Retirement Manifesto Net Worth Template
  • "Outlive: The Science and Art of Longevity" by Dr. Peter Attia with Bill Gifford
  • What Happens When The Paycheck Stops? – Keys To A Successful Retirement With Fritz Gilbert (Part 1) | ChooseFI Ep 206
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: the boring middle, lifestyle design, flow states, moving towards purpose, experiments, and experiences.

This week we are rejoined by friend of the podcast Jessica from The Fioneers to the discuss the point of your FI journey known as the “Boring Middle,” and how through actionable steps and lifestyle design you can turn what feels like a stagnant stage in your FI journey, into one filled with growth and change! When you are well on your path towards reaching your FI goal, it is easy to feel like you’re not doing enough. But what feels like a waiting game can actually be an important time for self growth and experimentation. Taking the time to do some introspection to figure out what your core motivations are can allow you to begin opening yourself up to newer experiences that bring value into your life. So if you feel like you are currently on autopilot, there are steps you can take to shake up your routine and usher in new opportunities into your life. While you may have to quiet your own limiting beliefs in this process, you will learn more about yourself and what you want out of your life!

The Fioneers:

  • Website: thefioneers.com
  • YouTube: The Fioneers

Timestamps:

  • 1:12 - The Boring Middle/Lifestyle Design
  • 7:19 - Determining Your Version of Success
  • 18:41 - Finding Your Flow State
  • 28:16 - Implementing Your Designed Lifestyle/Moving Towards Purpose
  • 36:09 - Questions, Experiments, and Experiences
  • 46:59 - Making Dreams Actionable
  • 52:09 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Living Without Regret w/ Hospice Doctor (Slow FI Meetup)
  • Find Your Local ChooseFI Group
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: inflation, coast FI, early retirement planning, future tax liability, IRA's and 401k's, and diversification.

This week we are rejoined by founder ofMeasure Twice Money Cody Garrett for another installment of the Mail Bag, where we will be talking through questions from our listeners covering topics ranging from inflation and its implications on your FI number, ACA subsidies and early retirement, as well as the similarities and differences with Roth accounts and future retirement tax liabilities. Listen along while we dip into the listener mailbag this week and discuss topics chosen from YOU the listener!

Cody Garrett:

  • Website: measuretwicefinancial.com
  • LinkedIn: Cody Garrett

Timestamps:

  • 1:02 - Introduction
  • 1:35 - Inflation and Your FI Number
  • 11:41 - Early Retirement Planning
  • 21:55 - Calculating Future Tax Liability
  • 30:15 - Distinctions Between IRA and 401k
  • 33:37 - Diversification and Tech Stocks
  • 44:26 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • The DIY Financial Plan | EP 352
  • Find Your Local ChooseFI Group
  • Measure Twice Financial Calculator
  • See Healthcare Plans and Prices
  • Measure Twice Planners Preview: How to Review a Federal Tax Return
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: FI versus FIRE, coast FI, lean FI, tools for FI, the skill of spending, dying with zero, and prioritizing health.

This week we are joined by our friend and host of the “All the Hacks” podcast, Chris Hutchins to discuss the “spectrum” of FI, and all that falls in between. From the evolution of FI over the years, to the changes we’ve made on our respective journeys, and even differentiating terms such as FI versus FIRE and Coast FI, we cover it all! We also found some time to share some tools and resources that can be beneficial to you and your FI journey. While the path to FI allows you to take control of your financials and future, this journey can usher in so many new perspectives and changes that affect all areas of your life! Allowing yourself flexibility and remembering that what you are working towards isn’t just a number or early retirement, but rather a more fulfilling life!

Chris Hutchins:

  • Podcast: All The Hacks
  • Newsletter: All The Hacks Newsletter

Timestamps:

  • 1:16 - Introduction
  • 3:19 - FI Versus FIRE
  • 10:11 - Lean FI
  • 17:11 - Coast FI
  • 30:20 - Tools for Tracking FI
  • 41:48 - Optimizing Accounts
  • 47:56 - The Skill of Spending and Dying With Zero
  • 60:12 - Prioritizing Health
  • 70:01 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Silicon Valley FI | Chris Hutchins | Grove | ChooseFI Ep. 71
  • Financial Independence Without a Six Figure Salary
  • Reflecting on All the Hacks, Valuing Time and Focusing on the Year Ahead
  • Early Retirement Now Safe Withdrawal Rates Series
  • Copilot
  • Kubera
  • ProjectionLab
  • Die With Zero: Net Fulfillment Over Net Worth
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: real estate, upskilling, taking action, tracking your expenses, setting goals, getting on the same page, and the hot seat.

This week we are joined by listener Navish Bahl to discuss his journey on the path to FI, the actionable steps he’s taken in order to maximize his life, answer some questions in the HotSeat, and navigating your FI journey while your significant other or family may not be on board. There are many avenues you can utilize in order to achieve FI, and while it may be overwhelming at times to figure out what works for you and your journey, remember that the goal is to learn and go through life with more freedom and balance, not stress and burnout trying to chase a number. The path to FI is a personal one, and as you embark on your journey allow yourself some patience but also some flexibility, and don’t forget to extend some patience to others in your life who may not be on the same path.

Navish Bahl:

  • LinkedIn: Navish Bahl

Timestamps:

  • 0:52 - Introduction
  • 2:30 - The Inspiration to Start and Taking Action
  • 11:44 - Real Estate and Rental Properties
  • 18:42 - Upskilling, Getting New Jobs, and Making Connections
  • 33:09 - Discovery, Education, and Action in FI
  • 39:52- Tracking Your Expenses
  • 46:34 - Getting on the Same Page
  • 50:21 - The Hot Seat
  • 55:18 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • "Millionaire Teacher: The Nine Rules of Wealth You Should Have Learned in School" By Andrew Hallam
  • "The Simple Path to Wealth: Your road map to financial independence and a rich, free life" By J.L. Collins
  • Small and Mighty Real Estate Investor | Chad Carson | ChooseFI Ep 446
  • CIT Bank Review: High Interest Rate Options
  • Find your Local ChooseFI Group
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: checking boxes, supplementing income, life by design, taking action, the value of time, and year end wins!

This week we are re-joined by Johnathan for our 7th annual year-end-wins episode! Together we tune into voicemails sent by you the listener and celebrate your victories from 2023! From confidently investing in your future, to finding new friends and support systems within the FI community, we are proud to be a part of your journey towards reclaiming your freedom and your time! There are many small and large goals you all met that deserve to be celebrated! Listen along as we discuss and commend you for taking action and making the most out of your FI journey this year!

Timestamps: * 0:53 - Introduction * 3:03 - Katie, Supplementing Income, and Checking Boxes * 6:56 - Rakesh, Second Generation FI, and Investing * 9:02 - Stephanie, Life by Design, and the Health Snowball * 11:45 - Brian, Coast FI, Teaching FI, and Choosy Consulting * 16:16 - Boyd and Emergency Funds * 18:13 - International Coast FI, Taking Action, and Reclaiming Your Time * 21:25 - Anthony, Skilling Up, and Chasing Your Dream With FI * 25:35 - Donna, Helping Family, and Finding Peace Through FI * 30:24 - Bryan, The Value of Time, and Deciding to Change * 37:31 - Paul, FI Travel Wins, Healthcare, and College Hacking * 42:01 - Sabrina, Breaking the Cycle, Marginal Gains, and Being 1% Better * 47:52 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • From Vision Board to Action: A FI Success Story | Rakesh | ChooseFI Ep 436
  • Finding Your Locus of Control | Stereo Live Q&A | ChooseFI Ep 305
  • From Blood Cancer To The Boston Marathon | Boyd Dunleavey | ChooseFI Ep 394
  • Millionaire Educator
  • House Hacking With Coach Carson | ChooseFI Ep 16
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: community, structuring FI events, unstructured time, the energy in the room, and vulnerability.

We all know that the online FI community can help you along the journey in a variety of ways, but the abundance and ease of access to that community can lead to us forgetting the impact live FI events can have on your life. Our Guests Stephen, Amy, and Diania from CampFI, FI Freedom Retreats, and The EconoMe Conference respectively can attest to the power of in-person communities as they are the ones who work so hard to put them together! Together with Brad, the foursome talk about the different benefits that can come as a result of joining these conferences, and how “the energy in the room” can help you find value and take in information in ways you never thought possible!

Amy, Diania, and Stephen: * Stephen (CampFI): campfi.org * Diania (EconoMe Conference): economeconference.com (10% off using code "choosefi") * Amy (FI Freedom Retreat): fifreedomretreats.com

Timestamps: * 1:04 – Knowing Versus Doing/The Benefit of Events * 8:32 – What Can Be Achieved Through Community * 14:02 – Being Vulnerable/The Effect of Multiple Days * 22:33 – The Evolution of FI Events * 31:23 – Structuring FI Events/The Energy in the Room * 43:00 – Attendees Finding Value * 51:10 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Stacking Benjamins * Find Your Local ChooseFI Group * Join ChooseFI’s Facebook Group * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: finding a sustainable path to FI, adjusting your lifestyle, guac levels, mindset, and finding what you want.

Jamila Souffrant makes her long awaited return to the podcast to discuss building a sustainable path to FI, the importance of readjusting, financial freedom versus financial independence, as well as other topics detailed in her new book "Your Journey to Financial Freedom: A Step-by-Step Guide to Achieving Wealth and Happiness." While you may begin your FI journey with a set plan in mind, that doesn’t mean the actions you take along the trail of your journey won't serve you at different stages. On this journey, you should never feel like you are depriving or overindulging, but rather finding a balance that works for you and brings you happiness in the present. Remember, reaching your FI goal should never be at the cost of your happiness, and while making necessary changes is part of FI, you shouldn’t be sacrificing your happiness in order to reach your goal quicker. Being mindful and willing to change your plans just as life can change will not only bring you more freedom, but allow you to make the necessary mindset changes that will serve you in ways well beyond your financial journey!

Jamila Souffrant:

  • Jamila's New Book: "Your Journey to Financial Freedom: A Step-by-Step Guide to Achieving Wealth and Happiness"
  • Podcast: Journey to Launch
  • Website: journeytolaunch.com
  • Socials: @journeytolaunch

Timestamps:

  • 0:49 - Introduction/Update From Jamila
  • 5:02 - Finding Your Sustainable Path to FI
  • 11:55 - The Perks of Pursuing FI/Adjusting Your Lifestyle Levels
  • 17:17 - Diagnosing Your True Area of Need
  • 22:39 - Gaining Stability/Having Power From Your Money
  • 27:23 - The Importance of Mindset/Believing it's Possible
  • 31:10 - Finding What You Want
  • 38:59 - Setting Financial Goals
  • 41:18 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Jamila Souffrant | Fail Forward | Journey to Launch | ChooseFI Ep. 73
  • "The Tail End" by Tim Urban
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Credit Cards * Empower: Free Dashboard to Track Your Finances * CIT Bank Platinum Savings Account * M1 Finance: Commission-Free Investing, 1-click rebalancing * CashFreely: Maximize Your Cash Back Rewards * Travel Freely: Track all your rewards cards and points * Emergency Binder: For Your Family’s Essential Info (code ‘CHOOSEFI’ for 20% off) * Student Loan Planner: Custom Consult (with $100 Discount)

View Details

In this episode: lessons from failure, curiosity, mastering the small things, skilling up, and the value of time.

The return of Johnathan! Yes Jonathan is returning to the show to catch up on the work he’s been doing behind the scenes over the last year and a half, the value of freeing up your time, skill spending, and the importance of focusing on the little things while keeping the bigger picture in mind. Whether it’s when you’re just starting your FI journey or if it’s in other areas of your life, failure and mistakes can be inevitable. However, they should never keep you from trying to build and create the life you are working towards! One of the key lessons taught in FI is to change your mindset from one of scarcity to one of growth, and part of that challenge means identifying failures and taking action to learn from them. While you are working towards your own “big picture” on this journey, don’t forget to focus on the smaller things. Not only will it allow you to pay closer attention to what you are doing right and wrong, but it makes it easier for you to pivot and reevaluate when necessary! This journey is not just about reaching that final goal, but about using the knowledge and lessons learned along the way to make life a little bit freer and a little bit easier!

Timestamps: * 0:22 - Introduction * 1:26 - Update From Jonathan/Lessons From Failure * 8:53 - The Curious Mindset * 17:57 - Failing Forward and The Small Things * 27:42 - The Importance of Skilling Up in Today's World * 36:30 - Your Most Valuable Non-Renewable Resource * 44:11 - Paying Off The Mortgage/Donor Advised Funds * 59:19 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Beginning of a New Era | ChooseFI Ep 392 * “Art & Fear: Observations On The Perils (and Rewards) of Artmaking” by David Bayles * Creating Your Entrepreneurial Flywheel | Nathan Barry | ChooseFI Ep 455 * CIT Bank Review: High Interest Rate Options * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Earn $1,050 or more with these 3 Cash Back Cards * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Find a new side hustle with one of our Educational Courses * Commission-free investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: the make whole mindset, budgeting, grace and space, automation, and splitting it before you get it.

This week we are re-joined by Tiffany Aliche better known as "The Budgetnista” to discuss her new book "Made Whole: The Practical Guide to Reaching Your Financial Goals" which details her 10 step system towards financial wholeness, the ease of automating payments, the importance of accountability partners, as well as designing separate accounts to reflect your needs. It can be intimidating to begin addressing your finances and planning your financial future, but your past mistakes or lack of knowledge should never be the thing holding you back from beginning your FI journey. Building a financial foundation for yourself doesn’t happen overnight. Everyday it requires you to make the necessary changes and instill new habits that get you closer and closer to your goals. And while personal finance is personal, there is no reason to go through it alone. No matter your background or what stage of life you begin FI, there is a large community of people on this journey that will embrace and celebrate the smaller milestones just as much as the bigger ones!

Tiffany "The Budgetnista" Aliche:

  • Website: thebudgetnista.com
  • Get You Copy of Tiffany's New Book Coming Out on November 21st 2023: "Made Whole: The Practical Guide to Reaching Your Financial Goals"
  • Tiffany's Last Book: "Get Good with Money: Ten Simple Steps to Becoming Financially Whole"

Timestamps:

  • 1:00 - Introduction
  • 2:06 - The Make Whole Mindset
  • 8:19 - Automation
  • 18:34 - Grace and Space For Learning
  • 28:29 - Split It Before You Get It
  • 37:43 - Splitting Your Saving Accounts
  • 44:41 - Emergency Savings/Personal Finance is Personal
  • 54:28 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Get Good With Money | Tiffany Aliche the Budgetnista | ChooseFI Ep 310
  • From Financial Imperfection to America’s Favorite Budget Expert | Tiffany Aliche | ChooseFI Ep 240
  • The Great Man Within
  • The Emergency Fund…Is it a Bad Idea? | Big ERN The Reveal | ChooseFI Ep. 66
  • CIT Bank Review: High Interest Rate Options
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Earn $1,050 or more with these 3 Cash Back Cards * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Find a new side hustle with one of our Educational Courses * Commission-free investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: frugality, value based spending, honoring your season, identity, budgets, financial goals, and minimalism.

When you think of the word frugal what comes to mind? To some it can mean spending on what you absolutely need and leaving little wiggle room for anything else, but to others frugality is not just a restrictive budget but a superpower! This week we are joined by Jen and Jill of the Frugal Friends podcast to discuss the intersectionality of frugality and the FI journey, as well as finding the balance between budgeting to invest in the future you want without depriving yourself in the present. Mindfulness and paying attention to the things you spend money on is an important part of the FI journey, but it is just as important to be mindful of the things that bring value and joy into your life. While budgeting and reducing your spending can help you reach the FI finish line a bit quicker, it should never be at the expense of cutting out the things in your life that are fulfilling! Implementing frugal habits and finding a budget that works and changes with your life can be an incredible tool while on the path to FI, because not only does it open up opportunities to invest monetarily, but also invest in yourself and the life you want to live!

Frugal Friends:

  • Website: www.frugalfriendspodcast.com
  • Podcast: The Frugal Friends Podcast
  • Newsletter: The Friend Letter

Timestamps:

  • 1:11 - Introduction
  • 3:24 - Balancing Frugality
  • 12:38 - Frugality, FI, and How They Fit Together
  • 17:21 - Budgeting and Value Based Spending
  • 26:43 - Honoring Your Season
  • 29:22 - Financial Goals and Identity
  • 36:50 - Examining Budgets and Sinking Funds
  • 42:53 - The Intersection of Frugality and Minimalism
  • 49:37 - Prioritizing Value Based Spending
  • 53:44 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Why Everyone Needs Dave Ramsey and Why You Should Ignore Him | ChooseFI Ep. 5
  • Leave Us A Review
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Earn $1,050 or more with these 3 Cash Back Cards * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Find a new side hustle with one of our Educational Courses * Commission-free investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: the power of pursuit, FU money, index investing, investing the difference, and the simple path to wealth.

This week we are joined by the godfather of the FI movement himself JL Collins to discuss the themes of his new book "Pathfinders: Extraordinary Stories of People Like You on the Quest for Financial Independence―And How to Join Them." While there is no perfect blueprint to mastering your money, there can be confidence and motivation to be found in the stories of others who have been in your position regardless of what part of the path to FI you are on! Though this journey requires you to have to take action and make necessary financial changes, it is never about complexity and deprivation. But rather, this journey is about recognizing the freedoms gained while pursuing FI, not just when you reach your FI goal! The moment you begin to simplify your path to wealth, you will find yourself becoming a stronger and happier individual!

JL Collins:

  • Check Out JL's New Book "Pathfinders: Extraordinary Stories of People Like You on the Quest for Financial Independence―And How to Join Them"
  • Website: jlcollinsnh.com
  • Other Book: "The Simple Path to Wealth: Your road map to financial independence and a rich, free life"

Timestamps:

  • 1:25 - Introduction
  • 4:27 - The Power Of Pursuit And FI
  • 13:48 - Buying Your Freedom
  • 22:34 - There's No Secret To Money
  • 30:35 - The Power Of Index Investing
  • 43:29 - Spend Less, Avoid Debt, And Invest The Difference
  • 51:27 - Following The Simple Path To Wealth
  • 56:26 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • "Quit Like a Millionaire: No Gimmicks, Luck, or Trust Fund Required" by Kristy Shen and Bryce Leung
  • 10 Reasons People Invest in Hedge Funds
  • A Wealth Of Common Sense
  • 32 Things to Know about Following The Simple Path to Wealth
  • Time Machine and the Future Returns for Stocks
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources:

  • Earn $1,050 or more with these 3 Cash Back Cards
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Find a new side hustle with one of our Educational Courses
  • Commission-free investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: community, building fun into your life, college planning, fear, following threads, and travel rewards.

This week we are rejoined by Ginger for another installment of the Round-Up, where we catch up and discuss our favorite takeaways from this past month’s episodes. From learning how to best prepare your child for the college application process, to the importance of introspection to pinpoint and work with your fears, and finally to re-framing your fearing relationship with money. It’s been a great month with content full of information that all listeners can relate to, no matter what part of the FI journey they are in!

Timestamps:

  • 0:37 - Introduction
  • 3:23 - Community
  • 12:45 - Building Fun Into Your Life
  • 17:51 - Usage Of Travel Rewards
  • 29:51 - College Planning
  • 37:18 - Following the Threads, Fear, And Money
  • 49:32 - Retirement Investing/The Mailbag
  • 57:00 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • FI is Fun
  • FinCon
  • The Great Man Within
  • EconoME Conference (Coupon Code "choosefi" for 10% Off!)
  • CampFI
  • FI Freedom Retreats
  • Find Your Local ChooseFI Group
  • "The Inheritance Games" By Jennifer Lynn Barnes
  • "The Blade Itself" by Joe Abercrombie
  • Mailbag: Cover Your Expenses | Rachael Camp | ChooseFI Ep 457
  • Preparing for the Cost of College | Brian Eufinger | ChooseFI Ep 460
  • A Healthy State of Panic | Farnoosh Torabi | ChooseFI Ep 458
  • Follow the Thread | Cory Muscara | ChooseFI Ep 459
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources:

  • Earn $1,050 or More With These 3 Cash Back Cards
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Find a new side hustle with one of our Educational Courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: financial aid, college planning, standardized tests, tests optional, need meeting, and preparation.

This week we are re-joined by Brian Eufinger to discuss ways to best prepare your children for college admissions, navigating the new changes to FAFSA and the CSS profile, and how you can maximize when prepping for your child’s higher education. While college prep can be stressful for students, from maintaining their GPA to taking multiple standardized tests, it can be just as stressful for parents to figure out financial aid and how to best set up their child for success before and after graduation. However, knowing the factors to consider early on and having the knowledge in advance can make this process far less daunting! While stressful as it may be, remember that there are many different resources available to you and your child that give you the knowledge that may alleviate the pressures that come with college prep and financial aid!

Brian Eufinger:

  • Free diagnostic mock SAT and ACT tests (each weekend): www.edisonprep.com/mocks/
  • Free information sessions on college admissions (6-7x / year, including one on 11/14 @ 7pm EST): www.edisonprep.com/infosession/
  • How to self-prep for the SAT/ACT: www.gettestbright.com/self-prep-for-the-sat-act/
  • Edison Prep Bios: www.edisonprep.com/bio/

Timestamps:

  • 1:06 - Introduction
  • 4:53 - The Impact of Merit Aid
  • 11:49 - When, Where, and How to Think About Standardized Tests
  • 18:33 - The Intersection of The School, Price, Opportunity, and Comfort
  • 25:20 - Standardized Tests and The Reality of Preparation
  • 31:08 - Tests (Not) Optional
  • 37:32 - Governmental Forms and Financial Aid
  • 46:43 - The Variance of Need Meeting and Aid Changes
  • 51:13 - Preparation and Knowledge With College Planning
  • 55:23 - Non-Academic Path to Savings
  • 58:14 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Demystify College Scholarships | Brian Eufinger | Edison Prep | ChooseFI Ep 114
  • Hacking The FAFSA | Brian Eufinger And Seonwoo Lee | ChooseFI Ep. 154
  • Major Financial Aid Changes Coming: What Families Need to Know
  • FAFSA Changes Are Coming: What You Need To Know
  • Big J’s Very Brief Guide to the FAFSA and CSS Profile
  • How the FAFSA Simplification Can Impact Your Financial Aid
  • Summary of Changes to the 2024-2025 FAFSA
  • The $100K Glorified Sleepaway Camp | Millionaire Educator | ChooseFI Ep 386
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources:

  • Earn $1,050 or More With These 3 Cash Back Cards
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Find a new side hustle with one of our Educational Courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: spiritual bypassing, curiosity, fear, wellbeing, inflection points, and what the body stores.

This we are re-joined by Cory Muscara to discuss the benefits of practicing mindfulness while embarking on the FI journey, the concept of spiritual bypassing, and the positive benefits that come from being present. An important part of the FI journey is learning to take actionable steps to better your life, and a large part of this requires introspection and honest reflection of where you are in your life. Through the practice of meditation and setting intentions, it may allow you to recognize patterns that harm you or keep you from enjoying life in the present. While working through triggers or anxieties can be uncomfortable, mindful practices can be the vehicle to move you from discomfort to a place of control and confidence in your life. So while you may be putting all your mental energy into reaching your FI goal, remember that getting to the finish line is not what this journey is about, but rather the positive effects and changes that come from taking control of your life and being present!

Cory Muscara:

  • To join Cory's daily text list text "choosefi" to 631-305-2874
  • Website: Practicing Human
  • Book: "Stop Missing Your Life: How to be Deeply Present in an Un-Present World"
  • Instagram: @corymuscara

Timestamps:

  • 1:56 - Introduction
  • 2:34 - The Cost of Relocation
  • 6:28 - The Danger Of Spiritual Bypassing Through FI
  • 16:52 - Curiosity and Fear
  • 27:22 - What The Body Stores
  • 33:18 - Money and Well-being/Inflection Points
  • 40:46 - Taking Control and Following The Thread
  • 48:12 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Mindfulness And FI | Cory Muscara | ChooseFI Ep 61
  • "Influence, New and Expanded: The Psychology of Persuasion" By Robert Cialdini
  • Headspace
  • "The Body Keeps the Score: Brain, Mind, and Body in the Healing of Trauma" by Bessel van der Kolk MD
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources:

  • Earn $1,050 or More With These 3 Cash Back Cards
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Find a new side hustle with one of our Educational Courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: fear, anxiety, FOMO, talking about money, endings, self development, exposure, and the fear of loneliness.

This week we are joined by Farnoosh Tarabi where we will be discussing the topic of fear and anxiety, reinterpreting FOMO, and how to recognize and use your fears and anxieties to work with you in order to reach your financial goals. While we can sometimes interpret our own fear as a weakness, many times these fears and anxieties can be a secret weapon, ones that motivate us and usher in necessary change that can make a difference in the path that we are on. In some cases, it can be a fear of missing out on opportunities. Other times it can be a fear of endings. But no matter the fears, learning to recognize the underlying feelings and meanings can ultimately help you on the path to FI! Remember, an important part of this journey requires introspection, and while it may be uncomfortable to sit with your fears and anxieties, working with them, rather than against them may just be the superpower you didn’t know you had.

Farnoosh Torabi:

  • Check out Farnoosh's new book "A Healthy State of Panic! Follow Your Fears to Build Wealth, Crush Your Career, and Win at Life"

Timestamps: * 2:12 - Introduction * 3:24 - The Other Side of Anxiety's Coin * 8:23 - Fear and Finance/Talking About Money * 16:41 - The Fear of Rejection * 25:22 - The Fear of Missing Out/The Fear of Loneliness * 39:33 - The Fear of Exposure * 45:29 - The Fear of Endings * 50:03 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • So Money Podcast
  • "The Anatomy of Anxiety: Understanding and Overcoming the Body's Fear Response" by Ellen Vora
  • "When She Makes More" by Farnoosh Torabi
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources:

  • Earn $1,050 or More With These 3 Cash Back Cards
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Find a new side hustle with one of our Educational Courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: the 4% rule, second generation FI, retirement saving, 529's, 401k's, and is it too late for FI?

This week we joined by Rachael Camp of Camp Wealth for another installment of Mail Bag, where we will be answering some questions sent in by our listeners. Together, we cover topics surrounding the 4 percent rule, starting the FI journey “late”, the importance of tax diversity in your retirement accounts, and the potential benefits and drawbacks to 529 plans. On the path to FI, the community this journey brings can be the best resource, and answering any questions you may have is our way to ensure you’re well on your way to FI, as well as help others in the community who may be navigating similar scenarios!

Rachael Camp: * Website: rachaelcampwealth.com * Twitter: @camp_wealth

Please note:

Rachael Camp offers advisory Services through Creative Financial Designs, Inc., a Registered Investment Adviser, and Securities are offered through cfd Investments, Inc., a Registered Broker/Dealer, Member FINRA & SIPC, 2704 S. Goyer Rd., Kokomo, IN 46902. 765-453-9600. Camp Wealth is not affiliated with the CFD companies.

Timestamps: * 1:09 - Introduction * 3:22 - Can It Be Too Late For FI?/Credit Card Debt * 18:25 - The 4% Rule And Early Retirement * 27:02 - Withdrawing Earnings * 40:06 - Not Maxing Out Your 401k? * 50:03 - 529's and Financial Aid * 57:04 - Second Generation FI * 72:10 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Subscribe to The FI Weekly! * The Safe Withdrawal Rate Series * "Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life" By Bill Perkins * FICalc * How and Why to Set up a Roth IRA Conversion Ladder

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Earn $1,050 or More With These 3 Cash Back Cards * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Find a new side hustle with one of our Educational Courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: the importance of starting, everything is negotiable, talentstacking, building your flywheel, and Ginger!

As September comes to a close, it’s once again time for another Roundup episode! This week we are rejoined by Ginger, where we will be revisiting the topics of our September episodes and discussing our favorite takeaways and the talking points that stood out to us. From the importance of perseverance on your path to FI and embracing the community this journey brings, and negotiating salary with confidence, to finally skill stacking and the teaching opportunities it may bring for you and others! So lets look back on what FI can look like from the different points of view of our past month’s guests, and move into October better informed and better prepared!

Timestamps: * 0:35 - Introduction * 2:02 - Taxes And After-Tax Brokerage Accounts * 9:55 - The Importance Of Starting/Community * 19:52 - Decision Making Strategy/Focusing On The Future * 23:53 - Everything Is Negotiable/Being Prepared And Doing the Work * 31:31 - Talentstacking And Building Your Flywheel * 36:14 - What Your Money Can Do For You * 41:55 - Reviews And Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * FI is Fun * From Food Stamps to FI | Theresa | ChooseFI Ep 453 * Find Your Local ChooseFI Group * CampFI * EconoME Conference * "Widen the Window: Training Your Brain and Body to Thrive During Stress and Recover from Trauma" by Elizabeth A. Stanley * Salary Negotiation & Early Retirement | Financial Mechanic | ChooseFI Ep 454 * Creating Your Entrepreneurial Flywheel | Nathan Barry | Ep 455 * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Earn $1,050 or More With These 3 Cash Back Cards * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Find a new side hustle with one of our Educational Courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: it's not easy it's simple, the flywheel, being consistent, skilling up, the gift of time, and what money can provide.

This week we are joined by founder and creator of ConvertKit, Nathan Barry to discuss his entrepreneurial journey and how the fundamentals of FI helped drive him to create and build a successful business. We often discuss the importance of skill stacking when on the journey to FI, but we sometimes forget to touch on the trial and error that comes with learning and creating something new for yourself. While you can’t expect to start something new and be faced with little to no challenges, this leaves more opportunities for personal growth and important lessons! So whether it’s learning a new side hustle or starting a business, it’s important to remember that you may not always know how to do something perfect when you begin. You should not count yourself out or give up when you don’t see instant results, but rather reach out to new communities and take the lessons in stride! Though it takes time and effort, it’s worth it!

Nathan Barry:

  • Website/Newsletter: nathanbarry.com
  • Twitter: @nathanbarry
  • Business: convertkit.com

Timestamps: * 1:23 - Introduction * 3:24 - Nathan and FI * 15:56 - Not Burning the Boats * 22:26 - It's Not Easy, But it's Simple/Unique Messengers * 33:00 - Being Consistent, Showing Up, and Skilling Up * 44:22 - The Flywheel * 58:01 - What Money Can Provide/The Gift of Time * 70:16 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Mr. Money Mustache * Physician on FIRE * "The $100 Startup: Reinvent the Way You Make a Living, Do What You Love, and Create a New Future" By Chris Guillebeau * "Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life" by Bill Perkins * The Tail End * School of Greatness Podcast * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Earn $1,050 or More With These 3 Cash Back Cards * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Find a new side hustle with one of our Educational Courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: salary negotiation, knowing your worth, doing your own research, anchoring, and facing job offers.

We often talk about the importance of shifting out of a scarcity mindset towards an abundant one, and this can mean leaving a job for a new one, or even asking for a higher wage. But how do you overcome the guilty feelings that can arise when wanting to level up? This week we are re-joined by the Financial Mechanic to discuss the art and steps to successful salary negotiating, from doing your research to collaboratively working with hiring managers, and learning to handle the discomfort and self doubt that can come when asking for more. While negotiating can make you feel uncomfortable or even intimidated, it’s important to remind yourself that asking for what you want does not mean you are begging. Rather, it means you know your worth and are advocating for yourself and your future! Though it takes practice, learning how to confidently negotiate can make a difference in your present but make all the difference in your future and your FI goals!

Financial Mechanic:

  • Website: financialmechanic.com
  • Twitter: @fimechanic

Timestamps: * 1:05 - Introduction * 5:21 - The Win-Win of Salary Negotiation * 14:40 - Delay Talking About Salary * 18:42 - Doing Your Research * 25:33 - Knowing Your Worth * 29:21 - The Negotiation * 36:44 - Negotiation is About More Than Salary * 41:10 - Accepting, Rejecting, and Making Your Decision * 44:49 - Updates From The Financial Mechanic * 53:25 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * How to Negotiate Your Salary Without Burning Bridges | Financial Mechanic | Ep 211 * Glassdoor * 1 Year of Early Retirement (With Numbers) * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Earn $1,050 or More With These 3 Cash Back Cards * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Find a new side hustle with one of our Educational Courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: salary negotiation, knowing your worth, doing your own research, anchoring, and facing job offers.

We often talk about the importance of shifting out of a scarcity mindset towards an abundant one, and this can mean leaving a job for a new one, or even asking for a higher wage. But how do you overcome the guilty feelings that can arise when wanting to level up? This week we are re-joined by the Financial Mechanic to discuss the art and steps to successful salary negotiating, from doing your research to collaboratively working with hiring managers and learning to handle the discomfort and self-doubt that can come when asking for more. While negotiating can make you feel uncomfortable or even intimidated, it’s important to remind yourself that asking for what you want does not mean you are begging. Instead, it means you know your worth and advocate for yourself and your future! Though it takes practice, learning how to confidently negotiate can make a difference now and in your future as well as your FI goals!

Financial Mechanic: Website: financialmechanic.com * Twitter:* @fimechanic

Timestamps:* 1:05 – Introduction * 5:21 – The Win-Win of Salary Negotiation * 14:40 – Delay Talking About Salary * 18:42 – Doing Your Research * 25:33 – Knowing Your Worth * 29:21 – The Negotiation * 36:44 – Negotiation is About More Than Salary * 41:10 – Accepting, Rejecting, and Making Your Decision * 44:49 – Updates From The Financial Mechanic * 53:25 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* How to Negotiate Your Salary Without Burning Bridges | Financial Mechanic | Ep 211 * Glassdoor * 1 Year of Early Retirement (With Numbers) * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources:* Earn $1,050 or More With These 3 Cash Back Cards * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Find a new side hustle with one of our Educational Courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post Salary Negotiation & Early Retirement | Financial Mechanic | Ep 454 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

Yes, we know! A FI topic with such a bold statement – a Roth IRA for your Kid will make them a millionaire! And we bet that you’ve not found a solid resource outside of ChooseFI regarding this “secret,” but we’ve covered this topic extensively in our podcasts and in other blog posts.

We want to give you more value by introducing Child psychology as it relates to FI. Combining the two is incredibly natural for several reasons: To show the pay-off of opening a Roth IRA for your Kid and the important psychology behind it. We also want to show how this natural combination pays tangible and intangible dividends (yes, pun intended). And finally, how you can teach your child important FI lessons and make your kid a millionaire by the time they retire!

Still thinking click-bait? Get out your wallet for a wager…

Aha! You ARE on the path to FI – we already see you putting it away! So now that we know you are eager to find out the “how” and “why” let’s get right into it!

TABLE OF CONTENTS* Why Plan for Retirement at Such a Young Age? + Why a Roth IRA? + Our Goal * The Roth IRA for Kids Stipulation + Earned Income + Tax Filing Requirements for Kids: Here Is the Rub * Compounding Returns: Starting Early Makes the Difference + How Roth IRA Contributions Can Make Your Kid a Millionaire + How Even Just One Contribution Makes an Impact + How Small Contributions Over Time Make an Impact + The New Trust Fund * Psychology of Teaching Your Kid Early About Investing + On the Path to FI + Childhood Development and Parental Involvement * The Bottom Line Why Plan for Retirement at Such a Young Age?That is a great question! Not many people even start thinking about retirement until their early 30s! Starting a Roth IRA for your child may sound unconventional, but it’s the single best decision you can make for their future. Why? Let’s review a few things regarding a Roth IRA for Kids and its benefits:

  • Roth IRAs (IRA: Individual Retirement Account) allow you to contribute post-tax dollars from earned income into an investment portfolio.
  • There is no minimum age or balance requirement to open a Roth IRA.
  • You are allowed to invest up to $6,000 per year or your child’s maximum earnable income (whichever is less).
  • Contributions do not have to be made by your child, but must not exceed $6,000 per year or their maximum income. This gives you great flexibility in how to fund your child’s account.
  • Funds invested, including the returns it accumulates, grow tax-free and can be withdrawn tax-free at age 59 ½.
  • Your returns are compounded, meaning you earn returns upon returns. In straightforward terms, you earn returns on your contributions and the returns it earns – the crux of why you should open early.
  • Roth IRAs also offer flexibility in withdrawals prior to retirement. For instance, your child can withdraw $10,000 towards the purchase of their first home penalty-free (including early withdrawal penalties and tax penalties). This is one of the reasons why a Roth IRA for Kids is a rare beast.

Why a Roth IRA?Why a Roth IRA for Kids and not a Traditional IRA for Kids? Simple: Traditional IRAs are funded with pre-tax dollars, whereas Roth IRAs are funded by post-tax funds.

  • Considering that your child’s income tax liability will be incredibly low, a Traditional IRA has no tax upside when contributing.
  • With a Traditional IRA, your child will have to pay income taxes on any withdrawals during retirement. As you can see above Roth IRAs behave inversely.

Our GoalOK, we’ve shown you the nuts and bolts. Let’s look at the goals of our message to you on why you should open a Roth IRA for your child as soon as possible.

Compound ReturnsCompounding returns are the primary reason you should open a Roth IRA for your child. Returns are compounded each day you have funds invested, making a portfolio grow exponentially (if you invest early enough, which we are). Combine our perfect timing with a relatively modest contribution each year, your child can be a millionaire by the time they retire. See? Not click-bait. We’ll prove it in our first example further on.

Think that saving instead of investing is a better idea? It isn’t. Standard savings accounts, like we were raised on to be our financial haven, are now a waste of time. “Premium” savings account yields are 1.5% a year. This is the upside. Inflation is clocked in at 3% per year. Roth IRAs are both a tax and an inflation destroyer.

Keep in mind that the path to FI is always about the long run. Most basic accounts, like savings accounts, are simple returns. You need compounding returns in order to make your money work the hardest for you. This is not a hit-and-run financial opportunity. Patience and discipline will make this pay off in ways you’ve never imagined.

Lifelong LessonsThe earlier you teach your children the importance of FI the better. You can set this example by visually showing your child their portfolio balance and how it grows. This creates habit-forming behavior by continually contributing and proving financial growth over time.

Your child will learn to feel secure about the importance of FI and will get on the FI path earlier in life. This is invaluable. How many of us, even those in our late teens, wish we started our path earlier? Wish we had the direction to obtain the tools and support for FI earlier? All of us do.

We’ll include some more examples in a little while, but let’s tell the tale of how this exactly works for your child. And, as always, there is a monster lurking in each great story. Don’t worry – he’s tiny and we’ll tackle him first, so don’t go running under the bed just yet.

The Roth IRA for Kids StipulationAs with most great opportunities in life, there is always a catch: your child must have earned income, which is defined as compensation received from labor. There are also specific tax implications that come along with this, as you typically don’t file taxes for a child. Let’s take a look at these concepts.

Earned IncomeHere are some guidelines set forth by the IRS about how they define earnable income for children under 13:

  • Allowances do not count towards earned income (e.g. making your bed); however, if it can be established that you could hire someone to perform reasonable duties (e.g. cleaning the house, mowing the lawn) they can be classified as earned income.
  • As your child gets older and can work outside the home, they are allowed to perform the following duties:
    • Babysitting
    • Delivering newspapers
    • Moving lawns for other families
    • An actor/model (we all did this to get hired for ChooseFI)
    • Work for a parental-owned business

When your child reaches the age of 14, they may work under certain conditions with public and private companies (which puts them under the standard tax code).

Tax Filing Requirements for Kids: Here Is the Rub Tax laws differ from state to state, so please check your local state tax codes for qualifications and potential tax implications. Here is a helpful link to give you an overall idea: Tax Filing Requirements for Children

We strongly suggest that you check with your accountant and/or brokerage firm for more details regarding tax reporting and filing. As each state tax code differs there can be no “blanket” approach. This is the only “catch” that we have in getting started with your child’s Roth IRA. Trust that this obstacle is a small one. We’re about to show you.

Compounding Returns: Starting Early Makes the DifferenceWe’ve described compounding returns in a vacuum, but let’s dive right into the specifics. Take a look at these examples and see how big of a difference getting started early can be. We are talking about the difference between a few thousand dollars and a million dollars.

FYI: Your child will now be referred to as “Johnny” – apologies for the generalization.

How Roth IRA Contributions Can Make Your Kid a Millionaire We know, this is the big one:

Johnny starts mowing lawns at age 9. The first year he makes $4,000 – yes, he’s been busy! You decide with Johnny that putting $3,000 into a Roth is the best decision for his future. You can approach this situation one of two ways:

  1. Johnny can contribute all of the wages himself – leaving him with $1,000 to spend for the year.
  2. You can make an agreement with Johnny that you as the parent will contribute “X” amount ($1,000, $2000, $2,500) and that Johnny will make up the difference (“Y”). We’ll cover more about this in the psychology section.

If Johnny were to put $3,000 in his Roth IRA at age 9 and not touch it again until he was 64: he would have $123,945! But we want Johnny to be a millionaire! You probably think it would take contributions of thousands to tens of thousands of dollars per year until 64, right?

If Johnny were to add just $1,500 per year from ages 10 to 64 to his Roth IRA, he would be a millionaire: $1,048,310, to be exact! This is tax-free income!

Still Not Convinced?If you aren’t entirely sold on the impact compounding returns make in this example, let’s use a more relatable one:

You start saving for retirement at 31 – the average “start age” for American citizens. You max out your Roth IRA contributions at $6,000 per year. This includes contributions every year, from age 31 to age 64. The result? You’ll only reach $764,145.

So, if you started 20 years prior with half the contribution upfront, plus a quarter of the contribution annually, you would be ahead about $250,000. This is the very reason why you need to get started with your child’s Roth IRA as early as possible.

How Even Just One Contribution Makes an ImpactJohnny doesn’t start working until he is 14. He gets a job at a local coffee shop. His taxable income is $7,000 per year. Unfortunately, you don’t have the means to assist him in adding to his Roth IRA in a massive way; however, you are on your path to FI and want to teach him how investing can work for him.

You both come to an agreement to invest $2,000 each (a total of $4,000) for just that one year. If Johnny were to leave that money untouched in his Roth IRA until he reached age 65 (this includes no additional contributions), he would have $126,076!

Similar to the first example we gave where Johnny became a millionaire: if you, at age 31, invest a one-time $4,000 into your Roth IRA – you’d have a whopping $39,912. If you invested that same amount 17 years earlier, you would retire with triple your investment.

How Small Contributions Over Time Make an Impact Johnny starts a paper route at age 7. He makes $300 a year. Unfortunately, Johnny isn’t willing to part with his newly earned money just yet. But, here is a good time for a lesson in the psychology of FI (which we will deep dive into soon). You open a Roth IRA for Johnny for $300. And begin showing him how investing will work for him. Yes, he’s 7, but good habits are instilled early.

So, considering Johnny’s initial contribution of $300 at age 7 and a yearly contribution of $300 until 60, he’ll net $171,721! Not only that, you’ve introduced him to a lifestyle that you know will pay even better dividends as time goes on.

Check out our awesome Roth IRA calculator to check out the results of your own potential return on investment!

The New Trust FundAs you can tell, a Roth IRA could quickly replace your trust fund for your child. Because of its unique tax structure and compounding returns, it’s an obvious choice to make for your family as soon as humanly possible. Further, imagine the one-two financial punch of a Roth IRA and a trust fund. Your child could achieve FI with simple planning and a small relative investment.

Psychology of Teaching Your Kid Early About Investing So, we’ve covered the mathematical and the “numbers-on-paper” reasons why a Roth IRA for Kids is a no-brainer financial choice for your child. Now, let’s take a closer look at the long-term positive psychological effects of teaching your child how to become FI as early as possible.

Teaching your children about FI is incredibly important – as you’ve seen with compounding returns. However, the benefits don’t end at a million-dollar nest egg. As we alluded to, we all wish we had started earlier with FI-intensive investing. Even the best investors among us want a “do-over” button to press when we know we could have made smarter, more focused, disciplined decisions. Therefore, teaching your child the value of money and why investing is by far the best choice for their future is tantamount to raising them to follow their dreams. Because FI is not just “financial independence” but it is also “time independence.”

On the Path to FIAt any age, we understand what money is. Even a young child has a vague understanding that money equals a new candy bar or the coolest toy. But, what we all seek as those on our path to FI is independence (hence the “I” in FI). Let’s take that concept and extrapolate it to a child’s point of view.

Obviously, your child does not work for subsistence. Notwithstanding labor laws, we all want what is best for our children. “Putting them to work” is outside the boundaries of thought. However, ask any parent why they allow their child to work and they’ll usually say: “to teach them the value of money.” This is a fantastic, positive way to raise your child. Let’s augment that with the concept of independence. As difficult as it may appear (since we all do not force our children into the workforce) it is a simple addition to your already practical approach.

Time v Money Through a Child’s EyesPut this in perspective for your child: the idea that financial freedom will allow them to do whatever it is they seek in life. This methodology is the way they could live a life free of worry and avoid work they do not want to do. One tool that is used in child psychology is the implementation of a reward system that uses “monopoly money” for treats. Straightforward? We have a twist: instead of receiving 1 treat today, if they invest their “money” and wait until the end of the week, they can have 10 treats instead of 7 daily. This helps adapt a child’s mindset to waiting for satisfaction instead of the immediate. They “spend” their time to receive a greater reward.

This is the economic theory of “time v money” in practice. You either spend your time or you spend your money. Had we all invested in a Roth IRA as Kids we would be unbelievably well on our way to FI. If you can teach your child the true value of money; that delaying immediate gratification can lead to a massive pay-off: you are well on your way to getting them on the path to FI.

Level Up: Trying to figure out how to teach your child to be responsible with money? Get them ready for their future by equipping them with the ability to think creatively, solve problems, make smart financial decisions, and appreciate the value of money with The Simple Startup Challenge.

Childhood Development and Parental InvolvementChild psychology often referred to as “Developmental Psychology,” is the science of human behavioral growth between birth to adulthood. Understanding the following fundamental psychological concepts will help you get a better understanding of why you should teach your child the importance of FI.

Child Development Psychology and Financial IndependenceChildren inherently look to their parents for direction on how to behave. This may not seem like the case if your child is young; however, psychological studies have proven that the most impactful human behavioral growth occurs between the ages of 18 months to 11 years old. Developmental psychologist and field pioneer Jean Piaget created a framework that breaks down the specific learning stages in correlation to age. Technical jargon warning (don’t worry, we’ll break it down):

  1. Birth to 18-24 months old: object permanence (the understanding that objects that cannot be seen still exist – for example: think “peek-a-boo”).
  2. 2-7 years old: symbolic thought (the application of learning from other’s behavior, learned behavior, and thought-to-language fluidity).
  3. 7-11 years old: Operational thought (logical reasoning and critical thinking skills develop).
  4. 11-16 years old: abstract concepts (the ability to conceptualize ideas that are not visually observed – for example: your brain can be visualized; your mind can only be conceptualized).

So, let’s apply this framework (from ages 2-11) to teaching your child the importance of FI.

Object PermanenceEven though this breakthrough occurs before the age of 2, the concept obviously carries over. Teaching your child that money is a limited resource by giving and taking it away in exchange for rewards is critical. It’s a basic building block for the next developmental step, which is the heaviest hitter for our FI approach.

Symbolic ThoughtThis is the critical developmental stage where you become the role model for your child. Slowly involve them in money-making decisions (e.g. creating your grocery store budget – take them with, how many movies they can rent from your favorite streaming service). This will instill the necessary framework they need to understand the scarcity of money. Further, as they get older, implement a disciplined approach to spending habits. Give them visual representations of what you could purchase vs why you invested in their Roth IRA or your own investment account(s) (e.g. a poster board with a new toy pictured on one side – your child’s current Roth IRA balance on the other).

Operational ThoughtThis is the stage where your child is entering early adolescence. Encourage them to perform additional duties around the house to earn an allowance. This naturally bridges into a desire for more income. It’s a form of discipline that will help shape their appreciation of money and how hard work can equal more funds. More funds equal more opportunities and freedom.

The Pay-Off to You and Your ChildWith this earned income, you can open a Roth IRA for your Kid: so remember to frequently show them their current balance, encourage them to contribute to the fund, and prove to them that its growth over time will be well worth the short-term sacrifices. The earlier you begin teaching your child the tenets of FI the more successful they will be in achieving the life of their dreams. And you can rest assured that you’ve not only done everything you have in your own path to FI, but you’ve also instilled the FI virtues towards your child’s future success.

The Bottom LineIf we were to encompass our message in one word, it would be this: time.

We’ve shown you the magic of compounding returns and why opening a Roth IRA for your Kid is a no-brainer. With the proper amount of planning, you can very easily ensure your child will retire a millionaire! However, don’t be discouraged and think you’ve “missed the boat” if your child is a little older. The earlier you start the better. Just a couple of years earlier can mean a 5-figure increase in your child’s retirement.

We’ve also shown you the importance of teaching your child about the values of FI as early as possible. Not only will this grant them access to becoming a millionaire, but it will also give them the financial discipline and structure to make their own decision to seek the path to FI.

FI is freedom. FI is the gateway to a complete and happy life of your own design. We all want this for our children’s future.

So please, empower yourself with this information to give the gift of FI freedom to your children and grandchildren – and secure their financial future.

Related:

When And Why Your Child Should Open A Roth IRA

How To Fund Your Child’s Roth IRA And Other Tax Optimizations With The FI Tax Guy

Teaching Kids About Money

How To Open A Roth IRA For Kids And Teach Your Kids About FI

How To Get Your Kids On The FI Bandwagon

The post Make Your Kid a Millionaire: Roth IRA for Kids appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

PrintChicken TetrazziniThe original recipe is from a good friend’s mother and we’ve made it for years!Course RecipesPrep Time 15 minutes minutesCook Time 30 minutes minutesTotal Time 1 hour hour 10 minutes minutesServings 4 servingsCalories 300kcalIngredients 8 ounces uncooked linguine * 3 tablespoons butter * 3 tablespoons flour * 1/2 teaspoon lemon-pepper seasoning * One 14 ounce can chicken broth * 1/2 cup half u0026 half * 2 tablespoons dry sherry (optional) * 2 cups cooked chicken * 1 cup frozen peas, thawed Topping 2 tablespoons butter, melted * 1/3 cup bread crumbs * 2 tablespoons grated Parmesan cheese Instructions* Heat oven to 350 degrees. Spray 13×9 inch glass baking dish with cooking spray. Cook linguine as directed on the package. * Meanwhile, in a medium saucepan, melt butter over medium heat. Stir in flour and lemon-pepper seasoning. Stir in broth and bring to a boil, stirring constantly. Stir in half u0026 half, sherry (optional), chicken, and peas. * Drain linguine, place in 13×9 baking dish, pour the chicken/sauce mixture over the pasta, and toss to combine. * In small bowl, mix 2 tablespoons melted butter and the bread crumbs. Sprinkle mixture over top of the tetrazzini – then sprinkle with Parmesan cheese. * Bake for about 30 minutes or until golden brown. NutritionCalories: 300kcalThe post Chicken Tetrazzini appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: the importance of community, finding financial literacy, pulling the levers of FI, and the hot seat.

We’ve heard incredible stories of FI from many of our listeners, but this week we are lucky to hear from someone who overcame so much in order to achieve the life she always wanted. This week we are joined by one of our listeners Teresa, where we discuss her incredible story of navigating and overcoming debt as a single mother to building a strong foundation of financial literacy and knowledge for herself and her daughters! Some of us on the path to FI may not have grown up surrounded by great financial models, and maybe some of our listeners may feel overwhelmed with the new tips and knowledge that FI brings, but please remember that feeling unprepared is no reason to count yourself out on this journey! Your past failures or mistakes shouldn’t hold you back from building the life you want and the life you deserve, but rather they should motivate you to learn and grow into the best future version of yourself!

Timestamps: * 1:06 - Introduction * 2:52 - Theresa's Story * 9:02 - Awakening * 16:31 - Finding Financial Literacy and What Came With It * 22:22 - The Importance of Community * 31:36 - You've Recovered Financially, Now What? * 39:43 - Pulling The Levers of FI * 49:02 - The Opportunity FI Provides * 55:37 - Theresa Takes The Hot Seat * 64:41 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: * Dave Ramsey * Coach Carson * "Everyday Cheapskate's Greatest Tips" By Mary Hunt * "Retire Inspired: It's Not an Age, It's a Financial Number" By Chris Hogan * Financial Peace Graduates | What Next? | Andy Hill | ChooseFI Ep 68 * Welcome To The FI Community | ChooseFI Ep. 100 * "The Simple Path to Wealth: Your road map to financial independence and a rich, free life" By J.L. Collins * Grumpus Maximus * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources: * Earn $1,050 or More With These 3 Cash Back Cards * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Find a new side hustle with one of our Educational Courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: the importance of community, finding financial literacy, pulling the levers of FI, and the hot seat.

We’ve heard incredible stories of FI from many of our listeners, but this week we are lucky to hear from someone who overcame so much in order to achieve the life she always wanted. This week we are joined by one of our listeners Teresa, where we discuss her incredible story of navigating and overcoming debt as a single mother to building a strong foundation of financial literacy and knowledge for herself and her daughters! Some of us on the path to FI may not have grown up surrounded by great financial models, and maybe some of our listeners may feel overwhelmed with the new tips and knowledge that FI brings, but please remember that feeling unprepared is no reason to count yourself out on this journey! Your past failures or mistakes shouldn’t hold you back from building the life you want and the life you deserve, but rather they should motivate you to learn and grow into the best future version of yourself!

Timestamps:* 1:06 – Introduction * 2:52 – Theresa’s Story * 9:02 – Awakening * 16:31 – Finding Financial Literacy and What Came With It * 22:22 – The Importance of Community * 31:36 – You’ve Recovered Financially, Now What? * 39:43 – Pulling The Levers of FI * 49:02 – The Opportunity FI Provides * 55:37 – Theresa Takes The Hot Seat * 64:41 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* Dave Ramsey * Coach Carson * “Everyday Cheapskate’s Greatest Tips” By Mary Hunt * “Retire Inspired: It’s Not an Age, It’s a Financial Number” By Chris Hogan * Financial Peace Graduates | What Next? | Andy Hill | ChooseFI Ep 68 * Welcome To The FI Community | ChooseFI Ep. 100 * “The Simple Path to Wealth: Your road map to financial independence and a rich, free life” By J.L. Collins * Grumpus Maximus * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and FI Resources:* Earn $1,050 or More With These 3 Cash Back Cards * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Find a new side hustle with one of our Educational Courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post From Food Stamps to FI | Theresa | Ep 453 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: spending for value, mastering your finances, what nourishes you, limiting beliefs, and getting the best out of yourself.

The end of August is rapidly approaching which means it is time for another round-up episode. To close out the month this time we are joined by Katie Gatti from "Money with Katie" to discuss all the lessons we picked up from the last month of ChooseFI! Whether it's planning a mini-retirement, designing what your want your life to look like, or forming your identity statements, our wonderful August guests have provided some amazing blueprints for you to start becoming the best version of yourself. So now that the summer is ending, it seems like a great time to take action on what we have learned together!

Katie Gatti:

  • Website: moneywithkatie.com
  • Podcast: The Money With Katie Show

Timestamps:

  • 1:11 - Introduction
  • 4:34 - Spending For What You Value
  • 9:59 - Getting The Best Out Of Yourself
  • 14:26 - Claiming The Life You Want
  • 24:59 - Mastering Your Financials First
  • 33:20 - Limiting Beliefs
  • 44:48 - It's Not Too Late To Start/What Nourishes You?
  • 50:42 - Identity Statements
  • 54:38 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Why Decluttering Can Lead to Increased Brain Power
  • "Goodbye, Things: The New Japanese Minimalism" by Fumio Sasaki
  • Rubber Ducks and Systems for Land Investing | ChooseFI Ep 449
  • Mini-Retirements to Accelerate Your Path to FI | Jillian Johnsrud | ChooseFI Ep 451
  • Catching up to FI | Becky Heptig & Bill Yount | Ep 450
  • "Four Thousand Weeks: Time Management for Mortals" by Oliver Burkeman
  • "Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life" by Bill Perkins
  • Miss Excel
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: spending for value, mastering your finances, finding what nourishes you, limiting beliefs, and getting the best out of yourself. The end of August is rapidly approaching, so it is time for another round-up episode. To close out the month this time we are joined by Katie Gatti from “Money with Katie” to …

Continue reading "This is Not a Dress Rehearsal | August Roundup with Katie | Ep 452"

The post This is Not a Dress Rehearsal | August Roundup with Katie | Ep 452 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: mini-retirements, building fun into your life, structuring and planning mini-retirements, negotiating, and gaining momentum.

When pursuing your FI goal, it can feel like you are on a set trajectory, and picking up new habits or hobbies can seem overwhelming because you don’t have the time to focus on them. However, you should never feel held back from starting something new! This week we are joined by Jillian Johnsrud to define and discuss the mini-retirement strategy, and how taking a break to recover, relax, and re-strategize can propel you towards your FI goals! Sometimes the thought of taking a break can seem scary, or even the thought of relaxing can be more stressful than it's meant to be. But, taking the time and space away from your usual structure can allow you the space and bandwidth to pursue other avenues that you are passionate about! While the thought of a mini-retirement can leave you feeling unstructured from your usual 9-5, it can usher in more time for hobbies, side hustles, or even new jobs! So, while your journey to FI may be filled with rules and guidelines set in place to help you reach your FI goal, remember that there is no harm in taking an active rest in order to restructure your goals and re-motivate you!

Jillian Johnsrud:

  • Website: jillianjohnsrud.com
  • Podcast: Everyday Courage
  • Book: "Fire the Haters: Finding Courage to Create Online in a Critical World"

Timestamps:

  • 0:59 - Introduction
  • 3:34 - Building Fun Into Your Life
  • 12:25 - The Purpose of Mini-Retirements
  • 19:35 - Structuring A Mini Retirement And Avoiding Mistakes
  • 28:25 - Gaining Momentum In A Mini-Retirement
  • 37:17 - Mini-Retirement Negotiation
  • 45:55 - Planning A Mini-Retirement
  • 50:42 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • "Influence : The Psychology of Persuasion" by Robert Cialdini
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

Negotiate Your Salary One of the enduring lessons from our podcast is this: “Everything is negotiable.” I was reminded of this essential lesson by the Financial Mechanic, who I just recorded an episode with that will come out in early September. She gives us an update on her ‘7 Negotiation Tips and Scripts’ for salary …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – August 15, 2023: Negotiate Your Salary, A Family Taking Action Plus Community Wins"

The post FI Weekly – August 15, 2023: Negotiate Your Salary, A Family Taking Action Plus Community Wins appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

The post Korean Beef Rice Bowls appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

I Bonds: Best Time to Sell? Sean Mullaney and I discussed ‘I Bonds’ on Episode 447 and just after we published that episode I came across this short, but amazingly thorough article from the Doctor of Credit website called ‘When to Sell off Our I Bonds’ thanks to a post in our ChooseFI Facebook group. …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – August 8, 2023: When to Sell I Bonds, Cap Gains Tax 101, Nature in 20 Minutes"

The post FI Weekly – August 8, 2023: When to Sell I Bonds, Cap Gains Tax 101, Nature in 20 Minutes appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: changing your mindset, starting FI at 50, the pros and cons of starting late, and facing your faults.

We always say on this show that FI is for everyone, but our guests Becky Heptig and Bill Yount really embody this message. As hosts of the "Catching Up to FI" podcast, Becky and Bill are a fantastic resource for those who have found FI later in life and still would like to give it a go despite the delayed start! While FI looks different for everyone and can be influenced by when you start, we agree with Bill and Becky in saying becoming intentional with your finances is always a positive decision, no matter when you do it in life. Although your path may look different from those who started earlier, you would still be taking steps to better your life inside and around your finances. Perfection isn't the goal, improvement is what we strive for, and a positive step is still a step in the right direction!

Becky Heptig & Bill Yount:

  • Website: catchinguptofi.com
  • Podcast: Catching Up to FI
  • Facebook: Catching Up to FI Facebook Group

Timestamps:

  • 1:10 - Introduction
  • 4:29 - Changing Your Mindset and Facing Your Faults
  • 14:32 - Taking Late Action
  • 21:34 - Getting Stuck and Overcoming It
  • 24:28 - Starting FI at 50
  • 33:25 - Is It Ever Too Late To Start FI?
  • 40:00 - The Pros and Cons of Starting Late
  • 44:45 - The Growth of Those Catching Up to FI
  • 48:22 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Is It Too Late? | Becky Heptig | ChooseFI Ep. 152
  • The Shockingly Simple Math Behind Early Retirement
  • Mailbag: Breaking up with your Advisor, I Bonds, 4% Rule, Accounts for Kids, Roth IRAs | Sean Mullaney | ChooseFI Ep 447
  • Dave Ramsey
  • JL Collins
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: changing your mindset, starting FI at 50, the pros and cons of starting late, and facing your faults. We always say on this show that FI is for everyone, but our guests Becky Heptig and Bill Yount really embody this message. As hosts of the “Catching Up to FI” podcast, Becky and …

Continue reading "Catching up to FI | Becky Heptig & Bill Yount | Ep 450"

The post Catching up to FI | Becky Heptig & Bill Yount | Ep 450 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

Roundup is Back! Fun news: we brought back the “roundup” podcast episodes with yesterday’s release of “Episode 448: July Roundup!” Ginger, my cohost on the episode, and longtime community member, loved the roundups that Jonathan and I did in the early years of the show and thought they provided a way to further cement the …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – August 1, 2023: Roundup is Back, Local Group Case Studies, Half FI = 75% FI?"

The post FI Weekly – August 1, 2023: Roundup is Back, Local Group Case Studies, Half FI = 75% FI? appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: determining your FI goals, real estate investing, land investing, liquidity, and proof of concept.

Whether you are new to FI or have achieved it, you have probably noticed a big change not only in how you live your life, but how you perceive yourself. You may be more intentional and strive to make changes in all areas of your life, not just financial ones. This week we are joined by our friend JT Olmstead to discuss the ins and outs of land investing, as well as talk about the importance of having the right mentality to accomplish your goals and become the best version of yourself. While on the journey to FI, you may feel momentum and motivation to keep pushing towards your FI number, but oftentimes the journey doesn’t end when you get to the finish line. A large part of this journey is learning from failures, changing your goals, and changing your plans as you change! Though your plans and goals may not always be accomplished the way you think, having the right mindset throughout this journey will be just as beneficial to you as having plans in place.

Timestamps:

  • 0:56 - Introduction
  • 5:20 - Determining Your FI Goals
  • 11:34 - The Top End of Your Capabilities/The Skill Of Saying No
  • 22:01 - Real Estate Investing
  • 27:43 - Transitioning to Land Investing
  • 32:16 - The Intersection of FI and Real Estate Investing
  • 42:12 - Personal Proof of Concept/Land Investing
  • 48:17 - Liquidity/Structuring Buying and Selling Systems
  • 59:52 - Resources For Land Investing/Where to Start
  • 62:59 - The Hot Seat
  • 72:12 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Camp FI
  • Mr. Money Mustache
  • Small and Mighty Real Estate Investor | Chad Carson | ChooseFI Ep 446
  • Biggerpockets
  • FIRE Drill Podcast
  • Seth Williams RE Tipster
  • Annie Duke
  • Casual Fridays Podcast
  • "The Comfort Crisis: Embrace Discomfort To Reclaim Your Wild, Happy, Healthy Self" by Michael Easter
  • Join ChooseFI's Facebook Group!
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: determining your FI goals, real estate investing, land investing, liquidity, and proof of concept. Whether you are new to FI or have achieved it, you have probably noticed a big change not only in how you live your life, but how you perceive yourself. You may be more intentional and strive to …

Continue reading "Rubber Ducks and Systems for Land Investing | Ep 449"

The post Rubber Ducks and Systems for Land Investing | Ep 449 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

FI Community’s Money Rules In last week’s newsletter I linked to a Ramit Sethi post about his ten ‘Money Rules’ and then asked you to respond with some of your money rules. Here are some of the amazing responses you sent in (this is a longer newsletter today because I wanted to include so many …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – July 18, 2023: FI Community’s Money Rules, What I’m Reading & Watching"

The post FI Weekly – July 18, 2023: FI Community’s Money Rules, What I’m Reading & Watching appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

As this month comes to a close, we think it’s only fitting to reflect on what July’s incredible guests have had to say, and what new knowledge and perspectives they’ve brought to the table. This week we are back with Ginger and introducing a more structured Round-Up, where we will be revisiting topics from this past month's episodes and discussing our favorite moments and takeaways. While the subjects of this month's episodes have varied from spending for happiness to understanding Roth conversions, there is still more to learn and unpack before moving onto August!

Timestamps:

  • 1:44 - Introduction
  • 2:17 - Listener Updates/Travel Rewards
  • 7:08 - Spending for Happiness
  • 18:35 - Saving Addiction
  • 22:01 - The Fundamental Truths of Investing
  • 31:12 - The Small and Mighty Real Estate Investor
  • 41:11 - Roth Conversions/Breaking Up with Your Financial Advisor
  • 49:50 - Purposefully Not Optimizing
  • 55:58 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • The Invisible Nature of Spending | Ginger Roundup | ChooseFI Ep 443
  • ChooseFI’s Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Cards
  • Spending for Happiness | Carl Jensen & Doug Cunnington | ChooseFI Ep 444
  • Cometeer
  • Fundamental Truths of Investing | Brian Feroldi | ChooseFI Ep 445
  • Small and Mighty Real Estate Investor | Chad Carson | ChooseFI Ep 446
  • Nick Magguilli Return on Hassle
  • Mailbag: Breaking up with your Advisor, I Bonds, 4% Rule, Accounts for Kids, Roth IRAs | Sean Mullaney | Ep 447
  • FI is Fun

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: real estate investing, breaking up with your financial advisor, travel rewards, and spending for happiness. As this month comes to a close, we think it’s only fitting to reflect on what July’s incredible guests have had to say, and what new knowledge and perspectives they’ve brought to the table. This week we …

Continue reading "July Roundup: Working Backwards Into FI | Ep 448"

The post July Roundup: Working Backwards Into FI | Ep 448 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

Your Personal Money Rules If you haven’t listened to Episode 444 of ChooseFI with Doug Cunnington and Carl Jensen on ‘Spending for Happiness’ that came out last week, I think it was one of our best and most important episodes. We’re already talking about doing round 2 soon! We talked about Ramit Sethi’s “Money Rules” and I …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – July 11, 2023: Personal Money Rules, Emergency Binder, Art of Stillness"

The post FI Weekly – July 11, 2023: Personal Money Rules, Emergency Binder, Art of Stillness appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: financial advisor breakups, I bonds, the 4% rule, second generation FI, Roth IRAs, and the listener mailbag.

Breakups are hard, but breaking up with financial advisor can be harder given the minutia that is often involved in doing so. It's good to have friends to lean on in times like this, which is exactly why we have the FI Tax Guy himself Sean Mullaney with us to help! Listen along as he and Brad dip back into the listener mailbag this week and discuss a plethora of topics submitted by YOU the listener!

Sean Mullaney:

  • Website: fitaxguy.com
  • Sean's Roth IRA Blog Post: How I Learned To Stop Worrying About The Roth IRA 5 Year Rules

Timestamps:

  • 0:43 - Introduction/Breaking Up With Your Financial Advisor
  • 15:13 - The Taxable Nature of Financial Breakups
  • 22:11 - I Bonds
  • 29:12 - The 4% Rule and Age
  • 35:40 - Second Generation FI and Accounts
  • 43:48 - Early Roth IRA Conversions
  • 48:18 - Roth IRA's and 5 Year Rules
  • 57:24 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Early Retirement Now
  • BiggerPockets Money Podcast
  • Join ChooseFI's Facebook Group
  • Make Your Kid a Millionaire: Roth IRA for Kids
  • The Wealth Letters
  • Jillian Johnsrud
  • The Roth IRA Conversion Ladder | A Case Study | ChooseFI Ep. 17r
  • Roth IRA Conversion Ladder Case Study | ChooseFI Ep. 163r
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: financial advisor breakups, I bonds, the 4% rule, second generation FI, Roth IRAs, and the listener mailbag. Breakups are hard, but breaking up with a financial advisor can be harder given the minutia that is often involved in doing so. It’s good to have friends to lean on in times like this, …

Continue reading "Mailbag: Breaking up with your Advisor, I Bonds, 4% Rule, Accounts for Kids, Roth IRAs | Sean Mullaney | Ep 447"

The post Mailbag: Breaking up with your Advisor, I Bonds, 4% Rule, Accounts for Kids, Roth IRAs | Sean Mullaney | Ep 447 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

The top credit cards ChooseFI recommends for maximizing your available travel rewards, enabling massive savings in travel.

The post ChooseFI’s Top 10 Recommended Travel Rewards Cards (July 2023) appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

Financial Independence Celebration On this July 4th – Independence Day here in the US — I want to celebrate you and your pursuit of Financial Independence. Even though we number in the millions worldwide, we are still a relatively small and surprisingly misunderstood community. There is this caricature that we are misers and not enjoying life and …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – July 4, 2023: Financial Independence Celebration, Jill’s Story of Taking Action and Community Wins"

The post FI Weekly – July 4, 2023: Financial Independence Celebration, Jill’s Story of Taking Action and Community Wins appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: designing your life, real estate investing, pain points, working backward, and finding your sweet spot.

This week we are rejoined by friend of the podcast Chad Carson to discuss his new book "The Small and Mighty Real Estate Investor: How to Reach Financial Freedom with Fewer Rental Properties," as well as cover some strategies he’s picked up during his real estate investing journey. While investing in real estate can be a full time job, for many listeners it can also be seen as a way to generate additional income. Although getting started can seem a little daunting, Chad offers excellent insights on how to confidently begin real estate investing and stay motivated towards having your investments align with your personal goals and desired life!

Chad Carson:

  • Get 10% off Chad's book coming out on July 20th, "The Small and Mighty Real Estate Investor: How to Reach Financial Freedom with Fewer Rental Properties," with the promo-code "choosefi"

Timestamps:

  • 1:02 - Introduction
  • 4:34 - Designing Your Life
  • 14:36 - Walkability and Location
  • 23:39 - Buying Around Pain Points
  • 28:08 - Working Backwards for Solutions
  • 34:55 - Transition From Buying to Paying Off
  • 43:52 - Working In Your Sweet Spot
  • 52:02 - What You Can't Outsource
  • 57:10 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • "The 4-Hour Workweek: Escape 9-5, Live Anywhere, and Join the New Rich" By Timothy Ferriss
  • Strong Towns
  • Of Dollars and Data
  • "Your Money or Your Life: 9 Steps to Transforming Your Relationship with Money and Achieving Financial Independence" by Vicki Robin, Joe Dominguez, and Mr. Money Moustache
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode with Chad Carson: Small and Mighty real estate investors, designing your life, real estate investing, pain points, working backward, and finding your sweet spot. This week we are rejoined by friend of the podcast Chad Carson to discuss his new book “The Small and Mighty Real Estate Investor: How to Reach Financial …

Continue reading "Small and Mighty Real Estate Investor | Chad Carson | Ep 446"

The post Small and Mighty Real Estate Investor | Chad Carson | Ep 446 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

ChooseFI AI: Search the Podcast I am incredibly excited that ChooseFI was one of a select group of ~10 podcasts chosen to be included in AI company Dexa’s initial launch and it just went live! Head over to Dexa.ai/Choosefi and you can check out this functionality that I have long dreamed of for our show:  All 600+ …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – June 27, 2023: ChooseFI AI on Dexa, What I Want You to Know, 10 Essential Graphics for Every Investor"

The post FI Weekly – June 27, 2023: ChooseFI AI on Dexa, What I Want You to Know, 10 Essential Graphics for Every Investor appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: investing, losing money hurts, pessimism, optimism, index funds, psychology, history, and building wealth.

Whether you're a confident investor or weary of playing the market, there is still a lot to be learned when it comes to your investments. This week we are re-joined by friend of the podcast Brian Feroldi to discuss important truths and takeaways he’s learned as a decades-long investor, from navigating the psychology and history of the market, to focusing on longevity and simplicity rather than getting rich quick. When listening to this episode, remember that playing the market doesn’t have to be a complicated game, and no one should feel un-equipped to invest! Just be sure to understand that investing will never be a perfect journey, and preparing yourself for low points may help you make better decisions in the long run!

Brian Feroldi:

  • Website: brianferoldi.com
  • Twitter: @brianferoldi
  • Book: “Why Does The Stock Market Go Up?: Everything You Should Have Been Taught About Investing In School, But Weren’t” By Brian Feroldi

Timestamps:

  • 0:41 - Introduction
  • 4:27 - You Will Be Wrong
  • 9:45 - Losing Money HURTS
  • 12:54 - Humans Are Naturally Bad Investors
  • 16:09 - Pessimism And Optimism
  • 20:22 - The Power Of Index Funds
  • 22:31 - The Power Of History And Psychology
  • 24:45 - Avoiding Ruin Is A Skill
  • 28:56 - Keeping It Simple
  • 35:24 - To Build Wealth, You Need To Invest
  • 37:50 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • "Poor Charlie’s Almanack: The Essential Wit and Wisdom of Charles T. Munger" by Charles T. Munger
  • "The Psychology of Money: Timeless lessons on wealth, greed, and happiness" by Morgan Housel
  • "Expectations Investing: Reading Stock Prices for Better Returns" by Michael J. Mauboussin
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: investing, losing money hurts, pessimism, optimism, index funds, psychology, history, and building wealth. Whether you’re a confident investor or weary of playing the market, there is still a lot to be learned when it comes to your investments. This week we are re-joined by friend of the podcast Brian Feroldi to discuss …

Continue reading "Fundamental Truths of Investing | Brian Feroldi | Ep 445"

The post Fundamental Truths of Investing | Brian Feroldi | Ep 445 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

Tax Notices: Penalty Removal Request It’s the time of year where the IRS and state tax agencies send out tax notices for additional tax due, underpayment of estimated payments, etc. There are usually 3 components of the amount due on a tax notice:  Tax liability, interest, penalty. A tip that I’ve passed along on the podcast …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – June 20, 2023: Tax Penalty Removal, 2nd Gen FI Learning to Spend, Favorite T-Shirts"

The post FI Weekly – June 20, 2023: Tax Penalty Removal, 2nd Gen FI Learning to Spend, Favorite T-Shirts appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: the phases of FI, your spending framework, dying with zero, changing your anchor points, and the value of time.

This podcast offers insight to what the path to FI can look like for listeners, and while we usually speak broadly to our listeners who are all at different stages of FI, it’s important to look back, as well as look forward to see how this journey has changed for us. This week we are joined by Carl Jensen and Doug Cunnington of Mile High FI to talk about the evolution of the FI movement from when we all began this journey, as well as reflect and discuss the trends and important takeaways of where we see the FI movement going. While finding your own balance is important in all parts of life, finding balance while on the FI journey is just as important! Learning to become intentional with your spending is also important. It can be extremely beneficial to your life to learn healthier ways to spend rather than deprive yourself of some of the most important items or experiences that bring you joy! So remember, whether you are at the beginning or well on your way towards reaching your FI goal, you will evolve with FI over time and application, just as FI will evolve around you!

Mile High FI:

  • Website: milehighfi.com
  • Podcast: Mile High FI
  • Newsletter: Join The Mile High FI Club

Timestamps:

  • 1:25 – Introduction
  • 4:41 – The Phases of FI
  • 11:18 – Building Your Life-Spending Framework
  • 18:31 – What’s Worth Spending On
  • 26:16 – Re-Evaluating Anchor Points
  • 33:43 – The Value of Saving Time
  • 42:22 – Dying With Zero
  • 51:02 – Why Wait For Death To Help Your Loved Ones Fiscally?
  • 56:32 – Buying A Concert
  • 59:30 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • The Skill of Spending | Mr. Money Mustache | ChooseFI Ep 432
  • The Tim Ferris Show Episode 661
  • The Mad Fientist
  • “Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life” by Bill Perkins
  • The Tail End
  • “Outlive: The Science and Art of Longevity” by Dr. Peter Attia
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: the phases of FI, your spending framework, dying with zero, changing your anchor points, and the value of time. This podcast offers insight into what the path to FI can look like for listeners. While we usually speak broadly to our listeners who are all at different stages of FI, it’s essential …

Continue reading "Spending for Happiness | Carl Jensen & Doug Cunnington | Ep 444"

The post Spending for Happiness | Carl Jensen & Doug Cunnington | Ep 444 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

A Year’s Worth of Wins We call ChooseFI the ‘ultimate crowdsourced personal finance show’ for a reason: You, the community, continue to send in remarkable details of the actions you’re taking to transform your lives. Seeing these wins further emboldens other members of the community to take action and it’s a positive feedback loop. Here’s …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – June 13, 2023: A Year of Wins, Get Involved with ChooseFI, 7 Simple Money Rules"

The post FI Weekly – June 13, 2023: A Year of Wins, Get Involved with ChooseFI, 7 Simple Money Rules appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: travel rewards, credit cards, the true cost of buying a car, health, retirement, and community wins.

This week we are re-joined by Ginger for another Round-Up episode where we will briefly discuss travel rewards, updates on Ginger’s credit card journey, the value of implementing new habits, and also dip into the listener mailbag! Over the course of this podcast we often discuss the importance of taking action and making changes in your life to not only achieve FI but also improve your life overall. While we know changes don’t happen overnight, (just as no one can reach their FI goal overnight) it’s important to remember that sometimes the best thing you can do is take action little by little. Sometimes this means budgeting, and other times it can mean breaking free from an unhealthy frugal mindset in order improve your quality of life! Whatever the changes you wish to make or habits you want to create are, remember it's never too late to begin!

Timestamps:

  • 0:10 - Introduction
  • 0:29 - Travel Rewards
  • 6:52 - Global Entry/Credit Cards
  • 16:30 - The True Cost Of Buying A Car
  • 25:49 - Health, Fitness, and Habits
  • 39:44 - Pensions and Retirement Numbers
  • 48:22 - Community Wins
  • 54:34 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Dollars and Sense | Clint Murphy & Ginger | ChooseFI Ep 438
  • “Dollars and Sense: How We Misthink Money and How to Spend Smarter” By Jeff Kreisler and Dan Ariely
  • Featured Travel Rewards Articles
  • Rewards Credit Card Offers From Our Partners
  • Outside 365 | Greg Heil | ChooseFI Ep 433
  • "Outlive: The Science and Art of Longevity" by Dr. Peter Attia
  • The Valuist Returns | FI Roundup with Bo Loy | ChooseFI Ep 441
  • Atomic Habits | James Clear | ChooseFI Ep 157
  • "Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones" by James Clear
  • The Golden Albatross | Grumpus Maximus | ChooseFI Ep 57
  • The Golden Albatross | Grumpus Maximus | ChooseFI Ep 227
  • Is Your Pension Healthy? | ChooseFI Ep 316
  • "The Golden Albatross: How To Determine If Your Pension Is Worth It" by Grumpus Maximus
  • FI Is Fun
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: travel rewards, credit cards, the true cost of buying a car, health, retirement, and community wins. This week we are re-joined by Ginger for another Round-Up episode where we will briefly discuss travel rewards, updates on Ginger’s credit card journey, the value of implementing new habits, and dip into the listener mailbag! …

Continue reading "The Invisible Nature of Spending | Ginger Roundup | Ep 443"

The post The Invisible Nature of Spending | Ginger Roundup | Ep 443 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

Is the 4% Rule too Conservative for FI? Two former guests on our podcast, Brandon the ‘Mad Fientist’ and Nick Maggiulli, teamed up to produce a wonderful article on Brandon’s site called, “The Problem with the 4% Rule (and Why You Could Retire Even Sooner).” These are two smart, data driven individuals, and they didn’t …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – June 6, 2023: 4% Rule Too Conservative?, Expectations, National Parks and Bucket List Travel"

The post FI Weekly – June 6, 2023: 4% Rule Too Conservative?, Expectations, National Parks and Bucket List Travel appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: the travelers triangle, booking early, flexibility, planning, hotels, and knowing your getting a deal. This week we are back with Suzy for a new installment of travel rewards tips, where we will be diving deeper into how you can optimize your savings and travel points to get the most out of your …

Continue reading "Intermediate Travel Rewards | Ep 442"

The post Intermediate Travel Rewards | Ep 442 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

9 Basics of The Simple Path to Wealth I wanted to pass along two wonderful pieces of foundational content from two close friends of ChooseFI. We’ll start with JL Collins, and for this we’ll go back to one of his most important posts, “How I Failed My Daughter and a Simple Path to Wealth.” Here …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – May 30, 2023: Simple Path Basics, Positive Investing Philosophy, Great Hotel Redemptions"

The post FI Weekly – May 30, 2023: Simple Path Basics, Positive Investing Philosophy, Great Hotel Redemptions appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: the continuum of FI, skilling up, chasing true value, the power of connection, and second generation FI.

This week we are rejoined by friend of the podcast Bo Loy to talk about finding value on the FI journey, drowning out the "noise," and the importance of not depriving yourself of happiness in order to reach your FI goal. While the journey to FI does require you to make financial changes and pick up new habits that can launch you towards financial independence, the purpose of this journey is never to deprive or restrict yourself in order to reach your goal. No matter when you begin this journey, the goal in mind should be taking steps in order to improve your life both financially AND mentally. Not sacrificing the things that bring value to it! There's a lot to learn on the path to FI, but it’s important to remember that what you are working towards is more than just a number, it's personal happiness, fulfillment, and more!

Timestamps:

  • 0:58 - Introduction
  • 4:37 - The Continuum of FI
  • 11:51 - Skilling Up
  • 15:44 - Life Updates
  • 25:59 - Chasing True Value
  • 34:55 - Meeting Your kids Where Their Interests Lie
  • 41:17 - The Power of Connection
  • 48:20 - Just Going For It
  • 52:24 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • The Valuist | Bo Loy | ChooseFI Ep 396
  • Talent Stacker
  • "Outlive: The Science and Art of Longevity" by Dr. Peter Attia
  • The Peter Attia Drive Podcast
  • "Learned Optimism: How to Change Your Mind and Your Life" by Martin E.P. Seligman
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: the continuum of FI, skilling up, chasing true value, the power of connection, and second generation FI. This week we are rejoined by friend of the podcast Bo Loy to talk about finding value on the FI journey, drowning out the “noise,” and the importance of not depriving yourself of happiness in order to …

Continue reading "The Valuist Returns | FI Roundup with Bo Loy | Ep 441"

The post The Valuist Returns | FI Roundup with Bo Loy | Ep 441 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

Free Real Estate Investment Analysis Tool Our friends Ali & Josh from The FI Couple (Episode 430) created a free real estate deal analysis tool that I wanted to pass along here in the newsletter as I’ve been really impressed with them generally and I’m certain this will be quite valuable if you’re looking to …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – May 23, 2023: Real Estate Analysis Tool, Actions Taken on Insurance"

The post FI Weekly – May 23, 2023: Real Estate Analysis Tool, Actions Taken on Insurance appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: money against mindset, fear setting, FI events, gap years, slow travel, and living intentionally.

Everyone’s relationship with money is different, just as everyones path to FI looks different, but how do you unlearn behaviors that could be holding you back? This week we are joined by Amy Minkley to discuss how finding FI changed her life while abroad, as well as the the importance of unlearning and breaking free of internalized stress when it comes to money. A large part of the FI journey is implementing new habits and the lessons you pick up along the way. However, an even larger and sometimes harder part of this journey requires you to be introspective and take an honest look at your relationship with money. While you can’t go back and change the past, the beauty of FI is that you learn to make changes to ensure the future you want! No matter what your background, the path to FI is one that benefits everyone, because it not only gives you control of your life, but allows for independence to create the future you desire. So while it may feel comfortable to approach this journey by thinking of all the ways things can go wrong, remember to think of all the ways things can go right!

Amy Minkley:

  • Website: fifreedomretreats.com
  • Mailing List: Get In Touch With Amy Here!

Timestamps:

  • 1:01 - Introduction
  • 4:29 - How Amy Found FI
  • 8:47 - Money Against Mindset
  • 16:24 - Making The Tough But Right Choices For You
  • 22:18 - International Teaching
  • 27:43 - Fear Setting
  • 36:20 - Living Intentionally
  • 42:25 - FI Events
  • 46:56 - Gap Years And Slow Travel
  • 52:19 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • EconoME Conference
  • CampFI
  • Exploring International Teaching Opportunities | Scott & Rob | ChooseFI Ep. 109
  • "Your Money or Your Life: 9 Steps to Transforming Your Relationship with Money and Achieving Financial Independence" by Vicki Robin, Joe Dominguez, and Mr Money Mustache
  • The Milestones Of FI | ChooseFI Ep. 32
  • Camp Mustache
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: money against mindset, fear setting, FI events, gap years, slow travel, and living intentionally. Everyone’s relationship with money is different, just as everyone’s path to FI looks different, but how do you unlearn behaviors that could be holding you back? This week we are joined by Amy Minkley to discuss how finding …

Continue reading "Past Failure Does Not Define Future Success | Amy Minkley | Ep 440"

The post Past Failure Does Not Define Future Success | Amy Minkley | Ep 440 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


Student Loan Forgiveness UpdateWhen we had Travis Hornsby from The Student Loan Planner on the podcast in August 2022, literally hundreds of members of the ChooseFI community took action to have their student loans forgiven.

Travis was back on the show yesterday in Episode 437 of the ChooseFI podcast and the update is there is a new path to student loan forgiveness that is time sensitive (end of 2023) and now it’s much more broadly applicable.

It seems like 25%-50% all student loan borrowers can benefit from this, so please, if you have student loans or know anyone who does, drop everything and listen to Episode 437. It’s that critical.

Travis was also kind enough to give members of the ChooseFI community a discount on their consultation and ‘custom student loan plan’ if you use this link.

Take Action to Lower Your Insurance PremiumsMike wrote in with an email that serves as a challenge for all of us to take action:

“Good news! My 1% better this week involves huge savings on insurance premiums for my two vehicles, renters insurance and the policy for my vacation home. By shopping for new policies, I was able to save over $3,100 in the coming year on all three policies combined. In fact, I didn’t change any of the coverages on the policies. Everything on the new ones is identical to the old coverages and I still managed to save all that money.

Quite frankly, I was shocked by the sharp increases in premiums over the last few years despite having all three policies with the same carrier. So much for multi-policy discounts!”

How much will you save by shopping for new insurance policies?

Roth IRA TimingCody Garrett from Measure Twice Money, posted something important in the Facebook group that I wanted to paste here verbatim:

“There is so much confusion about the two “5-year clocks” for Roth conversions and Roth earnings.

Here’s a cheat sheet:

Roth IRA CONTRIBUTIONS can be withdrawn tax- and penalty-free at any age for any reason. These come out first.

Each taxable Roth CONVERSION has its own 5-year clock before being distributed from the Roth IRA penalty-free. This clock goes away at age 59 1/2. This is how Roth conversion ladders are built in early retirement.

If over age 59 1/2 with over 5 years since the first Roth IRA was funded, EARNINGS can also be distributed tax- and penalty-free. Otherwise, another qualified distribution exception would need to apply.”

For additional nuance, check out the comment section of the post or ask Cody a question directly.


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Katie said, “I’ve been saving your emails regarding PMI removal as I was going through a big home renovation. Well, the renovation is complete! I contacted the mortgage company, paid for the assessor, and two weeks later was notified that they’re deleting my PMI requirement. Thank you for all the great information!” * Jade said, “My 1% better this week is that I figured out how much I’d need to invest each paycheck in my 401k to max it out this year, for the first time ever, and I set up my account to hit that target. I’m a little nervous about the amount left in my paycheck, especially since I’m doing this mid-way through the year so it’s not an even distribution. But the idea that everything is an experiment has been super helpful to ease my nerves! I have readily accessible savings to cover things if needed, and if I need to scale back and not quite max out this year, that’s OK too. But I think I can do it.” * Sage said, “This is a 1% better in the greater context of roughly 60% better. A few years ago, a dear friend introduced me to FI and ChooseFI, his simple suggestion to get a better understanding of personal finance has been life changing for me. I’m a 29 year old firefighter with a small family in Colorado. My introduction to FIRE and frugality has completely changed my relationship to money, to my partner, to my health, hobbies and passions. Now, my partner and I are designing the life that we want and living it, dreaming about the future like never before! Recently, I was fortunate enough to see my salary increase by nearly $20,000 after learning the power of advocating for myself and my peers. Without seeing other’s “1% changes” on this newsletter I wouldn’t have felt as empowered or courageous enough to fight for more money through union negotiations and “stir the pot”. Part of the big raise was just looking into my paychecks with scrutiny to find an error that would have gone unnoticed for who knows how long…the little things matter! Thanks everyone for living inspirational lives and sharing it in this space.” * Casey said, “I accepted a new job offer with 20% better pay and the opportunity to make even more. I also have the option to work from home, so I will get to see my wife and 1 year old daughter more. The improved health insurance benefits will allow us to save $780 each month. Finally, we just finished the process of downgrading our car to cut our transportation budget by $500 each month.” * Avi said, “My 1% better has been ‘negotiating’ my upcoming home rental lease renewal – it was literally just a kind email with the question. I got it dropped literally 1%, which is not much, but it does add up and it was free and simple.” * Annie said, “My 1% better came after buying a new kitchen table. I had been searching for a new one for a while and was thrilled when I found the one I wanted. I paid for it and was out the door. The next day I found a 10% off coupon for any 1 furniture item at this store in my local discount magazine. I called the store and asked if I could apply it and get a 10% refund. They said sure and refunded my card!”


The post FI Weekly – May 16, 2023: Student Loan Forgiveness, Lower Insurance Premiums, Roth IRA Timing appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: success after FI, finding purpose, owning your time, investing in health, and spiritual pursuits.

While reaching your FI number and subsequently retiring is an amazing achievement in itself, what are you supposed to do with yourself after getting there? Well, figuring that out is also a big step you are going to have to take on your FI journey. This week, we are once again joined by Chris Terrell to discuss the ways you can fill your time after achieving FI, and how to identify what gives you purpose in your post-work life. Earning back your time is only half the battle, putting that time to good use is up to you and you only!

Timestamps:

  • 1:20 – Introduction
  • 3:02 – Success After FI
  • 9:01 – What Do You Want To Do In Retirement?
  • 16:06 – Finding Purpose
  • 22:02 – Prioritizing Important Relationships
  • 27:46 – The Benefits Of Owning Your Time
  • 31:28 – Investing In Your Health
  • 41:24 – Spiritual Pursuits and Volunteer Work
  • 47:09 – Unstructured Time, Calendar Tyranny, and Work?
  • 56:59 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • FI Frugal Hobbies | Chris Terrell | ChooseFI Ep 429
  • The Happy Philosopher | The Happiest Man In The Room | ChooseFI Ep 49
  • Financial Samurai
  • The Tail End
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: success after FI, finding purpose, owning your time, investing in health, and spiritual pursuits.

While reaching your FI number and subsequently retiring is an amazing achievement in itself, what are you supposed to do with yourself after getting there? Well, figuring that out is also a big step you are going to have to take on your FI journey. This week, we are once again joined by Chris Terrell to discuss the ways you can fill your time after achieving FI, and how to identify what gives you purpose in your post-work life. Earning back your time is only half the battle, putting that time to good use is up to you and you only!

Timestamps:* 1:20 – Introduction * 3:02 – Success After FI * 9:01 – What Do You Want To Do In Retirement? * 16:06 – Finding Purpose * 22:02 – Prioritizing Important Relationships * 27:46 – The Benefits Of Owning Your Time * 31:28 – Investing In Your Health * 41:24 – Spiritual Pursuits and Volunteer Work * 47:09 – Unstructured Time, Calendar Tyranny, and Work? * 56:59 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* FI Frugal Hobbies | Chris Terrell | ChooseFI Ep 429 * The Happy Philosopher | The Happiest Man In The Room | ChooseFI Ep 49 * Financial Samurai * The Tail End * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post Adjusting to Life After FI (Before You Get There) | Chris Terrell | Ep 439 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


Financial Advice for Your 28-Year-Old SelfAlicia posed an interesting question in our Facebook group this week (and wow, the group recently grew to over 100,000 members!!) that I wanted to include here in the FI Weekly, along with some of my favorite responses:

Alicia asked, “If you could go back and tell your 28 year old self one piece of advice regarding finances, what would you tell yourself?”

Some responses that jumped out to me among the nearly 250 comments:

  • Rosa said, “Don’t put all your eggs in one basket when it comes to having a job. Have multiple jobs that equal part time or full time. Work for yourself if at all possible. Save as much money as you can, keep the car you have, and live well below your means. All things I’m doing now. Future is looking good.”
  • Molly said, “Talk regularly about money with your partner if you have one. The less frequent, the more emotional conversations can get. There’s no reason for that- find your shared vision so you can frame conversations around creating the future you imagine.”
  • Greg said, “You can’t beat the market. Stop trying.”
  • Bob said, “Trust in the power of compounding…. It starts slow but as the years go by … it is an amazing transformation.”
  • Catherine said, “Live frugally while in college and grad school so you don’t end up with so much school debt.”
  • Diana said, “Buy a house with a duplex, have the tenant pay your mortgage.” Berkshire Buffett and Munger QuotesThe Berkshire Hathaway annual shareholder meeting was held this past weekend and as usual, Warren Buffett and Charlie Munger shared essential wisdom and I wanted to pass along my favorites:

  • Buffett: “Write your obituary and try to figure out how to live up to it. For business, you just want to make sure you don’t make any mistakes that take you out of the game or come close to taking you out of the game. You should never have a night when you’re worried about investing. You should spend a little bit less than you earn.”

  • Buffett: “I’ve never known anybody who was kind that died without friends. But I’ve known plenty of people with money that died without friends.”
  • Munger: “It’s so simple: you spend less than you earn. Invest shrewdly. Avoid toxic people and toxic activities. Try to keep learning all your life. And do a lot of deferred gratification. If you do all of those things, you are almost certain to succeed. And if you don’t, you’re going to need a lot of luck. And you don’t want to need a lot of luck. You want to go into a game where you’re very likely to win without having any unusual luck.”

Ebikes, Lazy Landlords and Much MoreI talked about the EconoMe conference on a recent podcast episode and mentioned a few of the main stage speeches in detail.

Enough people followed up with me specifically asking about Kevin Ha’s ebike presentation and James Lowery’s ‘Lazy Landlord’ speech that I wanted to link up the entire list of 8 main stage speeches that Diania just posted on the EconoMe YouTube feed.

There were some real gems in here long on inspiration and if you have the time, I’d highly suggest watching this entire slate of videos.


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Zuhayr said, “My 1% better recently has been getting an Amex Platinum credit card because the fees are waived for military members and then using that card to get reimbursed for an audible membership where I was able to download and listen to JL Collins Simple Path to Wealth 100% for free. I’m excited to use some of the other benefits and I’m also going to be looking into the Choose FI posts on travel rewards with the Southwest Companion pass soon to better understand how that whole process works.” * Chase said, “My 1% better for the week was booking roundtrip flights for my bucket list trip to New Zealand this November. I used my Alaska points and got both flights for basically free (one of which will be my first ever business class flight!), and saved myself over $2000. A few years ago, I would have never thought this sort of travel would be within my budget. ChooseFI and travel rewards has permanently changed my life for the better!” * Quinton said, “My 1% better is asking for a raise. I asked for $6 an hour raise. My director called me with great news. They were giving me an $8 raise! From that raise process, the HR department realized I slipped through the cracks for pay increases. I was getting paid $3.75 an hour less than I should have been. Now the HR department is going to back pay me for all the hours I was underpaid over the past year. I would have never asked for a raise if you all didn’t talk about it on the podcast! I’m so grateful for everything you all do, thanks!” * Lauren said, “My 1% better was reaching out to my credit card company (Citibank) to reverse a late fee. I was ready to make my case for the reversal as it was a onetime mistake. I paid after midnight on EST, when I’m on PST. I thought talking to a rep through the chat would be the easiest. I felt a bit worried when I saw the chat on the Citi app was a bot. But I asked for a late fee waiver anyway… and voila! The bot granted it to me without any need to prove my case. Hope this can be encouraging to others in the situation!” * Casimir said, “My 1% better this week was getting some in-person time scheduled with my best friend. It has been months since we last saw each other and those days together are some of the more enjoyable ones I can have.” * Olivia said, “My 1% better was working on lowering our recurring expenses. We switched phone plans to Pure Talk (Mint Mobile not available in my area) canceled 2 streaming services, and switched car insurance. For only a couple hours of work these adjustments saved about $230/ month! * Sheila said, “I ate less meat and more veggies which helps my budget and my inflammation, and I created a vision board and wrote in a gratitude journal.”


The post FI Weekly – May 9, 2023: Financial Advice for Your 28 Year Old Self, Berkshire Quotes, EconoMe 2023 Speeches appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: the pain of paying, anchoring, relative value, sunk costs, response to stimulus, and opportunity cost.

On this installment of the Book Club, we are joined by Clint Murphy and Ginger to discuss some of our favorite takeaways from Dan Ariely and Jeff Kreisler's "Dollars and Sense: How We Misthink Money and How to Spend Smarter," We often mention on this podcast the importance of actionable steps you must be willing to take while on the journey to FI, and this book is chalk-full of actionable tips and examples that could possibly be applied to many areas of your life, not just personal finance. While we know that personal finance is not unilateral and there are no correct steps and decisions that ensure success for everyone, we believe this book can help you better understand the decision making processes that goes into taking actionable steps on your FI journey!

Book Club Selection:

  • "Dollars and Sense: How We Misthink Money and How to Spend Smarter" by Dan Ariely and Jeff Kreisler

Timestamps:

  • 1:21 - Introduction
  • 4:20 - Reducing The Pain Of Paying
  • 11:42 - Anchoring
  • 19:01 - Opportunity Cost and Saying No
  • 25:40 - Relative Value
  • 30:20 - Why We Don't Understand Fairness and Value
  • 38:49 - Sunk Costs
  • 46:31 - Overvaluing What Your Already Have
  • 50:07 - Spreading The Gap Between Stimulus and Response
  • 57:21 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • The Growth Guide Podcast
  • Clint's Twitter: @IAmClintMurphy
  • FI is Fun
  • The Great Man Within
  • "Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life" by Bill Perkins
  • "Predictably Irrational, Revised and Expanded Edition: The Hidden Forces That Shape Our Decisions" by Dan Ariely
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

This week we are re-joined by friend of the podcast, Travis Hornsby, to discuss some critical updates and deadlines pertaining to student loan forgiveness.

While the thought of paying off student loans can feel daunting, there may actually be some ways to mitigate the stress entirely! Though this episode may not pertain to your situation specifically, we believe it can act as a resource for some you may know, or others on this journey who are looking to potentially have their loans forgiven.

Travis Hornsby:

  • Website: StudentLoanPlanner.com (link to discounted consult)

Timestamps:

  • 1:14 - Introduction/Where Are We Today?
  • 9:45 - Irreversible Decisions
  • 11:55 - The PSLF and IDR Waiver
  • 17:34 - $300 vs $1500 a month
  • 23:30 - Searching and Patience, What Are The Action Steps?
  • 31:33 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • The Student Loan Reset | The Student Loan Planner | ChooseFI Ep 391
  • Federal Student Aid
  • Book a Consult with The Student Loan Planner (Discount through this link!)
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: getting comfortable investing, the vision boards, salary negotiations, and the skill of spending

Whether it's wanting to pay off your debts or get yourself set up for your future, there are many motivations for wanting to begin the path towards FI. This week we are joined by listener and fan of the podcast Rakesh to discuss how his journey to FI has been over the last 3 years, and the lessons he’s learned along the way. We often stress on the podcast the importance of bold moves and taking action as an important step to achieving FI, and Rakesh is the embodiment of just that! Everyone on this journey starts from a different place, just as everyone’s long term goals differ, but don’t allow yourself to be bogged down by the little hiccups that come with this journey. By pushing ahead and being mindful of your short and long term goals, you may find yourself stepping out of your comfort zone towards the life you want to be living!

Timestamps:

  • 1:15 - Introduction
  • 4:50 - The Evolution Of The FI Journey
  • 12:52 - Getting Comfortable Investing
  • 22:09 - The Vision Board
  • 30:39 - The Skill Of Spending And Future Planning
  • 37:13 - Low Cost Of Living Areas
  • 43:05 - Salary Negotiating And Job Transitioning
  • 53:11 - The Impact Of Staying Put
  • 56:06 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Finding Your Locus of Control | Stereo Live Q&A | ChooseFI Ep 305
  • How to Negotiate Your Salary Without Burning Bridges | Financial Mechanic | ChooseFI Ep 211
  • Negotiate Your Salary With Tori Dunlap | ChooseFI Ep 147
  • "Financial Feminist" By Tori Dunlap
  • Community Building With Mr. Money Mustache And Mr. 1500 | ChooseFI Ep 131
  • JL Collins
  • "Why Does The Stock Market Go Up?: Everything You Should Have Been Taught About Investing In School, But Weren't" by Brian Feroldi
  • Alignment & Adjustments | Scott & Taylor Rieckens | ChooseFI Ep 403
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: getting comfortable investing, the vision boards, salary negotiations, and the skill of spending

Whether it’s wanting to pay off your debts or get yourself set up for your future, there are many motivations for wanting to begin the path toward FI. This week we are joined by listener and fan of the podcast Rakesh to discuss how his journey to FI has been over the last 3 years and the lessons he’s learned along the way. We often stress on the podcast the importance of bold moves and taking action as an important step to achieving FI, and Rakesh embodies just that! Everyone on this journey starts from a different place, just as everyone’s long-term goals differ, but don’t allow yourself to be bogged down by the little hiccups that come with this journey. By pushing ahead and being mindful of your short and long-term goals, you may find yourself stepping out of your comfort zone toward the life you want to be living!

Timestamps:* 1:15 – Introduction * 4:50 – The Evolution Of The FI Journey * 12:52 – Getting Comfortable Investing * 22:09 – The Vision Board * 30:39 – The Skill Of Spending And Future Planning * 37:13 – Low Cost Of Living Areas * 43:05 – Salary Negotiating And Job Transitioning * 53:11 – The Impact Of Staying Put * 56:06 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* Finding Your Locus of Control | Stereo Live Q&A | ChooseFI Ep 305 * How to Negotiate Your Salary Without Burning Bridges | Financial Mechanic | ChooseFI Ep 211 * Negotiate Your Salary With Tori Dunlap | ChooseFI Ep 147 * “Financial Feminist” By Tori Dunlap * Community Building With Mr. Money Mustache And Mr. 1500 | ChooseFI Ep 131 * JL Collins * “Why Does The Stock Market Go Up?: Everything You Should Have Been Taught About Investing In School, But Weren’t” by Brian Feroldi * Alignment & Adjustments | Scott & Taylor Rieckens | ChooseFI Ep 403 * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post From Vision Board to Action: A FI Success Story | Rakesh | Ep 436 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


Expressing GratitudeSusanna responded to last week’s newsletter with a story that I wanted to share with you, as it highlights the power of FI and is a reminder to thank those people in your life who have made an impact on you.

Here it is in Susanna’s words:

“I learned about the FIRE movement in the summer of 2021 when I was very busy taking care of my mother who was dying of Stage 4 cancer.

I was burnt out from caregiving and had to force myself to do the calculations to figure out my yearly expenses and how long it would take for me to reach my FIRE number. I was surprised to find out I only had two and a half more years until reaching my FIRE number.

I asked my mom how long she thought it would take me to be able to retire early and she said 5 years. I said, “No Mom thanks to all of the lessons you shared with me about for frugality, investments, traveling on the cheap, bringing food with me on trips, buying standing room tickets instead of normal tickets for the ballet, opera etc, I can retire in half that amount of time!”

She smiled at me. I hug her and kissed her and thanked her for everything she had taught me. She died a week later.

As I write this, there are tears in my eyes because I can’t think of a better sending off gift I could have given to my mother before her death. She knew that I would be safe financially. I can retire before I turn 50.

At that age, my parents had only been in the US for less than 8 years and had to take jobs that they hated to raise their children. I may lose my job this year due to all the layoffs, but I’ll be fine financially.

At my age, a layoff for my parents would have been was devastating because they had little money and they had to raise two children. But thanks to everything that I learned from my parents and the tips that I’ve learned from the FIRE community, I will be comfortable financially.

This comfort and peace of mind is priceless.

I share this to remind people to take time to thank those people who have modeled behavior that you are copying or have taught you important lessons about investing, budgeting, negotiation etc. It might be a neighbor, coworker or even somebody who made an offhand comment about where to find good interest rates on CDs or how to save money on a vacation etc.

You will never know how important it is for that person to hear how their knowledge and behavior has impacted your life positively until you thank them. It may be the best thing for that person to hear, especially at the end of their life.”

The Wealth LettersJordan is a member of our community who created the excellent website The Wealth Letters where he:

“Started a project for my two young daughters called The Wealth Letters, where I am collecting insights from people of all walks of life (the everyday unknowns to the Titans of success) on pursuing wealth, wisdom, and purpose.”

Jordan put together a great thread on Twitter about Morgan Housel and the letter Morgan wrote to his daughter in 2020 sharing 9 essential lessons on money and life.

It is well worth the read for all the specific detail Jordan summarizes, but to whet your appetite, here are 3 of my favorites:

  • It’s okay to change your mind
  • Success doesn’t always come from big actions
  • Don’t underestimate the role of chance in life

Five Flexible Withdrawal Strategies ReviewedMorningstar just published a detailed analysis of safe withdrawal rate (SWR) options entitled, “When It Comes to Retirement Spending, Flexibility Pays” where they review five ‘flexible strategy’ options and how it would impact your SWR upon reaching FI.

This article is well worth diving into as it gives you options to consider where you can build in some flexibility and potentially increase your SWR from roughly 3.5%-3.8% in their ‘base case’ fixed withdrawal percentage up to 4.4% in their ‘RMD’ scenario and up to 5.5% in their ‘guardrails’ scenario.

Many in our community have a slight discomfort with the standard fixed SWR concept, so I think seeing these different options, how you’d implement them, and the added flexibility and potentially increased SWRs will be really interesting.


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Michael said, “I spent a few hours this weekend revamping my own personal and professional cybersecurity after listening to episode 397. I signed up for 1password and changed all of my logins and got a few Yubikeys to serve as redundant MFA tokens for all of my most critical accounts. I’m embarrassed to admit that one of my bank accounts had a very weak password for over 10 years and I’m quite fortunate that it was never compromised in all that time. I travel very light as a digital nomad for a few months per year and I realized that the consequences of me losing my phone while abroad would be a trip-ender since that is my only MFA authentication device for my job. That is now no longer true now that I have a few fully configured redundant Yubikeys.” * Erik said, “My 1% better is finally getting my student loans (from graduating in 2000) forgiven with the recent change in the PSLF program. Working through all the paperwork when the temporary waiver was open through October of last year was worth the effort and I had approximately $18K of my remaining student loans forgiven. Now the only debt I have left is my mortgage! Thanks to my then new girlfriend in 2020 and now fiancée for turning me toward ChooseFI and the FI community and thanks to you and the whole ChooseFI family for being a constant source of inspiration and information. The last three years have truly changed the trajectory of my life.” * Pam said, “I got my first travel rewards credit card! One of my largest expenses each month is groceries but the regional grocery store I go to only takes cash or debit card. I went online and found out I could purchase a gift card for the store, and recharge it, online with a credit card! A bit of a workaround, but now I can earn more travel rewards paying for groceries with a gift card I purchased with my credit card. Woot woot!” * Ben said, “My 1% better this week has been towards helping others by sharing resources about index investing, including JL Collins’ stock market meditation, and introducing a coworker who just turned 20 to the concept of compound interest and investment.” * Shannon said, “My 1% this week was paying off our car loan! We bought a used car last year after ours was finally too old and tired to go on, and were able to pay off a 5-year loan in about 8 months. We want to be debt free by the end of 2023, and now all we have left are my student loans!” * Manuel said, “My 1% better, I saved over $1,000 with policygenius on my annual home and Auto bundle premiums. * Gavin said, “Planning out my day the evening before or in the morning using my calendar– I’m using time blocking and this has been a great boost to effectiveness.”


The post FI Weekly – April 18, 2023: Expressing Gratitude, The Wealth Letters, 5 Flexible Withdrawal Strategies, The Wealth Letters, 5 Flexible Withdrawal Strategies appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

Oftentimes on our show, we talk to people on the FI journey with “regular” 9-5 jobs, and other times we talk to those who have achieved their FI goal and are able to retire from their careers. However, we rarely talk about money management and FI when it comes to those working in service industries, such as serving and bartending. This week we are joined by author Barbara Sloan to discuss taking control of your finances while in a variable income job, the importance of an emergency fund, and the attainability of retirement accounts and health insurance while in these types of industries. While it may seem unattainable to budget and financially plan for the long term when your income is non-fixed, you shouldn’t count yourself out from this journey! Creating your dream life is possible for all, with the right systems in place to ensure it, that is an option possible for those in all career types.

Barbara Sloan:

  • Website: tippedfinance.com
  • Book: "Tipped: The life changing guide to financial freedom for waitresses, bartenders, strippers, and all other service industry professionals"

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

Oftentimes on our show, we talk to people on the FI journey with “regular” 9-5 jobs, and other times we talk to those who have achieved their FI goal and are able to retire from their careers. However, we rarely talk about money management and FI when it comes to those working in service industries, such as serving and bar tending. This week we are joined by author Barbara Sloan to discuss taking control of your finances while in a variable income job, the importance of an emergency fund, and the attainability of retirement accounts and health insurance while in these types of industries. While it may seem unattainable to budget and financially plan for the long term when your income is non-fixed, you shouldn’t count yourself out from this journey! Creating your dream life is possible for all, with the right systems in place to ensure it, that is an option possible for those in all career types.

Barbara Sloan: Website: tippedfinance.com * Book:* “Tipped: The life changing guide to financial freedom for waitresses, bartenders, strippers, and all other service industry professionals”

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses

The post Tipped Finance | Barbara Sloan | Ep 435 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

This article is a compilation of general advice we have related to earning travel rewards using credit card reward programs where the cards are paid off in full every month (and thus you do not incur interest or late fees) and cover spending you otherwise would already be doing (by check, automated bank drafting, or other payment method).

    1. Chase Sapphire Preferred® Card Or Chase Sapphire Reserve®
    1. Ink Business Preferred® Credit Card
    1. Capital One Venture Rewards Credit Card Or Capital One VentureOne Rewards Credit Card
    1. American Express® Business Gold Card
    1. Ink Business Unlimited® Credit Card
    1. Southwest® Rapid Rewards® Premier Business Credit Card
    1. Chase Freedom Flex℠ Or Chase Freedom Unlimited®
    1. United℠ Business Card Or United℠ Explorer Card
    1. American Express® Gold Card (Personal)
    1. Citi Premier® Card
  • Chase Sapphire Preferred® Card Or Chase Sapphire Reserve®The or the are the cards most people new to travel awards should start with. They usually come with great bonuses, but more importantly, it opens up the Chase Ultimate Rewards® (UR) program to you.

Note: you can only earn a bonus on one of the Sapphire cards every 48 months. If you earned the bonus in January 2021, you will not get another bonus even if you closed a Sapphire card and got approved for another until February 2025.

  • Read our review: The Chase Sapphire Preferred® Card Review (2022)
  • Read our review: Chase Sapphire Reserve® Review: The Best Chase Has To Offer

From there, the Chase Ultimate Rewards® points you earn will position you to score award travel with:

  • United, especially for its Excursionist Perk across all its Star Alliance partner airlines (more on that later).
  • Virgin Atlantic and its international bargain redemptions on Delta (more on this later as well).
  • British Airways, with its distance-based domestic redemptions on American Airlines.
  • Iberia and great redemptions to Europe via Spain, or Aer Lingus to Ireland.
  • Singapore Airlines, one of the world’s best airlines, and the only program that is a transfer partner of all reward programs (Chase, Amex, Citi, Capital One, Marriott Bonvoy).
  • Southwest Airlines, with its low cost, no-frills travel within the Americas.

Remember, if you are playing in two-player mode, this should be your significant other’s first card too because the Ultimate Rewards from either account can be combined if both of you are living in the same household.

Caution: The Ultimate Rewards points can be transferred back and forth between members of the same household. But once they are transferred away from the Chase UR program to a transfer partner, there’s no transferring them back!

  1. Ink Business Preferred® Credit CardThe is a business card from Chase and should be among the first several cards you open during your travel award career. This is because:

  2. Like the , it comes with a large bonus.

  3. When you apply for it, the 5/24 rule is used by Chase as an initial filter to decide if your application may be approved.

  4. Conversely, after you are approved for it, the does not get included in your 5/24 number.

Don’t forget that the Ultimate Rewards you earn with the can be transferred to your as well.

You do need to have a business to apply for a business card but think broadly about the definition of business. This card is designed for small businesses, even sole proprietor firms like dog-walking, cleaning, ride-sharing, Etsy retail, and more. If you have a side hustle, you probably have a qualified business.

In this modern economy, and especially with how the pandemic has changed work, you do not need a store or office, and lots of employees, to be considered a business. We talk more about business credit cards in later on.

Read our review: The Chase Sapphire Preferred® Card Review (2022)

  1. Capital One Venture Rewards Credit Card Or Capital One VentureOne Rewards Credit CardMany experts in the travel awards world would laugh at this idea because the whole idea is to focus on Chase cards.

But we think this is a good time to diversify a little.

The and the are interesting cards because they work like fixed-value cards, but they also work like flexible points that can be transferred.

So, you could use the points you earned to erase various travel expenses like car rental, transfers, and booking fees, or send them to a Capital One transfer partner like Singapore Airlines.

Read our review: Capital One Venture Rewards Credit Card Review: Most Versatile Travel Rewards Card

  1. American Express® Business Gold CardThe second most valuable flexible travel currency is American Express’s Member Rewards points. My favorite use of these points is transferring them to ANA and Virgin Atlantic for flights to Asia, Europe, and Australia. Other great transfer partners include Singapore Airlines, British Airways, Aer Lingus, Iberia, and Air Canada.

An easy way to start earning these points is with the .

  1. Ink Business Unlimited® Credit CardThe is another business card from Chase. It may not come with the biggest bonuses, but it does have a few things that make it a great card:

  2. The points earned can be transferred and combined with the Ultimate Rewards in the Ink Business Unlimited® Credit Card or the Ink Business Preferred® Credit Card

  3. As of Oct 2022, you earn 1.5x on every day spend, which means for every $2 you spend, you actually earn three Chase Ultimate Rewards®. Be sure to check with the Chase website for any changes.

  4. There is no annual fee.

  5. Southwest® Rapid Rewards® Premier Business Credit CardIf Southwest Airlines is an important carrier for your travel plans, the co-branded Southwest Airlines credit cards need to take pride of place in your wallet.

This is especially so if you are trying to score the vaunted Companion Pass, which lets a family or friend fly free with you, regardless of whether you paid for the flight with points or cash. Even more amazing is that the Companion Pass is good not just for the year you earn it but also for the following year.

Make sure you wait till around the end of October to early November to apply, and then, earn the bonus points in early January. That way, you’ll get the Companion Pass for almost two years.

To earn the Companion Pass, you’ll need to earn 125,000 Rapid Rewards points. You can do this by flying 125,000 miles in a year, or the easier path would be to pair of co-branded Southwest business credit card with a personal card to get you closer.

You will only get the bonus on one of the personal cards, so pick the one you like based on annual fees and benefits, and stick with it.

You’ll still need to earn several thousand Rapid Rewards points by flying on Southwest or using the credits cards before scoring the Companion Pass, but these two cards will get you 95% there.

  1. Chase Freedom Flex℠ Or Chase Freedom Unlimited®The Ultimate Rewards earned on both the Chase Freedom Flex℠ and transfer to your premium Ultimate Rewards card, and both come without annual fees.

The difference? Be sure to check with Chase.com for any changes, but as of Oct 2021:

  • The Chase Freedom Flex℠ earns 5x on bonus categories that change every three months.
  • The earns you 1.5x on all spending, with no limits.

Important Note: The information for the Chase Freedom Flex℠ has been collected independently by ChooseFI. The product details on this page have not been reviewed or provided by the bank advertiser.

Either card would be a great way to add to your arsenal of Ultimate Rewards points.

Read our reviews of both cards:

  • The Chase Freedom Flex℠ Review 2022
  • Chase Freedom Unlimited® Review: The Best 1.5% Cash Back Card on the Market

  • United℠ Business Card Or United℠ Explorer CardUnited is a great airline co-branded card to have in your purse or wallet, especially with the Excursionist Perk and access to the Star Alliance partners. If United and the Star Alliance factor into your Why of Travel, consider getting either the personal or business cards. Note that these are both Chase cards.

  • American Express® Gold Card (Personal)If your experiment with American Express Member Rewards was, well, rewarding, consider adding to your stash of Member Rewards points by applying for the personal version of the . Occasionally, American Express might offer an increased bonus, so if you aren’t in a hurry to amass points, you should hold off until you see a great offer.

  • Citi Premier® CardIf your Why of Travel sees you flying a big family to faraway places, you’re going to need a generous amount of points to cover all that travel. At some point, you’ll be grateful to have some ThankYou points to transfer to partners like the Singapore Airlines Krisflyer or Jetblue TrueBlue loyalty programs.

Both carriers are transfer partners of all five major programs, making the a great addition to your travel rewards strategy.

The post ChooseFI’s Top Recommended Travel Rewards Cards appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

If you’ve read anything from the financial independence community, you’ve read about Roth IRAs. They provide tons of benefits to all retirees, like tax-free growth and the absence of required minimum distributions. There are some benefits more applicable to early retirees, like the ability to access principal before age 59.5. But, what if you don’t need to access principal early, or expect to have enough passive income to sustain your retirement without withdrawing from the Roth IRA? Beyond the absence of required minimum distributions, would it make sense to contribute to the Roth IRA or make Roth conversions?

There are a few other benefits of Roth IRAs that would still make them a good option for most.

Tax Planning in RetirementSimilar to planning for Roth conversions in early retirement to take advantage of lower tax brackets, withdrawing from Roth accounts in retirement can help you plan around the brackets later in life. If you are in your 70s and required to take traditional IRA required minimum distributions, plus taking social security, you may be close to the top of your tax bracket. If you need additional money, you may end up in the next tax bracket based on the source of those funds. Enter the Roth! You can take withdrawals from your Roth IRA with no tax implications.

This may seem anathema to those in this community, especially after discussing the inheritance benefits below, but it is simply tax rate arbitrage going the other way.

Inheritance PlanningEven if you don’t anticipate needing to take distributions from your Roth IRA during your lifetime, there are compelling reasons why you should consider converting assets to a Roth. After you pass away, any non-spousal beneficiary (think children) would be required to take those required minimum distributions (RMDs) you were exempt from when you held the account in your name. The inherited IRA RMDs are calculated with the same factor whether it is coming from a traditional IRA or a Roth IRA. However, when the beneficiary takes these distributions, the tax implications are the same as if the original owner were to take the distributions. That is, the Traditional IRA would be taxable and the Roth is tax-free

Therefore, in thinking of which assets to leave to heirs, the Roth IRA is much more valuable, especially since your children may be still working when you die. They would then be withdrawing from the IRA at potentially the highest tax rates of their lives. For those wealthy enough to pay estate taxes, doing Roth conversions is effectively a gifting strategy, as they are paying the taxes now instead of forcing their heirs to pay it later!

While the Federal estate tax has increased substantially, some states still impose inheritance taxes at a much lower level. Doing Roth conversions and paying taxes at the original owner’s rate may be preferential to paying both the estate tax AND the inheritor’s income tax rate. For example, a $1,000,000 IRA could be converted to a Roth at a 22% rate over a few years. Consider the example of a state that imposes an 8% inheritance tax (like DC, above $2 million), plus the inheritor’s income tax at 22% (due to earned income plus RMDs). Doing the Roth conversions would save a significant amount of money for the heir. Paying the income tax during the original owner’s life could reduce the size of the estate such that no estate tax would be owed at all!

Let’s Talk About SuccessIt is kind of a knee-jerk reaction to think that having more in Roth IRAs will mean your plan has a higher chance of success. It makes sense intuitively that having tax-free assets available in retirement should translate, right? However, unless you are truly spending down all of your assets in retirement, having Roth IRAs instead of Traditional IRAs doesn’t really impact your success rates. This is because if you don’t spend down the Roth IRAs, the benefits are never realized. It is the second generation where the success rate increases, namely the higher after-tax value of the Roth account. This is because the heir is actually withdrawing from the account and realizing the benefits of the Roth IRA.

It’s not like Roth IRAs needed another cheerleader. The benefits are clear, but I hope these additional benefits can show another important side of Roths, especially later in life.

Read More

  • How Substantially Equal Periodic Payments Can Help Your Early Retirement
  • How And Why To Set Up A Roth Conversion Ladder
  • What Are Capital Gains? Understand The Tax Brackets To Get The Most From Your Investments

The post Why You Should Fund Your Roth Even If You Won’t Need It appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


Travel Rewards for a Spring Break WinOur family just got back from an amazing spring break trip to the Bahamas, and it was a case study in how beneficial using travel rewards can be, both in the big obvious ways, but also in more subtle ways that add dramatically to the experience.

The obvious wins were using American Airlines miles for 4 round-trip flights from Richmond to Nassau, Bahamas and using Marriott points for five free nights at the Atlantis Bahamas resort.

The resort alone would have cost us over $800 a night which was reduced down to $0 (there are some pesky resort fees, but we would have paid this either way).

The cost per night, with the “5th night free” promotion on Marriott redemptions was under 60,000 Marriott points. This is about as good as it gets for Marriott points in my experience.

The small additional benefits that make a huge difference that I’d highly recommend you looking into:

  • TSA PreCheck and Global Entry: We couldn’t imagine travelling without TSA PreCheck at this point – it makes that much of a difference zipping you through the security lines at US airports. We actually applied for Global Entry a few years back and when you’re approved for that program it includes TSA PreCheck. We were able to bypass a 90+ minute customs line with Global Entry when leaving the Bahamas, so that made a massive difference right there. Many of the premium credit cards offer a reimbursement of your Global Entry application fees, but even still, it only costs $100 for five years.
  • Priority Pass Lounges: I recently got the Capital One Venture X card and this gives you Priority Pass lounge access, which we took great advantage of on this trip. After skipping the 90 minute customs line leaving the Bahamas (see above) we were able to relax and enjoy free food and beverages in the lounge, and then we had a long stop in Charlotte where we spent over an hour in The Club CLT lounge (nicest lounge I’ve ever been in, with delicious food and attentive service).
  • One of the biggest hacks I know of in travel is the Charles Schwab Bank Investor Checking account which gives you an ATM card that you can use anywhere in the world and you will never pay ATM fees as Schwab literally reimburses you the fees. We didn’t need cash in the Bahamas this time, but I’ve used this card in Greece before and it’s amazing how well it works. We leave this open with a small bit of money in there and fund it before a trip just in case we need access to cash.

As always, if you’re looking for all our resources on travel rewards, you can always find them at ChooseFI.com/travel

Exercise as the Best Longevity ToolDr. Peter Attia is someone I obsessively follow, so it’s no surprise I’m devouring his new book “Outlive: The Science and Art of Longevity.”

The biggest thing that jumped out to me, and surprised Dr. Attia, in all of the research that went into the book, is how critical exercise and strength training are to living a long, healthy life.

Here’s a quote that illustrates it perfectly:

“I used to prioritize nutrition over everything else, but I now consider exercise to be the most potent longevity ‘drug’ in our arsenal, in terms of lifespan and healthspan.

The data are unambiguous: exercise not only delays actual death but also prevents both cognitive and physical decline, better than any other intervention. We also tend to feel better when we exercise, so it probably has some harder-to-measure effect on emotional health as well.”

– Dr. Peter Attia

Anniversary CelebrationI wanted to take a minute to celebrate the 1-year anniversary of the publication of Brian Feroldi’s book, “Why Does The Stock Market Go Up?: Everything You Should Have Been Taught About Investing In School, But Weren’t.”

As I said a year ago in this newsletter:

“Simply put, this book is incredible. I think it vaults instantly into the top tier of essential personal finance books, and is a must-read for anyone who wants to, among other things, understand the stock market, what it means to invest in stocks, how to consider how stocks are valued and why the stock market goes up (and down).”

It’s also a good time to remind you that ChooseFI has published a number of other books that are extraordinarily useful for people in different stages of the FI journey (click here to find more info about each of the them):

  • Raising Your Money-Savvy Family For Next Generation Financial Independence
  • The Simple StartUp: A Beginner’s Guide to Starting a Business (for young entrepreneurs)
  • The Golden Albatross: How To Determine If Your Pension Is Worth It
  • Dani Mendonsa’s Baobab Money Tree series of five children’s books
  • ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence

ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Jessica said, “My 1% better this week was sorting out my 401k. I had to reset the password to even get in there, then I transferred all my funds out of the default high expense ratio fund. I also increased my contribution amount from 6% to 15%! I’m relieved I finally sat down to do this, it was pretty simple.” * Cheryl said, “My husband and I booked a trip to Florida next month to visit some friends and 100% so far has been using miles and/or hotel points! No out-of-pocket expense for airfare, rental car, and hotel! That leaves more money for golf, food, and fun!” * Zuhayr said, “My 1% better recently has been making use of some of the benefits the military offers while I’m still in. A couple of weeks ago I passed the US history I CLEP exam that I was able to take for free with DANTES funding, and this week I am scheduled to take a DSST exam on business mathematics also funded by DANTES. I have also enrolled in a university and am making use of the Navy’s tuition assistance program while I still have it available. I also discovered that Salesforce certification exams are free for the first and second attempt for military members/veterans and there is even a Salesforce fellowship program available for military/veterans who already have a certification, so I plan to work on getting a certification with Salesforce when I’m closer to getting out of the military.” * Leia said, “My 1% better this week was reevaluating our budget after buying our house which encouraged me to change my 401K contribution to ensure I will max out this year. Additionally, my husband and I booked tickets to see my family in Scotland using our Chase Sapphire Reserve bonus points costing us a whopping $0 for flights to Scotland with a day layover in New York allowing us to see Scotland and New York without paying for flights.” * Holly said, “My 1% better was buying a used car sub $15k. My husband and I have been looking extensively for a second vehicle but hate the idea of a large car payment. We actually bought a $46k nearly new vehicle and returned it the very next day after a sleepless night. We wound up with a 2014 Toyota Prius that gets around 38mpg. I couldn’t help but think of you, Brad, when you replaced your Civic with… another Civic!” * Garret said, “Our 1% this week: My wife and I recently had a baby. When it came time to pay the hospital bill my wife simply called the hospital and asked for a discount. Without question, they offered to lower it by 25% saving us several hundred dollars!” * Kaitlyn said, “My 1% better is that I finally opened a HYSA with Wealthfront. Until listening to ChooseFI I had no idea my emergency fund could have been working harder for me all those years, just sitting in a basic savings account.”


The post FI Weekly – April 11, 2023: Travel Rewards Wins, Exercise for Longevity, Book Anniversary appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

There can be points on the journey to FI where you feel that you may not be able to accomplish your goals, or even take advantage of some of the hacks we talk about on the show. But sometimes all it requires is for you not to limit yourself and just think outside the box. This week we are re-joined by friend of the podcast Ginger to discuss how the transtheoretical model of change can apply to those on the path to FI, as well as read your emails and answer some of your questions on this installment of Round-Up. Oftentimes, we forget how flexible and capable of change we really are, and its life's curveballs that make this journey different for everyone. While setbacks can put you off from pursuing your goals, or make you feel as if you don’t belong on this path, they shouldn’t deter you from attacking your goals. When you can accept that changing and adapting does not equal failure, you not only open yourself up to new options and possibilities, but exceed your own expectations while on the path to FI!

Timestamps:

  • 0:48 - Introduction/Economy Conference
  • 9:43 - Travel Wins
  • 21:23 - Ancillary Travel Rewards Benefits
  • 26:20 - Bold Move Update And The Transtheoretical Model of Change
  • 40:58 - Determining Your FI Number
  • 51:22 - The FI Pre-College Approach
  • 58:11 - Savings Account Interest Rates And Community Win
  • 63:11 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Fees, Frugality, and 401K Fears | ChooseFI Ep 428
  • Find Your Local ChooseFI Group
  • CampFI
  • Chautauqua
  • FI Freedom Retreat
  • Learning to Leave | Diania Merriam | ChooseFI Ep 416
  • Catching Up To FI
  • Bob Sharpe YouTube
  • ChooseFI Travel Rewards
  • Top Recommended Credit Card Offers From Our Partners
  • Todoist
  • Dominick Quartuccio
  • How To Test Out of College While You’re Still In High School | Millionaire Educator | ChooseFI Ep 238
  • The $100K Glorified Sleepaway Camp | Millionaire Educator | Ep 386
  • CIT Bank
  • FI Is Fun
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: travel wins, the transtheoretical model of change, community emails, and the economy conference.

There can be points on the journey to FI where you feel that you may not be able to accomplish your goals, or even take advantage of some of the hacks we talk about on the show. But sometimes all it requires is for you not to limit yourself and just think outside the box. This week we are re-joined by friend of the podcast Ginger to discuss how the transtheoretical model of change can apply to those on the path to FI, as well as read your emails and answer some of your questions on this installment of Round-Up. Oftentimes, we forget how flexible and capable of change we really are, and its life’s curve balls that make this journey different for everyone. While setbacks can put you off from pursuing your goals, or make you feel as if you don’t belong on this path, they shouldn’t deter you from attacking your goals. When you can accept that changing and adapting does not equal failure, you not only open yourself up to new options and possibilities, but exceed your own expectations while on the path to FI!

Timestamps:* 0:48 – Introduction/Economy Conference * 9:43 – Travel Wins * 21:23 – Ancillary Travel Rewards Benefits * 26:20 – Bold Move Update And The Transtheoretical Model of Change * 40:58 – Determining Your FI Number * 51:22 – The FI Pre-College Approach * 58:11 – Savings Account Interest Rates And Community Win * 63:11 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* Fees, Frugality, and 401K Fears | ChooseFI Ep 428 * Find Your Local ChooseFI Group * CampFI * Chautauqua * FI Freedom Retreat * Learning to Leave | Diania Merriam | ChooseFI Ep 416 * Catching Up To FI * Bob Sharpe YouTube * ChooseFI Travel Rewards * Top Recommended Credit Card Offers From Our Partners * Todoist * Dominick Quartuccio * How To Test Out of College While You’re Still In High School | Millionaire Educator | ChooseFI Ep 238 * The $100K Glorified Sleepaway Camp | Millionaire Educator | Ep 386 * CIT Bank * FI Is Fun * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post The Transtheoretical Model of Change | Roundup with Ginger | Ep 434 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

Our guide to credit will help you understand what credit is, what it can do, how to responsibly use it, and how to optimize it. Unfortunately, many people don’t take the time to grow their depth of knowledge when it comes to credit and everything it touches in their lives. This guide will help lay down a strong foundation of credit knowledge for your journey to financial independence and beyond.

Ready, Player One?

TABLE OF CONTENTS* What is Credit? * A Brief History of Credit in America * The 4 Types of Credit * Say NO to Store Cards: A Slippery Slope * How To Build Your Credit * Credit Cards: Compounding Interest vs. Grace Period * Your Credit Score: Why It’s Important * Make Credit Cards Work FOR You * Protecting Your Credit * Mortgages: Credit to Purchase Real Estate Guide * Student Loans * Bankruptcy * Final Thoughts What is Credit?Credit is a financial tool that allows people to purchase goods and services without “hands-on” money. Banks, retail stores, car dealerships, and the like can extend credit, and you pay back this loaned money for these resources over time.

Credit extending institutions make their money by charging interest on top of the principal balance of the item you received. If you use credit wisely and make payments on time, credit can be extremely beneficial and, in some situations, necessary.

When you consistently pay on time, the higher your credit score will be (we will go into detail about credit scores later on). Essentially, credit is an extension of value to the consumer in exchange for the convenience of not having to pay a lump sum of money upfront.

Stressing the importance of credit is always an understatement. Credit is a tool that has been used, in one form or another, since humans began trading goods and services. Smart credit management and how credit impacts your life are both necessary on your journey to FI.

A Brief History of Credit in AmericaCredit truly and metaphorically makes the world’s economy “go round”. Without credit, consumers wouldn’t be able to purchase products and goods that they may not have the money for at the time.

Created in the early 20th century, credit lending helped people like Henry Ford create his name-sake car manufacturing brand. During World War II, before the United States entered the war, the nation created the Lend-Lease Act, which allowed the Allied Powers (mainly the United Kingdom) to borrow money and war machines to fight. Further, because we sold them our goods, they not only had to pay for the product – but also interest upon payment. This propelled the United States from a country still suffering from the Great Depression of 1929 to becoming one of two world superpowers.

Credit highly influences the health of a country’s economic GDP (Gross Domestic Product) and GNP (Gross National Product). If the US is “running” a deficit, it means that faith in the dollar is falling, therefore devaluing the dollar and trade decreases. Overall, if the US economy has an influx of printed money, depressions (1929’s great depression) and recessions (2008’s housing value bubble), heavily influence the borrowing power of credit and what percentages of return banks and other institutions charge.

The 4 Types of CreditRevolving CreditThis financial product functions as an open credit line set at an amount or with no limit on the amount. This is a flexible type of credit that allows the borrower to pay over time for high-value products.

Credit/Charge CardsThese are the most popular forms of credit. Credit cards are issued by financial institutions with a set limit of spending. Charge cards are lines of credit with a spending limit; however, the balance must be paid in full by the end of the month.

Installment CreditInstallment credit is a line of credit extended to consumers that the borrower could not pay in full. Mortgages and car loans are two common examples. Mortgages also require some form of collateral to secure the ROI for the financial institution.

Non-Installment/Service CreditThis type of credit includes your utility bills and store cards (that can only be used at designated locations). Payment of service credit is calculated at the end of the month. Store cards usually utilize installment credit. Failure to pay these bills on time can result in repossession of the product, usually command a high APR (Annual Percentage Rate), and lower your credit score.

Say NO to Store Cards: A Slippery SlopeThe temptation of buying that dress or suit at a department store that you can’t exactly afford at the moment. But wait! They offer their own credit card and will give you a 10% off! And you don’t have to pay the balance off each month. No brainer, right?

Wrong. So very wrong.

Store cards are a slippery slope on the way to destroying your credit. Let’s explain.

Retail stores are notorious for pushing their own cards on consumers for a reason. Interest is usually compounded daily, meaning that each day you don’t pay off the balance, the next day interest accumulates. This is the opposite of cards like Visa, MasterCard, Discover, Chase, or Capital One, which offer a grace period. A grace period charges interest on the last day of the billing cycle.

Then there are the astronomical interest rates. Rates vary widely over from store to store but expect to pay 25% to 31%. So that dress or suit you purchased for $200 could balloon into $250+ before you know it.

Store Card Rewards: Not Exactly RewardingThe plane continues its uncontrolled descent when you are sold on the rewards. They are a key component to making your credit work for you; however, because of the pitfalls with store cards, accumulating rewards in this way could satisfy that desire to say to yourself, “…and I get store credit back.” Miss one payment, and not only do you get popped with a huge late payment fee, but you also lose your rewards. And since interest is compounded daily, those rewards essentially become a wash.

Finally, each time you apply for a store credit card, you receive a “hard hit” (we’ll talk about ‘hard’ and ‘soft’ hits more below) on your credit report. Apply for three store credit cards in a month and watch your credit score drop 30-40 points.

And this is why you should say NO to store cards. Period.

How To Build Your CreditSo, you are new to the world of credit and want to establish yourself. Well, having ‘no credit’ isn’t necessarily as bad as many may think (and/or tell you). The best way to establish a sound footing when it comes to credit is to find a guarantor: a co-signer for a credit card, when you rent your first apartment, or when you buy your first car.

This co-signer is vouching for you. If you do not pay the debt, the burden of said debt falls to the co-signer. Make sure that the co-signer understands what they are signing up for and that they have a good credit score.

Pay on time and you both benefit – as payments are reported as paid-on-time for both you and your co-signer will increase both your scores. Also, be sure to pay all your utilities and installment credit lines on time. This includes your water, heat, electricity, and cell phone bills. The more you prove you can pay on time, the higher your score, and the more credit you will receive.

Credit Cards: Compounding Interest vs. Grace PeriodCredit card interest calculation comes in two different forms: compounding interest and grace period. Compounding interest cards are the ones you want to stay away from, as they compute interest on a daily basis. This puts you at a disadvantage, especially when it comes to making the most of your credit. These cards often have a higher APR on average, so your wallet gets hit harder from both directions. A grace period card gives you a grace period (a full billing cycle) before interest is billed.

To better express the difference between the two here is an example:

You decide to purchase an item for $2000. Each card has an APR of 15%.

The payoff for the compounding interest card at the end of the billing cycle is: $2,025.31

The payoff for the grace period interest card at the end of the billing cycle is: $2,000.00

Your Credit Score: Why It’s ImportantYour credit “worthiness” is determined by your FICO score. The Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) determines your credit score by using a credit scoring model that looks for:

  1. A mix of your previous credit usage
  2. How much of your current or previous credit have you used (did you always use the maximum amount of extended credit?)
  3. Whether you’ve been paying your bills on-time
  4. Occurrence of massive shocks to your credit and a qualitative profile of the applicant for new credit.

Here is a rough snapshot of the weight of each characteristic:

  • Payment history (30% to 35%)
  • Current outstanding debt ((about 30%)
  • Length of credit history (15%)
  • New credit (10% to 15%)
  • Credit mix (10%)

A couple of definitions that are worth knowing:

Length of credit history: extends furthest back to your very first credit account and moves forward (you opened a credit card account at age 18 and you are 25, your credit history is 7 years old).

Credit mix: the various types of credit you have in your name. All credit cards are a “poor credit mix”. If you have some credit cards, a car loan, utilities, and a mortgage – that is considered a “great credit mix.”

Your FICO scoring range is 300-850. The higher your score, the more likely you’ll receive additional credit. Pay your bills on time, don’t carry too much debt, and don’t apply for too many extensions of credit. In some instances, your yearly salary and wealth holdings will configure into a credit decision; however, your FICO score is the gospel in most decisions to extend credit by financial institutions.

Credit Guide Tip: A High FICO Score Guarantees A Lower APR OverallA score of 670 is considered a good credit score. When achieving FI, getting close to or reaching 800 should be your goal. Your credit score and APR are mutually inclusive. The higher your FICO score, the lower the interest rate you can command from credit card issuers. This is a simple cost v benefit analysis.

The financial institution understands that the higher your FICO, the more likely you’ll pay your bill. Therefore, they will want to entice you with a lower APR to do business with them.

Don’t be afraid to call your credit card issuer. Negotiate if you have a higher FICO score than when you opened your account. They will not offer this for you, so make them come to the negotiating table and see if you can receive a lower APR or additional rewards. They know they are in competition with many other issuers, so they will probably fight for your business. It’s as simple as a phone call.

Soft vs. Hard Hits On Your Credit ReportA “soft hit” or a “soft pull” on your credit does not affect your credit score. Nor is it pulled to determine a credit extension decision. This is essential credit guide knowledge.

Checking your own credit report and overall score are also regarded as soft pulls. Finally, some employers will soft pull your credit to determine if you are “qualified” for hire. For example: if you apply for a job at a financial institution, that institution may soft pull your credit to see if you are able to manage finances.

A “hard hit” or “hard pull” on your credit directly impacts your credit score. This is why we mentioned earlier that it is best practice to not apply for several lines of credit in a short time period. The more you apply, the more hard pulls and the lower your score falls.

There is no algorithm or industry standard that can be explained to pinpoint the amount of credit score points you’ll lose but expect the range to be around 10-40. Obviously, hard pulls are damaging, so use them sparingly by not applying for many lines of credit. Hard pulls affect “big ticket” financial decisions: a mortgage, a car loan, credit cards, and even private student loans (outside of those issued by the Federal Government) are driven by your credit score.

Chase’s 5/24 RuleChase Bank offers one of the best lines of credit cards in terms of APR, balance transfers, and rewards. This makes opening a credit card with the bank competitive. So, within the financial industry, there is a rule called the Chase 5/24 rule. You cannot open a Chase credit card if you have opened 5 other cards within a 24-month period.

It is necessary for those that might be shopping for cards, especially the reward-rich Chase cards, to know and understand. Chase mitigates their potential loss by making this limitation. They see opening too many cards in a relatively short period of time as a higher-than-average risk.

Since Chase cards are in high demand, they can short their supply of cards to protect their interests and still command a high number of cardholders. This is important to you because each card application lowers your FICO score. If you have opened 5 cards within the last 2 years, applying for a Chase card is an exercise in futility. So, save those precious hits to your FICO if you fall into the 5/24 category.

EmploymentIn today’s economy, we all understand that getting a job is increasingly difficult. Ever since the economic crash of 2008, businesses and corporations are enjoying an extended “buyers market” regarding employment. This is further exacerbated by the arrival of the COVID-19 pandemic. So, each part of your employment viability is under a microscope. This is why employers (usually financial institutions) may soft pull your credit to see how well you manage your money.

From retail to specialized markets, other businesses may also soft pull your credit to gauge your character on paper. There are some employers who believe that a quantitative representation of your finances shows how you are responsible overall. This may sound counterintuitive; if you lose your job, you may not be able to pay bills – therefore hurting your credit score. With this lowering of your score, you may not qualify for certain jobs. Yes, it is a nightmarish merry-go-round.

How To Rebuild Your CreditSince payment history affects your credit score the most, ensure that you budget to make minimum payments on your bills. The goal is to pay off all your debt. But you need to take baby steps before you can run a marathon.

Don’t get discouraged if you look at your score and think, “I’ll never get out of this”. Financial planning is key. Also, applying for a secured credit card is a good move to consider. Secured credit cards are cards that require collateral up-front to receive a line of credit.

At first, this line of credit is how much money (collateral) you deposit into a new credit line. The upside to this is two-fold: First, you are limited by this amount to spend, forcing you into not overspending.

Second, each time you make a payment on this card, it is reported as a credit payment on time. Most consumers erroneously look at secured cards as pre-paid debit or gift cards. This is certainly a misnomer.

Finally, use as little of your extended credit as you possibly can. Again, this comes down to financial planning. For example: if you combine all your lines of credit and determine you have $50,000 available, DO NOT consider this as a windfall. Keep your balances low, and your credit score (and you) will thank you later.

Make Credit Cards Work FOR YouWe here at ChooseFI embrace the art of making your credit cards work for you. If you have a high credit score, financial institutions will offer perks that range from points redeemable for products to a high volume of travel rewards or miles. The process may seem daunting at first, but once you get the hang of it, you’ll understand why we dedicated an entire section of our website to credit card travel rewards. Don’t forget to check out our free Travel Rewards 101 series, grab the interactive PDF here, and see our top recommended credit card offers here.

Dive deeper: 3 Different Types Of Travel Rewards Credit Cards

New To Travel Rewards? This Card is For You!If you are ready to unlock a world of free travel, start with the Chase Sapphire Preferred® Credit Card. Welcome bonus is worth $750 of travel, more if you transfer them to partners like Southwest Airlines or Hyatt hotels.
Details: $95 annual fee | $4k min spend in 3 months to earn 60k Chase UR Points.

Things to Consider Before You Start* Do not overextend your credit limits – this negates the risk v reward factor. * Be careful and read the fine print. Some reward cards have blackout dates for miles, while others may charge an annual fee. * Reward points may expire, so make a note of expiry dates on your smartphone’s calendar. * Most importantly: set goals. If you want an “x” number of miles or “y” number of points, make sure you stick to those goals. Ensure those big purchases you make can be paid off during the grace period to run up the point score.

How to Start Making Credit Cards Work for YouLearning to make your credit cards work for you is a marathon at first. This is unless you have reached FI and can open reward credit cards without taking a blow to your FICO score.

Start with examining the plastic in your wallet. Do any of these cards offer rewards? Many consumers aren’t aware that they are accumulating points on their existing accounts.

If your cards don’t, start slow by doing your homework. Take a look at reward cards and find one that offers miles or points that fit your goals. Start putting a large portion of your purchases onto that card. This will help you accumulate rewards quickly. Further, sometimes card issuers offer double points for the first 6 months. Be sure to capitalize on this period.

Another upside to Travel Rewards is that they are (almost always) non-taxable. This means you accumulate more value by avoiding taxes on cashing in your rewards miles. If you purchased those same miles, you would have already paid taxes on the money you’ll spend.

Balance TransfersTransferring balances from one card to another to receive points is another way to start making your credit cards work for you. You must, however, be aware if there is a transfer fee (one-time or a percentage that ranges from 1-3%). We are looking for the best “bang for your buck,” and this negates a proper return. If your credit score is high enough, you usually can transfer balances onto another card without penalty and receive points/miles simultaneously.

Balance transfers don’t have to be purely about rewards. Keep in mind, if you are carrying any type of balance on your cards – many cards offer a 0% interest fee for balance transfers for the first 12-24 months. So, moving your existing debt onto these cards will automatically payoff.

Credit Guide Tip: Juggling Reward Card BalancesJuggling credit card rewards takes patience and research; however, not only is the pay-off worth it, the process can be fun – especially the more comfortable you become with making your credit cards work for you.

Preface: the grace period is what makes this technique lucrative. Underline and highlight this in your brain. Why? You need to pay off your balance before grace ends or interest kicks in and destroys your hard work.

First, make sure you apply for no-annual fee cards. Annual fees wash out a lot of your expected positive return. A good rule of thumb: find a card that matches your needs. Then call the financial institution and see if they’ll waive this fee. If you have a solid credit score, the odds are in your favor. Remember: virtually everything is negotiable.

Next, set the importance of the rewards that you want and use the “best” cards for most of your purchases. If you travel, get a card with the best mileage per dollar spent. If you like cash-back, make sure you get the best cash-back per dollar spent. Sound easy? Read the fine print. Mileage cards can have black-out dates and lower reward miles for certain purchases. This is even more true with cash-back cards: many tout a high percentage of cash-back, but only within finite categories.

Finally, as stated above, pay the balances off each month. The only exception to this is if you want to hack balance transfers. If you are carrying a balance on anything that can be moved to an introductory 0% APR card, do so.

Balance TransfersIn this instance, the benefit of balance transfers is the ability to pay an effective APR of 1-3%. This is on the amount you transfer to the balance transfer card. This is also assuming 0% APR and a one-time balance transfer fee. The upside to these cards is two-fold:

1) This one-time fee is immediately added to your balance. So no compounding interest.

2) Time. Make the minimum payments and pay off the card at the end of the 0% term period (typically 12-24 months). Use the money you would have used to pay the balance in full and invest it in M1 Finance or your favorite investing platform.

This may seem complex, but as long as you’ve done your research and know the due dates of payment and the rules set forth by the financial institutions, you can really make “debt” work for you.

To reiterate, you must be aware of the reward rules and payment due dates. Don’t get lost in too many cards if you feel uncomfortable in making the correct movement of funds and their payment due dates.

Protecting Your CreditYour credit has never been more important in 2023. With currency circulation at an all-time low, nearly every consumer carries at least 2 credit cards. This has made id theft more and more lucrative.

Technology is a double-edged sword. Embedded security chips and credit monitoring tools help combat theft; whereas identity thieves and scammers have created more advanced tools (such as Trojan viruses) that infect your smartphones and computers so they can mine your financial data. Security chips aren’t 100% safe, as RFID (Radio Frequency Identification) tools can “grab” your financial data by just being in the proximity of your cards.

Remember: protect your personal information! This will go a long way in preventing you from becoming a victim of identity theft.

Here are a few tips to help you protect your credit and what to do if you think you’ve been a victim of identity theft or fraud:

Take Advantage of Your Credit Card’s One-Time Credit Card Number GeneratorMore than likely you use an app or a website dedicated to giving you a dashboard snapshot of your credit card usage and transactions. Among many dashboard options, they may include “Generate SafeShop Card Number.” Clicking this will automatically generate a new credit card number, expiry date, and CVV code.

You can set your own credit limit and the number of times this unique number can be used. This handy tool helps protect you from credit card theft as it blocks off your real card number by using the generated card number as a firewall gateway. If you aren’t familiar with a website and would like to make a purchase, this feature will protect you from scammers draining your account.

Utilize Two-Factor AuthenticationIf you use multiple devices to log in to your financial institution’s website to check your balances or to make click-through purchases for rewards, two-factor authentication will make your life much easier.

Two-factor requires not only a password to log in but will send you a text message that someone is attempting to get into your account. If it is you, you can enter the given text code to complete the authentication.

If you didn’t attempt to log in, you know someone has stolen your password and take steps to secure your account further. You also need to contact your credit card issuer that an access attempt has been made. This could alert the bank that they may have a data breach/leak. Although it does take a few extra seconds to log in using two-factor authentication, this ounce of prevention is definitely worth it in the long run.

Utilize Your Free Credit Reports Offered by the GovernmentThe Federal Trade Commission (FTC) offers each US citizen a free credit report from each of the three credit reporting agencies (Equifax, Experian, and Transunion) within a 12-month period. You can pull all 3 at one time or you can stagger them across the year.

Equifax has also offered all U.S. residents 6 free credit reports per year through the year 2026. That is in addition to the free credit reports you can get via AnnualCreditReport.com. At the time of this Spring of 2023 update, Equifax, Experian, and TransUnion are continuing to offer free weekly online credit reports.

We highly suggest you pull them every 3 to 4 months. Credit reports are incredibly important as it tracks any line of credit attached to your name and Social Security Number. If you do not recognize an account or notice straight-out fraud, you can contact the credit reporting agencies that your credit has been compromised.

Credit Guide Tip: Freezing Your CreditImplementing a credit freeze adds a thick layer of protection against identity theft. A credit freeze “freezes” or “locks down” your credit in place. You cannot open additional accounts. Freezing your credit can be beneficial in many different scenarios. If you suspect credit or identity theft, implementing a freeze prevents further damage and buys time to determine how your credit was compromised.

If you have reached FI and have no reason to open new accounts in the near future, freezing your credit is a proactive step in protecting your hard-earned credit position. To freeze your credit, you must contact all 3 credit reporting bureaus and request a freeze.

There is no fee to implement this protection mechanism. It’s important to understand that a freeze does not affect your current credit cards. So, you’ll be able to use your open lines of credit as usual; a freeze prevents the opening of additional lines of credit. To “thaw” your credit, simply contact the credit reporting bureaus and make a request.

What to Do if You’ve Been a Victim of Identity TheftIf you think you’ve been a victim of identity theft or fraud, there are a few things you should do immediately.

  1. Contact the fraud department of the companies where you suspect the fraud has occurred.
  2. Place a free, one-year fraud alert with one of the three credit bureaus: Experian, TransUnion, or Equifax.
  3. Make sure to get copies of your credit report from all three reporting agencies.
  4. File a report with the FTC by submitting the online form found here.

Once you’ve completed those first crucial 4 steps you can start repairing any damage that might have been done.

  1. Start by getting fraudulent charges removed from your accounts.
  2. Close any new accounts that may have been opened.
  3. Get in touch with all 3 credit bureaus and have them correct your credit report.
  4. Review and monitor your credit report often and consider adding an extended

When it comes to credit or identity theft, timing is crucial. If you discover it soon enough and act immediately, it will limit the thief’s potential damage to your credit report and lessen the headache it causes overall.

Guide to Protecting Your Credit Health Post-PandemicWe can all agree that the pandemic changed the way we live everyday life. Society transitioned from going out to work, enjoying in-person shopping, eating in restaurants, getting together with friends to attend a concert, and the like to staying indoors and only going out when absolutely necessary. And even now, “normal, everyday life” looks and feels different.

Unemployment and lay-offs dramatically increased – limiting the flexibility of income. Because of this, credit card use has skyrocketed since March 2020. Everything under the sun can now be delivered directly to our doors, and touchless transactions are the new norm.

So, if your credit card usage has increased, and your income has decreased – your credit health is automatically at risk. In order to protect your credit, contact your credit card issuer and create a repayment program if you cannot afford your payments. If you do come to a repayment agreement, ensure that you receive a written agreement/contract to protect yourself.

Also, keep on top of your credit report. Criminals and scammers often take advantage of a crisis. Make sure that your credit hasn’t been compromised.

Repairing Your CreditIf you took a few hits to your credit due to late payments during the pandemic or applied for too many lines of credit, you’ll now need to take steps to improve your credit. It is a slow process, but if you are patient and take the necessary steps, you CAN and WILL recover.

The first step is to NOT close your unused lines of credit. This may sound counterintuitive as it makes sense to close credit lines you no longer use; however, FICO scores consider your maximum available credit v your available credit ratio. This appears to credit bureaus that you are budgeting your credit well by not maxing out your available credit.

The next step is to triage the importance of each debt line and pay accordingly. Your mortgage and car payments take the top spot. Then make sure your utilities are paid. After that, pay down your revolving credit (credit cards) in order of highest-to-lowest APR.

Remember not to sacrifice paying additional funds towards higher APR cards and not make the minimum payments on the lower APR cards. Finally, do not open new lines of credit. Not only will you more than likely not qualify – but that hard pull will just hurt your credit worse than it already is.

Mortgages: Credit to Purchase Real Estate GuideMore than likely, the largest purchase of your life will be purchasing a home. The stakes are high, but so is the potential to create value if you do some market research and follow the expert advice available from our ChooseFI blog and podcast. On the surface, borrowing funds for real estate may seem incredibly daunting, especially when you look at the paperwork alone. But we have some tips and tricks to help you get the most value for your money.

The most important rule of thumb when considering buying a home is to take everything step by step.

Don’t get “married” to a home that you absolutely love. Make sure you give yourself some flexibility both financially and emotionally when making such a huge decision. Look at purchasing a home as a long-run investment.

Research tax values and comparable homes that have recently sold in the neighborhood. Shop around for the best interest rates and which mortgage options you can afford.

If you are a first-time homebuyer, look at what FHA (Federal Housing Administration) advantages you can use. And remember, when you pay on the mortgage principal, you are creating equity that can be used later for refinancing or home improvements.

Traditional vs. ARM MortgagesARM (Adjustable Rate Mortgages, also referred to as Variable Rate Mortgages). These have a fixed rate for “x” amount of years and then a variable rate for “y” amount of years. ARMs are usually expressed as [fixed rate year term/number of times the rate varies after the fixed-rate expires].

For example, an ARM regarded as 5/1 means that for the first 5 years, the interest rate is fixed. After that 5-year period, for the remainder of the loan period, the interest rate is adjustable according to the base rate the Fed sets forth – plus a few additional factors. The financial terminology for the adjustable rate is the “fully indexed rate.”

The goal is to determine when to take a fixed interest rate (standard time frames: 15 or 30 years) or an ARM. Here is what you should consider when making this decision:

Pros of ARMs:

  • Lower interest rate (than the market fixed rate) during the initial mortgage term until the mortgage becomes variable.
  • Opportunity to pay a greater portion of the principal within the initial term – allowing you to build equity faster. Especially effective if you plan on selling before the variable rate begins.
  • In a “bear economy,” the adjustable rate can be comparatively lower all-in vs. a fixed-rate mortgage.

Cons of ARMs:

  • Monthly changes to the variable interest rate can rapidly increase your payment.
  • If you are on a fixed income (e.g. Social Security), the variable rate can price you out of your home.
  • Rates historically rise, not fall, over time.

Learning From HistoryDuring the 2008 Housing Crisis, 200,000 Americans became homeless because they could no longer afford their mortgages. Some of this was due to financial institutions playing “fast and loose” with credit default swaps (betting against themselves – hoping mortgages would fail). However, in large part, this result was due to homeowners with ARMs that could not afford their payments when the variable interest rate kicked in.

The takeaway here is that fixed-rate mortgages are more predictable and stable than ARMs. Although the economy is down right now (along with the Fed rate), ARMs seem attractive – however, when you’re on the path to FI, always play the long-run game. It is impossible to know how the economy will change in the next 5, 10, or even 30 years. Do your research first, but make sure to keep all these factors in mind.

Tax Value vs. Asking PriceThe tax value of real estate is the value assessment of specific property in the county you live in or want to live in. This is done to determine how property tax is calculated. The real estate market also uses tax value to estimate what a seller should start their asking price at for a particular home.

This is important to understand for a few key reasons.

  1. The tax value is often how much financial institutions allow you to borrow to purchase a home. In high-demand areas, the asking price can far exceed the tax value. This is due to the implied value of the property (what it will be worth in the short-to-long run) enticing the seller to sell at a higher price. So, getting a mortgage with a much higher asking price than the tax value is incredibly difficult, if not impossible.
  2. The tax value determines the down payment required by the buyer (usually 10-20%). If the asking price is higher than the tax value, you will pay a much lower effective cost for the property. This can negate much of the equity put forth.
  3. Even if you had the liquidity to purchase the property with the two initial factors in mind, a bidding war might price you far outside your comfort zone. We mention bidding wars because they are almost always psychological and overlooked by other financial credit guides.

As stated earlier, do not become “married” to a specific property. You need to have the will to walk away. You may get caught up in the fever pitch of a bidding war. The result: paying thousands of dollars more for a property just because psychologically you want to win. This is a fool’s errand.

HELOC’sHELOCs (Home Equity Line of Credit) or home equity loans is a form of credit where you borrow against the equity that you have invested in your home. Some of our regular readers will know the terminology of “Line 1”, which is just another way of saying it is the first line of credit taken against a mortgage. HELOCs can be a crucial financial tool to some and an extreme foreclosure risk to others, as it requires you to pay back the money (and interest) borrowed in order to keep your home.

HELOCs are relatively easy to open. With the pervasive nature of online banking, you can shop around for the best fit for you. When you open a HELOC, two time periods are defined: the draw period (usually about 10 years) and the repayment period (usually around 10-20 years). The draw period is when you can utilize the borrowed equity however you’d like.

One of the upsides to borrowing against your home equity is that the payments are tax-deductible. Because of this, if you qualify for a low interest rate, you can pay off higher interest rates of debt at a low rate and have a tax write-off. A nice two-birds/one-stone situation.

Once the draw period ends, you enter the repayment phase. You have until the defined time period (declared at opening) to repay the HELOC. You must pay back the principal and the interest rate during this time.

Getting the Best HELOC Rate: Credit Guide TipInterest rates for HELOCs vary widely between 2.5%-23%. To get the lowest interest possible, you need to have the following:

  • A healthy financial history and good overall credit.
  • A good credit mix, a high FICO score, a low income-to-debt ratio (ie: if you make $200,000 a year, but your outstanding debt is $500,000 – you’ll probably not qualify or if you do, the interest rate will be through the rafters)
  • A large amount of equity capital in your home.

Pros and ConsLike any financial tool, there are pros and cons to opening a HELOC:

Pros

  • A long draw (or pull) fund time period compared to the repayment period.
  • An exceptionally low APR
  • Tax-deductible payments
  • Most financial institutions charge little to no closing costs (dependent on your eligibility and equity)
  • No interest is charged on funds you have access to, but do not borrow
  • Flexibility in borrowing and repayment

Cons

  • Your home can be foreclosed if you fail to pay the HELOC in full
  • Missing payments, even though you are borrowing against yourself, still damage your credit
  • HELOCs can be fee-heavy — again, do your homework!
  • Interest rates are a double-edged sword

A key component of HELOCs is this: you can open a HELOC if you suspect you may need an emergency fund (e.g. medical emergencies, home repairs, or other necessary large purchases). You can choose to use the line of credit or not – with no penalty. So keep that in mind if you need a lifeline.

Something else to keep in mind is that if you plan on selling your home within the draw period, you MUST pay off the HELOC before your home can be sold. So if you are planning on selling your house within a certain amount of time and aren’t sure you can repay in full, you should probably pass.

A HELOC is not for every homeowner. You need to be sure that you can pay back the loan in full. If you are carrying a lot of unsecured debt (credit cards), a HELOC could be an excellent option for repayment or a horrible one. HELOCs are one of the few credit tools that are far from a one-size-fits-all. You need to do your homework and see if they are right for you.

On the Subject of Buying vs. RentingRenting instead of buying offers two key upsides: flexibility (if you move around frequently) and an option if you aren’t in a financial position to purchase a home. Outside of these two factors, your goal should be to buy a home (especially if you are on the path to FI). Making payments on a home creates equity; renting, on the other hand, gives you a roof over your head with no return on investment.

Some may argue that when renting you don’t have to pay for repairs if the sink explodes or the roof caves in. This isn’t exactly true. While the landlord will make the arrangements to make repairs, that’s as far as your positive value extends. Rent payments include expected repairs.

They also include a high premium for the landlord to make money. For instance, you can look at the value of a house and determine that a 30-year mortgage with an average interest rate and the payments will more than likely be about 30-40% lower than a rent payment. All in all: invest in real estate as soon as possible.

Final Thoughts on MortgagesEquity is the name of the game when it comes to mortgages.

Remember that on your journey to FI, you will come across peers who will act counterintuitively to you because they are spending and borrowing with their hearts – not their heads. To successfully achieve FI, you need to be disciplined when it comes to the largest purchase in your life. Of course, you should purchase a home you love but don’t get tunnel vision. Nor take a bidding war personally. Business is never personal. Buying a house is business. Yes, it is your sanctuary and safe place, but don’t let your heart override your head here.

Student LoansIn today’s talent market, a college education isn’t quite the necessity as it once was to land a dream job. With so many alternatives to learning and specific technical training that is unorthodox to the traditional 4-year education, student loans are on the precipice of a falling demand shock. However, with $1.6T debt on the Fed’s balance sheet from the Department of Education, they are far from going away. So, let’s discuss your credit options should you decide to attend university.

Borrowing for College Through the Department of EducationThe Department of Education offers 3 different types of loans to pay for school.

The amount you can borrow per semester is determined by the information given when you fill out a FAFSA (Free Application For Student Aid) and are married while at the institution you attend.

  • Direct Subsidized Loans – offered to undergraduate students only. Subsidized loans are both deferred (meaning you do not have to start repayment while in school), and interest is paid for by the government until the grace period (six months post-graduation) elapses. You must demonstrate financial need to receive Direct Subsidized Loans.
  • Direct Unsubsidized Loans – offered to undergraduate and graduate students. Unsubsidized loans are deferred while in school, but interest begins to accumulate immediately and the borrower is responsible. You do not need to demonstrate financial need to receive Direct Unsubsidized Loans…HOWEVER, you have the option to pay the interest while in school. If you decline this option, interest accumulates and is capitalized to the principal after grace.
  • Direct PLUS Loans – unsubsidized loans used when other financial loan options (see two above) are exhausted and additional funds are needed. These loans are credit-dependent – meaning that you, or your parents as a co-signer, must have a credit score healthy enough to borrow these funds. Interest accumulates at the origin of the loan and is capitalized at the end of the loan period.

Pay Attention to the Fine PrintThere are many guides online that tell you the limits of these loans and the repayment options. We here at ChooseFI want you to be aware of some of the proverbial “fine print” instead of rehashing information that can be found everywhere.

  • Capitalized interest can be devastating.
  • Student loans CANNOT be discharged if you declare bankruptcy – this is virtually the only line of credit untouchable in bankruptcy filings.
  • Failure to pay back your student loans will not only destroy your credit, but the government can also garnish your wages, among other tactics, to get the money you borrowed back.
  • The Public-Service Forgiveness program (where you devote your professional time and skills to public service) is incredibly limited in size and scope.
  • The rules frequently change. Limits on borrowing, subsidizing, and forgiveness have all changed quite often over the past two decades. Be sure to keep this in mind, as when the rules change, they are never in your favor.
  • Nearly 90% of student loan recipients take the entirety of what they can borrow, not what is necessary to borrow. You are allowed to borrow up to a certain amount. If you plan on getting a student loan, borrow only what you need.
  • Similar to rule changes (see above), the political climate also has a vital role in how student loans are addressed. This is another wild card that you need to consider.

Student loans are unique in that they are very easy to obtain yet nearly impossible to discharge. In almost all cases, they must be paid back in full (with interest). Consider this before deciding to go back to school or send your kids off to college.

Dive deeper into student loans:

Federal Vs Private Student Loans: How To Choose

Refinance Your Student Loans With Credible

BankruptcyEvery consumer’s fear – declaring bankruptcy. Not only is it financially devastating, but it also causes an emotional and psychological toll. There are no real upsides in declaring, outside the protection of the most vital of your assets. It’s a defensive mechanism that should only be utilized if absolutely necessary. A few insider knowledge tips to consider:

  • Hire a lawyer. Yes, it sounds counterintuitive as you’ll have to pay $1,000 – $3,000 (including court fees); however, a lawyer will ensure you’ll be protected to the fullest extent of the law.
  • Keep records. This is something those seeking FI should do automatically. Having proper receipts and documentation will help the process go as smoothly as possible.
  • Know the laws in your state. Bankruptcy laws vary from state to state. Some states have exceptions you can take advantage of, such as keeping your primary vehicle valued at a certain amount. Other states have what’s called “wild card exemptions” – which means that you have an allotted capital cap that you can use for any asset you own. Like we always say: do your homework.
  • Use only as a last resort. Bankruptcy will destroy your credit, plain and simple. Your employment and potential employment will be severely handcuffed. It will also stay on your credit report forever. The good news is that the “look back period” for creditors is 7-10 years. This period effectively times out the damage that bankruptcy causes.

Again, most of the recommendations in this blog are proactive ways to improve and hack your credit – an aggressive strategy. Being on the defensive is uncomfortable. But, if you have depleted all other options, this hail-mary pass is the only mechanism that will protect the assets you need most.

Chapters of Bankruptcy ExplainedLet’s look at the 3 most common chapters (or rules of declaration) of bankruptcy. These 3 will fit 99% of consumers that do not own massive corporations.

Liquidation Bankruptcy: Chapter 7Liquidation Bankruptcy, or Chapter 7, is the most commonly used for consumers outside of an organization. All non-essential assets are seized by the government and sold at auction. The consumer keeps “exemption assets.” These exemptions vary from state to state, so make sure you do your research and hire a lawyer to ensure you are protected.

Note: Most consumers who file this type of bankruptcy usually have substantial unsecured debt (e.g. credit cards) and not many assets, so filing discharges the unsecured debt, and very little, if any, assets are seized.

Reorganization Bankruptcy: Chapter 11Reorganization Bankruptcy, or Chapter 11, is a type of bankruptcy for organizations, partnerships, and LLCs. The rules are much more complicated than some other chapters of bankruptcy, and certainly, require the assistance of legal counsel.

Essentially, it allows small businesses and partnerships to carry on their business while working with creditors to pay off the debts they can and triage the rest to negotiate installment payments while keeping a relative “business as usual.” Negotiation needs to be stressed here. And because of said negotiation, a lawyer will need to speak on behalf of the organization or individual counsel can be obtained for each partner.

Repayment Plan Bankruptcy: Chapter 13Chapter 13, or Repayment Plan Bankruptcy, can only be filed by individuals. To be eligible to file, an individual needs to owe no more than (estimated) $400,000 in unsecured debt and (estimated) $1.2M in secured debt. Filers also must have a regular income, so you are out of luck if you are unemployed.

The advantage of filing for Chapter 13 instead of Chapter 7 is that you do not need to liquidate your assets to stay afloat. Agreements are worked out between the courts, the creditors, and the debtor to make installment payments to keep their assets and reduce the stress of high monthly payments. Think of it as slowly freezing outgoing payments. Those who file usually have numerous high-valued assets (such as real estate) and want to keep them with the protection of the bankruptcy shield.

Bankruptcy OverviewIt cannot be stressed, highlighted, underlined, or italicized enough: bankruptcy should only be used as a last resort due to the damage it causes to your credit.

Filing any Chapter will trigger a massive black mark on your credit report and your score will fall, perhaps hundreds of points, and will stay that way for years to come. Seek the help of a financial advisor, but most certainly acquire the assistance of a lawyer who specializes in bankruptcy law. The small investment upfront could save assets and make an incredibly rocky and stressful process more manageable.

Dive deeper into bankruptcy: How Hitting Rock Bottom Put Me On The Path To Financial Independence

Final ThoughtsWe’ve covered a lot of ground regarding credit management in this guide and how to best take advantage of lines of credit and the rewards that follow. Remember that credit is NEVER a windfall. Just because you have an available balance on your credit card, you don’t have to max out and make astronomical payments due to APR. Your expected value should always trend upwards as you approach Financial Independence. Carrying balances and opening multiple lines of credit is inverse to this goal.

If you take away anything from this guide, we hope you can better understand how credit works and respect credit as it needs to be. It is a powerful tool that, if used correctly, can pay off in many different ways. Use the methodology we have put forth, and you are well on your way to reaping the benefits of card rewards and managing your money (and debt) efficiently and capably.

Top Travel Rewards OffersTop Travel CardReady to unlock a world of free travel? Start with the Chase Sapphire Preferred® Credit Card.
Details: $95 annual fee | $4k min spend in 3 months to earn $750+ of travel.

Most Flexible Travel CardThe Capital One Venture Rewards Credit Card can be used for almost any travel expenses.
Details: $95 AF | $4k spend in 3 months to earn $750 in travel.

Best Card for Side Hustlers and Business Owners Side hustlers! The Ink Business Preferred® Credit Card can earn you $1.25k+ of free travel!
Details: $95 annual fee | $15k spend in 3 months to earn $1,250+ of travel

The post Credit 101: The Ultimate Guide to Credit in 2023 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


Inexpensive College Credit OptionsMy older daughter is in high school and we recently met with her counselor to discuss course options for her next few years and in that discussion, the concept of ‘dual enrollment’ came up as an option for her.

Dual enrollment allows current high school students to take college level courses, in her case it would be at the local community college, to earn high school credits (and potentially college credit at a four-year university in the future).

That conversation and this CNBC article on 4 moves to save on college costs reminded me of two incredible episodes of ChooseFI where The Millionaire Educator gave step-by-step ways both him and his son have saved tens of thousands of dollars (and many years) on college credits and degrees:

  • Episode 238: How To Test Out of College While You’re Still In High School (tips on Sophia and Modern States particularly stand out)
  • Episode 386: The $100K Glorified Sleepaway Camp (with tips on ACE courses, CLEP exams, and the most cost efficient bachelor’s degree) Social Security and One More Year SyndromeIn a recent YouTube video, Sean Mullaney discusses a back-of-the-envelope way to think about the impact of an early retirement on Social Security benefits that I thought would be really useful for you to consider.

I also asked Sean to summarize his findings and here’s what he said:

“Oftentimes, a reduction in annual Social Security benefits should not be a driver for putting off retirement for one more year (One More Year Syndrome).

For most Americans under age 60 with fewer than 35 years in the workforce, additional annual earrings increase annual Social Security benefits (expressed in 2023 dollars) at full retirement age based on the following formula:

Additional Annual Earnings (up to the FICA cap) divided by 35 multiplied by either 15% or 32% (depending on the person’s historic adjusted career Social Security earnings).

In the video, I show an example where retiring a year early and declining a $100,000 annual salary only reduces annual Social Security benefits by $914 at full retirement age (expressed in 2023 dollars).

Of course, Social Security has additional nuances, such as future inflation adjustments, potentially taking benefits early or deferring, and the potential impact on spousal benefits.

But it is fair to say that if one is otherwise emotionally and financially prepared for retirement, Social Security is probably not a reason to succumb to One More Year Syndrome.”

The Value of In Real Life MeetupsI recently got back from the EconoMe Conference and to say I was blown away is a massive understatement. Diania Merriam put on an amazing weekend of what amounts to the largest FI gathering in the world.

I was also deeply humbled by the impact ChooseFI continues to have on members of the FI Community – it was amazing to meet literally hundreds of people who have been positively impacted by our work here.

I can’t recommend the conference highly enough, so be sure to consider it in 2024.

In the meantime, similar, but much more intimate weekends are happening across the US in 2023 at the six different Camp FI events Stephen Baughier is hosting through the end of the year.


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Patrick said, “My 1% is that I finally used my F/U money and quit my job as a government litigation attorney because I was no longer allowed to telework. The division required lawyers to come back to the office two days a week starting in April 2022, but I was allowed to stay on until December (teleworking the whole time) to resolve a few specific cases I had been working on for the past two years that saved the federal government a few million dollars. I am now in private practice offering tax, financial, and legal services, including assisting other FI-minded folks with tax issues! Since I had a few months to prepare before leaving the job, my partner built me a fantastic website while I prepared to officially become a full-time entrepreneur. The FI mindset is empowering and provided me with the financial confidence to start this exciting new adventure.” * Anna said, “My 1% better is that I started a new position a few months ago, and one of its benefits is a complimentary gym membership. I took the money that I would have spent on a gym pass, and now spend it on a personal trainer. The trainer is more expensive than the membership, but it’s worth every penny. After years of plateauing in my fitness goals, I’m now making huge gains. Today I squatted 120 lb!” * Tyler said, “My MORE than 1% better was signing an offer letter for a Salesforce Support Specialist role, after not having any Salesforce experience prior to February of 2022. Within 9 months I studied to get certified and made a complete career pivot. Annual Salary + expected bonuses will = about a 35% increase in income.” * Jessica said, “My 1% is paying off 7 debts totaling $3517. We will see a decrease of $544 a month in our monthly expenses. We also re-saved $1K in a high yield savings account that earns about $2 a month in interest. Small but cool. I hope we can keep this momentum going. It’s my desire to pay off our last 3 credit cards, travel hack, and then refinance and pay off our car.” * Sarah said, “My 1% this week was buying a new battery for my 11 year old laptop and installing it myself instead of buying a brand new computer. My old battery couldn’t hold a charge and I had been shopping for a new laptop/tablet but instead of spending $1,500 on a brand new computer I paid $50 for a battery that should last me a few more years.” * Adam said, “Here’s my 1% better this week: My apartment building is part of the Bilt Alliance so I decided to sign up for the Bilt credit card, which allows me to earn points when I pay rent (my biggest monthly expense). Last month, the credit card was running a promo that allowed you to get 3 months of United Premier Gold Access for free. Lucky for me, I had an upcoming flight on United. The status not only allowed me to get a free checked bag but the morning before the flight, I learned I was upgraded to first class (my first time ever flying first class!). While it was just a shorter domestic flight, it was cool to experience that and for free, thanks to my credit card. This was a good reminder to keep an eye out for all your credit card benefits!”


The post FI Weekly – April 4, 2023: Inexpensive College Credits, Social Security and One More Year Syndrome, IRL Meetups appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: the power of outside, overcoming adversity, the value of streaks, building momentum, and van life.

As we’ve discussed many times on our show, creating and maintaining habits are an important part of the FI journey. Not only does it require you to prioritize what you value, but it can lead to success in many areas of your life. However, while we talk about the success that habits can lead to, sometimes we overlook that starting a habit can be stressful or overwhelming. This week we are joined by Gregg from Outside365 to discuss what your life can look like when you align with your habits, and the momentum and value that can be found when you start to prioritize your habits a little bit each day. While it may seem overwhelming at times to start something new, whether it’s saving more and spending less, or even just picking up a new hobby, you may find that the more you do it, the easier it comes! Remember, while you may feel a sense of urgency to instill habits in your life, remember to be patient, and take it a day at a time!

Outside 365

  • Website: outside365.blog

Timestamps:

  • 1:13 – Introduction
  • 7:51 – The Power of Outside
  • 12:53 – Overcoming Adversity
  • 17:02 – Building Momentum
  • 22:46 – Truly Being In Nature
  • 28:52 – Plausible Outside Experiences
  • 33:25 – The Value of Streaks
  • 37:20 – Van Life
  • 47:37 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!
  • “The Nature Fix: Why Nature Makes Us Happier, Healthier, and More Creative” by Florence Williams
  • “Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones” by James Clear
  • “Four Thousand Weeks: Time Management for Mortals” by Oliver Burkeman
  • “Stolen Focus: Why You Can’t Pay Attention–and How to Think Deeply Again” by Johann Hari
  • Huberman Lab Podcast
  • Dave and Matt Vans

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: the power of the outside, overcoming adversity, the value of streaks, building momentum, and van life.

As we’ve discussed many times on our show, creating and maintaining habits is an integral part of the FI journey. It requires you to prioritize what you value and can lead to success in many areas of your life. However, while we talk about the success that habits can lead to, sometimes we overlook that starting a habit can be stressful or overwhelming. This week we are joined by Gregg from Outside 365 to discuss what your life can look like when you align with your habits, and the momentum and value that can be found when you start to prioritize them a little bit each day. While it may seem overwhelming at times to start something new, whether it’s saving more and spending less, or even just picking up a new hobby, you may find that the more you do it, the easier it comes! Remember, while you may feel a sense of urgency to instill habits in your life, remember to be patient, and take it a day at a time!

Outside 365 Website:* outside365.blog

Timestamps:* 1:13 – Introduction * 7:51 – The Power of Outside * 12:53 – Overcoming Adversity * 17:02 – Building Momentum * 22:46 – Truly Being In Nature * 28:52 – Plausible Outside Experiences * 33:25 – The Value of Streaks * 37:20 – Van Life * 47:37 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* Subscribe to The FI Weekly! * “The Nature Fix: Why Nature Makes Us Happier, Healthier, and More Creative” by Florence Williams * “Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones” by James Clear * “Four Thousand Weeks: Time Management for Mortals” by Oliver Burkeman * “Stolen Focus: Why You Can’t Pay Attention–and How to Think Deeply Again” by Johann Hari * Huberman Lab Podcast * Dave and Matt Vans

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post Outside 365 | Greg Heil | Ep 433 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

Emergency funds aren’t a new concept to having a healthy financial life. Part of being responsible with your money is keeping a certain amount in an easily accessible place in case of an emergency

You should have at least six months of income tucked away in your emergency fund. The general recommendation is to keep those funds in either a checking account or a high yield savings account.

Why? Having that money close at hand means you can afford to cover any crisis that comes your way. That could be losing a job, covering a medical emergency, handling a home or car repair, or anything else that happens.

We’ll cover the foundations of how to create an emergency fund, when you should spend it, and advanced emergency fund concepts once you become comfortable with the fundamentals.

TABLE OF CONTENTS* What Is an Emergency Fund * Why You Need an Emergency Fund * Do NOT Use These Methods to Pay for Emergencies * How Much Money Should Be In Your Emergency Fund * How to Start Building Your Emergency Fund * How to Make Your Emergency Fund Part of Your Budget * Our $1,000 Emergency Fund Challenge * Ways To Save $1,000 This Month * Ways To Earn $1,000 This Month * How to Rebuild Your Emergency Fund * Where Should You Keep Your Emergency Fund * When and Why Should You Withdraw From Your Emergency Fund * Advanced Emergency Fund Strategies * Bottom Line What Is an Emergency FundAn emergency fund is an amount of money you have saved and set aside to pay for any emergency that may occur (e.g. unexpected expenses). It is the proverbial financial safety net. The way you define an emergency is really up to you, but there is a basic financial rule of thumb. That rule is this: do not spend your emergency fund on anything that doesn’t fall under the true emergency category. It isn’t a windfall account. It is to be used ONLY for unplanned major events in your life that, when they occur, could put your financial health in serious jeopardy.

Why You Need an Emergency FundFinancial planners always think about their monetary future. Whether it is keeping on top of their credit score or how much money they need to retire. For some, the idea of building an emergency fund that you may or may not need might be frustrating. Why not use that money to help you in your current situation instead?

Top 3 Reasons Why You Need an Emergency Fund1. Crisis * A crisis can have many different names: unexpected bills, unforeseen car or home repairs, or a medical emergency.No matter what form it takes, a crisis will happen to you at some point. It will also require a lot of money from you when it happens. A crisis doesn’t care whether you have the funds to pay for it or not. * If you’re like most American families, you’re already living paycheck to paycheck. A crisis might push you over the cliff into financial ruin. 2. Job Loss * If you are fired or laid off from your job, you’ll need to have an emergency fund to fall back on. If you don’t, you’ll need to go into debt or you’ll need to sell off assets. * An emergency fund can bridge your finances from the time you lose your job to the time you find another one. * Having three to six months of emergency income will psychologically help you when you get hit with a pink slip. 3. To Prevent Derailed Financial Stability * Gaining control of your finances after you’ve spent years ignoring them is a challenge. You’re likely working really hard to gain every little bit of financial stability you now have. * An emergency can wreck your precarious financial stability and set you back months or years. It also may discourage you to the point where you’re derailed permanently from your goal of financial freedom.

Do NOT Use These Methods to Pay for EmergenciesPart of Financial Independence is planning, and having an emergency fund is solid financial planning. Not having an emergency fund could result in relying on one (or more) of these financial tools. You’ll see this will cost you money and time: two concepts that are counterintuitive to our FI goals.

  • Tapping your 401k or IRA retirement accounts: Retirement planning is a cornerstone of financial health. So, if you are younger than age 59 1/2, there are severe penalties for taking from these accounts early. For example, touching even a fully vested 401k before retirement hits you with a 10% penalty plus income tax. This would register at least a 32% (probably higher) loss to whatever you withdraw. This is an irresponsible financial move.
  • Selling assets: Emergencies call for immediate funds. Trying to sell off even unwanted assets will cause you to lose value. If you had to sell a second car for money you need within a week, you’ll almost always be facing a loss – if you consider that the rush to sell will cause you to ask considerably lower than the vehicle’s value. Again, you lose significant financial value.

These Methods Are Even Worse Liquidating part or all of your portfolio: Again, the timing issue equals loss of value. If you need immediate funds, you’ll need to offer your securities at a lower market price to obtain the funds within a tight time frame. * Credit cards: Using your credit cards for responsible financial spending is a critical aspect of financial discipline. Spending them on emergencies is irresponsible. If you can’t pay the entire balance off during the grace period, you’ll be looking at an average of 14.99% APR. Further, a credit bureau will look at your credit card balances and adjust your credit score range accordingly if you keep a high balance and pay the minimum. * Asking friends or family*: It’s true that there likely won’t be interest if you borrow money this way. However, you could be putting a relationship at risk if you can’t pay the money back in a time acceptable to the person who lent it.

How Much Money Should Be In Your Emergency FundYour emergency fund amount goal depends on how much your monthly expenses are. A good rule of thumb (according to almost everyone in the personal finance world) is to have six months’ worth of income saved. If that sounds like a daunting task to some of you at the moment, consider working towards saving six months’ worth of your basic living expenses as a starting goal.

To calculate that goal, make a list of all your critical expenses. It should look something like this:

  • Housing
  • Groceries
  • Utilities
  • Transportation
  • Insurance Premiums
  • Loans and Other Debt Payments
  • Personal Care Expenses

Once you’ve compiled your list, estimate your monthly spending for each line item, add it all up, and then you’ll have an accurate emergency fund savings goal to work towards.

Having an emergency fund with at least six months of income will cushion nearly any blow to your finances- from a job loss to a car accident. Check out Ally’s emergency fund calculator to find out how much you can afford to save each month.

How to Start Building Your Emergency FundThere are two basic approaches to starting an emergency fund, depending on if you’ve started one or if you are starting from scratch. Either way, we strongly suggest implementing your emergency savings into your budget, which we’ll introduce in the following section.

If You’re Starting From ZeroLearning how to plan for your emergency fund is the most important step. Start by taking a close look at your spending and what can be cut to start your emergency fund. Then set that money aside and slowly start adding monthly contributions.

If You Already Have an Emergency FundIf you have simply been contributing “X” amount of your income to your fund, begin setting monetary goals. Reconsider your budget once you’ve hit them. For example, if you have six months’ worth of income in your emergency fund, lower your contribution. However, set a goal for 7 months. Lower your contributions and put the residual funds into a higher-yield security (e.g. low-cost index funds). You can never have enough in your emergency fund. Nor should you stop looking for opportunities to invest.

How to Make Your Emergency Fund Part of Your BudgetThe easiest way to keep track of how much you’re saving is to include it in your budget. Just like you may save for other goals, set aside a good portion of cash to fund your account. So, create a savings account through your bank. This can easily be set up through the online banking portal that you use for your checking account. Then deposit your emergency fund monthly goal into your savings to keep it separate from your checking.

As an example, say you need $3,000 a month to pay for rent, utilities, food, and other debt obligations. If you wanted to start on the small end of the emergency fund, you’ll need $9,000 for three months of expenses.

That’s quite a bit of money. So, start putting a few hundred dollars a month in your emergency fund. Don’t use these funds for anything except for emergencies. No dipping in to buy that new 4K TV you’ve had your eye on. Be disciplined and stash.

Our $1,000 Emergency Fund ChallengeWe’ve stated that keeping an emergency fund that will cover at least six months’ worth of expenses is the best practice. However, this can be a daunting prospect, especially if you’re someone who has never learned to save.

We recommend an initial goal of $1,000 in your emergency fund.

First of all, that’s an achievable amount. It’s not so overwhelming that it seems impossible to reach.

Secondly, $1,000 is often enough to cover smaller emergencies. Even if it’s not, it’s usually enough to mitigate the damage to your financial situation. In other words, you’ll only have to charge or borrow a small portion rather than the whole amount.

Finally, if your goal is to build an emergency fund of $1,000 in one month, that’s a small enough amount that it’s possible that it could be hiding right in your budget. With some small changes to your budget and some intentional efforts, you could find yourself with an extra $1,000 in the bank before the next 30 days are up.

Ways To Save $1,000 This MonthBefore you look to see how much extra money you can earn, check your spending habits to see how much money you can save.

Go through your budget and identify non-essential spending. Then challenge yourself to eliminate it.

Here are seven quick and easy swaps that can make a huge difference in the amount of money you save each month.

Eliminate Paid Streaming Services – Use Your Local Library InsteadMany streaming services like Hulu allow you to put your subscriptions on hold. This prevents you from having to pay, but won’t delete your preferences and streaming history.

While that’s on hold, check your local library for entertainment. Getting a library card, which allows you to check out resources, is free and usually just requires a valid driver’s license.

If you haven’t been in a while you might be surprised at what you find there. Sure books are still available, but you can check them out in both digital or hard copy. Movies and music are also available. Many offer classes or lectures on popular and informative topics.

Related: 10 Things You Can Get For Free At Your Library

Eliminate Eating Out – Cook For Yourself InsteadEating out is an expense that can add up quickly. Take the temptation away by preparing ahead

If you normally go out for lunch, pack one the night before instead. Then you can’t use the excuse that you were running late and didn’t have time to pack your lunch.

If you go out for dinner, meal plan for the week ahead, and grocery shop so you know you have all your supplies. You can even prepare meals on the weekends so they’re super easy to pop in the oven after a long day of work.

Check out our collection of delicious $2 meal recipes here!

Eliminate Cable – Try Free Streaming Options InsteadWe know–we just told you to put your streaming services on hold in favor of the library. However, if the choice is between cable and streaming, the latter is most often your cheaper choice by far.

YouTubeTV, for example, offers many of the same channels as cable and costs $72.99/month. By contrast, the average cable bill is now $217.42/month.

Granted, internet is a part of that cable cost, but you can get the internet in your home for an average of $50/month. Following our math, that’s $122.99 with YouTubeTV and internet vs. $217.42 for cable. That’s a huge savings of $94.43/month.

Eliminate The Coffee Shop Trips – “Treat ‘Yo Self” At Home InsteadAmerisleep recently polled just over 1,000 coffee drinkers about their java habits. People aged 25-34 spend an average of $2,008 per year just on coffee. That’s about $167/month.

Dust off your Mr. Coffee and buy some grounds at your local store, and you’ll watch your savings rack up. Or, if you’re a little more passionate about your morning brew, consider conjuring your inner barista and investing in one of the many affordable coffee brew stations. You can dupe your favorite Starbucks drink at home for a fraction of the cost.

Reduce Your Work Commute Costs – Explore Other Methods InsteadTransportation can be costly. One of the easiest ways to save money on it is to give your car a break and find alternate ways of getting where you need to go.

First, ask your boss if you can try working from home. Post-pandemic attitudes have changed the game when it comes to working from home options. Besides, there is no shorter or cheaper commute than the one from your bed to your home office.

If your boss wants you in the office and your commute to work isn’t very far, consider riding a bike to work when the weather permits. Bikes are free to ride and park and also typically less expensive to maintain than a vehicle.

If your commute is too long to bike, consider public transportation. Many local bus systems offer discounts to riders who buy multi-fare bus passes upfront or those who qualify for common discounts, like those awarded to veterans.

Maybe you live somewhere with limited or no public transportation. Ask your co-workers to start a carpool. They’re a great way to save money and possibly make some new friends.

Related: Longest Lasting Cars On The Road Today

Eliminate Excess Energy Spending–Revise Your Habits InsteadThe key here is evaluating your patterns and seeing where you can make adjustments.

ElectricityYour electricity bill is one of the easiest bills to lower because it is very dependent on how you use it.

Some appliances, like your refrigerator, will need to consistently draw electricity. Other appliances do not need to be plugged in when not in use. Even when your appliances are turned off, it is likely that they are still drawing power. Keep your electronic devices on a power strip to easily unplug several unused ones at once. Excess electricity drawn from your appliances makes up an average of 20% of all residential electricity use.

Related: How To Lower Your Electric Bill

HeatingUse a programmable thermostat for easy savings. These thermostats allow you to align your home’s heating schedule with the way you live. A programmable thermostat will automatically turn down the heat when you leave for work and turn it up before you come home.

If you’re leaving your heat at the same temperature all day, you might be surprised at the saving you incur with this simple switch.

WaterDepending on where you live, water can quietly eat into your budget. From Oregon to New Jersey, and recently even in states like West Virginia, monthly water prices hover near $100. During these uncertain economic times, utility costs like these can quietly eat away at your budget.

Taking shorter showers, ensuring you turn off the taps, and other hacks can create noticeable savings each month. Check out some of our favorite water bill hacking tips here.

Eliminate Your Bad Habits–Live Cleaner InsteadWe all have a bad habit we’d like to kick, like smoking, over-snacking, or drinking.
Bad habits are not just bad for your health, but can also be bad for your savings. Staying in and working out (saving on fitness centers), eating cleaner with home-cooked meals, and keeping an overall healthy mental attitude can help you become a better you and a more financially stable household.

Also, check out our dynamite article written by Mr. 3000 about saving $500,000 over a lifetime when you cut out drinking.

Ways To Earn $1,000 This MonthIf changes to your non-essential spending don’t allow you to build an emergency fund of $1,000 in 30 days, you might be able to make up the difference by earning some money.

Sell Your StuffIf you haven’t used a selling app before, check out our guide to the best-selling apps for getting rid of your stuff. These apps, which include Facebook Marketplace and Craigslist, can connect you with people in your neighborhood, or even across the country.

Some apps will even buy your things directly from you. This means meeting up in parking lots or at your home could be a thing of the past.

Decluttr is one of those apps. It’s a great way to sell your used electronics. You can use their app to look up your items to get an instant price. If you agree to sell your items for that price, you can mail your tech to them for free with their provided shipping labels. They will pay you the day after the items are received.

Check out Decluttr’s FAQs to see how it works.

Cashback AppsCashback apps make it easy to receive cashback on purchases that you plan to buy anyway. Apps like Rakuten, formerly Ebates, can get you up to 40% cashback at over 3,500 different stores.

Rakuten is a shopping portal that directs you to some of your favorite stores and then collects the cashback for you. They then pay you quarterly with a check in the mail or a deposit into your PayPal account.

Get started earning cashback on your online shopping with Rakuten here.

Short-Term Side HustlesSide hustles are a good way to make some extra cash. They don’t have to be long-term. Short-term side hustles can make it possible for you to earn an additional couple hundred dollars towards your goal of $1,000. Just make sure you are paying taxes on earned income if you fall within that category.

Manual Labor In Your CommunityAsk your neighbors if they need help keeping up their lawn or shoveling snow in the winter. Working those jobs could earn you some decent money. Do a good job and the word-of-mouth reviews might earn you a lot of clients.

Virtual AssistantIf manual labor doesn’t sound like your sort of hustle, maybe try becoming a virtual assistant. If someone you know just can’t seem to get ahead, offer your services and help them organize their life online. You might yourself a whole new career!

Grocery ShopperStores are in great need of additional shoppers to fulfill online orders. You can often set your own hours so it’s easy to pick this up as a second job.

If one of these three doesn’t fit your skills, check out our full article on short-term side hustles.

How to Rebuild Your Emergency Fund Many of us have had to dip into our emergency funds due to the COVID-19 pandemic. So if you fall into this category, rebuilding your emergency fund is critical. The best approach is to rethink your budgeting strategy. Buckling down on unnecessary expenses will help you incrementally add back to your losses. You should also look into COVID-19 relief programs that are offered by the government, your credit card banks, and other institutions that you carry a balance with. These are usually without penalty to you and will give you additional flexibility in building your emergency fund back to where it was pre-pandemic.

Where Should You Keep Your Emergency FundThere are several places you can keep your emergency fund, but keep in mind that accessibility is crucial. Keep that in mind when planning your emergency fund budget.

Traditional Savings AccountsTraditional savings accounts are the simplest and easiest way to keep track of and fund your emergency savings fund. They are easy to contribute to and open. Also, they rarely have requirements attached (such as high yield savings accounts) so they are incredibly accessible. The downside is the return. The average savings rate is 0.10%.

High Yield Savings AccountsA high yield savings account has an advantage over its traditional counterpart with a much higher average APY. Although you should keep in mind that “high yield” in today’s market sometimes carries significant requirements: a high minimum balance (to avoid a monthly maintenance fee), access limitations, substantial overdraft fees, and varying compounding methods (monthly, quarterly, annually). Make sure to do your homework and read the fine print before opening.

Dive Deeper: Best Online Savings Banks of 2021

M1 FinanceM1 Finance is one of ChooseFI’s favorite robo-investors that offers many different types of options to invest your emergency fund at a high return. And you don’t have to be a financial guru to invest in securities such as ETFs and stocks, which offer a much higher return than savings accounts. Finally, there are zero fees to invest or withdraw funds.

M1 Finance offers high flexibility and returns at no cost. So we highly suggest using M1 Finance to contribute to your emergency fund.

Dive Deeper: M1 Finance Review

Roth IRAUsing your Roth IRA as an emergency fund has its advantages and disadvantages. Contributions to a Roth are made with post-tax dollars. So you are allowed to withdraw funds from your Roth tax-free and without penalty, even if you haven’t reached the age threshold (so long as you do not withdraw gains). Further, gains from keeping your money in a Roth are significantly higher than even a high yield savings account. The downside is that when you withdraw principal from your Roth you are reducing the long-run potential for exponential growth on that money. Since social security cannot provide a comfortable living for you in retirement, this can be a major setback.

Dive Deeper: Should You Store Your Emergency Funds in Total Bond Market?

Further reading: Investing 101 | The Ultimate Guide To Investing

When and Why Should You Withdraw From Your Emergency FundWithdrawing your contributions should only be triggered by a true emergency.

  • Job loss. This is the most important reason you should have at least six months’ worth of income saved. If you were to lose your job you’ll need money for expenses until you can find a new one.
  • Health expenses. No one plans to get sick or a car accident.
  • Major car repairs. A new alternator or even a water pump replacement can set you back hundreds of dollars.
  • Home repairs. If you have storm or flood damage without home insurance these can be costly.
  • A higher than expected tax bill. This is especially true for those without tax withholdings through their employer.

Advanced Emergency Fund StrategiesWhat if there was a different way to approach your emergency fund in FI that would still let you keep cash on hand for emergencies, but would also allow you to make more money?

For years and years, financial experts have drilled into us that we should have money stashed away to deal with emergencies. That hasn’t changed.

What has started to change, especially for people pursuing Financial Independence, is where we keep that money. Typically, you would keep cash in a bank or a money market account where it earns very little interest but is easily accessible in the event of an emergency.

The new way of thinking about emergency funds in FI is to change where you keep that money. For you to put it someplace less accessible so that it would earn more while you are waiting to potentially use it. It keeps your money working for you.

In this advanced section, we’ll closely examine this non-traditional approach to emergency funds in FI. The success of this idea depends on what a true emergency is and we’ll define one. We’ll also discuss HELOCs and credit card floating, two new strategies for handling a crisis. Finally, how to tell if the non-traditional emergency fund is right for you and the action steps to take.

Non-Traditional Recommendations to Fund an Emergency FundLet’s make one thing crystal clear. Rethinking your emergency fund in FI doesn’t mean you lose earmarked cash for an emergency. It’s about how that money can be accessed.

In podcast episode 66, Jonathan and Brad interviewed Big ERN (Early Retirement Now). He proceeded to do two things that rocked Brad and Jonathan’s world.

Big ERN first talked about his life story and how he was poised to give notice of his impending departure at his job so he could retire early.

Secondly, he offered this new way of thinking about emergency funds. The question that prompted his new path is this: What emergency is there that you would need to have your emergency fund immediately accessible?

The answer is, not many. You could be storing your emergency fund in something that gives you a better interest rate for a higher return because it’s not money that you have to access at moment’s notice.

When an emergency occurs, you can use your credit card to float the money until you can receive the funds stored in a growth account. Anything that might cost more than that can wait to be paid for until a later date after you have received your funds.

What Do True Emergencies Actually Cost UpfrontThe success of this plan rests on what emergencies cost. When Big ERN posed the question about what emergencies exist that would require a large sum of money available immediately, it proved to be a difficult question to answer.

Try as they might, Brad and Jonathan couldn’t come up with something that costs more than $1,000, which most of those on the path to Financial Independence have in their bank account. Emergencies related to your health, home repair, car repair, your pet, losing your job – none of them amounted to much more than $1,000 upfront.

Many of the things on that list likely cost much more than $1,000 in total. But the entire bill is never due immediately. There’s always at least a few weeks in between when the emergency happens and when the total bill is due.

Even the most pressing emergency, like losing your job, shouldn’t cost more than what you have in the bank. And by the time you’ll need to use money from your emergency fund, it will have been transferred to your account.

So if you don’t need a lot of money upfront, why are you keeping it in a bank account or a money market account where the interest rate is incredibly low? You could keep that money in a number of other places – equities, index funds, stocks – that will help your money grow. This is where you can get creative with your emergency funds.

What Is Opportunity Cost and Why Does It MatterWhat started this whole change of thought regarding emergency funds in FI is the economic concept of opportunity cost.

Opportunity cost is asking yourself what you’re giving up in order to keep something else the way that it is. In this case, what are you sacrificing in order to keep your traditional emergency fund?

The answer could be a substantial amount of wealth. On his blog, Big ERN cites a whitepaper on Personal Capital’s website that succinctly explains the math behind this opportunity cost. In summary, it states that you’re losing about a third of your retirement spending by leaving all of your emergency cash sitting in the bank.

Big ERN’s ExampleBig ERN cites the fact that if you had invested $1 in a 70% stock/30% bond portfolio in 1983, by 2013 that $1 would have been worth $18.36. On the contrary, if you put $1 in a 60% stock/20% bond/20% cash portfolio at the same time, it would have been worth only $14.11 in the same time period.

You could have made a 33% return on your money in that same time period with a different outlook on emergency funds. Over the course of your lifetime, you can see how that would add up tremendously.

So the opportunity of keeping cash on hand costs you when it comes to your retirement savings is significant. At best it means a large cut in your retirement spending. At worst, it means that it takes you more years before you can retire with the amount of money you know you need.

Non-Traditional Ways To Fund An Emergency FundIn the same podcast where he introduced the idea of a non-traditional emergency fund to Brad and Jonathan, Big ERN discussed other places to find money that could help you pay for any emergencies.

There are two main sources of extra funds: HELOCs and credit cards. It’s possible one of these could be your emergency fund in FI. Let’s look at both.

HELOCA HELOC is a Home Equity Line Of Credit. You typically need to have at least 20% equity in your home prior to qualifying for one. The bank sets your HELOC credit limit based on the amount of equity that you have.

How Does a HELOC Work?Once your HELOC is open, you have a draw period where you can remove funds from the line of credit. The draw period usually lasts five to ten years. What you borrow, plus interest defines your payback period. You cannot take any more money out during this time, only pay it back. This period usually lasts from ten to twenty years.

What makes a HELOC attractive is that the interest rates are usually much lower than that of your average credit card. The average HELOC rate ranges from 2.99% to 21%, based on the borrower. Banks examine your debt-to-income ratio, the amount of equity that you have in your home, current interest rates, and your credit score in order to determine your rate.

Things to ConsiderThere are two things to consider when applying for a HELOC.

  • Your home is collateral. That means if you don’t repay the HELOC within the defined time frame, you risk going into foreclosure.
  • The variable interest rates of a HELOC could come back to bite you. While they’re mostly based on you and your financial situation, they’re also dependent on national interest rates. If those go up, you could end up paying more to repay the money from the HELOC.

Knowing all of this, if you have a HELOC at the time of your emergency (or you’ve done your homework to know where to get one), you’ll have extra funds close at hand whenever you need them.

Credit CardsIf you’ve been around FI for any length of time, you know how to use credit cards wisely. You don’t want to carry any debt with them, but you do want to use them for your purchases so that you can earn points and rewards with them. The goal is to then immediately pay off the entire card.

Credit cards can work to help you float money during an emergency while you work to transfer funds to your bank account.

Things to ConsiderThere are a couple of things you need to consider before you make this choice.

  • Credit card interest rates can be incredibly high. The average APR is 14.58%/month for existing customers and 17.98%/month for new customers. That’s a lot of extra money to pay back if you can’t pay off the whole balance on the first bill.
  • You need to know your credit limits. Obviously different cards have different rates and different credit limits.

Dive Deeper: Credit 101 | The Ultimate Guide To Credit

How To Tell If This Method Is Right For YouWe’ll tell you now that this strategy might not be right for everyone. In order to know if it’s right for you, see if you can answer “true” to the following statements.

You Have a Very Solid Financial FoundationBig ERN, Jonathan, and Brad are educated risk-takers. They have a significant amount of wealth. They’re not just jumping into the latest financial fads, and they wouldn’t recommend you do that either.

The key to the success of this non-traditional plan for emergency funds in FI is the financial foundation that you have in place. Big ERN lists some hallmarks of a good financial foundation in his blog post about emergency funds.

  • No consumer debt
  • A significant net worth
  • Structured monthly expenses
  • Knowledge of the financial tools available if you need them
  • A plan for what to do should a crisis hit

If you are still struggling to pay off debt and haven’t started saving much, this is not right for you where you are right now. This step is for FIers that have moved into an advanced way of approaching their finances.

You Have Done Your ResearchAs we mentioned above, two of the most popular places to access larger amounts of cash than what you might have on hand are through a HELOC and using your credit cards.

However, the time to start researching a HELOC is not when you’re in the middle of a crisis. You should have that plan in place before the crisis hits. In other words, know who has the best rate on a HELOC, so you know where you’re going to get one if you need it and don’t already have it.

Which credit card will you use to float the money until you can transfer the funds to pay for the emergency? Which card offers the most points or rewards? What are the limits on each card you have? You likely won’t have the time or energy to research this when catastrophe hits.

You Are Comfortable Choosing Flexibility Over FearIn Podcast Episode 66R, Brad openly admits that he has a large amount of money in his bank account. He states that he feels comfortable with the idea that he has money that’s accessible should he need it.

In choosing the non-traditional emergency fund in the route to Financial Independence, you’re choosing to open your mind to other possibilities. How much more money could you be making? Could you retire even earlier if you didn’t have this cash drag on your portfolio?

The bottom line is that people who choose to follow Big ERN’s advice are ready to let go of their fear of not having money on hand. They’re ready to be flexible enough to envision their money in a different way.

Action Steps To Move Your Money To A Non-Traditional Emergency FundMoving your money from your bank account or money market to an investment with a higher return may not be hard, but it still requires some planning. Start by asking yourself these three questions.

Where Are You Going to Put the Money?You need to be careful where you put your cash as you still need access to it without penalties. Putting money in your 401(K) or a certificate of deposit (CD ladder) and then having to withdraw it may cost you a large penalty. Look for options that have low-to-no penalties for withdrawing your money. And keep an eye on maturity dates when using a certificate of deposit accounts.

How Will You Diversify?Part of moving your money should include an examination of your current investments. What do you have that’s working? Do you want to contribute more to that or branch out into other areas?

In a follow-up podcast to Big ERN’s new theory on emergency funds, Brad discussed the idea of putting his emergency fund cash into a Vanguard taxable account with automatic investments. If he does that, he doesn’t have to think about making decisions. Vanguard will do it for him.

Are There Other Ways to Use That Cash Accumulation That Make More Sense?Brad also mentioned that since he already has significant funds in other places that are easily accessible, he might want to think outside the box.

He could use the money to pay down his mortgage. Or he might use it as a down payment on a rental property investment.

The point is that there isn’t one right way to use the money. You need to take a close look at what you have and what your goals are so that you can make the decision that makes the most sense for you.

Bottom LineWhile these approaches aren’t for people just starting to understand their path to Financial Independence, examining your emergency fund is incredibly important for everyone. Anyone pursuing Financial Independence should keep these emergency fund concepts in the back of their mind. Your financial well-being becomes more secure through years of saving and investing so you’ll have more room to be creative with emergency fund investing.

The bottom line is that you need to know your finances and your goals. When you do, the decision about what to do with your emergency fund in FI will become clear.

Dive Deeper: Billions Of Dollars Go Unclaimed Each Year – Claim Yours!

Choose FI: Your Blueprint to Financial IndependenceDiscover the framework for success from dozens of people who have found their own path to financial independence. Learn how to spend less, earn more, and live a fulfilling life of abundance. Download your free sample chapter today!

The post Emergency Funds 101: The Ultimate Guide to Emergency Funds appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


AI Revolution Happening NowPart of what makes the FI Community special is we realize the world is constantly changing and in order to make the best decisions going forward, we need to understand those changes and the ‘rules of the game’ of life.

We see this in our finances with traditionally unheard of concepts like:

  • The Roth IRA conversion ladder (our case studies on Episode 17R and Episode 163R)
  • Tax-gain harvesting (Episode 18R)
  • The ‘free money’ concept The Millionaire Educator showed us in Episode 13 on how to pay nearly $0 in Federal taxes.

I think we’re in the middle of the most remarkable technological change the world has ever seen with the pace of development of Artificial Intelligence (AI), especially with the recent release of GPT-4.

It’s all happening so quickly that what I write today could be old news by next week, and I won’t pretend to be an authoritative expert by any means, but the critical part is that every single person reading this newsletter understands that the world is changing around them and you must start learning about this today.

I’ve tried to curate a list of resources and examples that will help you get up to speed quickly.

Even if you don’t read everything below, please at least click on this thread and get acquainted with the amazing possibilities:

  • GPT-4 is only 48h old…48 ways it can change your life today

Resources:

  • 20 top free resources to get up to speed
  • Bill Gates: The Age of AI Has Begun
  • The KEY to using GPT-4 is to understand and maximize the prompts you use
  • “15 Brilliant websites that use AI to save you countless hours of manual work”

Use Cases:

  • This person saved their dog’s life using GPT-4 to diagnose an illness the vet didn’t (obviously anecdotal and this isn’t to suggest it will replace doctors, but interesting nevertheless)
  • 2 minute video on how this person created a lyrical verse, trained an AI to sound like Kanye West, and then had the AI Kanye perform the verse to amazing results.
  • Microsoft announces ‘365 Copilot’ for Word, Excel, PowerPoint, Outlook, Teams, etc.
  • Adobe launches Adobe Firefly to help you “Experiment, imagine, and make an infinite range of creations with Firefly, a family of creative generative AI models coming to Adobe products.” Millionaire Next Door AdviceRachael Camp is someone I really enjoy following on Twitter, and her recent Tweet reminded me of the FI Community and the millionaire next door mentality:

“A guaranteed way to not build wealth:

Wear your money.
Drive your money.
Live in your money.”

ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Savannah said, “My 1% better is finally signing up for the Chase Sapphire Preferred card back in December since I knew we would have to get a new HVAC and wanted to put it on the card to hit that 4K mark. I referred my husband and received an extra 15K bonus points. We just booked our Southwest air tickets for a ski trip this month using a fraction of the points accumulated in the past two months and plan to use the points to help pay for our ski trips every year.” * Dan said, “My 1% better this week was getting a great deal on tires. I knew I was needing new tires on my Toyota tundra. I went to the local tire store and they quoted me $1700.00 for a set of 4 out the door. I could not believe the increase in tire prices. On a whim, I asked the sales guy if they had any used tires as I don’t drive my truck all that much. He said, “I’m not sure, let me check.” He came back and said he has a used set of the exact tire he quoted me for that had 50 miles on. I got the set of 4 for $600.00, saving $1100.00 for the same tire, but slightly used.” * Dakota said, “My 1% better was to Tax Loss Harvest to save $660 on 2022 taxes! This is in the ballpark of my 1% of my after tax annual income, all for a few minutes of work. Those dollars are going right back into a broad market index fund for long term appreciation. I am grateful to ChooseFI for the motivation to understand and utilize Tax Loss Harvesting to optimize my income.” * Tanner said, “My 1% for this week was helping to get myself and everyone I work with a $2,300 raise this year. Our legislature passed a bill giving all state employees a raise. However, due to some budgetary quirks our office was not included. I lobbied my representative who is on the finance committee about getting us included with the other state employees, and thanks to the concerted efforts of myself, my boss, and others across the state we were able to get a raise for all public defender staff across our state.” * Anna said, “My 1% better this week was to get the ToDoist app. I have heard you talk about it for over a year but it wasn’t until I heard you speak to Ginger about it that it clicked with me. I no longer clog up my calendar or am at risk of forgetting it because I now have to check it off. I love it!” * Whitney said, “My 1% better this week was opening a 15 month, 5% APY CD and funding it with a portion of the money we had set aside in our HYSA. This money has been earmarked for an upcoming move in July of 2024, and, eventually for a new (to us) car. For our needs and risk tolerance, this is the perfect match–the money will grow faster than we’re currently seeing in our HYSA and faces zero risk of loss. The relative lack of liquidity is offset by the remaining cash reserves in our emergency fund. The whole process took me less than 5 minutes!” * James said, “My 1% (actually 3%) this week is discovering that a leisure club I belong to here in the UK (equivalent to Good Sam in the USA) has a supermarket savings scheme as a member benefit – I can buy vouchers to spend on my weekly shopping at a 3% discount. Even better, I get cashback rewards when I buy them with my credit card too. For a £50 annual membership, I only need to spend £150 a month to be in pocket – and my groceries are a lot more than that!”


The post FI Weekly – March 28, 2023: AI Revolution, Millionaire Next Door appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: tackling the big issues, the everywhere effect, change and discomfort, and getting the most from what you have.

On this Podcast in recent months, we have made a point to highlight the fact that FI isn't about deprivation. While we do think making a few cuts in some areas is a good thing, we believe in that idea because it acts as a means to an end, with the endpoint being living the most fulfilling life available to you. So how is it possible deprive ourselves in a manner that doesn't leave us feeling deprived? Well, we have to skill up out our spending abilities.! This week we have Mr. Money Mustache on the podcast to discuss the skill of spending and how to approach utilizing your resources to ensure your own happiness and wellbeing. Make cuts in your life where there us a lack of purpose so you can level up areas of importance and passion!

Mr. Money Mustache:

  • Website: mrmoneymustache.com

Timestamps:

  • 0:51 - Introdcution
  • 4:15 - The Power Of Spending With Less Income
  • 9:24 - Tackling The Big Issues First
  • 17:06 - Change and Discomfort
  • 19:55 - The Everywhere Effect
  • 28:06 - The Power Of Community
  • 31:45 - Getting The Most From What You Have
  • 40:23 - Cost VS Comfort, Wheres The Line?
  • 45:34 - Early Cutting Is Essential
  • 50:53 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Mr. Money Mustache on Life After FI: The Truth About Retiring Early in Your 30s
  • The Shockingly Simple Math Behind Early Retirement
  • How to Go from Middle-Class to Kickass
  • Outside365
  • The California Effect
  • Afford Anything With Paula Pant
  • FIRE Dating
  • "Die With Zero" By Bill Perkins
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: tackling the big issues, the everywhere effect, change and discomfort, and getting the most from what you have.

On this Podcast in recent months, we have made a point to highlight the fact that FI isn’t about deprivation. While we do think making a few cuts in some areas is a good thing, we believe in that idea because it acts as a means to an end, with the endpoint being living the most fulfilling life available to you. So how is it possible to deprive ourselves in a manner that doesn’t leave us feeling deprived? Well, we have to skill up our spending abilities.! This week we have Mr. Money Mustache on the podcast to discuss the skill of spending and how to approach utilizing your resources to ensure your own happiness and well-being. Make cuts in your life where there is a lack of purpose so you can level up areas of importance and passion!

Mr. Money Mustache: Website:* mrmoneymustache.com

Timestamps:* 0:51 – Introduction * 4:15 – The Power Of Spending With Less Income * 9:24 – Tackling The Big Issues First * 17:06 – Change and Discomfort * 19:55 – The Everywhere Effect * 28:06 – The Power Of Community * 31:45 – Getting The Most From What You Have * 40:23 – Cost VS Comfort, Wheres The Line? * 45:34 – Early Cutting Is Essential * 50:53 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* Mr. Money Mustache on Life After FI: The Truth About Retiring Early in Your 30s * The Shockingly Simple Math Behind Early Retirement * How to Go from Middle-Class to Kickass * Outside365 * The California Effect * Afford Anything With Paula Pant * FIRE Dating * “Die With Zero” By Bill Perkins * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post The Skill of Spending | Mr. Money Mustache | Ep 432 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


FI Hobbies and ActivitiesI published a fun podcast episode yesterday with my friend Chris Terrell where we talked about some fun, frugal FI hobbies including board games (oh, how we love board games!) and pickleball.

If you’re someone who doesn’t think of themselves as a board game fan, I want to challenge you to listen to that episode with an open mind and let me know what you think.

I also have an episode coming out soon with Greg from Outside 365 where he challenges each of us to get outside at least “one human powered mile” every day. This one deeply resonated with me and helped me challenge simple concepts we take for granted like “today’s weather is bad.”

Bad is relative, right? And all in our brains. Greg helped me challenge that notion and I think you’ll enjoy that episode.

Laura and I recently found an outdoor hike on the James River that was so unexpectedly wonderful and challenging, especially when we were expecting a fairly pedestrian path along the river.

Your city or town undoubtedly has many of these surprises waiting for you – so go outside and look for them! Maybe someone in your ChooseFI Local Group would like to join you for a walk as well.

More Unexpected FunSpeaking of unexpected delights, I found something recently that was so much fun that I couldn’t help but share it:

I took my daughters to see a string quartet play a concert of Taylor Swift songs and we all had such a blast and cannot stop talking about it.

This was actually fairly inexpensive (about $35 per ticket) and the reason I’m writing about it in the newsletter is that the website that puts on all these concerts operates in a few hundred cities around the world!

Just Google: “Fever Up Candlelight {your city name}” and see what comes up.

The next concert on our list is the Candlelight tribute to Adele and we’re already counting down the days and having fun listening to her music in anticipation.

Things Important and UnimportantOur great friend JL Collins recently published an article entitled, “Things Important, and Unimportant” that is an absolute must-read.

Here are the first two (of many) for you to get a flavor of the article:

“Important:

Investing for the long-term. Think decades. My holding period for VTSAX is forever, other than maybe selling a few shares while living on my portfolio. I am investing for generations.

Unimportant:

Market Crashes. These are an expected part of the process, like blizzards in New England and hurricanes in Florida. Scary and dangerous if you make the wrong moves, but they always pass and the sunshine returns.

They are best ignored. What the stock market does today, this week, this year — That’s just noise.

Important:

Staying the course. This is the only way to enjoy the long-term growth of stocks. If you panic and sell, the market will leave you bleeding by the side of the road.

You have to be an optimist, believing in the future of the United States, the world in general, and that the incredible drive, creativity and problem solving ability humans have displayed so far will continue.

Unimportant:
Obsessing about safety. No investment is 100% safe. Stocks are volatile. Cash in the bank is guaranteed to lose value to inflation. Real estate investments can turn sour in more ways than you can count.

As an investor, you don’t get to avoid risks. You only get to choose which ones.””


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Jordan said, “My mates and I made a trip to Italy and I stayed a few extra days to work remote. Utilized Chase Ultimate Rewards points for a free hotel stay in Rome and then used the Capital One Venture card to enjoy free lounge food and coffee before flying back home. Couldn’t have figured this out without the ChooseFI community!” * Jo said, “I have 2 1%’s: 1. I bought my first condo that I’m fixing up and will eventually rent out for monthly income. 2. I bought SWPXX to add to my niece’s portfolio (I started last year with Disney for her). She’s 5 now – no presents, just investments for her. Hopefully this helps her start her adult life in a good position in about 15 years.” * Henry said, “A bonus 1% was deciding on taking a Mini-retirement/Gap Year/Sabbatical in 2024, in order to dedicate more time to family and other personal priorities. While I enjoy my work and am paid handsomely, my job is quite demanding and takes up quite a lot of energy and time. I’m not fully FI yet, but I cannot be more grateful that ChooseFI has opened my eyes to the different possibilities to enjoy the journey along the way.” * Aaron said, “My 1% better this week is actually a shout out to my partner, who just hit her savings goal in her emergency fund! It’s been hard to hit between a low income and student loans, not to mention her car getting stolen two months ago.” * Cheri said, “On Saturday, I submitted my retirement application. In a little more than six weeks, I will be retiring from my twenty-six-year public service career with full medical benefits and a pension that is a decent percentage of my salary. I will no longer be working nights, weekends, holidays, twelve-hour shifts, or overtime.” * Kira said, “I negotiated a job offer for the first time ever! Prior to listening to ChooseFI, I didn’t know it was something everyone should be doing. After pushing through a couple awkward conversations, I got an offer that’s 30% more than my current total compensation package, plus a starting bonus to buy me out of my payback for an advanced degree my current employer paid for.” * Jeff said, “My 1% better is signing up for the 401(k) at my side job so that I can get that 3% employer match in addition to my TSP match.”


The post FI Weekly – March 21, 2023: FI Hobbies, Unexpected Fun, Things Important and Unimportant appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: forming habits, fulfilling goals, routines, the importance of health, restriction without deprivation, and working on life.

While beginning your FI journey means having goals and taking necessary steps to achieve them, it may seem like you have to approach your life with discipline and absolute structure when it comes to money matters. While setting yourself up for success on this journey does mean creating different habits in regards to spending or investing, these habits should never seem absolute or deprive you from enjoying your life. This week we are joined by the Mad Fi-entist to discuss the evolution and the necessary changes he has made while on the journey to FI, and the beauty found with having a routine and creating meaningful habits. FI is a journey that requires you to experiment and change as the journey progresses. Not only will you learn about yourself on this journey, but you will pick up and exchange old habits for new ones that better suit the life you want to be living. Remember that while discipline is necessary for this journey, that does not mean you can’t evolve and change up your routine for the better!

The Mad Fientist:

  • Website: madfientist.com
  • Podcast: Financial Independence Podcast
  • Album: Find The Album Here!
  • Twitter: @madfientist

Timestamps:

  • 0:57 - Introduction
  • 3:25 - Fulfilling Goals And Forming Habits
  • 10:16 - Routine
  • 15:25 - The Importance of Health
  • 23:01 - The Evolution Of FI For Us
  • 31:34 - The Skill Of Spending
  • 40:15 - Working On Life
  • 52:17 - Restriction Without Total Deprivation
  • 61:35 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • "Ultralearning: Master Hard Skills, Outsmart the Competition, and Accelerate Your Career" by Scott Young and James Clear
  • "Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones" by James Clear
  • Money With Katie
  • "Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life By Bill Perkins
  • Mint
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: forming habits, fulfilling goals, routines, the importance of health, restriction without deprivation, and working on life.

While beginning your FI journey means having goals and taking the necessary steps to achieve them, it may seem like you have to approach your life with discipline and absolute structure when it comes to money matters. While setting yourself up for success on this journey does mean creating different habits regarding spending or investing, these habits should never seem absolute or keep you from enjoying your life. This week we are joined by the Mad Fi-entist to discuss the evolution and the necessary changes he has made while on the journey to FI, and the beauty found with having a routine and creating meaningful habits. FI is a journey that requires you to experiment and change as the journey progresses. Not only will you learn about yourself on this journey, but you will pick up and exchange old habits for new ones that better suit the life you want to be living. Remember that while discipline is necessary for this journey, that does not mean you can’t evolve and change up your routine for the better!

The Mad Fientist: Website: madfientist.com * Podcast: Financial Independence Podcast * Album: Find The Album Here! * Twitter:* @madfientist

Timestamps:* 0:57 – Introduction * 3:25 – Fulfilling Goals And Forming Habits * 10:16 – Routine * 15:25 – The Importance of Health * 23:01 – The Evolution Of FI For Us * 31:34 – The Skill Of Spending * 40:15 – Working On Life * 52:17 – Restriction Without Total Deprivation * 61:35 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* “Ultralearning: Master Hard Skills, Outsmart the Competition, and Accelerate Your Career” by Scott Young and James Clear * “Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones” by James Clear * Money With Katie * “Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life By Bill Perkins * Mint * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post The Evolution of FI | The Mad Fientist | Ep 431 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


FDIC Insurance LimitsSilicon Valley Bank, the 16th largest bank in the US, nearly went out of business this past week when there was essentially a run on the bank. Depositors rushed to get their money out, and it caused a liquidity crisis.

At the time I am writing this, a solution is being floated and it seems that all depositors will be made whole. But this wasn’t clear at the beginning of the crisis, because, by most estimates, over 90% of the nearly $200 billion of deposits at SVB were not covered by FDIC insurance.

While this crisis most likely won’t impact you, it’s a good opportunity to refresh your memory on FDIC (Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation) insurance and how it works.

Per their website, “The FDIC protects depositors of insured banks located in the United States against the loss of their deposits if an insured bank fails.”

When you deposit money at a FDIC insured bank, “The standard deposit insurance amount is $250,000 per depositor, per insured bank, for each account ownership category.”

This $250k would double to $500k for a joint account.

So, in very broad terms, if you have a lot of cash that’s sitting at a bank, as long as the bank is FDIC insured and your account balance is below the limit, then even if that bank goes out of business you will still be made whole and not lose any of your money.

If you are over those limits at that one bank institution, then your money over the limit is at risk.

One option would then be to open an account at multiple banks, as your $250k limit is per bank, not based on you as an individual.

I’ve seen companies like Wealthfront come up with novel ways to solve this issue as they partner with multiple banks and then spread your cash out across those banks, without you having to do any of the work. In their case it gives you up to $2 million of FDIC insurance since they spread it over 8 banks.

New Podcast (and a Quote) Part 1My friends Becky Heptig and Bill Yount just started an excellent podcast called ‘Catching up to FI’ which focuses on those in our community getting a “late start” on the path to FI.

They are off to a great start and I think this is one of the most significant additions to the FI podcasting world in quite some time.

Bill had a quote in the first episode I listened to that really struck me as he was describing his pre-FI life of spending money and not really being aware of where it all went:
“Money flowed through the sieve of life.”

This is a perfect description as it just slips aways without any intentionality.

New Podcast (and a Quote) Part 2In other important podcasting news, Morgan Housel, the author of ‘The Psychology of Money’, just released the 2nd episode of his new ‘The Morgan Housel Podcast’ and this jumped out to me:

“Financial Advice for my newborn son:

“You might think that you want an expensive car, and a fancy watch, and a huge house, but I’m telling you that you don’t. What you want is respect and admiration from other people and you think that having expensive stuff will bring it. But it almost never does. Especially from the people who you want to respect and admire you.”

“If respect and admiration are your goal, be careful how you seek it. Because humility and kindness and empathy will bring you much more respect than the car that you drive or the home you live in ever will.”


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Gavin said, “My 1% better for this week is fully funding my 2023 Roth IRA with $6,500.” * Anne said, “Did some life admin: Made reminders for tasks to revisit home insurance and broadband costs. Found another pension to transfer to Vanguard. Used my prepaid cash card for stuff, made a document with all details of assets and how to get details at the end of my life. Created memorization details to pass on my digital assets to a nominated person who can access them after my death.” * Michael said, “My 1% better this week is realizing that I don’t have to be highly productive all the time and it’s ok to not finish everything I start, whether it is a book I am reading or chores I planned to do all in one day. Episode 415 about the book Four Thousand Weeks helped me come to this realization. Thank you for all you and the community do, together we all can live our best lives!” * Maggie said, “My 1% better was using a surprise raise to cover the increased IRS 401k contribution limit and to automate larger monthly contributions to my 2023 Roth IRA – instead of scrambling at the end of the year to find the money to contribute.” * Gar said, “My 1% better this week was negotiating a 18% raise, 4 weeks paternity leave, and a paid for MBA from my employer. I kept reading about all these people getting big raises by moving companies or negotiating with their current employers on the FI Weekly and thought it was incredible and too good to be true. Well, I figured I would give it a shot. I applied for a bunch of jobs and got some offers. When I went to talk to my boss and showed him what I was potentially leaving for he immediately matched everything. Our current policy is 1-week paternity leave and he told me I could have 4 and we currently only reimburse $6,000 dollars a year for a master’s degree and I was told they would pay for my entire degree no matter the cost. All of this on top of raising My salary by 18% I was completely shocked! Thanks to the community for giving me the courage to do this!” * Anthony said, “My wife and I just booked flights for our family of four from Tokyo to Portland in April. Because we had taken advantage of various travel rewards offers through our Chase Sapphire Preferred card, we were able to hop onto a sale with very narrow eligibility. We wound up being able to book our flight for points and taxes, making our out-of-pocket cost to cross the Pacific about $200 for all four of us.”


The post FI Weekly – March 14, 2023: FDIC Insurance Limits, New Podcasts (and Quotes) appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: early financial conversations, what you truly value, house hacking, and the psychology of FI.

It can be scary to have to acknowledge the reality of your financial situation, especially if you feel you do not have the financial literacy to proceed with confidence. However, setbacks and failures can often be blessings in disguise. This week we are joined by The FI Couple to discuss the importance of perseverance and flexibility in the face of uncertainty, as well as the strength that can come from a united front. The journey to FI is deeply nuanced, and never perfect. While you may find yourself wanting to make your journey as optimal and expedited as you can, we know that life sometimes happens and your journey can be far from perfect. However, sometimes when we find ourselves at “rock bottom” and it seems like everything in our world is against us. Rather than feel defeated, allow the setbacks to act as momentum to charge ahead as you re-align and re-adjust!

The FI Couple:

  • Website: theficouple.com
  • Socials: @theficouple

Timestamps:

  • 0:49 - Introduction/The Early Days
  • 2:05 - Early Financial Conversations
  • 11:03 - Discovering What You Truly Value
  • 21:28 - Bouncing Back After A Layoff
  • 26:06 - Entrepreneurship
  • 30:10 - House Hacking
  • 38:34 - The Off Market/Solving Problems
  • 43:13 - The Single Family Home/The Psychology Of FI
  • 48:29 - The Season Of Hustle
  • 51:56 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Dominick Quartuccio
  • Scott Trench
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: early financial conversations, what you truly value, house hacking, and the psychology of FI.

It can be scary to have to acknowledge the reality of your financial situation, especially if you feel you do not have the financial literacy to proceed with confidence. However, setbacks and failures can often be blessings in disguise. This week, The FI Couple joins us to discuss the importance of perseverance and flexibility in the face of uncertainty, as well as the strength that can come from a united front. The journey to FI is profoundly nuanced and never perfect. While you may find yourself wanting to make your journey as optimal and expedited as you can, we know that life sometimes happens and your journey can be far from perfect. However, sometimes when we find ourselves at “rock bottom” it seems like everything in our world is against us. Rather than feel defeated, allow the setbacks to act as momentum to charge ahead as you re-align and re-adjust!

The FI Couple: Website: theficouple.com * Socials:* @theficouple

Timestamps:* 0:49 – Introduction/The Early Days * 2:05 – Early Financial Conversations * 11:03 – Discovering What You Truly Value * 21:28 – Bouncing Back After A Layoff * 26:06 – Entrepreneurship * 30:10 – House Hacking * 38:34 – The Off Market/Solving Problems * 43:13 – The Single Family Home/The Psychology Of FI * 48:29 – The Season Of Hustle * 51:56 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* Dominick Quartuccio * Scott Trench * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post Mindset, Financial Independence, and Real Estate | The FI Couple | Ep 430 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


11 Simple Rules for a Wealthy LifeI revisited an article I wrote nearly a decade ago called ‘A Lifetime of Financial Advice in Your Wallet’ on my original site Richmond Savers (that site’s claim to fame was the ‘Step-by-Step Guide to Disney World using Rewards Points’ article that we’ve since updated on ChooseFI).

Though maybe with some slightly different wording than I’d use today, these ‘11 Simple Financial Rules for a Wealthy Life’ hold up quite well:

  • Always spend less than you earn and don’t start spending more every time you get a raise
  • Save 10% of your income in your 401k (plus the company match) and at least 10% in regular savings/investment accounts. Automate this saving to “pay yourself first”
  • Use a credit card for rewards and to build your credit rating; pay in full EVERY SINGLE month
  • Save a cash amount equal to about 6 months of your expenses in an FDIC insured bank
  • After you’ve saved 6 months of cash, put your additional savings into a mutual fund like Vanguard’s “VTSAX” – Total US Stock Market Index Fund w/ nearly zero expenses and fees. You can’t beat the market over 50+ years, so OWN it!
  • Invest in that mutual fund automatically every month, in good markets and bad. Don’t turn on CNBC or look for stock tips – just stay the course
  • When you get married and/or have children, buy a 30-year term life insurance policy and draft a will
  • Don’t buy an expensive car or house. Nobody is impressed and now you’re poor.
  • Keep your monthly expenses as low as possible. Don’t trap yourself into expensive car, cell phone, or mortgage payments each month.
  • Don’t buy a house unless you’re going to live there for 10-20 years. It is not a good investment.
  • Do not buy or lease a new car. Buy one that’s a few years old and drive it for 10-20 years. How Long to Actually Double Your Money?I recently mentioned the ‘Rule of 72’ which is the simple calculation we use to determine when your already invested money will double in value.

That calculation is incredibly useful, but it neglects to factor in the essential detail that you are also continuing to invest during this time!

So how quickly will your net worth actually double when factoring in these additional investments?

Our friend Nick Maggiulli wrote an article called ‘How Long Does it Take to Double Your Money’ where he answers precisely this question.

The key additional factor is what he calls the ‘wealth savings rate’ and how that impacts the doubling time.

This is an article you want to read.

The Simple Path to Wealth on The Daily ShowHasan Minhaj recently guest hosted on ‘The Daily Show’ and in his 34-minute evisceration of Kevin O’Leary (of Shark Tank fame) and others who purport to be financial experts but then go on to hawk products and investments of dubious quality, Hasan showed himself, to my ears, as a member of the FI Community.

Here’s Hasan telling Kevin that, instead of giving his own financial literacy advice to high schoolers, he should “give them JL Collins’ book ‘The Simple Path to Wealth.’” (If you have a half hour and want to watch the whole video, I highly recommend it!)

Hasan went on to put his own take on a famous John Bogle (founder of Vanguard and credited with inventing the index fund) quote when he said:

“Everybody that’s listening should probably just put their money in an ETF, set it aside, go to sleep, wake up 30 years later.”

Bogle’s original quote is one I paraphrase often and wanted to repeat here for emphasis:

“When you get those regular retirement plan statements…don’t open them. Don’t peek. And when you do peek – which you’re only allowed to do when you get your final retirement statement – be sure to have a cardiologist standing by.

Because you will be so amazed at how much money you’ve accumulated over 20 or 30 or 40 or 50 years that you won’t believe it. You’ll probably faint, or something worse, and there will be a doctor there to revive you.”


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Amber said, “My 1% is that I found a beautiful new walking path and have committed to making it out there at least once a week to just enjoy and be in nature. It really centers and energizes me.” * Beth said, “Booked a 2+ week trip for 4 to the UK using Chase and Amex miles, was our 1% better.” * Jake said, “For my 1% better I finally decided to buckle down and button up the household cyber security this weekend with help from Episode 397! The paid subscription for a good password manager is well worth it as it can be shared across our laptops and phones which eliminates the need to constantly be asking each other for passwords, resetting passwords, or just plain not having access to important pieces of information required to run the household. Our passwords were weak at best but I can now say 2-factor authentication and strong passwords have been applied to ALL financial sites, email logins, health, shopping, etc. and we BOTH have access to all of the important sites so we can get better at being on the same page. There is still work to do, but we are a million times better off now! Locking down our cyber security gives me confidence we can move forward to better track and maintain our finances on the journey towards FI. “ * Racquel said, “Ahhhh!! I thought this would never happen to me! My 1% better is so embarrassing but maybe someone else made this mistake too and can fix it now rather than later. January 1 is “Vanguard Day” for us and we often have been able to save up to max out our back door Roth that day. This year we couldn’t contribute to the Roth right away, but we still wanted to check out our accounts and see how they were doing. It’s so deceiving because Vanguard says “Total” in the account, but as I was looking at the summary my brain finally caught up and realized for the past TWO years we had contributed our money BUT IT WAS STILL IN A MONEY MARKET ACCOUNT and had not been “traded” into our 2050 target retirement investment. I had even heard someone else share that mistake in the past and I just honestly thought, “I’ll never make that mistake.” Yikes. I guess the lucky part is that VTSAX cost about what it did in January 2021 and less than it did in January 2022 so our net mistake is not terrible as it could have been but it was a big eye opener and a good reminder to always make sure you go through ALL of the steps.” * Danny said, “My 1% better this week was negotiating working abroad with my employer and having them temporarily drop my hours from full-time to part-time. This reduction will allow me to continue investing and preserving savings while actualizing travel goals I’ve had since I was a kid. As a bonus, I will be keeping my health benefits despite the reduction in hours. I wouldn’t have proposed this to my job without the saving habits, knowledge, and confidence that this community has offered me.” * Michael said, “My 1% better this week is meal prepping to save me money by not going out for lunch during the week when I work from home.”


The post FI Weekly – March 7, 2023: 11 Simple Rules for a Wealthy Life, How Long to Actually Double Your Money?, Simple Path on The Daily Show appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: finding your why, creating space, deprivation, board games, lesson learning, and decision making.

Whether you’re years into your FI journey or just beginning, evaluating your finances and spending, you may feel like you have to make some cuts into your favorite hobbies in order to reach your goal quicker. However, deprivation and cutting out the things that bring enjoyment into your life should never be the only option. This week we are joined by friend of the podcast Chris Terell to talk frugal hobbies, new experiences, and the parallels between strategies in board games and the strategies employed while on the journey to FI. While trying to optimize your experiences may mean changing hobbies and evolving, while doing so you may find new enjoyment, new communities, and values that come with these changes. Not everyone may have the same approach to a game, just as not everyone will have the same approach to achieving FI, but as long as you remember that being open to changes will allow you to not only optimize your experiences on that journey but optimize your FI.

Timestamps:* 1:14 – Introduction * 3:02 – FI And Pickleball * 7:54 – Finding Your Why * 12:50 – Happiness Is How You Fill Your Time * 18:40 – It’s Not About Deprivation * 25:28 – Creating Space * 35:46 – Strategy Board Games And Why They Are Great * 45:54 – Strategy Boards Games, Decision Making, And Life * 54:38 – The Top Four Concepts Of Strategy Board Games * 72:58 – Starting Strategy Board Games * 82:28 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* Mr Money Mustache * The Motley Fool * Board Game Geek * Board Game Arena * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post FI Frugal Hobbies | Chris Terrell | Ep 429 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


Real Estate Market UpdateWe had Scott Trench, the CEO of BiggerPockets (the largest online real estate community), on the podcast this week in Episode 426 and it’s an absolute must-listen.

The first half was a fun thought experiment on how to look at what you want your ultimate FI portfolio to look like and then invert it back to what you need to do today to get there.

But the 2nd half on a 2023 real estate market update was fascinating.

I implore you to listen to it, but I did want to curate four of my biggest takeaways:

  • Scott said, “When (mortgage) interest rates double, that crushes affordability. What has happened first is what we call this ‘lock-in effect’…you need to have a really good reason to move or relocate, so tens of millions of people are stuck.” He went on to describe loan originations being down 70% year-over-year and the reason why prices haven’t come crashing down because “nobody is selling their property.”
  • A massive number of commercial mortgages (Scott is referring to multifamily and apartments) with balloon mortgages and variable interest rates, and people not being able to pay but “prices have not come down significantly in a lot of places, and I can’t figure out why they haven’t. And that scares me very badly in the apartment space.”
  • 1.6 million new construction units are ‘coming online’ this year (700k single-family) which he believes will lead to a rent decrease on a nationwide basis and also significantly lower prices on a newly constructed home since builders will need to sell (the opposite of the ‘lock-in effect’). 1.6 million is the most ever to come online, per Scott.
  • On leverage in this new higher interest rate environment: “Go on the BiggerPockets rental property calculator and run a deal that might look good in your market. Use one example with a loan and one without a loan (fully paid off) and, depending on what you assume, you’re going to find probably more often than not that buying it with no leverage (mortgage) is going to have a higher return on investment over the next 5-10 years than buying with leverage…that was not true 2 years ago because interest rates were so much lower.” Warren Buffett’s Latest Shareholder LetterOne of my favorite annual activities is running to my computer at 8am ET on a random Saturday near the end of February to download Warren Buffett’s latest Berkshire Hathaway Shareholder Letter.

If you’re looking for an incredible amount of financial and life wisdom in a short time, you could do a lot worse than checking out this page with links to all the letters going back to 1977. I’d suggest starting with some of the more recent ones and reading through them.

2022’s letter came out this past Saturday and I wanted to highlight a few things:

  • “We buy publicly-traded stocks through which we passively own pieces of businesses…Our goal…is to make meaningful investments in businesses with both long-lasting favorable economic characteristics and trustworthy managers. Please note particularly that we own publicly-traded stocks based on our expectations about their long-term business performance, not because we view them as vehicles for adroit purchases and sales. That point is crucial: Charlie and I are not stock-pickers; we are business-pickers.”
  • “One advantage of our publicly-traded segment is that– episodically– it becomes easy to buy pieces of wonderful businesses at wonderful prices. It’s crucial to understand that stocks often trade at truly foolish prices, both high and low. “Efficient” markets exist only in textbooks. In truth, marketable stocks and bonds are baffling, their behavior usually understandable only in retrospect.”
  • Mr. Buffett included a nuanced discussion around share repurchases, essentially saying they weren’t inherently good or bad but that “when a company overpays for repurchases, the continuing shareholders lose” and “When the share count goes down, your interest in our many businesses goes up. Every small bit helps if repurchases are made at value-accretive prices.”

Inflation by Category Since 2000I found this interesting chart on the Visual Capitalist website that shows ‘Price Changes of Consumer Goods and Services’ from 2000-2022.

Give it a click and you’ll see the chart breaks out 14 categories of goods and services and shows the percentage increase or decrease in price from the baseline 2000 price.

Fascinating to see something like televisions drop 95%+ while, unsurprisingly, hospital services and college tuition and fees are the two categories with the most significant increase.

Keep in the back of your mind what we know about the ‘Rule of 72’: If something increased in price 3% per year, we’d expect the price to double in a 24 year period.

Therefore, anything on the chart that’s under a 100% increase is actually inflating less than 3% per year.


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week Jarred said, “My 1% better was researching the process to have PMI removed from the home we bought in December 2020 (at a 2.5% interest rate!). We ordered a Broker Price Opinion (BPO) for $190 through our bank, Virginia Credit Union, and just found out that our home’s value has increased significantly more than we thought. We now meet the 75% LTV ratio required by our bank to have PMI removed at the loan’s current age, and they said it will be gone next month! Woo hoo!” * Megan said, “It all started with wanting to fund a big trip, so I started watching a few dogs on the side while I worked my normal remote job. A year later, my little side hustle has turned into 60k in income, which I have been able to invest a lot of into index funds to grow our retirement. In trying to get the 1% I discovered an easy and fun way to make more money – turns out a lot of people need a trusted person to watch their dogs while they travel!” * Carey said, “I’ve been falling asleep to Yoga Nidra meditation videos on YouTube for the past week and my sleep readings on my fitness tracker have been “optimal” for the whole week.” (Brad Note:* I’ve used this 10 minute Yoga Nidra meditation for the past handful of years (It is, coincidentally, the one Dr. Andrew Huberman recommends on his podcast) and it’s an extraordinarily restful 10 minute break) * FI Designer said, “My 1 percent better is recognizing my wife’s love language and giving her words of affirmation every day for a month. I started this annual tradition in February 2020 after hearing ChooseFI episode 164R | What Are The 5 Love Languages. Every day I leave a 3×5 note card on my wife’s bathroom mirror. On the cards are handwritten notes containing words of affirmation. The act cost virtually nothing and made a big impact.” * Danny said, “My 1% better this week was negotiating working abroad with my employer and having them temporarily drop my hours from full-time to part-time. This reduction will allow me to continue investing and preserving savings while actualizing travel goals I’ve had since I was a kid. As a bonus, I will be keeping my health benefits despite the reduction in hours. I wouldn’t have proposed this to my job without the saving habits, knowledge, and confidence that this community has offered me.” * Kathryn said, “My 1% better occurred in 2022. For most of last year, I was living with my partner. During that time, I decided to rent out my house to traveling workers, such as nurses and construction workers. This allowed me to keep my house furnished and still rent it out. I easily charged twice my mortgage payment in rent! I made a bunch of money and gained some experience in owning a rental property.” * Alison said, “I thought you would enjoy my win for the week- I started and hosted my first book club! It’s a women’s personal finance club in the small town of Bastrop, Texas! I moved here this summer and thought starting this club would be a cool way to make new friends and have the excuse to talk about money! And Choose FI was our first book!”


The post FI Weekly – February 28, 2023: Real Estate Market Update, Buffett Shareholder Letter, Inflation by Category appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: personal investments, 401k contributions, FI is for everyone, travel rewards, task management, and taxes.

On what is considered a very personal journey, how do you handle changes that feel like setbacks? Whether its spending more when you feel you should be saving, or re-evaluating goals based on what needs immediate attention, do you feel equipped to handle it with confidence? This week we are having a weekly roundup, and are re-joined by Ginger to not only answer listener’s questions, but discuss travel rewards, retirement accounts, and breaking away from the ultra frugal caricature often depicted alongside FI. While saving is an important factor on this journey, the main purpose of FI is to learn and live your life with intention as it relates to your money, goals, and values. Remember that it’s okay if some of your goals and values will change along the way! Allowing yourself to be flexible as it relates to external factors, like market volatility and your investments, will give you more power and control to continue ahead with confidence and optimism!

http://{{ URL }} Timestamps:* 1:04 – Introduction * 3:31 – FI Is For Everyone * 9:16 – Personal Investments * 14:08 – Paying For Experiences * 19:09 – An Introduction To FI * 28:20 – Task Management * 35:19 – Travel Rewards * 47:06 – 401k Contribution Question * 61:00 – Tax Season Hack * 68:51 – The Content We Are Consuming * 75:28 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* Four Thousand Weeks | ChooseFI Book Club | ChooseFI Ep 415 * “Dollars and Sense: How We Misthink Money and How to Spend Smarter” by Dr Dan Ariely and Jeff Kreisler * “Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life” by Bill Perkins * The Peter Attia Drive * All The Hacks * Taking Stock of Your Life | Jordan Grumet | ChooseFI Ep 390 * Playing With FIRE * Todoist * Tim Ferriss * Huberman Lab * My First Million * ChooseFI Travel Rewards * Travel Rewards: How To Travel The World For Almost Free (The Easy Way) | ChooseFI Ep 9 * A Guided Meditation for When the Stock Market Is Dropping * Go Curry Cracker | Capital Gains, Losses and The Roth Conversion Ladder | ChooseFI Ep 18 * “A Deadly Education” by Naomi Novik * “The Premonition: A Pandemic Story” by Michael Lewis * “The New New Thing: A Silicon Valley Story” by Michael Lewis * “The Undoing Project: A Friendship That Changed Our Minds” by Michael Lewis * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post Fees, Frugality, and 401K Fears | Ep 428 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


FI Community EventsThere are four FI Community events I wanted to make sure you were aware of:

  • The EconoMe conference is March 17-19 at the University of Cincinnati. I’m attending and will be hosting a session plus two breakout rooms, which should be a lot of fun. Diania Merriam was kind enough to offer our community 10% off if you use the coupon code “CHOOSEFI” at checkout.
  • There are still seven more Camp FI weekend events in 2023, and the locations are spread nicely around the country. I’m hoping to attend the mid-Atlantic event over Memorial Day weekend, as I have so many fond memories from the many Camp FI weekends I’ve attended over the years.
  • If you’re looking for something exotic, Amy Minkley is organizing a FI Freedom Retreat in late September in Bali, Indonesia!
  • As always, be sure to check if there’s a ChooseFI Local group close to you, and try to attend the next event. We’re seeing increased activity across the local groups, so make it a point to get involved.

Important Book on LeadershipI’m a lifelong soccer player and fan, and Abby Wambach is one of my all-time favorite players. She was an inspirational leader on the field, a truly world-class player and someone who could dominate a match at will.

Abby wrote a book on leadership called ‘WOLFPACK: How to Come Together, Unleash Our Power, and Change the Game’ that Brené Brown said “is on my top five must-read leadership books.”

It’s a powerful book that I couldn’t put down (finished in about 45 minutes!). This “call to the Wolfpack” particularly stuck out to me:

“Be grateful
But do not JUST be grateful.
Be grateful AND brave.
Be grateful AND ambitious.
Be grateful AND righteous.
Be grateful AND persistent.
Be grateful AND loud.
Be grateful for what you have AND demand what you deserve.”

Calendar AuditI saw this great post on Twitter from Josh Spector with 10 quick questions to ask yourself about your calendar that will help boost productivity and free up time.

Three of my favorites:

  • “Are there things on your calendar that could be replaced with an email?”
  • “Look at your recurring commitments. What would happen if you did them half as often or for half as long?”
  • “What thing on your calendar are you most looking forward to? How can you schedule more of that?”

ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Leslie said, “My 1% better was taking my family of 6 to Disney World using your step-by-step guide. We used Southwest miles/companion pass for airfare, the Marriott Bonvoy card to stay for free in an off-site hotel, and the Capital One card to get credit towards our Disney World tickets. This is a trip I’ve been dreaming of for a few years and never would’ve been able to make it happen without your help! We have also used similar strategies (thanks to ChooseFI) in past years to take our family to Hawaii and Destin, Florida.” * Emily said, “Reaching out to share a win-in-progress. I recently completed the Talent Stacker Salesforce 5-Day challenge and just enrolled in the Talent Stacker Salesforce Career Development program. I am following the program to complete my admin certification by Spring and land my first salesforce job by Summer. My current job just doesn’t give me the work-life balance I want for my family long-term, and frankly I don’t get paid enough for the level of stress my job demands. I truly believe that this career shift will give us the financial and emotional freedom for a more fulfilling life! As someone who struggles with change and uncertainty, making a pivot in my career is definitely nerve-wracking but the path this change has put us on aligns with our long-term goals and I’m trusting the process! Thank you for all the information ChooseFI has gathered on Salesforce and Talent Stacker, none of this was even on my radar 6 months ago, and look at me now!” * Casimir said, “My 1% better this week was snow blowing my neighbor’s driveway. Took only a few extra minutes for me, saved them quite a bit more time and effort. Building stronger relationships will enhance my quality of life.” * Austyn said, “One thing I have done to make my life 1% better was dropping from 1.0 FTE to .9 FTE. Even though it’s a pay cut, my health benefits don’t change since I’m still considered “full time”. I will have a 3-day weekend every other week. This will allow better work life balance, and I can take some more trips without using Paid Time Off to conserve more for longer vacations. Slowly making some changes to enjoying more of the present! * Travis said, “My 1% improvement this week was to try meditation in earnest. I meditated daily for 7 days in a row so far, which is the longest streak I have achieved. Thanks for the mindful FIRE resources this week!” * Joe said, “I finally got around to looking into my library’s resources and downloaded the Libby app. I put a hold on and was able to download “Four Thousand Weeks” so I was able to participate in the book club podcast. I look forward to using Libby and all the resources the library has to offer!” * Elly said, “My 1% (or more?) improvement this week is inspired by the Batch Lady. I saw her mentioned in a BBC news article on how to save money on groceries and went to her website where I found there is a 10-part free tutorial on batch cooking, as well as lots of tips and inspirations. I’ve been trying to get into batch cooking and freezing for a long time and this has given me the kick-start I needed. I’m actually excited about it rather than seeing it as a necessity!”


The post FI Weekly – February 21, 2023: FI Community Events, Book on Leadership, Calendar Audit appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: the "average" withdrawal, Karsten's strategy, Fritz's strategy, fixed withdrawal rates, the bucket strategy, and refilling.

Preparing for retirement can look different for all on the journey to FI. All of our goals differ, but we are still in the mindset of positioning ourselves for the coming years. This week we are having a face-off between returning guests Karsten and Fritz, as they discuss their own receptive drawdown strategies, their advantages, and how you can best prepare yourself mentally and financially for your retirement. While a large part of preparing for retirement means saving, that does not mean you should be afraid to spend. Even in retirement, there are strategies that can allow you to not only spend comfortably within your means, but also spend confidently!

Fritz & Karsten:

  • Fritz's Website: theretirementmanifesto.com
  • Karsten's Website: earlyretirementnow.com

Timestamps:

  • 1:35 - Introcution
  • 2:09 - Karsten's Strategy
  • 6:05 - Fritz's Strategy
  • 13:28 - Fixed Withdrawal Rates
  • 18:08 - Your Retirement Spending Mentality
  • 23:01 - The Source Of The Bucket Strategy Debate
  • 30:46 - Refilling The Buckets
  • 40:40 - The Cheap Gimmick
  • 45:13 - The Importance Of Rebalancing
  • 51:03 - The Key Takeaways/The "Average" Withdrawal
  • 59:06 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Our Retirement Investment Drawdown Strategy
  • The Tail End
  • "Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life" by Bill Perkins
  • How to Calculate Your Safe Withdrawal Rate without using Simulations
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: the “average” withdrawal, Karsten’s strategy, Fritz’s strategy, fixed withdrawal rates, the bucket strategy, and refilling.

Preparing for retirement can look different for all on the journey to FI. All of our goals differ, but we are still in the mindset of positioning ourselves for the coming years. This week we are having a face-off between returning guests Karsten and Fritz, as they discuss their own receptive drawdown strategies, their advantages, and how you can best prepare yourself mentally and financially for your retirement. While a large part of preparing for retirement means saving, that does not mean you should be afraid to spend. Even in retirement, there are strategies that can allow you to not only spend comfortably within your means, but also spend confidently!

Fritz & Karsten: Fritz’s Website: theretirementmanifesto.com * Karsten’s Website:* earlyretirementnow.com

Timestamps:* 1:35 – Introcution * 2:09 – Karsten’s Strategy * 6:05 – Fritz’s Strategy * 13:28 – Fixed Withdrawal Rates * 18:08 – Your Retirement Spending Mentality * 23:01 – The Source Of The Bucket Strategy Debate * 30:46 – Refilling The Buckets * 40:40 – The Cheap Gimmick * 45:13 – The Importance Of Rebalancing * 51:03 – The Key Takeaways/The “Average” Withdrawal * 59:06 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* Our Retirement Investment Drawdown Strategy * The Tail End * “Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life” by Bill Perkins * How to Calculate Your Safe Withdrawal Rate without using Simulations * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post Drawdown Strategies: Karsten vs. Fritz | Ep 427 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


Secrets to a Great RetirementI just recorded a great episode of the podcast that’s set to come out in 3 weeks on practical drawdown strategies, and had the pleasure of recording it with Karsten (Big ERN) from Early Retirement Now and Fritz from The Retirement Manifesto.

You’ve asked me for an episode on drawing down your assets in retirement and after seeing their fun “battle” on Twitter and in their joint article “Is the Bucket Strategy a Cheap Gimmick,” I knew this was the duo to help me tackle drawdown strategies.

In researching for that article, I came across “7 Secrets to a Great Retirement” that Fritz recently published and I think it’s well worth your time to read it in full.

In summary, they are:

  • Work at Staying Healthy
  • Foster Strong Social Connections
  • Find a Clear Sense of Purpose
  • Never Stop Learning
  • Train Your Brain to be Optimistic
  • Practice Mindful Gratitude
  • Have a Furry Friend (they are huge fans of their “canine kids,” so this may not apply to all!)

Goals on an Index Card and New CareersShawn Jenkins is a good friend who I met in Greece at the FI Chautauqua event hosted by JL Collins, and now sits on the board of our non-profit ChooseFI Foundation.

His career path is incredibly interesting: He was making $25k/year at a non-profit, then wrote his goal on a 3×5 index card: “$100,000 annual income in five years.”

He went to Barnes & Noble, bought a book, and taught himself Oracle database administration, and exactly five years later made over $100k annually.

The story gets more incredible: He took those skills and started his own software company which became publicly traded and worth over $1 billion. And then after finding the FI Community and message, he stepped away from his company in 2018.

Shawn sent me over an article he published on JLCollinsNH detailing the Talent Stacker Career Development Program that Jonathan partnered with Bradley Rice to bring to the world.

Shawn sees the value it has provided to the ChooseFI Community (over 500 members landing jobs with an average 1st-year salary of over $73k) and how similar that training is to his mid-career skills acquisition that led to a $100k/year salary (and later success).

If you’ve felt stuck in your current career, I’ve been blown away by the success this program has brought to a lot of people looking for a better path to a six-figure income.

Brian Feroldi Providing ValueThere are very few email newsletters that provide as much value as what our great friend (and 8+ time ChooseFI podcast guest) Brian Feroldi produces on a weekly basis with his newsletter Long-Term Mindset.

You know I’m always telling you to CUT notifications and unsubscribe to emails, so an email newsletter has to be truly extraordinary for me to stay subscribed to it, and to then go out of my way to tell you about it.

If you’ve listened to ChooseFI for any length of time, you know how much value he provides, so take my word for it and subscribe.


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Janine said, “Our 1% better this week is paying off our house! We are 30 and through applying the FI principles we’ve been able to save and invest while also prioritizing the mortgage, all on a moderate/low income. We have 3 kids so this flexibility of reduced monthly expenses has allowed me to transition to part time work as a CPA with more time for the kids and running the home. So grateful for the knowledge you’ve shared over the years which has helped us to get here!” * Kevin said, “My 1% better is transferring a rollover IRA and a Roth IRA from a Raymond James account to my Vanguard account so I can manage it myself. We initially invested the Roth with a friend, but he’s since retired and I wanted to get into funds with a lower expense ratio. The previous funds had an expense ratio of 1.6% and I got the unfortunate surprise of a 1% backend load when I sold them! The good news is my money is in my hands and in a diversified fund with a 0.14% expense ratio.” * Cassandra said, “My 1% better is: I paid the property tax bill for our rental property with my new Chase Ink Business Cash card in order to hit the minimum spend. I was charged a $140 transaction fee, but will get 90,000 Ultimate Rewards points for the one transaction. Those 90,000 points will pay for 3 nights at a resort with a water park for our family to stay at over the upcoming spring break vacation. Going forward, I have removed the escrow option for our rental property, so each year my husband and I will trade-off applying for a business credit card and hitting the minimum spend with this one easy-peasy property tax payment.” * Maria said, “My 1% better this week was being able to give my daughter a low interest loan (4.5%) on close to $11K that she owed on her car that she was paying at a very high interest rate (14%). Why is it a win for me, because it shows that my emergency fund and savings rate is really solid to be able to do this for her. Before FI, I couldn’t loan anybody $300, it would have bankrupted me.” * Dathan said, “My 1% better this week is actually going to end up being about 6-7%. My grandpa unfortunately passed away a few months ago. However, I was blessed to inherit his car. Nothing fancy, but he kept it in great shape and it gets me to and from work. With this, I was able to sell my car that I still had 3 years and about $20,000 worth of payments on. This results in what Jonathan always called a tax free raise of several thousand dollars a year that can now be used to pay down other debts much more quickly. My grandpa was a frugal man and I can’t think of a better way to honor him than by using this gift from him to better our own financial position.” * Jessica said, “My 1% better was finding some mold on our ceiling, calling in an expert who was very honest about the extent of damage and told us to go ahead and replace the ceiling panel and that would solve the problem. The cause of mold was a roof leak many years ago that was resolved by the previous owner. After many YouTube tutorials, I went ahead and made my trip to the supply store. About $100 later and 8 hours of effort I have a mold free ceiling and a new skill! To have it professionally done would have been $3,000.” * Zack said, “My 1% better was spending an afternoon this past weekend working on a budget with my wife. Through the process I learned that we were both already saving a lot more than we thought we were and had the opportunity to invest more instead of having the money sit in savings.”


The post FI Weekly – February 14, 2023: Secrets to a Great Retirement, Goals on an Index Card, Feroldi Newsletter appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: the 2.5 million dollar inversion, looking at the incentives, interest rates, your biggest asset, and potshots.

When you begin your FI journey, you may feel like you must follow a certain path or plan in order to achieve your desired outcome. However, the longer you are this journey the more you realize that it is a personal one that requires adaptability when so many factors can affect your bottom line. This week we are back with Scott Trench from BiggerPockets as he shares his insights on investing and looking at your portfolio from an “outset” perspective, as well as touch on the shape of the real estate market. It is important to remember that there is a lot of push and pull on this journey, and it is not meant to be perfect. While you may have expectations for your portfolio and your long term plans, there will be times where you will have to make tradeoffs. Just as the markets change and may signal uncertainties to come, remember that flexibility while maintaining your long term goals will allow you to feel more equipped to move through these times.

Scott Trench:

  • Website: BiggerPockets
  • Podcast: The BiggerPockets Money Podcast
  • Instagram: @scott_trench

Timestamps:

  • 0:57 - Introduction
  • 2:05 - The 2.5 Million Dollar Inversion
  • 8:52 - Always Look At The Incentives
  • 12:49 - The Traditional Path To FI And PotShots
  • 17:45 - Your Biggest Asset/Should You Be Inefficient?
  • 25:52 - Executing The Concept
  • 31:12 - The Impact Of Interest Rates Today
  • 42:21 - The Commercial Impact
  • 52:10 - Buying Properties With Cash
  • 56:21 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Scott Trench | Set For Life | ChooseFI Ep 63
  • First-Time Home Buyer | BiggerPockets | ChooseFI Ep 312
  • "Rich Dad Poor Dad: What the Rich Teach Their Kids About Money That the Poor and Middle Class Do Not!" by Robert Kiyosaki
  • Mr. Money Mustache on Life After FI: The Truth About Retiring Early in Your 30s
  • BiggerPockets Rental Property Calculator
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: the 2.5 million dollar inversion, looking at the incentives, interest rates, your biggest asset, and potshots.

When you begin your FI journey, you may feel like you must follow a particular path or plan in order to achieve your desired outcome. However, the longer you are on this journey the more you realize that it is a personal one that requires adaptability when so many factors can affect your bottom line. This week we are back with Scott Trench from BiggerPockets as he shares his insights on investing and looking at your portfolio from an “outset” perspective, as well as touching on the state of the real estate market. It is important to remember that there is a lot of push and pull on this journey, and it is not meant to be perfect. While you may have expectations for your portfolio and your long-term plans, there will be times when you will have to make tradeoffs. Just as the market change may signal uncertainties, remember that flexibility while maintaining your long-term goals will allow you to feel more equipped to move through these times.

Scott Trench: Website: BiggerPockets * Podcast: The BiggerPockets Money Podcast * Instagram:* @scott_trench

Timestamps:* 0:57 – Introduction * 2:05 – The 2.5 Million Dollar Inversion * 8:52 – Always Look At The Incentives * 12:49 – The Traditional Path To FI And PotShots * 17:45 – Your Biggest Asset/Should You Be Inefficient? * 25:52 – Executing The Concept * 31:12 – The Impact Of Interest Rates Today * 42:21 – The Commercial Impact * 52:10 – Buying Properties With Cash * 56:21 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* Scott Trench | Set For Life | ChooseFI Ep 63 * First-Time Home Buyer | BiggerPockets | ChooseFI Ep 312 * “Rich Dad Poor Dad: What the Rich Teach Their Kids About Money That the Poor and Middle Class Do Not!” by Robert Kiyosaki * Mr. Money Mustache on Life After FI: The Truth About Retiring Early in Your 30s * BiggerPockets Rental Property Calculator * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post What to do with $2.5 Million & Real Estate Update | Scott Trench | Ep 426 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


True Cost of Car PaymentsI saw a recent stat that the average car payment hit $777 per month, and I was absolutely shocked that people would willingly take on that large of a required monthly payment for something that sits idle 98% of the time!

I wanted to look at the financial ramifications of that decision from the FI perspective in two ways:

For people who constantly ‘manage the payments’ on their cars and intend to just keep rolling into new cars every few years, then this $777 (or more!) will always be there.

First and most simply, let’s remember that for every $100 in monthly expenses you add to your life, you need $30,000 more in your net worth to reach Financial Independence.

That person then needs about $233,000 more in investable assets to reach FI thanks to that $777 per month expense as compared with someone who drives a paid off car.

But let’s dive a little deeper on the true cost of that $777 per month ‘managed’ car payment vs. someone with the FI mindset and how they would come out nearly $2 million ahead (!) of the less optimized continual car payment person:

As I described in depth on Twitter, I revisited our calculation from Episode 22 where we looked at two people side-by-side over a 45-year period.

In that old example, the first person paid $300 per month for 45 years to consistently have newer cars.

The FI-minded person looked at the 45 years as three 15-year cycles where they’d have car payments for five years and then hold that car for another 10 years (so that car was held for 15 years). During the 10 years with no payments, they’d invest that $300 in low-cost index funds.

When 15 years was up, they’d get a new car with $300/month payments and not add to the invested money, but their existing savings would continue to compound.

At the end of 45 years, they’d be sitting with a net worth, just from these car payment savings, of nearly $750,000 while the first person had $0 to show for it.

Since I read the new average $777/month, I wanted to update the analysis to keep the same scenario, but now the car payment changed to $777 (and thus the savings per month is $777 for the FI-person).

Our FI driver’s net worth was now over $1,900,000 higher! From one decision to drive the exact same cars as the less optimized version, but to just drive each of them for 15 years instead of 5.

One decision, nearly $2 million in higher net worth.

Finding Little Moments of Joy (Revisited)I included a section in this newsletter over two years ago that I titled “Finding Little Moments of Joy.”

Here’s what I wrote then, which is every bit as relevant today:

“I’ve been thinking about searching out moments of joy more frequently in daily life — even if only in bite-sized chunks.

Last night I watched a viral video of two twin brothers listening to Phil Collins’ “In the Air Tonight” for the first time. The pure joy and surprise on their faces when the famous drum solo hit was incredible to watch. It got me thinking about the enjoyment I get from listening to music and how infrequently I go back and listen to my favorites.

Then I remembered two of my favorite YouTube videos and how they never fail to bring a smile to my face and watched them both:

  • JK Wedding Entrance Dance
  • Susan Boyle’s first audition on Britain’s Got Talent

Please hit reply and pass along any suggestions you have for finding small moments of joy in your own life!”

I genuinely would love your suggestions, so keep them coming! And in the meantime, I have two more to add:

  • I recently came across my entire collection of Calvin and Hobbes books that feature every C&H comic strip ever produced. It is such a wonderful blast from the past to re-read these comics and not only do they hold up 25+ years later, but reading them from my now parent-perspective is fascinating.
  • I spent over an hour recently with my daughters watching Taylor Swift YouTube videos, just singing at the top of our lungs and loving every minute of it.

ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Sonja said, “My 1% better this week was getting in touch with my cousin again after no communication in over a decade (for no good reason) because we were unknowingly both in the ChooseFI Facebook group and ‘liked the same post”. I couldn’t believe my eyes! On top of being in the FI community & mindset, we also discovered our mutual love for travel and podcasts. Thanks for bringing us together. I love this community!” * Javier said, “My 1%+ better this week was using my travel rewards to book a week vacation next month in San Juan, PR with my girlfriend. The cost that flights and hotel would have been in cash was $4,623. But by using a combination of Citi ThankYou Points and Chase Ultimate Rewards Points, I kid you not it only cost me $82! (Only had to pay for checked bags and ticket fee) This is the skill of spending in action!” * Kim said, “My 1% better is that I took the time to really look at what my work sponsored retirement accounts were costing me in fees. I moved some things around with confidence knowing that fees are one of the few things I can control. My next goal is to transfer the high fees in my Merrill Lynch IRA into a low cost index fund. The money manager I meet with twice yearly isn’t worth the cost of the mutual funds. Thanks to this show, I’m not afraid to manage my own money.” * Cheryl said, “I’ve been hoarding my 1%’s! I love reading these and decided to hit reply. Since Nov of last year, we: 1) fired our “account manager” that charged 1% fees. 2) opened a cash back card and put everything on auto-pay. 3) upped our Vanguard Roth contribution to max it out, and cleaned up the clutter investments to VTSAX and BND only. 4) have taken Mrs. Frugalwoods Uber Frugal Month Challenge, (love her!! -I’m in VT too!), 5) and last on my list so far, is we’re messing around with our 403b investments, exchanging the high expense ratios for Vanguards low ones.” * Rick said, “My 1% this week was emptying two rental storage units saving me $450 per month (of after-tax money).” * Spencer said, “Here’s my 1% better: I had fallen into the habit of having 1-2 drinks each night. I started experiencing insomnia and after doing research I discovered that alcohol can impact your sleep. I haven’t had a drink since Christmas Day and do not plan to restart anytime soon. 5 weeks of sobriety has been fantastic for me. My mood is elevated, I don’t get frustrated or stressed out quite as easily, and most importantly I’m sleeping great. Saving money and calories is a nice added bonus.” * Brian said, “My 1% better was to sit on the phone with my youngest for 2 hours and discuss her benefits package with her new employer. When we got to the 45-page 401k document, on pages 14-16 there was a list of 68 funds and options. She said which do I choose? Somewhere in the middle of the large-cap funds, I found VTSAX. I said to put 100% and forget it. I also taught her the expression “VTSAX and relax’. BTW she is 30, is getting her first real job, is a high-income earner, and will start maxing it out from the beginning.”


The post FI Weekly – February 7, 2023: True Cost of Car Payments, Little Moments of Joy appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: the value of time, what are you optimizing for, bold moves, increasing your kid's odds for success, and balancing deprivation.

Because we have put so many leaders, members, and experts in our community on the hot seat here at ChooseFI, we figured it was finally time we played fair and put Brad on the hot seat himself! With the assistance of Aaron Lee, a longtime listener, friend, and host of "The Next Generation Leader Podcast," we ask Brad all the burning questions related to his FI journey. If you've ever been curious how Brad discovered FI, what led Brad to begin his FI journey, or what lessons Brad learned along the way, listen along as we re-live the path that helped form this amazing community!

Aaron Lee:

  • Website: newgenerationleader.com
  • Podcast: The New Generation Leader Podcast

Timestamps:

  • 1:10 - Introduction
  • 3:12 - The Value of Time
  • 8:18 - Balancing Deprivation And The Burden Of FI
  • 11:31 - Brad's Snowball Starter
  • 16:13 - Brad's Childhood FI Vision
  • 22:31 - What Are You Optimizing For?
  • 28:45 - Helping Your Kids Increase Their Odds For Success
  • 40:27 - All Of Us Are Working On Something
  • 46:08 - Brads Bold Move Update
  • 54:40 - What Else Fascinates Brad?
  • 59:29 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Year End Wins 2022 | ChooseFI Ep 417
  • "Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life" by Bill Perkins
  • The Peter Attia Drive, Episode #237 ‒ Optimizing life for maximum fulfillment | Bill Perkins
  • All The Hacks | Die With Zero: Net Fulfillment Over Net Worth
  • The Tail End
  • "David and Goliath: Underdogs, Misfits, and the Art of Battling Giants" by Malcolm Gladwell
  • Berkshire Hathaway Shareholder Letters
  • Your Bold Move for 2023 | Dominick Quartuccio | Ep 419
  • Limitless
  • Peter Attia & Beth Lewis on Dynamic Neuromuscular Stabilization (DNS)
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details


The Skill of SpendingMr. Money Mustache was recently on Episode 377 of the BiggerPockets Money podcast, and he eloquently described something in a way I had not heard before.

He talked about a lot of the fun of pursuing Financial Independence as developing your “skill of spending.”

I’ve always referred to this in a related manner where I say pursuing FI is “living the same middle-class lifestyle as everyone else, but getting wealthy in the process.”

MMM cut this to its essence when he described the ‘skill of spending’ as something worthy and laudable in and of itself.

If everyone else is spending $100 per month for cell phone service and you can get a nearly identical plan for $15 through Mint Mobile, that is part of your skill of spending.

If everyone else spends $5k+ to take their family on a vacation, while you used travel rewards points and saved on your car rental through Autoslash, that is part of your skill of spending.

If everyone else buys the most expensive house they can pay for each month, but you’re in the same area and school district for a fraction of the price, that is part of your skill of spending.

This skill of spending is one of the most enjoyable aspects of FI, as it lets you play a fun game where your life is on easy mode and you can save an enormous percentage of your income living the same middle-class lifestyle as everyone else.

Just with a little more skill.

Understanding US Tax BracketsLeandra from ‘Female in Finance’ posted a set of four slides on Twitter that are the best visual representations for understanding the graduated income tax system we have here in the US.

I’m a CPA and I’ve seriously never seen as succinct a presentation of how the brackets work (plus 2 case studies) all in four slides that will take just you a few minutes to digest.

Take my word for it: It’s well worth clicking and reviewing Leandra’s post.

The Real FlexBen Meer posted something on Twitter that I got a real kick out of that not only speaks to my love of naps but helps describe one of the most beautiful aspects of FI: Control of your time.

From Ben:

“Some people think having an expensive car is a strong flex.

But the real flex is being able to take a nap whenever you want.”


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Danielle said, “My 1% better this week was having our PMI dropped from our mortgage! We bought our house about 3 1/2 years ago by putting 5% down so we were going to be stuck paying PMI for many years. However, I had seen that others had successfully had theirs removed early by meeting the qualifications. Our mortgage company told us that we would have to pay $150 for a valuation and that we would have to hit at least 75% LTV to qualify. We have just been making regular payments since we purchased, however, we have made a number of improvements to the home and property values in our area have gone up substantially (like nearly everywhere) so I thought we had a chance at qualifying. This week I found out that we did and it was dropped! This will save us about $57 a month or $683 a year!” * Jonathan said, “My 1+% better this week was deciding to pay medical expenses out of pocket that I have normally paid out of an HSA. This will allow this money to stay in the HSA and grow triple tax advantaged in an index fund. We will save the receipts digitally and withdrawal the money later in life at no penalty. To make it even better we are charging the expenses on a new credit card to earn a huge signup bonus with Chase Ultimate Rewards points. We plan to use the points to book a stay at an all-inclusive Hyatt resort for our family around Christmas this year. This will be our Christmas gift to each other and eliminate much of the “stuff” we typically buy as gifts that just adds to clutter and adds no real value to our lives.” * Cathi said, “I cycled 9km (5+ miles) to work, and the same again home this week. That’s my 1%.” * Tony said, “My 1% better is, during my daily local walks with my wife, each week I ask “in the last 12 months, name one thing I did that annoyed you, and one thing that pleased you?” – bizarrely I never get the same answer, so can adjust and repeat.” * Gretchen said, “Our 1% better (probably more than that) is buying a home closer to my in-laws and parents that allows us to be closer to family, now that we have one of our own, and essentially payoff our mortgage by downsizing. Talk about a double win!” * Billie said, “My 1% better was making (not finding) time to listen to the ChooseFI podcast this week.” * Randy said, “My 1% better is finally taking the steps to transition out of full time W2 employment as a software engineer and start building my side hustle as a bookkeeper into a full-time income. My wife and I are scared about it because our family has a lot of medical needs and company-sponsored health insurance has always been there for us. Thanks to ChooseFI, we will be able to transition from W2 to self-employment because we have learned about saving a nest egg, and our other side hustle has become part-time for my wife that will help in the gap time. Another thanks to ChooseFI is for having Dominick Quartuccio on and talking about making one bold move instead of creating New Year’s Resolutions rooted in “should” and guilt. My one big move is literally moving out of working for someone else and starting to take a hold of my own future, regardless of the hurdles ahead. Can’t thank ChooseFI and Dominick enough!”


The post FI Weekly – January 31, 2023: Skill of Spending, Tax Brackets, The Real Flex appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: budgeting, the power of FI, different funds, living in the present, and the power to make your choices.

No matter your background or the hardships you’ve endured, you should never rule yourself out for success! Ruminating over your past mistakes can make you feel undeserving of the life you want, but those same mistakes can actually serve as motivation to propel you further on your journey! This week we are joined by returning guest Deanna to discuss how her FI journey has progressed in the last 4 years, the freedom and power she gained from budgeting, and an update on her journey of overcoming adversity. Just because you feel you’ve hit a rock bottom doesn’t mean this journey isn’t for you. A large part of FI is making mistakes, learning, and changing. An even larger part of this journey is learning to forgive yourself and others and continue on! For those who do not think they are capable of achieving FI because of their past, let Deanna and this episode serve as an example of what this journey can look like when you act with forgiveness and intentionality!

Timestamps:

  • 1:35 - Introduction
  • 2:16 - Deanna's Backstory
  • 6:26 - Dave Ramsey and Budgeting
  • 14:16 - The Emergency Fund
  • 17:30 - Different Funds For Different Things
  • 23:35 - The Power of FI
  • 27:12 - It's Not All Unicorns And Rainbows
  • 30:28 - Broken Vessels Made Whole
  • 34:42 - Chronic Stress and Living In The Present
  • 43:36 - Deanna Today
  • 48:10 - The Freedom To Make Your Own Decisions
  • 51:54 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • From Addiction To FI | Ms. Fiology | ChooseFI Ep. 106
  • "The Simple Path to Wealth: Your road map to financial independence and a rich, free life" by J.L. Collins and Mr. Money Mustache
  • The Emergency Fund…Is it a Bad Idea? | Big ERN The Reveal | ChooseFI Ep. 66
  • "The Body Keeps the Score: Brain, Mind, and Body in the Healing of Trauma" by Bessel van der Kolk M.D.
  • "Brain Rules: 12 Principles for Surviving and Thriving at Work, Home, and School" by John Medina
  • "Forgive for Good: A Proven Prescription for Health and Happiness" by Frederic Luskin
  • The Art of Forgiveness
  • Todoist
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: budgeting, the power of FI, different funds, living in the present, and the power to make your choices.

No matter your background or the hardships you’ve endured, you should never rule yourself out for success! Ruminating over your past mistakes can make you feel undeserving of the life you want, but those same mistakes can actually serve as motivation to propel you further on your journey! This week we are joined by returning guest Deanna to discuss how her FI journey has progressed in the last 4 years, the freedom and power she gained from budgeting, and an update on her journey of overcoming adversity. Just because you feel you’ve hit a rock bottom doesn’t mean this journey isn’t for you. A large part of FI is making mistakes, learning, and changing. An even larger part of this journey is learning to forgive yourself and others and continue on! For those who do not think they are capable of achieving FI because of their past, let Deanna and this episode serve as an example of what this journey can look like when you act with forgiveness and intentionality!

Timestamps:* 1:34 – Introduction * 2:13 – Deanna’s Backstory * 6:13 – Budgeting * 14:16 – The Emergency Fund * 17:31 – Different Funds For Different Things * 22:50 – The Power of FI * 27:19 – It’s Not All Unicorns And Rainbows * 33:52 – Kintsugi * 39:01 – Living In The Present * 43:32 – Deanna Today * 48:10 – The Freedom To Make Your Own Decisions * 52:06 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* From Addiction To FI | Ms. Fiology | ChooseFI Ep. 106 * “The Simple Path to Wealth: Your road map to financial independence and a rich, free life” by J.L. Collins and Mr. Money Mustache * The Emergency Fund…Is it a Bad Idea? | Big ERN The Reveal | ChooseFI Ep. 66 * “The Body Keeps the Score: Brain, Mind, and Body in the Healing of Trauma” by Bessel van der Kolk M.D. * “Brain Rules: 12 Principles for Surviving and Thriving at Work, Home, and School” by John Medina * “Forgive for Good: A Proven Prescription for Health and Happiness” by Frederic Luskin * The Art of Forgiveness * Todoist * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post The Power of FI | Deanna | Ep 424 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


Keep MovingAs part of making 2023 my ‘healthiest year ever’ I am making a concerted effort to get outside and walk at least a mile every single day.

While there isn’t anything magical about 10,000 steps per day necessarily, I think it’s directionally accurate in the sense that most of us simply don’t move enough.

And that’s even for people like me who exercise and consider themselves healthy. When I started tracking my steps, there was no other conclusion other than this: I simply wasn’t moving enough during non-exercise hours.

I heard Dr. Peter Attia say the following on the Limitless series on Disney Plus and it stopped me in my tracks:

“We don’t stop moving because we get old, we get old because we stop moving.”

This ties in so beautifully with Dr. Attia’s concept of the ‘Centenarian Decathlon’ which is where you look at the things you want to do as an 80 to 100-year old and work backwards to what you need to be doing today and in the intervening decades to make that a reality.

Want to be able to pick up your great-grandchild when they come running at you to say hello, instead of getting knocked over and it being a calamity?

Well, you need to be able to goblet squat a heavy kettlebell today, as that simulates bracing your core, squatting down to reach out and grab them and then standing back up with them.

Want to be able to get down on the floor and play with them? You need to be able to get back up under your own support.

And the wonderful side benefit of moving more and strength training is your hips will work better, and the existential fear of a hip fracture later in life could be mitigated significantly.

Getting back to my walking, we all simply need to move around more.

Even though it has only been a few weeks of this practice, I’ve never felt better. The compounding benefits of walking plus being outside in nature plus getting some morning and/or evening sunlight exposure (listeners of The Huberman Lab podcast will know the circadian benefits of this type of sun exposure) are really working for me.

I think this can be a benefit for you and my challenge is to get outside, no matter the weather, and move around more often!

The Power of ConsistencyCompounding Quality is one of my absolute favorite accounts to follow on Twitter and their recent post on ‘The Power of Consistency: 10 things that will help you massively in life and require zero talent” resonated deeply with me.

Here’s CQ’s list of ’10 Things That Require Zero Talent’:

  • Being on Time
  • Work Ethic
  • Effort
  • Body Language
  • Energy
  • Attitude
  • Passion
  • Being Coachable
  • Doing Extra
  • Being Prepared

I personally think doing the basics really well will put you ahead of 90% of people, right from that starting gate.

Show up, turn your work in on time, respond to emails or call, be open-minded and willing to learn new things, etc.

A lot of success comes down to these basics that most people simply aren’t doing.

(Hey, while you’re checking Compounding Quality out on Twitter, I’d love it if you’d click over to my Twitter account and give me a follow. I’m making a huge effort to post some really interesting stuff there daily and it’s the best way to interact with me in real-time)

ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Grady said, “My 1% this week included several actions: I finished Atomic Habits by James Clear, and put several lessons into action. I scheduled transactions on both mine and my wife’s Roth IRAs to front load our annual contributions ($6,500 each). Additionally, I set up contributions for myself and my wife to max out the annual limits of our 457(b) accounts at our new jobs (my wife starts today, and I start next week). I sold my truck and bought a 2010 Honda Civic as I no longer “need” the truck… resulting in an extra $25,000 in cash. I scheduled transactions to dollar cost average our excess cash from our checking account into our brokerage account (I’ve been putting this off for way too long), which equates to about $90K for 2023. Lastly, I deleted Facebook from my phone which has resulted in a HUGE time savings!” * Suzanne said, “My 1% updates: 1) called my car insurance to see if there were any discounts and they found a bunch of little tweaks saving me $600/yr. 2) My husband and I each have companion passes on Southwest so our kids fly free. I also checked the rate for my Southwest flights 3 times over the year and each time the rate went down, and I received back the equivalent of $1200 for the flights. 3) We are going to a resort in Mexico on a timeshare exchange (timeshare paid off with cash several yrs ago at a five-star ski resort in Colorado, maintenance fees extremely low so it pays for itself). I pre-paid our resort fee and meal fees and will get back $450 credit. 3) I called up our cell phone company and asked for better rates and will save over $800/yr with the same service.” * Tim said, “My 1% better this week is getting more connected with my wife and combining our checking accounts. Now we are better positioned to tackle our debts and honestly see our progress towards our goal of a French Chateau in 10 years.” * Anne said, “I live in the UK and my mission to improve 1% was to go dig deep and collect the two pension policies that had not been contributed to and transfer them into a Vanguard personal pension. They were really small and most of the growth was taken up with charges whereas the Vanguard scheme only charges you one % for all your investments.” * Mike said, “To be 1% better this week I increased my annual contributions to my TDA/403B to 30% to take advantage of the new contribution limits for 2023. This new rate will put me just shy of the maximum of $30,000 ($22,500 + $7,500 for catch up) this coming year. With my wife retired now, she can’t contribute to her plan anymore so I’m making up the difference. I’m planning to retire myself as a business teacher in the next 2-3 years and want to get as much money into my account as soon as possible before leaving the job. The tax savings alone will be a great help, too. After crunching the numbers, I believe we can comfortably live on her pension and my reduced net income without issue. She also is planning to start collecting her Social Security early next year so we can add that to our income streams as well. Looking forward to the results and a great start to 2023 for both of us.” * Loren said, “My 1% better this week was realizing how much some prescriptions vary from pharmacy to pharmacy. I was prescribed some eye drops that I found were going to cost me $220 WITH insurance at my usual pharmacy. With GoodRx, I was able to shop around and found the same prescription within 2 miles of my usual pharmacy for $45 with a coupon. I just had to call my doc and have them send the prescription to the other pharmacy as well as show the GoodRx coupon at the new pharmacy. Small effort for a huge benefit!”


The post FI Weekly – January 24, 2023: Keep Moving, Power of Consistency appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: what sparks goals, what are you optimizing, valuing your time, and money prioritization.

Sometimes on the journey to FI, we ask ourselves the following; do I really need to spend money on this? Do I really have the time and resources for that? These questions may be easy to dismiss by saying no in order to stay on track with your financial goals, but by dismissing them, you could be missing out on something that is beneficial to your personal journey! This week we are joined by friend of the podcast, Chris Hutchins, to talk about the hacks for optimizing your life, the differences between cheapness and frugality, and the importance of valuing your time and what it can lead to. Saving money is an important part of achieving FI, but you should never feel so restricted that you miss out on investing your time and money in things that bring joy and value into your life. While saving is important, it’s okay to spend money. Whether it’s on a trip or investing in something new, there are ways to make it work without feeling guilt or shame. Prioritizing and valuing your time can introduce new experiences and provide happiness as well as perspective while on this journey!

Chris Hutchins Website: allthehacks.com * Podcast:* All The Hacks

Timestamps:* 2:27 – Introductions * 6:12 – Full-Time Podcasting * 11:44 – What Sparks Our Goals * 18:35 – What Are You Optimizing For? * 23:36 – Managing Your Own Money * 31:28 – Money Prioritization * 39:03 – Valuing Time * 50:53 – Real Estate Investing And Complexity * 58:23 – The Once A Year Review * 65:28 – Prioritizing Health * 75:23 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* feedback@choosefi.com * Die With Zero: Net Fulfillment Over Net Worth | All The Hacks * Buy Back Your Time: Get Unstuck, Increase Productivity and Live the Life You Want | All The Hacks * Playing With FIRE * The Drive With Peter Attia * Your Bold Move for 2023 | Dominick Quartuccio | ChooseFI Ep 419 * Top Ways to Make This Year Amazing and Seven Simple Questions for Your Annual Review | All The Hacks * My First Million * Using an Investing Checklist to Improve your Portfolio | All The Hacks * Paprika * Delete Me * Kubera * Fancy Hands * Eat Healthy and Save Money with the Laura Barrett Cookbook * The 1% Rule in Real Estate: Is This a Realistic Way to Evaluate Rentals? * House FIRE | ChooseFI Ep 414 * Rocket Money * Todoist * Trustworthy * Peter Attia DNS * Huberman Lab Podcast * Optimizing Your Health: Diagnostic Tests, Choosing a Doctor, Sleep, Longevity, Inflammation and More | All The Hacks * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post What Are You Optimizing For? | Chris Hutchins | Ep 423 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

Mindful FIRE ResourcesThis week’s guest (ChooseFI Episode 420), Adam Coelho was kind enough to create a free guide specifically for the Choose FI community. This guide builds on Adam’s experience teaching mindfulness, meditation and envisioning to over 2500 of his fellow Google colleagues around the world. The free guide includes:

  • The top takeaways from this week’s episode about Mindful FIRE
  • A short guided meditation to help you get started with meditation
  • Adam’s Envisioning Guide to help you get clear on your vision for your post-FI life

Free Annual Credit ReportCody Garrett from Measure Twice Money published a helpful post on Twitter that I wanted to pass along:

“Time to check the annual credit reports from Experian, TransUnion, and Equifax!

Review your contact information, payment history, account numbers, responsible debtors, opening and closing dates, credit limits, and highest balances.

Free at AnnualCreditReport .com“

I want to reiterate that this is entirely free and this is different from just checking your credit score. Each of the 3 main credit bureaus have a file on you and you really need to periodically check this for accuracy.

Since they are required to offer us this free service annually, you may as well take advantage and give it a quick glance at the beginning of each year.

Fear Wasting Your LifeI listened to Bill Perkins, author of Die With Zero, on recent episodes of All The Hacks with Chris Hutchins and The Drive with Dr. Peter Attia and I’ve been blown away by his message.

I’d highly recommend listening to those episodes, and really internalize his message about maximizing life fulfillment while also being financially responsible.

Here’s a quote that especially jumped out to me, and it’s a solid operating principal for those of us with ‘one more year syndrome’ or who have long since reached FI but can’t seem to stop worrying about every dollar:

“You should fear wasting your life more than you fear running out of money.”


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Dallin said, “My 1% better this week is a literal 1% better. I opened up a Robinhood brokerage account and ROTH IRA so I could start getting their 1% contribution match in their ROTY IRA. I only added $50, but purchased $50.50 of VTI.” * Garrett said, “My 1% better was using Chase Ultimate Rewards and United points to book a 3 week trip to Europe with my girlfriend! I was first introduced to the concept on the show and I am so grateful. A flight from NC to Paris and then another flight home from Naples to OH only cost $172!! Thanks ChooseFI!” * Suzanne said, “My 1% was over the last several years researching college costs and financial aid through reading online articles, college Facebook forums, reading books (I recommend “The Price You Pay for College” by Ron Lieber), experimenting with college net price calculators, and corresponding directly with the school financial aid office. Through this, I was able to gain the confidence in what the cost would be for my daughter to apply early decision to her dream school (a highly selective East Coast private college). Applying early decision is in many cases a binding agreement which would require extraordinary circumstances to get out of, and it leaves the family with little leverage to negotiate with the financial aid office. But she got in and received very significant need-based financial aid, enough so that we can cashflow our contribution to her tuition and no one will need to go into debt. And we the parents will have the option of retiring her senior year. The amount we will owe is roughly what all my research was pointing to, so we all have something big to celebrate this holiday season.” * Amy said, “My 1% better in starting the new year off is changing my 401k contribution from 4% to 10% AND changing it from a traditional 401k to a Roth401k since I just found out the company offers those options. I am still new (almost 4 months in).” * Miguel said, “My 1% better this week was opening my first Roth IRA at 18 years old. I’ve set up auto contributions and hope to max it out this year.” * Maddie said, “My 1% better is finally switching back to the sector I love to work in (international development) and getting a 30% pay increase!” * Casimir said, “Maxed my IRA and I-bond contributions for the year. Started relearning programming both as a personal talent stack interest and as a “backup plan for my backup plan” career-wise.” * Sam said, “My 1% better, is when I received my end of year bonus, I realized I have a net worth of $100k before the age of 21, actually just a week after I turned 20, I can’t tell many people so I’d like to share with someone who understands how much work goes into something like this.”


The post FI Weekly – January 17, 2023: Mindful FIRE Resources, Free Annual Credit Report, Fear Wasting Your Life appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: taking the unconventional path, the price of time, early entrepreneurship, talent stacking, and the pursuit of learning.

At least once in most of our FI journeys, we have pondered what our life would look like if we started earlier. Maybe you have even wondered what value could've been gained if you had started in your teenage years. Well, for some context into the possibilities decision that could provide, we decided to have 17 year old listener Devin on the podcast to discuss what life can look like when you go against the cultural norm of going to college, and instead opting for an entrepreneurial and FI friendly lifestyle. Oftentimes we mention that there are rewards that come with stepping out of your comfort zone, and the same can be said for going against the societal norm and carving out your own path! For our younger audience who may be interested in getting started with their FI journey, let this episode be a useful resource and reassurance that this journey can begin no matter your age!

Timestamps:

  • 1:55 - Introduction
  • 5:28 - Taking The Unconventional Path
  • 11:58 - The Cost Of Time
  • 16:36 - Early Entrepreneurship
  • 30:45 - Building The Talent Stack And Real Estate Investing
  • 36:56 - The Pursuit Of Learning
  • 45:18 - Saving And Investing
  • 51:53 - Early Retirement Planning
  • 69:49 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Raising Voyagers
  • TalentStacker
  • House Hacking With Coach Carson | ChooseFI Ep 16
  • My First Million Podcast
  • Dominick Quartuccio
  • M1 Finance Review 2022: Commission-Free Automated Investing For Everyone
  • "Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life" by Bill Perkins
  • How And Why To Set Up A Roth IRA Conversion Ladder | ChooseFI
  • Go Curry Cracker | Capital Gains, Losses and The Roth Conversion Ladder | ChooseFI Ep 18
  • "Why Does The Stock Market Go Up?: Everything You Should Have Been Taught About Investing In School, But Weren't" by Brian Feroldi
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: taking the unconventional path, the price of time, early entrepreneurship, talent stacking, and the pursuit of learning.

At least once in most of our FI journeys, we have pondered what our life would look like if we started earlier. Maybe you have even wondered what value could’ve been gained if you had started in your teenage years. Well, for some context into the possibilities that decision could provide, we decided to have 17-year-old listener Devin on the podcast to discuss what life can look like when you go against the cultural norm of going to college, and instead opting for an entrepreneurial and FI-friendly lifestyle. Often we mention that there are rewards that come with stepping out of your comfort zone, and the same can be said for going against the societal norm and carving out your own path! For our younger audience who may be interested in getting started with their FI journey, let this episode be a useful resource and reassurance that this journey can begin no matter your age!

Timestamps:* 1:55 – Introduction * 5:28 – Taking The Unconventional Path * 11:58 – The Cost Of Time * 16:36 – Early Entrepreneurship * 30:45 – Building The Talent Stack And Real Estate Investing * 36:56 – The Pursuit Of Learning * 45:18 – Saving And Investing * 51:53 – Early Retirement Planning * 69:49 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* Raising Voyagers * TalentStacker * House Hacking With Coach Carson | ChooseFI Ep 16 * My First Million Podcast * Dominick Quartuccio * M1 Finance Review 2022: Commission-Free Automated Investing For Everyone * “Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life” by Bill Perkins * How And Why To Set Up A Roth IRA Conversion Ladder | ChooseFI * Go Curry Cracker | Capital Gains, Losses and The Roth Conversion Ladder | ChooseFI Ep 18 * “Why Does The Stock Market Go Up?: Everything You Should Have Been Taught About Investing In School, But Weren’t” by Brian Feroldi * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post Lessons From a Young Entrepreneur | Ep 422 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

Whether you’re just starting to get money in order, understanding the basics of banking and budgeting are life lessons. You’ll need these, along with good spending habits to be on your path to Financial Independence.

We at ChooseFI are dedicated to educating and guiding you every step of the way on your journey to FI. This Ultimate Guide to Banking Basics was created to help you easily learn the fundamental financial tools needed for success.

Banks are more than just a safe place to keep and grow your money. They’re a lifelong tool to help you maintain your overall financial health and live a happier, healthier life. But how do you choose a bank? What type of bank accounts can you and should you open? How much money should you keep in them, and what are some of the benefits and perks available?

In this comprehensive guide, you’ll find links to our best resource to help you understand key financial cornerstones. In addition, learning where to keep your money will give you the knowledge and confidence to make the smartest decisions.

So, let’s jump right into it and begin building this foundation of FI together. Therefore you’ll feel more prepared.

TABLE OF CONTENTS* Banking Basics #1: Banks * Banking Basics #2: How to Open a Bank Account + How to Open a Bank Account in 8 Steps * Banking Basics #3: Checking Accounts + What is a checking account, and why should you have one? + What are the benefits of opening a checking account? + Types of Checking Accounts + The Bottom Line * Banking Basics #4: Savings Accounts + What is a savings account and why should you have one? + Types of Savings Accounts + Savings Account Interest: Simple vs Compound * Banking Basics #5: Penalty Fees: What They Are and How to Avoid Them * Banking Basics #6: Emergency Funds + What is an Emergency Fund? + How much money should an emergency fund have? * Banking Basics #7: Certificates of Deposit * Banking Basics #8: Money Market Accounts * Final Thoughts Banking Basics #1: BanksBanks, the foundation of the financial system, have existed since the beginning of history. Even before writing was invented in 3500 BC, clay tablets were used to record assets and transactions. Banks, as they exist today, are essential for economic growth both privately and publicly. They store and distribute money, accept deposits, provide loans and lines of credit, and safely keep valuables.

What Are the 3 Main Types of Banks?There are 3 main types of banks we are going to be referring to throughout this guide:

Traditional BanksTraditional banks are the oldest brick-and-mortar institutions most are familiar with. Bank of America, Wells Fargo, JP Morgan Chase, and Citigroup are some of the largest and most recognized national retail banks. They offer a more personalized customer experience over online options. They also have much more available ATM access and branch locations available across the country. Therefore giving you more accessibility to your money.

Online BanksOnline banks, also known as neobanks, have become a boon in the 21st century. Since they first burst onto the scene in 1995, these virtual institutions have revolutionized the basics of banking. Although traditional banks are beginning to invest in their own virtual accessibility, they still trail behind the advanced technology and user experience virtual banks continually pioneer.

Because online banks don’t have a physical presence they are able to offer higher interest rates (as much as 1-2% more) and lower fees than brick-and-mortar banks. That might explain why roughly 77 million Americans either currently have, or are planning to open, an online bank account.

Some of the attractive benefits of online banks are:

  • High-yield interest rates
  • 24-hour access to your money and services from anywhere in the world
  • Low to no fees or required minimum balances
  • Almost always FDIC insured (but remember to verify)
  • Feature-rich websites and mobile apps
  • Quick, easy loan applications
  • Pay bills, transfer funds, and deposit checks instantly from your computer or mobile phone

CIT BankCIT Bank, one of the largest online banks in the U.S., is a favorite of ours at Choose FI. In addition to their checking and savings accounts with competitive rates and no fees or minimum balance requirements, they’ve been able to keep true to their community-centered core values. Similarly, they have several strong community enrichment programs, continually invest in clean energy initiatives, and help the underserved of their home community in Southern California.

If local branch access isn’t a must-have for you, their 4+ star rated mobile app and website give you access to low-to-no account fees and high rates for checking, savings, and money market accounts. CIT also doesn’t charge for using out-of-network ATMs and refunds $15 a month in fees for banks that may charge you to use their ATM.

You can read our complete review of CIT Bank here or open an account here.

0.45% APY with just a $100 monthly depositEarn up to 0.45% APY with a CIT Bank Savings Account with just a $100 opening deposit, followed by a $100 monthly deposit.

Read reviews of our other top online banking picks:

Axos Bank: No Fees Make Axos a Smart Choice

Credit UnionsCredit Unions are membership-only financial institutions where members are viewed as equal shareholders. Access to that membership usually comes through a professional connection, career-based affiliation, or particular geographic location.

Like banks, credit unions offer valuable financial tools. Checking and savings accounts, loans, credit cards, ATM access, brick-and-mortar branch locations, and other banking basics for example. Credit unions are also NCUA (National Credit Union Administration) insured, which means they have the same protections as the FDIC.

Another significant differentiating factor of credit unions is that they are non-profit organizations that are more relationship-focused. This is advantageous to credit union members because the organization can offer higher interest rates and lower lending fees.

Banking Basics #2: How to Open a Bank AccountOnce you have narrowed down your potential bank shortlist, you can start preparing for the account application process. If you organize all the required information and documents beforehand, the application process shouldn’t take more than a day or two from the application to approval.

How to Open a Bank Account in 8 Steps1. Decide which type of bank (traditional, online, or credit union) best fits your needs for the specific type of account you’re opening. 2. Make sure you have a government-issued ID that includes your picture (such as a driver’s license or passport) and your social security number. 3. Provide your personal information and financial history 4. Double-check all your information for accuracy. 5. Sign any required documents 6. If necessary, provide an initial funding source for the new account. 7. Remember to save copies of all your documents for your own records. 8. Once approved, expect to receive your debit card and/or checks in about 7-10 days.

Knowledge is Power: Your Bank Account HistoryWhen you’re learning the basics of banking and beginning to build your financial foundation, knowing what personal information banks are potentially looking at is a smart move. If you’re concerned about whether any past banking mistakes or mismanagement may affect your ability to open a new account, consider requesting your ChexSystems report. Much like the major consumer credit bureaus that collect your credit history information, ChexSystems is a consumer reporting agency that compiles and keeps your bank account history.

Request your FREE annual ChexSystems report here.

Taking advantage of your free annual consumer reports allows you to keep on top of your overall financial health. Checking for errors and regularly evaluating any updated information for inaccuracies will help keep you in control of your finances.

Banking Basics #3: Checking AccountsMaking the decision to redirect your focus towards financial independence and a happier, healthier life starts with ensuring that your money’s safe and begins to work for you. Whether you are starting or restarting your path to Financial Independence, understanding the basics of banking, like checking and savings accounts is crucial to the creation of a solid foundation.

What is a checking account, and why should you have one?If you’re just now learning banking basics, checking accounts are probably the most familiar banking term. A checking account is a type of basic bank account that allows you easy access to your money by either withdrawals or deposits.

Firstly, they simplify and organize your financial world by creating an essential hub for your money on your path to financial independence and freedom. You can open accounts online, at a traditional brick-and-mortar bank, or around the corner at your local credit union. You will use your checking account to pay bills, make everyday purchases, receive money from family or friends, and have your paycheck, tax refunds, and other benefits directly deposited into your account.

What are the benefits of opening a checking account?There are 5 key benefits of keeping your cash in a basic banking check account we want to highlight:

  1. Overall Safety and ProtectionChecking accounts offer significant protection for your money. They’re safer to use than cash because checks and debit cards come with the inherent safety provided by the bank that issued them to you. For example, if you were to lose your debit card or someone were to steal your card information and make fraudulent purchases, you are protected from liability by your bank. Learning to protect yourself is one of the most important basics of banking you can master.

  2. Powerful Money Management and Budgeting ToolsThe best banks will offer money management and budgeting tools to help their customers successfully manage their money. They’re such standard banking basics these days that they are now considered a fairly common feature. Whether it be a robust app like Mint, additional online functionality directly on your bank’s website, or our own ChooseFI Expense Tracker, keeping on top of your finances and maintaining an accurate budget has never been easier.

Dive deeper into budgeting tools: 7 of the Best Personal Finance Tools to Help You Control Your Money

  1. Establishment of a Financial HistoryEstablishing and maintaining a checking account can help you build a relationship and a positive financial history with your financial institution. Your checking account management could become a factor the institution weighs when deciding if they will extend you a future loan or line credit. Mastering the basics of banking will help you create the responsible and attractive financial history that banks look for.

  2. Significantly Lower CostsKeeping your money in a checking account is much less expensive than using alternatives like money orders, prepaid cards, check-cashing services (please stay far away from these), and wire services. Banks and financial institutions don’t charge you a fee or penalize you for accessing your own money.

  3. ConvenienceChecking accounts are convenient because you have quick and easy access to withdrawing your money as well as receiving it. You also can pay your bills in real-time or take advantage of automated draft options to ensure you never have to pay another late fee again.

Types of Checking AccountsThere are four main types of checking accounts when discussing the basics of banking:

Traditional AccountsThese are the most common, no-frills checking accounts available, as well as the easiest to open. However, you will almost always get access to 24/7 online and mobile banking, unlimited debit card transactions, and can write an unlimited number of checks.

Interest Bearing AccountsThis type of checking account offers a rate of return on your balance. While most banks offer an interest-bearing checking account option, traditional banks typically offer the most minimal rate of return. The highest interest rates are typically offered by online banks. The mention of an interest-bearing checking account might initially catch your eye. However, the minimum rate of return on your balance will quickly reveal how little value there is to be found in this type of account.

Reward AccountsA reward checking account is sometimes referred to or considered a type of interest-bearing checking account. Reward accounts allow you to earn cashback for purchases made with your debit card and earn interest on your account balance. Some basic banking reward accounts with limited ATM locations will also offer reimbursement of out-of-network ATM fees.

M1 Spend, a checking account from our favorite M1 Finance, offers an incredible 3.30% APY interest (66x the national average!!) and 1% cash back on qualifying debit card purchases for those who opt-in to the upgraded M1 Plus membership program. Learn more about M1 Finance or sign up for M1 Spend here.

Student AccountsMany people start the banking basics education when they open their first student checking account. Typically, student accounts do not have minimum balance requirements and will offer low or no fees. Essentially, banks court young adults with attractive offers and perks in an attempt to turn them into lifelong customers. Initially offering those types of bonuses, as well as easier access to low/no-cost checking accounts, are cost-effective ways for banks to develop a future generation of loyal account holders. Keep that in mind when choosing a bank to open this type of beginner checking account with.

Eventually, you’ll transition out of a student checking account. If you were initially mindful to evaluate and consider the benefits of a bank’s more advanced accounts – you’d lessen the possibility you will want or need to experience the hassle of changing banks entirely.

If you are a student between the ages of seventeen and twenty-four, you could qualify to open a Chase Student Checking account. One of the best parts is their free $100.00 bonus to start you off right. This account offers verified students no monthly service fees for five years, access to over 16,000 available ATMs, and an app that helps you track the balance of your account.

Business AccountsIf you own a business or have a side hustle, you should consider keeping your personal and business funds separate for the following reasons:

  • A clean and accurate set of books – important for quarterly and annual tax accounting at the state and federal levels.
  • Establish the paper trail to show that your business is not just a hobby. This is especially useful if you see a net operating loss in a given year, and use that loss to lower the total income you report to the tax authorities.

If a business account sounds like a good idea, see if the following checking account offers make sense for your business. You may even earn a cash bonus!

The Bottom LineChecking accounts are the cornerstone of your financial health. Not only do you begin your personal financial journey by opening a checking account, but you also begin to establish a financial identity by being responsible for your debits and credits.

Banking Basics #4: Savings AccountsWhat is a savings account and why should you have one?Savings accounts are useful financial tools to help create structure and balance for your financial well-being. They can be a great asset in separating your expendable income from the money you want to build and grow your emergency fund with. Savings accounts are common banking basics that are usually opened in conjunction with checking accounts, as they naturally create a balance between the two: checking accounts contain the money you are willing to spend, and savings accounts contain the money you want to save.

Pros of Savings Accounts* Helps you budget effectively for the future * Offers a rate of return on your savings balance * Can be used as overdraft protection by some financial institutions

Cons of Savings Accounts* Lower-yield savings accounts may not seem “worth it” * There could be limitations (and therefore fees) if your balance falls below a threshold * Transfers from savings accounts may not have a fast turnaround (cash access limitations)

Types of Savings AccountsThere are 4 main types of savings accounts you’ll see on your banking basics journey.

  1. Traditional Savings Accounts
  2. Certificates of Deposit
  3. Money Market Accounts
  4. Specialty Accounts

Traditional Savings AccountsThese are the most common, no-frills savings accounts available.

Certificates of DepositA CD is a type of savings investment at a face value with a guaranteed APY.

If you don’t need immediate access to your money in the short term, stashing your cash in a high-interest-rate CD can earn more money than letting dollars sit in a traditional savings account.

Jump down to our in-depth explanation and learn more about CDs here.

Money Market AccountsMMAs are accounts with higher yields than traditional savings accounts, but with tighter government regulation. Money market accounts give you a bit of the best of both worlds. They allow you to earn interest on your savings while allowing you to access them. Rates are typically better than regular savings accounts. You may also be able to write checks from your account or access funds with an ATM or debit card.

Jump down to our in-depth explanation and learn more about money market accounts here.

Specialty Savings AccountsHSAs, Education (529), and Traditional and Roth IRAs are all considered specialty savings accounts. Therefore, as you continue to move forward to more advanced financial strategies, you’ll use these types of accounts to learn how to make your money work for you.

Dive deeper into specialty savings accounts below:

The Triple Tax Benefits Of The HSA

529 College Savings Plan: What You Need to Know

How And Why To Set Up A Roth IRA Conversion Ladder

Savings Account Interest: Simple vs CompoundSimple Interest Simple interest considers only your initial deposit for determining your rate of return. For example, $100 with a 3% interest rate invested over two years in a simple interest account will yield a $6.00 return – or $3.00 per year.

Compound Interest Compound interest considers your initial deposit plus any interest accumulated at the end of each year to determine your rate of return. For example, $100 with a 3% interest rate invested over two years in a compound interest account will yield a $6.09 return – $3.00 the first year, and $3.09 the second year.

Listen to more on compound interest and why it’s often referred to as the “8th wonder of the world” here:

The Bottom LineSavings accounts are the simplest and most effective financial tools for moving toward financial freedom. You earn a marginal return, but more importantly, you show the financial world you can be fiscally responsible.

Banking Basics #5: Penalty Fees: What They Are and How to Avoid ThemOverdraft FeesWith the average bank overdraft fee averaging $30.82 in 2023, a bank’s fee schedule is essential to consider. This enormous additional revenue stream for banks pulls in billions of dollars in overdraft fees from consumers each year. So, be sure to pay attention to an institution’s fee schedule before opening an account to understand the full financial cost of doing business with them.

Returned Check and NSF (Non-Sufficient Funds) FeesIf you’ve not taken the time to set up overdraft protection, and your account goes into the negative, you will likely be penalized with a hefty fee. This costly error net banks billions of dollars a year. If left unchecked, these penalties can quickly add up and potentially cause financial ruin.

Staying on top of your daily purchases and account balances will help you steer clear of this common yet easily avoidable banking basics pitfall. Simply keeping an accurate ledger can potentially save you hundreds of dollars a year. Be sure you record purchases and reoccurring payments promptly to accurately track your resulting end balance. Not doing so could turn your $3 coffee into a $30 coffee – overnight.

ATM FeesPenalizing you for using an out-of-network ATM is another way banks can sneak in extra fees. Be sure to plan ahead when you’re traveling or might be in an area with no in-network ATM available. It may seem like an obvious precaution, but you would be surprised how often people make this mistake and end up spending $100 or more a year on easily avoidable fees like these.

Account Balance FeesSome banks may charge you a fee if you fall below a set minimum balance. So, be sure to keep enough cash in your account to stay above this threshold.

Avoiding these extra fees will help stabilize your financial trajectory and help you consistently grow your FI number. Remember: every penny counts and count every penny.

Overdraft ProtectionTraditional banks, online banks, and credit unions all offer you the option of linking a backup source of funding to your checking account to help prevent incurring costly penalty fees. That source of funding, called overdraft protection, can come from your savings account, an alternative checking account, or a credit card.

Overdraft protection prevents your checking account balance from falling below zero, being hit with a non-sufficient fund fee (NSF), and your transaction being declined by a merchant. In some cases, your situation can go from bad to worse if the merchant also charges you a penalty fee for the failed transaction. A single accidental $18 account overdraft can end up costing you more than $75 in some cases. Overdraft protection is one of the more important basics of banking that can save you from incredible frustration and devastating fees.

The Bottom LinePenalty fees, far and away, are the easiest ways for banks to make money. However, they are just as easy to avoid if you plan ahead. Always be sure you know where your in-network ATMs are. If you plan on traveling, be sure that you have either your debit card, cash, or traveler’s checks on hand. Therefore, knowing your bank’s fee schedule will help prevent any unnecessary fees to your account as well.

Banking Basics #6: Emergency FundsAn emergency fund is…well…exactly that. A separate source of savings that is solely for an extreme emergency, not a minor emergency expense. Having that money close at hand means you can afford to cover any crisis that comes your way. Let’s explore what you need to know about the vital tools of banking basics, what it’s for, why you need one, how much money you should have in it, what NOT to do with it, and the best places to keep and grow it.

What is an Emergency Fund?An emergency fund is an amount of money you keep in an easily accessible place in the event of an unexpected financial expense related to:

  • You or a family member’s health
  • A sudden loss of income from reduced salary or job loss
  • Home repairs
  • Major car repairs

Your emergency fund should be kept somewhere it earns a healthy rate of return to grow its value over time. A good rule of thumb is to keep anywhere from 3 to 6 months of living expenses in an account you do not touch unless a true emergency occurs.

Learn everything you need to know about emergency funds here: Emergency Funds 101: The Ultimate Guide to Emergency Funds

How much money should an emergency fund have?At the very minimum, you should have at least $1000 tucked away. Ideally, your goal should be to put aside 3 to 6 months of your salary or monthly living costs for a healthy emergency fund.

For example, if you’re going to need $3,000 a month to cover all your required expenses, your goal should be to save a total of $18,000 just for your emergency fund. If you wanted to start on the small end of the emergency fund, you’d need $9,000.

For many, the thought of committing that much cash to an emergency fund can feel unrealistic when you are first starting out on your FI journey. But if you utilize an account that offers a high rate of return on your money, you’ll be able to attain a sizeable financial buffer to help you through even the most difficult of times.

Dive deeper into the $1000 Emergency Fund and learn how to build yours here.

Zero to Emergency FundThere may be some of you that are starting from zero and wondering how to start saving if you’re currently stuck in the paycheck-to-paycheck cycle. Don’t worry, we’ve got you covered – start with the links below:

How to Quit Living Paycheck-to-Paycheck

Saving on the Big 3 Expenses

How to Get Out of Debt

The “Baby Steps” of FI

Making Your First Budget

Free Financial Independence Made Simple eBook

Finding ways to either save or earn your way to that first $1000 emergency fund goal isn’t as difficult as you might initially think. So be sure to check out the video below to learn how to quickly make $1000 with The $1000 Challenge, and discover our best blog resources to help you create (or recreate) your emergency fund and quickly build it up:

Dive deeper into emergency funds:

Emergency Funds 101: The Ultimate Guide to Emergency Funds

How to Start Building Your Emergency Fund

How to Rebuild Your Emergency Fund

Financial Basics: Spend Less Than You Make

$1000 Emergency Fund: Why You Need One And How to Build It Fast

Where should you keep an emergency fund?You will need to put a lot of consideration into where you decide to put your emergency fund. The ability to access it without incurring penalties and fees is key. Look for options that have either low or no penalties for withdrawing your money. The good news is that there are plenty of traditional and non-traditional places to keep and grow your emergency fund. Read on to learn a few of our favorites.

High Yield Savings AccountsHigh-yield online savings accounts usually offer a relatively high APY in comparison to their traditional counterparts. Oftentimes, you’ll find that these accounts pay from 10x to 20x more than traditional brick-and-mortar banks. They also provide easy access to your funds should you need to get to them quickly and from anywhere in the world.

So take a look at ten of the best online savings banks, their compared APYs, minimum balance requirements, ATM access, and perks and benefits. Check out the full breakdown and review of each bank on the list here.

| APY | Min. Balance to Open Account | Min. Balance to Keep APY | ATM Access | | --- | --- | --- | --- | | CIT | 0.30% | $100 | Tiered Balance (see write-up) | Yes | | Axos | 0.61% | $250 | $0.00 | Yes | | Ally | 0.60% | $0.00 | $0.00 | Yes | | TIAA | 0.50% | $25.00 | $25.00 | Yes | | Discover | 0.60% | $0.00 | $500.00 | Yes | | Chase | 0.01% | $0.00 | $300.00 | Yes | | FNBO Direct | 0.50% | $1.00 | $0.01 | No | | Comenity | 0.60% | $100.00 | Tiered Balance (see write-up) | Yes |

M1 Finance and Emergency FundsM1 Finance is an unconventional yet highly effective option when considering where to keep your emergency fund. In a nutshell, M1 Finance is a user-friendly micro-investing app that is a kind of robo-advisor/brokerage hybrid. You can dig into the full review here.

If you are an M1 customer, you can borrow against your investment portfolio with an M1 Margin Loan or you can opt for the M1 Personal Loan.

M1’s Margin Loans allow you to borrow up to 40% of your portfolio’s value at rates as low as 6.25% with M1 Plus. Margin loans are connected to margin accounts, taxable brokerage accounts that give you financial leverage.
This type of lending is flexible and does not affect your credit score. Learn more about M1 Margin Loans here.

M1 Personal Loans offer fixed-rate loans from $2,500 to $50,000 without collateral. You can learn more about their personal loans here.

Read our full review of M1 Finance here

Get started with M1 Finance here

Check out the full M1 Finance Review video below:

HELOCs and Emergency FundsA HELOC, also known as a Home Equity Line of Credit, is a revolving line of credit that uses your home as the loan collateral. Typically, you need to have at least 20% equity in your home before qualifying for a HELOC. Above all, the bank sets your credit limit based on the amount of equity that you have.

In the case of an actual emergency, which we defined above, you have the option of borrowing from your HELOC using a credit card or check that is connected to it. Because a HELOC is a line of credit, you can pay back the amount borrowed with payments based on the actual dollar amount you borrowed – not the full amount that may be available to you.

What makes a HELOC an attractive emergency fund option is its comparatively low-interest rates to credit cards. Based on the borrower, the average HELOC rate can start around 2.99% and go up to about 21%. Banks consider your debt-to-income ratio, the amount of equity you have in your home, current interest rates, and your credit score to calculate your rate.

Keep in mind that borrowing from a HELOC puts your home at risk if you were to be late or default on repayment. Additionally, if you were to sell your home, most HELOC repayment plans require you to pay the line of credit off at the same time.

The Differences Between a HELOC and a Home Equity LoanThere are 4 major differences between a Home Equity Line of Credit (HELOC) and a Home Equity Loan that you should be aware of. While both use your home as collateral to borrow funds that you can use however you wish, there are key differences in the loan terms, interest rates, how you access those funds, as well as how repayment works.

  1. Home Equity Loans are disbursed in a lump sum, but with a HELOC you can access and withdraw the funds as needed.
  2. A typical Home Equity Loan term is 60 months while a HELOC has a 10-year draw period and each advance is repaid over 15 years.
  3. Home Equity Loans normally have fixed interest rates. HELOCs traditionally have variable interest rates – however, more banks are beginning to offerfixed-rate options.
  4. In repayment of Home Equity Loans, monthly payments stay the same for the life of the loan. With the repayment of HELOCs, you only pay the balance you owe, but the monthly payment can fluctuate.

Check out podcast episode 261 where the guys explain the basics about what a HELOC is:

How to Take Out a HELOC in 8 Steps1. Gather all your financial information and documents 2. Thoroughly review your finances to determine your home equity 3. Shop around for lenders to find the best rate 4. Submit your application to the lender 5. Review all disclosures and documents 6. Complete the underwriting process 7. Sign the closing paperwork 8. Access the line of credit

The Bottom LineEmergency funds are the resources you need when you face unexpected financial woes that can’t be covered by your standard liquid assets. They are a safety net from the “slippery slope” of borrowing money at high APRs, which can quickly snowball into an uncontrollable financial avalanche.

Banking Basics #7: Certificates of DepositWhat is a certificate of deposit, or CD?A certificate of deposit is one of the more popular savings vehicles discussed when learning the basics of banking. Like a traditional savings account, a CD is considered low-risk and typically has a higher interest rate. The biggest difference between the two is that a CD is a lump sum with a maturity date “locked in” by the financial institution. Because you agree to this maturity date time frame, you receive a higher interest rate than you would receive if you decided to put money into a traditional savings account.

It is important to remember that when you invest in a CD, your deposit (and interest) cannot be touched throughout the maturity period (which can range from 6 months to 5 years). So only invest in a CD if you can afford to lock away your cash. The upside to locking in a CD for an extended period of time is that financial institutions offer higher interest rates for longer dates of maturity.

To open a CD, you can visit your local financial institution (in-person or online), and they will provide you with a disclosure statement detailing maturity dates and interest rate options. Remember, to ensure you’re taking advantage of the best rates possible, make a point to explore options and rates at several other banks as well. You can then make an educated decision regarding the balance between the maturity date (how long you are willing to allow your money to be locked in) and rate of return (how much money you will earn in exchange for that time) that makes the most sense for your savings goal.

Types of CDsWhile there are quite a few different types of CDs, traditional CDs are the easiest to open and most popular among consumers. Standard maturity dates for CDs are 6, 12, 24, 36, 48, and 60 months. So, the longer you are willing to “lock in” your money, the higher the interest rate will be.

Traditional CDsHowever, if you value the ability to speak face-to-face with easily accessible financial advisors offered at traditional banks, you may find the management of online CDs to be lacking in personalized customer support.

Online CDsAn online CD typically offers a higher APY and lower fees than a traditional CD. Without the overhead and operational costs of a traditional bank, online banks are able to provide more lucrative rates than brick-and-mortar institutions.

High Yield CDsHigh Yield CDs offer the highest interest rates and, compared to traditional CDs, a lower “buy-in” across the board.

Most High Yield CDs are offered by online financial institutions; however, some credit unions and traditional banks can be quite competitive. Therefore, it is best practice to shop around to find the CD that fits your desired financial goal(s).

CD LaddersA CD ladder is an investment strategy that utilizes different maturity dates for higher rates of return. In addition, they diversify and spread out your available liquid cash to best suit your financial goals.

For example, instead of sinking in a $5,000 investment into a 5-year CD, you can spread your seed investment over a 1-year, 2-year, 3-year, 4-year, and 5-year CD ($1,000 each). Although you won’t receive the biggest “bang for your buck,” you’ll enjoy more flexibility with the options to reinvest after the first year (second year, etc.) and still receive a solid return on investment.

CD ladders are perfect for money that you likely won’t use and carry an inherently low risk. For example, if you like to have a large emergency fund, you may not want the entire investment to earn the low rates of a standard savings account. Therefore, you could keep half in a traditional savings account and half in a CD ladder. That way, you have a stash of cash you can access penalty-free until your CD matures.

You can set up a CD ladder with any financial institution that offers them. We happen to be partial to CIT Bank because they offer reasonable rates and an emergency fund-friendly 11-month penalty-free CD. They offer nine different CD products from six months to five years – each of them offering a solid APY.

Learn more about a CIT Bank CD Ladder here.

Learn more about how to build a CD Ladder here.

The Bottom LineBe sure to have an emergency fund in place before deciding to invest in CDs. Remember, you are sacrificing accessibility to your investment for a higher rate of return. “Cashing” a CD out early will cause you to lose money through penalties and other fees. It is also best practice to have a savings account with a comfortable balance before venturing into CD investments.

Banking Basics #8: Money Market AccountsModern money market accounts are similar to both savings and checking accounts, but with some crucial differences. Money market accounts typically offer a marginally higher rate of return than standard savings accounts. However, each institution is different, so be sure to research thoroughly before committing to this type of account. You may also write checks and take ATM withdrawals from a money market account as a convenience (as you are limited to 6 transactions per calendar month).

Pros of Money Market Accounts:* Higher rates of return than standard savings accounts * FDIC protection (up to $250,000) * With proper research, can yield a high return with little to no monthly fees

Cons of Money Market Accounts:* A 6 transaction limit per account per calendar month * May require a large “buy-in” (a large upfront seed investment) * Could be taxable at much higher rates than savings accounts

The Bottom LineConsider investing in banking basics like money market accounts only after you have your emergency fund established and some diversity in conservative investments (like CDs). So, keep in mind that there could be little to no difference in a financial institution’s rate of return between Money Market Accounts and Savings Accounts. Research is truly your friend in this arena.

Final ThoughtsNow that you have a solid understanding of the foundations of personal banking basics, you are well-equipped to make better decisions to strengthen your overall financial portfolio.

The post Banking 101: The Ultimate Guide to Banking Basics in 2023 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

We have updated our Vanguard review for 2023 to clearly lay out the most notable pros and cons of this investing platform and why it’s a FI community favorite year after year. We’ll look at why people so often recommend it as the best place to invest your FI funds, what types of accounts you can open, and what to expect when using it.

If you head over to the ChooseFI Facebook group and ask for investment recommendations, you will inevitably have someone suggest a Vanguard fund. In Financial Independence circles, Vanguard is one of the most well-known names thrown out for low-cost funds investing.

Table Of Contents1. What Is Vanguard? 2. Is Vanguard the Best Place to Invest? 3. What Are the Most Recommended Vanguard Funds? 4. Is Vanguard the Best Low-Cost Option? 5. Vanguard Investment Products 6. Account Options 7. Buying and Selling Fees & Costs 8. Investment Minimums 9. Research & Analysis Tools 10. Vanguard Pros And Cons * The Pros * The Cons 11. The Bottom Line What Is Vanguard?To many in the FI community, Vanguard is the best option for low-cost investing. Founded in 1975 by John Bogle, the brokerage boasts $7.1 trillion in global assets under management.

Vanguard has more than 30 million investors scattered across 170 countries. It has international offices in China, the Netherlands, Hong Kong, Australia, Japan, Canada, France, and many more countries.

What makes Vanguard unique is the way they structure the investment firm. Unlike other mutual fund companies, Vanguard is client-owned with no outside owners seeking profits. This means that shareholders own the funds and they in turn own Vanguard. The Vanguard Group, birthed from the organization’s founding members, only owns 9.06% of Vanguard (far from controlling interest).

The results? Lower investment costs and a company that puts clients first. This has led to strong fund performance over time, making Vanguard a leader in the space.

Is Vanguard the Best Place to Invest?If you’re looking for low-cost investing, Vanguard is one of the best options. However, it comes with a set of pros and cons, which we will discuss further down. What makes Vanguard stand out is the sheer number of no-load, low-cost fund options.

Vanguard is a good solution for buy-and-hold investors (which is also called “position trading” – is an investment strategy where an investor buys financial or non-financial assets to hold for the long run. Pioneered by Warren Buffett). This makes it a good fit for those pursuing Financial Independence. The low-cost options combined with the service and selection offered by Vanguard make it hard to beat.

What Are the Most Recommended Vanguard Funds?One of the most recommended Vanguard funds in the ChooseFI community is VTSAX. It’s a total stock market fund, which means you invest in the entire U.S. stock market. It also has one of the lowest expense ratios at 0.040 percent.

Here’s a list of some of our favorite Vanguard funds:

  • 13% return over the last 10 years: Vanguard Total Stock Market (VTSAX)
  • The first index fund for individual investors: Vanguard 500 Index Fund (VFIAX)
  • In the top third of category peers: Vanguard Mid Cap Index Fund (VIMAX)
  • 8.31% return over the last 10 years: Vanguard Real Estate Index Fund (VGSLX)

Is Vanguard the Best Low-Cost Option?If you’re looking for a no-frills, low-cost investing option, you can’t do better than Vanguard. The company has staked its reputation on offering some of the lowest expense ratios on index funds and exchange-traded funds.

Vanguard also offers commission-free online transactions on many ETFs (currently around 1,800.) In addition, it has also lowered the investment minimums on many of its cheapest index funds, making it a good deal for newbie investors.

If you’re saving and investing toward Financial Independence, Vanguard offers the best selection of funds that follow the stock market and don’t cost an arm and a leg. This strategy is best for buy-and-hold investors, which makes Vanguard a good fit for the ChooseFI community.

Dive deeper: Dollar-Cost Averaging and Low-Cost Index Funds

Vanguard Investment ProductsWhen it comes to mutual funds, it’s difficult to beat the variety and cost that Vanguard offers. You can pick from more than 150 mutual funds and exchange-traded fund (ETF) options.

Investors can buy and sell Vanguard funds at no cost. In addition, Vanguard fund expense ratios are some of the lowest of any investment company.

Choose from a variety of types of funds from several asset classes. You can create a diversified portfolio that focuses on the S&P 500, the entire U.S. stock market, international funds, by sector, or a mix that fits your risk tolerance.

Vanguard also offers the option to buy direct individual stock shares or funds managed by other firms. However, prepare to pay higher fees for anything outside the Vanguard fold.

Other Vanguard investment options include individual bonds, certificates of deposit (CDs), and money market mutual funds. These can be good options for adding diversity to your portfolio or earning interest on the cash you will need in the short term.

Vanguard also offers managed portfolios for a fee. This involves working with a personal investment advisor who will manage your investment portfolio.

Like several other firms, Vanguard also offers a robo-advisor option. Keep in mind that you’re required to have an initial lives consultation with an advisor to develop a strategy.

Account OptionsHere is the current Vanguard account offering:

  • Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs): Vanguard gives you the option to open a traditional (pre-tax) IRA or a Roth (post-tax) IRA. This can be a good option to supplement your existing retirement account such as a 401(k). In addition, building a Roth IRA conversion ladder can be great for accessing funds during early retirement.
  • Taxable accounts: If you’ve already maxed out your tax-advantaged account and still have money left over, consider investing in a taxable account. Vanguard allows you to invest in stocks, bonds, mutual funds, and CDs.
  • 401(k) rollovers: If you move from employer to employer, you’re usually left with retirement accounts at different institutions. Vanguard can be a great place to roll over and merge old 401(k) or 403(b) accounts since they make the process easy and painless. As a bonus, there are no penalties or fees for rolling over an old retirement account to a Vanguard IRA.
  • Simple, SEP, and Solo 401(k): If you’re self-employed, you will appreciate Vanguard’s selection of funds targeted at business owners. You can easily open a Vanguard Simple, SEP, or Solo 401(k) account to build up your retirement savings.
  • 529 plans: One option for saving for your child’s higher education is by using tax-advantaged accounts such as 529 plans. Vanguard offers the option to open a 529 plan and reap the benefits of saving tax-free for college.
  • Annuities: While annuities are not a product often mentioned in FIRE circles, it’s good to know that Vanguard offers this option. You can get both a fixed income and a variable annuity through Vanguard. They have some of the lowest rates in the industry for this type of product so do your research if you’re considering an annuity.

Dive deeper: How And Why To Set Up A Roth Conversion LadderBuying And Selling Costs

Buying and Selling Fees & CostsVanguard has built its company on the promise of low-cost investment options. Fees and investment costs can eat into your portfolio returns and lower your long-term earnings. This is why it’s one of the most recommended within the FIRE community.

One tenet of Financial Independence is to buy and hold securities for a long period. This makes Vanguard’s pricing structure tailor-made for this type of investing. Here’s what to expect price-wise when investing with Vanguard:

  • Vanguard mutual funds: FREE
  • Vanguard Exchange-Traded Funds (ETFs): FREE if you buy or sell 25 times in a year or less
  • Other stocks and ETFs: $7 per trade
  • Other no-load mutual funds: $20 per trade
  • U.S. Treasuries: FREE
  • Options: $7 +$1 per contract

Vanguard does not offer futures and forex (foreign exchange market) trade options.

Looking at the buying and selling costs above, it’s easy to see that the cheapest way to invest with Vanguard is a buy-and-hold strategy. Investors who trade funds and securities often, especially outside the Vanguard fold, may be better off with one of the competitors.

When it comes to long-term investing, it’s hard to beat free. Mutual fund expense ratios are some of the lowest in the industry, offering savings of more than 50 percent over the competition.

This can make a big difference when your investments reach six and seven figures, as is often the case with many FIRE followers.

If you want to see how switching to Vanguard will make a difference for your portfolio, there’s a handy calculator on their website. Just plug in the required numbers and you can get an idea of your savings over the long haul.

Dive deeper: Investing 101 | The Ultimate Guide To Investing

Investment MinimumsVanguard does not have account minimum requirements so you can add any amount to your investment account. However, investing in mutual funds requires a few hundred to a thousand.

Other firms have requirements of a few hundred to a few thousand dollars just to open an account. This can make it difficult for new investors to start and build their portfolios.

Some funds require a minimum of $3,000 to invest but Vanguard has recently lowered the threshold with a few options starting at $1,000. Another positive is that Vanguard offers the option to buy a single share of a Vanguard ETF, dropping the barrier further.

Even if you have only a few hundred dollars to get started, you can build a well-diversified, low-cost portfolio in a few months.

Vanguard investment minimums can vary between different account types. Do your research before getting started so you’re not disappointed if you don’t have enough. Vanguard makes it easy to open a new account and figure out if you meet the requirements.

Dive deeper: How To Open Accounts With Vanguard, Fidelity, and Schwab

Research & Analysis ToolsIf you love analyzing data and running scenarios, Vanguard’s offerings may disappoint. Their research platform is clunky and fairly limited, making it difficult to analyze new securities or run simulations.

There are no customizable charts or tables you can use to evaluate different investment options. If you’re looking for data to support your investment decisions, you will have to dig through PDF files and do your own analysis.

The high trading fees and lack of research and analysis tools make Vanguard a subpar option for day traders. If you’re investing for the long term, Vanguard offers a portfolio watch feature that will give you some insights into how your investments are doing.

Vanguard Pros And ConsInvesting for Financial Independence differs from investing for traditional retirement. You will need to accumulate a large portfolio that has to support you and your family for the rest of your life if you have one.

While Vanguard is often recommended as the best option for stashing your early retirement cash, it comes both with pros and cons. You need to evaluate how Vanguard stacks up against other investment options before deciding where to invest.

The ProsHere are some pros of choosing Vanguard to manage your investments:

  • Low costs: You won’t find many other brokerages that can compete with Vanguard on cost. Comparing their mutual funds against other options shows savings of more than half. This can make a big difference when investing large amounts of money.
  • No minimum requirements to open an account: Unlike other brokers, Vanguard does not require you to deposit thousands of dollars to open an account. There is no minimum dollar amount to open a Vanguard account. This can vary between account types so always double-check.
  • Ease of account opening: Vanguard makes it easy to open a new account, especially if you want to roll over an investment account from another institution. They will complete your rollover in a tax-efficient manner, which is very helpful.
  • Fund performance: If you’re a long-term investor, you will be happy to know that more than 90 percent of Vanguard’s mutual funds outperformed their peer-group 10-year averages. Just keep in mind that past performance is not indicative of future performance.
  • No-fee ETFs: There are no costs to trade Vanguard ETFs. Many competitors charge a per-trade fee for ETFs so this can save you a bundle. ETFs are a great way to diversify your portfolio. Keep in mind that you can’t buy or sell the same ETF more than 25 times in a year.
  • No sales pressure: Because Vanguard is an investor-owner, there is no outside pressure to push its product offerings. If you’re with another investment firm, it can be a nice change of pace not to be bombarded with actively managed fund recommendations.
  • Simple offerings: Vanguard makes it simple and easy to use its products. If your goal is long-term investing, you will appreciate this when building your portfolio.

The ConsHere are some cons to consider when evaluating Vanguard for your investments:

  • Buying and selling costs: The costs of buying and selling stocks through Vanguard make it unsuitable for day traders. If you’re looking for a platform to make multiple trades a day and to trade non-Vanguard funds, your costs will add up. There are other options with lower trading fees that would be suitable for frequent traders. Vanguard is best for buy-and-hold investors.
  • High fund initial investment minimums: While there is no minimum to open most types of Vanguard accounts, investing is a different story. Many of the funds Vanguard offers have high investment minimums, sometimes requiring thousands of dollars. While they’ve added more funds with lower minimums, it will limit your selection.
  • Limited research tools: If you love researching and analyzing your portfolio, Vanguard may not be the right platform for you. There are no pretty drawing tools, trend lines, or volume data to help you with your investments. As mentioned previously, this is in part because Vanguard does not cater to day traders but rather works best with a buy-and-hold strategy.
  • Expensive non-Vanguard funds: If your goal is to build a portfolio of funds from different institutions, prepare to pay up. While Vanguard funds and ETFs are cheap, mutual funds from other institutions are more expensive.
  • High day trading costs: Vanguard’s steep per-trade costs make it unsuitable for day trading. If you like to buy and sell multiple securities every day, there are other lower-cost options better suited for this style of investing.
  • Limited investment options: For most investors, Vanguard has sufficient offerings to build a well-balanced portfolio. You can buy the most common investments such as stocks, bonds, and mutual funds. However, investors interested in commodities, futures and the like should look elsewhere.

The Bottom LineWhen it comes to low-cost investing, you will be hard-pressed to find a better option than Vanguard. As we’ve reviewed throughout this post, Vanguard offers low-cost mutual funds and ETFs that appeal to the buy-and-hold investor.

Because Vanguard is investor-owned, you won’t be targeted with managed fund offers. Even if you’re interested in their personal advisory services or robo-advising option, you will still pay less than the industry average.

This is one reason that Vanguard is often recommended in Financial Independence circles. Just do a quick search for Vanguard in the ChooseFI Facebook group and you’ll get hundreds (if not thousands) of posts recommending their funds.

For those of us investing for the long term, Vanguard offers cheap funds with low expense ratios and above-average performance. This is the perfect recipe for those working toward Financial Independence.

Do you invest with Vanguard? What has been your experience? Share in the comments.

Dive deeper:

  • Intro To Dividend Investing
  • M1 Finance Review–Completely Free Automated Investing
  • Top 10 Best Cities For Financial Independence

The post Vanguard Review 2023: Low-Cost Investing On The Path To FI appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


Secure 2.0 and the FI CommunitySean Mullaney, the FI Tax Guy, just put out an article on the ‘Secure 2.0 and the FI Community’ that I think is ultra-valuable.

I’m going to publish an episode with Sean on the podcast later this month to dive into the nuance of Secure Act 2.0, but I always want to get this info out as quickly as possible via the FI Weekly newsletter.

The two most intriguing items to me are:

  • Those born in 1960 or later aren’t required to start taking Required Minimum Distributions (RMDs) until the age of 75. The later we can take these RMDs, the more flexibility we have, so this is a positive for FI Community members.
  • Rollover of up to $35,000 from a 529 to a Roth IRA of the beneficiary. Sean promises more analysis on this in a later blog post, but this is a nice potential positive for those of us who have already contributed to a 529 plan or are considering it but are wary.

Bold Move and Doing Hard ThingsI had planned to recommend the National Geographic series on Disney Plus called ‘Limitless with Chris Hemsworth’ here all on its own. If you have any interest in longevity and increasing your healthspan (and who doesn’t?), you’ll get a ton of value out of it.

But I’m able to double up that recommendation with a few other interesting related items:

Episode 419 of ChooseFI came out yesterday with Dominick Quartuccio on ‘Your Bold Move for 2023’ and I’ve come to a conclusion for my ‘bold move’ for 2023:

I want to get in my best shape ever and really focus on my health and fitness.

I don’t know yet precisely what that will look like, but I’m letting the theme pervade my life this calendar year.

Members of our mastermind group watched episode 3 of the Limitless series on doing extended fasting to promote longevity and a group of six of us formed an accountability group and set off on an extended fast on January 1st.

(A member of our group is a physician and if you’re contemplating an extended fast, please consider doing it under medical supervision.)

Part of my frequent internal negative self-talk is that I “never give something my all” and I “don’t see difficult things through” so I was extremely proud of myself for completing the entire four-day fast.

I felt great throughout, and learned that a lot of my “hunger” cues throughout the day really just stem from boredom.

That intentionality combined with the accountability of having other people going through this with me helped spur me on to finish when I most likely would have given up on day 3 if left to my own devices.

Best Investment Writing of 2022Nick Maggiulli, who we had on the podcast on Episode 404 talking about his book ‘Just Keep Buying’, recently published his 6th annual post highlighting his favorite investment writing of the year.

Click here to check out Nick’s favorite investment writing of 2022, which includes Katie Gatti who was a ChooseFI guest on episode 399 and is a longtime ChooseFI community member.


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Kalyn said, “This week, my 1% better is that I finally opened a Roth IRA at Vanguard and I invested my first $200 in VTI. I know it is a baby step, but it feels huge at the same time.” * Eric said, “My 1% better is that I booked a trip for 4 (my wife and two girls) to Costa Rica with my Chase Sapphire points that your podcast taught me about. As much as I want my girls to get the opportunity to travel abroad, I’m always hesitant because of the cost of 4 flights. This made it a NO BRAINER. We only get so much time with the girls until they become adults and I’m following your lead on cherishing all the moments we can. Now I get the opportunity to introduce them to my favorite place in the world without breaking the bank. Thank you!” * Michael said, “My 1% better this week is calculating my net worth after seeing your recent newsletter and realizing I just crossed $100K of net worth at the age of only 25! I plan to keep calculating my net worth every quarter to keep track of my continued progress towards FI.” * Whitney said, “My 1% better comes from a gratitude practice that my friend recommended. She suggested writing down a list of 50 good things that happened in 2022. Though 2022 wasn’t all unicorns and rainbows, it was really great to reflect on the many positive things and new memories we created.” * Travis said, “My 1% improvement this week is a shift in mindset. I listened to episode 413 about mental health and wealth. You and Rich talked about how it is easy to vilify work, but we should look at work as a tool to get what we want out of life. I think it will take some time, but I am trying to change my adversarial thinking about work. The first small step is a change in my daily planner. On workdays I used to write “Rat Race” or “Work for The Man”, and cross it off at the end of the day. Now I write “Work for $$$” or “Work toward FI”. It sounds small and silly, but it is actually helping. I think writing it every day in my planner makes it like a mantra, and I am shifting to a more positive mantra. Thank you for the insight.” * Avi said, “I finally consolidated and moved my HSA into Fidelity. Most personal HSA providers I’ve encountered will charge a monthly fee and have investment restrictions (ie must have $2k not invested). Fidelity has no monthly fees, no investment restrictions, and access to some great low-fee index funds!” * Steve said, “My 1% better is fully funding my 403(b) for the first time in 2022. In addition, I traded my brokerage account holdings from a regular investment account to a Roth IRA. Finally, I was able to put $4000 into my HSA. I’m looking forward to the challenge of besting all of these numbers in 2023 and know I’ve got the support of a large community behind me all the way.”


The post FI Weekly – January 10, 2023: Secure 2.0 Act, Bold Move, Best Investment Writing of 2022 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: taxes, the secure act 2.0, the best news, roths, 529's, catch-up contributions, and the new options you have.

On December 29th 2022, Joe Biden signed into law the Secure 2.0 Act. As this law may have ramifications on your retirement tax planning, to stay ahead of the curve we decided to have The FI Tax Guy Sean Mullaney back on the show to discuss what this law is and ways one may be able to approach and utilize it going forward with there retirement planning. While laws and regulations may change, staying prepared and aware can keep us worry free as we prepare for the tail end of our FI journey!

The discussion is intended to be for general educational purposes and is not tax, legal, or investment advice for any individual.

Sean Mullaney:

  • Website: fitaxguy.com
  • Book: "Solo 401k: The Solopreneur’s Retirement Account"
  • Twitter: @SeanMoneyandTax

Timestamps:

  • 1:25 - Introduction
  • 2:55 - The Most Important Change and The Best News
  • 14:19 - More Roth Options
  • 27:05 - The Backdoor Roths And Catch-Up Contributions
  • 31:46 - New Options For 529's
  • 42:27 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today's Episode:

  • Secure 2.0 and The FI Community
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: taxes, the Secure Act 2.0, the best news, Roths, 529’s, catch-up contributions, and the new options you have.

On December 29th, 2022, Joe Biden signed the Secure 2.0 Act into law. As this law may have ramifications on your retirement tax planning, to stay ahead of the curve we decided to have The FI Tax Guy Sean Mullaney back on the show to discuss what this law is and ways one may be able to approach and utilize it going forward with there retirement planning. While laws and regulations may change, staying prepared and aware can keep us worry-free as we prepare for the tail end of our FI journey!

The discussion is intended for general educational purposes and is not tax, legal, or investment advice for any individual.

Sean Mulaney:* Website: fitaxguy.com * Book: “Solo 401k: The Solopreneur’s Retirement Account” * Twitter: @SeanMoneyandTax

Timestamps:* 1:25 – Introduction * 2:55 – The Most Important Change and The Best News * 14:19 – More Roth Options * 27:05 – The Backdoor Roths And Catch-Up Contributions * 31:46 – New Options For 529’s * 42:27 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* Secure 2.0 and The FI Community * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post Secure Act 2.0 Deep Dive | Sean Mullaney | Ep 421 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


New Year, New Contribution LimitsHappy New Year!

It’s a new year, so that means there are new contribution limits for retirement and tax advantaged accounts and even if we maxed these accounts out in 2022, we’re back down to $0 contributed in 2023 and are ready to fill the accounts up again.

My family can contribute to an HSA since we have a (very) high deductible health insurance plan. I saw the recurring reminder in my ToDoIst app on January 1st to max out the HSA, then quickly googled what the new contribution limits are for 2023 ($7,750 for a family), and initiated the contribution via Fidelity.

This all took about 5 minutes and it’s an example of the continued action we’re taking to optimize and make our financials lives better.

What action are you going to take this month to improve your financial life?

Net Worth Calculation for 2022Speaking of taking action, here’s a timely one:

I think it’s really important to track your net worth on a yearly basis (I personally do it on a quarterly basis but since the year and quarter just ended, this is a nice easy two-for-one to get started!).

Really simple to do:

You can use a free app like Personal Capital, but I like an old-fashioned Excel spreadsheet where I just list out all my assets (every account separately plus major assets like my home and investment properties) and liabilities (mortgages, student loans, credit cards, other debt, etc.) individually.

Then you just add up all the assets and subtract out the liabilities to get your 12/31/2022 net worth.

It takes me about 10 minutes to log into all my accounts each quarter and I find the tracking and accountability of this to be quite valuable.

Better HabitsJames Clear, author of Atomic Habits, was a guest on the ChooseFI podcast in Episode 157.

His book is an all-time favorite in the FI Community, and I’ve subscribed to his newsletter since meeting him in 2019. I just noticed he’s offering a free 30 Days to Better Habits email course and knowing the high-quality content that James puts out, I feel confident recommending you check this out.

It isn’t hyperbole when James says, “Your life today is essentially the sum of your habits. How in shape or out of shape you are? A result of your habits. How happy or unhappy you are? A result of your habits. How successful or unsuccessful you are? A result of your habits.”

Now would be a great time to take action on creating better habits.


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Jacob said, “Our 1% Better was adding a Net Worth section in our budget and calculating our net worth for the first time. We plan on doing this quarterly like you suggest!” * Garrett said, “I just booked travel for my first trip to Europe. My wife and I will be flying into London and slowly moving around England, then taking a short flight to Paris before flying back home from there. I used travel rewards to save nearly $4500 in airfare with just 80,000 Chase Ultimate Rewards points! Thanks, ChooseFI for putting me on a path to make our dream vacation come true without breaking the bank!” * Luisa said, “My 1% better is that, while visiting a friend in Hawaii, we invested their first $100 in a Roth IRA in SWPPX (Schwab’s S&P 500 index fund with a 0.02% expense ratio). They had finally opened an account and didn’t know what to do with it. It was a win visiting Hawaii, staying with friends, spending time with friends and helping them start investing!” * Haley said, “My 1% better this week is officially launching my new business teaching a 6-class personal finance course for women. I can’t wait to help other women gain an understanding of their current financial position and how their spending, saving, and lifestyle habits affect their financial future – using the Choose FI principles. It took major life changes this past year to have the time and flexibility to make this passion project happen, including moving to a lower cost of living area, and I’m so excited!” * Michael said, “My 1% better this week was adding two-factor authentication to the financial apps where I hold my taxable brokerage accounts in. It is such an overlooked extra layer of security that can provide much protection. After listening to Episode 397 Securing Your Financial Life with Tom, I wanted to take action.” * Erin said, “My 1% this month was increasing our retirement contributions and beginning to listen to podcasts on minimalist lifestyle. I have been really surprised by how much of FI is NOT financial. It’s learning to be happy with what I have and simplify my life.” * Matt said, “My 1% better was for my wife and me to turn off mobile data on our cell phones. We didn’t realize we were spending $50 and $70 per month on data. If I need notifications or maps I toggle the mobile data on, but otherwise it stays off. It also provides a bit of peace while I transit between wifi locations e.g. home, work, etc.” * Lisa said, “The 1% (literally) I’m working toward right now is moving away from my financial advisor with a 1% AUM fee to a DIY brokerage.”


The post FI Weekly – January 3, 2023: New Contribution Limits for 2023, Net Worth Calc, Better Habits appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: mindfulness, removing judgement, thoughts creating reality, envisioning, awareness, and the hot seat.

Oftentimes on our show we like to remind listeners that achieving FI isn’t an end all be all to one’s problems, and that reaching financial independence doesn’t automatically equate to happiness. An important part of the journey is the work you do inward along the way, and this week we are tackling what that can look like. This week we are joined by coach and host of Mindful Fire podcast, Adam Coelho, to discuss the important link between mindfulness and FI, and the power our brains have to envision the life we want, and put dreams into action. Taking the time to be aware of how you’re thinking and feeling can be an effective tool. It will not only keep you centered, but allow for you to be open to experiences you might not have thought were achievable. So whether you are familiar with mindfulness practices or are curious where to begin, allow this episode to serve as a resource to begin or strengthen your practice!

Adam Coelho:

  • Podcast: mindfulfire.org
  • YouTube: Mindful FIRE
  • Guided Meditation: Mindful FIRE's Free Guided Meditation

Timestamps:

  • 1:56 - Introduction
  • 4:33 -The Definition Of Mindfulness/Removing Judgement
  • 12:08 - Your Thoughts Create Your Reality
  • 19:08 - Gateways To Meditation/Awareness
  • 27:56 - The Science Of Mindfulness
  • 35:50 - Envisioning
  • 40:25 - It's Not Out There, It's In Here
  • 49:27 - Mindfulness And FI
  • 52:44 - Adam's Google Story
  • 58:21 - Adam Takes The Hot Seat
  • 76:06 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Headspace
  • Yoga Nidra
  • Atomic Habits | James Clear | ChooseFI Ep. 157
  • "Atomic Habits" by James Clear
  • Calm
  • Insight Timer
  • Playing With FIRE Documentary
  • "Altered Traits: Science Reveals How Meditation Changes Your Mind, Brain, and Body" by Daniel Goleman and Richard Davidson
  • "Peak Mind: Find Your Focus, Own Your Attention, Invest 12 Minutes a Day" by Amishi P Jha
  • Mark Divine
  • All The Hacks
  • "Die with Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life" by Bill Perkins
  • Alchemized Life| Jordan Harbinger: How to Build a Podcast | Episode 19
  • "The Predicting Brain" by Regina Pally
  • The Tail End
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: mindfulness, removing judgment, thoughts creating reality, envisioning, awareness, and the hot seat.

Often on our show, we like to remind listeners that achieving FI isn’t an end all be all to one’s problems and that reaching financial independence doesn’t automatically equate to happiness. An important part of the journey is the work you do inward along the way, and this week we are tackling what that can look like. This week we are joined by coach and host of Mindful Fire podcast, Adam Coelho, to discuss the important link between mindfulness and FI, and the power our brains have to envision the life we want, and put dreams into action. Taking the time to be aware of your thoughts and feelings can be an effective tool. It will keep you centered and allow you to be open to experiences you might not have thought were achievable. So whether you are familiar with mindfulness practices or are curious about where to begin, allow this episode to serve as a resource to begin or strengthen your practice!

Adam Coelho: Podcast: mindfulfire.org * YouTube: Mindful FIRE * Guided Meditation:* Mindful FIRE’s Free Guided Meditation

Timestamps:* 1:56 – Introduction * 4:33 -The Definition Of Mindfulness/Removing Judgement * 12:08 – Your Thoughts Create Your Reality * 19:08 – Gateways To Meditation/Awareness * 27:56 – The Science Of Mindfulness * 35:50 – Envisioning * 40:25 – It’s Not Out There, It’s In Here * 49:27 – Mindfulness And FI * 52:44 – Adam’s Google Story * 58:21 – Adam Takes The Hot Seat * 76:06 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* Headspace * Yoga Nidra * Atomic Habits | James Clear | ChooseFI Ep. 157 * “Atomic Habits” by James Clear * Calm * Insight Timer * Playing With FIRE Documentary * “Altered Traits: Science Reveals How Meditation Changes Your Mind, Brain, and Body” by Daniel Goleman and Richard Davidson * “Peak Mind: Find Your Focus, Own Your Attention, Invest 12 Minutes a Day” by Amishi P Jha * Mark Divine * All The Hacks * “Die with Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life” by Bill Perkins * Alchemized Life| Jordan Harbinger: How to Build a Podcast | Episode 19 * “The Predicting Brain” by Regina Pally * The Tail End * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post Mindful FIRE | Adam Coelho | Ep 420 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


Year End Wins Episode is LiveI’m going to keep the newsletter short and sweet this holiday week. I hope you are enjoying some rest and relaxation and time with loved ones!

The 6th annual Year End Wins podcast episode came out yesterday, so if you haven’t had a chance to listen yet, download ChooseFI Episode 417 and enjoy the community’s favorite episode of the year.

Two Items of NoteI promised to keep this email short, but wanted to pass along two things I’m keeping my eye on:

  • The Secure 2.0 Act passed through Congress and could become law quite soon. As a rule I don’t like talking about future legislation that isn’t set in stone, but since this will impact retirement accounts significantly, I wanted to give you a heads up. Here’s an article from CNBC with some bullet-point highlights that are worth scanning.
  • The password manager LastPass experienced a worrying “security incident” recently and even though their detailed blog article about the incident makes it seem like there’s a slim likelihood your data was compromised, many security experts online are suggesting it may be worse than it seems and you should consider first moving to a new password manager and then changing every single one of your passwords (and more broadly, if you haven’t setup two-factor authentication everywhere possible, please do this ASAP!!).

ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Kisha said, “I am excited to share my 1% better. Over the course of the last 18 months I have started a business and a partnership between the 2 income streams I am now preparing to leave my W2 employment! I have used Rebel Entrepreneur principles and only spent $500 to start these business. The time freedoms and exponential earnings is truly amazing!” * Christi said, “I have two 1% this week! The first one is financial. My company doesn’t have a 401k. Earlier this year I set up an IRA with Vanguard on my own and contributed $3k of the $6k max for the year. This week, I contributed the other $3k making out my IRA contribution for 2022. I’m a good saver, but a horrible investor, so clicking that button is big for us! Our second 1% is we finally booked our appointment for our passports so we can go see our friend in Japan in 2023, hopefully using points from my credit card!” * Shawn said, “My 1% better is taking the time to allocate my new jobs retirement 401k from a managed fund with .08% fees to an index fund with .02% fees. I don’t have a lot in retirement and I know those aren’t drastic numbers, but this one move and a “set it and forget it” should pay off well over the next few decades of work and investing.” * Traci said, “I purchased my first rental property, a triplex, for $367k. My calculations were that I would need to put in 40k in renovations and updates, and I estimated that I should be able to bring in at least $4600/month. I have been learning a lot about insulation, caulking, toilets, paint, trim, and working with contractors. I’m happy to say even though I was $5k over my renovation budget, I have been able to rent out the units for $5700/month, and I’m actively looking for the next one.” * Joe said, “My 1% better feels like so much more this week! We moved several months ago and finally sold our old home. We used approximately $90k from the sale and paid down our new mortgage. This got rid of $230 a month of PMI (we had to put less than 20% down to move before selling our home). That alone is awesome, but also saved us 112 payments, which is over 9 years of payments! This equates into paying a quarter million less in pure interest throughout our mortgage! Talk about a win!” * Mandy said, “My 1% better this week was finally transferring my IRA out of a high fee firm and into a new Vanguard account. There were some hoops to jump through with trying to get a Medallion Signature Guarantee, which is why I delayed doing this for almost 2 years but it ultimately only took a couple hours. I also opened a Vanguard brokerage account and set up a bi-weekly transfer to automate my savings. FI, here I come!” * Ben said, “My 1% better this week is to donate $$$ to my favorite local charities. I’ve already maxed out 401k, HSA, put $6,000 into my IRA account, put more money into taxable brokerage account and met my other financial goals for 2022. Feels good to be able to support things like my local zoo, adoption services, and abuse prevention places. Plus, as a side benefit we get an awesome behind the scenes tour of the zoo which includes seeing the tigers being fed. My 2 year old loves it!”


The post FI Weekly – December 27, 2022: Year End Wins Episode, Two Items of Note appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: bold moves, building bold moves, dreams, themes, uncomfortable awareness, and finding energy.

For most people, a new year can signify new goals that we hope to accomplish. Regardless of where you are on the FI journey, the new year ushers in a time for change and welcomes the opportunity to learn and grow! In this episode we are re-joined by Dominick Quartuccio to discuss navigating new beginnings and designing your “Bold Move” as we enter the new year. Instead of having a new year’s resolution which may remind you of what you didn’t accomplish the year before, try making a bold move that can act as a quantifiable metric for designing the life you want to live! The journey to FI is filled with ebbs and flows, and with that comes lessons that allow you to grow and learn as you find your way towards the life you want to live!

Dominick Quartuccio: Website: thegreatmanwithin.com * Course: The Bold Move Masterclass: Use Code CHOOSEFI For 50% Off * Podcast: The Great Man Within * Book:* “Design Your Future: 3 Simple Steps to Stop Drifting and Start Living”

Timestamps:* 1:21 – Introduction * 7:20 – Quiet Desperation And Community * 14:32 – The Bold Move * 22:28 – Building A Bold Move * 30:32 – Increasing Your Luck Surface Area And What Gives You Energy * 33:50 – Finding Your Theme And Dream * 39:28 – Uncomfortable Awareness And The Turbulence Of Life * 47:19 – What You Want Will Reveal Itself, Eventually * 56:27 – Using Bold Moves To Identify Dreams * 59:04 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode: Find Your Local ChooseFI Group * “The 4-Hour Workweek: Escape 9-5, Live Anywhere, and Join the New Rich” by Tim Ferriss * “Outwitting the Devil: The Secrets to Freedom and Success” by Napoleon Hill * “The Subtle Art of Not Giving a Fck: A Counterintuitive Approach to Living a Good Life” by Mark Manson * “Man’s Search for Meaning” by Viktor Frankl * “Never Eat Alone, Expanded and Updated: And Other Secrets to Success, One Relationship at a Time” by Keith Ferrazzi and Tahl Raz * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post Your Bold Move for 2023 | Dominick Quartuccio | Ep 419 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


But What if Things Go Right?Diania Merriam was on the podcast this week (Episode 416) and it was an extraordinarily powerful episode describing how she quit a toxic work environment on principle and really flexed her FI-muscles.

Her email newsletter with 8 Lessons Learned from 1 Year of (F)un-employment is, simply put, a must read.

My favorite was #2 ‘We’re so scared of what could go wrong, but what if things go right?’

EconoMe Conference 2023I also floated this at the end of the episode with Diania, but wasn’t certain at the time of recording:

I can officially confirm that I’ll be attending the EconoMe Conference which is being held March 17-19, 2023 at the University of Cincinnati.

This is the first live FI event I’ve attended since 2019 and I could not be more excited! We’re still figuring out the details, but I’ll definitely be helping to co-host some of the events and workshops.

If you’re looking for an in-depth FI event, EconoMe is a great choice in every way. I’d absolutely love to meet and hang out with as many ChooseFI community members as possible, and this 3-day event is a perfect opportunity.

Diania was kind enough to offer our community 10% off if you use the coupon code “CHOOSEFI” at checkout.

Two Great Community PostsI wanted to pass along two posts I saw in our ChooseFI Facebook group:

  • Toshia was looking for a top-quality gift under $50 to bring to a White Elephant Party and figured the ChooseFI community would have suggestions on truly useful gifts in that price range. And with over 600 comments, the community didn’t disappoint! This is a fun read for sure.
  • Daan Duijm spent over 9 months creating “The Ultimate Excel Finance Dashboard” that he wanted to provide the ChooseFI community as a free resource. My brother downloaded Daan’s dashboard and thought it was exceptionally useful.

ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Joanna said, “My 1% better feels like way more than 1%! I’ve been on a career break since my husband and I relocated for his job in the summer of 2020. During the past couple of years, I became a certified running coach and started teaching group fitness at the local gym as a hobby job (with the perk of a free gym membership!). In May I launched my own online run coaching and personal training business and just this past week received a dream job offer working full-time in corporate fitness.” * Jason said, “So, at my mid-year review earlier this year I let my boss know I was happy with my job, but unhappy with my salary. He asked me to follow up with a list of key accomplishments, etc. and that he would run it up the chain and see what he could do. I figured he was blowing smoke and at best they’d give me about 5%. Instead, my salary went from $78,000 to $100,872 overnight (24% increase) just by asking about a raise.” * Sheila said, “My 1% better is that after maxing out my 2022 ROTH IRA and 401 k, for the first time I set up an HSA. I’m going to check and see if I can max that out quickly.” * Michael said, “My 1% better this week is $1250 (post-tax dollars) better! I’m glad to say I’m using travel rewards points for the first time. I have a minor family emergency for which I need to travel back home (from CA to NY), and the timing was last minute of course. The flight would have cost me $1250 total.” * Justin said, “My one percent better this week equated to over $1,000 better over a year! My wife and I finally switched to Mint Mobile. I’ve been hearing about it on the podcast for years, but I’ve always been skeptical on the quality of their service, so I never switched. But I finally got fed up with Verizon and switched. We’re now paying less for the whole year with Mint Mobile than we were for ONE MONTH with Verizon.” * Kate said, “I started listening to various podcasts and discovered FIRE. My 1% better every day is to continue to immerse myself, family and friends with these concepts (some do not approve or see the need to change their lives and it is ok).” * Laura said, “A few years ago when I started to listen, I made a goal to hit over $100k before my oldest daughter graduated high school and just in the nick of time, I did it! This goal only came about after listening to Episode 147 with Tori Dunlap. So thank you ChooseFI!” * Kevin said, “My 1% better this week was to convince my wife to apply for and receive the Chase Sapphire Preferred credit card. She’s been using a United Credit card for years (she only has one credit card which she pays off monthly) and we’ve used those travel points to go on many vacations. Second, I joined the ChooseFI/Expat group because my wife and I want to move overseas and the endless Google searches and conversations we were having were not productive.”


The post FI Weekly – December 20, 2022: What if Things Go Right?, EconoMe, Community Posts appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: the federal reserve, interest rates, buying the hype, the problems with effortless earning, and narrative follows price.

It’s suffice to say this past year has been one of distinct changes from a financial perspective, with investment techniques and former practices no longer working the same as they did two years ago. However, there is much to be learned and a lot to be gained as we move forward into 2023. This week we are re-joined by a friend of the show Brian Feroldi to discuss his observations on the market changes, and lessons he learned over the course of 2022. Settle into the new year and tune in as we share our thoughts on the macro impact of the federal reserve, psychology of investing, inflation and interest as it relates to different kinds of assets, and so much more!

Brian Feroldi:

  • Website: brianferoldi.com
  • Twitter: @brianferoldi
  • Course: Financial Statements Explained Simply
  • Book: "Why Does The Stock Market Go Up?: Everything You Should Have Been Taught About Investing In School, But Weren’t" By Brian Feroldi

Timestamps:

  • 1:46 - Introduction
  • 6:51 - The Federal Reserve/Interest Rates
  • 15:03 - Inflation Is Still Here
  • 17:21 - Beware Of Effortless Money
  • 24:14 - The State Of Crypto/Buying The Hype
  • 33:48 - Is Cash Still Trash?
  • 36:13 - Bonds Are Worth Consideration
  • 39:25 - Growth Stock Troubles
  • 46:31 - Narrative Follows Price
  • 52:56 - Your Risk Level Is Revealed
  • 56:09 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today's Episode:

  • The Motley Fool
  • The Simple Path to Wealth | JL Collins | ChooseFI Ep 411
  • Early Retirement Now
  • The Role Of Bonds In A Portfolio | ChooseFI Ep 194
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links And Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details


Optimal Order for Investing Your MoneyOur good friend Tae Kim from the Financial Tortoise (he’s been on the podcast in Episodes 186 and 302) put out a YouTube video last month that went viral with over 200k+ views called, “Optimal Order for Investing Your Money.”

I highly recommend watching the 10-minute video and while I could probably quibble around the margins with a few of the picks (maybe not Roth IRA?), I thought this was an excellent primer for how to conceptualize the prioritization of your savings.

Here’s Tae’s list:

1) Emergency Fund
2) 401(k) match (essentially a 100% instant return)
3) Pay high interest (over 5%) debt
4) Max Roth IRA (for tax certainty)
5) HSA (Health Savings Account)
6) 529 plan (if you have kids)
7) Max 401(k)
8) Taxable account (regular savings)
9) Pay low interest debt (under 5%)
10) Pay off mortgage (purely optional)

End of the Year: Take ActionIt’s easy to just write off these last few weeks of the year and think that positive changes should wait until the new year or be accompanied by some silly ‘resolution.’

My challenge to you today is simple:

Take one action to make your life better between now and the end of the
year.

You still have 5% of the year left, so don’t just write it off.

Some inspiration:

  • Learn something new (here’s a list of Dr. Andrew Huberman’s incredibly detailed masterclass-level newsletters on topics from sleep to fitness to cold/heat exposure)
  • Make a positive financial change like: Increase your retirement savings by 1%, finally put your credit cards or utility bills on autopay, make a call to get a new quote on car/home/life insurance, etc.
  • Take a short walk after dinner each night, or get some early sunlight exposure in the morning
  • Invite a friend you haven’t seen in a while out for coffee

ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Krissy said, “My most recent 1%… paying extra attention to our health benefits and discovering that my spouse’s company reimburses for back up childcare / elder care days every year. It was such an obscure, unexpected benefit that added up to an extra $1250 in our pockets and something I definitely would have missed this year if I hadn’t done the extra digging.” * Ben said, “My 1% better was shopping my home and auto insurance policies. Been meaning to research home options since I got my renewal a few months ago but my auto going from $1100 to $1700 finally got me off my butt!!! I was not able to find cheaper home insurance (at least from a reputable company) but was able to find great auto insurance for only $900.” * Ankush said, “Our 1% better for this month was to reduce our saving rate from 68% to 62% by moving into a bigger apartment (gave us another room). Earlier we used to live in a small apartment which had played a critical role in our saving rate but decided to move into a bigger apartment which doubled our rent but gave us the necessary space with work from home here to stay. This decision was hard for us as it does hurt our saving rate and FI goals and might be counter-intuitive for FI. But we realized that there is no point wishing our life away. The best part of all of this was that it was a conscious decision which I learned from ChooseFI. I am grateful to have found you and wish you the best.” * Richard said, “1% better for the last 5 weeks, and I guess for the year. I started therapy. Heard you today with Rich Jones on Episode 413 talking about therapy and he said something to the effect of “I wish I would have tried more therapists until I found the right one, instead of giving up”. I got lucky on the first try, it clicked and man it helps. Hope this helps someone have the courage to make that first phone call, it’s worth it whether you have what seems like “first world problems” or seriously deeply rooted challenges. Give it a try.” * Kate said, “I redeemed points through the Chase Ultimate Rewards program and booked a night at the hotel for my husband when he travels for work! Although it was only ~$120/night hotel, I felt accomplished that we spent ZERO in our hard-earned cash!” * Rachel said, “1% better – car & home insurance now billed monthly, on my credit card, for no additional cost. As a result of setting up the online account, both the bills are now monthly and billed to credit cards – which means, Travel Rewards for Car & Home Insurance. And they text me reminders just before the billing.” * Hollie said, “My husband and I traveled across the US to see our new grandson using Southwest points and our Companion Pass. Our flights were such that both leaving and coming home were at terrible times to ask my family to meet us so we decided to just park in long term parking. I happened across a parking company called Avail Car Sharing. They will store your car while you are traveling for free if you will allow them to rent it out during that time. If it is rented then they pay you $20 per day. They wash and detail it too. We gave it a try and not only did it eliminate our $80 parking fee but we made $60 too. To participate your car must be a 2013 or newer and not have any check-engine or repair lights. We have a mid-size SUV and they said that they rent them out most often in our area.”


The post FI Weekly – December 13, 2022: Optimal Order for Investing, Take Action appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

Happy Holidays! As the year's end approaches, it's only natural to look back and think of all that you’ve accomplished. Whether you just began your FI journey this year or are well on your way, recognizing the improvements you’ve made throughout the year is essential and worth celebrating! This episode is our 6th annual year-end wins episode, and we are re-joined by MK Williams to listen and read submissions from our listeners and celebrate the progress of our audience through different stages of their FI journeys! This episode is meant to not only inspire but remind us how personal this journey is, and remind you to take some time and reflect on the progress you have made this year. Celebrate the wins of your own, no matter how big or small!

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • "Quit Like a Millionaire: No Gimmicks, Luck, or Trust Fund Required" by Bryce Leung and Kristy Shen
  • From Pandemic Layoff to $100k+ | A Salesforce Success Story | ChooseFI Ep 297
  • Step-By-Step Guide to a (Nearly) Free Disney Vacation (2022)
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

Happy Holidays! As the year’s end approaches, it’s only natural to look back and think of all that you’ve accomplished. Whether you just began your FI journey this year or are well on your way, recognizing the improvements you’ve made throughout the year is essential and worth celebrating! This episode is our 6th annual year-end wins episode, and we are re-joined by MK Williams to listen and read submissions from our listeners and celebrate the progress of our audience through different stages of their FI journeys! This episode is meant to not only inspire but remind us how personal this journey is, and remind you to take some time and reflect on the progress you have made this year. Celebrate the wins of your own, no matter how big or small!

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* “Quit Like a Millionaire: No Gimmicks, Luck, or Trust Fund Required” by Bryce Leung and Kristy Shen * From Pandemic Layoff to $100k+ | A Salesforce Success Story | ChooseFI Ep 297 * Step-By-Step Guide to a (Nearly) Free Disney Vacation (2022) * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post Year End Wins 2022 | Ep 417 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


Travel Rewards Success!My family has cancelled numerous trips since March 2020 and haven’t really had a travel rewards “success story” in years.

That ended this week with a big win.

We were able to use points to book The Atlantis resort in the Bahamas for this coming spring break using Marriott points!

We were originally contemplating using cash to book the hotel, but it was over $800 a night, which seemed excessive.

Then Laura remembered reading something years ago that you could use rewards points, so I looked into it and mocked up a 4-night stay. It came to 300k points and I had a balance of 305k Marriott points.

I nearly forgot something huge, which Marriott was kind enough to remind me of: You get the 5th night free on an award booking, so we were able to get a 5th night for that 300k points.

We’d had these points sitting around for years, so to get $4,000+ of hotel nights felt like a big win for us!

This reminds me of an email that Ahmed wrote in:

“One my latest wins was using points to book a hotel for my trip to the Boston Marathon in April! Hotels are crazy expensive in/around Boston that weekend and I didn’t want to spend $450/night to stay in the same hotel as my friends. So, I used some Chase UR points and instead am staying for free!”

This is a huge tip that if you’re looking to book a hotel during a particularly busy weekend for a city (think Mardi Gras or Super Bowl, etc.), using points is often an amazing deal.

This is because, in nearly all cases, the award chart is constant no matter what’s going on in town at that time or what the hotel costs (in cash) to book. As long as you can find a “standard” room available, you can use your points for amazing deals!

To get started with travel rewards, check out the main travel rewards page on the ChooseFI site for our ‘ultimate guide,’ top recommended cards and links to all the podcast episodes on earning and redeeming points.

Tips to Optimize Your SleepDr. Peter Attia is a world-class expert on longevity and recently put out an Ask Me Anything (AMA) episode on sleep on his popular podcast ‘The Drive.’

Here’s a quote from Dr. Attia that stuck out to me for the first things to approach to help improve your sleep:

“I think for a lot of people who sleep poorly, it’s really easy to fix if they’re really being brutally honest with their sleep hygiene stuff:

  • Are you really stopping your food and your alcohol (consumption), or cutting your alcohol altogether at the right time? (Brad note: Dr. Attia recommends stopping eating ~3 hours before sleep)
  • Are you really winding yourself down, and not winding yourself up before bed?
  • Are you in a dark room? Is it cool?
  • Are you giving yourself eight and a half hours to be in bed?

You can get so much of the benefit by just getting those things right. And it’s amazing to me how many people come to me who are complaining of horrible sleep and they tell you they’ve done everything, and they haven’t done those things.”

Who We Spend Time WithSahil Bloom is one of the best people to follow on Twitter, as his threads are insightful and help you see the world differently.

He recently put out one with 6 graphs on “who we spend our time with over the course of our lives,” that I think is worth 5 minutes of your time reading.

His takeaways were profound:

1) Family time is limited—cherish it.
2) Friend time is limited—prioritize real ones.
3) Partner time is significant—never settle.
4) Children time is precious—be present.
5) Coworker time is significant—find energy.
6) Alone time is highest—love yourself.


ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Terri said, “My 1% better… While at work today had a rough morning. The old me would shop online for a retail therapy fix. Today I bought 5 shares of VTI instead! Feeling better already.” * Brian said, “After struggling to increase my net worth from basically zero for a long time, I finally found a way this quarter. I left my apartment, where I was paying 50% of my net income to rent, and I am now living as a digital nomad in the continental United States in Airbnbs hopping from place to place. I have decreased my monthly housing expense by more than 50%. And I am enjoying the freedom from oppressive rent, from being anchored to one location, and have increased my net cash flow by about 25% while increasing my savings rate from virtually nothing to the same amount. I am just starting my FI journey and have a loooooong way to go but this feels like a huge first step and big win for me.” * Katie said, “My 1% better this week is investing the $750 dollars that were just sitting in a money market settlement fund in my taxable brokerage account. You and Jonathan (and some other great money podcasts!) have really given me the confidence, knowledge, and vocabulary to buy ETFs and index funds myself, which seemed way too intimidating before.” * Ross said, “My 1% better for this week is watching some videos of The Minimalists on YouTube. Part of FI is choosing to buy less stuff, focus on the stuff that matters, and just free up space and mental space for what is important. I’ve realized, mostly through focusing on spending reductions, that I just have spent WAY TOO MUCH on stuff in the past, like an overflowing closet with more clothes than I could wear in months. I honestly think I can reduce my annual clothing spending to $50 for a few years, just by cycling through all that I already have. I’m putting some away in boxes and will “shop” what I’ve already bought. Shirts for the office really don’t go out of style, do they? I’m looking to reduce my level of “stuff”, spend less, and be happier as I go. It kind of all works together.” * Bekah said, “My (more than) 1% better was accepting a job after being home with my daughter for the first year and a half of her life! We are so happy I was able to swing being home with her for so long. For the past couple months, I have been teaching myself data science during her naps – working at a shift in my career toward something I enjoy more. Now she is in fulltime daycare and loving being with all the other kids, and I am excited to start feeling productive again and jump into my new career! Not only that – for the first time, I tried negotiating a higher salary. It was nerve-wracking and they didn’t give me what I asked for, but they met me in the middle! It pays to ask!!” * Karimot said, “My 1% better is meal prep. I take a day out of the week and meal prep all our meals for the week. We are a family of 6 and eating out and groceries started to add up, but I can truly say meal prepping not only saves us money (more money to invest), but it makes my weekdays much easier.” * Anthony said, “Introduced my kids to FI and I now want to create a financial literacy course to teach young people the value of saving intentionally.”


The post FI Weekly – December 6, 2022: Travel Rewards Success, Optimize Sleep, Who We Spend Time With appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: using your resources to create change, your employer is your customer, identifying discrimination, and abundance mindsets.

For some on the journey to FI, it may seem like you must at all cost continuously strive to meet your monetary goal as quickly as possible. However, staying in toxic and unfulfilling work environments to hold the course with your goal is not what this journey is about. This week we are re-joined by Diania Merriam to have an intimate conversation about leaving a toxic work environment, navigating internalized beliefs, and the power and control gained while on the journey to FI. The greatest part of this journey is not only the earning and having more financial resources, but rather learning that your money is a tool you can use to reclaim your time! Remember, striving for FI is never about deprivation or devaluing yourself, nor does it mean tolerating poor treatment in order to stay on track!

Diania Merriam:

  • Website: EconoME Conference (Promo Code "CHOOSEFI")
  • Podcast: Optimal Finance Daily

Timestamps:

  • 2:00 - Introduction
  • 4:25 - The Resignation
  • 15:46 - Identifying Discrimination
  • 25:07 - Culture Shifts And Subtleties
  • 30:10 - Using Your Resources To Create Change
  • 33:12 - Allowing Your Money To Protect You And Coast FI
  • 40:28 - Operating From An Abundance Mindset
  • 48:57 - Your Employer Is Your Customer
  • 54:20 - Shifting From Saving To Covering Expenses
  • 62:30 - EconoME Conference
  • 66:56 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • What I've Learned From One Year Of "Fun-Employment" - Diania Merriam
  • The Reality Of Leaving A Toxic Work Enviornment - Diania Merrian
  • Accountability | Diania Merriam | ChooseFI Ep 150
  • Myths and Misconceptions | Diania Merriam | ChooseFI Ep 306
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: slowing down, stoicism, finding something to neglect on purpose, focusing on the present, flow states, and actionable steps.

Throughout the history of this podcast we have had many guests discuss books that have offered great advice and education to them on the Journey to FI, and with the large selection to choose from we can't think of a better time to start working down the list! On today’s episode we are joined by Josue and Ginger in our new series The Choose FI Book Club. This week, we’ll be sharing our thoughts and takeaways from the book "4,000 Weeks: Time Management for Mortals" by Oliver Burkeman, as well as share some opinions on the book from our listeners who shared their opinions with us! While many of us on the Journey to FI feel that this lifestyle can be very future-driven, it can be overwhelming to want to accomplish so much with only so much time. This book reminds us that time is finite, and you can’t spend it worrying about what you have or haven't yet accomplished. Instead, it may be best to live in the present and appreciate the day to day as it relates to your journey. Having a timeline and working towards the finish line is part of the journey, but remember that the decisions you are making in your life and the experiences that come with it are just as important as the end result!

Book Club Selection:

  • "Four Thousand Weeks: Time Management for Mortals" by Oliver Burkeman

Timestamps:

  • 1:48 - Introduction
  • 2:41 - The Concept Of Reading And Retaining
  • 6:23 - Slowing Down And Focusing On What's Important
  • 10:20 - Stephanie's Observation
  • 18:53 - Amy's Observation And Stoicism
  • 23:52 - You Can't Do Everything And CJ's Observation
  • 30:29 - Choosing Something To Neglect On Purpose
  • 33:34 - Shelleys Voicemail And Finding Time To Spend With Others
  • 39:42 - Josh's Voicemail And Planning For The Future While Not Forgetting The Present
  • 46:31 - Flow States
  • 50:27 - Gayle's Perspective And Criticism Counterpoints
  • 57:45 - The Action Steps Taken By YOU
  • 61:47 - Our Actionable Steps
  • 65:34 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • 18 Months of Massive Action | Josue | ChooseFI Ep 406
  • The Imperfectionist
  • The Mad Fientist
  • "Outwitting the Devil: The Secrets to Freedom and Success" by Napoleon Hill
  • The Great Man Within
  • "Finding Flow: The Psychology of Engagement with Everyday Life" by Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi
  • "Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life" by Bill Perkins
  • "A Complaint Free World: How to Stop Complaining and Start Enjoying the Life You Always Wanted" by Will Bowen
  • Ginger's Blog "FI Is Fun"
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details


Simple Path, Index Funds & Long-Term ThinkingWe have a big week on the podcast this week starting with the episode that dropped yesterday (411) with JL Collins on The Simple Path to Wealth. This is a great refresher on long-term thinking, investing in low-cost index funds and the simplicity in matching the market over many decades and, in the process, outperforming nearly all active investors.

Stay tuned for Friday’s episode (412) with Alan and Katie Donegan that we’re calling “What’s in Your Index Fund?” Katie dove deep on the fundamentals of some of the biggest index funds and the three of us had a great time discussing the ins and outs of this essential investing strategy.

These were on my mind when I saw Brian Feroldi, great friend of the show and author of the fantastic book “Why Does the Stock Market Go Up?,” tweeted something we all need to remember, especially in times of turbulence in the markets:

“I don’t know how the market will perform in December.

I don’t know how the market will perform next year.

I don’t know how the market will perform over the next 3, 5, or 10 years.

I do know the odds tilt ever more in my favor the longer I hold.

So that’s what I focus on.”

Last Call: Book Club InputWe’re recording our first ChooseFI Book Club episode this Friday 12/2 on the book “Four Thousand Weeks: Time Management for Mortals” so there’s still time to get your input in on the book.

Hit reply to this email or send in a voicemail ASAP!

One of the most influential passages in the book for me was:

“Our obsession with extracting the greatest future value out of our time blinds us to the reality that, in fact, the moment of truth is always now – that life is nothing but a succession of present moments, culminating in death, and that you’ll probably never get to a point where you feel you have things in perfect working order.

And that therefore you had better stop postponing the “real meaning” of your existence into the future, and throw yourself into life now.”

Saving on Medical CareI’ve been meaning to revisit some of the best tips from past FI Weekly newsletters, so when Keenan wrote in, it provided the perfect excuse to highlight some ways to save on medical care.

Here’s Keenan’s email:

“I wanted to share two discount pharmacies that I’ve learned of that have saved people I know hundreds or thousands of dollars:

GoodRX

Cost Plus Drugs (Mark Cuban’s company)

For instance, I have a family member whose Anthem Blue Cross medical insurance wouldn’t cover Mesalamine and the quotes were between $600-900 for a 30 day supply. It’s only $32.40 at Cost Plus Drugs (Brad note: I’m seeing this down at $26.70 now). A truly astounding difference.

Hopefully this may help others out!”

Here are two others I highlighted in a prior newsletter:

  • MDSave.com for hundreds of different procedures, scans and tests at a fraction of what you’d pay your local hospital or imaging center through insurance
  • Ulta Lab Tests for a la carte blood testing at extremely reasonable rates and easy scheduling

ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Katie said, “I successfully used points to book a flight!!! I managed to find a flight on Alaska for 30k miles so I transferred points over to BA…and then couldn’t figure it out to do the final ticket and ended up paying out of pocket. Fast forward one week and 1% smarter. I called BA for a trip I’m taking in February, same destination. Ten minutes with a delightful representative, 15k points and $11 dollars later, I’ve got tickets home. Thank you!!!” * Grant said, “My one percent better is switching our family from our current cellular carrier to Mint Mobile. I will be saving nearly $100 a month! I can’t believe I didn’t do this earlier.” * Jessica said, “Our 1%, We haven’t eaten out in 96 days. We made it a goal and it was harder in the beginning than it is now. We have no end date to our goal; just keep on trying. We have date night at home now or eat before we go out to not get tempted. It feels good to have the discipline as this habit costs us thousands over the course of our marriage and we’d often only realize it when we couldn’t afford basic needs due to stress and comfort fast food eating. I’m proud of us.” * Luke said, “My 1% better is that I recently got a raise and instead of letting “lifestyle inflation” take hold, I set up an automatic extra credit card payment for the increase instead!” * Savannah said, “My 1% better this week is finally transferring my Roth IRA out of an old brokerage account and mutual funds that had very high expense ratios (my grandparents set it up for me when I was a kid, I am so grateful to them) but now with my Roth in Vanguard and in their index funds I will be saving myself around 200k over the lifetime of my investments.” * Sarah said, “I landed a new position, and all the cover letter writing and interviewing skills I’d developed helped me do it. (So don’t give up! The rejections are teachers.) The hiring manager turned down my request for a higher salary, but accepted my request for a hiring bonus. After three weeks, I’m still in the honeymoon phase with my new job, but so far, it feels like a dream position. The work is fascinating and meaningful, the hours stable, the workplace kind and supportive with no expectation or worship of working extra hours. With a predictable schedule and work I can leave at the office, I’m healthier and able to give back to my community. I’m regularly going to the gym in the morning and began volunteering with two different community organizations. With my higher salary, I’m also donating more money to community causes.” * Nick said, “I opened and invested in a 401k, HSA, and Roth IRA, all with Vanguard low-cost index funds, and I was able to max them all out.”


The post FI Weekly – November 29, 2022: Simple Path, Book Club Input, Saving on Medical Care appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: the value of a door, the hour FIRE method, tax breaks, focusing on income, and return on hassle.

Many of our listeners have tuned in to hear our guests discuss the real estate market, mortgages, and taxes as it relates to obtaining property. However, many of us on the road to FI may not realize how scaling the properties you own can actually act as a mutual fund-like portfolio. On this week’s episode we are joined by our new in-house real estate expert, author, and podcaster, Alan Corey. Alan sheds light towards what expanding your real estate portfolio can look like from from a larger standpoint, and how approaching investment from a spreadsheet rather than lifestyle point of view can ultimately offer greater returns in the long run. While we know many listeners may be apprehensive to consider investing in multiple or larger real estate properties, or how this may not seem like a feasible option, this episode is available to you to educate and offer the mental framework on how to approach real estate in a way that it can be achievable!

Alan Corey:

  • Website: realestatemaxi.com
  • Podcast: Real Estate Maximalist
  • Book: House FIRE: How to Be a Red–Hot Real Estate Millionaire with a Wealth of Time and Money

Timestamps:

  • 1:57 - Introduction
  • 2:48 - The Value Of A "Door" And The Business Behind It
  • 8:21 - Navigating The Sea Of Options
  • 16:35 - Reducing Vacancy Impact/Maximizing Potential
  • 23:37 - Tax Breaks
  • 29:54 - The House FIRE Method
  • 39:33 - Focusing On Income
  • 49:59 - Selling 50 Doors
  • 61:19 - Return On Hassle/Million Dollar Value Properties
  • 67:50 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • "A Million Bucks by 30" by Alan Corey
  • Coach Carson
  • Paula Pant
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: the value of a door, the hour FIRE method, tax breaks, focusing on income, and return on hassle.

Many of our listeners have tuned in to hear our guests discuss the real estate market, mortgages, and taxes related to obtaining property. However, many of us on the road to FI may not realize how scaling your properties can act as a mutual fund-like portfolio. On this week’s episode, we are joined by our new in-house real estate expert, author, and podcaster, Alan Corey. Alan sheds light on what expanding your real estate portfolio can look like from a larger standpoint, and how approaching investment from a spreadsheet rather than a lifestyle point of view can ultimately offer greater returns in the long run. While we know many listeners may be apprehensive to consider investing in multiple or larger real estate properties, or how this may not seem like a feasible option, this episode is available to you to educate and offer the mental framework on how to approach real estate in a way that it can be achievable!

Alan Corey: Website: realestatemaxi.com * Podcast: Real Estate Maximalist * Book:* House FIRE: How to Be a Red–Hot Real Estate Millionaire with a Wealth of Time and Money

Timestamps:* 1:57 – Introduction * 2:48 – The Value Of A “Door” And The Business Behind It * 8:21 – Navigating The Sea Of Options * 16:35 – Reducing Vacancy Impact/Maximizing Potential * 23:37 – Tax Breaks * 29:54 – The House FIRE Method * 39:33 – Focusing On Income * 49:59 – Selling 50 Doors * 61:19 – Return On Hassle/Million Dollar Value Properties * 67:50 – Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:* “A Million Bucks by 30” by Alan Corey * Coach Carson * Paula Pant * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:* Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

The post House FIRE | Ep 414 appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


Giving ThanksWith this week of Thanksgiving upon us in America, I wanted to take this opportunity to thank all our public servants and men and women in uniform.

That generally sounds trite, but I was reminded of their essential nature just last night when we had a carbon monoxide alarm go off in our home and our local fire department showed up within 5 minutes of our call.

Three firefighters and an engine came out and professionally tested and swept through our home in minutes and, after diagnosing the faulty sensor, gave us the all clear.

That is why we pay taxes and why we have a society that functions.

I’m reminded of this every time I go to the library or a state or national park; or when the school bus comes to pick my girls up to take them to public school.

Tens of millions of public servants working to make this a happier, healthier, functioning society.

Thank you.

Munger’s Best Quotes on InvestingCharlie Munger, the vice chairman of Berkshire Hathaway, is, in my opinon, one of the clearest thinkers on Earth.

I find such wisdom in his statements that I’m constantly searching for more gems from Charlie. I came across this Twitter thread with 100 of Charlie’s best quotes on investing. The entire thread is worth diving into, but I wanted to curate some of my favorites:

  • “It’s waiting that helps you as an investor and a lot of people just can’t stand to wait.”
  • “Everywhere there is a large commission, there is a high probability of a rip-off.”
  • “Develop into a lifelong self-learner through voracious reading; cultivate curiosity and strive to become a little wiser every day.”
  • “In my whole life, I have known no wise people who didn’t read all the time – none, zero. You’d be amazed at how much Warren reads -at how much I read. They think I’m a book with a couple of legs sticking out.”
  • “I try to get rid of people who confidently answer questions about which they don’t have any real knowledge.”
  • “Part of what you must learn is how to handle mistakes and new facts that change the odds. Life, in part, is like a poker game wherein you have to learn to quit sometimes when holding a much-loved hand.”
  • “Generally speaking, envy, resentment, and self-pity are disastrous modes of thoughts.”
  • “What is the secret of success? I’m rational. That’s the answer. I’m rational. It’s not possible for investors to consistently outperform the market. Therefore you’re best served investing in a diversified portfolio of low-cost index funds [or exchange-traded funds].”

ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week* Jennifer said, “I’ve been listening to the ChooseFI podcast for a while, but recently started taking ACTION towards making my life better. To start, I got a Charles Schwab debit card. I hiked the Inca Trail in Peru and the hiking company I went with requested that I pay $600 in cash or they would charge a 5% fee to use a credit card. With my Charles Schwab debit card, I used an ATM in Peru (I didn’t want to carry that much cash internationally) at least 5 times and got about $40 back, plus I didn’t pay the 5% fee! Second, I registered for BeTheMatch and am now in the registry. Lastly, I got a password manager to help keep my financial passwords secure. Thank you and the ChooseFI Team for all of the actionable tips to optimize my life!” * Ben said, “My 1% better this week will be returning to making all my own meals and not eating out at all after coming back from vacation in Spain with wonderful cheap food, pastries, and coffees.” * Dana said, “I added my elementary-aged children as authorized users to my credit card to help them grow a credit history. I then opened a Southwest Rapid Rewards card to work towards a Companion Pass for 2023/2024. Then I began moving my previous cash-back rewards strategy that I was using for debt pay-off, to travel rewards to maximize my time with my young kids since I’ve met the debt payoff goals.” * Mandy said, “My 1% win was finally sitting down to review my fidelity 401k and IRA positions, and switching to a HSA medical plan for the retirement perks. It takes time and mental energy to do an in-depth review/analysis and I wasn’t looking forward to it. I found myself with too much money left over each month after pre-funding my regular budget categories and knew I needed to make changes sooner than later to my 401k contributions if I want to get closer to FI. I ended up maxing out my HSA and increased my contributions to 401k by 8%.” * Cassandra said, “My 1% better is that my husband and I have saved up our 6 month emergency fund! It feels great to have that cushion in case we need it!” * Michael said, “My 1% better this week was contacting my satellite entertainment provider to reduce the monthly bill. I called, asking to speak with a Customer Retention representative. After a brief hold, the representative reviewed my account and offered a $55/month (30%) reduction for 12 months. I politely pressed further, asking if that was the best offer. She replied yes, at this time. I accepted, adding a reminder to my calendar for follow up a year from now. The phone call lasted 8 minutes and netted a $660 savings.” * Greg said, “I just scored a 50% raise while maintaining the same position in a job that I love. While I was simply offered a substantial raise due to some company changes, I still turned around and negotiated an additional $10,000/year on top of the original offer, even when I was told there was ‘zero room to negotiate.”


The post FI Weekly – November 22, 2022: Giving Thanks, Munger Quotes on Investing appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: success on paper, building the life you want, therapy, craving progression, and what leads to change.

When beginning and well into your FI journey, it may seem like reaching and achieving your end goal of financial independence will somehow leave you feeling happier and more fulfilled. However, reaching this end goal doesn’t automatically solve all your problems. On this week’s episode we are joined by founder of FindMoreBalance.com and host of "The Mental Wealth Show" Rich Jones to have a conversation about mental health, rebuilding mindset and behaviors, and importance of finding your network of support in life. The FI journey is a great one because it allows you to introduce changes into your life, and no matter how big or different the changes are, they are still significant! The best part of this journey is that it is a personal one, so try to remember that! While the end goal may be reaching a monetary number, it is also about rebuilding and progressing into the person you want to be in all areas of life!

Rich Jones:

  • Website: richrunstrack.com
  • Podcast: The Mental Wealth Show
  • Instagram: @richrunstrack
  • LinkedIn: Rich Jones

Timestamps:

  • 4:12 - Introduction
  • 5:36 - Success On Paper
  • 12:31 - The Inflection Point, What Made You Change?
  • 16:14 - Therapy
  • 20:54 - Re-Finding The Person You Want To Be
  • 27:38 - Craving Progress And Mastery
  • 35:11 - Rebuilding Your Day-To-Day Life
  • 43:50 - Leveraging Your Career To Get More From Life
  • 52:21 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • LeaveUs A Voicemail For Your Year End Wins
  • The Top Chase Business Credit Cards for 2022
  • Alignment & Adjustments | Scott & Taylor Rieckens | ChooseFI Ep 403
  • The Tail End
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode; global funds, it's not doctrine, index funds, VTSAX, what is in index funds, and the opposite of active investing.

If you've been in the FI community for a while now, you've probably at one point have heard of index Funds. However, whether you are familiar with this concept of investing, have invested in index funds, or are unfamiliar entirely, you may not necessarily know the mechanics and specifics of what certain types of index funds can actually do for you on your FI journey. This week we are rejoined by Alan and Katie Donegan, co-founders of The Rebel Finance School, to dive into the topic of index funds. Together, we discuss the differences between certain types of index funds, fee structures and returns, self-regulating funds, as well as break-down the benefits of what certain types of index funds can provide for you regardless of market and economic fluctuations! While we are not giving direct financial advice on what invest in, this week’s episode is meant as a resource to our listeners who may be curious to learn more about index funds and passive investing!

Katie & Alan Donegan:

  • Website: alandonegan.com
  • Podcast: alandonegan.com/podcast
  • Rebel Finance School: www.alandonegan.com/rebelfinance
  • VTSAX Breakdown: alandonegan.com/vtsax

Timestamps:

  • 4:11 - Introductions
  • 5:13 - What Is In Index Funds
  • 11:19 - Global Funds
  • 21:54 - It's Not Doctrine, Don't Get Bogged Down In The Details
  • 25:50 - Am I Getting What I Want When I Invest? Should I Be Concerned?
  • 35:14 - The Opposite Of An Active Investor
  • 45:09 - Is Cap-Weighting The Only Way To Run Index Funds?
  • 52:50 - Is There A Future Where Passive Investing Isn't A Good Option?
  • 57:46 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Leave A Voice Message Of Your Year End Wins
  • The Top Chase Business Credit Cards for 2022
  • The Simple Path to Wealth | JL Collins | ChooseFI Ep 411
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

Year-End Tax Planning I’m publishing a podcast episode this Friday with Sean Mullaney, the FI Tax Guy, about 401(k)s, the Mega Backdoor Roth and Premium Tax Credits for the ACA and in a case of great timing, Sean just released his “2022 Year-End Tax Planning” article. The article lists out numerous essential tax deadlines and considerations …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – November 15, 2022: Year-End Tax Planning, 2022 FI Wins, Updates and Corrections"

The post FI Weekly – November 15, 2022: Year-End Tax Planning, 2022 FI Wins, Updates and Corrections appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: VTSAX funds, bonds, cap-weighted funds, finding your ballasts, staying the course, and the simple path to wealth.

This week, we are getting back to the basics! While many of you who have been in the FI community for a while now have definitely heard of JL Collins, those who are new should absolutely be prepared to absorb the wealth of information he provides every time he decides to grace our podcast! Listen along as he and Brad review the basic information that can put you on the simple path to wealth that so many in the FI community have walked! Believe it or not, creating wealth for yourself can be simple!

JL Collins:

  • Website: jlcollinsnh.com
  • Book: The Simple Path to Wealth: Your road map to financial independence and a rich, free life
  • Chautauqua: Get Information About Chautauqua Here!

Timestamps:

  • 1:46 - Introduction
  • 2:40 - Back To Basics, What Is The Simple Path To Wealth
  • 10:15 - Low-Cost Funds And High-Cost Funds
  • 14:56 - Index Funds Are For Lazy People (Just Kidding!)
  • 20:00 - Is It VTSAX Or Nothing?
  • 26:58 - Cap-Weighted Funds
  • 30:53 - Staying The Course
  • 36:32 - Are There Times When Index Funds Aren't A Good Choice?
  • 42:28 - The Highest Likelihood Of Replicable Success
  • 46:38 - Bonds
  • 51:36 - Rising Rates
  • 55:17 - I-Bonds
  • 58:22 - Finding Your Ballasts
  • 64:55 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • JL Collins from jlcollinsnh | The Stock Series | Part 1 | ChooseFI Ep 19
  • The Stock Series Part 2 | JL Collins | ChooseFI Ep 34
  • What is The Simple Path to Wealth? | JL Collins | ChooseFI Ep 284
  • Alan and Katie Donegan's VTSAX Blog
  • Chautauqua | Oh The Places We Will Go | ChooseFI Ep 64
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

Tax Gain Harvesting Ava wrote in: “I feel like a lot of your guests talk about tax gain harvesting as something to do only when they quit their jobs and have no income, but I took advantage of it while I was still working. When I was making about $50,000 in 2020, the taxable income …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – November 8, 2022: Tax Gain Harvesting, Higher Interest Rates for Savers, Capital Gains Exclusion"

The post FI Weekly – November 8, 2022: Tax Gain Harvesting, Higher Interest Rates for Savers, Capital Gains Exclusion appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: finding mentors, the superpower of making less, traveling while making less, rental properties, and the one percent rule.

For some who begin the FI journey, it's about doing all they can to reach that FI number, but for many people the journey to FI is about the people you meet and learn from along the way! On this week’s episode we are joined by longtime listener Kelly Cronin to discuss the importance of mentorship, her interesting take that gives a new meaning to traveling while working, and the importance of pursuing what drives you and leads to a life filled with with intentionality. In Kelly's case, a passion towards travel lead to a fascinating side-hustle that affords her the opportunity to make money while seeing the world, who knows where a passion could end up leading you?

Kelly Cronin:

  • Website: croninscastles.com
  • Rental Property Class: Cronin's Castles STR Class

Timestamps:

  • 1:55 - Introduction
  • 3:11 - Kelly's Early Financial Influence
  • 6:45 - Finding Mentors
  • 9:02 - The Superpower of Making Less
  • 15:26 - Traveling While Making Less
  • 21:09 - Rental Properties
  • 29:54 - The Mechanics of Acquiring Rental Properties
  • 34:23 - The 1% Rule
  • 41:32 - Running The Numbers
  • 46:50 - How Is Kelly Marketing This?
  • 55:46 - The FI Aspect, How Does This Intersect With Your Job?
  • 64:20 - Where Do You Go From Here?
  • 65:37 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Travel Rewards: How To Travel The World For Almost Free (The Easy Way) | ChooseFI Ep 9
  • Peter Attia
  • Huberman Lab
  • Alignment & Adjustments | Scott & Taylor Rieckens | ChooseFI Ep 403
  • Intuit Mint
  • The BiggerPockets Money Podcast
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: w2 employment to self-employment, s-coporations vs self-employment, avoiding penalties, megas backdoor roths, retirement planning, and health insurance.

Most of us are familiar with a W2 job, and there is a certain level of convenience that comes with working a W2 job as it relates to retirement planning and taxes. So much so that it can be daunting to want to embark out on your own journey and have to figure it all out on your own. This week we are re-joined by our “in-house tax expert” Sean Mullaney to discuss the tax and retirement sphere as it relates to being self-employed. While we are not offering advice, this week's episode is meant to act as a resource to listeners curious about the steps and unknowns that come with the self-employment territory. With the same excitement and motivations gained from getting to run your own business, those same motivations and excitements can still be applied to navigating your retirement and taxes once you remember that it is now within YOUR control! The fear of the unfamiliar may not be as daunting and complicated as you may think, and figuring out these factors requires you to take the same initiative and action that is required throughout your entire FI journey!

The discussion is intended to be for general educational purposes and is not tax, legal, or investment advice for any individual.

Sean Mullaney:

  • Website: fitaxguy.com
  • Book: Solo 401k; The Solopreneur's Retirement Account

Timestamps:

  • 1:42 - Introduction
  • 2:38 - W2 Employment to Self-Employment
  • 11:34 - S-Corporations vs Self-Employment
  • 14:03 - Avoiding Penalties When Making Estimated Payments
  • 19:29 - Saving For Retirement As An Entrepreneur
  • 24:00 - Employee vs Employer 401k Limits and Mega Backdoor Roth
  • 33:54 - Is The Mega Backdoor Plausible For The Self-Employed?
  • 41:03 - Roth IRA Conversions
  • 43:15 - Addressing The Uncertainty Around The Employer Maximum
  • 53:40 - ACA Plans and Navigating Health Insurance As A Solopreneur
  • 63:34 - What Counts As Income?
  • 68:41 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Paying Taxes When You're Self-Employed
  • IRS Publication 560
  • IRS Form 8962 Instructions on Premium Tax Credit
  • IRS Publication 974 Premium Tax Credit
  • Creating Your Dream Job | ChooseFI Ep 117R
  • Roth IRA Conversion Ladder Case Study | ChooseFI 163R
  • Healthcare.gov ACA Plans
  • Cody Garrett's Tweet Illustrating ACA Medical Insurance Premiums and PTCs
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

Check Engine Light DIY Fix The FI Designer from DesigningFI.com wrote in with some important info: “In Episode 402, Vivian said that her car had an engine replacement and an ongoing engine warning light was adding stress to her life. I wanted to share some advice that may help Vivian and the greater FI community. …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – November 1, 2022: Check Engine Light, PMI Removal Hack, AMA Episodes"

The post FI Weekly – November 1, 2022: Check Engine Light, PMI Removal Hack, AMA Episodes appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this episode: taking action, travel rewards, career progression, the mission to net zero, and value propositions for college.

Whether you were raised to live frugally or if the lessons and lifestyle of FI are just now being introduced into your life, the journey to FI is full of ebbs and flow, not only with your finances, but with the knowledge you pick up along the way. This week we are joined by Audrey to talk about her journey with FI, her path to intentionality, and to discuss the power of optimization. Everyone who begins the FI journey comes from a different place of financial literacy, and a lot of the times we may grow up following the “do’s and don’ts” of financial planning that we were raised with. However, you may be missing out on new ways to optimize your FI journey! The best part about FI is that it's a personal journey that allows you to learn new ways to plan, as well as new ways to reallocate your savings and spending in order to live your best life in the present and future!

Timestamps:

  • 1:53 - Introduction
  • 5:03 - Natural Savers
  • 8:25 - Value Propositions For College
  • 11:40 - Tackling Student Loans, The Mission To Net Zero
  • 20:50 - Traveling On Points/Travel Rewards Cards
  • 28:59 - Travel Rewards Hotel Strategy and Point Optimization
  • 32:23 - Credit Cards and Children/Second Generation FI Training
  • 34:50 - Taking Action In Your Post-Debt Life And Evolving
  • 42:16 - Career Progression and Optimization
  • 47:18 - Audrey Takes The Hot Seat
  • 55:24 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Dave Ramsey
  • Step-By-Step Guide to a (Nearly) Free Disney Vacation (2022)
  • Travel Rewards Refresher 2022 | Lyn Mettler | ChooseFI Ep 393
  • The Tail End
  • "Die With Zero" By Bill Perkins
  • TalentStacker's Salesforce Career Development Program
  • Making The Case For Part Time With Bradley Rice | ChooseFI Ep 117
  • From Pandemic Layoff to $100k+ | A Salesforce Success Story | ChooseFI Ep 297
  • From Stay At Home Parents to High Paying Salesforce Careers in Under 6 Months | Salesforce For Everyone
  • Mama Bear Apologetics
  • All the Hacks
  • Join ChooseFI's Facebook Group!
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: taking action, travel rewards, career progression, the mission to net zero, and value propositions for college.

Whether you were raised to live frugally or if the lessons and lifestyle of FI are just now being introduced into your life, the journey to FI is full of ebbs and flow, not only with your finances, but with the knowledge you pick up along the way. This week we are joined by Audrey to talk about her journey with FI, her path to intentionality, and to discuss the power of optimization. Everyone who begins the FI journey comes from a different place of financial literacy, and a lot of the times we may grow up following the “do’s and don’ts” of financial planning that we were raised with. However, you may be missing out on new ways to optimize your FI journey! The best part about FI is that it's a personal journey that allows you to learn new ways to plan, as well as new ways to reallocate your savings and spending in order to live your best life in the present and future!

Timestamps:

  • 1:53 - Introduction
  • 5:03 - Natural Savers
  • 8:25 - Value Propositions For College
  • 11:40 - Tackling Student Loans, The Mission To Net Zero
  • 20:50 - Traveling On Points/Travel Rewards Cards
  • 28:59 - Travel Rewards Hotel Strategy and Point Optimization
  • 32:23 - Credit Cards and Children/Second Generation FI Training
  • 34:50 - Taking Action In Your Post-Debt Life And Evolving
  • 42:16 - Career Progression and Optimization
  • 47:18 - Audrey Takes The Hot Seat
  • 55:24 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Dave Ramsey
  • Step-By-Step Guide to a (Nearly) Free Disney Vacation (2022)
  • Travel Rewards Refresher 2022 | Lyn Mettler | ChooseFI Ep 393
  • The Tail End
  • "Die With Zero" By Bill Perkins
  • TalentStacker's Salesforce Career Development Program
  • Making The Case For Part Time With Bradley Rice | ChooseFI Ep 117
  • From Pandemic Layoff to $100k+ | A Salesforce Success Story | ChooseFI Ep 297
  • From Stay At Home Parents to High Paying Salesforce Careers in Under 6 Months | Salesforce For Everyone
  • Mama Bear Apologetics
  • All the Hacks
  • Join ChooseFI's Facebook Group!
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: growth during the job hunt, exploring entrepreneurship, tips for career growth, and second generation FI.

It's only natural that on the journey to FI you will want to pivot. Whether it is your financial outlook or even your career outlook, it's only natural to have reservations about making a change that could benefit you in the long run. On this week’s episode of The Households of FI, we are joined by Kristi to fill us in on how her FI journey is going, as well as discuss the topic of “leveling-up”. Changing jobs or moving on to the next career chapter while on the journey to FI can seem farfetched, because often times we want to stick to what is familiar and what is more in line with our plan. However, there is no shame in expanding your network and your options in terms of finding better employment that is more aligned with your values! Don't be afraid to be “un-stuck” and see what career options you have, and make sure you are surrounded by those who are aligned with the same principles as you are!

Timestamps:

  • 2:03 - Introduction
  • 3:41 - An Update From Kristy
  • 5:53 - Growth During The Job Hunt
  • 13:03 - Tips For Career Growth
  • 19:45 - Exploring Entrepreneurship
  • 23:39 - The Finances Of Engagement
  • 27:07 - Being On The Same Page Financially As Your Partner
  • 31:48 - Where Is Your Salary Raise Going?
  • 38:59 - Laying The Seeds For Second Generation FI
  • 51:52 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Kristi & Big Ern | ChooseFI Ep 259
  • Is My Company’s Stock Overpriced | P/E Ratio Explained | ChooseFI Ep 314
  • Career Hacking With ESI Money | ChooseFI Ep 23
  • Negotiate Your Salary With Tori Dunlap | ChooseFI Ep 147
  • How to Negotiate Your Salary Without Burning Bridges | Financial Mechanic | ChooseFI Ep 211
  • Rebel Entrepreneur
  • Alan and Katie Donegan's Free Extraordinary Life Course
  • Money With Katie | Katie Gatti | ChooseFI Ep 399
  • Transition Planning from a Military Career on the Path to FI | ChooseFI Ep 296
  • The Simple Startup
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with

View Details

In this episode: growth during the job hunt, exploring entrepreneurship, tips for career growth, and second generation FI.

It's only natural that on the journey to FI you will want to pivot. Whether it is your financial outlook or even your career outlook, it's only natural to have reservations about making a change that could benefit you in the long run. On this week’s episode of The Households of FI, we are joined by Kristi to fill us in on how her FI journey is going, as well as discuss the topic of “leveling-up”. Changing jobs or moving on to the next career chapter while on the journey to FI can seem farfetched, because often times we want to stick to what is familiar and what is more in line with our plan. However, there is no shame in expanding your network and your options in terms of finding better employment that is more aligned with your values! Don't be afraid to be “un-stuck” and see what career options you have, and make sure you are surrounded by those who are aligned with the same principles as you are!

Timestamps:

  • 2:03 - Introduction
  • 3:41 - An Update From Kristy
  • 5:53 - Growth During The Job Hunt
  • 13:03 - Tips For Career Growth
  • 19:45 - Exploring Entrepreneurship
  • 23:39 - The Finances Of Engagement
  • 27:07 - Being On The Same Page Financially As Your Partner
  • 31:48 - Where Is Your Salary Raise Going?
  • 38:59 - Laying The Seeds For Second Generation FI
  • 51:52 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Kristi & Big Ern | ChooseFI Ep 259
  • Is My Company’s Stock Overpriced | P/E Ratio Explained | ChooseFI Ep 314
  • Career Hacking With ESI Money | ChooseFI Ep 23
  • Negotiate Your Salary With Tori Dunlap | ChooseFI Ep 147
  • How to Negotiate Your Salary Without Burning Bridges | Financial Mechanic | ChooseFI Ep 211
  • Rebel Entrepreneur
  • Alan and Katie Donegan's Free Extraordinary Life Course
  • Money With Katie | Katie Gatti | ChooseFI Ep 399
  • Transition Planning from a Military Career on the Path to FI | ChooseFI Ep 296
  • The Simple Startup
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with

View Details

In this episode: taking action, asking questions, navigating information, getting to where you want to go, the reason we learn, and growth mindsets!

Beginning your FI journey often means facing a lot of unfamiliar knowledge being thrown at you. With all the resources and alternative information provided, we know firsthand that it can be overwhelming. However, you should not feel intimidated to start your FI Journey! This week we are joined by an avid ChooseFI listener Josue to discuss the power that comes with learning new information, as well as the importance of taking action from information presented! No matter what financial or educational background you come from, your FI journey starts from a personal square one. Whether the information and knowledge presented from this journey is completely new or relatively familiar, there can be a sense of motivation that can be gained from continuing this journey! If you are searching for early FI excellence defined, then look no further than Josue!

Timestamps:

  • 1:48 - Introduction
  • 2:41 - 18 Months Ago...
  • 5:53 - What Made You Chase FI?
  • 10:43 - Taking Action and Asking Questions
  • 17:30 - Growth Mindset and Changing
  • 20:07 - Navigating Information/Combatting Echo-chambers
  • 33:07 - Getting Where You Want To Go and How Josue Did It
  • 39:40 - The Cost of Not Knowing
  • 42:43 - Retirement Accounts
  • 51:50 - This is Why We Learn/Life Insurance
  • 56:36 - Leasing Cars
  • 60:16 - Savings Rate Based On Value
  • 65:47 - Josue Takes The Hot Seat
  • 77:09 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Flexible Spending Rules For Early Retirees | ChooseFI Ep 176
  • JL Collins
  • "The Simple Path to Wealth: Your road map to financial independence and a rich, free life" by JL Collins
  • "Influence: The Psychology of Persuasion" by Robert B. Cialdini
  • The Knowledge Project
  • "Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones" by James Clear
  • The Trades Path To FI | Captain DIY | ChooseFI Ep 103
  • The 18-Year-Old Who Actually Listened | Ep 388
  • Just Keep Buying | Nick Maggiulli | Ep 404
  • Leasehackr
  • "Four Thousand Weeks: Time Management for Mortal" by Oliver Burkeman
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: taking action, asking questions, navigating information, getting to where you want to go, the reason we learn, and growth mindsets!

Beginning your FI journey often means facing a lot of unfamiliar knowledge being thrown at you. With all the resources and alternative information provided, we know firsthand that it can be overwhelming. However, you should not feel intimidated to start your FI Journey! This week we are joined by an avid ChooseFI listener Josue to discuss the power that comes with learning new information, as well as the importance of taking action from information presented! No matter what financial or educational background you come from, your FI journey starts from a personal square one. Whether the information and knowledge presented from this journey is completely new or relatively familiar, there can be a sense of motivation that can be gained from continuing this journey! If you are searching for early FI excellence defined, then look no further than Josue!

Timestamps:

  • 1:48 - Introduction
  • 2:41 - 18 Months Ago...
  • 5:53 - What Made You Chase FI?
  • 10:43 - Taking Action and Asking Questions
  • 17:30 - Growth Mindset and Changing
  • 20:07 - Navigating Information/Combatting Echo-chambers
  • 33:07 - Getting Where You Want To Go and How Josue Did It
  • 39:40 - The Cost of Not Knowing
  • 42:43 - Retirement Accounts
  • 51:50 - This is Why We Learn/Life Insurance
  • 56:36 - Leasing Cars
  • 60:16 - Savings Rate Based On Value
  • 65:47 - Josue Takes The Hot Seat
  • 77:09 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Flexible Spending Rules For Early Retirees | ChooseFI Ep 176
  • JL Collins
  • "The Simple Path to Wealth: Your road map to financial independence and a rich, free life" by JL Collins
  • "Influence: The Psychology of Persuasion" by Robert B. Cialdini
  • The Knowledge Project
  • "Atomic Habits: An Easy & Proven Way to Build Good Habits & Break Bad Ones" by James Clear
  • The Trades Path To FI | Captain DIY | ChooseFI Ep 103
  • The 18-Year-Old Who Actually Listened | Ep 388
  • Just Keep Buying | Nick Maggiulli | Ep 404
  • Leasehackr
  • "Four Thousand Weeks: Time Management for Mortal" by Oliver Burkeman
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: income-producing assets, REITs, the 4% rule, optimal spending, saving too much, and why you will never feel rich.

It is believed that in order to reach FI, cutting expenses and limited spending seems like the ideal way to your end goal, but are you missing out on ways to spend-to-earn because it feels right? Well, this week we are rejoined by friend of the show and guest host Brian Feroldi to interview Nick Magguilli, author of the excellent book Just Keep Buying: Proven Ways to Save Money And Build Your Wealth. Together we discuss using data to grow your wealth and fighting the stigmatization of spending your money. On the journey to FI it is easy to focus more on saving so much that we’re afraid to spend, however, by not spending we could be missing out on assets, both monetary and non-monetary, that could bring us greater fulfillment in the present and future! By rethinking your approach to spending, rather than looking at it as something that is negative, you may find that your money can go farther for you when its spent rather than saved!

Nick Maggiulli

  • Website: ofdollarsanddata.com
  • Book: Just Keep Buying: Proven Ways to Save Money And Build Your Wealth
  • Twitter: @dollarsanddata
  • Instagram: @nickmaggiulli

Brian Feroldi

  • Website: The Motley Fool
  • Book: Why Does The Stock Market Go Up?
  • Twitter: @BrianFeroldi

Timestamps

  • 1:29 - Introduction
  • 2:31 - Just Keep Buying
  • 9:27 - Income Producing Assets
  • 10:55 - Macro-Level Mind Changers
  • 14:08 - REITs
  • 16:57 - You Can Save Too Much?
  • 21:40 - How Nick Thinks Through The 4% Rule
  • 26:20 - Spending Optimally
  • 30:59 - Catching Up Financially Through Exercise
  • 34:01 - Examining 401k Maxxing
  • 38:47 - Saving Raises
  • 41:50 - Why You Will Never Feel Rich
  • 46:16 - Investment Properties & Nick
  • 47:55 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode

  • 3 words got me 3 MILLION SUBSCRIBERS
  • "Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life" by Bill Perkins
  • "The Tail End" By Tim Urban
  • Peter Attia
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Commission-Free Investing with M1 Finance

View Details

In this episode: balancing deprivation and happiness, making adjustments, everything is negotiable, the evolution of alignment, adjusted awareness, and intentionality in community.

Five years ago, Scott and Taylor Rieckens publicly began their path to FI by creating the fantastic documentary "Playing With FIRE." The documentary depicts their life as they start out and navigate the early stages of their FI journey, which is often the period of time when we act our most frugal, cut as many expenses as possible, and in turn save as much as we possibly can! While this kind of lifestyle is a great jumping off point early in the FI journey, oftentimes people find this lifestyle to be limiting and ultimately detrimental to their own happiness. Now that Scott and Taylor are significantly further down the path compared to the last time we heard from them, we decided to have them return to the show to discuss the adjustments they have made in their lifestyle in order to live in a manner that fully aligns with their idea of a happy life! Remember, FI isn't suppose to limit your ability to be happy, rather it exists to enhance your life and help you find fulfillment as progress down the road less traveled.

Scott and Taylor Rieckens:

  • Website: playingwithfire.com
  • Documentary: Playing With FIRE
  • Book: Playing With FIRE

Timestamps:

  • 1:59 - Introduction
  • 2:38 - What Makes You The Most Happy?
  • 8:41 - The Evolution of Alignment and Adjusted Awareness
  • 18:30 - The Craziest 36 Months
  • 23:13 - Revisiting What's Important After Evolution
  • 35:05 - Balancing Deprivation and Happiness
  • 37:58 - Making Adjustments
  • 43:03 - Decisions Are Based On The Information You Have
  • 49:57 - Wonderful Evolutions and Learning Together
  • 51:23 - Everything is Negotiable
  • 57:02 - Everybody is the Star of Their Own Movie / Intentionality in Community
  • 66:34 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Playing With FIRE | Documentary | Scott Rieckens | ChooseFI Ep 37
  • "The Happiness Advantage: The Seven Principles of Positive Psychology That Fuel Success and Performance at Work" by Shawn Achor
  • The Tim Ferris Show
  • The Great Man Within
  • "Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don't Have All the Facts" by Annie Duke

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Track your personal finances with Personal Capital
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: the beauty of community, misleading expectations, doing what's best for your situation, and stress reduction.

The Journey to FI is hardly linear and is full of ebbs and flows. While it may seem easier to share your wins/successes within this community, we know it can be even harder to share the moments of this journey that feel like setbacks. On this week’s installment of the Households of FI series, we are joined again by Vivian to fill us in on how her FI journey is going, and the importance of finding support within this community. Everyone’s FI journey is unique to them, but it doesn’t mean that you are alone! The beauty of FI is that it offers you a community to share your successes, as well as share your struggles. By being vocal and unafraid to admit that you are having a hard time, you are not only sure to garner support from others facing similar battles, but can find a renewed sense of motivation to make you feel more accountable and present on this journey!

Timestamps:

  • 1:57 - Introduction
  • 4:14 - The Beauty of Community
  • 7:56 - Expectations Are Misleading
  • 13:37 - It's Not Black and White, Do What's Best For You
  • 18:30 - Ask For What You Deserve
  • 22:10 - Reducing Stress and Addressing Your Situation
  • 28:51 - Life Is Not A Straight Path
  • 31:02 - Retirement Withdrawals and The Market
  • 38:33 - You Are Not Alone
  • 40:14 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today's Episode:

  • Introducing Our Households of FI!! Part 1 | Ep 221
  • If People Can Do It I Can Do It Too | Vivian Connects With Leslie Tayne | Households Of Fi | Ep 255
  • Navigating a Multigenerational Household | The Financial Tortoise | EP 302
  • Brian Feroldi
  • JL Collins
  • "Just Keep Buying: Proven Ways to Save Money And Build Your Wealth" By Nick Maggiulli
  • Mega Backdoor Roths: How They Work

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Track your personal finances with Personal Capital
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: finding unknown opportunity, creating your lifestyle as you go, overcoming the down period, real estate renting, and what reaching FI looks like.

Once you’ve set your FI number and put plans into action, it’s tempting to want to do everything in your power to reach that goal as soon as possible, potentially by working longer hours or cutting out expenses in your life in order to save more. But by doing this are you cultivating the lifestyle you want to live after your goal is met? On this week's episode we are re-joined by Court from Modern FImily to update us on her FI journey, the changes she has made over the last few years, and her rewarding takeaways from being flexible on her journey. The beauty of FI is that it is a personal journey, and it’s one YOU create to reflect YOUR lifestyle! It is important to remember that by rushing to meet your goal, you may be adding more stress than needed, and missing out on the lessons, hacks, and new opportunities (or use experiences) that come with starting this journey!

Court From Modern FImily

  • Website: modernfimily.com
  • Instagram: @modernfimily

Timestamps

  • 1:51 - Introduction
  • 2:28 - Update From Courtney
  • 8:22 - Testing to Find Unknown Opportunity
  • 14:19 - Creating Your Lifestyle on the Journey
  • 20:10 - Overcoming the Down Period
  • 25:27 - What Do You Want Your Life to Look Like?
  • 28:30 - Finding Free Activities
  • 37:03 - Annual Passes and Finding Groups
  • 41:25 - Real Estate Renting and Simplicity
  • 48:37 - Flexibility and Taking Advantage of Whats Available
  • 52:04 - What Reaching FI Looks Like
  • 64:23 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode

  • Modern FImily With Court | ChooseFI Ep 166
  • Your Flex Rate: The Crucial Factor Behind A Successful Early Retirement
  • Find Your Local ChooseFI Group!
  • Early Retirement Now
  • Living Frugal Frugalwoods | Save 75% Of Your Take Home Pay | ChooseFI Ep 12
  • Subscribe to the FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Track your personal finances with Personal Capital
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: house hacking, benefits and compensation packages, earning extra income and side hustles, and not setting perfection as your goal.

We know achieving FI doesn't happen overnight, and rarely does it happen perfectly according to plan. Life happens, changes happen, and uncertainty usually finds a way to throw you off your planned path. This shouldn’t be something to fear! Today in the Households of FI series we are joined again by Zach to fill us in on how his FI journey has progressed over the last couple years, as well as to discuss the importance of re-adjustment! While failure is never an easy thing to accept, the fear of failing may deprive you of some excellent learning opportunities. By remaining intentional with your FI plan rather than striving for perfection, you will allow yourself to overcome uncomfortable lulls and expand your journey to places you might not have thought were possible!

Timestamps:

  • 1:51 - Introductions
  • 4:45 - Zach and Marilyn Update
  • 7:16 - House Hacking and Limiting Expenses
  • 13:30 - Life is Lumpy, Perfection Isn't The Goal
  • 21:39 - Examining The Whole Compensation Package
  • 31:40 - Earning Extra Income
  • 40:15 - Zach's 6 Year Path To FI
  • 46:21 - If You Weren't Afraid, What Would You Do?
  • 53:15 - Being Open to Exploring
  • 56:53 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Households of FI-Zach and Marilyn Talk Real Estate Investing With Paula Pant | ChooseFI Ep 247
  • Discovering the Power of FU Money | ChooseFI Ep 321
  • Side Hustle Nation
  • "$1,000 100 Ways: How Real People Make Real Money on the Side (and how you can too)" by Nick Loper
  • The Unfair (FI) Advantage Of Teachers | 457b | ChooseFI Ep. 13
  • Early Retirement Now
  • "The 4-Hour Workweek: Escape 9-5, Live Anywhere, and Join the New Rich" by Tim Ferriss
  • Subscribe To The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Track your personal finances with Personal Capital
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: finding purpose, misaligned values, being the product of your environment, the stock market as a source for wealth building, and modern two-player mode.

We encourage our listeners that there is no wrong age to start your FI journey, but for those of you starting your FI journey as a young adult, the firehouse of foreign information can feel overwhelming. Sometimes it may even seem as if you’re too far behind to even start! The good news is, you're not! Today we are joined by Katie Gatti from Money With Katie to talk about how she navigated FI in her early 20s, and how she used a lack of knowledge as a motivator to get to a place of financial independence. Everybody starts this journey at a different place in their life and no two people are the same. By being patient and finding value in learning something new, you are certain to find yourself more motivated on your FI journey!

Katie Gatti

  • Website: moneywithkatie.com
  • Podcast: The Money With Katie Show
  • Twitter: @moneywithkatie
  • Instagram: @moneywithkatie

Timestamps

  • 1:36 - Introductions
  • 2:09 - Katie's FI Journey
  • 8:32 - Finding Meaning and Purpose
  • 11:53 - Misaligned Value and Personal Finance
  • 18:58 - Katie's College Decision and Education
  • 25:03 - Forming Yourself as the Product of Your Environment
  • 31:40 - It's Never Too Late For FI
  • 39:03 - The Stock Market as a Means of Wealth Building
  • 49:09 - Modern Two-Player Mode and Setting Financial Expectations
  • 55:41 - Katie Takes The Hot Seat
  • 67:07 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode

  • Young Money
  • The Mad Fientist
  • Meet the Frugalwoods | Achieving FI Through Simple Living | ChooseFI Ep 65
  • Paul Merriman Introduces The Ultimate Buy And Hold Portfolio | ChooseFI Ep 130
  • Paul Merriman | ChooseFI Ep 290
  • M1 Pies: Level Up Your Dividend Strategy and Optimize Your Portfolio Like a Pro (2022)
  • "Quit Like a Millionaire: No Gimmicks, Luck, or Trust Fund Required" by Kristy Shen and Bryce Leung
  • The Huberman Lab Podcast
  • The BiggerPockets Money Podcast
  • Subscibe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Track your personal finances with Personal Capital
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: career changes, up-skilling, re-prioritizing, accruing debt for value, childcare, and emergency funds.

The journey to FI is never linear. Sometimes we can find ourselves thinking the only way to meet our goals is to follow a strict plan, which can make adjusting said plan feel like a daunting set back. Well, our returning Households of FI guests Troy and Lindsay believe that flexibility during ones journey to FI can provide you with tremendous value! Making changes in your life, whether it's accruing temporary debt or changing careers, can actually lead to big time payoffs! While it may feel more secure to have a set trajectory with your financial goals, we know life gets in the way! So instead of sticking with a plan that isn't making you happy, try to stay flexible and evaluate all your options!

Timestamps:

  • 1:34 - Introductions
  • 4:55 - Troy and Lindsay Update
  • 12:10 - Avoiding Over Optimization
  • 18:49 - Up-Skilling & Career Changes
  • 27:56 - Upgrading Income and Re-evaluating Priorities
  • 36:15 - Accruing Debt for True Value
  • 40:20 - Emergency Funds
  • 42:58 - Going On Autopilot
  • 46:00 - Expenses and Childcare
  • 50:34 - Evaluating Your Work and Worth
  • 53:14 Raising FI Children
  • 58:54 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Introducing Our Households of FI!! Part 1 | ChooseFI Ep 221
  • Households of FI-Troy & Lindsay and Brad Calculate Their FI Number | ChooseFI Ep 241
  • Mr Money Mustache
  • The Mad Fientist
  • The Great Man Within
  • Level Up In Tech
  • Udemy
  • A Cloud Guru
  • TalentStacker's Salesforce Career Development Program
  • The BiggerPockets Money Podcast
  • 1500 Days to Freedom
  • Should I Refinance My Mortgage? | Ep 167R
  • New Retirement
  • Negotiate Your Salary With Tori Dunlap | Ep 147
  • How to Negotiate Your Salary Without Burning Bridges | Financial Mechanic | Ep 211
  • "Raising Your Money-Savvy Family For Next Generation Financial Independence" By Carol Pittner and Doug Nordman
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Track your personal finances with Personal Capital
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: cybersecurity, password managers, two-factor authentication, safely navigating the internet, and more hot-seat questions!

Have you ever considered how secure your finances are in the modern world? Within the cyber-dominated world we are all living in, it can be tough to stay on top of updates, passwords, and other necessary resources that help us keep our digital footprints safe. Well in order to provide you all with some high-level tips and tricks to stay ahead of the curve, we decided to have long time listener and cybersecurity expert Tom on the show this week to discuss how you can secure your online life. Keeping yourself secure and your assets safe is one of the best ways to ensure a progressive future as you move forward in the digital era while on your FI journey!

You can find the link to Tom's Facebook thread here!

Timestamps:

  • 1:44 - Introduction
  • 2:52 - Passwords and Password Managers
  • 13:22 - Two-Factor Authentication
  • 22:03 - Email Links
  • 28:38 - Cyber Financial Risks
  • 34:57 - Surfing The Web Safely
  • 39:14 - Antivirus Software
  • 43:57 - Public Wifi, Back-ups, and High-Level Tips
  • 55:18 - Look Out For Elderly Loved Ones
  • 58:38 - Tom Takes On The Hot Seat
  • 75:01 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • Join ChooseFI's Facebook Group!
  • Yubico
  • Lastpass
  • 1Password
  • KeePass
  • Why You Need A Legacy Binder
  • JL Collins
  • Die With Zero: Getting All You Can from Your Money and Your Life By Bill Perkins
  • RunnersFI Suggested Books
  • Libby
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Track your personal finances with Personal Capital
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: evolution, knowing the rules, making purposeful decisions, automation, and the return of the hot seat!

In the advent of making money, oftentimes we can find ourselves torn between a state of over-saving through budgeting and cutting expenses, and over spending just because we have the means to. But is that what we really are looking for in our respective FI journeys? With thoughtful planning and proper action maybe we can happy medium between the two that doesn’t feel over invasive. Today we are joined by Bo Loy to discuss the concepts of finding adventures that don't break the bank, purposeful decision making, and the perks of automating your money. Also we heard your feedback! Back by popular demand this week, Bo Loy will be answering questions in our freshly renewed segment, The Hot Seat!

Bo Loy

  • Website: valuist.com

Timestamps

  • 1:26 - Introduction
  • 2:23 - Evolution and Perspective
  • 9:12 - It All Adds Up
  • 14:22 - Reviewing, Insurance, and HSA
  • 24:11 - Knowing the Rules
  • 32:00 - Tax Loss Harvesting
  • 37:45 - Making Purposeful Decisions
  • 44:02 - Finding Free Adventures
  • 49:01 - Automation
  • 66:17 - The Hot Seat Returns
  • 79:10 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode

  • Early Retirement Extreme
  • Mr Money Mustache
  • HSA – The Ultimate Retirement Account in 2022
  • Go Curry Cracker | Capital Gains, Losses and The Roth Conversion Ladder | ChooseFI Ep 18
  • A Second Generation FI Case Study | Cody Berman FlytoFI | ChooseFI Ep 83
  • All The Hacks
  • The High Cost Of Living Path To FI | ChooseFI Ep 41
  • JL Collins
  • Brian Feroldi
  • Check Out ChooseFI On Facebook
  • Find Your Local Group!
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Track your personal finances with Personal Capital
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: student loans, the impact of knowing, navigating the pandemic, the power of planning, and the freedom of FI!

Tens of millions of people deal with student loan debt, and even with the recent news of loan forgiveness, there are still many who are left unequipped with the knowledge of the best ways to repay these debts without sacrificing from their lifestyle. Today we are rejoined by Samm, aka “The Debtist,” to get an update on how she has been navigating paying off her student loans, as well as how her financial mindset has changed over the last 4 years. Just because you take on debt does not mean you have to deprive yourself of the life you want until the debts are paid off! By changing your mindset to one of abundance of opportunity rather than scarcity of opportunity, the path to FI can open many doors for you! Paying down your loans, entering into new professions, and not letting your money control your ability to find happiness are all just examples of what is possible while getting yourself out from debt!

The Debtist:

  • Website: The Debtist
  • Instagram: @thedebtist

Timestamps:

  • 1:25 - Introduction
  • 1:50 - Sam's Student Loan Story
  • 6:34 - Switching From IBR and The Impact of Knowing
  • 10:48 - Navigating the Pandemic Pause
  • 14:06 - The Freedom of FI
  • 17:45 - The Aftermath of the Pandemic
  • 24:56 - The Doors You Can Open By Shutting One
  • 30:51 - The Power of Planning
  • 38:18 - The End of the Pandemic Pause
  • 46:35 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation:

  • HyperDebt | The Debtist | ChooseFI Episode 98
  • The Student Loan Planner
  • The Student Loan Reset | The Student Loan Planner | ChooseFI Ep 391
  • Travel Rewards Refresher 2022 | Lyn Mettler | ChooseFI Ep 393
  • Travel Rewards: How To Travel The World For Almost Free (The Easy Way) | ChooseFI Ep 9
  • You Need A Budget (YNAB)
  • Do You Need A Budget? | YNAB | ChooseFI Episode 165
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Track your personal finances with Personal Capital
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: resilience, making good choices, letting go of limiting beliefs, attracting the energy you put out, and winning at life!

What would you do if you were given a terminal cancer diagnosis? While it might not be the first thing that comes to mind, if you're able, the Boyd Dunleavey option is to develop a new positive outlook on life and the energy your omitting into the world, win your fight with cancer, and then proceed to run 11 marathons. Bad news comes to every single one of us, but how we process and handle that news is entirely up to us! Choose to handle it the right way, move forward with your life, and prioritize the things that matter to you. Despite what you may have been told, you have no idea where it could lead you ten years down the road!

Boyd Dunleavey:

  • Check out these sites to see if your someones much needed match!
    • Be The Match
    • One Match
  • Two fantastic groups in the cancer community that Boyd loves and trusts!
    • Gryt Health
    • Man Up To Cancer
  • Connect With Boyd
    • Facebook: From Blood Cancer To The Boston Marathon
    • Instagram: @from_blood_cancer_to_boston

Timestamps:

  • 1:22 - Introduction
  • 2:49 - Choices Bearing Fruit/ Boyd's Backstory
  • 11:42 - Taking The Better Path
  • 20:04 - The News That Changed Everything
  • 24:36 - Resilience and Pivoting
  • 29:41 - You Could Be Someones Match
  • 34:20 - Attracting The Energy You Put Out
  • 39:16 - The Places Your Energy Can Take You
  • 47:27 - The Boston Marathon
  • 51:07 - It's a Choice to Make Good Choices/Ripple Effects
  • 58:40 - Goal Setting, Financial Resilience, and Winning at Life!
  • 68:34 - Let Go of Limiting Beliefs
  • 71:00 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode:

  • "Rich Dad Poor Dad: What the Rich Teach Their Kids About Money That the Poor and Middle Class Do Not!" by Robert T Kiyosaki
  • "Rich Dad's CASHFLOW Quadrant: Rich Dad's Guide to Financial Freedom" by Robert T Kiyosake
  • American Red Cross
  • Todoist
  • The Motley Fool
  • Travel Rewards What Comes After Chase | Travel To Disney World For Nearly Free | ChooseFI Episode 31
  • Step-By-Step Guide to a (Nearly) Free Disney Vacation (2022)
  • Atomic Habits | James Clear | ChooseFI Episode 157
  • The Student Loan Reset | The Student Loan Planner | ChooseFI Ep 391
  • Boyd Meeting His Donor Nathan!
  • Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources:

  • Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy
  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence
  • Track your personal finances with Personal Capital
  • Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses
  • Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: Travel Rewards, Credit Cards, and The Value of Rewards Points.

We all know that it can be expensive to travel, and sometimes the joy and excitement of taking that long-awaited family vacation can be overshadowed by the cost of taking the trip. But what if there was a more efficient way to travel that doesn’t feel like you are breaking the bank? Well, with effective planning and the right tools this is entirely possible! This week we are once again joined by Lyn Mettler who will discuss to maximizing your spending in a way that does not deprive you, but rather rewards you!

Lyn Mettler: Check Out Lyn's Free eBook How to Earn the Southwest Companion Pass!

Timestamps: * 1:30 - Introduction * 3:50 - Credit Cards * 7:50 - The Value of Points * 16:53 - Two-Player Mode and The 5-24 Rule * 20:35 - Where to Start With Travel Rewards * 25:03 - Limitations and Strategy * 31:33 - Why This Works With FI * 33:31 - The State of Travel Part 1 * 37:15 - Award Charts and Wiggle Room * 41:28 - Points and Hotels * 48:25 - The State of Travel Part 2 * 50:31 - The Booking Order * 58:44 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today's Episode: * The Chase Sapphire Preferred® Card Review * ChooseFI's List of Travel Rewards Cards * Travel Rewards: How To Travel The World For Almost Free (The Easy Way) | ChooseFI Ep 9 * Travel Rewards What Comes After Chase | Travel To Disney World For Nearly Free | ChooseFI Ep 31 * Travel Rewards | Marla Taner | ChooseFI Ep 77 * Families Fly Free | ChooseFI Ep 353 * Turo * Airbnb * Vrbo * Vacasa * David's Vacation Club * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

More Helpful Links and Resources: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: Unlocking Freedom, The Optimized Path, Skilling Up, The Perpetual Money-Making Machine, and a New Era of ChooseFI.

It is truly the end of an era at ChooseFI. After six years, over 400 episodes, and all the laughs shared along the way, Jonathan is taking a step away from show to explore a new chapter in his life. On his way out, he and Brad hopped on the microphones as co-hosts one last time to discuss the lessons they have learned making this podcast, some key points of consideration for your FI journey, and the absolutely amazing community that has been built around this podcast. This audience truly embodies the word crowd in the word crowdsourced. Best of luck to Jonathan on all his new endeavors, and be sure to tune in next week as Brad carries the podcast into its new era!

Timestamps * 0:57 - The End of an Era * 5:00 - The Last 5 Years and The Evolution of FI * 12:12 - Unlocking Freedom * 15:57 - Math, Hope, and Time * 19:47 - The Optimized Path * 25:21 - The Perpetual Money Making Machine * 34:16 - Skilling Up and Education * 38:58 - The Value of Being Crowdsourced * 46:36 - Reach Out To Us! * 48:07 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode * Choose FI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Alan Donegan * Coach Carson * Scott Trench * How Real Estate Investors Make it Work in High Interest Environments | Coach Carson | Ep 387 * Mr. Money Mustache * Side Hustle Nation * Join ChooseFI's Facebook Group * Book your custom student loan plan with Student Loan Planner * Your Money or Your Life by Joe Dominguez, Vicki Robin, and Mr Money Mustache * Find Your Local ChooseFI Group! * Leave Us a Voicemail * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: Unlocking Freedom, The Optimized Path, Skilling Up, The Perpetual Money-Making Machine, and a New Era of ChooseFI.

It is truly the end of an era at ChooseFI. After six years, over 400 episodes, and all the laughs shared along the way, Jonathan is taking a step away from show to explore a new chapter in his life. On his way out, he and Brad hopped on the microphones as co-hosts one last time to discuss the lessons they have learned making this podcast, some key points of consideration for your FI journey, and the absolutely amazing community that has been built around this podcast. This audience truly embodies the word crowd in the word crowdsourced. Best of luck to Jonathan on all his new endeavors, and be sure to tune in next week as Brad carries the podcast into its new era!

Timestamps * 0:57 - The End of an Era * 5:00 - The Last 5 Years and The Evolution of FI * 12:12 - Unlocking Freedom * 15:57 - Math, Hope, and Time * 19:47 - The Optimized Path * 25:21 - The Perpetual Money Making Machine * 34:16 - Skilling Up and Education * 38:58 - The Value of Being Crowdsourced * 46:36 - Reach Out To Us! * 48:07 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode * Choose FI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Alan Donegan * Coach Carson * Scott Trench * How Real Estate Investors Make it Work in High Interest Environments | Coach Carson | Ep 387 * Mr. Money Mustache * Side Hustle Nation * Join ChooseFI's Facebook Group * Book your custom student loan plan with Student Loan Planner * Your Money or Your Life by Joe Dominguez, Vicki Robin, and Mr Money Mustache * Find Your Local ChooseFI Group! * Leave Us a Voicemail * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: student loan forgiveness, public service loan for forgiveness, and getting closer to loan forgiveness.

How would you respond to finding out your looming student loan debts could be forgiven? Well for some of you that could be possible, but you need to act quickly! Travis Hornsby from The Student Loan Planner joins the show this week to discuss public service loans for forgiveness, and how a massive opportunity to tackle your student debt could be available to you for a limited window! The deadline for applications is October 31st, so listen along to see if this option can be applicable to you, and if so get cracking!

The Student Loan Planner * Website: The Student Loan Planner * Podcast: The Student Loan Planner Podcast * Blog: The Student Loan Planner Blog

Timestamps * 1:43 - Introduction * 3:04 - The Public Service Loan for Forgiveness * 4:51 - Public Service * 6:05 - The Problem This Fixes * 11:57 - Getting Closer to Forgiveness * 16:21 - Why This is Urgent * 21:13 - Deadline Information * 22:54 - Slam Dunk Case Example * 28:36 - Self Screening Test * 30:20 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode * studentaid.gov * Book Your Custom Student Loan Plan * Find Your Local ChooseFI Group * Student Loan Planner with Travis Hornsby | ChooseFI Ep 202 * Student Loan Debt Repayment | Travis Hornsby | ChooseFI Ep 78 * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: marginal gains, prioritizing your present, purposeful living, impacting others, and goal setting.

Whether you like it or not we all will eventually die someday, and when that time comes the last thing we want to do is to look back on our lives with regret. Oftentimes in life we let expectations, outside obligations, and future ambition rule over us in the present, without fully realizing we could be living our dream life in the present! Nobody understands this more than former hospice doctor Jordan Grumet (aka Doc G) who comes back to the show to discuss the importance of finding meaning in the way we approach our goals, and how becoming more intentional and present could lead to a more fulfilling and purposeful life!

Jordan "Doc G" Grumet * Website: jordangrumet.com * Book: Taking Stock: A Hospice Doctor's Advice on Financial Independence, Building Wealth, and Living a Regret-Free Life * Podcast: Earn & Invest * Blog: DiverseFI

Timestamps * 1:27 - Introductions * 2:30 - Sam's Story * 6:29 - It's Not Bout The Goals, It's about The Processes * 14:23 - Marginal Gains * 17:33 - Prioritizing Yourself * 23:24 - Your The Star of Your Own Story * 27:20 - Making Ripples and Impacting Others * 35:24 - What Would You Do if Money Wasn't an Issue? * 41:36 - Money is a Tool and Measuring Friction * 50:15 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode * Real Estate & Financial Independence Podcast with Coach Carson * Ordinary Sherpa * "Die With Zero" by Bill Perkins * JL Collins * "The Tail End" by Tim Urban * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: interpreting financial statements, utilizing financial statements, balance sheet statements, income statements, cash flow statements, and valuing a business for its purpose.

Have you even wanted to learn the language of business? Not in a literal sense, by that we mean understanding the ways businesses communicate what their real value is to the general public and potential investors? Well if you have had this incredibly niche thought, you're definitely a member of the FI community, and you're also in luck! Brian Feroldi is back on the show to discuss financial statements and the information certain financial statements indicate, as well as act as your translator for the language of business! Understanding this language can be a massive help in your own decision making going forward!

Brian Feroldi * Twitter: @BrianFeroldi * YouTube: Brian Feroldi * Website: brianferoldi.com

Timestamps * 1:26 - Introduction * 2:44 - Financial Statements * 5:35- Read and Interpret * 8:58 - The Three Main Financial Statements * 13:33 - Balance Sheet Statements * 22:09 - Utilizing Financial Statements * 24:06 - Income Statements * 30:04 - Claim on Earnings * 33:58 - Cash Flow Statements * 44:13 - Valuing a Business for it's Purposes * 47:22 - Not All Businesses are Equal * 50:16 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode * Warren Buffett and the Interpretation of Financial Statements: The Search for the Company with a Durable Competitive Advantage by Mary Buffett and David Clark * https://www.fool.com/author/14471/ * Stock Fundamentals With Brian Feroldi | ChooseFI Ep 200 * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: college hacking, career hacking, the power of starting early, trade jobs, and salesforce careers.

How many times in the past have you been listening to this podcast and thought, "I wish I knew about this when I was younger." Well today's guest Zach actually had the foresight to start using the lessons he learned from this podcast at the ripe age of 18, and the results may be envy inducing! It's worth noting that not starting your FI journey at the age of 18 doesn't discredit you from a happy and financially independent life. But it's also worth noting that the sooner you start, the sooner you'll be able to reap the rewards, so start today!

Timestamps * 1:08 - Introduction and Zach's E-Mail * 3:03 - What were you looking for when you found the FI community? * 5:43 - Dual Enrollment * 15:06 - Evaluating Your Education Options and Expenses * 22:29 - Military Service and College Education * 26:39 - First Job Out of College and Trade Jobs * 35:05 - 20 Years Old, $65,000 Yearly Salary, No Debt, What Next? * 37:04 - The Power of Starting Early * 42:26 - Zach's Career Change * 53:31 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode * Subscribe to The FI Weekly! * Virginia's Community Colleges * Miss Excel * From Pandemic Layoff to $100k+ | A Salesforce Success Story |EP 297 * Free Salesforce 5-Day Challenge * Salesforce: A Lucrative Career and No Degree or Tech Background Needed

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: real estate investing, the fundamentals of real estate investing, real estate investing variables, interest rates, and private money financing.

With today's real estate market is it even possible to get some skin in the game as an investor? While thing's aren't exactly optimal for buyers right now, if you are creative and informed with your decision making, it is absolutely possible to get in the game! Listen along as Coach Carson joins the show to discuss how this is still possible and ways the small and mighty investors continue to succeed in the real estate market!

Chad Carson * Website: coachcarson.com * YouTube: Coach Carson TV * Podcast: Real Estate and Financial Independence Podcast

Timestamps * 1:13 - Introduction * 2:09 - Elephants In The Room * 5:41 - What Is The Market Doing? * 9:13 - Interest Rates * 17:32 - Do You Even Go To A Traditional Bank Anymore? * 24:28 - Unknown Variables * 28:50 - Private Money Financing * 38:15 - It Always Comes Down To Earnings * 44:23 - Surviving 2008 * 51:08 - The Cost For Private Investors * 59:38 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode * Redfin * Zillow * Paula Pant, Afford Anything * Find your Local ChooseFI Group! * BiggerPockets Forums * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: College Hacking, College Credits for less, ACE Courses, CLEP Exams, and The Most Cost Efficient Bachelors Degree

A college education may be the most daunting expense members of the FI community have on their horizon. As we all know by now, the cost of modern higher education has skyrocketed and has shown virtually no signs of decreasing or even leveling off! However Gerry Born, also know as the Millionaire Educator, may have found a way to reduce the overall cost of said education while still retaining the aspect of freedom we in FI community hold so dearly. Listen along to see if this alternative path to a college degree could be applicable towards you or your loved one's futures!

Millionaire Educator * Website: millionaireeducator.com * Twitter: @GerryBorn

Timestamps * 1:11 - Introduction * 2:44 - The "College Experience" * 6:55 - CLEP Tests * 11:17 - Spending Credits * 21:15 - The Cost Effective Option * 25:35 - ACE Courses * 28:48 - The Credit Stacking Experience * 37:12 - Pairing This Methodology with the Classic College Experience * 41:04 - The Most Optimized Bachelors Degree * 47:32 - Using College to Learn Your Craft * 52:53 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode * How To Test Out of College While You’re Still In High School | Millionaire Educator | ChooseFI Ep 238 * Sophia Learning * Modern States * Credly * Study.com * Sophia Learning's Partners * A $7,500 College Degree in 12 Months? * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: Time as a Luxury, The Power of F-U Money, The Cost of DIY, Planning, and Decision Making.

Even though time is our most precious non-renewable resource, the society we live in tends to take that fact for granted. Is working more to earn more really the most efficient use of your time? Possibly, but effective planning and delegation of your resources can help you find a much better balance between the things you have to do to support your lifestyle, and the things you want to do throughout your life! Once time is spent you can't get it back, so plan accordingly so you can make the most of it!

Timestamps * 0:56 - Introduction and Are Your Winning Life? * 4:18 - Tax Abatement Feedback * 11:30 - Credit Cards Purchases * 19:34 - Crypto Exchanges * 23:55 - Time is the Ultimate Resource * 30:16 - Finding a Sweet Spot Between Frugality and Freedom * 38:12 - The Power of Evaluating Your Options * 46:55 - Planning Unlocks Freedom * 53:29 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode * Functionality with Numbers | Ep 384 * Subscribe to The FI Weekly! * Join ChooseFI's Facebook Group! * Playing With FIRE * Discovering the Power of FU Money | ChooseFI Ep 321

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this episode: functionality with numbers, the rule of 74, decision making, free roles, and tilting the odds in your favor!

Setting yourself up for success is one of the FI community's main ideals, but what is the best way to go about doing that? Well, to put it simply, math. While the mention of math may be enough to put some people off entirely, what if we told you basic math could be enough to prime yourself up for success? Simple addition, subtraction, multiplication, and division when applied right can have a huge impact on your personal finances! Listen along and see if there are any ways you could apply basic math into your own decision making going forward!

Timestamps * 1:00 - Introduction and Functional Numbers * 2:47 - Rule of 72 * 7:44 - Math is Rad! * 11:27 - Math and Opportunity Costs * 18:38 - Decision Making * 26:03 - Free Roles * 33:54 - Credit Card Costs * 39:52 - Hunting for Win-Wins * 44:39 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Episode * The Tim Ferris Show Episode #604 * Edward O. Thorpe * How To Decide With Annie Duke | ChooseFI Ep 262 * "Thinking in Bets" by Annie Duke * Risk Parity Radio * The Simple Path to Wealth * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new side hustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cell phone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

Topics in this episode: lifestyle design, coast fi, slow fi, identity, career, and creating the life you want.

Sometimes it can be hard to separate what you do for a living from who you are as a person. Also, financial situations and limited resources can make you feel stuck living a life that doesn't align with your interests and values. But fear not for this is a cycle that can be broken! Listen along as Lauren from "The Fioneers" joins the show and walks through steps you can take to potentially unlock some more freedom in your life!

Jessica From The Fioneers * Website: The Fioneers * Coaching: Design A Life You Love * Twitter: @TheFioneers * Instagram: Thefioneers * Facebook: Slow FI Enthusiasts

Timestamps * 1:04 - Introductions * 1:56 - Jessica Update * 5:23 - What Do You Want To Be When You Grow Up? * 12:03 - Identity and Career * 18:35 - Slow FI and Coast FI * 27:12 - It's Not Set In Stone * 32:44 - Fear and Creating The Life You Want * 41:38 - From Passion to Career * 45:05 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Managing Stress by Leveraging FI | The Fioneers | Ep 229 * A Deep Dive into Lifestyle Design * Coast FI vs. Slow FI: What's the Difference? * You are Not Your Work: How to Reclaim Your Identity * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In the week's episode, Brad and Jonathan examine the current state of the housing market and discuss different ways in which risk can be controlled.

It seems like we are currently living in some of the most interesting financial times ever to have occurred. Crypto currencies are seemingly disappearing overnight, interest rates are shooting up, and the inflation rate continues to climb! While all of these examples can cause one to be fearful, preparation and attention to detail are two traits that allow those in the FI community to stay calm! Identify your fears, control situations where you are taking on risk, and continue crushing your journey down the path to FI!

Timestamps * 0:58 - Introduction * 2:01 - The Tail End * 5:58 - The Most Interesting Financial Times * 13:26 - Housing * 18:22 - Conversation With A Friend * 26:06 - Components of The Monthly Payment * 34:40 - 40 Year Mortgage and Renting * 45:20 - 10% Intrest Rates * 53:05 - Crypto Sidecar * 57:15 - Crypto Security * 61:39 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * The Tail End * Subscribe to The FI Weekly! * Common Sense Spending Guidelines | Housing | Ep 381 * Blockchain, Smart Contracts, and NFT’s | EP 361 * Blockchain, Smart Contracts, and NFT’s Part 2 | EP 362 * Pump and Dump | EP 323

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan discuss different guidelines that can help ensure your mortgage won't infringe on your FI goals!

Becoming an home-owner doesn't have to mean the collapse of your own financial stability! By planning ahead and working within your personal limitations, your journey to a happy, healthy, and simple life can continue unabated! Listen along to see if the common sense guidelines mentioned can be beneficial to your situation!

Timestamps * 1:02 - Introductions * 3:01 - Insufficient Funds * 11:55 - Tackling Overdraws * 19:21 - What Can You Really Afford? * 26:36 - The Bracket Breakdown * 31:13 - FI-ifying Your Budget * 35:13 - The Payment Breakdown * 45:53 - Working The Table * 53:46 - Mortgage Factors * 57:30 - Make The Best Decision For YOU * 68:43 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Can I Get An Extension, Please? | ChooseFI Ep 372 * TurboTax * Subscribe to The FI Weekly! * SmartAsset * The Happy Philosopher * Chad Carson * Paula Pant

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

🌏 Exclusive! Grab the NordVPN deal ➼ https://nordvpn.com/choosefi Try it risk-free now with a 30-day money-back guarantee! ✌

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan discuss different routes you can take in order to create options for yourself with limited resources.

Everyone has a finite amount of financial resources at their disposal and everyone is always questioning what they should be doing with what they have. While nothing is guaranteed, thankfully there are steps you can take to protect your resources and make informed decisions. Listen along as the guys discuss creating options for yourself and hopefully the information can be helpful towards dealing with uncertainty!

Timestamps * 0:56 - Introduction * 1:59 - The Rule of 72 * 8:51 - Bitcoin Purchase and Computer Safety * 16:57 - Crypto Crashes * 21:42 - Intrinsic Value * 28:04 - Guaranteed Returns * 34:40 - Protecting Yourself * 45:27 - Finding Options in Uncertainty * 52:54 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Dropbox * Blockchain, Smart Contracts, and NFT’s | EP 361 * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan welcome back Bradley Rice and Anita from Talent Stacker to discuss the hidden job market and how you can break into it!

Many consider the best path to a successful career getting an education, claiming a certification or degree, and working your way up the corporate ladder. But what if there could be an alternative? Utilizing your current skills, developing some new skills, and successfully networking could be your key to unlocking the hidden job market and leveling up your career! Listen along to learn how Bradley and Anita took this path less traveled and see if it can be applicable to your life and career!

Bradley Rice and Anita * Website: Talent Stacker * Podcast: The Salesforce for Everyone Podcast

Timestamps * 1:29 - Introduction * 4:06 - Unorthodox Choices, Radical Results * 13:52 - No Degree Needed and Developing Skills * 23:35 - Overcoming Traditional Objections * 29:04 - Finding Communities * 32:03 - Personal Branding * 37:22 - The Hidden Job Market * 43:30 - Volunteer Experience and Interviews * 55:10 - Compounding The Positives * 59:10 - The Salesforce For Everyone Podcast * 66:15 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * From Pandemic Layoff to $100k+ | A Salesforce Success Story | ChooseFI Ep 297 * Making The Case For Part Time With Bradley Rice | ChooseFI Ep 117 * Negotiate Your Salary With Tori Dunlap | ChooseFI Ep 147 * Check Out The FI Weekly! * The Role Of Bonds In A Portfolio | ChooseFI Ep 194 * Are You as Diversified as You Think You Are? With Frank Vasquez | ChooseFI EP 313 * Talent Stacker

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan dissect the idea of earning power being used as a weapon to combat inflation, and strategies you can implement to level up your income!

One of the best ways to reduce the impact inflation has on your life is to out-earn the inflation rate. While that solution can easily fall under the umbrella phrase of, "easier said than done," there are actions you can take to make that process easier for yourself! Listen along as the guys discuss different strategies to approach raising your income and see if any of them can apply to you and your FI journey!

Timestamps * 0:55 - Introductions and Season's Change * 5:37 - Times is a Resource * 9:10 - Start With Spending * 14:07 - College Cynicism * 21:53 - The Career Freedom of FI * 25:04 - Income Combatting Inflation * 28:10 - Performance Reviews and Standing Out * 36:15 - The Art of Salary Negotiation * 43:00 - Influence * 45:03 - The Script * 51:31 - How Can I Improve This? * 53:42 - Opportunity and Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Glide Path to Retirement During Uncertainty | ChooseFI Ep 377 * Subscribe to The FI Weekly! * Early Retirement Extreme * Career Hacking With ESI Money | ChooseFI Ep 23 * How to Negotiate Your Salary Without Burning Bridges | Financial Mechanic | ChooseFI Ep 211 * Glassdoor * Influence: The Psychology of Persuasion by Robert B. Cialdini * Salesforce: A Lucrative Career and No Degree or Tech Background Needed

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan discuss different ways to retain a sense of control along the path to retirement during times of uncertainty. While low points in the economy tend to cause worry, focusing on steps that can be taken to continue forward progress is what helps set the FI community apart! Join the guys as they discuss information that could help you navigate the murky waters ahead and continue along with your FI journey! Timestamps * 1:02 - Disney and Travel Rewards * 9:52 - Age of Uncertainty * 17:41 - Controlling What You Can * 20:35 - Returns and Inflation * 26:09 - The Glide Path * 27:49 - Series I Bonds * 39:18 - Controlling Income and Expenses * 48:10 - When The Market Turns... * 52:47 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Step-By-Step Guide To A Free Disney World Vacation * Early Retirement Now * The Retirement Manifesto * Your Money Or Your Life By Vicki Robin, Joe Dominguez, and Mr Money Mustache * Drawdown Strategy | The Retirement Manifesto | ChooseFI Ep 43 * What Does Inflation Mean For Investors With Big ERN | ChooseFI Ep 331 * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

Are You on the Right Path? Codie Sanchez from Contrarian Thinking is someone I enjoy following via her newsletter and numerous podcast guest appearances.  She generally talks about building and especially buying “boring” cash flowing businesses that I think would greatly appeal to the FI Community. I’m highlighting her here for a Twitter thread she recently posted on checking in …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – April 26, 2022: On the Right Path?, Children & Money, Community Wins"

The post FI Weekly – April 26, 2022: On the Right Path?, Children & Money, Community Wins appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan welcome Sean Mullaney back onto the podcast to discuss the four backstops of the Four Percent Rule! While many in the FI community consider the Four Percent Rule to be a pillar for retirement planning, these relatively unknown backstops could save or enhance your retirement as you continue along the path less traveled! Listen along to see if any of these backstops could apply to you and your own future planning!

As always, the discussion is general and educational in nature and does not constitute tax, investment, legal, or financial advice with respect to any particular individual or taxpayer. Please consult your own advisors regarding your own unique situation. Sean Mullaney and ChooseFI Publishing are currently under contract to publish a book authored by Sean Mullaney.

Sean Mullaney * Website: The FI Tax Guy * Blog: The FI Tax Guy Blog

Timestamps * 0:59 - Introductions * 1:37 - The Four Percent Rule and Inflation * 12:20 - Annual Expenses * 14:19 - Decline in Energy and Expenses * 22:14 - Social Security * 30:53 - Downsizing and The Reverse Mortgage * 38:53 - Later Years Backstops * 43:21 - Mortality * 48:48 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * The Four Backstops to then Four Percent Rule * Financial Resilience in a Bear Market | ChooseFI Episode 172 * Early Retirement and Social Security * Early Retirement Now * Financial 180

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

Travel Rewards Updates Our team worked hard to update and streamline the free travel rewards course on the ChooseFI website and now it’s available as a series of 6 blog posts (instead of a 20-part email series) you can digest quickly and easily to get started maximizing travel rewards.  Get started with Part 1 now and there’s …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – April 19, 2022: Travel Rewards, FI Resources, Teach Me Something"

The post FI Weekly – April 19, 2022: Travel Rewards, FI Resources, Teach Me Something appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan continue along their, "Financial Independence A to Z," journey by examining savings rate and the many different ways it can be calculated! One of the pillars that sets the FI community apart is the emphasis on saving money in order to unlock more in your life. So, by having the right tools needed to calculate your savings rate, you can begin to make adjustments and hopefully start the process of taking back your time!

Timestamps * 0:59 - Introductions * 4:30 - Ben's Question * 7:41 - How Do You Calculate Your Savings Rate? * 12:00 - Why Savings Rate Is Important * 18:25 - Nuances In Saving * 21:55 - Calculation Example * 28:15 - Scenario Three * 37:57 - Looking At The Nuances * 46:56 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Find The Article Mentioned By Brad and Jonathan Here! * KiwiCo * The Tim Ferris Show * Check Out ChooseFI's Financial Independence A to Z series! * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

Do you ever feel lost with your business? As though you are going through the motions but you have lost the focus and drive? Building a business is a process and sometimes along the journey we get lost, distracted, and burnt out. In this episode Alan guides Christina through reconnecting with her vision, measuring progress, and working out who she needs to become to run the business of her dreams.

The post Rebel Entrepreneur Coaching Series: What’s Your Vision appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

Put Your Finances on Autopilot The entire reason this newsletter exists is to compel you to take action to make your life better. Today my ask of you is this: Find at least one thing in your financial life that you do on a recurring basis where if you invest a few minutes today you could put …

Continue reading "FI Weekly – April 12, 2022: Finances on Autopilot, Favorite Financial Reads, Taking Action"

The post FI Weekly – April 12, 2022: Finances on Autopilot, Favorite Financial Reads, Taking Action appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan discuss a variety of tools that can help you stay on-top of your budget. Whether you create your own tracking systems or don't have any expense tracking systems in place yet, there likely is a tool mentioned in this episode that can help you get one step closer to your financial goals! Remember, keeping your expenses organized can help you take drastic steps forward in your FI journey!

Timestamps * 0:56 - Introductions * 3:57 - Identity Statements and Failure * 9:55 - The Post Tax Season Check-Up * 13:33 - The Large Tax Return * 17:34 - Simplifying Your Financial Life * 22:34 - Loading Your Financial Tool-belt * 26:25 - Tracking The Cost Of Your Life * 34:53 - Tracking Softwares * 42:17 - Envelope Systems * 46:44 - Should You Use A Budgeting Template * 51:56 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * The Stacking Benjamins Podcast * Wellbeing Monthly Budget Tool * Vertex42 * Afford Anything With Paula Pant * Tiller Money * YNAB * Do You Need A Budget? | ChooseFI Episode 165 * Intuit Mint * Dave Ramsey's Envelope System * EveryDollar * It's Your Money Excel Deluxe Envelope Check Registrar * Personal Capital * Subscribe To The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this weeks episode, Brad and Jonathan discuss some natural remedies your may find useful in your life, the economics behind the modern startup scene, and most importantly the basics pillars of financial literacy! Join the guys as they share their philosophy towards tackling financial literacy and why it is such an important topic to study. By knowing the rules of the game, maybe you can start to widen that gap between income and expenses! Timestamps * 0:56 - Introductions * 1:52 - Fulfilling Remedy Responsibilities * 6:22 - WeWork and Startup Economics * 12:47 - Increasing The Gap * 17:11 - Picking a Career * 20:20 - Financial Literacy A to Z * 24:33 - Budgeting and Optimizing Expenses * 32:42 - Automating Your Finances * 36:06 - The Longterm Mindset * 44:40 - Borrow and Protect * 52:17 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * WeCrash * ChooseFI's PreK-12 Curriculum * The Rebel Entrepreneur With Alan Donegan * Start Your FI Journey With ChooseFI! * Subscribe to the FI Weekly! * Financial Independence A to Z * Joe Saul-Sehy * The Mad Fientist

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

It's officially tax season! In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan discuss tax extensions and share some of their experiences paying taxes in the past. No matter what walk of life you are in, at the end of the day we all have to pay taxes. As members of the FI community, we should do our best to stay calm and tackle the task!

Timestamps * 1:10 - Introductions * 1:55 - Daylight Savings * 5:18 - Viral Nightmare Tax Scenario * 11:36 - Putting Aside Taxes * 20:39 - Extensions * 26:32 - The Not Genius Move * 31:17 - Larger Than Expected Tax Bills * 34:30 - Small Business and Side Hustles * 37:53 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Huberman Lab Podcast * The Peter Attia Drive Podcast * Fifth Wheel Physical Therapist * NFTs For Newbies Podcast: "Taxes and NFTs Part 1 With Brad Barrett" * NFTs For Newbies Podcast: "Taxes and NFT Part 2 With Brad Barrett" * Subscribe To The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan are joined by author and friend of the show Brian Feroldi. After spending two years writing the book, Why Does The Stock Market Go Up? Brian is returning to the show once again to share with you the valuable lessons he has along the way! Join the trio as they discuss why the stock market goes up, down, and everything in-between!

Brian Feroldi * Twitter: @BrianFeroldi * Book: Why Does The Stock Market Go Up By Brian Feroldi

Timestamps * 1:33 - Introductions * 2:40 - Understanding The Market * 7:07 - History Of The Dow Jones * 13:19 - The NASDAQ * 16:35 - Valuation * 23:22 - The Future Is Inevitable * 24:45 - Stock Splits * 33:14 - What Are You Buying? * 44:10 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * The Motley Fool * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan sit down with Joe Saul-Sehy, co-author of the book "Stacked" and co-host of the "Stacking Benjamins" podcast. Together, the trio discuss how to properly set goals for yourself and ways you can continue to move that needle along! If you stick to your timeline and ask the right questions, before you know it you could be on the right track!

Joe Saul-Sely * Website: joesaulsehly.com * Book: "Stacked: Your Super-Serious Guide to Modern Money Management" by Joe Saul-Sehly and Emily Guy Birken * Podcast: The Stacking Benjamins Podcast

Timestamps * 0:51 - Introductions * 5:20 - Goal Setting And The Timeline * 10:41 - Bad Questions And False Rabbit Holes * 15:25 - Talking Family Finance * 20:24 - Budgeting And Tracking * 28:25 - Comparison Is The Thief Of Joy * 32:21 - Financial Advisors * 45:30 - Assets Under Management * 51:51 - About "Stacked" And Where You Can Find It! * 54:02 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Information About The "Stacked" Book Tour * Rob Phelan and The Simple Startup * Franklin's Fortune * Paula Pant and Afford Anything * JL Collins and The Simple Path To Wealth * Find Your Local ChooseFI Group! * Subscribe to The FI Weekly

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

What happens when an unstoppable force meets an immovable object? In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan continue their discussion from last week about clarity and goal setting, but this time they focus on ways to circumnavigate the seemingly immovable objects in our lives. Overcoming objections that prevent us from the futures we want can actually be surprisingly easy if you adopt the right mindset. Become the unstoppable force that shatters those barriers holding you back! Timestamps * 1:00 - Introductions * 1:53 - Goals & The Aggregation of Marginal Gains * 6:58 - Manifestation * 14:55 - Clarity & What YOU Want * 24:27 - Becoming The Unstoppable Force * 30:10 - Controlling Monthly Expenses * 35:12 - Car Payments * 37:46 - Accounting For Your Mindset * 42:43 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * "Goals!: How to Get Everything You Want -- Faster Than You Ever Thought Possible" by Brian Tracy * Bigger Pockets * "A Complaint Free World: How to Stop Complaining and Start Enjoying the Life You Always Wanted" by Will Bowen * Subscribe to the FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan kick off part one of a two episode series focussed on decluttering, de-noising, and de-stressing your life! What makes the FI lifestyle so special is it's ability to block out social norms allowing for us to build our own healthy, happy, and free lives! By decluttering your life, you can surround yourself with uplifting material that will help you continue your trek down the path less traveled. Timestamps * 1:00 - Spring is Coming! * 3:36 - Long-Term Thinking * 7: 19 - Decluttering * 15:15 - Tackling Social Prisons * 23:10 - The Oasis * 29:22 - Junk Mail and Saying No * 37:30 - The Red X * 40:50 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * The Happy Philosopher | The Happiest Man In The Room | ChooseFI Episode 48 * Get Off The Hamster Wheel with Jonathan Backstory | ChooseFI Episode 4 * 7 Decluttering Tips to Organize Your Life in 2022 * The Tim Ferris Show * DMA Choice * Opt Out Prescreen * Valpack Opt Out * Your Ad Choices * Subscribe to The FI Weekly! * Derek Sivers

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

You’ve won your first client! YAY. Should you send them a contract? Do you need terms and conditions? In this episode Christina and Alan talk through contracts, why you need them, and what goes in them. Contracts are designed to facilitate clear communication, expectations, and trust, but somewhere along the way we have lost sight of the purpose of having a contract. Let’s make contracts fun.

The post Rebel Entrepreneur Coaching Series: Business Boundaries and Contracts appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


More Advanced Online Security In the November 30th newsletter I included 8 simple tips for online security which I think will put you ahead of 95% of people in terms of online safety.

But as Jonathan recently spoke about on the podcast, those are certainly not enough, as he was a victim of a ransomware attack that went through the router controlling his home network.

A friend of mine is a cybersecurity expert and he was quite impressed with Jonathan’s explanation of how we should all “block port forwarding in the router for UPnP (Universal Plug and Play)” and he sent me this article from Wired with more information on how we can all secure our Wi-fi routers.

This is an easy fix that can go a long way towards safeguarding your home network.

Wordle…and Much More At this point you’ve almost certainly heard of the viral sensation Wordle, which is a combination word game and logic puzzle. It’s genuinely a lot of fun and usually takes just a few minutes, so give it a try.

I wanted to pass along some other similar games that my family has gotten into recently that you may not have heard of that are every bit as fun as Wordle.

All four of us try to complete them on our own devices every morning before the girls go to school, which has turned into a fun daily gaming affair:

  • Mathler: Solve a hidden math equation in six guesses
  • Hard Mathler: Solve an even more complex math equation in six guesses. This one is my favorite by a considerable distance!
  • Quordle: Simultaneously solve four Wordles – this one is fun and challenging.
  • Wordle2: Find a 6-letter word (instead of the standard 5 letter word) in six guesses
  • Semantle: Only Laura is brave enough in our family to take on this game, where you try to guess a secret word out of the entire English language, any length and no information about whether the letters you’ve entered are correct. The feedback on every guess tells you how “semantically similar” your guess is to the secret word and you try to just keep getting closer until you hit the secret word. Enjoy but don’t blame me for any stress!

ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week * Leila said, “Long time listener and reader, but I never sent in my 1% better. I have one I really want to share. I joined the TalentStacker program in March 2021 after listening to Anita’s story. My journey had a few hiccups, but I finally landed a job in the Salesforce ecosystem. I’ll be fully remote and I get a 401k with a 6% match (100%)!! Vested immediately!! My previous job didn’t offer a 401k, so this was a huge priority for me. I’m beyond excited and proud to be part of the “Great Reshuffle.”

  • Aaron said, “My 1% this week is that I taught a group of co-workers some of the Pillars of FI. I explained to them concepts on how to work towards getting debt free, the difference between our 401k and 457b savings plans, the 4% Rule, and how to access our PCRA to give them more options to invest in, specifically low-cost index funds. Since then, I have had several of them ask me about tax optimization, increasing their retirement contributions, and looking into Custodial IRA accounts for their children.”

  • Lily said, “My 1% better is making the meals we would have had out for Valentine’s Day at home. We both love breakfast food and with good pans making omelettes is easy. Easily $40 saved on breakfast alone and no remorse that could have happened if the meal was subpar eating out.”

  • Bill said, “My 1% better this week is I started to reach out to family I have lost connection with just to say hi and I was thinking about them. As a result, I met up with my uncle and we met up for coffee and had great conversation on a deep level. It was nice to see a side of him I never had.”

  • Ashley said, “My husband is an employer in a small business that has used Axa Equitable for about 10 years. I finally got the courage to talk to his boss about moving all of our accounts to Vanguard and was shot down the first time. I met with a Vanguard consultant on my own and, given some specific information about our company plan, he was able make a chart showing exactly what our company was paying Equitable in fees (spoiler alert: It was over 200K/year). After I showed our boss the details, they finally agreed to move our accounts to Vanguard. We moved our IRAs to Vanguard a few years ago, and now 100% of our retirement accounts are in Vanguard. Saving 50K in fees each year, this could easily be a million dollar net higher worth in our life time. Thanks so much for all you do! The Fire is spreading!”

  • Charlie said, “My 1% this week was passing my professional engineering exam. This professional license will give me more credibility as an engineer, and options in my career. This was always something I wanted to do, but I really do need to thank ChooseFI for the motivation and inspiration to take action. I used a number of tips and strategies highlighted on your show in preparation for the test. I developed a daily habit (Atomic Habits) of studying at least one hour a day in a quiet comfortable place (deep work). I even tracked my progress with a big red X on my calendar. After +300hrs of preparation, the 8hr test was a piece of cake!”

  • Jen said, “My 1% better is that I did my taxes for 2021 and ended up with a $3 federal refund and owing $21 to state. This is the closest I’ve ever been to zero since I started really paying attention to withholdings on my W4s and refund amounts. Just need to adjust my W4s now for 2022 since I’m also expecting a raise this year. Maybe I’ll get even closer next tax season!”


The post FI Weekly – February 22, 2022: Advanced Online Security, Wordle Alternatives appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan unpack the problems that lie within modern retirement calculations and provide examples of how you can work around these flaws. As opposed to focusing on income, maybe it is better to learn how much our lives cost us. Expenses appear and disappear as life goes on, it is important to factor that in to your FI number!

Timestamps * 1:01 - Introductions * 2:00 - Listener Feedback, Permaculture, and Libraries * 6:55 - Annual Expenses * 14:08 - The Retirement Smile * 16:53 - Addressing That FI Number * 22:21 - The Pile of Cash * 30:45 - Upcoming Events! * 32:07 - Major Purchases For Those Entering The Workforce * 41:40- Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Subscribe to the FI Weekly! * The Art of Frugal Hedonism * Root of Good * JL Collins * Early Retirement Now * Flexible Spending Rules For Early Retirees | ChooseFI Episode 176 * Camp FI * Find Your Local ChooseFI Group Today! * Join ChooseFI's Facebook Group! * Risk Parity Radio

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

How do you use LinkedIn to win business? Patrick Venn has a new strategy to share with us and Christina has offered to be the guinea pig! So let’s get testing. We run a marketing mini-experiment live on the show where Christina records her first video and sends it out! Test and measure. Listen along and we will show you the step by step guide to using LinkedIn to find sales leads.

The post Rebel Entrepreneur Coaching Series: LinkedIn Sales Strategy appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details


Financial Tracking Spreadsheets In early January I wrote that we all should do an annual financial audit to have a sense of where we are with our personal finances, both in terms of net worth (assets & liabilities) and your income statement (income & expenses).

However, at that time I wasn’t able to provide spreadsheets that could be used to make the exercise dramatically easier for you.

Luckily our good friend Brian Feroldi reached out with his financial spreadsheet templates that are available for you to download completely for free.

This is a good time to remind you that Brian’s book, “Why Does The Stock Market Go Up?: Everything You Should Have Been Taught About Investing In School, But Weren’t“, is available now for pre-order.

I’ve seen an early copy of the book and it’s genuinely fantastic. If you have even a passing interest in learning more about investing, you need to read this book.

A Life Well Lived I saw this Twitter thread from Nicolas Cole titled “30 rules for a life well lived” and a number of them jumped out to me as particularly important:

  • “Make decisions from a place of abundance, not scarcity.”
  • “Live within your financial means.”
  • “Who you are is more important than what you do.”
  • “Don’t judge success by the day or week. Examine it over the course of a year or decade.”
  • “Play the long game.”
  • “The higher you climb, throw down more rope.”
  • “Strive for freedom, not recognition.”

I’m curious to know which of the list of 30 resonated most with you…

ChooseFI Community Taking Action This Week * Jen said, “My husband and I decided to put all of our accounts on Personal Capital. We not only found a cash pension account that we didn’t know about from one of my husband’s old jobs (worth over $63k) and transferred it to an IRA; but with the software and tools adding everything in one place we also found out that we’re Millionaires!! What?!? We are in our late 30s with 3 kids under 6… I never thought this would happen!!! Thank you again for all your suggestions!”

  • Maryorie said, “My 1% better this week has been in the making for the last year and a half (so 78% better?). Me and my boyfriend talked to our bosses 1.5 yrs ago about our interest in being promoted to fully remote roles. This led to me being assigned to a huge project in my company that gave me the edge to get promoted. Then when my dream remote role was posted 6 months later, I went for it with full support from my manager (because we had the conversation already ;)) and got it! Now my role will allow me to travel (all expenses paid by my employer) around the US and the world, which will give me insight into if travel is what I really want for retirement. We are now looking to move to Denver for a year or so and spend time in the mountains now that we are not tied to a specific location. The cherry on top is that since I’m remote now I sold my car to Carvana this week for a significant profit which has already been used to max out my 2021 Trad IRA and there is some leftover to help strengthen our emergency fund. Thanks Choose FI for giving us tools and actionable steps so that we can build a life plan that we are in love with.”

  • Aaron said, “My 1% better this week was to track my finances for January. I used to be in the habit of tracking my expenses and net worth every month in an excel document based off the Mad Fientist’s spreadsheet, and I got out of the habit in 2021, so I’m starting 2022 getting back at it. I’m taking a mini retirement for the first half of the year, so it’s a bit of a trial run for what my life might look like post-FI, so it’ll be great to know what my life actually costs when I don’t have a job.”

  • JB said, “We paid off our mortgage! I realize that this sounds like more than 1%.. but it really was just a series of 1% moves over the past 15 years that got us here. Every time we got a raise or reduced our expenses (especially when the kids no longer needed childcare) we automated that addition into our monthly mortgage payment. Now here we are 100% debt free. By the way, with home values up.. it is a good time to check if you have the right loan-to-value ratio to cancel PMI, that was a big help too!”

  • Lexie said, “1% actions I took over the past week: I went into my 401k account and optimized my investment allocation. I read through all the fact sheets of the different funds being offered and consolidated my current and future investments into an index fund that has my desired equity/bond exposure and the lowest expense ratio. The second 1% improvement was that I opened and funded my HSA account for the first time. I started learning about tax-advantaged accounts last year and started funding my Roth IRA last year. This year I continued my research and decided that an HSA would also be a good account for me to have so I took the action to set one up for myself.”

  • Amanda said, “I made my life 1% better this week by doing my taxes! I found the podcast in Dec 2020, so I was able to take actionable steps all throughout 2021 in order to help my tax bill. I’m an educator, so listening to episode 13 really got me headed in the right direction. I opened a 457, 403b, and started maxing out my 457 and my husband’s 401k. When tax season came for 2020, we ended up owing $3000!!! I was devastated and re-did our w4s in order to hopefully come out even this year. Since we have never put more than bare minimum in our tax deferred accounts, we didn’t do anything with the w4 to account for that. Holy cow. We did our tax return this week and we are getting back a whopping $16,000!!! Like, HOW?! It blows my mind how we made the exact same amount of money, saved way more than ever before, AND got a massive tax refund in 2021 as compared to 2020. I intend to try to learn more about taxes as this refund is not good either (Brad note: Amanda means it is too large and they can adjust withholding going forward), however we are doing better than last year! Thanks for everything, CHOOSEFI!”


The post FI Weekly – February 15, 2022: Financial Tracking Spreadsheets, A Life Well Lived appeared first on ChooseFI.

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan discuss the importance behind moment you decide it is time to make a change in your life. While making the decision to alter your life for the better is often easy, actually consistently carrying out that goal can be tough to do. We all hit road blocks, we all stray from our goals, but being able to correct your path is vital to actually changing for the better! Keep track of your progress and set yourself up to success!

Timestamps * 0:00 - Introductions * 1:09 - Favorite Two Days of the Year/Berkshire Hathaway * 6:18 - Bumming On The Couch Story * 12:36 - What Are You Pivoting Towards? * 16:07 - Making The FI Choice * 19:43 - Journaling Thoughts * 24:54 - What Compels Change? * 29:50 - Accountability * 33:10 - Subconscious Guard Rails * 38:10 - 1% Changes Add Up * 40:45 - The Goal of Paying Off Credit Card Debt * 43:10 - Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Berkshire Hathaway Letter to Shareholders * "The Happy Body" by Aniela and Jerzy Gregorek * Making Bold Moves with Dominick Quartuccio | ChooseFI Episode 355 * The Why Of FI | ChooseFi Episode 038 * How to Get Out of Debt | ChooseFI Episode 115R * Debt 101: The Ultimate Guide to Debt

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan question the notion of needing to escape from your life. While we all get tired of the mundane nuances that life throws at us, we often escape these constrictions by frivolously spending money during the hours in which we own our time. Taking a break isn't the worst thing on earth obviously, but reclaiming our time and spending it with who or what we love can help erase the feeling of needing to escape from the world! Take a look outside, it doesn't look too bad right?

Timestamps * 1:26- 8:28 | Introductions and Super Bowl Commercial Discussion * 8:28- 10:13 | Facebook Discussion * 10:13- 11:47 | What If You Didn't Need To Escape? * 11:47-14:26 | The Look Outside Test * 14:26- 23:20 | How We Escape * 23:20-32:05 | Compounding Healthy Hobbies * 32:05-41:55 | A Life Without The Need For Escaping * 41:55-43:43 | Conclusion

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * "Factfulness: Ten Reasons We're Wrong About the World--and Why Things Are Better Than You Think" by Hans Rosling, Anna Rosling Ronnlund, and Ola Rosling * "Your Money or Your Life: 9 Steps to Transforming Your Relationship with Money and Achieving Financial Independence" by Vicki Robin, Joe Dominguez, and Mr. Money Mustache * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan fixate on many different areas in life where improvements can be made and ways you could go about doing it! Whether it's your own cybersecurity, managing anxiety, or physical health, it is important for us to take care of ourselves in order to fully enjoy the life we are setting out to live. There are easy ways to make changes that could snowball into a brighter future for you!

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Hoopla * Chris Hutchins - All The Hacks * Library Extension for Chrome * Making Bold Moves with Dominick Quartuccio | EP 355 * How to Train for the “Centenarian Olympics” * Jerzy Gregorek Interview | The Tim Ferriss Show * "The Happy Body" by Jerzy and Aniela Gregorek * "Die With Zero" by Bill Perkins * Download Brian Feroldi's Anti Fragile Checklist Here! * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

Jonathan and Brad talk with Dan Sheeks about exactly what a 17-year-old should know when getting started on their financial journey. A detailed synthesis of this information can be found in Dan's book First to a Million.  

https://www.sheeksfreaks.com

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan continue their discussion from last week about digital asset investment! This time, they are taking a deeper look into decentralized finance and different ways that you can get involved in the digital asset realm if that is something you wish to do on your FI journey! Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Listen To Part One of Blockchain, Smart Contracts, and NFT's Here! * OpenSea * LooksRare * Follow Brad on Twitter! * Check Out Bao Bao Money Tree! * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan take a look at the blockchain and try to find where the actual value is within cryptocurrencies and digital asset investing. Join the guys as they define what certain digital assets are, discuss strategies for navigating the murky waters that is blockchain investing, and the importance behind not getting caught up in speculation! Remember to keep a long term mindset while working towards FI! Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Follow @BrianFeroldi on Twitter! * Etherscan * The Time Ferris Show | Episode 542 * Check Out ChooseFI's Facebook Group!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan discuss different ways in which you can position yourself to experience as many positive outcomes in your life as possible. Whether it's building credit, saving, investing, education, understanding the true meaning behind the word "compounding," or really any other aspect of your life, by knowing the rules and planning accordingly you can experience success in a manner that feels automatic at times. Carefully consider the ROI that comes with the decisions you make!

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Huberman Lab Podcast * Check Out ChooseFI's Travel Episodes! * Pre-Order Why Does The Stock Market Go Up? by Brian Feroldi * The True Cost Of Car Ownership | ChooseFI Episode 022

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

Now that you've done your beginning of the year audit, it's time to look at your finances through the lens of a SWOT analysis! In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan examine the strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats that may arise as you continue along your FI journey. By getting a strong grasp on the current state of your finances, hopefully you can begin to work towards turning your weaknesses into strengths, and your threats into opportunities!

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Join ChooseFI's Facebook Group! * Sean Mullaney - The FI Tax Guy * Early Retirement Now * Your Money or Your Life: 9 Steps to Transforming Your Relationship with Money and Achieving Financial Independence by Joe Dominguez, Vicki Robin, and Mr Money Mustache * Negotiate Your Salary With Tori Dunlap | ChooseFI Episode 147 * How to Negotiate Your Salary Without Burning Bridges | Financial Mechanic | ChooseFI Episode 211 * From Pandemic Layoff to $100k+ | A Salesforce Success Story | ChooseFI Episode 297 * Sign Up for the FREE Salesforce 5-Day Challenge! * 10 Ways to Increase Your Income With Alan Donegan | ChooseFI Episode 338

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

Welcome to 2022! In this week’s episode, Jonathan and Brad discuss starting your year by doing an audit of your current financial situation to highlight areas in which you can improve! It is critical to know how much you’re taking home in income and what your expenses over the coming year will look like. That way you can start molding your journey to FI over the course of 2022!

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Subscribe to The FI Weekly! * Check Out The FI Pathfinder!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In our final episode of 2021, Brad and Jonathan pick up where they left off last week as they continue to listen to your end of year wins! It is truly amazing to hear about all the accomplishments our listeners met in 2021, and we hope you continue to ride that momentum into 2022! Thank you for an amazing year, and we hope the future is full of many more wins within our amazing community!

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * The Stages and Checkpoints of FI | ChooseFI Episode 324 * Jillian Johnsrud * Welcome To The FI Community | ChooseFI Episode 100 * Playing With FIRE * First-Time Home Buyer | BiggerPockets | ChooseFI Episode 312 * Negotiate Your Salary With Tori Dunlap | ChooseFI Episode 147 * How to Negotiate Your Salary Without Burning Bridges | Financial Mechanic | ChooseFI Ep 211 * Sean Mullaney, The FI Tax Guy * Families Fly Free | ChooseFI Episode 353 * Follow Brad on Twitter! * Follow Land Shark on Twitter! * Setting up a Special Needs Trust | ChooseFI Episode 108 * Subscribe to The FI Weekly!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

Happy Holidays! However, the holidays are not the only reason we are festive around this time of the year. Join Brad and Jonathan as they celebrate your end of the year wins! This episode is dedicated to all the amazing steps our community members have made throughout 2021, and we hope you continue to make strides on your FI journey as we move into 2022! Congratulations to everybody who has made progress this year and stick around for part two coming out next Monday!

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Money Letters To My Daughter with Jackie Cummings Koski | ChooseFI Episode 161 * Subscribe to The FI Weekly! * Join ChooseFI's Facebook group! * Control Your Tax Rate |013R| ChooseFI Episode 013 * Eat Healthy and Save Money with the Laura Barrett Cookbook * Salesforce: A Lucrative Career and No Degree or Tech Background Needed * Physician On FIRE | FI For Medical Professionals | Financial Freedom Vs Financial Independence * Join Your Local ChooseFI Group * Crush Your Travel Costs With ChooseFI! * Mr. Money Mustache * The Mad Fientist

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan are joined by Dominick Quartuccio from "The Great Man Within" to discuss making bold moves while on the path to bettering yourself. Although it may be inconvenient, making one bold move can snowball into a life full of adventure, self-development, and unexpected happiness! Join the trio as they discuss what can dictate a bold move, signs that you may be ready to level up an area of your life, generating ideas for bold moves, and so much more!

Dominick Quartuccio * Website: The Great Man Within * Podcast: The Great Man Within

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Design Your Future: 3 Simple Steps to Stop Drifting and Start Living by Dominick Quartuccio * Design The Next Year of Your Life Masterclass * Send us an email! feedback@choosefi.com * Design Your Future | Dominick Quartuccio | ChooseFI Episode 033 * Drift | Dominick Quartuccio | ChooseFI Episode 096 * Designing Your Year For 2021 | Dominick Quartuccio | ChooseFI Episode 270

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week’s episode, Brad and Jonathan discuss planning your short and longterm FI goals in a manner that is realistic to your current situation. By taking an approach that favors longterm success as opposed to rapid growth, you can position yourself in a manner that will allow for luck to strike as you continue your FI journey! Be sure to plan for the probable and possible outcomes in your life!

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Last Pass * 1Password * Runaway Winners and the Balanced Portfolio with Brian Feroldi | ChooseFI Episode 350 * Talent Stacker * JL Collins' Simple Path to Wealth * Financial Independence 101

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan are joined by Lyn Mettler from "Families Fly Free" to discuss optimizing your travel rewards when traveling with family! Join the trio as they discuss different ways to utilize travel rewards programs so you can be one step closer to finally taking the vacations of your dreams!

Lyn Mettler * Website: Families Fly Free with Go To Travel Gal * Podcast: Families Fly Free Podcast

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Travel Rewards: How To Travel The World For Almost Free (The Easy Way) ChooseFI Ep. 009

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan are joined by Measure Twice Money's founder Cody Garrett! Together, they discuss important details about DIY financial planning, such as identifying where you do and don't need help with your financial planning, exercising the rational and reasonable approach when financial planning, and ways you can properly prioritize your spending! Also, the trio shares important information you should know before selecting a financial planner.

Cody Garrett * Website: Measure Twice Money * Blog: Measure Twice Money's Blog

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Cody's Interview on FA Success * Sean Mullaney * Annual CFP Roundtable 2017 with Kyle Mast and Danny Kenny | ChooseFI Episode 058 * Jorge Soriano - Financial Planning For Good * Mike Powers - Manuka Financial * XY Planning Network

Measure Twice Money's Data Gathering Checklist

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan are joined by Sean Mullaney to get a jump start on 2021's tax planning season. Together, they discuss managing Backdoor Roth IRAs before the 12/31 deadline, changes to the relevant tax regulations, amended returns, solo 401k's for contractors and entrepreneurs, and so much more! Listen along to see if any of the information shared can be applicable to your own tax planning this season!

Sean Mullaney * Website: The FI Tax Guy * Blog: The FI Tax Guy Blog * Twitter: @SeanMoneyandTax

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Subscribe to the FI Weekly! * The Backdoor Roth IRA and December 31st * IRS Instructions for Form 8606 * White Coat Investor's Backdoor Roth IRA Tutorial * Solo 401ks, SEP IRA's, and the 2021 Stimulus

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

As always, the discussion is general and educational in nature and does not constitute tax, investment, legal, or financial advice with respect to any particular individual or taxpayer. Please consult your own advisors regarding your own unique situation. Sean Mullaney and ChooseFI Publishing are currently under contract to publish a book authored by Sean Mullaney.

View Details

With volatile assets like Tesla stock, Ethereum, and Bitcoin, how do you keep a level head while investing? In this week’s episode, Brad and Jonathan are joined by friend of the show Brian Feroldi to discuss managing your runaway winner investments and balancing your portfolio! Listen along as Brian shares his strategies for evaluating stocks, creating guidelines for yourself as an investor, and mentally preparing yourself for the highs and lows of investing!

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Brian’s Anti-Fragile Checklist! * Subscribe to ChooseFI’s Weekly Newsletter!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence * Track your personal finances with Personal Capital * Compare, buy, and save big on insurance with Policygenius * Keep learning or start a new sidehustle with one of our educational courses * Slash your cellphone bill without sacrificing service with Mint Mobile

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan discuss the importance of knowing the difference between paper returns and real returns. If an asset has a certain value in the market, it does not mean that said value will exist once an attempt to liquidate the asset is made! Later in the episode, they dip into the mailbag and answer listener questions about episode 332 and tax planning!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Follow Brad on Twitter! * Millenial Revolution * Raising Your Money-Savvy Family For Next Generation Financial Independence by Carol Pittner and Doug Nordman * Second Generation FI 401k Spreadsheet * Subscribe to the FI Weekly! * Join ChooseFI's Facebook Group! * Transform Your Tax Return Into a Springboard for Financial Planning | ChooseFI Episode 332

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan discuss the rules that financially dictate how we all play the game of life. Together, they point out that knowing the rules can allow you to experience the beneficial side of tax planning, maximizing your benefits, and utilizing your travel rewards! The rules may seem complicated on the surface, but once you understand them, you can start absolutely crushing your path to FI!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Why We Sleep by Matthew Walker, PhD * Animal Spirits Podcast * Are Solar Panels Worth The Investment? * Follow Brian Feroldi on Twitter! * Get a copy of Brian Feroldi's Anti-Fragile Checklist * Optimize Your Travel Expenses! * The True Cost of Car Ownership | ChooseFI Episode 022 * How Do I Figure Out The Taxes On This? | ChooseFI Episode 346

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week’s episode, Brad and Jonathan discuss how critical it is to fully understand what the statistics and numeric values describing your investment returns actually represent. They do so by describing what compound annual growth rate is, explaining the logic behind the 4 percent rule, and by referencing helpful insights gained in previous episodes of ChooseFI! Later in the show, the guys are joined by Rob Phelan from “The Simple Startup” to discuss second generation FI, the benefits of teaching children and teenagers about entrepreneurship, and Rob’s new children’s book M is for Money!

Rob Phelan * Website: The Simple Startup * Book: M is for Money

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * ChooseFI’s Future Value of Investment Calculator * Early Retirement Now * Making Portfolio Adjustments With Big ERN | ChooseFI Episode 199 * How Do I Figure Out the Taxes on This? | ChooseFI Episode 346 * Flexible Spending Rules For Early Retirees | ChooseFI Episode 176 * What Happens When The Paycheck Stops? – Keys To A Successful Retirement With Fritz Gilbert (Part 1) | ChooseFI Episode 206 * 102 Business Ideas for Kids | Simple Startup with Arianna and Sheila | ChooseFI Episode 308 * Future Proof | ChooseFI Episode 271

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan examine the concept of assets and where they fit in your general tax strategy. Together, they discuss the different factors that effect how and when you pay your taxes, compare the differences between Roth IRA's and 401k's, and explore potentially beneficial ways in which after-tax investments and 401k's overlap!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation

  • The Unfair (FI) Advantage Of Teachers 457b | ChooseFI Episode 13
  • The Millionaire Educator's 2021 Free Money Article
  • Subscribe To ChooseFI's Weekly Newsletter

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan talk about the benefits behind creating the space needed in life for you to challenge yourself. While it may be tempting to relax in place with your new-found free time, you should be using it as an opportunity for growth! Who knows, you could even find yourself in a career you never thought you'd be in, making more than you ever thought you could earn! Listen along as the guys tell you the steps needed to execute a masterful career pivot!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * The Laura Barrett Cookbook * You Are More Than Your Financial Capital with Laura Oldanie | ChooseFI Episode 248 * $1K 100 Ways with Nick Loper | ChooseFI Episode 336 * Subscribe to the FI Weekly! * Take the Free 5-Day Salesforce Challenge!

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan discuss how risk avoidance can weigh down your returns in the form of opportunity costs. While your savings may be safe, you could be missing out on opportunities for your money to work on your behalf! Join the guys as they discuss the rule of 72, inflation, and diversifying as opposed to "deworsifying!"

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * "Richer, Wiser, Happier" By William Green * "The Psychology of Money" By Morgan Housel * Are You as Diversified as You Think You Are? With Frank Vasquez | ChooseFI Episode 313 * JL Collins' Website * Sign Up For ChooseFI's Weekly Newsletter!

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan are joined for the "many-ith" time by Jillian Johnsrud to discuss her new book, "Fire The Haters." Together, they dissect some of the themes from Jillian's book, which leads to discussions about overcoming imposter syndrome, taking action, acknowledging valid feedback, and identifying the difference between procrastination and preparation!

Jillian Johnsrud * Website: jillianjohnsrud.com * Podcast: Everyday Courage

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * "Fire The Haters" by Jillian Johnsrud * ChooseFI's Facebook Group

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

When things are good, is it the right move to settle in place? In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan discuss the nature of good, and how things being good is often the biggest obstacle standing in the way of things being great. After all, there is no opportunity for growth if you linger in a state of complacency!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Built to Last: Successful Habits of Visionary Companies by Jim Collins * Good to Great: Why Some Companies Make the Leap and Others Don't by Jim Collins * Early Retirement Extreme * Pimsleur * Subscribe to ChooseFI's Weekly Newsletter! * Follow Brad on Twitter!

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan discuss the benefits of slightly diverting from the FI mindset and spending more on meaningful purchases. While splurging can be a slippery slope, calculated splurging can yield large returns in terms of enjoyment, opportunity, and time!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * PaperKarma * Opt Out Prescreen * FI Weekly: May 11,2021 * ChooseFI Episode 076: Planned Spontaneity with Mrs. Adventure Rich * ChooseFI Episode 048: The Happy Philosopher | The Happiest Man in the Room * ChooseFI Episode 337: Ordinary Sherpa with Heidi Dusek * Find Your Local ChooseFI Group! * Follow Brad on Twitter! * Follow ChooseFI on Twitter! * TurboTax TaxCaster * SmartAsset

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan reopen the mailbag which prompts a discussion examining the true monetary value behind collectable items, and why finding that diamond in the rough could inherently be more valuable than actual diamonds! We also hear about some fantastic wins the community has experienced, plus some insight on how to operate a high-earning lemonade stand with your kids!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Subscribe to ChooseFI's Weekly Newsletter! * Mr. Money Mustache * Animal Spirits Podcast * Frugal Fringe's Diamond Article * Lower Your Internet, Cable, and Phone Bills with Trim * Nextdoor

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan dive into the mailbag and respond to listener emails! Throughout the episode, you'll hear about some of the wins those in our community have experienced, ranging from having the power to take back and optimize personal time, to 2nd graders discussing the FI movement with their teacher!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation

  • ChooseFI's Facebook Group
  • Sign up for ChooseFI's Weekly Newsletter!
  • Take The 5-Day FI Challenge
  • Talent Stacker

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

While slashing your expenses can certainly accelerate your path to financial independence, what if it also begins to slash at your own happiness and wellbeing? In this week’s episode, Brad and Jonathan are joined by Alan Donegan from the Rebel Entrepreneur podcast, who attempts to solve this dilemma by discussing 10 ways in which you can increase your income. This way, you can still enjoy the smaller luxuries in your life while maintaining a strong roadmap to financial independence!

Alan Donegan * Website: Alan Donegan * Podcast: Rebel Entrepreneur

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * ChooseFI Episode 23: Career Hacking With ESI Money * ChooseFI Episode 147: Negotiate Your Salary With Tori Dunlap * ChooseFI Episode 211: How to Negotiate Your Salary Without Burning Bridges With The Financial Mechanic * Rebel Entrepreneur Coaching Series * ChooseFI Episode 117: Making The Case For Part Time With Bradley Rice * ChooseFI Episode 158: Real Hourly Wage With The Frugal Engineers * Millenial Revolution * ChooseFI Episode 233: Networking With Jordan Harbinger * Influence by Robert B. Cialdini * Rebel Business School Negotiation Course Notes * The Ultimate Sales Machine by Chet Holmes * ChooseFI Episode 129: Breaking The Glass Ceiling With Liz From Chief Mom Officer * Toastmasters International * Rebel Entrepreneur: 5 Ways to Build A Business With No Debt

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

Does settling down and starting a family really mean that your days of adventuring are over? In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan are joined by Heidi Dusek from the Ordinary Sherpa Podcast, who firmly believes that having a family doesn't mean that your ability to adventure disappears! Heidi shares with the guys strategies that you can implement with your family to ensure you continue to exercise your "adventure muscle!"

Heidi Dusek * Website: Ordinary Sherpa * Podcast: Ordinary Sherpa

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Find A Local Group * Vincent Pugliese's Total Life Freedom * Jillian Johnsrud * Everyday Adventure Newsletter * ChooseFI Episode 76; Planned Spontaneity with Mrs. Adventure Rich

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan are joined by author, podcaster, and entrepreneur Nick Loper from Side Hustle Nation. In their conversation, Nick emphasizes that thinking creatively when looking to start an entrepreneurial journey can lead to a surprisingly successful endeavor. Nick also cited examples he has came across after starting his "1k, 100 ways" project, and how the right idea for a side-hustle could evolve into a full time business!

Nick Loper * Website: Side Hustle Nation * Podcast: The Side Hustle Show

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * $1000, 100 Ways by Nick Loper * Tools of Titans by Tim Ferris * Tribe of Mentors by Tim Ferris * The Sweaty Startup * The Financial Mentor

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan get introspective and examine the choices that everybody has laid out for them in their lifetimes. Together, they ponder why so many choose only the cookie-cutter options in life, and how taking the path less traveled can lead to happiness you never even knew was possible.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation

  • Maslow's Hierarchy of Needs
  • Into The Wind with Brandon Pearce
  • Subscribe to our Newsletter!
  • ChooseFI Local Groups

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's two-part episode, Brad and Jonathan provide personal examples and insight on relatively safe ways to experiment with your FI investment plan! Later in the show, Sean Mullaney joins the guys to discuss revocable living trusts and how they can fit in with the, "hard to think about," side of future tax planning!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Tax Basis for Beginners * Transferring A Primary Residence To Children * What Does Inflation Mean for Investors? With Big ERN | EP 331 * Are You as Diversified as You Think You Are? With Frank Vasquez | EP 313 * Risk Parity Radio * Transform Your Tax Return Into a Springboard for Financial Planning | EP 332

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan are joined by Jillian Johnsrud, the host of the Everyday Courage podcast and fellow FI guru. Jillian shares with the guys the concept behind a mini-retirement, or in other words taking an extended period of time off outside of the so called "golden years." Together, the trio discussed the benefits of mini-retirements, strategies for optimizing your time while mini-retired, and how to properly prepare for a mini-retirement!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * The Four Hour Work Week by Tim Ferriss * Episode 147 | Negotiating Your Salary with Tori Dunlap * Adventures to FI Retreat * 6 Steps To Taking A Mini-Retirement * Jillians Free 10-Day Life Planning Course

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this week's episode, Brad and Jonathan are joined by none other than the "FI Tax Guy" himself, Sean Mullaney. Together, they highlight reasons why your tax return may not be such a great thing, and the different ways you can leverage your tax planning to your own advantage!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation

  • From Tax Returns To Tax Planning
  • Solo 401(k) to Reduce 2021 AGI

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

Big ERN (a.k.a. Karsten) from "Early Retirement Now" makes his return to the podcast in this week's episode! With Brad and Jonathan, Big ERN gives us the lowdown on what inflation is, the role inflation plays in the world economy, and the effect inflation can have on a variety of investments!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation

  • Start Your Journey to FI Here

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this episode, Brad and Jonathan sit down with Paula Pant, author of the ebook Escape and creator of the blog and podcast Afford Anything. As a group, the trio discuss the current landscape of the housing market, whats different between it now and 14 years ago, some tips and ticks for buyers, and whether or not the current housing market is in a bubble!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation

  • Sign up for Paula and Jonathan's Live Event on 6/28!

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this episode, Brad and Jonathan take a look at popular portfolios in the financial independence community and lay down a structure of comparison for them in a fashion similar to that of a horse race! Join us during the longitudinal study to find out which of these various investment strategies is the right fit for you!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation

  • All The Hacks with Chris Hutchins
  • Level Up Your Dividend Strategy and Optimize Your Portfolio
  • JL Collins
  • Paul Merriman
  • Paula Pant

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this episode, Brad and Jonathan discuss investment strategies with Brian Feroldi, a seasoned veteran of the stock market and author for The Motley Fool. Brian shares with Brad and Jonathan some insight into the current landscape of the market, why some stocks perform the way they do, and why it is important to take a look at the business behind the stock and not just the value of that company's shares.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation

  • ARK Fund
  • Brian's Checklist and Early Book Access

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this episode, Brad and Jonathan are joined by Alan Donegan, an entrepreneurial guru and host of the "Rebel Entrepreneur" podcast. Together, the trio discuss their own entrepreneurial journeys, tips and strategies for up and coming entrepreneurs, and where entrepreneurship could fit within your FI journey!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Salesforce 5-Day Challenge * ChooseFI Facebook Group * The Four Hour Work Week by Timothy Ferris * Millennial Revolution * Mr. Money Mustache

Want to start your own journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!

View Details

In this episode, Brad and Jonathan take a look at the ways in which people aren't properly marketing themselves. By running through a thought experiment, Brad and Jonathan uncover skills, abilities, and valuable traits that may be absent from your resume. They also discuss imposter syndrome and how it can lead to selling yourself short.   Resource from the episode:   Salesforce for Everyone

View Details

In this episode, Brad and Jonathan reexamine the stages and checkpoints of Financial Independence. In our community, many people are just trying to figure out where they are on this path to FI. While every individual’s journey will be unique, when you can gamify the process, the journey can be more rewarding and enjoyable.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation

  • Raising Your Money-Savvy Family For Next-Generation Financial Independence
  • Subscribe to Brad’s newsletter, The FI Weekly
  • The Simple Startup Summer Challenge
  • Clothing Shop Online

Want to start your own Journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!  

View Details

In this episode, Brad and Jonathan reexamine the stages and checkpoints of Financial Independence. In our community, a lot of people are just trying to figure out where they are on this path to FI, and while every individual's journey is going to be unique, when you can gamify the process, the journey can be more rewarding and enjoyable.

Want to start your own Journey to Financial Independence? Sign up for the free 5-Day FI Challenge here!  

View Details

  • Curious about cryptocurrencies? Is it investing or is it gambling? It’s a topic the community has a lot of questions on, so in this episode we create. framework for the conversation and explore the nuances.
  • In the US, we generally want for nothing and true scarcity is something we haven’t recently experienced until this year and suddenly being presented with it creates some interesting psychological reactions.
  • It’s good to position yourself to be ahead of the game and be prepared when you hear reports of activities that might affect the supply chain. You don’t want to be doing something at the exact same time as everybody else. See trends, think outside the box, and make your moves ahead of time.
  • Colonial Pipeline paid to resolve their ransomware attack with a cryptocurrency, specifically, Bitcoin. Gas pumps on the east coast may be getting back to normal soon, but there’s an ongoing pump and dump issue with crypto.
  • The stories of insanely high levels of return from crypto are all over the news and social media, creating a sense of missing out for those who aren’t in the game. So should crypto have a role in your plan for financial independence?
  • For Brad, cryptocurrencies have always felt like pure speculation, which is the hope that you can buy it and then sell it later to someone else for more money. Although he is leery of all cryptocurrencies in general, he is interested in learning about the entire sphere of crypto because of all the innovation with decentralized finance and potential for smart contracts and NFTs.
  • Although Brad believes there could be work-changing potential, he knows he’s not knowledgeable enough to know what it will look like or pick a particular company or cryptocurrency.
  • Bitcoin was the first cryptocurrency to experience mass adoption and the most valuable on a per coin basis. Its value has increased ten times in the last year alone and yet it isn’t the crypto with the highest rate of return.
  • At its core, Bitcoin is code. While only 21 million of the coins will ever exist, because it is code, it can be cloned or forked to add new features. There’s nothing magical about it that makes it worth $40,000 or $60,000 per coin.
  • There are close to 10,000 different cryptocurrencies all with unique features and various values. Some have done well and some have done insane, but without the benefit of hindsight, you don’t know which are yours.
  • It’s important to understand the different parameters that drive the value of a coin, what a pump is, and how they can run in parallel to affect the price.
  • In contrast, investing is when you buy an asset of known value and it produces a return of some regular amount over a period of time.
  • There are some who state Bitcoin is digital gold. When asked his thoughts on gold, Warren Buffet said that he had no idea where it would be in five years but he knows it won’t do anything between now and then except look at you while Coca-Cola and Wells Fargo will be making money. He would rather invest in something that can produce.
  • Jonathan notes that while we are all on the same path directionally, we aren’t always going to agree. Though it’s true gold doesn’t produce anything, he sees it as an excellent store of value and has been more open to gambling on the Doge cryptocurrency.
  • Gold has increased in value over the years, not because it produced anything but because the dollar has lost value to inflation while gold has held its value. The same argument could be made for crypto due to the limits on the number of coins.
  • Unlike physical gold, crypto is a lot easier to store, liquidate, transfer, and transport.
  • Cryptocurrencies have value because we say it has value. Although Brad believes the use cases are still small, he’s open to learning new information.
  • In Episode 099 of the podcast, Michael Peterson discussed his non-profit in El Salvador. The use of Bitcoin there has cut down on friction and the fees for sending money from the US to El Salvador.
  • Crypto is different from gold though because it is code and we don’t know what it will look like a few years from now. For instance, there are six different versions of Bitcoin.
  • Bitcoin takes a lot of energy because of its mining concept for its transactions. All of the Bitcoin mining around the world takes up more energy than the country of Argentina. Other coins use no energy, so Elon Musk has said Tesla will look for cryptos that use less than 1% of the energy of Bitcoin.
  • Crypto as a store of value use case has not been proven out yet. Gold, unlike cryptos, has a long history as a store of value and is less like to disappear from our memories like Blockbuster.
  • DogeCoin started out as a joke and has grown to a total value of $54 million whose value can move up or down dramatically just based on a Tweet from Elon Musk.
  • Last November, Jonathan put $150 into DogeCoin when it was $0.009 a coin. When he looked at it again recently, the price was in the neighborhood of $0.40 a coin.
  • There are 130 billion DogeCoin and unlike Bitcoin, they can make more. since it uses less than the 1% of the energy Bitcoin does, Elon Mush began Tweeting about it and pumping the price of DogeCoin.
  • Because he didn’t see a use case for it or think the value of DogeCoin would increase dramatically again, Jonathan sold it before it lost value to an Elon Musk Tweet.
  • Brad thinks that Jonathan looked at it the right way because he viewed his DogeCoin purchase as gambling. Unlike owning shares of an actual company that can be used to calculate a company’s market cap, crypto is just code. DogeCoin can and does just make more.
  • After selling his DogeCoin, Jonathan took $1,500 of the money to invest in another energy-efficient coin with similar features, running on a secure network, with a 10 billion coin lifetime limit. That coin skyrocketed and he sold it before it later came back down.
  • Cryptocurrencies are susceptible to pump and dump. Jonathan felt a need to do this show not because he’s a genius with crypto, but because others are potentially losing massively, like whoever bought his coin.
  • Anyone can create a cryptocurrency and begin selling a smaller portion of it on social media, building the hype around the coin and pumping up the price. The value increases dramatically, the creators and the early adopters begin to sell and deleveraging their position and let the coin die. As they dump their coin, those who bought to the top lose their shirts.
  • Some of these pump and dump scenarios are scams from the creation, but sometimes good coins get pulled in and pumped by a group trying to control the market.
  • Jonathan sold his coin when he found out 80% of the coin was held by just two addresses and the rug could be pulled out from under him at any time. Although he made money, his success is not replicable.
  • There is a case to be made for gambling as entertainment. You just need to go in knowing that there is a high likelihood that you are walking out with nothing left.
  • Brad believes in the decades to follow a couple of winners will emerge and their technology will change the world dramatically. You can prepare for it by educating yourself.
  • Speculation can be a continuum. It can be high-risk with varying levels of confidence and potentially high levels of return.
  • For cryptocurrencies, Jonathan likes those with a pre-mined amount, are energy-efficient, have liquidity and a lot of partnerships, have utility, play nice with banks and adhere to anti-laundering and anti-terrorism laws. He also believes that while these were created to exist outside of regulation, regulations are coming.
  • When taking everything he’s learned about cryptocurrencies into consideration, Jonathan can decide on what cryptocurrencies to purchase that is more calculated than pure speculation.

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * ChooseFI Episode 099 Generous Giving on the Path to FI | Michael Peterson

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

Dennison, a member of the FI community and recent Salesforce success story, joined the guys today for a special interview. He expressed to us that being adaptable and willing to change your world viewpoints on the fly (especially in the face of the COVID pandemic) has allowed him to achieve great financial and personal success.

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Talent Stacker Salesforce 5-Day Challenge * ChooseFI Episode 117 Making the Case for Part-Time With Bradley Rice

View Details

What You’ll Get Out Of Today’s Show * Picking back up with our ChooseFI Households of FI family, Zach and Marilyn to hear about all of the incredible progress they’ve made since their last episode. * Like most people, the last year has turned Zach and Marilyn’s life upside down, only their’s has been positive. Following their conversation with Paula Pant in Episode 247, they were felt encouraged to move forward with a real estate investment when the numbers made sense rather than waiting for a property that met all the specific criteria. * Within two months of their conversation with Paula, they purchased the home they are currently living in. Since then, they have put money in renovations and just rented out the basement apartment. * Although the original plan was to do a live-in flip, they are now house hacking after taking out a mortgage with a 2% interest rate thanks to their excellent credit, making their new mortgage the same as the mortgage on their previous home that was half the size. Plus, the basement apartment rent is covering the entire mortgage and then some. * Zach finished school in 2020 and began working in his field earning a good raise. Rather than let the raise inflate their lifestyle, Zach put the entire raise into his 457 plan. * Between saving more than $1,000 a month on a mortgage and putting $1,000 a month into a 457, Zach and Marilyn have created more than $24,000 of space in their financial lives. * Although five years ago, they never would have dreamed of being in their current position, they attribute frugality and long-term planning for their success. * Being on the path to FI feels so good that it’s something Zach talks to people in his everyday life about. He thinks if you adopt the long-term mindset and stick it out during the first five or six years, seeing the end from the beginning becomes less overwhelming. * Marilyn says that not having debt hanging over their heads has improved their quality of life a hundredfold. While it did take them six or seven years to get there, it wouldn’t have happened at all if they hadn’t taken that first step. * In looking toward the future, they have created FU money, which they’ve already reaped the rewards of. When Marilyn’s employer told her to come back to work 100% after successfully working from home during the last year, she decided to quit rather than put her kids back into daycare. * Jonathan appreciates the power of no and says sometimes when you can say no to your employer, it puts you in a position of power where they might be willing to negotiate. * Zach and Marilyn’s have no mortgage payment, drive paid-off cars, and have an abundance mindset that allows them to live off around $30,000 and want for nothing. In fact, Marilyn uses a hack from Brad and uses an Old Navy credit card for their spending, and earns points to buy clothes for his kids. * In comparison, most other American families spend $30,000 on just shelter and car payments. * When leaving previous jobs, Marilyn always felt a bit of panic, wondering how they would make things work, but with living expenses taken care of, they were in a different place. She felt none of that panic. * Zach grew up without a lot of money and a scarcity mindset. When interacting with people who were well off, he often felt if that person was wealthy that he couldn’t be. The path to FI has been a mind shift to understanding that everybody can win and to a level of empathy. * What’s next for Zach and Marilyn? Since they are saving more money than ever before, they are interested in optimizing what they do with it. They have considered more rental properties, but prices are high and inventory is low. Index fund investing is another option. * Prices are high in their area and they looked into renting out their current home, but it doesn’t meet the 1% rule. They would need to geo-arbitrage a second rental. * If they were to purchase another property, the downpayment would likely come from an old 401k of Marilyn’s. Zach has looked at rolling it into a self-directed IRA for real estate. * Since Marilyn left that employer her 401k is with, it should have triggered the option to roll it over to an IRA without creating a taxable event as long as she follows her plan’s rules. * They also have an interest in diversification, but with the real estate market so high, they want to have cash on hand to make a move if it dips. And if the stock market does something crazy, Zach and Marilyn want to be prepared for it. * They want to invest, just with a shorter time horizon, so they need to invest somewhere with less risk. * Jonathan says they need to invest like a 55 or 60-year-old. They can achieve that with investments that provide either income stability or a negative correlation. * They would love to be able to pay for their next property with cash, but they don’t know when the next deal that makes sense will pop up. It could be anytime in the next five years and ideally, they would like to have at least $75,000 saved up for it. * Although Zach and Marilyn want to do what’s the most optimal with their money, Brad says it really should be what they are comfortable with. Investing in real estate isn’t for everyone and may provide comparable returns to the stock market. They should keep communicating and figuring out what works for them at the moment as it’s impossible to predict where they will be in five years. * Jonathan thinks it won’t take long to reach financial independence. With annual expenses of just $30,000, they will need $875,000 to hit FI. With $80,000 in investments and adding $1,500 to it each month, they will have $229,000 in 5 years. In ten years, they will have $451,000, and in 15 years, it will reach $783,000 if nothing else changes. * Future raises, additional rental properties, or Marilyn returning to work can only speed their path to FI. Both Brad and Jonathan believe they can achieve FI in 10-12 years.

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * ChooseFI Episode 247 Households of FI-Zach and Marilyn Talk Real Estate Investing With Paul Pant * ChooseFI Episode 091 Rich Carey Real Estate | Building a Rental Real Estate Snowball Machine Without Debt * ChooseFI Episode 313 Are you as Diversified as You Think You Are? With Frank Vasquez

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • The nature of work has drastically changed over the last year. Has its impact on you been negative or positive? And does that impact your choices on the path to financial independence?
  • As a result of these changes, how we do work is something we can now question and work to make it align with how we want our weeks and months to look like.
  • The concept of a Red X month is something first introduced to us by Vincent Pugliese and one that has been sacred to the Barrett Family. Brad puts a big red X through the month of August each year so they can spend the month doing whatever they want. The ability to do that is a benefit of FI.
  • In order to spend more time with family, this summer, the show will move from its standard two shows a week format, to just once a week.
  • What is your why? Brad says the words “enough” and “balance” pop into his head. We are driven to get to the point of financial independence but it can sometimes be difficult to find balance or understand when it’s enough.
  • Success isn’t how much money you have in your bank account or how high your savings rate is. It’s having balance and living a life by design.
  • Jonathan is reminded of a phrase, “What got you here, won’t get you there.” All of the work that goes into earning more, spending less, and optimizing the difference puts you at risk of losing sight of your why. At some point, you need to wind it down and step away.
  • The one-more-year syndrome where you worry you might not have enough comes from a scarcity mindset. It can be easier and less scary to keep doing what you are doing. The hard work is psychological and needs to be contemplated years before leaving work.
  • You can start doing the work ahead of time by starting small and experimenting. Jonathan doesn’t know that he would be good at vacations. He’s always thinking about something related to this community or Talent Stacker. He realizes that comes at the cost of missing out on spending quality time with his family and his life may be out of balance. He thinks Brad is probably better at handling the contentment side of things.
  • Many of us feel like if we aren’t actively trying to advance that we are failing. When you are in a position of strength and know what you value and where you can provide value, you can design a work life that works for you.
  • A lot of employers are looking at how they can save money with less physical real estate. You have the chance to be a squeaky wheel and present your employer with a work proposal and provides them with an ROI they are looking for.
  • Work is not always going to be stress-free. Where does it cross the line from reasonable to toxic?
  • Brad thinks he feels stressed more than he should for his overall level of stress, but that it’s because he is out of balance. He suspects it’s due to a feeling of only being half there and a constant feeling of guilt.
  • Life isn’t perfect and neither are we. We need to have some self-compassion, realize our issues, and try to get a little bit better every day.
  • If you conduct a root cause analysis on your stress, you can figure out a way to solve it.
  • Jonathan says that his pharmacy job was a former source of stress because it didn’t meet his needs for autonomy, mastery, purpose, identity, and connection. Having FU money enabled him to leave it behind to pursue ChooseFI instead.
  • Knowing what your options are is one way of dealing with a toxic work situation. You can start by testing small and doing things to make your life a little bit better.
  • You don’t need anyone else’s stamp of approval anymore. It’s not necessary to go into debt to start a business and there’s never been a better time to start learning for free.
  • Balance has characteristics that are identifiable. It feels like you are in control of your time and you are able to allocate it where you want. If you have autonomy, mastery, purpose, identity, and connection, you should be able to control your time.

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * ChooseFI Episode 211 How to Negotiate Your Salary Without Burning Bridges | Financial Mechanic * ChooseFI Episode 168 Make Time * Sign up for the free 5-day challenge

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

What You’ll Get Out Of Today’s Show * Do you want to give your children the tools they need to guarantee their path to financial independence? If you give them the right skills, becoming a millionaire can be a mathematical certainty. * Achieving the objective of becoming a millionaire isn’t nearly as important as the process of getting there. Success is in the journey. * For many of us, we made a lot of mistakes before finding the right information and learning that there is a better way. * When you understand the power of compounding, you know how plausible it is to become a millionaire, and what you need to put away each month to get there. * Much of the journey comes down to mindset, empowerment, and believing that you can make changes to better your life. It starts with the little changes that make your life 1% better. * It’s time to stretch the tactics we use and apply them to a different age bracket. We generally talk about investing timelines starting around the age of 20. But how early could you really get started and why would you want to get started at an earlier age? * For Brad, the reason is dual-pronged. He thinks the concept of saving for retirement is misdirected and he would frame it differently. Retirement is so far in the future, it’s harder to get behind during your younger years. However, the concept of financial independence is something people are more willing to take action on. * Financial independence means you can control your time and have the autonomy to make decisions and you can take advantage of retirement vehicles such as 401Ks and Roth IRAs to reach FI. * Financial independence is a better framework for talking about and planning what it is you want to do with your life as well as giving yourself options. * The Make Your Kid a Millionaire article emphasizes Roth IRAs. Bradd says there has never been a great explanation of how people can take advantage of a Roth IRA for children who have earned income. * Most children don’t have jobs that allow them to contribute to a 401K, 403b, or 457. A source of earned income does allow them to make after-tax contributions to a Roth IRA where that money can grow tax-free forever. * A 12-year-old will have 47 years of compound growth before making withdrawals. All of the growth, dividends, and capital gains distributions will be tax-free compared to an investment account where they would be taxed. * The current limit for Roth IRAs is $6,000, but you may only put as much of that limit in as you have earned. A child earning $5,000 in a year would only be able to contribute $5,000, not the $6,000 limit. * Although ChooseFI doesn’t generally suggest the Roth IRA as the first investment vehicle to use, the strategy is different for children. * For adults, some financial independence strategies help to control your marginal tax rate using specific pre-tax retirement accounts. * When adults are in a low marginal tax bracket, an argument can be made for locking in the low tax rate with Roth contributions. * However, children with much lower incomes, already have low marginal tax rates. Since they can generally only choose from traditional or Roth IRAs, it’s likely in their best interest to pay the small amount of tax and then shelter that income from taxes for the rest of their lives. * Although allowance and pay for chores around the house don’t count for earned income, there are some categories of work kids may do that do count but you’ll want to be careful documenting, such as newspaper routes, babysitting, mowing lawns at other people’s homes, acting, photography, acting, modeling, or working for a parental-owned business. * Regular jobs at private or public companies that comply with your state’s child labor laws definitely count as earned income. * In the article, an example used discusses a child who mows lawns and earns $4,000. His parents decide to contribute $3,000 to a Roth IRA. The contribution does not need to be made with the exact same money the child earns. Parents or grandparents could make the contribution as long as it does not exceed the earned income or IRA contribution limits. * Matching programs are a great way to teach financial lessons. Similar to a company 401K match, parents or grandparents could incentivize a child to contribute to their Roth IRA by agreeing to match contributions dollar for dollar, or two dollars for every one. * If a 9-year-old were to put $3,000 into a Roth IRA once, never contribute again, and not touch it until the traditional retirement age of 64, that child would have almost $124,000. * With the power of compounding, a child needs to contribute just $1,500 each year of their lives to ensure a million dollars at a retirement age of 64. * In contrast, someone waiting until the age of 31 to begin investing and maxes out their Roth IRA with $6,000 each year until age 64 will only have $764,000. The difference between the two net worths is the result of the powers of compounding and time. * The Rule of 72 is a way to predict how many years will take your money to double based on an interest rate. You take the number 72 and divide it by your interest rate. 72 divided by an interest rate of 7% results in money doubling roughly every 10 years. Compounding on a big number adds up quickly. * A child could theoretically put in a large amount for just a few years, never contribute again, and end up with a higher net worth than with the $1,500 each example. * The article contains different scenarios to help foster the conversations parents can have with their children about the impact time can have. * Break through the initial resistance to get started and set up a system to reinforce good financial habits so that your child can build their own trust fund. * It’s hard to put a price tag on the psychology of teaching your kids about investing early. They will have a better foundation and desire to learn and get even better. It’s good to teach them the time value of money while they aren’t relying on it to pay for their survival needs.

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * ChooseFI’s article Make Your Kid a Millionaire: Roth IRA for KidsSuze Orman’s $199 9 Steps to Financial Independence Online Course * ChooseFI’s FREE Financial Independence 101 Course * ChooseFI Episode 318 All the Hacks | Chris Hutchins * Raising Your Money-Savvy Family for Next Generation Financial Independence by Carol Pittner and Doug Nordman

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • After four years of talking about the aggregation of marginal gains and the idea of getting 1% better, ChooseFI has accumulated quite a lengthy list you can stack together.
  • If you can invest a little bit of time to fix something, you’ll never have to invest that time again. Brad recently decided to move away from paper files and bills to join the digital age, while Jonathan has been using a subscription service to stop the paper junk mail sent to him.
  • Chris Hutchins shared a final hack with Brad after the end of the last episode that didn’t make it into the recording. Chris uses a browser extension to view book availability at his local library and borrow or place a hold on it.
  • Brad and Jonathan selectively pick from the list of 100 ways to get 1% better with your finances, starting with #3, Reading (or Listening) to One New Finance or Investing Book Each Month. Jonathan thinks this tip could be expanded to include non-fiction books that improve you in some way.
  • 4 on the list is to learn a new skill. It could be for obtaining background knowledge, gaining a marketable skill, or simply for interest’s sake. Although complacency can be seen as a bad thing, don’t mistake complacency for contentment.

  • Other tips include getting outside to exercise or try a new hiking or biking trail every week. Mix things up. There is a never-ending stream of free YouTube exercise classes to choose from.
  • Are you aware of your local FI group? While COVID has kept us physically apart, we are coming to the other end. You can invest in your local community.
  • As for dealing with debt, Brad says you need to sit down and be honest with yourself. Understand what you owe, who you owe it to, how much you make each month, and how much you spend. If you spend more than you make, you need to stop right now, and at least get to the point where you aren’t adding more debt.
  • Once you get to that place, Jonathan says you can look for ways to optimize your debt payoff, such as zero balance transfers. And then work to improve your credit score by putting a system in place, like autopay, to ensure you never miss a payment.
  • If you do not have $1,000, you don’t need an emergency fund, you need a crisis fund. You need $1,000 that doesn’t have a bill attached to it that you could draw on in a crisis. Once you have that, then you can think about building an emergency fund. Use your tax refund to establish your crisis fund.
  • Next, don’t give the government an interest-free loan and work it so that you don’t get a tax refund. The opportunity cost of having the government hold your money for a year is potentially big. When financially responsible and on the path to FI, you don’t want a big refund. You want to be saving and investing it all year long.
  • You can learn to do just about anything on YouTube, especially do-it-yourself home repair tutorials that will save you money. Even replacing your incandescent bulbs with LED is easy to do and saves on energy costs.
  • While lowering your hot water heater temperatures and adjusting the thermostat won’t make you wealthy overnight, stacking these tips with others is the whole point of getting 1% better.
  • Declutter your home and donate or sell items to simplify your life.
  • Owning a car costs a lot. Trying to manage the payment for a new car every 5 years versus buying a car and driving it for 15 years can have a dramatic impact on your path to FI. The one decision to drive a new car for 15 years, made just three times over an adult’s lifetime can result in a $742,000 difference.
  • If you can stack car ownership savings with other money savings hacks on food, or housing, it can mean a difference of multiple millions.
  • It doesn’t need to be about deprivation but just doing a little better than average to end up with millions more than your counterpart who is drifting through their financial life.
  • 33 on the list is to shop your car insurance every year, which Brad extends as something to be done with all your insurance policies. Make it a yearly “to do” task.

  • Unfortunately, companies don’t incentivize customers to stay, they incentivize customers to leave other companies to come to them. Even if you don’t want to switch, at least try and negotiate a better price. There are even companies who will do this for you.
  • There are a few ways to optimize healthcare, such as using a high-deductible health care plan with an HSA, prescription discount tools, and locking in medical service prices with websites, such as MDSave.
  • The health benefits of focusing on exercise and healthy food choices can not be overstated. 80-90% of the treatment modalities would go so much further if stacked with a healthy diet and lifestyle.
  • To keep food costs in check, Brad and his wife, Laura, try to anchor themselves to a $2 per person per meal goal. Laura has even curated a series of healthy recipes that fall within that cost.
  • Everything is negotiable. When Brad had a recent medical procedure, he simply asked if there was a pay-in-full discount and received a 30% discount.
  • Saving puts money in your pocket, and so does earning more money. There’s never been a better time for a side hustle.
  • CampFI’s are back! Brad will be attending the mid-Atlantic CampFI over Memorial Day weekend.

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * ChooseFI Ep 317 All the Hacks | Chris Hutchins * PaperKarma * Library Extention * 100 Ways to Get 1% Better With Your Finances * Find your local group at ChooseFI.com/local * ChooseFI Episode 022 The True Cost of Car Ownership * Trim Review: Bill Negotiation Without the Hassle * ChooseFI.com/lemonade * GoodRx * MDSave * Ulta Lab Tests * Eat Healthy and Save Money with Laura Barrett Cookbook * Sign up for the free travel course at ChooseFI.com/travel * ChooseFI Episode 311 How to Travel for Free | Stereo Live Q&A * The Chase Sapphire Preferred Card – Great for Cash Back or Travel Rewards * Subscribe to Brad’s newsletter, The FI Weekly * CampFI

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Life gets busy when you have a new baby, so Chris Hutchins is on a quest to learn all the hacks, optimize his life, and share what he’s learned with you in his new podcast, All the Hacks.
  • The goal of the podcast is to help listeners upgrade their lives by living more exciting, fulfilling lives without spending a lot more money and optimizing it all along the way.
  • Life hacks tend to fall into one of three camps. It clicks with and becomes second nature, you find a way to automate it so you don’t even have to think about it, or it’s too much work and you never do it again.
  • If you can find where optimization and excitement intersect, it’s a huge win for you and your family.
  • When Chris thinks about life hacks, he thinks about different aspects of his life and what the important parts are, such as family, work, finances, shopping, travel, and self. Categories may also be broken down into multiple subcategories.
  • Jonathan says the idea of life hacks and living his life in a slightly more optimized way is what led him to financial independence which he says is the ultimate life hack as it helps us reclaim our most precious non-renewable resource, our time.
  • Coming out of a year of lockdown, it seems like everyone is planning to travel somewhere. Chris recommends using Google Flights to get quick insight into flight prices with flexibility on airports and dates.
  • For hotel planning, Chris says it’s often a choice between a better price or a better experience. Trip Advisor recently launched Trip Advisor Plus, a paid membership service that allows them to offer hotel rates around 7-8% off because the rates are not available to the general public. However, booking directly with the hotel will likely get you a better experience.
  • In addition to booking directly, reaching out to someone on the sales team or the general manager will often get you an upgrade or some sort of amenity. You may be able to find the names of individuals by seeing who is responding to reviews on Trip Advisor. Having status with the hotel can help as well.
  • A family life hack Jonathan and his wife began doing is creating a shared family photo library and build a slideshow of their favorites from the year.
  • Brad believes another life hack is just being a good person and making personal connections because it makes others want to go to bat for you. A lot of customer service reps have the discretion to do things for you that they wouldn’t if you get angry with them.
  • Website account hacks are becoming more commonplace and passwords are frequently stolen so using the same password for everything can be trouble. Check to see if your account has been part of a data breach at Haveibeenpwned.
  • A password manager makes it easier to use unique passwords for all your accounts. Increasing security with two-factor authentication helps make your accounts even more secure.
  • Chris has a fireproof box in his home where he keeps important documents and the one password he uses with his password manager 1Password.
  • In the event of death or incapacitation, a legacy binder has all the information loved ones need to manage your affairs.
  • As mentioned on the show previously, Brad uses ToDoist to track all his tasks. Chris says that you can’t use any software system like ToDoist for an hour and see the magic. Commit to it.
  • When it comes to renting cars, Chris rents with Avis using a Costco discount. He says to make sure if you’re a member of something, you find out if they have deals for you. Autoslash and Turo are additional ways to possibly save money on rental cars.
  • Chase and American Express credit cards have offers to save many when using their cards.
  • Listener Jessica asked about life hacks for type A career women and mothers on the path to FI. Chris thinks there is power in being incredibly passionate about a company you want to work for. He also says you can negotiate your salary all of the time especially if you present data that you are being underpaid.
  • Before having their baby. Chris was able to find almost half of the items on their baby register in the second-hand marketplace, which allowed them to have everything they wanted and not skimp out on their savings rate. Similarly, Brad’s wife Laura is able to plan ahead for the future and buy seasonal clothing for their daughters at tremendous discounts.
  • Another life hack, meal planning, is something that Chris and his wife just purchased for introducing their baby to solid foods. He says there is a bare minimum of what your time is worth. While they could have done it for free, buying the meal plan freed up a lot of their time making the cost worth it.
  • Jonathan says for baby clothes, his wife was able to make out like a bandit using local buy nothing groups. Plus, she has been able to arrange a neighbor exchange to keep kids in clothing as they grow. And within their home, they rotate toys to keep them interesting.
  • Another resource Jonathan has for Jessica is Dour and Carol’s book, Raising Your Money-Savvy Family, while Chris recommends moms’ groups, who share information and recommendations with each other
  • Chris says meal planning is his biggest hack when it comes to cooking. He uses Paprika to save recipes, meal plan, and grocery shop.
  • Steven Boyer from CampFI recommends if you cook something often, keep all of the items you use physically together. Brad used a little hack like that to remove the pain points he was experiencing make his morning smoothie prep go more smoothly.
  • Holly says if you have a separate freezer, you can buy meat in bulk when they are on sale and then have them whenever you need them.
  • Although Jonathan and his wife tried once a month meal prep, they have moved to cooking two to three meals a week and eating leftovers. Chris says he intentionally scales his meal sin Paprika up so that they have leftovers.
  • Brad likes to reduce the paradox of choice by eating the exact same meal every day for breakfast and needs a system for lunch.
  • To reduce her paradox of choice and frustration, Leslie created a capsule wardrobe for her closet by pretending she was packing for a three-week trip.
  • Chris has been culling his wardrobe by separating the clothing he has worn and washed from what stays in his drawers. The things that have remained in the drawers he can get rid of.
  • Karen’s daughter hates the idea of college and has an entrepreneurial mindset. Chris says there are so many opportunities to learn these days but the hardest thing is to tangibly identify something you can do.
  • Get experience. Starting something doesn’t mean it has to be your full-time job. You can explore the entrepreneurial side while doing something else. Learning new skills is valuable. Try a bunch and see what lights you up.
  • You don’t need to go to college anymore to earn an above-median income which is something he discusses in the Talent Stacker podcast. Jonathan and Bradley Rice built a job placement program around Salesforce which might be something Karen’s daughter would be interested in.
  • Chris says automation is magical and one of the things that drew him to work at Wealthfront was financial automation where he works on automation that directs your money where you want it to go automatically.

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Lifehacker.com * ChooseFI Episode 071 Silicon Valley FI | Chris Hutchins | Grove * ChooseFI Episode 121R How to Get Any Job * ChooseFI Episode 311 How to Travel For Free | Stereo Live Q&A * Sign up for the FREE travel rewards course! * Google Flights * Trip Advisor Plus * Haveibeenpwned.com * 1Password * ChooseFI’s recommended legacy binder * ToDoist * Autoslash * Turo * The Buy Nothing Project * Raising Your Money-Savvy Family for Next Generation Financial Independence by Carol Pittner and Doug Nordman * Paprika Recipe Manager * CampFI.org * Talent Stacker * Choosefi.com/salesforce * Wealthfront.com/cash

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Back in another installment of ChooseFI’s Households of FI series are Troy and Lindsay.
  • In episode 241, Brad helped them calculate their FI number, but Lindsay is a teacher with the potential to earn a pension. In this episode, they touch base with Grumpus Maximus to discuss the health of their pension.
  • While the conversation is geared toward the health of the Virginia Retirement system, others who are eligible for pensions will learn where to access data about their own pensions and interpret it to assess its health.
  • Linsday is 32 and in her seventh year of teaching under the Virginia Retirement System. Troy is 34 and an IT professional working on government contracts and does not have access to a pension. Troy and Linsday have a young son.
  • Grumpus Maximus is a retired military officer who lives in New Zealand with his wife and two kids. Grumpus experienced a post-traumatic breakdown around year 16 of his military career that had him calculating whether or not it was worth staying in the military for the additional years required to earn his pension.
  • Many defined benefit plans these days have different levels because they are so expensive. The Virginia Retirement System (VRS) has 3 options, 1, 2, and a hybrid plan. Linsday is on option 2.
  • Both COVID and having their son have had Troy and Lindsay thinking about the future of their careers. The possibility of working from home or retiring early were things they began to consider, but the VRS’s calculators would allow Lindsay to play with numbers to look at retirement before the age of 58.
  • After some investigation, Grumpus found that 30 years is the standard full vestment period, but partial vesting is reached at just five years, although it wouldn’t pay out until also reaching the minimum retirement age.
  • Option 2 appears to be tied to the social security retirement age, so taking it earlier likely results in a reduced benefit.
  • Lindsay wants to understand how to calculate what her pension would be. Grumpus says there is a way to calculate it but warns that doing it this far in advance will require a lot of assumptions.
  • The retirement budget Troy and Lindsay are shooting for is around $4,000 per month. They can go online to calculate the pension amount and then see how big the gap is. The smaller the gap is, the more valuable the pension is.
  • Lindsay’s pension has a COLA which hopefully negates inflation and makes her pension more valuable and allows her pension’s purchasing power to remain the same.
  • The VRS pension also does not replace social security, so she will have social security income coming in as well.
  • Her pension also has other earned pension benefits (OEPB), like life insurance, health insurance, and the option of survivorship.
  • The Grumpmatic method of calculating a pension’s worth includes a pros and cons list, which includes pension benefits, but also personal issues. It takes into account the non-mathematical considerations, such as happiness, job satisfaction, and potential changes to the pension system.
  • He encourages everyone to write the list down on paper to create a physical record of why the decision is being made because it shouldn’t be purely a numbers-based decision.
  • When asked about how Grumpus and his wife came to the decision that they did, he said several factors played into the decision. It was a transition for his wife to go from career to full-time parent wasn’t easy. They even had marriage counseling.
  • Troy had trouble even finding information on Lindsay’s pension. Grumpus says because he’s been looking t pensions for so long, he knows what to look for. In addition, Boston College runs The Center for Retirement Research and has a public plan database with most of the major state and city plans in it.
  • With Public Plan Database, you can get an overall view of what the pension plan looks like. It also compares the plans to national averages which can give you an idea of the overall health of your plan.
  • Virginia’s plan is not fully funded for all current and future obligations, which is pretty much average. Very few public plans are fully funded. An accounting change in the late 90s also changed many pensions from 100% funded to underfunded and then the market crash from the .com bubble didn’t help. Most plans have steadied since then at around 75%.
  • The American Academy of Accuraties came out with a paper stating that there is a myth claiming anything funded at 80% is well off and won’t have issues in the future. It’s better to look at the trend lines for the last five years. If they have been going down, there is cause for concern.
  • Grumpus warns that all the funding spent on COVID this year may impact pension funding. If states skip paying into plans, it will need to be rolled into future payments. That is shown in the database as ARC payments.
  • In Lindsay’s pension plan, she is accruing cash that she could roll over with the interest into an IRA after five years of service. Grumpus says that goes in the pro column for leaving since she could take what she’s earned with her, but he says there are very few cons to her system overall.
  • The VRS pension uses a formula based on age, the number of years worked, and average annual salary. There is a multiplier for every year worked of 1.7%. Payments will start right away if she works to full-retirement age.
  • Concerning health insurance under VRS, credits are accrued for the length you stay that contribute to a subsidy. If you leave, you won’t keep that.
  • Because of the COLA, it makes for an easier pension calculation, but there’s no magic equation to spit out a yes or no answer. The goal should be to have a fully-formed decision.
  • While she is enjoying teaching from home, Troy and Lindsay are considering a second child which could change how she feels. Grumpus says the advantage is that they don’t have too much time invested into the pension yet.
  • Teachers have other ways to invest money, such as 403bs and 457s. Lindsay could be doing those in the meantime to give herself flexibility.
  • People who have pensions need to make some real in-depth considerations from both a financial and psychological perspective. Not every decision comes down to money. You have to decide what works best for you.

Grumpus Maximus * Website: Grumpusmaximus.com

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Get the ChooseFI ebook bundle for 20-25% discount! * ChooseFI Episode 221 Introducing Our Households of FI!! | Part 1 * ChooseFI Episode 241 Households of FI Troy & Lindsay and Brad Calculate Their FI Number * Public Plans Database * Children will gain money management skills with The Simple StartUp. * The Golden Albatross: How to Determine if Your Pension is Worth it? by Grumpus Maximus * The Center for Retirement Research at Boston College

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • In last week’s Facebook Live episode with Frank Vasquez, he pointed out that we are in the Golden Age of Investing. In this episode, we explore what that means and if we appreciate how good we have it.
  • In an ideal world, we would all like to maximize investment returns while reducing volatility. Holding uncorrelated assets helps to prevent catastrophe.
  • But what is the goal of investing? Although it’s a broad question, Brad believes the ultimate goal is to accumulate wealth. Investing itself is a very broad term, but it is essentially when the money you have saved is working to produce additional income for you.
  • Financial independence is getting to the point when you have saved and invested enough to get to the point where working can become optional.
  • In the last 20-30 years, investing has become fundamentally easier. Even Brad’s first investing experience 20 years ago under the old system was a negative one, where he and his lack of knowledge were taken advantage of by an unscrupulous advisor. Back then, you needed an expert to help you invest money and paid dearly for it in the form of fees.
  • When many of us think about saving money today, it is through a savings account or certificate of deposit where the bank holds your money and pays you an agreed-upon interested rate in exchange for being able to loan out your money at a higher interest rate. Based on current interest rates, it would take a very long time to make a meaningful return on money invested in this way.
  • A more aggressive form of investing would be owning shares of a company’s stock and the value increases as the company become more profitable.
  • Bonds are where a company, the government, or other entity raises capital by selling debt. You buy the debt and are paid back with interest.
  • Mutual funds are yet another investment that first came about in the 1920s, but mutual funds really rose to fame in 1975 thanks to Jack Bogle when he created the Vanguard First Investment Trust. It was game-changing for modern-day investing.
  • With mutual funds, you own a little piece of many different companies with one investment. In the case of an S&P 500 index fund, you would own a little bit of the top 500 largest companies, although it is cap-weighted, meaning you own disproportionally more of the largest companies and less of the smaller.
  • The index funds approximate the market and so you don’t need to pick individual stocks to invest in, which is good since we tend to do so poorly at stock picking both on the information and behavioral side.
  • Owning a single stock is a risky position. If something goes wrong, the investment can become worthless and your money is gone. You can mitigate that risk by diversifying your investment across multiple companies.
  • Jack Bogle changed the game in 1975 when he decided you didn’t need to pay for experts to put together and manage mutual funds comprised of hundreds or thousands of companies. Computers could use an algorithm to manage a fund designed to track a particular index. He predicted you could get a better return from owning all the winners and all the losers and keeping the fees rock-bottom low than with an expert team picking stocks.
  • Although the entire investing industry laughed at Jack Bogle, after 25+ years of data, the results show Bogle was right. The process dominates over one of actively picking stocks, especially with a timeline of several decades.
  • Today, in the index fund space, there has been a continual race to the bottom when it comes to lowering index fund fees and the expense ratio today has been cut by a factor of 10 or more.
  • Something ChooseFI has discussed over and over again is how much of an impact fees can have on your investments. An extra 1% fee can lower your net worth by as much as 30-50%.
  • It’s because index funds with expense ratios of 0.04% or lower that say this is the Golden Age of Investing. It’s no longer necessary to pay 0.75-1.5% expense ratios or 5% front-load fees.
  • In addition, changes to the tax code have made it possible to control our tax rate. In 1974IRAs became available, followed by 401Ks in 1978, Roth IRAs in 1997, HSAs in 2003, and 457bs in 2010.
  • These investment vehicles allow us to control our tax rate and save for financial independence. With the exception of Roth IRAs, all of the other accounts are pre-tax, so that every dollar going in reduces your taxable income.
  • Some couples may even be able to reduce their taxable investments by $78,000 if they have access to both 401Ks and 457bs and max out their investments, possibly reducing their taxes to 0%.
  • Investing on your own today could not be easier. It can be done on your own, online, in about 15-20 minutes. Even better, you can automate your investing and send over an extra you have when you have it.
  • The barriers to entry are also lower than ever before. You don’t need to have your money sitting on the sitting lines until you have accumulated enough to invest. You can start with $10 or $20 and invest in Exchange Traded Funds (ETF) if you don’t have enough to meet the minimum investment for a mutual fund or even buy fractional shares.
  • Brad has his finances on autopilot even if it is suboptimal. He suspects many of these new companies are moving toward a system where everything is connected, will be able to optimize everything, allowing customers to keep anything extra invested.
  • Jonathan believes making investing seamless is magical. Using dollar-cost averaging as an example, it guarantees a mathematically favorable average price for your investment.
  • Brad thinks the most obvious benefit is behavioral. You don’t need to think about when to buy or what the market is going to do. Our brains screw us up with investing more than anything.
  • There are a few other forms of investments, outside of stocks and bonds. Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs) are basically mutual funds for different types of real estate, or ETFs made up of stocks in different types of commodities. Investing in a business, crypto, collectibles, NFTs, art, or single commodities are all other options.
  • Speculation and investing can be conflated terms, but they are different. Speculation is not based on the fundamentals of a company or asset.
  • Last Fall, Jonathan bought $200 worth of DOGE and just sold it for $5,000. While the gain is real, his purchase was entirely speculative.
  • He remains skeptical of cryptos in general but sees where there may be value in cases where a problem is being solved, such as XRP and Swift.
  • With any investment, you don’t want to be the one left holding the bag. Know what your risk tolerance is, what your timeline is, and what your goals are.
  • With buy and hold investing in large swaths of the market, you don’t have to worry about whether or not you have the winners or the losers. The market is self-cleansing.
  • As long as you keep living below your means and investing the difference between income and expenses, you’re going to be successful.

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * ChooseFI Episode 313 Are you as Diversified as You Think You Are? With Frank Vasquez * Register to receive a copy of Brad’s weekly email, The FI Weekly, right to your mailbox! * ChooseFI Episode 013 The Unfair (FI) Advantage of Teachers | 457b * Motley Fool article: Dollar Cost Averaging: What Investors Need to Know

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • The Households of FI series continues! In this episode, we touch base with Kristi, the single mom from Minnesota who. New to FI, Kristi is working to get on the path but has questions about her company’s Price-to-Earnings (P/E) Ratio and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP).
  • How to evaluate what a company’s stock is worth is not something many of us index fund investors know a lot about, but it’s good to be familiar with it. Individual stock selection is something that Brian Feroldi gets excited about, making him the perfect mentor for Kristi and her ESPP questions.
  • The only individual stock Kristi owns is her company’s stock. She is able to buy her company’s stock for a 15% discount with up to 10% of her income.
  • She has been buying this stock since beginning her career six years ago and has accumulated a lot of it. Because she didn’t know anything about investing prior to finding the FI community, she nows calls this her biggest financial mistake and has finally started selling a bit of it.
  • She originally thought that sell the stock with the lowest cost basis to realize the largest gain would be the best strategy, but now questions if that is the best move.
  • Brian says a lot of publicly-traded companies offer ESPP, like Kristi’s. Company plans vary somewhat, and it sounds like her company purchases lots of the stock on a monthly basis at the end of the month.
  • As long as Kristi holds the stock for two years, the 15% discount is taxed as ordinary income, and capital gains are taxed as long-term capital gains.
  • Discounted stock sounds like a great deal, but Kristi has a lot of risk tied to her company. Her salary, bonus, retirement plan, benefits, and career capital all rely on the company. Purchasing employee stock increases the risk even more.
  • When Brian started his career, his company offered an ESPP, and although he was bullish on the company, he chose not to participate as a risk management strategy. He already had too much riding on the companies success to risk adding to it.
  • Although the company did well and he would have increased his wealth, he is happy with the choices he made because he was maximizing his potential net worth, while assuming as little risk as possible.
  • Although her company is a blue-chip business and low-risk company. Kristi will need to ask herself how much risk she wants to be tied to it.
  • Brian says ESPPs are great, but you’ll want to make sure you are taking care of everything else first, such as an emergency fund, 401K, debt, and IRAs.
  • Although her company is the only individual stock she owns, she is somewhat interested in owning other individual stocks. She can add that in over the top of the bulk of investments in index funds, while remaining diversified, and still feel good about her long-term compounding chances.
  • Kristi would like to know how to evaluate an individual company’s stock for investing in the short-term and long-term. She knows the P/E ratio is something to look at and her company’s P/E ratio is 18.66.
  • Brian says a P/E ratio is a tool you can use to evaluate stocks, but it’s important to know when it is appropriate to use and when it is not.
  • First, Brian says he never invests in a company short-term, or less than three years because it’s impossible to know what a stock is going to do in the short-term. Long-term stock prices are driven by earnings power and earnings growth which is the company’s profitability.
  • In P/E ratio, the P stands for price or the price of one share. E stands for earnings, the net income or profits per share. The difference between those two numbers is the price investors are willing to pay for $1 profit in the company.
  • With Kristi’s company, for every $1 in earnings power generated, the market is willing to pay 18.66 times that number.
  • Brian says it’s helpful to flip that number around and think about it as an interest rate. Take 100 and divide it by 18.66, to get 5.35% on the company’s earnings power. But is that good or bad? Context is key.
  • When looking at over the last decade, Kristi’s very stable company’s P/E ratio varied from 30 to 12. Since the current P/E ratio of 18.66 is on the lower half of that range, Brian says the stock is more likely to be in bargain territory than it is to be overly expensive.
  • Next, Brian pulls up the company’s net income over the last decade, which has been mostly stable with a few spikes and other periods when it has fallen. This needs to be compared to the P/E ratio as the highs and lows may be artificial.
  • Another metric Brain says to look at is the price-to-sales ratio, which is the price of the business divided by the sales, or revenue per share. This ratio eliminates the one-time swings and tends to be much more stable. Over the last decade, her company’s ratio varied from 5 to 2 and is currently at 3, again leading Brian to believe the stock is in buy territory.
  • If you have an ESPP, you want to look at the minimum holding period, know when you are outside the short-term capital gains, and the other details of your company plans. Consider rolling it over to an investment outside your company once the plan requirements have been met and it meets long-term capital gains requirements.
  • Long-term capital gains have preferential tax rates. The line of delineation between short and long is one year.
  • Investment gains are not subject to tax until they are realized. If selling an investment held less than a year, the gain will be taxed as if it was ordinary income, or whatever your top marginal tax rate is, which for most is 20-24%.
  • Gains from investments held longer than one year are as taxed as long-term gains, which for most people is 15%.
  • For those who have access to an ESPP, it is part of your compensation but will require a bit of research because there is some risk in tying up so much of your wealth into one company.

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * ChooseFI Episode 224 Introducing Our Households of FI!! Part 2 * ChooseFI Episode 259 Kristi and Big ERN * YCharts * Stockrow * Is an Employee Stock Purchase Plan Worth the Risk? * ChooseFI Episode 024R The Friday Roundup | How to Hack Your ESPP * ChooseFI Episode 200 Stock Fundamentals With Brian Feroldi * Get started on your own path to financial independence and take the 5-day challenge!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • The goal of diversification is to ensure access to a lot of upside without being exposed to an unacceptable downside. But are you as diversified as you think you are?
  • Long-time community member, Frank Vasquez says there are three roles bonds have in your portfolio, income, stability, and diversification.
  • The Holy Grail Principle focuses on what the concept of diversification really means. It doesn’t mean different, it means uncorrelated.
  • Investors can use online websites to calculate the correlation of two assets that results in a number ranging from 1 to -1.
  • The closer the number is to 1, the more highly correlated they are. A number close to 0 indicates the assets are uncorrelated and move randomly with respect to each other. A negative result means the assets are negatively correlated and typically go in opposite directions.
  • Why would an investor want assets that are negatively correlated if that means while one is doing well, the other is not? In the accumulation phase when an investor is trying to build wealth, they probably would want negatively correlated assets. Upon reaching FI, they may be helpful when attempting to ensure the highest safe withdrawal rate.
  • Safe withdrawal rates for each portfolio will vary slightly and range from 3-5.5%. There are websites online to help calculate the rate for different portfolios.
  • Frank has three adult children who he advises to max out their retirement accounts in basic index funds. The next bucket to fill is an emergency fund, followed by a taxable brokerage fund to used toward a down payment on a house.
  • His son’s brokerage account used a risk parity-style portfolio, which is good for intermediate-term savings.
  • When first starting out, money invested is a big pile of future cash. You invest a little each year and should get it into risky, growth-oriented, and reliable investments, which are stock index funds.
  • Until you have $100,000 in your account, being invested in one fund is perfectly fine. It’s about earning and saving at that point. After the first $100,000, earnings begin to mean a little more and you can embrace a little more complexity.
  • In the four phases of investing for retirement, the first two are earning and saving and are the most important to get automated saving going. Phase three is investing and the fourth is managing the investments to ensure they don’t blow up or go away.
  • Long-term accumulation comes first in a portfolio, and Frank’s son is extremely frugal, making the risk parity portfolio possible. But what considerations are there if you are looking to transition index funds into a risk parity portfolio?
  • The first step is to figure out where you are going and where the goal is. Next, look at what you have and what needs to be transitioned. Start the process when you hit your FI number or about five years out from when you think you are going to need it. You don’t want to be 100% equities and have the stock market crash two years before you retire.
  • A risk parity portfolio does not stop earning money. The return is approximately between 6-8% after inflation, but the tradeoff is you are also only getting half the volatility of the stock market.
  • You can’t optimize the performance of your portfolio in the future, but you can control your expenses, modify them, and take less in one year if you need to.
  • Treat all of your assets as one big portfolio. You don’t want to incur unnecessary capital gains in your taxable accounts, so moving funds in retirement accounts is appropriate. The least movement possible is best and anything taxed as ordinary income should be put into retirement accounts.
  • Risky parity is a style of investing that has become more accessible to everyone with no-fee trading. It is finding uncorrelated or negatively correlated assets and combining them to reduce the risk of the overall portfolio.
  • The main driver of the portfolio is going to be stocks at 4-60%. The most diverse thing from stocks are Treasury bonds, like long-term Treasury bonds, at 20%. Gold may be an alternative.
  • Bonds are not good income generators anymore. The go-to places for income sources are REITs and Preferred Shares.
  • If you want to invest in something like Bitcoin, make sure you have a volatility match to it.
  • Listener Andy asked about what percentage of a stock portfolio should be in international stocks. Frank says the issue with international funds is that they are highly correlated with US funds so they aren’t very useful.
  • When Frank is deciding on investing in something, he looks at how useful it will be in his portfolio. He looks at its correlation with the rest of his portfolio and its volatility. You don’t want to put very much of something with high volatility in your portfolio.
  • Listener Luke asked about Frank’s views on factor investing and if has or plans to have small-cap value funds in his portfolio. Franks says he does have small-cap value in his portfolio because they are less correlated with the overall stock market than an international fund.
  • Franks says you want a basic and diversified two-fund portfolio that covers the whole market would consist of large-cap growth and small-cap value funds.
  • The correlation between a total stock market fund and an S&P 500 fund is extremely high and a kind of false diversification.
  • Although index funds are cap-weighted and gaining more and more of the larger companies over time, they are also self-cleansing in that companies doing worse fall down or fall off. Small-cap value funds do the reverse. When a company gets too big, it gets kicked out. Holding both types captures each end of the spectrum.
  • According to the Macro Allocation Principle, what matters most in investing are the macro allocations between stocks and bonds. According to Jack Bogle, any 60-40 stocks to bonds portfolio is going to perform 94% the same way as any other 60-40 portfolio.
  • Listener Claudia asks what a bond tent would do to her sequence of return risk. Franks says a bond tent is an old-fashioned way of dealing with sequence of return risk, but he says it’s not functionally different than buying a short-term or intermediate bond fund.
  • Bonds should move opposite of the market, but lately, they have moved with the market. Franks says different bonds behave differently. Some do not provide much diversification. Focus on Treasury bonds for diversification.
  • The hallmark of a very diversified portfolio is when you see different things moving in different directions at different times.
  • Rental real estate and stocks have a low correlation, so it can be a good way to diversify, although sometimes they can move together as in 2008.
  • In Frank’s mind, diversification should mean uncorrelated, it doesn’t mean having lots of stuff.
  • Frank’s podcast is focused on risk parity and he has created six sample portfolios at Fidelity that he discusses each week. While Frank likes to nerd out on this stuff, you don’t need to to become a successful investor.

Frank Vasquez * Website: Risk Parity Radio * Podcast: Risk Parity Radio Podcast

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * ChooseFI Episode 194 The Role of Bonds in a Portfolio * Portfolio Visualizer * Portfolio Charts * The Four Phases of Saving and Investing For Retirement * ChooseFI Episode 176 Flexible Spending Rules for Early Retirees * Using Gold as a Hedge Against Sequence Risk – SWR Series Part 34 * The Little Book of Common Sense Investing by Jack Bogle * Money for the Rest of Us Podcast * Money for the Rest of Us by J. David Stein

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • In 2008-2009, the American dream of a home with a white picket fence turned into a financial nightmare, sending many families underwater for a decade. After looking at the numbers, there’s an ongoing debate over homeownership. Owning may not be the right decision for everyone.
  • Scott Trench and Mindy Jensen from BiggerPockets join the show to discuss home buying and their new book, First-Time Home Buyer: The Complete Playbook to Avoiding Rookie Mistakes.
  • Even if you’ve already purchased a home, Scott and Mindy’s book is a masterclass to help you rework the process during your next home buy.
  • According to their book, “…a smart home purchase will not only give you a place to live, but also offer flexibility, financial stability, and the chance to recognize and increase in that home’s value over time”.
  • Is purchasing a home a good investment? Mindy says, “Maybe”. Housing is an expense whether buying or renting. The more you buy, the more you are spending, and the less wealth you will have.
  • Don’t ask how much can you afford. How little can you spend to meet your lifestyle needs and what’s the best financial decision to meet those needs? There’s a lot of math behind a buying vs. renting decision.
  • As a real estate agent, Mindy tries to stop herself from asking clients how much they can afford. Instead, she asks about the price range, what kind of home they are looking for, and what condition it should be in.
  • Mindy’s home is an investment, but that’s because she buys dumpy homes, fixes them up, and forces the appreciation. However, she says the average person shouldn’t consider their home an investment.
  • For the average buyer, appreciation will generally occur over the course of the ownership time period, but it is the product of the housing market around you. It tends to appreciate 3-8% year over year. Selling after just a few years of ownership won’t make much when you sell, in fact, you may lose money to closing costs.
  • For regular buyers, a home is a place to live, not an investment. Roughly 10% of a property’s purchase price is out the door in closing costs the moment you buy it. If you don’t improve the property and force the appreciation, you have to allow appreciation to carry you back over time.
  • Over a long period of time, the returns on your home are low compared to investment alternatives like the stock market.
  • When deciding to buy or rent, what’s the breakeven point? Scott and Mindy assume a 3.5% appreciation rate, which comes from the Case-Shiller Home Price Index. At that rate, the breakeven point comes in 5-7 years. The higher the appreciation rate, the faster you reach the breakeven point.
  • You don’t need to live in the property for the 5 to 7 years to reach the breakeven point, you only need to own it for that time to make it work. You could rent it after you move out as an exit strategy and increase the desirability of buying.
  • If you rely on a lending calculator to answer the question, “How much house can I afford?”, you’ll end up being house-poor.
  • Median incomes and home prices around the country differ more than other categories, such as food. All the disposable income over what is needed for day-to-day life can go to your scarcest asset, which is housing in many high-cost-of-living areas.
  • There is no rule of thumb for what percentage of income you can spend. It’s about how little house you can buy and eliminate all of the waste.
  • When making the rent vs buy decision, Scott says the biggest variable to consider should be time, then what your appreciation is going to be, what you can do to force the appreciation, and then exit strategies.
  • There can be a dramatic difference between a home you would want to live in and one you could potentially rent. First-time home buyers tend to live in the property, but it’s likely they won’t live there forever and should make the smartest choice by thinking outside their own needs.
  • Mindy suggests using the internet to research what you need versus how can you rent it out.
  • It’s not a smart financial maneuver to decide you want to buy a house today and put an offer in tomorrow. Do some research and figure out what exactly you want.
  • Most people go in with the framework of buying the house they like and pray that it goes up in value so they can sell at a profit. But when you buy a home, there are three eventual outcomes. You live in it, rent it, or sell it for a profit. Keep all three of those in mind when buying.
  • If the chances of you moving are almost zero, it’s a great idea for a first-time homebuyer to begin looking for their forever home, but Mindy thinks the whole idea of a forever home is garbage.
  • It’s not realistic for a 20-year-old to be able to afford the 3000 square foot home and stay there for 30 years.
  • Lenders, real estate agents, and contractors are all incentivized to have you buy the biggest home you can afford because they make the most money that way.
  • If you don’t focus on the first home being your forever home, you can have more assets available for when you are in a place to get what you want.
  • The first step is to be clear where you fall on the “live in it forever, rent it out, or sell for profit” spectrum. Next, figure out the price range for what you want. Don’t look at the active listings, look at what has sold in the last 180 days. Finally, narrow that search down to the 10 properties you would have purchased yourself. That gives you a realistic idea of your market.
  • Mindy says the exercise can be a great way to screen agents as well. If they are unwilling to do this for you, cross them off the list. You should interview the agent before deciding to work with them, keeping in mind that their incentives are not necessarily aligned with yours. Find someone considerate of what you want.
  • The home seller is usually paying the commissions of both agents involved in the sale of a home, though for it’s usually very practical for a first-time homebuyer to have an agent represent them.
  • The next step in getting a good deal is waiting for the home you want to come on the market. Be pre-approved or pre-qualified for a loan and be ready to view the property as soon as it comes available and make an offer that night or the next day. It’s not a rush decision because you already pre-determined what you wanted to buy.
  • If you think through the exit strategies before buying your first home, you won’t feel trapped by your decision if something like a job opportunity in another city comes up.
  • In a hot real estate market, the fear of mission out can be real for first-time homebuyers. It’s a hot market right now, but it’s not going to continue forever. Make offers based on the numbers, not out of emotion.
  • Scott is currently renting because it’s a cheaper way to fund his lifestyle right now and there’s too much risk for him to assume with buying.
  • Other than student loan debt, a first home purchase may be the biggest financial decision you make. It’s worth spending a little time thinking about it.

Scott and Mindy from BiggerPockets * Website: BiggerPockets * Podcast: BiggerPockets Podcast

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * First-Time Home Buyer: The Complete Playbook to Avoiding Rookie Mistakes by Scott Trench and Mindy Jensen * BiggerPockets Home Buyer Bonus content

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • When you are financially whole in the way I’ll teach you to be, you won’t have to live in fear. You’ll have a plan for each area of your finances so that they are constantly working on your behalf“. — Tiffany Aliche
  • America’s favorite budget expert, Tiffany Aliche joins us to discuss her new book, Get Good With Money.
  • Financial fear can come from financial trauma and drama. When you know that the money you are making isn’t quite enough for the things that you absolutely need, or you can foresee a future when your finances will not be okay, most of us carry that fear secretly and with a sense of shame.
  • Tiffany wants her community of more than 500,000 Dreamcatchers to release that shame, focus on solutions, and create plans that actually work.
  • According to Tiffany, wealth is more than just money in the bank. It’s really a mindset, which is the building block of personal finance.
  • People often chase an end goal without a foundation to ensure they will still be okay if something were to happen.
  • Tiffany’s teachings are foundational. The goal is to give you the foundation that you need to go on greatness, such as investing at a high level, buying the home you want, or starting a business.
  • For many of us, fear comes from a lack of knowledge and it takes an external, traumatizing incident to awaken us. Tiffany wants to reach people before they get to that point by normalizing financial education early on.
  • Tiffany’s approach is three-pronged: knowledge, access, and community. She delivers knowledge through her blog, The Budgetnista, and podcast, Brown Ambition. For access, she showcases other financial educators, like the ChooseFI Foundation, to those who want a financial education for the children and community. And finally, she built Dreamcatchers for the third prong, community, so that people know they are not alone.
  • The 10 components that constitute financial wholeness are budgeting, savings, debt, credit, and learning how to earn for the first tier. In the second tier, she includes investing for retirement and wealth, insurance, net worth, your professional money team, and estate planning.
  • This foundation of financial wholeness is what you build the rest of your goals, hopes, and dreams on.
  • While writing her book, Tiffany decided to Google, Jake the Thief, a man from her past who had caused her financial trauma. She discovered that he had escalated his thieving behavior from poor 20-something-year-old women to defrauding the United States Government and he is currently sitting in federal prison.
  • Jake’s story is a cautionary tale. Sometimes the wrong thing or risky behavior works for a short period of time. But it’s important to learn how to manage your money from the ground up versus from the top down because you can lose it all if you don’t know how you really built what you built.
  • Tiffany ended up with credit card and student loan debt and a mortgage she could no longer pay for, In total, it was around $300,000 in debt.
  • That experience taught her that her father was right, slow and steady wins the race. She now takes her time and is very methodical with her decisions. Even it means taking a loss, she’ll take a short-term loss if it means a long-term win.
  • Once she built her foundation, she was able to build wealth much more quickly. She wants others to have the opportunity to build the life that they want.
  • After reading her book and matching one of her workshops, Jonathan says he likes how good Tiffany is at organizational structure and categorizing things.
  • With budgeting, Tiffany assigns control categories to expenses. First, she lists all of the expenses and then assigns them to categories.
  • The first category is B, or bills, like a mortage. Some of those bills are usage bills that fluctuate depending on usage, such as water or electricity. She puts a U in front of those Bs.
  • Everything else is a C, meaning cash or choice expenses, because these are expenses you have choices over, like haircuts or gas for the car.
  • Categorizing in this way can help determine if you have a spending-too-much issue, or a not-earning-enough issue, when there isn’t enough at the end of the month. If most of your money is going to Cs, you are spending too much because of your choices. If most is going to Bs and UBs, you aren’t making enough to take care of your financial responsibilities.
  • When things are temporarily tight, you know you can look at your Cs and make some cuts there first. If it’s not enough, move to the second level, UBs. If that’s still not enough, move up to the Bs.
  • Tiffany’s father taught her in an age-appropriate way about the financial consequences of her actions and says it’s a lesson we could learn as adults.
  • A budget isn’t deprivation, Tiffany says it’s your “say yes plan”. Budgets are like your mom. She wants to say yes, but there is an “if” button. You can do the things you want, but only if you’ve lined yourself up in a way that makes it sustainable and safe.
  • If you can master your budget and look at it differently, it is there to accommodate your goals, hopes, and dreams. But it might require you to give something up.
  • Jonathan thinks Tiffany’s book speaks well to those who are broke. When writing it at the height of the pandemic when people were losing jobs and scared, she didn’t want to leave behind those starting in negative territory.
  • She wanted to give them permission to focus just on their sleep, health, and safety. It’s okay to focus on expenses related to health and safety and tell everyone else that you don’t have it right now. You will get to them when you get to a safer place financially.
  • 30% Whole is the chapter Jonathan thinks is worth the book’s price all on its own and you really need to know these tips if you are in debt, such as dealing with debt collectors or mortgage lenders during foreclosure. You can insist on a debt verification letter to verify that they have the right to inquire about it.
  • Debt freedom is a goal, but it’s not the goal. You can be debt-free and still broke. Financial freedom is an incomplete picture. There may still be holes in areas like insurance and estate planning.
  • The FIRE movement is great, but Tiffany believes there is a holistic view that is missing. Not matter how high or low your income, financial wholeness is available and accessible to everyone.

Tiffany Aliche * Website: The Budgetnista * Podcast: Brown Ambition

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * ChooseFI Episode 240 From Financial Imperfection to America’s Favorite Budget Expert | Tiffany Aliche * Get a copy of Tiffany Aliche’s book at getgoodwithmoney.com.

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Winter is over, spring is here, and Brad and Jonathan have hosted their fifth live event on Stereo!
  • With the new season and sense of hope, people are beginning to think more about traveling and travel rewards points. Start thinking about a trip you want to take and join us on Stereo next week for a live group travel rewards coaching call with Brad.
  • The focus of this episode is college. How can you do college for less or do you even need to go to college at all? After more than 400 episodes, optimization tactics related to college have popped up frequently. What has changed for 2021, what are the best practices, and what should you be thinking about?
  • In the FI community, we take a step back, see the world for what it truly is, and look at a problem a little bit differently. Society tells us that college is on the path to success, but knowing what we know now, there may be another way or a way to improve the ROI of going to college.
  • Back a generation or so ago, it wasn’t uncommon for a college student to be the first in their family to attend college. College was seen as a way to make it into the middle class. It may have been true then, can still be true in some ways today, but the difference is the cost of college has risen dramatically while the earning potential did not rise at the same rate.
  • We have to be looking at college through the lens of ROI and understand what we are trying to get out of it. College signals that you can follow the rules, but an undergraduate degree doesn’t necessarily mean you have skills or mastery over something and it’s skills that matter today.
  • No one can afford to go to college for one hundred thousand dollars and come out earning $50,000. It will create financial chaos for a decade or more of your life.
  • Most people’s incentives to go to college fall into one or more of these three areas: wanting to have the college experience, access to higher-income jobs, or a love of learning.
  • The college experience was not high on Jonathan’s list of priorities, nor was attending a prestigious university, so he did two years of community college before transferring to Virginia Tech.
  • Brad’s goal for college was to get a job upon graduation. Though he was accepted to Ivy League schools, he chose not to go to them as they were too expensive and opted for the University of Richmond instead.
  • If having the college experience or getting into the right school are top priorities for you, listen to ChooseFI episodes 114 and 154 to learn more about how to discount the cost of college using test scores and the FAFSA.
  • In episode 083, Cody Berman talked about how he approached applying for scholarships as if it was a part-time job and thought about it systematically.
  • Rob, from The Simple StartUp, called in to say that his parents used geo-arbitrage and moved back to Ireland so that Rob and his siblings could go to college for much less. For graduate school, Rob coached women’s soccer in a graduate assistantship so that he was able to get his Master’s for free and earn a stipend.
  • In episode 138, Anthony Gary discussed how he hacking his college room and board costs by becoming a Resident Assistant. Other past guests have talked about utilizing niche scholarships, like ones for golf caddies.
  • One listener left a voicemail asking how to incentivized kids to apply for scholarships. Jonathan would like to try and gamify it for the kids and Brad believes that there are a lot of merit scholarships available if which college your child attends isn’t concerned with attending the most prestigious schools. He and Laura have made it clear with their daughters that they don’t care about prestige when it comes to college.
  • Choosing where to go to college may mean saddling yourself with student loan debt for decades. We are having 17-year-olds make these decisions that can negatively affect their lives for decades without thought or counsel.
  • Jonathan suggests slowing down and providing kids with a better option.
  • In 202, the average cost of college was $110-120,000 and the average annual income for a graduate was $50,000. It’s a lot of debt for a young adult to get out from under. A little bit of optimization can make it so much easier.
  • If looking to improve test scores, considering investing and paying the fee for test preparation services from companies like Edison Prep.
  • Chase called in to talk about the ROI of college in the military. He is in the National guard and gets reimbursed from both the military and his employer for going to school.
  • When you chose to put the time in to serve our country, it’s possible to optimize the compensation package and never have to work again. Options to pay for college and serve include ROTC and the US military service academies.
  • Marjorie called in about geo-arbitraging college. She attended college in Puerto Rico for a fraction of the cost in the US mainland.
  • Many states have a guaranteed admissions program where you can attend community college for two years and then are guaranteed acceptance to a four-year-school, saving two years of higher-priced tuition, but make sure you know what credits will transfer over to the university.
  • How can you test out a college? In addition to getting college credit for AP courses, dual enrollment while in high school can be an option.
  • CLEP testing is a little-known secret as discussed in episode 238 with Millionaire Educator.
  • Another listener called in to mention Scholarship For Service, where you can get tuition and fees paid along with a $25,000 academic stipend with a requirement to later work for a federal agency. This program is similar to the Department of Defense Smart scholarship mentioned by Sunny Burns in episode 139.
  • If your desire to go to college is for the love of learning, do you really need to go to college? Jonathan says that they have proven there is a replicable path to earning six figures a year without going to college.
  • The son of ChooseFI’s CEO, Edmund Tee, is earning his associate’s degree while in high school thanks to dual enrollment then plans on taking a gap year to pursue Salesforce through Talent Stacker.

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Inspire your 10-18-year-old with the free download 102 Business Ideas for Young Entrepreneurs. * Learn why the Chase Sapphire Preferred is one of our favorite travel rewards cards. * ChooseFI Episode 114 Demystify College Scholarships | Brian Eufinger | Edison Prep (Start at [4:00]) * ChooseFI Episode 154 Hacking the FAFSA | Brian Eufinger Seonwoo Lee (Start at [4:05]) * Edison Prep * ChooseFI Episode 083 A Second Generation FI Case Study | Cody Berman | FlytoFI (Start at [15:00]) * ChooseFI Episode 138 How to Get Paid to Go to College with Anthony Gary (Start at [12:50]) * Colleges and Universities That Award Merit Aid * ChooseFI Episode 095 A Military Path to FI | Military Dollar (Start at [40:00]) * ChooseFI 238 How to Test Out of College While You’re Still in High School | Millionaire Educator * Modern States * Sophia.org * Scholarship For Service * ChooseFI Episode 139 Reaching FI With Real Estate With Sunny Burns (Start at [5:35]) * DoD Smart Scholarship * ChooseFI.com/Salesforce * Visit ChooseFI’s college resource article: Should You Go to College in 2021? * Ditch the spreadsheets and upgrade to NetSuite.

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Do you have a budding entrepreneur at home? Help them bring their business ideas to life, learn the value of money, and gain future-proof skills.
  • About a year ago, Rob Phelan, launched The Simple StartUp workbook and live coaching series aimed at helping kids aged 10-18 develop their first business idea. This episode will highlight lessons learned from his program.
  • The Simple StartUp has given Brad a language to talk with his own girls about business and entrepreneurship. His daughter, Molly, has grasped the concept of affiliate marketing and how it might help her Gardening Gals business.
  • Molly and her friend are now making slime and thinking about the costs of each component in the slime like little businesswomen. Rob says even if she doesn’t become an entrepreneur, she is learning personal finance skills, problem-solving, how to break down costs, and return on investment.
  • These are conversations every parent can be having with their child as we are all customers of different businesses.
  • Rob has put together a document that parents and kids can use as a launch board. Access it for free at ChooseFI.com/idea.
  • At the core of any business idea is something that will solve a problem for someone else. The Simple StartUp tries to help kids get past the idea that they need to come up with the perfect idea before they can start a business. In reality, you’re going to go through multiple businesses or many iterations with your business. It does not need to be super creative or innovative to get started and learn about the process.
  • In his document, Rob came up with 102 ideas that kids ages 10-18 can start at home right now if they have some skills and equipment available.
  • The kids taking Rob’s course usually start with assets they already have by thinking about their skills, hobbies, and interests. They go through a thought exercise of thinking about complaints people have and what solutions they propose for solving them. Can they solve it in such a way that people are willing to pay for it?
  • Parents can prompt their children to go through the thought exercise themselves when they have a complaint about something.
  • Everyone has something that they are marginally better at than the people around them.
  • Annalise messaged Jonathan to let him know that her Easter cards have been released. In The Simple StartUp, she has learned what a powerful selling tool word-of-mouth marketing can be and is working to create super fans by reaching back out to previous customers like Jonathan.
  • What Analiese is doing is core to business development. Like Kevin Kelly states, you can make a living forever if you have 1000 true fans. Recommendations from someone people trust are better than any PR you can pay for.
  • Rob has made some changes to the course since last Summer and Fall. Parents have been requesting to have immediate access to the course to feed existing passion and excitement rather than wait for the next cohort to begin.
  • Not every kid needs the structure of a group course. As an alternative, Rob has created a self-paced, on-demand course that any entrepreneur can start right now. It includes video lessons and an online community of course alumni.
  • The next cohort course will be The Simple StartUp Summer Challenge, beginning at the end of June and running for six weeks.
  • How can parents foster these conversations with their children and help them start? Use the 102 Business Ideas document as a starting point and ask them to come up with other ideas for solving the problem and then how it could make money.
  • The Simple StartUp student, Arianna, started a finger puppet business after talking through the business idea with Rob. She began using free tools create awareness for her product and after receiving positive feedback, switched to Etsy which would direct customers to her. She has learned a ton in the process and had fun doing it.
  • Arianna’s mother, Shelia, began listing to ChooseFI to learn how to take care of her debt but when she heard about The Simple StartUp, she thought it would be perfect for her teen.
  • Initially, Arianna wasn’t thrilled about doing a program over the summer, but she reluctantly agreed. Nervous at first, she liked the videos and found everyone in the chat to be friendly.
  • When coming up with her idea, Arianna knew she liked crafting, plus her grandmother had taught her how to sew.
  • Outside of class, Sheila helped Arianna understand terms like profit and to use coupons when purchasing supplies.
  • Arianna’s lightbulb moment came from selling items in the video game Animal Crossing. She realized she could incentivize people to buy more with quantity discounts.
  • Her business name is Plushet, a mash-up of plushie and puppet, and its mission is to bring the family together through imagination and puppets.
  • Arianna discovered that she’s pretty good at making logos after making one for a fellow classmate.
  • Not only does Arianna encourage other kids to take the course, but says it’s better than video games and she would also even like to do it again. Sheila believes the course opens the door to learning new skillsets.

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Get free instant access to 102 Business Ideas for Young Entrepreneurs * Annaliese’s store: Creative Card Designs * Get on The Simple StartUp Summer Challenge waitlist! * Purchase The Simple StartUp workbook.

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • After four weeks of hosting the live weekly show via Stereo, Brad and Jonathan continue to refine the format and come up with ideas for improving the experience.
  • Jonathan needs some specialized dental work performed and the dentist he found is out-of-network. Insurance isn’t going to cover much in this situation, but thankfully, it doesn’t put him in financial straits.
  • As they reminisce about being children of the 80s, Brad and Jonathan come to the conclusion that time moves on and the rulebook changes. If you are stuck in a world that doesn’t exist, you aren’t going to be successful. Be aware that things change and be open-minded.
  • Google is coming out with its own certificate programs in project management, data analytics, and user experience design through Coursera what will cost most around $250. Google is partnering with 130 other companies to partner with them to hire the graduates of these programs.
  • In past decades, a college degree may have mattered, but in 2020, employers are looking for what can you do or what have you done, not necessarily the degree.
  • Listener Colin called in to say that he started a side hustle last year teaching people computer programming and asked about how to go about finding new clients. Jonathan says that as a business owner, Colin has a product he has created and needs to figure out how to deliver that product, ensure a great experience, find new customers, and finally scale and grow the business.
  • For Colin’s business, is there an awareness problem or is there a problem converting awareness into sales? Brad says something that has worked for him is making connections within his niche and be authentic. Jonathan suggests establishing yourself as a subject matter expert using LinkedIn and Quora and a blog or podcast to begin attracting people interested in the subject.
  • Another thing Colin should do is demonstrate his course has value, get testimonials, and constantly test and iterate.
  • Marjorie called in because she knows how much Jonathan loves the Paprika app, but recommends a similar app called Whisk. It can download recipes from the internet, but you can also take pictures of recipes to upload to the app. Plus, it organizes recipes really well, has a weekly meal planner, and can create a shopping list.
  • The next caller said she loved the coaching call that Jonathan did with Corrine and would love to hear more of those kinds of episodes. Jonathan worked with Households of FI member, Corrine to map out her FI number. Jonathan recommends watching the video for that episode because he shared a lot of screenshots while working with Corrine.
  • Similar to the recipe app Whisk, Brad said that he could have saved money on his recent CT scan using MDSave. Instead of being charged $2,093 for his scan, a provider found through MDSave would have cost him just $289. He was eventually able to negotiate the bill down to around $1,300, but that is still much higher than he needed to pay.
  • The next caller from LA is a side hustle addict. He has been self-employed his whole life and realizes that his nest egg is very small. He wants to know where he should focus his investments for retirement.
  • The caller has a choice between a SEP IRA, a Simple IRA, and a solo 401K. There may be some advantages to using one over the other depending on the size of the business. Brad has set up a SEP IRA and thinks that a solo 401K would have allowed him to defer more money by contributing as the employee and employer. A SEP IRA only allows for employer contributions.
  • If he still meets the income thresholds, the option for a Roth IRA may also be available. There is little downside to contributing to a Roth IRS since contributions can be withdrawn tax and penalty-free.
  • The next caller shared what they would do if looking for a career move. For their technology and financial services company, they would focus on people and find out everything they could about them so that they could engage in relevant small talk. This advice follows nicely with the points Chris Hutchins made in episode 121R.
  • A weak point for a lot of is how can you build a system around building authentic relationships over time? This was something discussed with Jordan Harbinger in episode 233.
  • The next caller wants to know how to account for a mortgage that you expect to pay off during retirement when calculating your FI number. Jonathan plans to pay his mortgage off before beginning to drawdown his investments, however, he calculates his FI number based on what his life costs with a mortgage. It gives him a bit of a fudge factor.
  • Your FI number is calculated by taking your annual expenses and multiplying it by 25. If you plan on paying your mortgage off before retiring, remove the payment from your annual expenses. While principal and interest can be eliminated, taxes and insurance will not be and should be included in your annual expenses. A multi-phased approach will need to be employed to calculate your FI number if planning on paying off the mortgage during retirement.
  • Listener Phil called and left a voicemail asking about tax tips for those with side hustle income and how to balance work-life, side work, and life in general.
  • Jonathan thinks turning a hobby into a business is a great way to explore something within the confines of a business entity. Brad’s tax tip is good record keeping and keeping things separate from your personal accounts.
  • Jonathan also likes the thought of putting advertising expenses on a business card that earns travel rewards, like the Chase Ink Business Preferred, since advertising is a legitimate deductible business expense.
  • A work-life balance can be tough. Jonathan says the biggest misconception is that you’re always going to be balanced all of the time but there will be sprints and tilts. It’s how it averages out over time.
  • Experiment and test a bunch of different things, but don’t put a massive amount of time into something with no ROI or thought to the balance and other areas of our life.
  • If you aren’t going to be in balance and there are other people relying on you, have a conversation about it. Communication will always buy you more room.
  • Map out the cadence to your life and realize where you have control of your time. You might have a boss that needs to sign off on it, but if you work for yourself, you don’t need to ask for permission to make time.

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * ChooseFI Episode 121R How to Get Any Job * ChooseFI Episode 304 Mapping Out Your FI Number | Households of FI with Corrine * MDSave * ChooseFI Episode 274 Tax Planning 2020 * ChooseFI Episode 289 The Roth 401K * ChooseFI Episode 233 Networking with Jordan Harbinger * Join us for the next live show at ChooseFI.com/live. * ChooseFI.com/cards * ChooseFI Episode 168 Make Time * Learn why the Chase Sapphire Preferred is one of our favorite cards.

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Diania Merriam is the Chief Economeist behind the EconoMe conference, a two-day event at the University of Cincinnati whose roots are in the FIRE movement.
  • In 2019, Diania was preparing for the launch of EconoMe in the spring of 2020. She could not have anticipated the risk of a global pandemic impacting her conference, but it was successfully held on March 7, 2020, just before the event location’s shut down. The 2020 event hosted 250 attendees and nine expert speakers.
  • After putting 20 months of work into the conference, Diania was gratified to hear that 90% of participants loved the event and would recommend it to a friend.
  • Getting together as a community is something that has been missed in the financial independence community over the last year. While some may label the movement as a cult, that is s misconception.
  • Like many others in the financial independence community, Diania felt the need to share content to make it accessible and help those receptive to the message get their financial houses in order, much like Mr. Money Mustache did for her.
  • She finds that many people have preconceived notions and assumptions, thinking that it won’t work for their personal situations, but Diania believes putting more content out there will help others it’s a mindset and there are no hard and fast rules.
  • Although some may believe you have to be a white 3o-something male with a tech career to be in the FIRE movement, Brad points out that is far from the reality ChooseFI sees in its Facebook and local groups. Brad says that 90% of the responses to his weekly email are from women.
  • Financial literacy is for everyone and FIRE is merely an aggressive and enthusiastic brand of it.
  • Though there seems to be an assumption that those in the FIRE movement earn high incomes while eating rice and beans, Diania says in truth, it is rather agnostic when it comes to income. It might be easier for those with high incomes, but those with lower incomes can also improve their finances.
  • The way to improve your finances is to increase income, decrease spending, and invest the gap. What is most important is the gap.
  • The loudest voices in the space tend to talk about frugality because it’s the easiest thing you can do when first starting out, however, ideally, you should be doing both.
  • Jonathan gets angry at the assumption that there’s little to nothing you can do to increase your income. You aren’t stuck at your current salary level.
  • A lot of personal finance content revolves around sacrifice and struggle, but there is a sense of optimism in the FIRE community. You have control over reducing your expenses and increasing your income.
  • Coming across FIRE content helped Diania realize how much privilege she had and enabled her to be honest about how wasteful her spending really was.
  • For Brad, the heart of financial independence is optimism and an internal locus of control. You can affect change on your life with tiny actions that compound, resulting in success.
  • For awhile, Diania wanted to be the female Mr. Money Mustache. It took her a while to realize she needed to be herself and figure out her own flavor of FI that was based on her own goals.
  • Diania’s original plan looked a lot like other bloggers, where she would reach a net worth of 25 times her annual expenses and then retire at 40-years-old. However, life presented other options and she began to ask what she wanted out of life and what she wanted to create. Now she feels like slowing down instead of just racing to meet her FI number.
  • Jonathan likes to think about life in terms of five and ten-year timelines. Ten years ago, did you have any idea you’d be where you are today?
  • Brad notes that just being on the path to FI gives you the space to explore what you want your life to look like and what you want to focus on. The nuts and bolts of money is pretty easy to figure out. Figuring out how you want to spend the next 60 years of life is harder.
  • Like Diania, because Jonathan was on the path to FI, he was to explore interest-led learning, turn it into an income stream, and eventually leave his career as a pharmacist.
  • One of the lessons Diania has learned is that your money is only as valuable as your clarity on how you are going to use it. When her work situation started to degrade and become toxic, she realized she was already at Coast FI and had enough FU money where she could take some educated risks and look at self-employment.
  • Being at Cost FI meant that Diania had already saved up enough money that would grow enough to support her in retirement. In the meantime, she only needed to cover her annual expenses without adding to retirement. Her life right now looks a lot like how she would want it to look if she was at FI and retired.
  • Retirement has a branding problem. Another misconception about FI is that if you are retired, you aren’t working. Regardless of your age, if you are retired, you shouldn’t be sitting around doing nothing.
  • EconoMe was born out of Diania asking herself what she would do if she no longer had to work for money. She wanted to create a party about money.
  • Why wait for retirement? Is there a way to change your life around and do it now?
  • Greed is another misconception associated with the FI community, but Diania believes FI puts you in a position to be really generous. She has experienced the generosity of those in the community who have been generous with their time to help her with her conference dream.
  • When you have figured out money for yourself, there’s nothing left to do but help other people. For example, 20% of the EconoMe conference attendees were over 50 or had already achieved FI, but there were there to share knowledge and cheer others on.
  • Diania thinks the benefit of having money is to be able to share it in some capacity through what you create and the gifts that you give.
  • Brad agrees with the generosity of the community. FI allows you to rethink how you relate to people and gives you an abundance mindset.
  • A quote Dinia loves is, “If you look at your inner circle and you aren’t inspired, you don’t have an inner circle. You have a cage“. She is incredibly inspired by all the people she has met in the community.
  • The three most important resources that have a huge effect on your life are time, money, and energy. The people you surround yourself with have a huge effect on your energy.
  • Is FI a fad that everyone will move on from in exchange for the next big thing? Diania doesn’t think so. Like time and energy, money is a resource and we’ll always be fascinated in optimizing our resources.
  • FIRE is an identification with something to build habits and meet goals. There has been an identity and support system created around it.
  • Rather than thinking of FI as a fad, Brad thinks we are normalizing the conversation and there are more and more people to talk to about it without feeling like a weirdo.
  • The EconoMe conference will be held this year on November 13-14 at the University of Cincinnati. Some of the speakers and activities have already been announced and can be found on the website. There will also be more breakout sessions to facilitate learning from each other.
  • Tickets are on sale now. However, if large groups are not allowed to gather by November, EconoMe will not pivot to virtual. Instead, they have backup dates of March 19-20, 2022. The decision and notification will be made by September 1, 2021.
  • Earlybird tickets are available until April 10th. 200 tickets are available at $149, and then the price jumps to $199.

Diania Merriam * Website: EconoMe Conference * Podcast: Optimal Finance Daily

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * ChooseFI Episode 150 Accountability | Diania Merriam * EconoMe Conference * Get started on your own path to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start.

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • It’s the third edition of ChooseFI’s live and interactive show via Stereo. You can submit a question, feedback, or comment, and find out how to join us for the live event by visiting ChooseFI.com/live.
  • Brad and Jonathan are getting high on life. Not only have Brad’s daughters started back at in-person school, but he and Laura were also able to attend a Crossfit class together. Meanwhile, Jonathan is successfully combating fatigue by getting the right amount of sleep, cutting out caffeine, and maintaining high hydration levels with juices.
  • In an ongoing effort to get 1% better, Brad recently reviewed his credit card bills. He found a $50 recurring charge for his daughter’s saxophone rental and decided to buy it for $500 rather than continue incurring the rental fee. He suggests doing this twice a year and asking if those recurring charges are continuing to serve you.
  • Jonathan recently canceled his Netflix subscription and wonders if there is a way to the effort of it and streamline our finances.
  • In a hypothetical example of a $2,000 car loan with a 2-3% interest rate, Jonathan asks if Brad would just pay the balance off versus keeping a monthly payment. At that low of an interest rate, Brad would not, but because of the intersection between math and psychology, there are others so debt adverse that they would pay it off.
  • For higher interest debt or 8-12% or more, Brad believes that is more of a hair-on-fire scenario in which paying the debt off as quickly as possible would be best.
  • Regardless of which side of the scenario you fall on, there is nuance and stigma. Rather than allow others to tell you what you can and can’t do, it’s important to know yourself and why you make the choice you do.
  • Understanding the why behind the car payment is a better thought exercise. If it’s because it gives you the cash flow to finance even more stuff, it can grow to become a difficult position is dig yourself out of. Financing allows you to trade your most precious non-renewable resource, time, for more stuff.
  • With every dollar you are saving, are you using it to invest, or are you buying more stuff? If you are continuing to buy more stuff, then you are still in the trap and aren’t looking at money as a tool.
  • Because Jonathan is a spender, he wants to keep things simple and doesn’t like having structural payments. In the hypothetical scenario, he would feel the need to pay off even a low-interest rate car loan.
  • The first listener voicemail wants to know how much in retirement is enough to adequately cover long-term care. His original goal was $10 million at age 65. According to the 4% rule, that would give the listener $400,000 a year to live off of, which is a big number.
  • It comes down to what does your life cost? Traditional retirement calculators all start from the point of “what do you earn today”, rather than “what does your life cost”. Your income is irrelevant. In retirement, you need to cover what your life will cost.
  • Health care insurance is based on actuarial tables put into place to ensure the provider doesn’t, in aggregate, lose money on you. The same is true for long-term care insurance. It’s priced so that providers don’t lose money on you. What is the effort to reach a $10 million balance to cover the cost of long-term care costing you in terms of time and health now? You can focus on putting systems into place now that give you the best chance to reclaim decades of quality life.
  • Rob Phelan, fromThe Simple StartUp, called in with a question about being open to new technologies and investments.
  • Brad isn’t a first-mover on anything. However, he has a diverse set of interests and prides himself on knowing when the tipping point is to jump in earlier than the average person. He’s done some reading on non-fungible tokens (NFTs) and believes they could be transformative 10-20 years from now.
  • Jonathan’s process is curation and synthesis. When he reads, he skims everything and sees the point when something new becomes real. He’ll do a deep five if it fits into one of the buckets he’s interested in. He’s been doing that deep dive into crypto and blockchain, but not NFTs.
  • While neither Brad nor Jonathan can get behind spending $2.5 million for Jack Dorsey’s first Tweet, they do agree digital ownership is interesting because of all the unique ways the concept could be implemented.
  • Next up is a seven-year-old who says they want to learn about investing. It starts with saving. What Brad tells his own kids is that life gets so much easier if you can save money. If you spend every cent you earn, it takes away a lot of choices in life and gives them fewer options. The higher you can make your savings rate, the more freedom you’ll have.
  • As for investing, think long-term, like many decades of investing. With a long investing horizon, the best chance at being really wealthy is with low-cost broad-based index funds or ETFs.
  • When Jonathan’s kids are older, he thinks he will try and attach a real company to the discussion and carve out a portion to invest in it. It would be one they know and has products they get excited about to help make the feeling of ownership real.
  • Natalie called in to say that she just opened an M1 Finance account for her traditional IRA contributions as well as a savings account so she can earn 1% on it. However, she’s never done a portfolio rebalance.
  • Rebalancing can be scary and easy to avoid. It comes back to having a plan and an investor policy statement and not letting your brain get in the way. M1 can do this automatically and there may be some tax consequences if it is done in a taxable account.
  • Rebalance in your portfolio totality, not within individual accounts. If you don’t have a plan, go and figure out what your goals are and have the plan match them. Rebalancing can also be done by making weighted contributions.
  • James, who is in Jonathan’s podcasting course, asks about speeding up his path to FI by purchasing multi-family real estate by withdrawing from a 401K and obtaining a HELOC.
  • While there are likely both success and horror stories of others who have gone that route, Jonathan would look for ways to avoid 401K withdrawals or taking a line of credit against your home.
  • Brad would only go into his 401K as a last resort. 401K withdrawals are subject to a 10% penalty and would be taxed as ordinary income.
  • Rather than a 401K withdrawal, Jonathan says that if the deal is good enough, the money will come. Bringing on additional investors may be an alternative. Network, be creative, and try to cap the downside.

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Join the live show Tuesdays at 7:30 Eastern with Stereo! * ChooseFI Episode 297 From Pandemic Layoff to $100K+ | A Salesforce Success Story * Start your new language learning journey today with Babbel and get six months for the price of three with promo code “ChooseFI”. * ChooseFI Episode 016 House Hacking with Coach Carson

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Jonathan checks back in with Corinne from the Households of FI series to look at her numbers, goals, and map out a FI plan.
  • Financial independence is not about having the most money. In the pursuit of FI, the math is simple, but the math will change depending on your goals. It’s important to start with understanding what you want your ideal day to look like.
  • Following Corinne’s last coaching session with Jillian, she learned how to build good habits and strategies to get closer to the goals she wants.
  • One of the strategies she’s using is her phone to set reminders for the goals she wants to achieve. The reminders hold her accountable without her having to remember everything.
  • Jonathan pointed out one of the great pieces of advice from the episode with Jillian was her advice to explore the goals you find yourself resisting giving even two minutes to. What is it in your subconscious that is sabotaging your goals?
  • Corinne is on track to become a partner at her firm but that comes with a lot of expectations. In an exercise with Jillian, she was asked to write down what her ideal day would look like. to start, she’s been writing down which activities are energizing and which are draining. It has helped her to manufacture her day to be the kind of day that makes her want to get up and go to work in the morning.
  • She discovering that she doesn’t have to work as many hours as everyone one else. She can balance it out, earning a little less money while being happier.
  • We can make time to make each week more memorable and enjoyable when we spend less time on meanless activities.
  • When you take what earn and subtract what you spend, what you are left with is the gap. When you live paycheck to paycheck, there is no gap.
  • Corinne earns $120,000 a year as an accountant. She was in a five-year program where she got her Bachelor’s and Master’s degree that gave her enough requirements to take the CPA exam. Due to a scholarship, she graduated without any student loan debt.
  • A similar recent graduate starting out now would make around $50,000 a year. She was able to double her salary and excel by narrowing her focus and becoming an expert in that space.
  • In her industry, there are clearly defined roles with specific salary ranges. Increasing income requires the desire to progress and take on more responsibility. Becoming a partner wasn’t always on her radar, but she liked the idea of having ownership in the business.
  • Corinne hasn’t researched the details of the retirement payout for partners at her firm, but there is some form of payout in retirement. Since she is on the trajectory to becoming partner, being able to project the retirement payout will help to calculate her FI number.
  • One of Jonathan’s favorite income tax calculators is at Smartasset.com because it will incorporate state and local taxes. Using Corinne’s salary, he calculates her federal tax plus FICA and Social Security is $29,227. Since she maxes out her 401K, it reduces her tax to $23,000 and saves her more than $6,000 in income tax. The income she brings home is then $77,445, or around $6,500 per month.
  • Now looking at Corinne’s expenses, her mortgage is approximately $1,000 and she spends $500-550 a month on food. She does not have a car payment but between gas and other expenses, it’s around $100 a month. Utilities run $400 per month. Additional budget categories include dining out and shopping for $500, charitable giving at $200, housekeeping is $100, and her HOA bill is $150. Though travel is on hold at the moment, she’s like to budget $250 a month for vacations. And finally, an additional $200 was included to cover odds and ends.
  • Corinne’s total monthly cost-of-living is $3,375. To find out her gap, Jonathan takes her net monthly pay of $6,500 and subtracts her monthly expenses of $3,375 to calculate a gap of $3,125 each month.
  • Jonathan suggests putting the gap to work for her as quickly as possible and sending it to her investment strategy. Before doing this exercise, Corinne had no idea what her gap was and grabbed a random number to move to savings.
  • To start working on a plan for financial independence, Jonathan uses net worth and age. Corrine’s 401K balance is about $150K and her taxable account has another $100K making her invested net worth $250,000. She is 32 years old.
  • Using ChooseFI’s simple Retirement Projection calculator, Jonathan plugged in Corinne’s numbers. Her FI number is $1,012,500.
  • Next, Jonathan uses ChooseFI’s Future Value of Investments calculator to project how many years it will take Corinne to reach her FI number through both the growth of her current invested balance and her monthly contributions. Using an 8% rate of return, in 10 years Corinne will have $1.4 million far exceeding her FI number. Sometime between 7 and 8 years is when she will reach financial independence.
  • The exercise is energizing for Corinne who previously thought she would need to eat rice and beans to reach financial independence in 10 years. She was nervous to see the numbers but now finds it motivating. Her next step will be to ensure she’s taking that extra money every month and putting it to work for her.
  • Once you’ve got what you earn, what you spend, identify the gap, and decide what you’re going to do with the gap, you’ve got your FI plan in place.

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Join the live show Tuesdays at 7:30 pm Eastern on Stereo! * ChooseFI Episode 243 Households of FI | Corinne and Jillian Johnsrud * Watch ChooseFI episodes at ChooseFI.tv. * ChooseFI Episode 168 Make Time * Smartasset.com * Apps.choosefi.com * Take ChooseFI’s free 5-day challenge.

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • In the second episode in the series of taking the show live online via the Stereo app, listeners ask questions and interact during a replay of this live podcast from Tuesday evening.
  • Experimenting with this new show format, Brad and Jonathan are adding to their talents stack and themselves getting better through the often mentioned concept of the aggregation of marginal gains.
  • Unfortunately, just because you make progress in an area, it doesn’t always mean you hold on to those gains. While your finances can be put on autopilot, physical and mental health are areas prone to backsliding. Take a little time for self-care.
  • While reaching financial independence isn’t as simple as packing your lunch every day, it can be symbolic of the transformation to a mindset to take care of all the small things. It’s that effort, in the aggregate, that gives you the space to increase your savings rate, optimize investments, and earn market gains.
  • Brad has been trying to apply the concept to his health, which has also required that he overcome several limiting beliefs. All of the changes he’s been making are small, like stretching, doing pushups, or yoga in the evening while watching TV with his family. And after hearing about how important vitamin D is to metabolic health, he tested his levels and found out they were dangerously low.
  • In his attempt to live a more examined life, Brad has noticed certain foods lead to inflammation, and that his energy level fluctuates with the seasons.
  • Likewise, Jonathan has been examining his use of caffeine and trying to decide if he is better off with it or without it. He would prefer to have a natural, steady energy state. He’s noticed that by decreasing processed sugars, he has more energy and wakes up fresher.
  • Brad has been using a 10-minute nidra yoga YouTube video as a guided sleep meditation and says it’s like getting a two-hour nap.
  • Listener Jackie left a voicemail asking about taking a little risk by putting emergency funds into the bond market. Jonathan says there’s no one answer, but he thinks we need to look at what we’re protecting ourselves against and the opportunity cost that comes with having a lot of money on hand to handle emergencies.
  • Most of us will benefit from having $1,000 in the bank to start, and then moving to one or two months of expenses in cash. As your net worth grows, Jonathan would prefer to have the money in a fully-funded emergency fund grow.
  • Since recording episode 066 with Big ERN, Brad has been trying to come up with a true financial emergency scenario. He’s been unable to think of a scenario when he might need cash in a hurry that couldn’t be covered immediately with a credit card. In a true emergency, he has invested assets he could sell and transfer to his checking account to then pay the credit card bill.
  • When you keep an emergency fund in a savings account, the opportunity costs are the potential gains that could have been made by having those funds invested.
  • Jonathan keeps a couple of months of cash flow. In addition to retirement investments, he also has a taxable brokerage account with M1 Finance. His investment pies in M1 have been allocated for different timelines. For his shorter timeline fund, he thinks about it more like a retiree would and wants it stable. Therefore, he keeps it in a fund that is negatively correlated to the stock market, such as bonds and precious metals.
  • For emergencies, one of the benefits of M1 Borrow is access to a low-interest margin loan against your invested non-retirement assets.
  • The second listener voicemail asks about the ability to convert and access 401K investments after a five-year waiting period for someone who retires early. Brad believes the listener has a Roth 401K, in which contributions are made with after-tax dollars and may be withdrawn tax-free. The five-year waiting requirement applies to Roth IRA Conversion where traditional 401K contributions are converted to a Roth IRA and it is a taxable event. When rolling over money from a Roth 401K to a Roth IRA, it is not taxable and there’s no wait to access contributions. At 59 and a half, all of the money may be accessed penalty-free.
  • A listener in the Netherlands wanted to know if Brad and Jonathan would consider having a guest from another country on the podcast. Since the FI movement is worldwide, ChooseFI has listeners from all over. Exploring non-American guests is definitely something to be examined for general FI topics, as it would be difficult to speak about other countries’ tax codes. The ChooseFI local groups in international locations would be a great option and resource.
  • Listener Gavin asks about how best to decide post-FI plans. Jonathan stresses that FI is a number and not an action. It does not mean you have to leave your job. FI gives you options, time, and resources and allows you to explore what you want to do with those. Having some space financially allows you to make choices from a position of power. You can make small-scale tests before wholesale life choices. The money is the easy part. Figuring out what lights you up is the difficult part.
  • Listener Natalie has connected with the idea of maximizing her savings but is sitting a significant amount of cash while she decides between renting and buying. She wants to know how easy it is to put money in the market if she might need it in three to five years. Of the big traditional brokerages, Jonathan thinks Fidelity is the easiest to learn from a user interface perspective.
  • Of the software-based institutions, he likes M1. Brad says from purely a conceptual-level, it’s easy to get money in and out of the market as they aren’t subject to the same rules retirement accounts are. However, it’s good to note that the stock markets have business hours and may be closed when you want to make a transaction and that some companies like M1 limit when transactions can take place.
  • In live feedback of the 401K discussion, a listener pointed out that there is a phantom five-year clock on in-plan Roth conversions.
  • Marjorie left a voicemail that she is trying to get her family back in Puerto Rico on board and is looking for Spanish language FI resources. Jonathan has been helping Lorena start a Spanish language personal finance podcast, De Peso a Peso.

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Join the live show Tuesdays at 7:30 pm Eastern! * The Tim Ferris Show * The Peter Attia Drive Podcast * Ulta Lab Tests * The Huberman Lap Podcast * Yoga Nidra * ChooseFI Episode 066 The Emergency Fund…Is it a Bad Idea? with Big ERN * ChooseFI Episode 194 The Role of Bonds in a Portfolio * Risk Parity Radio * ChooseFI Episode 292 The Complexity in Simplicity at M1 | Brian Barnes * M1 Finance Review: Completely Free Automated Investing * ChooseFI Episode 289 The Roth 401K and Meal Planning Made Easy * Find your local ChooseFI group. * ChooseFI Episode 049 Alan Donegan and The Escape Artist | The Aggregation of Marginal Gains * ChooseFI Episode 117 Making the Case for Part-Time with Bradley Rice * ChooseFI Episode 047 The Cult of Home Ownership and Crushing Geo-Arbitrage | Millienial Revolution * De Peso a Peso Podcast * ChooseFI.com/network * Join Jonathan’s free podcast course at Talent Stacker.

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • We are checking back in with Vivan from our Households of FI series who has been paired with mentor, Tae from Financial Tortoise, to go over strategies, best practices, and considerations for multiple generations living under one roof.
  • In many Asian cultures, adult children are responsible for taking care of and being financially responsible for aging parents while also raising their own children, often referred to as the Sandwich Generation.
  • Whether or not being financially responsible for parents is part of your culture, caring for or assisting them to make decisions as they age may be in your future.
  • Tae writes from the perspective of the Sandwich Generation on his blog, Financial Tortoise. Living with him and his wife are his two kids and both of his parents. During the last 10 years in this living arrangement, he’s paid off $105,000 in student loans and is pursuing financial independence.
  • Vivian has been fighting breast cancer while dealing with a separation and child custody battle. She also has her mom living with her, who is helping out with her child, but she finds that there are generational differences leading to misunderstandings. She has questions about what kind of disability or long-term care insurance she would be getting for them.
  • At 61, Vivian’s mom doesn’t yet qualify for Medicare and hasn’t applied for Social Security, but she does have a small pension from working for the Los Angeles School District. Tae thinks there may be healthcare gap insurance available if her mom qualifies.
  • Her mom retired from work last year. If she applies for Social Security early at 62, she’ll earn 20-30% less. If she waits until age 700, she’ll earn 20-30% more. As long as she has paid into Social Security for at least 10 years, she is eligible. If she hasn’t been receiving paper summary statements, she can check online and see what her estimated benefits will be.
  • Tae’s parents moved in with him right when they began collecting Social Security. They didn’t understand retirement accounts, but they did have real estate and rolled over equity into the down payment for a new home they could all live in and Tae took over the mortgage.
  • Since Vivian’s mom lives with her, she shouldn’t have major expenses and her pension and Social Security should be enough to live one, but she would like to travel so Tae suggests looking into travel hacking.
  • As for healthcare, Vivian’s mom retired because of health issues and is no longer able to work. She currently pays for private insurance, but at 61, there isn’t an ideal solution until age 65 when she becomes eligible for Medicare. She will need to enroll 3 months before she turns 65. Basic Medicare is covered, but if she wants things like hospital visits covered, she will pay a premium that is taken directly from Social Security if she is collecting it.
  • Tae does not have long-term care insurance for his parents because it is hard to find affordable long-term care insurance now, but skilled nursing and assisted living may be alternatives. The best thing you can do is to take care of yourself. He thinks people in the FI community have the advantage of having more time to spend figuring out a care solution when the time comes.
  • Vivian asked if Tae his FI plan included healthcare spending for his parents. He does not, but he does plan for them to age in place, which means maintaining the larger home.
  • Living through the Vietnam war has created conflicts in some areas, like hoarding food and water. Her mother helps out with cooking, child care, and food costs, but Vivian pays for everything else.
  • One of the reasons why Tae decided to try co-habiting with his parents was for help with childcare. It helped them fully commit to their careers. While there can be a huge cultural chasm when living with your parents as adults, Tae has learned empathy and takes time to try and understand where they are coming from.
  • Rather than try to control what his parents are doing with their money, Tae tries to ensure his own expenses are as strong as possible. If something were to happen with his parents, if his own finances are strong, he’ll be able to figure out how to deal with it.
  • Vivian is trying to save 50% of her income as a pharmacist and her parents think she is being stingy, which runs counter to many Asian cultures where you wear your wealth.
  • She was excited when she found ChooseFI because she previously believed you needed to have your own business to become financially independent. She’s now following the advice in The Simple Path to Wealth.
  • Saving for college is another question Vivian has. Tae’s children are 4 and 6 but he’s started 529 accounts for them since there is some flexibility with them. However, he believes the future of work could look different. He thinks about how he can help his children become productive adults rather than blindly save for college.
  • Tae thinks it’s good to start thinking about estate planning with her parents. He and his wife just did their own, setting up a trust and power of attorney which motivated his parents to do the same.
  • There is a cost for everything and there are both positives and negatives when putting families together under one roof. You have to be aware of it going in.
  • The major takeaways from Tae and Vivian’s conversation are the need for managing the gap before Medicare kicks in, navigating Social Security, and feed estate planning.

Tae * Website: Financial Tortoise

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * ChooseFI Episode 186 Mulitple Generations Under One Roof With Financial Tortoise * ChooseFI Episode 221 Introducing Our Households of FI! Part 1 * ChooseFI Episode 255 Vivian Connects with Leslie Tayne * SSA.gov * The Simple Path to Wealth by JL Collins * Smart Money Mama’s Family Emergency Binder * Get started on your path to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start.

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • What are you getting hung up on with relationships and money? We continue the conversation in Part 2 of the Relationships and Money series with Jillian Johnsrud.
  • Although March is finally here and the sunshine is motivating Jonathan to push away the processed carbs in favor of broccoli and hummus, Richmond’s recent ice storms had Brad using his stash of travel rewards for the first time in over a year.
  • Travel rewards come in handy at home too. After losing power from the storm, Brad called up a local Hyatt to see if they had power and was able to use 5,000 with Hyatt to book a room, and quickly move his family out of a cold home for the night. If he had been short on Hyatt points, he could have quickly transferred Chase Ultimate Rewards points over to cover the rate.
  • Even if you aren’t ready to travel now, plan ahead and start stockpiling travel rewards points now so you have them once you do want to travel again. Take the travel course at ChooseFI.com/travel to learn how.
  • The next roundup episodes will feature Alan Donegan and focus on building a business in 2021. Submit a voicemail with the questions and concerns you would like to have addressed at ChooseFI.com/voicemail.
  • Have a question on a different topic? Submit your voicemail and join the live radio shows held on Stereo, Tuesdays at 7:30 pm Eastern.
  • In Episode 300 with Jillian, she discussed how your past money story motivates you and creates fear as it pertains to money and relationships. Part 2 of the series examines being financially independent while still dependent.
  • Listener Asia is engaged and works full-time while her partner is still going to school and works part-time. They each have vastly different money stories and have started combining finances. Her partner is still receiving some financial support from her parents. While her partner wants to begin become more independent, Asia wonders if it would be smarter to continue as things are.
  • Jonathan sees three issues with Asia and her partner’s situation: attachment, boundaries, and economics. For Jillian, one of the elements was what habits and practices Asia’s fiance can take to feel like a financial grown-up and equal partner in the relationship. She also considered what it might mean for the fiance to receive from her parents, as well as what it might mean to the fiance’s parent to give.
  • Jonathan sees nothing wrong with accepting help so long as there are no boundary or communication issues or strings attached. Brad thinks it sounds like a positive situation but is also concerned about ulterior motives.
  • After graduating college, Brad lived at home with his parents while saving 90% of his income which gave him a huge jumpstart on his path to FI.
  • Jonathan noted that there could potentially be some tax-filing issues that could be related to the child tax credit and paying for dependent healthcare that could be important to figure out.
  • Jillian says society’s rules don’t matter, you can write your own rules of what it means to be a financial grown-up without there being a contradiction. Help can be a sweet thing family can do, but even she had issues with family members trying to control her with financial assistance while she went to school.
  • There are other things you can do to feel like a financial grown-up, like tracking expenses or coming up with a debt repayment plan. You can be a financial grown-up, take advantage of opportunities without taking advantage of relatives as long as your goals are aligned and they want to see you succeed.
  • Brad wants to be able to help his kids out when they are older. He respects parents who charge their children rent and teach them to be financially responsible, but he hopes to instill those lessons throughout childhood.
  • Listener Precious will be getting married soon. So far they have been sending money back and forth to each other, but she wants to be more efficient and is wondering what the best way to begin combining finances is.
  • While Jillian wants to believe all love will last forever, she advises against opening up a credit card together in the first few years of marriage due to the bills being divided up in a painful divorce process. However, opening up a joint checking account is a good baby step since at worst only the money in the account can be spent without going into debt. How much each person contributes and what bills get paid from it opens up the lines of communication.
  • When you are young and your finances are simple, combining all of your finances makes a lot of sense. In contrast, Jillian’s financial life is much more complicated and if she had to remarry, she isn’t sure she would combine her finances with anyone else.
  • Credit card and car debt can be kept separate, but it’s usually better to have both names on a home loan since real estate is an asset being grown together. But also so that it doesn’t become a painful process to untether if necessary in the future.
  • In a new marriage, Jonathan says he wouldn’t feel comfortable being a co-signer on a credit card since he would be legally responsible but have no insight into what was going on until it crashes into a wall. On the other hand, adding an authorized user gives you more control and insight into how the card is being used and it can be revoked.
  • Brad and Jonathan have their own bobblehead figure! It was given to them by All-Star Money for being creators of content who inspire readers to improve their financial situations and helped develop an engaged personal finance community.

Jillian Johnsrud * Website: JillianJohnsrud.com * Podcast: Everyday Courage

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Join us for the live show Tuesdays at 7:30 Eastern on Stereo. * Travel more and spend a lot less with the ChooseFI Travel Rewards 101 course. * The Chase Sapphire Preferred Card—Great for Cash Back or Travel Rewards * ChooseFI Episode 300 Relationships and Money with Jillian Johnsrud * ChooseFI Episode 186 Multiple Generations Under One Roof With Financial Tortise * Create a powerful money plan with The One Hour Millionaire Course and get $30 off with the code “ChooseFI30”. * All-Star Money’s All-Star Originals

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Money is one of the top three things people struggle to communicate with, falling right below sex and above our reasons and motivations for work.
  • In her coaching practice, Jillian finds clients will be very open in one-on-one sessions, but when working with couples, it becomes much more uncomfortable.
  • Jillian believes this discomfort is because discussions of things like sex and money happened behind closed doors and weren’t modeled for us growing up.
  • In response to a call put out for questions in Brad’s FI Weekly newsletter, listeners submitted their questions for Jillian about relationships and money.
  • The first comes from Jonesy who had a question about keeping the lines of communication open about money with a significant other when they are at different stages. He is working and beginning to build his portfolio and savings, while his significant other is still in school and struggling to make ends meet.
  • Jillian suggests first trying to find common ground to discuss money. You can start with telling your own money stories, like how your parents spent money or what you wish they had spent money on. It’s important to feel seen and heard. Sharing childhood stories are opportunities to start having conversations to begin learning about each other financially.
  • Help make the conversation not feel like a trap by being genuinely curious about your partner’s life and experience. You can approach discussions about money much in the same way couples talk about the parenting they witnessed and experienced.
  • Pick one or two questions to open up the conversation and put your partner in a relaxed state. Ensure they feel seen and heard before transitioning into conversations on budgets or debt payoff.
  • Taking the small step of sharing money stories can help the couple come away with positive feelings, feel closer, and know just a little bit more about each other.
  • Jillian and her husband did not communicate about money well during the first few years of their marriage. They had very different money stories and didn’t know how to explain why they were reacting or felt the way they were.
  • Breaking the big scary stuff down into bite-sized non-intimidating questions is something Jillian guides users through in her latest workbook, part of which asks us to examine our parents’ patterns, whether or not we have copied or rebelled against them, if what was inherited is serving you well, and do you want to take it forward.
  • Because Jonesy and his partner aren’t married, Jillian says it’s okay to skip the specifics in the middle, like savings rates and budgets, and discuss the outcome, like a common goal to work toward together.
  • If you work on learning to talk about money, understanding each other financially, and can work toward a common goal, by the time you are on the same page, the middle stuff will be easier.
  • Listener Sam wants to know if it can work when one half of a couple is excited about being on the FI path but the other half says FI is not for them. Sam has been on her journey for three years and has a 50% savings rate and plans to retire early, but recently married and her husband’s savings rate is far from the same and he plans on working until 60. They currently keep their finances separate.
  • Jillian thinks Sam and her husband could benefit from having conversations about work, its role, and how it ties to identity. It’s feasible for one person to retire while the other works, but it can create a rift unless they understand each other’s stories and mindsets.
  • Brad wonders how Sam and her husband keeping their finances separate could work logically in the long-term. Jillian thinks on the surface it cold work so long as they work on everything below the surface and sure each is truly comfortable with the situation.
  • Listener Titan wants to know how to make the monthly chart tracking their progress toward FI more fun and exciting for his significant other. Unfortunately, Jillian thinks Titan’s partner will never be excited about it. In any relationship, it seems like there’s one who likes worksheets and graphs and one who prefers to talk about things. She suggests not focusing on the numbers on the graph and instead make it about the amazing life they are creating or whatever is exciting for them.
  • Jonathan can sympathize with Titan’s situation but says what were are looking for is trust that you are building an awesome life together and moving forward in the same direction.
  • Jillian’s course, One Hour Millionaire, is a 21-day program with the premise that it should only take you one hour a month to set your trajectory to a million-dollar net worth.

  • Website: JillianJohnsrud.com

  • Podcast: Everyday Courage

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Download the Stereo app and join us on Tuesdays for the live show! * Compare home and auto rates from top insurers at Policy Genius. * Explore Season 2 of Rebel Entrepreneur and make money doing something you love. * Register for Jillian Johnsrud’s, One Hour Millionaire Course, and get a $30 discount during the month of March with code ChooseFI30.

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • It's ChooseFI's first live radio show! Recorded live on Tuesdays at 7:30 pm Eastern using an app called Stereo, the live shows will be replayed for the Friday Roundup episode.
  • The topic of this interactive live show is: “What is stopping you from reaching financial independence?”.
  • Lorraine has a question about allocation and investing in one of Vanguard’s funds like VTI or VTSAX but the answer is situation-dependent.
  • It’s important o know the investing timeline Lorraine is looking at, but hopefully, it’s investing for the long-term. Investing for the long-term provides for the highest likelihood of success. However, it’s money needed for something critical like an emergency fund, maybe consider keeping what you need in a savings account and investing the rest.
  • Other factors to consider are risk tolerance, net worth, job security, and whether you have an emergency fund. How sacred you were in March is a good indicator of your risk tolerance. The right allocation will allow you to sleep at night, be confident in your plan, and stay the course.
  • The best thing to do is take action and get invested without getting hung up on the details. Keeping your expenses low with low-cost broad-based index funds, like total stock market or S&P 500 index funds, make a significant difference over your investing lifetime.
  • Getting to the point where you can make work optional can often seem like luck. However, the FI community believes we have the power to impact change in our lives and in our communities. Taking small actions to optimize and seeing that you can still live a life without a feeling of deprivation becomes a motivating positive feedback loop.
  • No matter how much you earn, the message of FI can be valuable. If you are living paycheck-to-paycheck, it doesn’t matter how much you earn. You need some amount of gap between what you earn and what you spend.
  • Growing the gap by cutting expenses is usually the most effective place to start, but you can widen the gap by earning more as well. It doesn’t mean going back to school or taking on a second job delivering pizzas. One way to increase your income is by negotiating your salary.
  • If you research the highest paying professions, the search leads to a list of six-figure careers, however, the return on investment in these career paths is not what it seems. They may require a significant number of years in school and the student loan debt that goes along with it.
  • Today it’s possible to skip a degree program in favor of a certificate program and land a high-paying job in less time and at less expense.
  • Matthew has been listening to the show for about six months. One question he’s had is how people are retiring early when you cannot withdraw from retirement accounts without a penalty until you reach the age of 59.5.
  • There are strategies for investing in retirement accounts where it goes in tax-free, grows tax-free, and is withdrawn tax-free ahead of the traditional retirement age.
  • Investing in something like a traditional 401K account lowers your taxable income and gives you a current tax deduction. Once you reach FI and decide to not work anymore and are living off savings, you are earning $0. You can at that time pull take money from your 401k and convert it into a Roth IRA, an after-tax account, in a process known as a Roth IRA Conversion Ladder.
  • The conversion is a taxable event, however, your earned income is $0 so the only amount subject to tax is what you convert. Even then, the total amount won’t be taxed. You can still take the standard deduction and only be taxed on the remainder at the lowest possible marginal tax rate. The account will then grow tax-free.
  • Another method to access 401K retirement funds a few years earlier is with Rule of 55.
  • One listener wants to know what other podcasters or influencers Brad and Jonathan follow. Brad’s long-time favorite is The Tim Ferris Show, Dr. Peter Attia’s The Drive, and Naval. Jonathan’s podcast listening tends to be focused on what will help build his talent stack. On YouTube, he likes Real Coffee with Scott Adams.
  • The book by Scott Adams, How to Fail at Almost Everything and Still Win Big, had helped Jonathan change his mindset. He went from fearing failure, to understanding there is a process and failure is completely fine.
  • Brad thinks the best podcast that exists is Armchair Expert with Dax Shepard.
  • Listener Josh left a voicemail saying the episode featuring the Millionaire Educator and the mentality of keeping money on your side of the ledger was one of the most impactful shows for him. The Millionaire Educator learned the rules and used them to his advantage to reduce his tax rate to zero.
  • When the question of dream podcast guests came up, Jonathan says he’s going to reach out to Scott Adams, while Brad’s dream guest would be Mark Cuban for his open-minded and entrepreneurial spirit. Send in your ideas for who you’d like to hear on the show.
  • The next voicemail asked when is the best to move from 100% equities to bonds if you are about halfway to FI. Jonathan projects he’ll be at FI within 10 years and currently doesn’t have anything in bonds. He thinks he would make the move to become more conservative once he has a clear exit date in mind, such as within five years. The conventional split is 60% stocks and 40% bonds, but it should match your risk tolerance.
  • Brad mentioned that Big Ern discussed how paying off your mortgage is an alternative to holding bonds in your portfolio. Although Brad has reached FI, he doesn’t have any bonds either. He thinks a young adult with a long time horizon, equities have the highest likelihood for maximizing net worth.
  • If you can reduce your structural expenses at the point of retirement, it could act as a substitute for having bonds. Passive income is another alternative.
  • Jonathan is currently allowing his equities to continue to grow, but before he retires, he will pay off his mortgage and get rid of that structural expense.

Resources Mentioned In Today’s Conversation * Join the live show at ChooseFI.com/live. * ChooseFI Episode 147 Negotiate Your Salary with Tori Dunlap * ChooseFI Episode 211 How to Negotiate Your Salary Without Burning Bridges with Financial Mechanic * Learn more about the Roth IRA Conversion Ladder. * ChooseFI Episode 297 From Pandemic Layoff to 100K+ | A Salesforce Success Story * Find out more about the Salesforce 5-Day Challenge. * The Tim Ferris Show * The Drive * Nav.al * Real Coffee with Scott Adams * How to Fail at Almost Everything and Still Win Big: Kind of the Story of My Life by Scott Adams * Armchair Expert * The Prof G Show * ChooseFI Episode 013 The Unfair (FI) Advantage of Teachers | 457(b) * ChooseFI Episode 019 The Stock Series Part 1 JL Collins * ChooseFI Episode 066 The Emergency Fund…Is it a Bad Idea? | Big Ern * ChooseFI Episode 035 Sequence of Return Risk | Big Ern * Early Retirement Now: Why We Will Not Have a Mortgage in Early Retirement

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI’s 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • We are checking back in with our Households of FI family, Martin and Ayesha, who have been paired with mentors, Julien and Kiersten of Rich and Regular.
  • Kiersten and Julien live in Atlanta and started working toward FIRE before they married five to six years ago and have paid off $200,o00 in debt, including their mortgage. They now share their journey on their blog rich & REGULAR.
  • Ayesha and Martin live in Chicago and found ChooseFI in January 2020 and jumped in with both feet. Martin is a natural saver and had been a positive financial influence on Ayesha before finding FI so they had done a decent job managing their money.
  • Martin was researching dividend investing after it was recommended by Ayesha's uncle who retired at 55. Ayesha felt like her aunt and uncle had the most fabulous retirement life she'd ever seen. Thanks to his example over the last 25 years, their goal is to get to where he is.
  • Julien had a similar retirement role model in his life. A close family friend was a Registered Nurse who retried early and showed him that there is a lot of life left after 40.
  • Since finding FI, and partly thanks to Covid, Martin and Ayesha's savings rate has increased. It has made them aware of all the frivolous, non-essential ways they spent money before.
  • Ayesha hates budgets and doesn't want to track every penny of her spending. She was out of work for four months during Covid and they found that they didn't miss her income and it showed them that they could save a good amount of money without feeling constrained or deprived.
  • Having a quantifiable goal and a clear target has helped provide clarity in what they are trying to accomplish.
  • Martin enjoys trying to optimize their spending and counting the dollars they save. When they decided to get a new television, he used Offer Up to do his research and purchased a flat-screen plasma HDTV for $40.
  • Julien used to track every single expense and look for new savings opportunities each quarter. But now, optimizing their spending has become such a deeply ingrained habit that he no longer feels the need to look at their budget. He says it becomes like muscle memory once you sort out your own system.
  • Ayesha feels like when you can simplify your life and have good habits, your life can smoothly and asked what Julien and Kiersten's top habits are.
  • Kiersten says doing laundry regularly keeps them from having a ton of extra clothes. She and their son have a capsule wardrobe with 20-30 pieces of matching items. She also keeps the kitchen sink clear of dishes to cut down on kitchen accessories.
  • Julien says they have just the right amount of things they need and notes that there is stress associated with the quantity and clutter in our lives.
  • Having too many things adds to decision anxiety and analysis paralysis. Instead, whether it is life or a financial strategy, find a handful of things you can nail every single time and ignore everything else.
  • Julien also says that he has never made an investment in himself that hasn't paid off handsomely, no matter if it is exercise equipment, a book, or a course. Don't allow frugality to prevent you from paying to learn new learning opportunities. New skills can improve your ability to earn more income or make you more marketable.
  • Kiersten likes to save receipts. if the item she purchased sits for several days, she didn't need it and will return it. She also purges the house of items regularly.
  • As far as community goes, Ayesha and Martin are doing okay. In addition to family, they have a group of friends who meet to share ideas on investing and becoming financially free. However, they aren't as familiar with the concept of FI so Ayesha feels like they don't have a like-minded community
  • Julien notes that, especially for black people, the pursuit of financial independence can be a very lonely experience. Telling people about FI doesn't work. You have to show them, like when you get to the point where you can take a two-week vacation or a month off from work.
  • Kiersten and Julien suggest focusing on influencing the next generation. They use their freedom to step up and help out and pick up the slack with their friends' children.
  • When it comes to building community, stay open-minded. It takes time to find your best friends and others whose values closely align with yours, but you don't need to divorce yourself from your social circle.
  • Like their budget, Julien doesn't check his investment portfolio very often because they won't be touching that money for 10-20 years. His attention is better spent on building the business and maintaining a healthy lifestyle. They make decisions on where to invest income every quarter.
  • You can see the crash coming on other people's lives despite the advice you may have given. Still, Julien says to leave the gate open and don't be judgemental. You may not have been the right messenger for that message.
  • Before starting rich and REGULAR, Julien was working for a company he loved but was underpaid. When his company paid an influencer $10,000 for posting a photo on Instagram, it motivated him to start earning income in other ways.
  • Since they already had rental real estate, he was confident he could earn more outside of work. He was eventual led into the world of digital entrepreneurship.
  • When Kiersten was finally comfortable enough to leave her job, they were not yet at FI, but a year's worth of runway that enabled her to quit and devote that time to building the blog.
  • The FI community often talks about what number is needed to hit FI, but that number is arbitrary. A single dip in the stock market can impact the number. Julien and Kiersten ask if you were counting on drawing down that money, what would you do for money now?
  • Most people only earn income one way, through earned income. They don't know enjoy the quality of that income over any other.
  • Kiersten and Julien attend FI meetups in Atlanta and other places and encourage Martin and Ayesha to do the same when they are able.
  • Julien had challenges at the beginning of his journey. He grew up poor and was judgemental about his beliefs on spending. He found virtue in saving and said hurtful things to Kiersten because he felt she was spoiled. He's since learned leading with shame creates barriers.
  • Whether a natural saver or a natural spender, everybody is spending. Spending today can be rewarding and motivating.
  • Kiersten was also judgemental in a different way. She thought she knew how her life was going to be and was closed-minded. She struggled with seeing a different version of herself. She had to be open and let go of her ideas of what certain aspects of her life would look like.
  • If they came into a windfall of money and weren't allowed to invest in themselves or their business, they would invest the money in low-cost index funds and then let it grow and forget about it.
  • Discipline equals freedom. When you set up a framework for life by setting up non-negotiable things, it allows you the freedom to spend time doing the things you'd rather be doing.
  • Brad agreed with Julien's sentiment about investing in yourself and that the spirit of frugality can get in the way of that. Watch out for it.
  • The local groups are the heartbeat of the FI community. They aren't made up of podcasters and bloggers. They are regular people who are getting together and trying to live better lives.

  • Website: rich and REGULAR

  • YouTube: Money on the Table

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * ChooseFI Episode 224 Introducing our Households of FI Part 2 * ChooseFI Episode 251 Brad Connects with Martin and Ayesha * Find your local group at ChooseFI.com/local.

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

What You'll Get Out Of Today's Show * If you are willing to look outside your comfort zone, grab good information, and take action on it, you can change your life in a matter of weeks or months. * One of the hardest-hit industries during the pandemic has been hospitality. Working in that industry, Anita was looking down a long dark tunnel before stumbling upon the FI community. * When Anita found ChooseFI in August, she jumped right in, taking action and interacting with Brad through the FI Weekly and submitting her frugal wins of the week. * By listening to the podcast, Anita heard about Jonathan starting up the Talent Stacker podcast and the program he put together with Bradley Rice on Salesforce career development. Anita gave it a shot and her results blew Jonathan and Bradley's mind. * The results Anita has had are not an outlier. It's what others are also seeing every single week. * Back in the spring of 2019, Bradley was on the show to talk about Salesforce and living a life by design. After Bradley discussed earning $200K a year working 15-20 hours a week, the listening audience really responded. * Based on that interest, a Salesforce group was started for the community and people began landing Salesforce jobs. In just two years, the group grew to 5,000 members learning from each other. * A year ago, Anita was working as a revenue manager for a hotel connected to a convention center. At that time, the pandemic was accelerating and group after group began canceling their events. As a result, she was furloughed in March. * Understanding that hospitality wasn't going to recover anytime soon, Anita decided to be proactive, began learning, and figuring out what her next move would be. * In addition to taking classes online, Anita researched Fortune's top places to work. The first time she heard of Salesforce was from that list but was turned off at the thought of sales. After a little research, she discovered sales isn't what they do. * She signed up for Trailhead, Salesforces's online learning account, and did it for one day before concluding it was awesome. But she wondered it was real and if was as easy as it seemed. * After receiving more bad news from her employer, Anita was motivated to learn more. She found ChooseFI and binge listened to over a hundred episodes when she heard about Talent Stacker, Salesforce (again), and the free 5-Day Challenge. * She ended up in the paid program and because she had been laid off, she used her time to learn everything she could like it was her full-time job. * One month after starting the program, she took the first admin certification program and passed. After that, she used all of the tips from the program and landed a good-paying job in January. * Prior to the pandemic, Anita was in a financially stable place. She had no debt other than a car payment, although after being laid off she was forced to move in with her boyfriend. * She says in her previous hospitality job, she was on a path to get o the kind of pay she is earning now, it just would have taken a lot longer. * Bradley says what Anita has done is possible because cloud-based technology is less-impacted by things like the pandemic because they are skilled positions, are able to be done remotely, and without a lot of change management. * There aren't enough skilled Salesforce professionals to fill all the available positions. To help fill the gaps, Salesforce developed Trailhead, a free online training app, which removed some of the barriers to entry. * Being able to study inline for a few months and then land a $60-80K per year job sounded too good to be true. This is one of those occasions when something that sounds too good to be true really is true. * If you don't have basic computer skills, a Salesforce career may not be for you. However, if you like the thought of helping companies generate new leads and support new customers, it might be a good fit. * There's so much information on Salesforce that it can seem overwhelming. Anita explains that she is reorganizing the business to help companies become more efficient. * A Salesforce professional helps a company use the software to find more customers, sell to those customers, retain the customers, and secure the customer's data. * The majority of individuals can come away from training earning $60-80K a year. Anita surpassed that when her first offer was six figures and she doubled her previous salary. * Bradley says the career trajectory quickly increases from there. Even someone who isn't leaning in will likely reach six figures after three years and top out around $130K with $20-30K bonuses. * The more entrepreneurial-minded can strike out and become independent consultants and earn even more. Bradley makes $200K a year working just 20 hours a week. * Based on his return on investment, Jonathan wouldn't go to college if this program was available to him. He spent eight years in school and came away with $168K in debt, rather than six months of training for a couple of thousand dollars. His net worth would be two to three times higher if he had. * That doesn't imply ChooseFI is anti-college. Rather, the takeaway is to think differently, look at the world for how it is, and see opportunities. The traditional path may not be for you. * Taking a hybrid approach can be a benefit. Go ahead and go to college, but spend a summer in a Salesforce career development program. It helps you understand what Salesforce is, gets you halfway through a program, and helps you to decide if it's right for you. * You can do this for free. Fraining is available on Trailhead. What the free Salesforce 5-Day Challenge does is show you how to get started in Trailhead and show you a clear path, and help you decide if Salesforce is for you in just 30 minutes a day. * Anita chose to go through the paid portion of the course because of the clear path it offered. * Announcing the introduction of a new live interactive component to the show! In an experiment over the next ten weeks, we'll be testing it every Tuesday night at 7:30 Eastern, starting February 23rd. * Using an app called Stereo, we'll go live with voicemails and questions every Tuesday. Access the event at ChooseFI.com/live.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Take part in the Tuesday live events at ChooseFI.com/live. * ChooseFI Episode 117 Making the Case for Part Time with Bradley Rice * Check out the free five-day Salesforce challenge.

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • We are circling back to check in with our Households of FI families. First up are Matt and Megan, our international, dual military couple.
  • Having a military pension is like having multiple lottery tickets. You have both healthcare and an inflation-fighting pension, but how many of these lottery tickets do you need to really crush this game?
  • Naval service is Doug Nordman's family business. In addition to his own 20 years of service in the Navy, his wife almost had 20 years of active duty service in the Navy before finishing her career in the Reserves. And then their daughter joined the Navy on an ROTC scholarship and married a Naval Officer.
  • While dual-military couples are a small demographic that hasn't been extensively studied, Doug says even if they earn just one pension, they will likely have more money than they need for the rest of their lives just because of the pension and healthcare.
  • Matt says the US military pension system is much more simple than for the UK's Royal Navy. He and Megan are working toward FI with their investments alone and consider the pensions to be an additional comfort.
  • Matt has served for 11 years so far and the Royal Navy's systems provide a pension based on each year of service. Megan has been in the US Navy for 15 years after doing her first 10 years enlisted. She needs to fulfill 22 years before being eligible for retirement as a Naval Officer.
  • Doug says when you're in the military with the opportunity to earn an active duty or Reserve pension, you have four lottery tickets and you only need to have one of them to pay off because you solve the healthcare problem and have an inflation-fighting life annuity with just one.
  • If serving in the military is still challenging and fulfilling, stay in as long as you want, but when the fun stops, don't be afraid to leave.
  • Don't fall for the military inferiority complex. Coming from the military you already have human capital. Employers can train you on the basic skills for a job, but they can't train a new employee on those soft skills earned in a military career.
  • Co-locating as an international dual military couple has its challenges. Matt may soon be getting a medical discharge from the Royal Navy which will help solve that issue for him and Megan.
  • Matt notes the US military provides spouses with opportunities for increasing human capital, like free courses or paying for college. Doug thinks obtaining certifications and licenses is going the help Matt find a job in the US more than an advanced degree because he's already proven that he can do things.
  • Networking will be key. After having conversations with others about how he can fit in, what he can help them with, and what he knows how to do, he will make a shift to an abundance mindset.
  • Megan notes that Doug lives in a high cost of living area. He says having a high savings rate on the path to FI, as well as frugality are what enables it. In most high cost of living cities, it's housing that is the biggest expense. After you figure that out, everything else falls into place.
  • Doug and his wife bought crappy houses and put sweat equity into them before renting them out. They also eat local, optimize spending, and slow travel. Spending in the areas that provide the most value gives you margin.
  • People who have been in the military have an appreciation for the line between frugality and deprivation. Frugality is optimizing your spending.
  • The transition is scary and stressful, but statistics show that within two years of getting out and starting a civilian career, half of all veterans change jobs. It's not because they can't hack it, it's because they have figured out how to get more money, get a better job, or move to a better location. They've cracked the code in a corporate environment.
  • Megan is torn with her TSP. She doesn't know if she should go traditional or Roth. Doug says that, anecdotally, in the military where a third of your compensation is not taxed, you are probably in the lowest tax bracket of your life so all investments now should probably be Roth TSP or Roth IRA.
  • If doing all Roth contributions doesn't sit well with you, split the difference and do half and half.
  • Roth's weren't available when Doug was active duty and he spent time doing Roth conversions for his and his wife's accounts.
  • In the first full year after retirement, your income probably goes down a little bit and would be a good time to look at converting a little bit and then chipping away at each year.
  • Doug believes the job offers will come following military retirement. He had offers but for him, it was always about the drawbacks to the offer than the good things they offered. If he were looking today, he would look for remote work where he could dictate his schedule to remove all the drawbacks.
  • He advises Matt and Megan to go build their own career, to their own quality of life, and not to feel constrained to themselves into anyone else's idea of how their working years should be.
  • While Doug gutted out his 20 years of service, his wife gave up 20 years' worth of pension for quality of life. Even so, he says he overshot the finish line by about $1 million. If he could buy back eight years of active duty with that extra money, he would.
  • Megan wondered if Tricare covers military retirees who live abroad. Doug confirms that it does, noting that it's called Tricare Overseas on the Tricare website. He and his wife get all of their dental care done when they travel overseas and in Bangkok, they get their routine physicals. He thinks the healthcare advantages are much more valuable than the pension boost from an additional year or two of working.
  • In addition to questions about how to teach kids about financial independence, Doug is often asked about the sustainability of financial independence. After living it for 18 years, he can confirm assure people that the money will last.
  • It's a good idea to stay flexible. Chances are after retirement you won't be doing one thing for the next four or five decades. Instead consider it a series of five to ten, or even three to five-year increments.
  • Having the security of an inflation-adjusted life annuity takes the stress out of economic downturns. Doug and his wife went through the internet recession in 2002, the great recession of 2008, and watched their wealth compound over the last 18 years. During the coronavirus downturn, they made a large donation to the Hawaii foodbank and put money into their granddaughter's 529 account.
  • Megan has heard that a high VA Disability rating can negatively impact the military pension. Doug says to make sure every medical problem is documented in your medical record.
  • Once you leave active duty or reserves, the VA is going to do an assessment of your disability and award compensation. However, the law states that you can't have dual compensation. With a VA rating less than 50%, you give up some pension in exchange for VA disability compensation but the VA compensation is free from income tax.
  • With a VA disability rating of 50% or higher, you are under a system of Concurrent Retirement and Disability Pay (CRDP). With it, you get both the pension and VA disability compensation. With respect to the inflation-adjusted pension, Doug says that in 18 years, and with three years where the inflation rate was 0%, his pension has risen just over 40% while his spending has not gone up 40%.
  • The certificates and licenses Doug talked about being more valuable than a degree are right in line with the Salesforce challenge discussed on Talent Stacker and ChoodeFI.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Meal Planning Made Easy * ChooseFI Episode 221 Introducing our Households of FI! Part 1 * ChooseFI Episode 245 Household of FI Matt and Megan Get International Tax Tips from Dave McKeegan * The Military Guide * Raising Your Money-Savvy Family for Next Generation Financial Independenceby Carol Pittner and Doug Nordman * Hire great people faster with Indeed. * Ship like a pro with Pitney Bowes SendPro Online. * ChooseFI.com/salesforce

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • This Friday's episode continues with the theme of looking back at how our perspective has changed since the show began. What has changed, have we pivoted, and what do we feel more confident about now than we did then?
  • Last Friday Brad shared the saga of trying to find out how much a CT scan was going to cost him. In response to the story, members of the community reached out with their ideas for saving on the cost.
  • One listener shared a link for MDsave.com, a company that contracts with different healthcare providers to provide very specific pricing for a number of healthcare-related services and procedures that you pay in advance for.
  • Using the CPT code for his procedure, Brad discovered there were no providers in his area, but there was a good number in Charlottesville about an hour away. Had he used this website, he could have paid under $300 for his CT scan. Without using it, his insurance company was billed $2,083.
  • For prescription drug needs, there is a similar website called GoodRX.com
  • The healthcare system is broken. Price transparency in healthcare, like both of these websites offer, cuts the middleman out and lowers costs.
  • Jonathan suspects that anytime you are using these apps you are sacrificing some privacy.
  • If you have a high-deductible plan and rarely if ever reach it, you may be better with the discount as you cannot double-dip and need to choose whether you go through the app/discount card or your insurance company. However, prescriptions do qualify as HSA reimbursable expenses.
  • Emergency funds are a part of every financial plan, with most stating a fully funded fund contains three to six months' worth of expenses.
  • ChooseFI has pushed back a little on the standard emergency fund concept, asking if you really need one, what does it need to look like, and what are we protecting ourselves from?
  • Both Brad and Jonathan's perspective on the emergency fund has changed over the years. Most personal finance experts conceptualize it as money sitting around doing nothing waiting for an emergency to occur.
  • The further down the path to FI you travel, the role of the emergency fund begins to change. At what point should you stop allowing your emergency fund to lose value from inflation and invest it instead?
  • When first starting out, a fully-funded emergency benefit provides psychological benefits. But 1o-15 years down the path to FI, there are very few true emergencies. There is an opportunity cost to your money sitting on the sidelines. Could you have that money invested, earning and growing for you?
  • Brad can't think of a scenario where he would need thousands of dollars in cash in a hurry. Even if the unthinkable were to happen, he could pay with a credit card or a check. Worst case scenario is that he would need to access money by selling funds in an investment account and he would have it two to three days later.
  • For individuals just starting out and moving away from living paycheck to paycheck, having $1,000 available in cash as a crisis fund makes a lot of sense.
  • Brad keeps a couple thousand dollars extra in his checking account just so that he never needs to worry. There is an opportunity cost, but he finds it worth the peace of mind.
  • Jonathan tries to keep as little in cash around as possible. He has one or two months' worth of expenses in cash. Because he knows his monthly expenses, when he gets paid, he's able to save first, get it invested, and live off the remainder.
  • Interest rates on bank accounts are so low that there's no incentive to keep it there. Inflation alone erodes the value of money by an average of 3% per year. Is there a way to hedge against inflation while still meeting a need for liquidity?
  • Beginners may need to keep their money sitting in a savings account to feel comfortable. Once you get to the point where you can put money away and realize you aren't going to touch it for 30-50 years no matter how the market fluctuates, start investing.
  • March 2020 was without a doubt, a black swan event. Was an emergency fund a factor for you? Did you think about its value more at that time than previously?
  • Brad certainly felt better knowing he could rely on the cash from his net worth if it was needed.
  • Events of the last year had Jonathan thinking more about his net worth acting as a store of value. In a changing landscape, he wants to use the assets at his disposal to make sure he is more valuable.
  • He doesn't see cash as a great store of value. Due to inflation, cash is depreciating. When it is invested in the market, it produces value and increases with inflation.
  • As a store of value, bonds can provide stability, a regular income, and a negative correlation.
  • Cryptocurrencies, such as Bitcoin, are another store of value, although due to its volatility, it feels very speculative.
  • Precious metals, like gold and silver, are yet another store of value that can be owned physically or as paper assets through ETFs. However, with precious metal ETFs, not all are structured where every share is backed with the precious metal.
  • For Jonathan, the ideal store of value is a conservative emergency fund that beats inflation and if the worst happens, there's an upshot for him where he hasn't lost his store of value, and finally that it has liquidity.
  • A margin loan from M1 Finance gives Jonathan access to a very low-interest loan with stability, liquidity, and plenty of upshot.
  • Brad's ideal store of value is a business that is producing some type of income, like a diversified rental real estate portfolio.
  • For your emergency fund, you want to preserve its value, but its store of value all comes down to what you are comfortable with. It's worth analyzing the role of your emergency fund at its particular point on your path to financial independence.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * MDSave.com * GoodRX.com * ChooseFI Episode 291 If I Could Turn Back Time * ChooseFI Episode 066 The Emergency Fund…Is it a Bad Idea? with Big Ern * ChooseFI Episode 194 The Role of Bonds in a Portfolio * The Infinite Game by Simon Sinek * ChooseFI Episode 115R How to Get Out of Debt * Get started on your journey to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start.

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Amanda Holden's approach to educating others includes laughter and shenanigans to democratize information and get it to stick.
  • Amanda worked in corporate America at an investment management firm, but helping rich men get richer wasn't her calling. She hated the job and decided to establish a set of rules that we allow her to quit in six months and go travel.
  • She chose to supplement her bare-bones spending by living off the excess of others. That including asking for leftover uneaten lunches which earned her the nickname, Dumpster Dog.
  • Pulling burritos out of the trash and drastically cutting her spending worked. Amanda's savings enabled her to leave the job she hated and travel for a year.
  • Dumpster Doggy has now become her identity, showing others how they can make it work even if they don't have a lot.
  • Being privileged enough to live in one of the wealthiest countries in the world also means that we take it for granted and are surrounded by vast amounts of waste. Are we throwing so much away that we are sabotaging our chance to get what we really want?
  • While each day she felt like she was trying just keep putting one foot in front of the other, at the time, she didn't think of it the changes she was making to leave a toxic work environment as a metamorphosis.
  • She hated the job so much that she felt like the only option was to quit and start over from zero. Hating it that much allowed her to take a risk on doing something that aligned better with who she wanted to be and what she wanted to do.
  • Her advice to anyone who doesn't dislike what they are doing quite as much as she did is to start saving and doing what they want to do on the side. Then assess once there is momentum to decide if you want to take it further.
  • Amanda acknowledges that she was privileged with a level of comfort and security when taking her leap as she had a family to fall back on for help if needed.
  • She isn't trying to sell entrepreneurship to everyone. It makes sense for some people but there are aspects of it that she doesn't love. It won't be the right fit for everybody.
  • What worked for Amanda was starting by giving her service away for free and collecting as much feedback as she could. While she has the blog, For her business, she started out cold calling on sororities. She asked to come in to teach them about investing and then collecting their feedback.
  • After building this foundation, she began to explore what the sticking points were for people and how she could begin to charge for her services.
  • Amanda says it's all about connections, so utilize your network to get your information into the hands of whoever can help get you in the door.
  • Amanda wants women to be in the conversation because when they have a seat at the table, they have wealth and the world is a better place.
  • To reach women and make the material accessible, Amanda avoids jargon and uses comedy as an educational tool. For instance, she leads with equating a 401K or a Roth IRA with a Caboodle, which is just a fancy place for you to store your treasures.
  • Amanda also uses a shame-free approach to money. Women are constantly feeling shamed about money, whether it's for making too much or too little, or for how they choose to spend it. She trusts you to be grown up enough to make spending decisions for yourself.
  • Everyone deserves to be able to spend a little bit of money on themselves and have some fun. Living paycheck to paycheck might be a problem of spending too much or it might be not earning enough. Saving and investing can be automated if spending is the problem, while a conversation about earning might be warranted if income is the problem.
  • In addition to removing the shame associated with money, Amanda says you don't have to be perfect. She uses her own mistake stories to help bring people in.
  • While building her business, Amanda worked as a bartender and freelance writer. She still freelances for the regular income but she also puts on personal events that are more fun than the corporate speaking events where she feels muzzled.
  • Amanda was teaching investing courses on Zoom well before Zoom became a thing. She's been able to scale the course by putting it on video.
  • The first thing she tells people is that investing is absolutely in their capacity and that if you take a set it and forget it approach, you'll probably do better than the investing experts.
  • Course information can be found on her Instagram page. If interested in contacting her for a speaking event, reach out to her on Instagram or by email.

  • Website: Invested Development

  • Website: The Dumpster Dog Blog
  • Instagram: Dumpster.doggy
  • Email: AmandaHoldenInvesting@gmail.com

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Start your 60-day free trial with LinkedIn Sales Navigator today. * Switch to Mint Mobile and save. * Get started on your own journey to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start.

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Wondering what happened with GameStop and confused about what a short squeeze is? The complexity of this kind of trading is far from the simple strategy of buy and hold investing.
  • Even for those who have no plans to jump on bandwagon, it's good to understand exactly what is going on. We can learn what's happening, how it works, and move intelligently forward.
  • In an effort to understand systems, Brad has been having a maddening healthcare experience. He needs a CT scan but hasn't been able to find out what the base cost will be. The negotiated cost won't be known until after the procedure so Brad won't know how much it will cost him until then.
  • At a macro level, the stock market has had a fairly smooth move up and to the right for the past 10 years or so. For investors, it's been somewhat predictable, at least until this last week when GameStop stock began to skyrocket.
  • There are aspects of the stock market the average investor doesn't see. Hedge funds are participating with huge amounts of money in layers that are essentially hidden to the masses, until it wasn't, and they got caught unaware.
  • Brian Feroldi says the last few weeks have been some of the weirdest in the investing world that he's ever seen. The story has infiltrated mainstream culture and he's been getting questions from all over about what is going on. Even his mom sent a text asking about GameStop.
  • First, GameStop is a physical seller of video games. As video games became popular, GameStop was a great investment, however, once people began downloading video games, its business prospects declined. As a result, GameStop stock prices have also been declining for many years and it is believed they will cease to exist as a business in a couple of years.
  • Investors or many managers can make money when a stock declines in what's called shorting the stock. A short sale stock is the opposite of becoming a buy and hold investor in a stock.
  • A short sale works by going to your broker predicting a stock's decline and state you want to short that stock at a particular price. The broker goes and borrows shares of the stock from another investor for the price you stated and you collect the proceeds from the sale. Your goal is to then buy those shares back at a later date for a lower price and return them to the original investor.
  • The original owner of the stock makes money by receiving a small fee from the person borrowing their stock, almost like being charged an interest rate. The more demand there is to short a stock, the higher the fees.
  • There is no set timeframe when shorting a stock. I can be shorted indefinitely. However, if the owner of the stock wants to sell it, the broker who borrowed the stock would have to go and find another short for you to borrow from. If they cannot find other shares to short, the transaction would need to be undone on the short side at current market rates.
  • Most of us take long positions on stocks, believing the stock is going to increase in value. Allowing someone else to borrow your stock in a short position is another way to make money on owning it.
  • Some brokers like Brian's are interactive and sent him an email asking if he would be interested in allowing his stock to be borrowed or shorted. since he's interested in holding the stocks for a long period of time, he said yes.
  • Shorting a stock does put downward pressure on the share price. Individual investors don't have much influence, but a hedge fund taking a significant position to short a stock can drive prices down.
  • The market price of a stock at any given time is simultaneously the lowest price buyers are willing to pay and the highest price sellers are willing to sell at.
  • Shorts are happening all of the time, so how did GameStop land on the radar of the subreddit group, Wallstreetbets? In the case of GameStop, there were more shares sold short than there were publicly traded, which is something that very rarely happens.
  • Wallstreetbets took the opposite position, stating that GameStop's fundamentals were different from companies like Blockbuster, and its stock price was actually undervalued.
  • An article by Andrew Left from Citron Research predicting GameStop stock going down hard caught the attention of Wallstreetbets. Its members rallied together to buy GameStop stock.
  • It was then that GameStop stock began to rise. Someone with a short position on a stock does not want to see the price rise. Rising GameStop prices kicked off what's called a short squeeze.
  • There's no logical argument for saying that GameStop stock was worth $4 in December and $400 just three weeks later. What shifted was who was controlling the mechanics of the system.
  • The members of Wallstreetbets understood that due to the large number of short positions on GameStop, if enough of them got together to buy it, they could force those in short positions to buy back into it.
  • GameStop was priced for bankruptcy. While there's no limit to how high a stock can go, the lowest it can go is $0. In that case, the short seller earns a 100% return on their money. However, when a stock rises, being short on a stock can cost significantly more than you put into the stock.
  • To get out of a short means you have to buy the stock. The buying demand placed on the stock increases the share price. When all of the short sellers saw GameStop's stock price rise, they had to try and get out by undoing the trade by buying the stock themselves, putting more upward pressure on the stock price and on other short-sellers who wanted to undo the trade. That's why GameStop stock prices rose so dramatically in such a short period of time.
  • Short squeezes are not a new phenomenon. In the past, other heavily shorted companies have come out with good news and saw their stock prices skyrocket. What makes the GameStop situation unique is that it resulted from a coordinated group of buyers banded together to make it happen.
  • In this short squeeze, there was additional controversy surrounding Robinhood, the zero-commission broker. Because Robinhood doesn't make money on trades, they make money by selling your trading information to high-frequency traders who can make money with micro-transactions. It's those traders who are the real customers of Robinhood.
  • When GameStop and other heavily shorted stock prices began to rise, Robinhood's hedge fund customers began to lose a lot of money so Robinhood decided to stop trading with these stocks to give the hedge funds time to undo their trades. Meanwhile, Robinhood's small investors were not allowed to buy and sell.
  • Robinhood aggregates and sells client trade information to the high-frequency traders who can buy the stocks then turn around and sell it to the Robinhood client seconds later for a little extra money.
  • Robinhood's business model probably works out for a buy and hold investor at the micro-level, but the GameStop situation highlights what can go wrong when each other's incentives are not aligned.
  • What this demonstrates is that the game is stacked against an individual investor trying to enter and exit the markets with precision. But for the buy and hold investor, this has been mostly noise.
  • To summarize what happened this week, Brian quoted Morgan Housel who recently tweeted, “The GameStop thing is a reminder that investing is not the study of finance. It's the study of how people behave with money. And sometimes those behaviors are incredible.
  • Brian says there has been a huge rise in demand for Environmental, Social, and Government (ESG) funds. The exact definition of what ESG investing means varies from person to person so read through the fund to ensure it meets your definition. There are a lot of ESG funds to choose from now and fees have gone down, especially since Vanguard now has an ESG fund.
  • If you listened to Monday's episode on M1 Finance, M1 does not sell mutual funds, they sell ETFs. The ETF version of VTSAX is VTI.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * The Big Short: Inside the Doomsday Time Machine by Micael Lewis * Flash Boys: A Wall Street Revolt by Michael Lewis * Learn more about M1 Finance at ChooseFI.com/M1

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • M1 Finance transformed Jonathan's ideas about how simple complexity could be and has quickly become his favorite investing platform, especially for taxable accounts.
  • Brian Barnes investing story begins at the age of 10 when his parents exposed him to trading stock in a brokerage account with Ameritrade. He was captivated by the notion of investing and the intellectual puzzle of how a company was doing.
  • His parents laid a general foundation of financial independence and security. Once basics were covered, they placed value on putting money someplace where it could accrue value, compound, and become ownership is something valuable.
  • Getting started at the tail end of the Dot Com bust, it was a great time to be buying when prices were low and companies were valued cheaply.
  • Brian says there is a big difference between traders and investors. Traders speculate on price and try to make money on short-term movements. Investors buy ownership in companies, asset classes, or industries to accrue value over long periods of time.
  • When you aren't making frequent investment decisions, it becomes more about viewing your portfolio in totality and making a decision on what to do with the extra money you have leftover from your paycheck.
  • In the trading world, you have to go in and make the same decisions to buy the same securities over and over again, but with M1, you can make the decision once and let the software automate the process.
  • With day trading, you can't just be right once, you need to be right over and over and over again, constantly timing the market perfectly. It's difficult to predict costs even when commissions are free and it's tax-inefficient.
  • With an investing mindset, you want to own over long periods to accrue value and generate cash flows.
  • At the age of 25, Brian realized investing platforms hadn't changed in 15 years. He looked at consumer applications work that sought to make things simpler, more intuitive, and automated wondering why there hadn't been progress in the financial services world.
  • He thought it would be nice if he could tell a software platform the portfolio he wanted to own, and anytime he had money, he could throw it into the platform and it just went to work. He wanted to deploy all of the money by purchasing fractional shares so there wasn't any cash drag. And finally, incredibly low fees with no commissions.
  • As M1 has expanded, it's grown from his “wouldn't it be nice” idea to other areas like borrowing and spending, allowing users to have one financial institution instead of needing to use multiple apps.
  • M1's philosophy is that a great product allows you to do complex things simply. What they allow customers to do is determine what share of their portfolio they want in any given investment and then the software handles the complex and mundane administrative work.
  • It used to be that you had to buy lots of 100 shares. It was a big step forward to be able to purchase odd lots of shares.
  • Being able to purchase fractional shares with M1 is transformational. They do this by purchasing in whole shares and adding the leftover fractions to their own inventory account. It makes it easier for the customer to deploy more money consistently and have a diversified portfolio.
  • M1 is a commission-free platform. Traditional brokerages made 10-35% of their money from commissions. Through technology development, the cost to trade is only an electronic message. Though not free, on a per-transaction basis, it can be no-cost to the user.
  • M1 can make money monetizing the assets held on their platform so by being efficient, they don't need to charge transaction fees, making it a win-win arrangement.
  • M1 is not good for day traders. It's suited for systematic investing in the portfolio of your choosing. Their trade windows occur twice a day and aggregate all orders on behalf of their customers once in the morning and once in the afternoon.
  • While you can invest money every day through M1, a good financial habit to establish is to invest the extra cash you have leftover from your paycheck every two weeks. M1 allows for that to be automated.
  • Portfolio management in M1 orients itself around a pie concept. At the highest level, the pie is 100% of your portfolio. You can then begin to divide up the pie into slices based on what percentage of your portfolio you want in specific investments. The slices can then become their own pies. It allows for a diversified portfolio, controlling risk exposure, without the risk of becoming overconcentrated.
  • In M1 you can rebalance your portfolio in the next trading window with the one-click button although that method is tax-inefficient. Instead, additional contributions will automatically work to rebalance your portfolio with your pies without causing taxable events.
  • With investing, taxes are going to be your biggest fees. Minimizing taxes controls costs and maximizes long-term success. With M1's dynamic rebalancing, it tries to minimize the sale of securities with tax consequences to push taxes out as far as possible and let your money have more time to compound.
  • Brian is a fan of Vanguard and what they have to prioritize the individual investor. The difference between M1 and Vanguard is that you can buy Vanguard ETFs with M1, but Vanguard has a mediocre brokerage to buy other securities.
  • Compared to Vanguard, M1 offers a more robust and comprehensive personal financial platform, such as a line of credit against your securities with rates as low as 2%. M1 also has a high-yield checking account earning 1% plus 1% on debit card purchases. The smart transfer tool allows you to set parameters and have money automatically move in and out of accounts accordingly.
  • M1 wants to be a personal finance platform where you can manage your money holistically.
  • They just launched custodial accounts which are available with the M1 Plus membership for $125 a year which has additional benefits across Invest, Borrow, and Spend. M1 is offering a promotion to get one year of M1 Plus for free.
  • In the last few weeks, ChooseFI CEO Ed has been migrating assets from other platforms to M1. While Brad already has an M1 account, this conversation with Brian has helped him realize what he has been missing out on.
  • Jonathan wanted to note that with the smart transfer rules, the decumulation phase can now be as easy as the accumulation phase.
  • Previously, Jonathan was going to get a HELOC. When he stumbled upon M1 Borrow, he realized that it was a margin loan much in the same way that a HELOC is a loan against your home. Borrow can be a liquidity tool, giving you access to 30% of your investments as an emergency fund. It gives you an incentive to build an emergency fund and keep it invested.
  • Brian says you should be able to have a line of credit against a liquid investment portfolio at really low-interest rates.
  • The goal for M1 Finance as the finance super app is for people to come to M1 to manage their finances, not a component of their money, as well as provide the same level of capability that a high-price team optimizing every aspect of your finances could in a self-serve product.
  • You won't find VTSAX on M1. VTSAX is a mutual fund and M1 does not have mutual funds. What it does have are ETFs which are identical versions of mutual funds. VTI is the ETF version of VTSAX on the M1 platform. M1 also has Paul Merriman pies for anyone interested in his ultimate buy and hold portfolio.
  • For those in the decumulation phase, M1 has IRAs, taxable accounts, and 401Ks that may be rollover into IRAs which can be set up as smart accounts using dynamic rebalancing and withdraw money in the most tax-efficient manner possible.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * M1 Finance-Completely Free Automated Investing!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • After four years of working on the ChooseFI podcast, Brad and Jonathan want to share their lessons learned, the list of things they might do differently, and highlight a few episodes to re-listen to.
  • Brad is back in the studio after missing out on Episode 290 with Paul Merriman. He's doing fine and appreciates everyone's concern.
  • With Paul Merriman's Ultimate Buy and Hold Portfolio strategy, the thesis is that diversity is great, but own equal amounts of all asset classes versus a cap-weighted index fund to capture the growth potential of small companies. Unfortunately, for the last 12 years, the majority of growth has come from large companies.
  • Brad says Paul's book reads like a FI manual with a high-level overview of small steps that could be million-dollar decisions.
  • The decisions are not little. As discussed in Brad's The FI Weekly email this week, the Rule of 72 states how long it will take you money to double at a given rate of return. 72 divided by the rate of return is how many years before the money doubles. For example, 72 divided by 8% equals 9 years to double your money.
  • The impact of that last double can be worth millions, that's why getting started early is critical. If your new and haven't already, today is the day to start.
  • Jonathan agrees Paul's book is a great FI primer and was surprised by how much he enjoyed reading it. He says it would make a great gift.
  • ChooseFI often talks about the aggregation of marginal gains. It can be quantified as each half a percent improvement means we can make an extra million dollars. Come up with 10 and that's an extra $10 million over your investing lifetime. If you can't do all 10, pick three or four and implement early, aggressively, and consistently.
  • If they could turn back time and look at how their own understanding has grown and developed over the last four years, what would the conversation look like from both micro and macro views?
  • Starting with investing, in the beginning, the most powerful concept inspired by JL Collins was to avoid the fees, a sentiment echoed by Paul Merriman as well. Diversity and time in the market are also key.
  • You will lose approximately 40% of your total net worth when invested with a financial advisor at 1% in a mutual fund with a 1% expense ratio. The dramatic loss happens when your gross 8% market return is reduced to just 6% after fees.
  • In Episode 052 with Todd Tresidder, he highlighted that there are three asset classes you could invest in, paper, like the stock market, entrepreneurship, such as starting your own business, or real estate.
  • Inside of paper assets like the stock market, Todd says complexity can be valuable, but others like Big Ern and Rick Ferry say most people will do far betting sticking with something simple they understand.
  • It's important to talk about the things that will increase the likelihood of success then discuss nuance. While Brad craves simplicity, Jonathan enjoys learning more. There's no one right answer, only what works for you.
  • Jonathan always conflated individual stock purchases with day trading, but episodes with Brian Feroldi helped him realize they are not the same.
  • For Brad, individual stocks always seemed like gambling. While he doesn't advocate having a huge percentage of your net worth in individual stocks, it's no longer the 0% he would have advocated for years ago.
  • The software available through M1 Finance allows Jonathan to implement the complexity associated with some of these strategies and maintain them simply.
  • As for investing in entrepreneurship, it has become something Jonathan loves doing. It's an investment he has total control over, as discussed in episodes with Alan Donegan after he pointed out entrepreneurship was left off the Pillars of FI list.
  • After a disastrous real estate failure in his 20s, Brad learned real estate investing can be a significant part of his portfolio if you are investing and not merely speculating. He now owns two single-family rental properties which have been successful so far.
  • When you decide to start adding complexity, the price that's paid is usually time.
  • Jonathan believes we are all stuck in a system, but the FI community is working to break out of the system in the best possible way to bring control back over their lives.
  • Following the path to FI by saving money gives you options, power, and agency.
  • In every aspect of life, look at the rules of the game, survey the field, and make the best decision that's going to work for you.
  • Skills are more valuable than degrees. Upcoming in a future episode is Anita, who recently graduated from the Talent Stacker program. Coming from the hospitality industry, she had a four-year degree that left her with massive debt. After two to three months of training in a new industry for just a couple thousand dollars, she's now making multiples of what she was before.
  • The best way to learn something is to do it. If we can build a system around that, we can eliminate the need to wait four to eight years and go into debt. That's what Jonathan and Bradley Rice did with their course.
  • An 18-year-old who skips college, takes the course, and comes out making 60-80 thousand dollars a year can be Coast FI at age 25. with Coast FI where you have enough saved and invested and will never need to save another dollar again and have a net worth more than other at traditional retirement age.
  • M1 Finance's Plus feature normally costs $125/year, but right now you can get the first year for free. With M1 Plus you get a 1% yield on online checking and they will reduce your M1 borrow rate. Jonathan doesn't have a HELOC because a margin loan from his M1 investments is so powerful.
  • M1 introduced a new feature called a smart transfer. ChooseFI's CEO, Ed, has been testing it out. The current borrowing rate is 1.5% less for someone with M1 Plus.
  • Because Ed is retired, he hasn't been able to refinance his home at the historic low rates. Instead, he did hi sown refi with M1 Borrow.
  • Although Ed came to M1 to hack his mortgage, he decided to stay for the checking yield. Then he found the smart transfer tool.
  • Similar to Zapier, smart transfer allows you to create rules to manage your finances. With simple rules-based drag and drop programming, you can always have enough in your M1 Spend account to earn the most yield, pay all your bills, and be optimally invested in the market.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * We're Talking Millions!: 12 Simple Ways to Supercharge Your Retirement by Paul Merriman * ChooseFI Episode 284 JL Collins * ChooseFI Episode 052 FIRE State of the Union with Todd Tresidder * ChooseFI Episode 075 The Unfair Advantages of the Individual Investor with Brian Feroldi * ChooseFI Episode 200 Stock Fundamentals with Brian Feroldi * ChooseFI Episode 021 The Pillars of FI * ChooseFI Episode 117 Making the Case for Part-Time with Bradley Rice * ChooseFI Episode 239 The Gatekeepers are Gone * Get Jonathan and Bradley's free five-day email course at ChooseFI.com/salesforce * M1 Finance Review

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Does your portfolio own enough of the companies that carry a lot of the growth over extended periods of time? When you buy index funds, you aren't as diversified as you think you are.
  • Cap weighted index funds mean you are buying a lot of the companies that are doing really well. But there are two asset classes Paul Merriman is a fan of that he thinks don't get enough attention, small cap and value.
  • Although many people claim to believe in a buy and hold strategy with investing, their behavior says otherwise. They like to buy when things are hot because they believe it's going to keep going up.
  • If you look back as far as 1928, a lot of the time the S&P 500 is walloping small cap value returns, yet at the end of this 92 year period, small cap value made 24 times the amount of money the S&P 500 did.
  • Even though there are long periods of underperformance, when small cap value does take off, there is outstanding performance. Then when it reverts back to the mean, there is a higher compound rate of return.
  • Owning a large cap fund means each holding in that portfolio, and how much of the portfolio it represents is based on how large that company is. The big companies represent 80-85% of the corporate public value in our economy.
  • However, history shows that the smaller companies and the value companies produce a better rate of return because they are more risky.
  • It doesn't have to be a lot to make a big difference. If you were put 10% in a small cap value fund, it would give you a legitimate shot at having 20-30% more money when you retire.
  • The top 20 companies probably make up 20-30% of the money you have invested. Investing in an S&P 500 or total stock market fund provides an illusion of diversity. As companies get to be bigger in size, it becomes increasingly more difficult to double or triple in size.
  • Companies are valued by the number of shares times the price in the market.
  • Large cap index fund companies average a market capitalization value from $50 billion to $150 billion.
  • Small cap companies are roughly 1/50th the size of the big companies with values averaging $2 billion. They are legitimate companies, but many of them will fail.
  • Since 1928, the S&P 500 or total stock market compound rate of return has averaged 10%. However, research has shown that only 4% of those public companies made virtually all of that 10%, while 96% of companies averaged just 3%.
  • As an aggregate, small companies are much more likely to double or triple in size.
  • Value companies can be seen as companies that are out of favor and years later, they may still be out of favor. Academics don't advise buying value companies one at a time.
  • People come into value companies to make them more meaningful, profitable, and efficient turning those companies around.
  • The problem with great companies with a great future is that when something happens to pop the ballon, those companies can fall 25% in a day, similar to what happened with the Dot-com bubble in 2000.
  • Telsa, for instance, is a car company on the verge of bankruptcy several years ago and now it's up 400% even though it is barely turning a profit. With a current share price of $800, it's going to take a lot to double your money, yet people still believe in Tesla.
  • Paul wants to help people figure out how to invest in an unemotional way and don't get caught up believing in something that isn't likely to happen.
  • Last year, growth companies were up 35-40%, however, looking back at 90 years of evidence, growth produced a lower rate of return than value by 2% a year.
  • Paul's latest book, We're Talking Millions!, is all about the extra half of 1%. For every half of 1% you can make on your portfolio over a lifetime, you add a million dollars. Finding more of those half of 1% and adding them up is a lot sexier than finding the hottest thing in the market.
  • In his book, Paul lays out 12 simple ways to capture those half 1% that the market is ignoring.
  • Paul's been hearing complaints for years that his work has been too complex. It's was something his firm did for his clients, but most individuals do not want to make it that complex.
  • Someone in their twenties, investing just $5,000 a year for 40 years, can use these strategies to make millions over an investing lifetime.
  • It's not all because you took more risk, it's also how you protect your money from others getting their hands on it, like money managers.
  • Choosing to save can be a million decision, and choosing to save early can be another million.
  • In one mind-blowing statistic, Paul says 25% of millennials will not put money in the stock market.
  • The ultimate buy and hold portfolio might be difficult to replicate inside a 401K. To make things more simplified, Chris Pedersen developed a system to implement the philosophy with roughly 98% of the benefits.
  • The goal is to keep it as simple as possible so that anyone can do it and won't need to manage it other than for a few minutes a year.
  • One way to buy a target date fund. But because they don't have enough value or small cap companies represented, have 90% of contributions go to the target date fund and 10% to a small cap value fund. The target date fund is broadly diversified and automatically adjusts to become more conservative as you age.
  • Chris said the problem is young people should have more invested in small cap value and came up with a formula for calculating just how much, which is 1.5 times your age into a target fund and the remainder in small cap value.
  • For example, a 30-year-old should multiply 30 years x 1.5 to get 45% in a target date fund and 55% in small cap value.
  • Paul and Chris encourage continuing to hold 10% in small cap value at the age of 60 and beyond which is good during the 30 or more years in retirement.
  • Not all target date funds are created equal. Look for one that is low cost and contains total stock market funds.
  • Jonathan doesn't like having bonds in his portfolio and notes that target date funds have bonds in them. Paul agrees and said he spoke with John Bogle about it once. He was told that bonds are defensive and do good when the rest of the portfolio is down 50%.
  • You can reduce your exposure to bonds in target date funds by adding equities to your portfolio.
  • With target date funds, the year indicates how aggressive it is.
  • As with a traditional portfolio, rebalancing your portfolio is a part of the small cap value strategy. If you want to be true to your strategy, you need to sell some winners and buy some of the losers.
  • Jonathan has modeled one of the Ultimate Buy and Hold Portfolio pies Paul has on his website in his taxable brokerage account with M1.
  • Paul says it's never been easier or efficient to invest. Even if the market does return as much as in the past, you can probably make the same return because it used to cost so much to do before.
  • They are coming out with all new recommendations for best-in-class ETFs. Paul has all his buy and hold funds in DFA dimensional funds and now anyone will be able to buy DFA funds through DFA or Avantis without paying a commission. Since it's an ETF, you can buy commission-free with M1.
  • Pauls' book is free for teachers and students, just email Paul at Paul@paulmerriman.com to get the PDF by email. The book is also available on Amazon. If you can't afford the $14.95 price tag, email Paul for the PDF.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * ChooseFI Episode 130 Paul Merriman Introduces the Ultimate Buy and Hold Portfolio * We're Talking Millions!: 12 Simple Ways to Supercharge Your Retirement by Paul Merriman * M1 Finance Review – Completely Free Automated Investing!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • For almost 12 months, we've all been trying to do the best that we can. As frequently discussed on the show, we try to do things slightly different, optimize in the ways that we can, and make the best of the situation.
  • Jonathan's wife Dani has been coming up with all kinds of creative little activities for the kids. Even Jonathan was recruited for a rock painting project.
  • Brad has been listening to a new podcast, Ordinary Sherpa, created by Heidi, a member of Jonathan's Talent Stacker podcast. The podcast is about creating little adventures in life with your family.
  • At the same time, in the mastermind group Brad takes part in, he was inspired by a discussion related to dads really showing up to be a part of their kids' lives.
  • The podcast theme and mastermind group discussion converged for Brad when his daughter, Molly, asked him to go explore the creek with her. Rather than playing along for a minimally acceptable amount of time, Brad showed up like he really wanted to be there and they had hours of fun exploring together.
  • What if you started to show up for everything in your life with the attitude that you really wanted to be there?
  • It's difficult to be focused on growth in all areas of your life at the same time. There are different seasons when you will be able to lean into one over another but it's good to figure out a baseline you're comfortable with and recognize when it's time to rebalance.
  • Since Brad's financial life is on autopilot, it's not something he spends much time focusing on. However, sometimes things do backslide and he needs to return a little focus to it. Such as, he recently canceled two recurring charges for streaming services, not because their costs were going to have a significant impact, but because he was no longer getting value from them.
  • Relationships is an area Brad believes he could spend more time focusing on. If he were to ask himself, “Am I showing up as the best version of myself for my wife and kids every day?” his answer would be “no”.
  • Who should be leaning into and leveraging their Roth 401K? Sean Mullaney, The FI Tax Guy, says the Roth 401K works similar to a 401K except the funds going in are taxable today and come out later tax and penalty-free.
  • Those currently in a high tax bracket looking to retire early are probably better off contributing to a traditional 401K. But someone just out of college in a 10% federal tax bracket may benefit from paying 10% in taxes today rather than 20-30% later on. Even someone who may have substantial taxable income in retirement may benefit from a Roth 401K.
  • A Roth 401K can also be a hedge against future tax rates for anyone who prefers to lock in their tax rate today.
  • If your 401K plan offers it, you don't have to do all Roth 401K or traditional 401K. You can split the difference.
  • For example, a 60-year-old new retiree with a large 401K will be taxed on every dollar withdrawn. We don't know what future tax rates will be.
  • Roth 401K withdrawals don't work the same way as traditional 401K withdrawals. You can structure it in a way that you can recover tax-free contributions, From a Roth 401K, you may need to rollover into a Roth IRA.
  • For the early retirees who don't plan to retire at a super early age or anyone with artificially low income for a few years, the Roth 401K is a strategy to consider.
  • If you aren't 59 1/2 yet, Roth 401K withdrawals are subject to the cream in the coffee rule where 2/3 of the withdrawal is tax and penalty-free but 1/3 is subject to ordinary income tax and a penalty. This is different than a Roth IRA where contributions may be withdrawn at any age tax and penalty-free.
  • When you roll over a Roth 401K to a Roth IRA, the Roth 401K contributions go in as Roth IRA contributions, and earnings become Roth IRA earnings. You could then take out the full amount of contributions tax and penalty-free before touching the earnings.
  • If you aren't 59 1/2 and need to access your Roth 401 contributions, it makes sense to roll them over to a Roth IRA first.
  • If you have employer stock in your 401K, there may be net unrealized appreciation. You do not want to roll it over from a traditional 401K to a traditional IRA without considering a tax planning strategy. This requires assistance from a tax professional.
  • If you want to do a backdoor Roth IRA, rolling over 401K to a traditional IRA isn't a good idea.
  • The fees associated with 401K plans have gotten better over the last 10-15 years. The investment choices are better with lower fees. It may not make sense to do a rollover.
  • As a general rule, retirement accounts have required minimum distributions (RMDs) once you turn age 72. The exception is the Roth IRA. While RMDs from a Roth 401K are not taxable, you want to keep that money growing tax-free as long as possible for you and your heirs. If you're 72, Sean would recommend you roll your Roth 401K to a Roth IRA for that reason.
  • Generally, you need a separation of service to do rollovers from a Roth 401K to a Roth IRA. Look for your plan's Summary Plan Description (SPD) which details withdrawals.
  • 401K plans are subject to the ERISA law, where creditors cannot access the funds, except for ex-spouses and the IRS. IRA creditor protection varies from state to state. Something to consider before a rollover.
  • Dani and the ChooseFI Foundation are using meal planning as a financial literacy tool. Always looking for ways to get children interested and thinking bout decision-making and personal finance, they have put together Meal Planning Made Easy.
  • The meal planning project helps kids put financial literacy concepts into a real-world contest. The goal is to make financial literacy concepts more than just habits but to have kids take ownership and have fun doing it.
  • In the 3rd through 5th-grade video series, Dani talks them through meal planning. They are tasked with going into a grocery store, either in-person or virtually, and planning all three meals for one day.
  • The meal planning project is adaptable to fit every socioeconomic setting.
  • The tasks grow as children develop. High school students may plan meals for an entire week, searching the pantry first, and finding recipes to help on the budgeting side of things, just like parents have to do.
  • Sign up for Meal Planning Made Easy at Choosefi.com/mealplan.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * The FI Tax Guy * Ordinary Sherpa * Do Inner Work * Roth 401K Withdrawals * ChooseFI Foundation * ChooseFI.com/mealplan * Get started on your own journey to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start.

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Should you rush to reach FI? Or use it as a map in a lifelong pursuit to master your relationship with time, money, and happiness? Brandon, from the Mad Fientist, wishes he would have found more free time to work on other goals while on his journey to FI.
  • When Brandon was first on the show four years ago, he had just reached FI and discussed the psychological hurdles he had to overcome. What's changed for him since then, and with the benefit of hindsight, what would he do differently?
  • Brandon's dream as a child was to write music and put it out in the world. However, his musical tastes are not mainstream, so becoming a pop star was never one of his ambitions.
  • He did not want to just be a consumer, he wanted to be a creator and always felt that it was his job that was holding him back.
  • It wasn't until after reaching FI that he realized it wasn't was what holding him back at all. He had been spending his free time on things like television on travel instead of his music project.
  • His problem was psychological. As a math and science guy, he didn't believe he could do it. Trying meant the risk of failure, and if he failed, the dream would be gone. It took Brandon two years to come to grips with and get over that hurdle.
  • During his pursuit of financial independence, Brandon has tunnel vision, with all his time and effort devoted to making and saving more so that he could reach FI more quickly. The result was a decrease in his overall happiness.
  • He admits that he did it wrong. The whole point is to master the relationship between money, time, and happiness. Mastery is probably better to focus on over goals.
  • Goals delay your happiness because you are always looking to the future instead of enjoying the present or the journey.
  • Reaching FI for Brandon didn't have an impact on his life other than making him more confident that he could step away from his job.
  • Motivating yourself to do something is hard when you don't have any sort of external motivation to do it.
  • In 2017, Brandon wanted to do two things: get better at songwriting and get fit.
  • The personal trainer he was working with asked him how much he wanted to bench press or how much muscle mass he wanted to put on. Those were goals Brandon didn't care about. With his mastery mindset, he only wanted to get healthy and stay healthy.
  • In contrast to getting fit, his specific goal for songwriting was to write a song and share it with his brother. When he finished it, not only was it awful, but the whole process was awful and it caused him to quit pursuing any additional songwriting until he summoned up the courage again in 2019.
  • Pursuing mastery may be summed up by asking, “Am I better today than I was yesterday?” Continuing to answer yes is pursuing mastery.
  • Brandon found it to be true that doing something consistently changes who you are. He never felt like a musician until he was doing it for 25 hours a week.
  • He still feels like his triangle is skewed toward money at the expense of time and happiness so he has been trying to figure out how to use money to get more time or increase happiness.
  • For example, he wrote eight songs and wanted to get them to sound as great as possible, so he hired a Grammy award-winning sound mixing engineer to help mix his album. He was able to both learn and make a better final product.
  • He doesn't want to waste money but does want to figure out how to use it efficiently and maximize the triangle of money, time, and happiness.
  • There's a lot of unconscious spending in society that doesn't really bring happiness either. Getting on the path to FI helps you sort out the equation a bit more.
  • We're terrible at knowing what will make us happy. That's where experimenting comes in. Experiment with your spending and your activities. What still feels good a week later versus ended up being meaningless.
  • It's okay to spend money sometimes as long as you do it from a place of value. If you are in a deprivation zone, one thing that helped Brandon was to relax for two years with respect to his spending. If it was something he and his wife wanted to do, they did it. At the end of the year, although it felt like they had lived an extravagant life, they spend just $3,000 more than normal.
  • In the deprivation zone, you are testing the lower limits. You can test the upper limits and then hopefully find the sweet spot. It's difficult to find where the sweet spot is for you without testing the limits.
  • Once you have the bigs things taken care of, the little ones don't seem to matter. Brandon had already limited his large structural recurring expenses. What he had given himself latitude with were the everyday one-off decisions that in aggregate, turn out to barely move the needle of his finances.
  • Brad and his family have anchored themselves to a $2 per person per meal per day rule. It helps them to apply intentionality to their meal planning. He thinks it's better to try and optimize and then dial it back if gets to be a little too much than continue to go through life being unaware.
  • Brandon is an introvert, so announcing publicly that he is releasing his first album is a big deal.
  • Back when he wasn't making progress because he wasn't putting the time in, he talked his brother into going to a park and playing a show. The thought of doing it was scary, but he already knew what it was like not to it. He wanted to know what the world would be like if he did do it.
  • While playing in the park, a man slipped Brandon his email address. It turned out he source talent for a music festival in Scotland and asked if they wanted to play at it.
  • Brandon taking that chance in the park reminded Brad of a quote by Scott Young, “Your deepest moments of happiness don't come from doing easy things. They come from realizing your potential and overcoming your limiting beliefs about yourself”.
  • Both financial independence and the pursuit of financial independence allow you to begin building armor. Failure is good. You have to be bad at something before you are good at it.
  • FI definitely helped Brandon build his armor. He didn't have anyone to answer to or worry about stumbling across what he was doing.
  • He also uses an alter ego for his work in the financial space, as well as another for his music.
  • Something that Brand did to progress with his music was conduct an ultralearning experiment. He took three months where he blocked out all other activities competing for this attention to do the thing that he wanted to do, which was write songs.
  • He committed to devoting 25 hours a week and built spreadsheets of prioritized tasks. He says it is the only reason he succeeded. He focused on the hours and the effort and then by-product comes out of it.
  • For others just trying to get started learning, Brandon thinks copying what you love is a great place to start. Your unique set of influences is enough to make what you do unique.
  • The unique skills each of them possess is what lead to this very podcast. Brad being a CPA with a travel rewards website is what got him a guest spot on Brandon's podcast. Then Jonathan heard the podcast and discovered both Brad and he lived in Richmond, which lead him to first contact Brad.
  • Every good idea comes out of a bad idea, or an okay idea, or even a mediocre idea. You do not need to get it right the first time. The fact that you are willing to try gives you the opportunity to get feedback and iterate into something amazing.
  • Brandon's album is available for just $5! You can pre-order your copy at ChooseFI.com/album.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * ChooseFI Episode 017 Mad Fientist and Origin Story * James Clear “Forget About Setting Goals. Focus on This Instead.“ * Ultralearning: Master Hard Skills, Outsmart the Competition, and Accelerate Your Career by Scott Young

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Are you the kind of person who sets New Year's resolutions? Like many Americans, Jonathan used to set weight loss goals for the new year, but not this year. Instead, he and his accountability partner, JD Roth, spent the previous nine months working on it and began the year, at or very close to their goal weight.
  • Not having to work on big weight loss goals is allowing Jonathan to be aware and focus on testing smaller adjustments that will make him feel better and have more energy.
  • Brad once had an experience while on vacation that made him realize how his normal diet was causing him joint pain. He wasn't even aware he had joint pain until one day it was gone. It was only then that he understood he had a problem that needed to be worked on.
  • When you live an examined life, you don't have to accept the things that are reducing your capacity to function as normal.
  • Brad thought his morning smoothies were a healthy choice, but it turns out the negative impact was a sugar crash necessitating an afternoon nap. It wasn't something he noticed until he stopped the daily smoothie routine.
  • The examined life concept can be applied to your personal finance life as well. It's not as much a goal as it is a mastery of process.
  • Brad embraces James Clear's concept of setting up systems that work in his life versus setting goals. He has set up eight different things he wants to accomplish as a part of a system with checkpoints along the way.
  • In an attempt to develop two new habits, Brad is habit stacking. With habit stacking, you take one habit you have and combine it with another you want to create. Brad has combined his desire to become more fluent in Japanese with moving more during the day by taking walks around the neighborhood while listening to the Pimsleur language learning app. It's not perfect, but it's a system that is working for him.
  • Brad is also following the advice of Chris Guillebeau and conducting his own annual review. This annual review sets the big picture, the intentions, the purpose, and outcomes. It then breaks life down into different areas where concrete goals may be set, such as self, health, family, community, travel, and others.
  • While neither has large plots of land in suburban Richmond, VA, Jonathan and Brad have both contemplated starting some sort of micro garden.
  • Listener James wrote in to say that he's been able to cut down on his grocery bill by going a whole year eating only vegetables he's grown himself.
  • James says knowledge isn't needed. Just try growing things. You'll learn as you go. Also, grow what you are actually going to eat. Kale is great, but not if you won't eat it. And finally, squash is king as it produces pounds and pounds of food.
  • Start with a 4'x4′ or 6'x6′ plot of land and plant 2 summer squashes and 2 winter squashes two feet apart. Water the roots, not the leaves.
  • If you don't have a yard, get creative like a friend with a yard, a community garden, or a local farm.
  • In your own garden, build up your soil health with compost.
  • When you are genuinely interested in learning, finding mentors willing to help can be easy. Jonathan's brother, Andrew who edits the podcast, has been interested in sustainable homesteading. Through the ChooseFI Facebook groups, he has found a community to learn from and is getting free room and board in exchange for work.
  • You get so much power and understanding in your own life just by understanding the concepts of FI. You don't need to be at your FI number to achieve power and autonomy in your life. It starts the moment you decide to make small changes to make your life better.
  • Neither Jonathan nor Andrew have reached FI, yet for all intents and purposes, they are living a financially independent lifestyle.
  • The goal isn't to have the most money, it's to be post-money, which is beyond the point where money matters. What do you want your life to look like, and what do you need to pull that off?
  • Suzanne sent in a question about expense ratios. She didn't know where to look to find out how much she is paying across their various investments.
  • First, there may be a fee attached to the fund for it being executed the way it is, known as the expense ratio. Second, if access to the fund is through a financial manager, there could be an assets under management fee.
  • The impact these fees can have on your investments is enormous. They can cost an investor millions of dollars over a 40-year time frame.
  • Brad suggested Suzanne google the funds' names or ticker symbol and expense ratio, such as “VTSAX expense ratio”. The result should be just one or two clicks away.
  • To reduce costs, long-term investors should use a commission fee platform to purchase funds, such as M1 Finance when investing outside of your employer.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Chris Guillebeau's “How to Conduct Your Own Annual Review” * Grass to Veggies * ChooseFI Episode 248 You are More than Your Social Capital with Laura Oldanie * M1 Finance Review

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Many industries we once believed were recession-proof have proven otherwise. What can we do to build multiple streams of income and the resilience needed so that we're not reliant on anyone else for financial security? Side hustles and passive income are key strategies.
  • Daniella worked for an IT company for four years when they laid her the weekend before her wedding. Luckily, she quickly found a remote job working as a contractor but was laid off from it as well.
  • The layoffs ruined Daniella's confidence and self-esteem. Before the first layoff, she was living paycheck to paycheck and carrying debt. Occasionally, she needed to sell things for gas money until the next paycheck arrived. It was a financial low.
  • Daniella still had the severance from her first job in an emergency fund and was encouraged to freelance to keep stable while looking for a new job.
  • Freelancing was something Daniella had some experience with and reached out to an old client.
  • The talent stack Daniella developed was not simply technical. She had a strong artistic and design background which was mostly self-taught.
  • She says when going for a job interview, be upfront about all of the experience you have. Think about it and write it all down so you don't leave anything out.
  • Not all jobs require the employee to be a world-class expert. Sometimes having a wide variety of experience and being able to synthesize different pieces of information is what employers need.
  • The freelancing came out of panic. In addition to the debt, she had not been aggressively investing for retirement and believed the only way to go forward was a job.
  • After finally landing a new job with a FinTech company, Daniella began reading about personal finance for her blog about the journey she and her wife were on to get their finances together.
  • Dabbling is something Daniella has done since high school but it was never something she believed could be used to build wealth. Reading the stories of others changed her mind. The future became clear on what they had to do versus what they wanted to do.
  • While her original side hustles only fueled her spending behaviors, they eventually morphed into doing fun things. Her wife is an expert in reselling guitars, and in addition to freelancing, Daniella also did thrift store flips, repaired items for resale, and sold her own paintings of live concert events.
  • Daniella is in a much different financial position now. They have one year's worth of an emergency fund saved up, and all of their debt is paid off. They still have their side hustles, and her blog makes a third of what she makes in her full-time job.
  • If she were to lose her job again, she would be able to reach out to the huge online network she's built over the last three and a half years.
  • Facebook, Instagram, Reddit, and Twitter and great for networking. Daniella started by searching for different hashtags on Twitter.
  • Jonathan loves Facebook groups. When there is something he wants to learn, he leans into Facebook groups to benefit his talent stack.
  • Daniella believes Twitter is especially good for freelance gigs, while Instagram is good for anything since people expect others to slide into their DMs and comments on that platform.
  • Since she can work remotely from anywhere and they have multiple side hustles, Daniella and her wife are working on a move from Missouri to Washington State.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Give your child a headstart with their financial and nutritional well-being with Meal Planning for Kids. * Watch shows live and on-demand with Fubo TV. * Build a better real estate investment portfolio with Fundrise. * Get started on your own journey to financial independence today at ChooseFI.com/start.

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

What You'll Get Out Of Today's Show * 2021 kicks off the fifth year of the ChooseFI podcast. Despite being at different points in their own financial journeys, Brad and Jonathan have experienced the benefit of incremental growth with both their finances and self-improvement. While it may seem simple and even mediocre, they are living amazing lives. * You need to control what you can control, starting from wherever you are. If you can optimize at the margins, you can reclaim decades of your life. * It's not just the ChooseFI podcast trying to share this message and concepts. The entire community is working to share this message. * In a Facebook post from Jessica, she shares that her goal at the age of 19 was to save $5,000 so that she could feel stable. She began finally saving at the age of 26. By spending less and earning more, five years later, she hit the net worth milestone of $100,000. * The concepts ChooseFI presents are not new. The show brings information together to tell a story to motivate and encourage people to take action with it. * Don't just do what people tell you to do. Look at what they are doing. JL Collins' blog series, The Stock Series, started out as a way to document what he wanted to teach his daughter about investing. Warren Buffett plans ate leave 90% of his investments in a low-cost index fund. * What is impressive about index fund investing is that there is ample evidence that over the long-term, this simple plan outperforms other strategies. * Index funds, like total stock market index funds, are self-cleansing. Rather than trying to pick the winners or attempting to build your own index where you need to stay abreast of what's happening in the market, your ownership in companies performing poorly automatically decreases as a percentage with an index fund. * To illustrate this point, of the original companies making up the DOW in the early 1900s, none of them remain within it today. With an index fund, you end up buying the up and coming companies that are replacing those losing value without having to do any research. * It's an odd phenomenon that people do not like to buy stock when the market is down. There are drops of 10% just about every year, 30% every few years, and black swan events like 2020 are more common than we like to believe. Despite of the ups and downs, stay the course and keep investing. * US currency is backed by the confidence of the federal government. As much as a large percentage of the world also has confidence in our government, $100 today is not worth the same as it was a hundred years ago. * Not only has inflation eroded the value, but more money has been printed than 100 years ago. Whenever the government prints more money or injects a stimulus, our money is worth a little bit less. * What is the value of cryptocurrencies, like Bitcoin? They are speculative. You buy now and hope later someone else will pay more for it. Brad has sworn off speculative purchases after a horrible real estate investment years ago, but as a life-long learner, he has a remote interest in it. * Warren Buffett has described Bitcoin as “rat poison squared” because, like gold, it doesn't produce anything. Investing in it is speculative. * Moving money back and forth for 5 billion people in the world is both difficult and expensive. People without real access to the world economy can use Bitcoin to meet their needs. * There are thousands of different cryptocurrencies available and most of them may disappear at some point. Their value is volatile and utility limited. It's also subject to manipulation and is currently unregulated, but we'll keep hearing more about digital currencies. * The future is going to change, so Brad is always willing to learn. * Since it's the first episode of the new year, what can you do to make your life just a little bit better? Increase your contributions to your 401K by 1%. Look for investment options with the lowest fees and think about moving them over. Cut an expense you aren't getting value from. Max out your HSA account. Contribute to your 2021 IRAs and other retirement investment accounts. Use Trim to help you lower your recurring bills. * If you are looking for a new career, train for a new SalesForce position earning $65-80,000 a year with the course Jonathan and Bradley Rice created. The five-day SalesForce Challenge with Talent Stacker is free.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Meal Planning Made Easy * ChooseFI Episode 284 JL Collins * Get a free 60 day trial of Linkedin Sales Navigator * Start the year with a smart money move and get up to $3,500 when you transfer to M1 Finance * Fifth Wheel Physical Therapist * ChooseFI Episode 072 Should I buy Bitcoin with Myles Wakeham * ChooseFI Episode 099 Generous Giving on the Path to FI with Michael Peterson * Save money magically with Trim * ChooseFI Episode 117 Making the Case for Part-Time with Bradley Rice * Sign up for the free five-day SalesForce Challenge

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • When it comes to investing strategies, one of the most influential books available claims that if you keep it simple, you'll actually do better.
  • Here to talk about the philosophy behind his investment strategy is one ofChooseFI's most requested guests, JL Collins, author of The Simple Path to Wealth, and popular blog series, The Stock Series.
  • The influence of JL Collins cannot be overstated. The content he produced changed the trajectory of Brad's life and made him feel comfortable investing.
  • In 2011, JL's daughter was in college but was turned off of all things financial after he pushed too hard. Because he wanted her to know how to invest and handle money, he decided that he needed to write it down for when she was ready.
  • It was suggested that he archive the advice in a blog and share with friends and family. Much to his surprise, strangers began to find it and he quickly had an international audience.
  • The book came out of the growth of his blog. Always having the ambition to write a book, The Simple Path to Wealth became a more organized and concise compilation of his blog articles. Four years later, 2020 has been its best selling year and the success has greatly exceeded expectations.
  • Readers have responded positively to the authenticity of his writing, which he believes is because he was writing for his daughter. Now that she is a young adult, she's been receptive to the information and is now on board with the strategy presented.
  • For Brad, investing always seemed like something that required thousands of hours of understanding and special insight until he began reading The Stock Series on JL's website. It gave him hope that he had a chance at long-term success for wealth that would last for many decades.
  • JL acknowledges the method in the book is the last and best method he came to after going through other iterations involving picking stocks and actively managed funds. The other methods work, but they are harder and a lot less powerful than a low-cost index fund.
  • JL says this method isn't just for beginners, it's the best way to invest for everybody. The most powerful way to invest is the simplest and the easiest.
  • He realized that not everyone wants to think about investing the way he like thinking about it. Most people know it's important, but have more important things they want to do with their lives. His approach allows them to set it and forget it.
  • The investing world is complex by design because the more difficult it is to understand, the more Wall Street can charge in fees.
  • Jack Bogle, the founder of Vanguard, was the first one to invent index funds and talk about index fund investing. Because outperforming the market as a whole is extraordinarily difficult, only 20% of fund managers in any one year can do it. After 30 years, the percentage of fund managers that can do it is less than 1%.
  • Even Warren Buffet wrote in his 2013 Berkshire Hathaway shareholder letter that he would advise the trustee of his estate to invest 10% in government bonds and 90% in a very low-cost S&P 500 index fund.
  • A mutual fund, or similarly, an Exchange Traded Fund (ETF), takes money from a lot of investors and lumps it together to invest it in something.
  • The S&P 500 index invests in the 500 largest US companies that make up the S&P index, while an actively managed mutual fund may focus on a different parameter, such as energy or technology.
  • An actively managed fund attempts to pick stocks that over time will outperform the index which is an expensive route and reflected in what the investor pays for the fund, called the expense ratio.
  • Every fund has an expense ratio, but what matters is how high it is. Because index funds don't have those expensive fund managers, the fees are very low. JL's most recommended Vanguard fund, VTSAX, has a 0.04% expense ratio. Actively managed funds average 1%.
  • The impact 1% has compounded over time is dramatic. On a $1M portfolio, you may be withdrawing 4%, or $40,000, each year, while 1%, or $10,000, goes into the pockets of those managing your portfolio. That's money not going to you or working for you by growing over time.
  • In an article Brad wrote several years ago, he looked at the impact fees had on an investment portfolio. With a 1% expense ratio and/or a 1% fee for assets under management, the fees over a 40-year period cost millions of dollars.
  • Owning index funds means you own all of the companies within that index, both the winners and the losers. VTSAX is Vanguard's total stock market index fund which invests in virtually every publicly-traded US company.
  • There is very little difference between VTSAX and the S&P 500 index fund since VTSAX is capweighted, meaning it owns more of the largest companies. Only 15-20% are small or mid-cap companies.
  • JL loves index funds because they are self-cleansing, meaning that you benefit from the winners while the losers drift away. The worst you can lose is 100% on a company, but you can gain 200% or even 1000% with the winners. Tesla is a great example of the upside.
  • An S&P 500 index or total stock market index fund is essentially the same regardless of which brokerage firm it is purchased from. JL prefers Vanguard because it is structured where its interests are identical with the investors. The investors own the Vanguard funds which helps to continually drive down costs.
  • The impact of changing from a fund with a 0.04% fee to 0.02% or even 0% isn't tremendous. JL prefers to stick with a company like Vanguard that favors the investor over the owner.
  • Another thing Vanguard is trying to do is make investing more accessible. They have lowered the minimum investment for VTSAX from $10,000 to $3,000. Those without an initial $3,000 to invest can opt for VTI, the Exchange Traded Fund version of VTSAX.
  • VTI is primarily a trading vehicle that any amount of money may be invested in. Like a stock, buy and sell orders are executed immediately, while index funds prices are set at the close of the business day.
  • Traditionally, investors have needed to purchase whole shares of ETFs. Companies like M1 Finance have made it possible to buy fractional shares.
  • It would be wonderful if we could time the market, but it's more important to have time in the market. The best way to lose money is to try and dance in and out of the market. Trying to time the market does not work.
  • When the market began to drop during the beginning of the COVID pandemic, JL held strong in his conviction that no one knew what the market was going to do. The important thing to do is to stay the course.
  • You have to expect market drops during your investing lifetime. JL says no one should follow his advice unless they are absolutely clear that they will not sell when the market drops. Selling is not an option. Market drops are temporary.
  • After Black Monday in October 1987, JL, despite knowing better, lost his resolve and sold near the very bottom of the market. He didn't buy back in until the market had completely recovered. Now, market fluctuations don't bother him.
  • Roughly 20 companies make up 30% of your holdings in an S&P 500 index fund. Any company or sector that rises to the top means you'll own more of it. When those companies fade away, the individual who owned them in an index fund will fare better than an investor who owned them as a single stock.
  • The most powerful companies today will not be the most powerful companies decades from now. Of the original companies making up the DOW, not a single one remains in the DOW. With an index fund, you never have to worry about what's fading out or what's rising. You will always be there.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * ChooseFI Episode 019 The Stock Series Part 1 with JL Collins

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • It's Part 3 of ChooseFI's end-of-year wins where we hear directly from our community members. During this live event, listeners shared the actions they've taken during the past year that have helped them to spend less, earn more, and enjoy the journey.
  • This year, the year-end-win episode took place in a three hour live Facebook and YouTube event featuring around 20 members of the community.
  • Are you building an amazing life or are you a cog stuck in a very depressing wheel? It could be either or it could be both. The community members featured in this end-of-year wins episode have had the wake-up call.
  • We can't control everything, but there probably are some things we can control that we haven't yet considered. Hopefully, these wins from the community will provide inspiration and imagination to find improvement with at least one thing.
  • Our first win comes from Sara, who teaches high school science. She began listening to the podcast in December of 2018 and after binge listening to half of the available episodes, she opened a Vanguard account with all of the money she had saved. This year, she put money into 457s, maxed out Roth accounts, and put some money in a 403b.
  • And finally, Sara also just made her last mortgage payment, paying it off in just 11 years. With the mortgage paid off, Sara is now debt-free.
  • A special shout out to MK who recently gave birth to a brand new tax-deduction, otherwise known as a baby girl. MK and her husband, Jason, hit FI in their late twenties, and in addition to working for ChooseFI, MK has written a handful of science fiction books and teaches others how to self-publish with her YouTube channel, Author Your Ambition.
  • The next end-of-year win comes from Whitney who fired her financial planner this year. While her financial planner had set Whitney and her husband up fairly well, they were finally ready to fly on their own. Now that she understood what she was doing, she was able to get out of some of the actively-managed funds and do some tax-loss harvesting.
  • After an unfortunate incident with a supervisor, Whitney was motivated to figure out how she could not work if she didn't want to. Previously, she had no extra time to figure things out, but being at home due to COVID allowed her to explore hobbies, take care of health issues, and do more activities with her son.
  • Although making even the 1% better changes aren't always easy, it is a positive feedback loop where it becomes easier and easier.
  • Whitney plans is to retire in the next couple of years.
  • Next is Carlos, who welcomed a new baby this year. His wife took some photography classes and after seeing that her photos were pretty good, set up a new business as a photographer.
  • Jonathan says he's noticed a pattern when trying to learn a new skill. The first is that it's something that interests you. Next is finding a community, getting some training, and finally doing it.
  • Although Carlos‘ wife had to hit pause with the business a few times during the pandemic, she's still managed to have success even in this challenging year.
  • Carlos started a blog this year. As an immigrant from Brazil, he had issues with the IRS and decided to share his experiences so that he could help prevent others from making some of the same mistakes. He's is writing the first article and will soon be launching Alien Moolah.
  • Citlali and Jose have spent the last year adapting and keeping good habits. They moved to California three years ago and needed to get a budget together and manage cash flow after encountering high rent prices.
  • They found ChooseFI early when just six episodes had been released. Living on a single income, they were open to the messages presented.
  • Since then, they have tried house hacking, Citlali earned a degree through Udacity, got a job working on autonomous vehicles, and they moved to Texas, which decreased their cost of living.
  • Jose says the aggregation of marginal gains has helped them to save. Meal prepping has cut their meal costs and allowed them more free time during the week for other things.
  • Because the pandemic has them driving less and they've built up a good emergency fund, they've reduced their auto insurance coverage and cut the cost in half.
  • They also frequently use the library for ebooks and more unusual things like museum passes.
  • Citlali‘s big win this year for a 50% salary increase following her performance review which is helping to increase their gap.
  • But Jose and Citlali are reaping the benefits of FI before reaching it. With family in Mexico that has been hit hard by the pandemic, they have been able to provide financial assistance to buy food and pay off medical debt.
  • Shannon's year has been one of adaptation. She works at a college where her responsibilities have increased and transitioned. As a result, her boss was able to negotiate approval for her position to be full-time. The increase in Shannon's gap allowed her to pay off her car loan.
  • Shannon also started a unique side hustle creating videos combining World of Warcraft and making cocktails, under the title TipsiGaming, which can be found on YouTube and Twitch.
  • With no debt and this year's salary increase, Shannon hopes to buy a home and house hack the payment.
  • Finding ChooseFI a little over a year ago, Shannon has one month in emergency savings and now she has seven months saved up.
  • Wrapping up the series are Rob and Joni who are preparing to hit the road for RV life. They discovered the FI community about two and a half years ago. Starting from essentially zero, their net worth is up to $250,000 and their investments are at $150,000.
  • They quickly got used to living in 200 square feet, enjoyed get rid of stuff, decluttering their life, and being able to quickly clean up their home.
  • They both work from home, making them location independent.
  • When they married in 2016, they followed a more traditional contribution of 10% into a 401K. Though they were debt-free when they found the FI community, they didn't start to crush the income side until about two years ago when Joni combined her skillsets, switched careers, and doubled her income.
  • Rob and Joni's expenses are fairly low. The RV is paid off but they bought some land to put it on. when on the road, their base expenses should be roughly $2,000 a month.
  • For more information on the free Five Day Challenge or to sign up for the newsletter, go to ChooseFI.com/start.
  • Next week JL Collins joins the podcast again to revisit the Stock Series concepts and share his perspective on some of the nuances discussed with other guests of the show.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Your Money or Your Life by Vicki Robin * ChooseFI Episode 019 The Stock Series Part 1 with JL Collins * The Simple Path to Wealth by JL Collins

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • It's Part 2 of ChooseFI's end-of-year wins where we hear directly from our community members. During this live event, listeners shared the actions they've taken during the past year that have helped them to spend less, earn more, and enjoy the journey.
  • This year, the year-end-win episode took place in a three hour live Facebook and YouTube event featuring around 20 members of the community.
  • After listening to the podcast for months or years, how did individual members of the community take in information and take action leading to success in a very challenging year? Success isn't just the nuts and bolts of money. Ultimately, it's a life optimization strategy.
  • In response to Brad sharing in an earlier episode that he was joining Alan Donegan in his burpee challenge, Christine wrote in to share that she was inspired to step up her run by throwing in burpees along the way even if she couldn't complete the pushups.
  • Being perfect isn't realistic. Challenge and struggling are important, as is trying to get to the point of mastery. You grow during times of discomfort and failure.
  • The first end-of-year win comes from Eric. Introduced to FI by his best friends over a year ago, Eric binged listened to the podcast. In January of 2020, Eric and his wife re-scripted their financial life.
  • Eric is an architect and started creating YouTube content as a side hustle on his channel 30X40 Design Workshop.
  • Re-scripting their financial life started with paying down all their debt, including mortgage, with the cash they had saved that wasn't doing very much for them and built a six-month emergency fund.
  • Having that headspace allowed them to take more risks during the year. They don't have a specific monthly budget, but as long as his wife keeps her job as a research scientist, they are good. Everything he makes is going toward FI, including a post-tax brokerage account and 529s.
  • The FI literacy they've picked up from the podcast has shown they are a lot closer to their FI number than they thought.
  • The friend who introduced Eric to FI was Jason, who also had end-of-year wins to share. Jason figured out early in his career that he didn't want to persist working for other people until retirement age.
  • Five years ago, Jason learned about the FIRE community and began to buckle down, working toward a strategy.
  • Jason says they've always been good savers and put salary increases and bonuses toward retirement savings. In 2019, he realized 2020 was the year they could hit FI. He actually achieved it in May 2019 and stayed at his job until June 2020 because he had some things he wanted to see through.
  • In June, they moved from a high-cost-of-living area to a more moderately priced location. He began blogging on his website, The Next Phase is Now, to help work through the tornado of feelings he was experiencing.
  • Before retiring, they lived on their FI budget for a full year to give them confidence. Currently, Jason is drawing from his cash reserves, which he moves from a Fidelity account to his checking account once a month like a paycheck.
  • Next up is a question from Rebecca, who wants to know how to calculate her FI number when both she and her husband have pensions. Jonathan says the difference between your monthly expenses and your pension is what your FI number will need to cover.
  • The book by Grumpus Maximus, The Golden Albatross: How to Determine if Your Pension is Worth It, as well as episodes 057 and 227 with Grumpus are good to check out if you have a pension.
  • The next listener sharing her wins is Sara. Sara sold her care and began investing in VTSAX this year after graduating in 2019.
  • As a new investor, the market fluctuations this year were intimidating, but after reading The Simple Path to Wealth, she felt like she was getting in during a low period.
  • Sara's only debt is $78,000 in student loans which she hopes to pay off by age 30. During this 0% interest period, she has deferred making payments and has saved $20,000. It's a safety net that she's trying to decide what to do with.
  • Her employer offers a .5% match up to 6% in her retirement plan. Sara has increased her contribution since deferring her student loan payments and is looking to roll over an account from a previous employer.
  • Sara is trying to keep her expenses low and estimates her savings rate to be 30-40%.
  • Listener Jake has made a lot of big moves this year, which means undoing all of the American dream ideas that had been drilled into him, like the fancy apartment, car, and clothes. They weren't making him happy.
  • After listening to the podcast, Jake took action and moved into a place that cost him half as much, traded in the fancy car for a used Prius he paid cash for, and slashed his spending.
  • Another big move Jake made was to refinance his private student loans with a 10% interest rate to 4%. He's putting every extra dollar toward student loans and will 100% debt-free by the end of January.
  • The Talent Stacker podcast has lit a fire under him and Jake's goal for the end of 2021 is to hit $100,000 net worth.
  • Being able to work remotely, Jake has moved back in with his parents and reduced his rent to zero. Bradsays he credits living with his parents after graduation as the springboard for everything that came after.
  • Zach says it's been a great year figuring out his why of FI and taking actionable steps. He thinks whether we realize it or not, we're all chasing time and health.
  • He wants to travel the world in business class and loves his 2006 Hyundai Sonata. For Zach, finding happiness wherever he is at is the FI goal. It's all about what you personally value.
  • His investments are set up to meet his passive income goal. At the beginning of COVID, Zach started two businesses. While a pandemic doesn't sound like a good time to start a business, Zach says any time of strife and change creates opportunity.
  • Next up is Kosta who says despite the tough year, his path to FI has accelerated and COVID hammered home the need to do it.
  • Three years ago, Kosta and his fiance thought they had made it with their lucrative careers. But when he learned about FI in 2018, he was hooked. They worked together as a team to pay down student loan debt and put a 20% downpayment on the house they bought at the beginning of this year.
  • Health issues that may take both of them out of work motivated them to ensure their later years were easier. And a by-product of FI, Kosta has lost 84 funds this year!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Buy a ChooseFI ebook bundle and save an extra 15% with code “holiday15” * Build a better portfolio with M1 Finance * ChooseFI ebook store

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • It's the ChooseFI Christmas Edition where we hear end-of-year wins direct from our community members. During this live event, listeners shared the actions they've taken during the past year that have helped them to spend less, earn more, and enjoy the journey.
  • This year, the year-end-win episode took place in a three hour live Facebook and YouTube event featuring around 20 members of the community.
  • Despite how tough this year has been, many people were able to implement some of the strategies and tactics discussed on the show into practice and find more margin in their lives.
  • The first featured win comes from Valerie. She purchased a condo a couple of years ago and has been working on renovating it. While not a financial win, Valerie says putting it behind her is her biggest personal win.
  • Finally closing out the permits allowed her to refinance her mortgage, saving her $466 a month. She was also able to pay off her credit card renovation debt, saving her an additional $600 a month. In total, Valerie paid off $34,000 of debt.
  • Besides the debt, Valerie also maxed out contributions to her HSA and because she now has an additional $1,000 a month, she increased her 401k contributions from 8% to 11%.
  • Valerie opened her first taxable investment account and rebalanced her portfolio, while her side hustles earned her $4,000, mostly from participating in focus groups.
  • Due to COVID, Valerie wasn't spending as much money and it allowed her to focus on things she might not have had the time to do and she's now one-third of the way to her FI number and hoping to retire by 2030.
  • Brad comments that cutting $1,000 in monthly expenses is $300,000 less Valerie needs in retirement when using the 4% rule.
  • Valerie has been sharing her copy of ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence with family members.
  • The second end-0f-year-win comes from Michelle who learned about ChooseFI after Googling financial independence while attending a conference. To convert her husband, she had him read ChooseFI's book and then scheduled a date night to discuss it.
  • Michelle‘s husband, Greg, never thought he could retire early. They didn't have a lot of debt but bought into the concept of getting 1% better and things began to snowball.
  • During the last year, Michelle and Greg joined their finances, maxed out their 401k, sold a rental home, bought a short-term rental, and broke up with their financial advisor.
  • They opened a Vanguard account and moved their accounts over after discovering their financial advisor was making a lot more in fees than the $50 per month to come up with an investment plan.
  • Because Michelle and Greg met later in life, they had maintained separate accounts. After joining finances and being transparent, they found making small 1% better changes each week didn't hurt at all.
  • All of the extra money that came in from COVID refunds or bonuses went toward paying off the debt from new windows. They also started travel hacking.
  • Michelle says when breaking up with your finical advisor, chances are they won't understand FI, so state that it's you not them and feel free to contact her for help breaking up with your advisor.
  • Up next is Chris, who has been a member of the FI community for about three years. He got started by reading The Simple Path to Wealth and Your Money or Your Life.
  • For Chris, the pandemic has been an opportunity allowing him to save $15,000. He's been able to max out his HSA and Simple IRA.
  • Chris also has two adult children to who he has introduced the concept of FI, as well as his nieces and nephews who have been very receptive to the information Chris has provided. He says to reach out and if they are interested they will let you know.
  • One of the actions Chris took this year was to switch to Policygenius, which saved him 50% on policy premiums.
  • The next end-of-year-win comes from Lauren. Lauren found ChooseFI in late-August and is on Episode 61R.
  • Lauren got a side gig in August being a census worker which enabled her to pay off all $7,000 she had in consumer debt. With all of the premium pay she earned, it ended up being $1,300 a week. She says she wouldn't have taken on the side hustle if it wasn't for the podcast.
  • After learning about 403b's, she switched from stocks and bonds to VTSAX. She and her husband also opened up a joint VTSAX account and reduced all of their monthly recurring bills to as low as they could possibly be. She's currently looking for hacks for satellite service.
  • In July, they moved into a home that they are caretakers for, which is an upgrade that eliminated $1,100 in rent. They found the caretaker job through her mother but says other caretaker or home sitting positions can be found online.
  • Since August, Lauren has earned or save roughly $9,000 since finding ChooseFI and taking action. They are now trying to pump as much money as possible into retirement accounts.
  • When an old job asked her to come back to work for them, she opted to focus on what things were important, like the baby she and her husband are expecting and how they can raise it frugally.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Register for The Simple Startup Winter Challenge and save 15% with the promo code “podcast” * Automate your investing strategy with M1 Finance * Sign up for the ChooseFI Foundation's FREE FI101 course * Get the ChooseFI Foundation's FREE preK-12 finical literacy curriculum

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Is it possible to live fabulously without being fabulously broke? The Debt Free Guys say you can.
  • After a year and a half of dating, John and David finally came out of the closet to each other regarding their finances. Between the two of them, they had $51,000 in credit card debt even though they had 15 years of experience in financial services helping others with managing their money.
  • Starting with the first credit card his parents gave him for emergencies, David began a 17-year run carrying credit card debt. Instead of reserving for emergencies, he viewed it as a source of side money and never understood the value of paying it off.
  • Despite never paying the balance off, his credit card limits kept increasing. After accumulating a significant amount of credit card, he began having trouble making even the minimum payments. Once, when his parents wired him money, it was immediately garnished from his bank account because he had failed to make payments. And yet he still didn't learn his lesson.
  • Both John and David came from a time when it wasn't okay to be gay. As a result of being a part of a marginalized community, many parts of society sent the message that they couldn't be who they were. The baggage they carried, as a result, manifested itself in various ways, one of which can be financial challenges.
  • Prudential conducted a study that showed there is a sexual orientation and gender identity pay gap. A university study has also shown that simply being gender non-conforming can limit you from getting a job or being promoted.
  • As a result, gay men sometimes seek validation through their clothing, bodies, cars, houses, and vacations even if they have to finance it.
  • The LGBT community hasn't traditionally fit the image of retired couples financial services companies market to. The community hasn't been encouraged through representation to think about their finances.
  • The premise of the Queer Money Podcast is the get the finance conversation started which is what any community needs to start moving toward financial security. They challenge the community to think about what it is they truly want in life despite how they are told they should look, act, and want.
  • It was the trap they had been living in. Although they were making decent salaries and experts in money, John and David weren't living according to their values.
  • After having the discussion, they decided what they wanted was to be able to retire comfortably, travel without accumulating credit card debt, and give back to the LGBT community in a way that didn't penalize them.
  • David says that even in the financial services industry there is a facade and although the experts know what they should do, they are hiding the truth about who they really are. Even for those who know the tricks to save, it can be hard to put it into practice.
  • When you don't tell the truth about who you really are, you don't seek assistance or help to become the person you are pretending to be.
  • While their credit card debt was at $51,000, John and David were spending $10,000 a year in interest payments. They believe that like them, most people who have similarly high credit card debts have a spending problem, not an income problem.
  • The first step is to sit down and have the conversation with yourself, your partner, or your family about what it is you want your life to look like.
  • The second step was eye-opening. John and David performed a spending analysis tracking when every penny spent had gone in the previous year. They had been living like rock stars, spending money on dining out, happy hours, designer clothing, and travel yet they didn't think their quality of life had been that great.
  • They finally realized they were financial messes when walking into their dark, basement apartment right after considering buying land to build a vacation home on in the Colorado mountains. They questioned where their life was going and confessed their debts to each other.
  • Figuring out what they wanted took three to four months, the spending analysis took a weekend, and it was two and a half years to pay off the credit card debt.
  • Unfortunately, after paying it off, they reverted to old habits and racked up $6,000 on reedit cards again. Realizing they were on the wrong path again, they corrected course and paid that off in several more months.
  • The spending analysis showed that with several small tweaks, they could recoup a lot of their spending. Grocery and dining out costs were cut and when going out with friends, they tried to do it without spending much money so they could maintain the social aspect of their lives.
  • John and David knew that if they could not have fun during the process of paying off debt, it would not last.
  • When confessing why they couldn't spend on activities like before, they found the friends they told were completely fine with it. For some friends, it created an opportunity to have their own money conversation, while other friends did drift away.
  • One of the strategies John and David used was to look for free or inexpensive actives they could do on the days they wanted to be social with others. They were blown away by the number of free and fun activities they found in the city of Denver. Learning that you don't have to spend a ton of money to have a good time changed the way they thought about having a good time. They called it the NSE for Not So Expensive.
  • John and David believe that when you put it out that you are saving for your financial goals, you begin to attract other people who want to have that goal in their life too and build a community of people supporting the lifestyle you want to create.
  • Another tactic John and David used were Milestone Rewards. They would stash away a small mouth of money to have some fun with as a reward when they had met a goal, such as paying off a certain amount of debt.
  • After completing the spending analysis, they realized it would take four to six years to pay off their debt using the snowball or avalanche methods. They knew they needed to do it quickly or they would get bored.
  • It was the high-interest credit card debt preventing them from paying it off quickly, so they came up with the debt lasso method.
  • With the debt lasso method, they lowered their interest rate to as low as possible and consolidated the credit card debt to as few locations as possible.
  • The debt lasso method has several pieces to it. You have to commit to not adding more to your card balances and commit to paying a specific amount every single month toward the balances.
  • Next, similar to the snowball method, if you can pay one off in full in a month or two, do it and get the quick win.
  • Then use the lasso process to pull all of the balances into as few locations as possible at as low-interest rates as possible.
  • Then everything should be automated. When monthly payments are automated, you'll never miss a payment which is when interest rates will be raised.
  • And finally, monitor your accounts so you know when a card is paid off and move payments to the next account or make extra payments when you can.
  • The snowball method works on emotion and has you pay off cards with the lowest balances, one after the other. In contrast, the avalanche process has you pay off the cards with the highest interest rates first.
  • Using the debt lasso method, they did have to pay approximately 3% in balance transfer fees, but they shaved years off the repayment plan saving more in interest payments.
  • Because John and David each had good credit, they were able to consolidate the debt from two to three high-interest cards each to 0% interest for 12-18 months cards and continued to roll the debt to 0% interest cards as needed while paying down their debt.
  • On the Debt Free Guys website, they have created a calculator to estimate how long it will take to pay credit card debt off using different payoff methods. They encourage folks to pay the most money toward cards with the highest interest rates.
  • John and David say that while 0% credit cards may not be plentiful right now, they've found that credit card companies will often send out 0% offers when a credit card's debt has been paid off because they know you likely have other credit card debt. Just be sure to understand the fine print to avoid any unpleasant surprises.
  • It is incredibly helpful for partners to be in the same state of mind when it comes to paying off debt. It's also useful to find a tribe of people who are doing it or an accountability partner.
  • The Debt Free Guys have a weekly call named Money Therapy included with their credit card payoff course.
  • To join the community and get the debt lasso calculator, go to debtfreeguys.com/choosefi.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Buy a ChooseFI ebook bundle and save an extra 15% with code "holiday15" * Join the Debt Free Guys community * Start investing outside of your retirement accounts with M1 Finance * Find the right freelancer for your job with Fiverr and get one free year with promo code "ChooseFI"

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Teachers have been getting taken advantage of when it comes to their investment options. Thankfully, the internet and technology have made it easier to get the word out and help teachers wanting to do better.
  • During his first year of teaching, Dan Otter was asked if he cared about his financial future. He politely listened to a hardball sales pitch about an investment scheme he didn't fully understand.
  • Rather than blindly following other teachers at his school who had invested in it, Dan began to educate himself by learning about John Bogle, Vanguard, and low-cost investing.
  • He learned the salesperson who had approached him was trying to sell him a high-cost annuity inside a 403b and that it was a terrible product.
  • Unfortunately, most of his colleagues had signed up for these poor investment products despite having more than 100 options available to them, including Vanguard.
  • Dan began to speak up and asked pointed questions when other teachers began to talk about their sales agent in the teacher's lounge. Though he had never done it before, he started looking at their statements and showing them how much the fees were.
  • Appreciating Dan‘s insight and help, it was suggested that he put on workshops. After thinking about it, he bought the domain 403bWise, and with help from a friend, they built and launched the website in March 2000.
  • The mission of the website was education and advocacy, where teachers and school employees could come and learn about the 403b in a non-sales environment and also advocate for low-cost options like Vanguard.
  • Although this was 20 years ago, Dan says the problem with 403b persists today. Teachers usually find 403bWise after they have been sold one of these expensive products.
  • Dan says that not all 403b's are created equal. After working in different environments where 403b's are available. They were largely terrible in the public school systems with many vendors. Private schools generally have just one vendor, as do universities, like Fidelity, TIAA-CREF, or Vanguard.
  • 403b's fall outside of federal oversight, specifically Arista regulation, so the employer does not have the same kind of fiduciary duty. Just being on the list signifies tacit endorsement, however, the vendors are not vetted by the school districts.
  • Just because you aren't paying money out of pocket, doesn't mean there are no fees. Vendors make the fees hard to find.
  • Teachers all over the country can get fee information on the website, 403bcompare.com.
  • Dan says to look for costs in two places; mortality and expense, and then look at the mutual funds that are part of the annuity. If you find out that you are in a bad product, you may also have to pay 7% of your balance just to get out of it.
  • Using the hypothetical example of a relatively new teacher earning $50,000 per year who expects to retire after 30 years, the difference between investing in one of these terrible annuity products versus one found after learning more from 403bWise can be $200,000.
  • Over 35 years, a teacher contributing $250 a month earning 6% will earn $185,391 when investing with one of the lunchroom sales agents, while the teacher investing the same $250 a month earning 6% interest with a low-cost company will have $343,000 at the end of 35 years.
  • Dan was able to visit the Vanguard campus as a guest of their 403b unit and says they are very focused on this market and getting on vendor lists.
  • A good fee for a 403b is 0.5, or 50 basis points, or less. Companies like Fidelity, Vanguard, and Aspire Financial Services are good. In California, CalSTERS, the state pension agency, created their own 403b after and is on most vendor lists.
  • Do not confuse Fidelity with American Fidelity Assurance, which is a high-cost company.
  • A 457 may be an even better plan than the 403b. Reputable 457 plan companies include TIAA-CREF, T. Rowe Price, and Vanguard.
  • The National Tax Deferred Savings Association is a well-funded lobby with an interest in maintaining a high cost, multi-vendor 403b environment.
  • Montgomery Country schools in Maryland is one of the few school districts to put their 403b plan out for bid. They reduced the number of vendors down to just one, Fidelity, and plan participation and contribution have increased.
  • Dan would like to see every district do what Montgomery County did, but it needs to start with the teachers from the ground up.
  • The 403Wise website has three main sections, education, advocacy, and community. Under the Quick Start Guide, the tool, Find a Good Vendor, on the home page allows teachers to search within their own school district.
  • 403b compliance is often outsourced to third-party administrators who bring in vendors who yield them revenue.
  • Even one of the big national unions, the NEA, has an endorsement deal with a financial company called Security Benefit, which offers a product called the NEA Value Builder with load fees of 5%. After being sued, they offer a fantastic and unadvertised product called NEA Direct Investment.
  • Anyone who would like to try and make a difference in their school district should reach out to 403bWise because they are building a network of advocates.
  • In addition to joining the Facebook group, reviewing the website, and learning about the 403b vendors available to you, check to see if a 457b plan is also available.
  • A 457b works similarly to a 403b but has a few more amazing benefits. If you separate from service, you can access the money in a 457b tax and penalty-free. Also, when just three years before retirement age, you may double contributions. And finally, 457b's requires more fiduciary oversight.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Register for the Simple Startup Winter Challenge and save 15% with the code "podcast" * ChooseFI Episode 220 Fix My 403b with Nancy Bachety * Fix My 403b * 403bcompare.com * Buy any 3 month plan and get another 3 months for free when you switch to Mint Mobile * Create a shopping list with Honey for a chance to win!

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Don't fall for the misconception that financial independence is just for 20 and 30-year-olds. It is for everyone at any age and it's not too late to get started.
  • Amy had a wake-up call in her early 40s. Starting with no net worth, through flexibility and adaptability, she got started and reclaimed decades of her life.
  • Amy describes herself as a trier of many things. She used to wonder how other people do it. How do other people drive new SUVs, live in a large home, dine out, and save for their kids' education and their own retirement? She says most people don't do it all.
  • You have to select for yourself what's important and save wisely to spend on it.
  • Previously, Amy was trying to keep up with everybody else, thinking that she needed it all to be happy. She was buying all the stuff but wasn't saving for the future.
  • She heard something on the radio one day about needing to save a million dollars for retirement and thought it didn't seem possible to get there. She and her husband were in their 40s and she knew something had to change.
  • Amy began looking at what other people were doing but what she didn't know if that everybody was just like her, trying to keep up and not saving for the future.
  • She had grown up with a single mom who had a lower-middle-class income. She always wanted more because she felt like she was always lacking. When she got a job and was earning money, she worked hard and thought she deserved all those things everyone else had.
  • She had fallen into the trap of thinking money equals happiness and once in, it was hard to get out of that trap. While she had a mortgage and car loans, she didn't have much other debt. However, she was spending almost everything coming in and her net worth wasn't moving forward much.
  • After a divorce a the age of 43, Amy's net worth was approximately $150,000. The desire to get out of a job she hated and start her own business lead her to examine her spending.
  • She began researching methods and ideas for saving money where she found Mr. Money Mustache and many other personal finance blogs and websites.
  • Though Amy realized she and her new husband were older, she thought that they could make significant changes and create the financial space they needed to retire early for them.
  • Trying to keep up with everybody else wasn't getting them anywhere, but she might be able to learn and try to keep up with the people saving money and retiring early even if they were far younger.
  • Originally, they had been thinking they would don't retire until 67, so retiring in 10 years in their 50s sounded much better.
  • Trying to convince her husband to get on board with the changes that needed to be made meant that his habits had to change. They had to reframe their thinking. Amy says the Dave Ramsey quote sums it up, “Live like no one else now, so you can live like no one else later.
  • They realized that despite chasing happiness by going out to dinner and buying things wasn't actually making them happy. Cutting back didn't feel like deprivation because they weren't things that weren't meaningful or lighting them up.
  • Amy and her husband reevaluated where their money was being spent. She thinks making communication a foundation of their marriage was essential. It was hard to talk about what they wanted their lives to look like 10 and 20 years down the road and how they were living five years ago wasn't going to get them there.
  • Using the 25 times expenses rule, Amy guessed they would need a million dollars to retire and targeted 2024 for retirement.
  • To do it, they cut expenses, got rid of their newer vehicles, and refinanced to a 15-year mortgage. To increase their incomes, they both changed jobs twice.
  • With all of the changes they made and a phenomenal stock market, they have been able to cut their timeline to financial independence down. They considered themselves FI in 2019, just six years from when they started.
  • Amy was able to increase her income during those six years by finally completing her degree after going to school part-time while also working. It gave her the confidence to try and find a better paying position.
  • Because she was a hard-worker and stayed in touch with people on LinkedIn, she was approached about a new position. She then negated the significant salary increases.
  • To prepare for salary negotiations, Amy used Glassdoor and LinkedIn premium to see what other positions were paying.
  • Amy says you have to believe it's possible never too late to start. You have to be flexible, willing to embrace fear and go for it. Give up the ego and be willing to learn, even from a 25-year-old. Stop worrying about what other people think.
  • Stuff isn't going to make you happy, but having your family safe and secure and being able to retire will. The changes Amy made were sacrifices, they were changes that gave her options later.
  • If you're in your 40s and you've never questioned drift, there's probably 30% you can cut without missing it.
  • Initially, Amy and her husband cut too far, but then they added some things back in. Now they mindfully choose when to go out and enjoy craft beer or eating out.
  • Amy says happiness ebbs and flows. Her happiest moments are with her grandkids. She works a lot on her passion projects which brings her a lot of joy.
  • Her blog, LifeZemplified.com shares a little about her story, what she is doing, and how important it is for others to take action.
  • WomenWhoMoney.com was started as a safe space for women to learn about personal finance from a female perspective, though 40% of their audience is now male.
  • The content on Women Who Money was leveled for Beginner, Intermediate, and Advances personal finance knowledge with over 400 articles.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Set your business up for success finding freelance talent with Fiverr and get one year free and save 10% with promo code “ChooseFI”. * Better optimize your payments with Checkout * Get started on your own journey to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Setting up your financial life includes updating your investor policy statement and examining the rationale for equal weighting inside your index funds.
  • Brad is giving his physical fitness a boost in December with a month-long burpee challenge. A full-body exercise that can be done quickly at home without any equipment, Jonathan asks what would change about your life if you took the challenge of doing 10 burpees every day for the next year?
  • Brad was inspired to take on the burpee challenge after watching Alan Donegan and his wife, Katie, in a video they posted of themselves doing burpees. They weren't holding anything back and completing each rep with a high degree of difficulty. He wondered what it would look like to give everything your all in life, like Alan and Katie were with their burpees?
  • Jonathan reflected on how he is often more focused on getting to the end result than he is in the quality of the movement, which he likens to the old saying about losing sight of the forest for the trees. We should focus on systems, processes, and workflow, over results.
  • Get up off the couch and do something that will make your life better in some small way. Cancel a subscription, get rid of convenience, meal plan, do something that makes your life 1% better. And if you start doing burpees as a result of this episode, send in an email to let Brad and Jonathan know.
  • Although we often talk about and identify the massive actions people can take to make their financial lives better, the community has been very receptive to the idea of aggregation of marginal gains.
  • This year, Jonathan has been having conversations with his wife about their investor policy statement and what changes they might make to it since they feel like they are in a place of calm and unemotional decisions can be made.
  • Brad and Laura believe in thinking long-term, lowering their expenses, continuing to invest, and having things on autopilot. Their investments are almost entirely in low-cost brand-based index funds, like total stock market and S&P 500 funds. they also do have some bonds, international stock funds, and rental real estate.
  • Jonathan and Dani have similar investing strategies. They invest for the long-term and diversify in low-cost funds to avoid fees.
  • Recently, Brad and Jonathan discussed the difference between a total stock market index fund and an S&P 500 index fund and how with a cap-weighted fund you a disproportionate amount of the largest companies. A lot of investors believe you should try to have small and mid-cap companies equally weighted in your portfolio.
  • It used to be difficult to set your portfolio this way. Recently, online investment firms have come online, such as M1 Finance, Betterment, and Wealth Front, whose interfaces have made this significantly easier to do.
  • Jonathan recently conducted an experiment with his own investments following one of Paul Merriman's portfolios that can be found on M1 Finance. Fifty percent went into a total stock market index fund, and the other 50% went into an equally weighted fund. With the impact COVID had on small businesses this year, the equally-weighted portfolio was crushed.
  • However, when pursuing FI, we are interested in performance over the long-term and Jonathan notes that the smaller companies that have been crushed this year, might actually be on sale.
  • Because Jonathan doesn't like sitting on a bunch of cash, even in an emergency fund, the idea of negative correlation is appealing to him. He wants his emergency fund to hold steady or go up when the market is down and is willing to sacrifice a little bit of return to achieve that.
  • Your options to equally weight index funds may be more limited at large institutional firms, but with M1 Finance, Jonathan was able to set up a Negative Correlation pie, a Can I Pick pie, and an Equities pie.
  • Jonathan's M1 Finance account acts like an emergency fund but is also a growth machine. It is more conservative than his 401Ks. He views these taxable investments as another form of savings.
  • Some of Paul Merriman's recommended ticker symbols are VIOO, the Small Cap 600, IJS, the Small Cap 600 value, VOV, the 1000 Value index fund, VOO, the S&P 500, and others like VEA and VWO.
  • While many of us want to keep things simple and do not want to be stock picking, when investing in something like an S&P 500 Index fund, we are essentially stock picking. Understanding that, Brad still chooses to invest mainly in total stock market index funds.
  • In episode 194, Frank Vasquez talked about after taking a hammering in 2008, he wanted something in his portfolio that would go up when others were fleeing the market. He discussed corporate bonds, precious metals, and US treasuries were some of the types of investments people flee to.
  • Jonathan and Dani decided to invest in precious metals, which will hopefully be more effective than a savings account
  • While Brad doesn't believe in investing gold, Jonathan notes that if there is ever a loss in confidence in government, people will flee fiat currencies.
  • It's good to understand that these different tools are out there and react to market conditions differently.
  • A year-end review is an excellent time to decide what to invest in rationally and from a point of understanding your own psychology.
  • The first week's community win winner is Chris, who recently became debt-free, max out his 401K and HSA, as well as he and his wife's IRAs. They also began investing in a taxable account and contributing to their son's 529 accounts.
  • The second winner is Khang, who negotiated faster internet for less money using online chat. It never hurts to ask, but if you never ask, it's always a no.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Buy a ChooseFI ebook bundle and save 15% with the code “holiday15” * M1 Finance Review * Get $10 when you sign up today with M1 Finance * Start building your better portfolio today with Fundrise * ChooseFI Episode 075 The Unfair Advantages of the Individual Investor with Brian Feroldi * ChooseFI Episode 200 Stock Fundamentals with Brian Feroldi * ChooseFI Episode 122R Learn More About Dividend Investing * ChooseFI Episode 194 The Role of Bonds in a Portfolio with Frank Vasquez * Sign up for Brad's weekly newsletter at ChooseFI.com/start

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Continuing the conversation discussing financial basics, today's episode covers how to get started investing, banking, and setting up your financial life.
  • As a recent college graduate, Brad had the motivation to get his financial life together but didn't really know how to go about doing it. During his first job, he wanted to open up a Roth IRA after learning about the power of compound interest.
  • Unfortunately, the investment advisor who helped get him set up invested in a fund with a 5% upfront load. That means 5% of his investment automatically went to pay the advisor's commission. Brad'sinvestment was treated like a quick payday for the advisor.
  • Not all financial advisors are bad, but you can learn how to get set up with a low-fee or no-fee investment without feeling confused or overwhelmed by the process.
  • It's important to understand all of the possible fees that can impact the return on your investment. In addition to load fees, there are other fees to watch for, such as assets under management fees where you pay a percentage for the advisor to manage your account, or expense ratios which pay the team who actively manage the activity of buying and selling within the fund account, and with a surrender charge, you may pay fees to get your money out of the investment.
  • If Jonathan was giving a family member financial advice on how to get started, it would begin with banking. Do they have a banking system set up and understand the differences between checking and savings accounts? What other variables should be considered?
  • Getting a checking account set up is first and becomes the repository for income coming in and money going out, such as paying bills. Brad uses autopay to have many bills automatically draft from his checking account.
  • Brad likes simplicity. Because he knows which days money will be coming in, he sets up his bill autopay dates around that. He also ensures he has a couple extra thousand dollars in his checking account to cover anything unexpected with him having to track the balance every day.
  • Jonathan does something similar in that he uses the pay from last month to pay this month's bills, which means there is always around a month's worth of pay in his account giving him plenty of margin.
  • Try to minimize fees in every aspect of your life. Select a bank account option that requires the lowest minimum account balance to avoid a monthly fee. Avoid overdraft fees by asking the bank to remove that option or connect to a credit card. Don't pay ATM fees by trying not to use cash or plan ahead and withdraw cash from your own bank fee-free. Some online banks will reimburse ATM fees.
  • Brad doesn't keep all of his financial assets in a checking account. He used to use a saving account at the same bank that was connected to his checking account. However, it earned very little in interest. Online savings accounts, like those at CIT Bank, frequently offer a much higher interest rate on their savings accounts and still allow access to the money within 2-3 business days.
  • Your investing goals are determined by two items: your cashflow and what sort of safety net you need. Money that might be needed in the short-term and accessible within days, such as for emergencies, should be kept in cash in a savings account. Money that isn't needed for 10 years or more, should be invested because money can lose value over time due to inflation. Instead, that money can be making money and beating inflation. To maintain value, your money needs to make 1-3% per year just to keep pace with inflation.
  • Knowing how much to keep in savings and when to move to investing depends on your risk tolerance.
  • Make sure your bank is FDIC insured, which means it's backed by the United States Government and covers depositors in the event of bank failure.
  • Once you have a checking account set up and you are putting away something each month into savings, getting started investing would be the next step.
  • Brad says the best place to get started is with your company's 401K. Find out what the 401K match is and invest at least up to the match. The match is free money from your employer and technically part of your overall benefits package.
  • It may be something like a 100% match on the first 3% of your salary you invest. If you make $100,000, 3% equals $3,000, it means you invest $3,000 of your salary and your company also puts in $3,000. It's a guaranteed return.
  • If there's an option to check a box and automatically increase your contribution by 1% each year, do it.
  • Instead of a 401K, teachers may have a 403b or 457 which are essentially the same type of investment vehicle.
  • The maximum amount an employee may contribute in 2020 is $19,500. The total limit for employee and employer contributions combined in 2020 is $57,000.
  • Each person needs to figure out what works best for them in terms of funding an emergency fund, paying off debt, investing in their 401K, or Roth IRA. Since contributions may be withdrawn from a Roth IRA tax and penalty-free, it could be used like an emergency fund.
  • A 401K is funded with pre-tax dollars, meaning it was invested before that portion of your income was taxed. When it is withdrawn at the age of 59 1/2 or later, it gets taxed at your marginal tax bracket.
  • When picking a fund within a 401K, Jonathan's strategy has been to look for index funds or anything with the index beside it.
  • Brad notes that the list of funds may also show the funds' expense ratios. Look for the ones with the lowest expense ratios which will be the most similar to total stock market or S&P index funds. Go to Google and type in the ticker symbol to find out more about the specific fund.
  • Actively managed funds are run by teams of well-compensated people whose goal is to beat the market. Their fees are incorporated into the expense ratios. Index funds do not try to beat the market, they try to track their market index. Their expense ratios are dramatically smaller since they are managed by a computer algorithm not a team of managers.
  • ChooseFI is anti-debt, but not anti-credit card. Credit cards a financial tool when used responsibly and paid off on-time and in-full each and every month.
  • Brad tries to use his credit card as much as possible for the safety and security credit card purchases provide, as well as for the travel rewards points that allow his family to travel the world for free or almost free.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Register for The Simple Startup Winter Challenge and save 15% with promo code “podcast” * ChooseFI Episode 272 Understanding Compound Interest and Investing for Beginners * Save money shopping online with Honey * Purchase a ChooseFI Publishing ebook bundle and save with code “holiday15” * Take the free ChooseFI Travel Rewards course * The Simple Path to Wealth by JL Collins

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • It's no secret that Brad and Jonathan's families are board game fans. One way they can typically save 20-60% on the cost of board games is by watching for price drops on Amazon using CamelCamelCamel.
  • Brad was able to save a substantial amount on the purchase of a squat rack simply by being able to stand by and wait for the price to drop.
  • Listener Liz heard about CamelCamelCamel on the podcast and added a list of board games to her watchlist. She was eventually able to purchase all of them at roughly half the list price.
  • Life may be the ultimate board game where your finances are a piece of it. When you know the rules, it makes it easy to win. Just like there are strategies for winning at Monopoly, there is an unwritten and unspoken framework for living a better life.
  • Now that 2020 is getting back to a more steady-state, it may be time to start wargaming your finances and look at your risk tolerance.
  • This year that stress-tested our investor policy statements and mindset. Perhaps you don't have the risk tolerance you thought you did. Times of stress and uncertainty are not the time to make changes. Adjustments should be made when times are calm.
  • There are different variables to consider and one of the questions to ask is “How much does your life actually cost?”. This can change over time and affect your risk tolerance.
  • A couple of years ago, Brad intentionally increased his costs by moving to a more expensive home. Though it increased costs by 40-50%, they felt the life benefits would outweigh the additional costs.
  • The only debt Jonathan has is his mortgage, reducing his structural expenses to housing, food, utilities, and insurance. He thinks even some of that could be cut down to support a survival budget if required.
  • If this year has shown us anything, it's that your income source may not be a stable as you might have previously thought. You shouldn't be dependent upon anyone.
  • There's a mindset of positivity that takes a terrible situation and figures out how to pivot. With your wargaming plans set, you can find a way out of it.
  • Brad lived through a financial calamity at 22 years old when he worked for Arthur Anderson. After the Enron scandal, his company went out of business. He witnessed others who were living on the financial edge, but because Brad lived at home and had very little debt, he was fine.
  • Jonathan says he doesn't mind spending a lot of money on an item, but he doesn't want to spend a lot of money on something that locks him into structural, recurring payments that make his life more expensive.
  • If something were to happen to his business, Jonathan is confident that with the skill set he's acquired and one year of financial runway he's saved, he would have a very soft landing. The events of the last year have him reevaluating his investor policy statement, possibly driving changes to his investment allocation to a more conservative approach now that the market is at record highs.
  • Jonathan is considering making these changes after riding the roller coaster of the last year and holding firm. Now that things are back to relative calm, he can make decisions based on knowing himself better, not based on fear.
  • In the episode with Paul Merriman, he made the case for a portfolio that weights all of the asset classes evenly. Total stock market funds are cap-weighted, meaning the top companies make up a disproportionate percentage of the total market cap. Therefore, a disproportionate amount of your money is invested in these top companies and you aren't invested as diversely as you think.
  • Jonathan has had half his money invested in a total stock market fund and half in a portfolio more similar to what Paul Merriman recommends through M1 Finance. Paul Merriman's method has gotten crushed in the last year, but over a 40 year window, it should bring higher returns. Jonathan is trying to figure out a mix that he is comfortable with.
  • Another expense area to look at are investment fees. It used to be expensive to invest, but investment costs have become much more competitive. You don't need to spend 1% on commissions and another in expense ratios. Fees have gone to near zero if you look for them. Don't let people “help” by trading on your fear.
  • War game your finances out. Think about the variables unique to you, analyze your risk tolerance, your income, your expenses, and what you have control over.
  • This year's Year-End Wins episode will be a live podcast on Dec 8th at 7:30 pm Eastern time. RSVP for the live event at ChooseFI.com/2020wins.
  • If you want to share your 2020 win, send an email to feedback@choosefi.com.
  • This week's book winner is Abbey. She turned 22 this year, is almost finished paying off $17,000 student loans and maxed out her Roth IRAs for 2019 and 2020, as well as her 403b, 457, and HSA, and broke the $100,000 mark in her first year of nursing. Congratulations, Abbey!

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Register for The Simple Startup Winter Challenge and save 15% with promo code “podcast” * Track prices on Amazon with CamelCamelCamel * Make sure your payment systems are optimized and get more out of every transaction with Checkout.com * ChooseFI Episode 194 The Role of Bonds in a Portfolio with Frank Vasquez * ChooseFI Episode 097 The White Coat Investor * ChooseFI Episode 091 The Stock Series Part 1 with JL Collins * ChooseFI Episode 052 FIRE State of the Union with Todd Tresidder * ChooseFI Episode 130 Paul Merriman Introduces the Ultimate Buy and Hold Portfolio * The Simple Path to Wealth by JL Collins

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • It's end-of-year tax planning time. As you get further along in your financial independence journey, there are likely more end-of-year tax planning items you'll need to be aware of. Having a checklist to review annually is useful.
  • It's been an unusual year and December is that time to begin making end-of-year tax considerations. In addition to the normal checklist, there may be additional items to consider in this remarkably different year.
  • Sean Mullaney says unique to 2020 are Roth conversions. While Roth conversions should be on the checklist every year, this year there was a much greater chance of diminished income which may provide the opportunity to make Roth conversions in a lower marginal income tax bracket.
  • In any year when income is much lower than it normally is, Roth conversions would be at the top of your mind. The deadline is December 31 and there are no extensions.
  • While complex situations may benefit from professional consultations, anyone with mostly W2 income can find their tax brackets online. If your income has dropped from 22-24% to 10-12%, locking in a Roth conversation at that lower rate is effective tax planning.
  • A Roth conversion is when you go into a traditional IRA account and convert it to a Roth IRA. This is a taxable event, but you are intentionally choosing it because you are in a lower tax bracket for the year rather than convert or withdraw funds in a letter year when your income is higher and the taxes will be higher.
  • How much money should be converted to a Roth IRA? Sean says he has never encountered a client who has had too much money in a Roth IRA. While the action is irrevocable, there is no penalty for converting too much. If a portion of the conversation is taxed at 22%, it is not the most efficient conversion, but your future self will likely still be quite happy that you did it.
  • Some employers allow for Roth conversions within their 401K plans.
  • The deadlines for completing some of these end-of-year tax planning checklist times vary. Solo 401Ks and qualified business income tax deductions should be completed as soon as possible.
  • In addition to Roth conversions, another item with a Dec 31 deadline is charitable contributions.
  • Checklist items with an April 15 deadline are traditional IRA, Roth IRA, and health savings account contributions.
  • A good rule of thumb is individual tax accounts have a tax return deadline, not an end-of-year deadline.
  • The reason solo 401Ks have an “as soon as possible” deadline is that unlike IRAs, solo 401Ks require more time and paperwork to do. It may not be necessary to have it funded by Dec 31, but you'll want it set up and have a well-documented game plan. S-corps do have to fund the employee-side by the end of the year.
  • The first item on Sean‘s checklist is charitable contributions. With that category are two options to consider, a donor-advised fund if you plan to itemize deductions this year, or regular year-end charitable contributions.
  • If you don't plan on itemizing, in 2020 up to $300 per tax return make be taken as a charitable contribution against your adjusted gross income.
  • Another checklist item to be completed by the year's end are small business expenses since they are deducted when paid for, not when accrued. Businesses who have had a good 2020 may want to accelerate these payments to get the deduction this year. While businesses that have struggled in 2020 may want to hold off making payments until 2021.
  • In response to a question from Brad regarding credit cards, Sean confirmed that credit cards work on a cash basis so the deduction takes place in the same in which the credit card was used, not when the credit card bill was paid.
  • Paying bills with a check becomes a little trickier as you may need to prove to the IRS that the check was written and mailed on a business day prior to Dec 31 even if the vendor does not deposit the check until January of the following year.
  • A backdoor Roth IRA applies when your income is too high to contribute to a regular Roth IRA. If you've done a backdoor Roth IRA in 2020, don't roll over any 401Ks, 403Bs, or 457s into tractional IRAs before Dec 31, wait until Jan 1 so it's not complicated by the pro-rata rule.
  • To clean your investments up before leveraging the backdoor Roth technique, try and roll traditional IRA accounts into a new employer's 401K plan. Then implement the backdoor Roth IRA which may be done by April 15.
  • Sean has a blog post describing the process to get clean with traditional IRAs before doing a backdoor Roth IRA.
  • Tax-gain and tax-loss harvesting are also both Dec 31 deadlines. The stocks need to be sold by the end of the year. With tax-loss harvesting, you may not repurchase those securities within 30 days before or after the sale to comply with the wash sale rule.
  • If you're in the 12% marginal federal income tax rate or lower, the capital gains rate today is 0%. You may want to sell stocks to diversify your portfolio or sell and rebuy the same stock to realize the large capital gain and reset your basis without paying federal income tax. Unlike tax-loss harvesting, there are no timing considerations to make when repurchasing the same stock with tax-gain harvesting.
  • State income taxes may not favor capital gains in the same way the federal tax does.
  • Keeping all of the rules and impacts of buying and selling straight can be confusing and time-consuming. It is helpful to keep your tax records as clean as possible by doing everything in a specific account for this purpose. Sean states that tax-loss harvesting should be a tactic and not a goal occurring only in years where you are down.
  • State tax considerations to be mindful of are fourth quarter estimated tax payments and deduction planning. In California for example, it may be beneficial to take the standard federal deduction and itemize to take advantage of the state property deduction, possibly even pre-paying on property taxes.
  • A FI framework allows you to play from a position of strength. The financial independence community can take advantage of timing their payments for certain things and make strategic decisions because they don't have the same issues with cashflow that people on a traditional path might have.
  • While many in the financial independence community may be too young to think about required minimum distributions (RMD), it's good information to review for future planning.
  • RMDs apply to all retirement accounts except Roth IRAs. Starting at age 72, minimum distributions will be required by Dec 31 or there is a penalty. However, in 2020, they have been canceled and you may want to convert it into a Roth.
  • When you inherit an IRA, it doesn't matter how old you are. You are subject to an RMD or a 10-year rule. It would be wise to consult a tax professional when inheriting a sizable IRA.
  • With an inherited Roth IRA, the account will have to be emptied within 10 years following the death of the original owner. Different rules may apply to eligible designated beneficiaries who may have RMDs instead.
  • An adult who inherits a traditional IRA has a tax issue and probably will need professional assistance wit
  • The year-end is a good time to update beneficiary designation forms. Financial institution accounts are governed by the beneficiary designation forms, not wills or trusts, so it's important to ensure these are up-t0-date.
  • Year-end tax planning is great, but Sean likes long-term strategic tax planning to minimize your total tax over your lifetime. January is a great time to start long-term planning.

As always, the discussion is general and educational in nature and does not constitute tax, investment, legal, or financial advice with respect to any particular taxpayer. Please consult your own advisors regarding your own unique situation.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Register for The Simple Startup Winter Challenge and save with promo code “podcast” * Compare quotes from top insurers with PolicyGenius * Take complete control over your finances with M1Finance * Sean Mullaney's 2020 Year-End Tax Planning article * Get started on your path to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • We're going back to basics and taking a deep dive into the Roth IRA and the levers, tools, and investing strategies available to investors.
  • Although ChooseFI offers the free FI101 course, taking small actions are important. Get up to speed and start taking action with the free five-day challenge by going to ChooseFI/start.
  • ChooseFI has presented basic investing strategies over the years and will revisit in the coming months to distill and hash out all of the different methods to understand the fundamentals.
  • Many of the strategies have a lot of overlap starting with low-cost broad-based index funds. What they all share is a common-sense approach and simple investing strategy which is that time in the market is better than timing the market.
  • Most traditional index funds are cap-weighted resulting in a higher percentage of money being invested in a few top companies. Rather than take a dogmatic approach to low-cost broad-based fund investing, it may require the application of scrutiny, being open-minded, intellectual honesty, and consideration.
  • JL Collins helped open up Jonathan's eyes to the power of simplicity and helped give him the confidence to start doing better with his finances. But as the terms and concepts have become more familiar, other perspectives become visible, along with the pros and the cons, and the questions he's been able to ask have gotten better.
  • The questions you have as you learn more are worth exploring to help build confidence in your plan.
  • When investing, minimize fees as much as possible. Fees for buying and selling, expense ratios, and advisory fees are all negatively impact your long-term returns.
  • We can learn new things and get rid of limiting beliefs. After a speculative real estate investment went poorly, Brad was afraid of real estate investing. However with some security, knowledge, and looking at it as a business, he has now invested in two single-family rentals which are doing well.
  • Financial independence is not finances. It's not money, health, or time. It's all of it. It's making objective, fair-minded judgments about societal norms, seeking the truth, and making decisions in our best interests.
  • Sean Mullaney is a big proponent of the Roth IRA and the possibility of using a Roth IRA as an emergency fund.
  • Sean says that I all his years of practice, not one of his clients has ever had too much in Roth accounts. The advantage of the Roth IRA is flexibility.
  • With a workplace 401k, your employer does not have to allow distributions and if they do, it is probably subject to penalties and taxes. In contrast, contributions may be withdrawn from a Roth IRA at any time, tax and penalty-free.
  • In a world of uncertainty, you never know when you'll need access to these accounts, whether in an emergency or for early retirement. A Roth IRA can do double duty as an emergency fund and as retirement investing until a separate emergency fund can be established.
  • Sean recommends reading the article on FItaxguy.com explaining Roth IRA Withdrawl and microlayers.
  • Backdoor Roth IRAs are for high-income earners who do not qualify for regular Roth IRAs. Roth IRAs are funded with earned income up to an established limit outside of workplace retirement accounts.
  • Roth IRA limitations for 2021 are a modified adjusted gross income of $198,000-208,000 for married couples and $125,00-140,000 for singles.
  • For an emergency fund, only contributions that may be withdrawn from a Roth IRA. Over the course of contributing for many years, the balance should have grown, but only the contribution amount may be withdrawn tax and penalty-free.
  • Roth IRA earnings may be withdrawn tax and penalty-free only if held in the Roth IRA for five years and you are 59 1/2.
  • Contributions should really only be withdrawn for early retirement or in the event of an extreme emergency, not for minor emergency expenses as the money cannot be put back in.
  • Sean says the same rule applies to health savings accounts. Leave the money in to grow tax and penalty-free because when you take it out, you stop the growth. Pay out-of-pocket instead and document the expenses to claim in the future when you really need the money. Brad and Jonathan scan their invoices into a Google drive.
  • For those on the path to FI, unexpected expenses like a stained ankle are unfortunate events, not emergencies because FI puts you in a position of strength with additional options.
  • This week's book winner is John, who negotiated a $100 per month rent discount by prepaying six months in advance using money saved for a future home down payment. The new location also allows John to bike to work saving on transportation costs.
  • With this year being so tough for people, Jonathan thought back to an episode with Bradley, who made over $1 million in ten years with Salesforce. Intrigued by the conversation, he contacted Bradley again to see if his success was replicable. As a result, they built a training and job placement program and launched the Talent Stacker podcast.
  • One of the students in the course was able to land a new job making $70,000 within 42 days of starting the program after being laid off from COVID.
  • If interested in learning more about the program, visit talent stacker.com/salesforce.

As always, the discussion is general and educational in nature and does not constitute tax, investment, legal, or financial advice with respect to any particular taxpayer. Please consult your own advisors regarding your own unique situation.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Register for The Simple Startup Winter Challenge and save 15% with promo code “podcast” * Enroll in ChooseFI's free financial independence training course * ChooseFI episode 019 JL Collins The Stock Series Part 1 * Sign up today with M1 Finance and get $10 to invest * Purchase an ebook bundle from ChooseFI Publishing and get 15% with code “holiday15” * ChooseFI episode 272 Understanding Compound Growth and Investing for Beginners * Get started on your path to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • As the ChooseFI community continues to grow, it's necessary to discuss some fundamental basics that serve the audience who are just getting started, as well as provide a refresher for those who have been on the path for a long time. In this episode, we revisit the magic of compound interest and investing for beginners.
  • Getting to financial independence where work becomes optional and your investments are producing enough income to live off of for the rest of your life is easier when you understand why saving and investing now is important.
  • Kimberly asked a question in the ChooseFI Facebook group requesting help understanding compound interest and the basic principles of a compound interest account.
  • Investopedia states that interest may either be simple or compounded. Simple interest is based on the principal amount. In contrast, compound interest is based on the principal amount plus the interest that accumulates on it every period.
  • For example, in a simple interest calculation, a deposit of $1,000 earning 10% interest each year would earn $100 in the first year, resulting in a balance of $1,100 in year one, $1,200 in year two, and $1,300 in year three. In a simple interest calculation, the interest percentage is not applied to the interest earned beyond the initial principal.
  • The real world, however, works on compound interest, which is based on the principal amount and the interest that has accumulated.
  • Using the same example of $1,000 in principal and 10% interest, after the first year, the balance is the same at $1,100, but in year two, interest is calculated on the new balance, resulting in $110 of interest and a new balance of $1,210 going into year 3. It starts small in the early years but really ramps up later on.
  • Using simple interest, a $1,000 investment at 10% will have earned $4,500 (45 years x $100), for a total of $5,500.
  • To illustrate why compound interest is often called the 8th wonder of the world, when using compound interest, that $1,000 investment at 10% grows to $72,890.
  • The difference becomes even more apparent when using the example of $1,000,000 earning 10% simple interest versus $500,000 earning 10% compound interest. After 45 years, the simple interest balance grows to $5,500,000, while the smaller $500,000 principal grows to $36,500,000 with compound interest.
  • When you don't spend everything you make and invest in compound interest vehicles, you can be well on your way to becoming a millionaire or multimillionaire.
  • Einstein has been attributed with saying, “Compound interest is the 8th wonder of the world. He who understands it, earns it…he who doesn't…pays it”.
  • The benefits of saving and investing are not limited to the end of the 45 year period. There are benefits all along the way. Compounding returns are always working in your favor, creating income that you don't need to work for anymore.
  • It's rare to earn a high enough income to become wealthy, but saving reasonable amounts of money and investing it can bring wealth in an intermediate amount of time.
  • Where does a beginner go to start investing and earning compound interest? There's usually no one there to hold our hands and walk us through the process.
  • Based on a video Brad recorded for The Simple Startup discussion how credit cards aid him while other pay interest on them, one of the students asked how Brad figured out how banking works and not pay interest on his credit cards.
  • Using a credit card is frictionless for Brad. Not only are there excellent fraud and theft protections when using a credit card, he very rarely has to pay any fees to use it and he also has until the end of the statement close, followed by the statement due date to pay it off, which can be weeks after the purchase was made.
  • As long as you pay in-time and in-full each month, there are no fees or interest when using a credit card. It is effectively an interest-free loan from the credit card company making it a great tool for those who have their financial life in order.
  • You don't need to be afraid of credit cards, you just need to understand how they work. Do not get one if you cannot pay your balance on-time and in-full. You can reduce the friction and schedule it to autopay on-time in-full each month.
  • There are studies that show people who use credit cards tend to spend 12% more on average. That may be true, but it's likely not the same people who understand the power of compound interest. The FI community is focused on increasing our savings rate, paying ourselves first, and buying back our own time.
  • If you value something spend lavishly on it. If you don't care about something, why are you going to spend your money on

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * ChooseFI's suite of financial calculators * Learn ChooseFI's 3-card cashback strategy and earn $1,000 or more * Get started on your path to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • In a world of uncertainty, how can we future-proof our skillset and also create an environment to help our kids thrive as adults?
  • Growing up, Brad never thought about entrepreneurship, but as he has gotten more into this FI mindset, the concept has shifted for him and how he is a model and mentor for his girls.
  • While Brad initially thought virtual learning might not be good, he has reframed it and now believes his daughters will look back on this year as a time when they were living their best life.
  • Both girls have gone through The Simple Startup workbook, but Molly seemed especially taken to it. After spending a day last week cleaning out one of Brad‘s garden beds in her free time at home, his daughter Molly and her friend have decided they would like to start up a landscaping business.
  • It may be that you just need to see the framework and behavior model for entrepreneurship. The business idea may not be as important as understanding the framework for building a business as quickly as possible.
  • Brad sat down with Molly to help her think her way through what it is she is capable of and really wants to offer with her business. Whether or not her gardening endeavor ever takes off is less important than the thought process they worked through which can help her out the next time she has a business idea. Having these conversations with your kids is a great way to connect and future-proof their lives.
  • While the majority of people in the world will never become entrepreneurs, it's good to start thinking like an entrepreneur and have evidence of what you have skills you have built.
  • The Simple Startup still has openings for the Winter Challenge. One student from a previous course is 9-year-old Analise, who while hesitant at first, ended up crushing it with her business, Creative Card Designs.
  • The concept behind Creative Card Designs are fun personalized cards you would want to send to someone to say hello, thank you, or for occasions like birthdays. Analise hand draws each card. She has some designs that can be personalized but also takes design requests. Her business mission statement is: To connect people by making quality, personalized cards for different occasions.
  • Keeping her business under control, so far Analise has sold two cards. She wants to make it bigger, but sometimes she messes up and burns through her materials just making one card. So she's trying to scale her business by going digital. This will allow the cards to still be personalized, but make it easier on her.
  • After coming up with the idea, starting the business, and creating different designs, Analise has set up a website for online ordering which goes directly to her Gmail account.
  • Currently, she's charging about $5 a card and making a $2 profit, but by going digital, it will be easier to make the cards and allow her to possibly drop her prices.
  • Brad thinks Analise will be able to test out the price for her cards and find the perfect per card price.
  • Analise's motivation for starting the business was to make money, but also thinks it's good to learn how to take control of your own things and not always have to work for someone else.
  • Andrea, Analise's mother, says the business has been going well and that her daughter has enjoyed learning and adding to her knowledge base. Andrea appreciates that someone is providing support and guidance when they have these ideas.
  • Analise didn't go into the class with the card idea in mind. she had several ideas she was torn between and sought feedback from Rob and her classmates before settling on the personalized card business.
  • Her advice to other budding entrepreneurs is that you have to come up with an idea for something people actually want, as well as something that will be profitable. She says that if you have a business, don't give up too quickly, and you have to work hard at it if you want to be successful.
  • Analise isn't too afraid of failure. After drawing designs and spending all her money on materials, she realized she needed to just figure out another way.
  • Andrea says that she's seen her daughter develop a sense of enablement, that she can come up with an idea and watch it grow, and also learning to persist when things aren't always simple or easy.
  • The Simple Startup instructor, Rob, modeled coming up with solutions to get past obstacles the students encountered. Learning isn't about reciting facts, but learning how to flex your creative muscle and problem-solve to get things done.
  • Andrea says The Simple Startup Camp was much more of a value proposition than she had expected. Being virtual, it was low-pressure, but also comprehensive and detailed with all the aspects of what's required to run a business. Analise even went through a mind-mapping exercise to assess her strengths, resources, and likes to come with a business idea.
  • Although some lessons were virtual, Analise was always an active participant. Students in the camp had Rob and each other to reach out to if they were stuck. It was like her very own mastermind group.
  • Anyone interested in purchasing a card from Creative Card Designs may visit creativecarddesigns.wordpress.com, fill out the Google form, and Analise will get back to you. Payment will be made with Venmo.
  • Analise is laying the groundwork for success, whether with this business of one in the future. Brad himself started several businesses before reaching some degree of success with Richmond Savers, Travel Miles 101, and finally ChooseFI. He picked up skills and knowledge all along the way.
  • Since recording the podcast segment with Brad and Jonathan, Analise has gone digital, contacts more people, and doubled her orders.
  • There's no fear of failure. It's iterative and failing forward. Once put into practice, all of the skills learned along the way while building a business become demonstrated skills for college and job applications.
  • Adding skill to your talent stack and thinking like an entrepreneur is something that the FI community does well. Brad loves being able to read listener emails, like the one from Laura who found ChooseFI episode 265 Talent Stacker, really resonated with her. Because of Jonathan‘s story, she now realizes that she isn't stuck working as a veterinarian forever and can find something else that lights her fire.
  • Many professionals like Jonathan and Laura took out six figures of student loan debt only to find that it wasn't a fair exchange. Getting rid of the student loan debt is tough, but it's the right choice. It will give you options.
  • While Jonathan can point to a lost decade in his life that he spent in pharmacy school, it's an intellectual exercise. There was an opportunity cost, but there are no sunk costs anymore.
  • Jonathan recently found a website and associated app called Supercook which allows you to save money by shopping your cabinets. After completing an inventory of your cabinets, the website will find recipes you can make by only adding a few ingredients. How much money could you save using up what you already have on hand? Reach out to feedback@choosefi.com and let us know the results.
  • It's been a tough year for the ChooseFI local groups, but some are still meeting virtually or for socially distanced activities, like hikes. David wrote in saying Brisbane, Australia just has its first meetup.
  • 2021 is bringing better things and we are coming back. ChooseFI is looking to do a grand meet up at a conference next Fall called The Unstuck Project. The date is still to be determined.
  • This week's FI Weekly winners are Josh, Sheena, and Hayden. After finding the podcast this summer. since April, they have turned their garage into a guest house and listed it on Airbnb, bought an investment property, contributed all of his wife's income to her 401K, began contributing to an IRA, opened an M1 Finance account, opened a Roth IRA for their son, are closing on a second investment property soon, and opened a Chase Sapphire Preferred card.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * ChooseFI episode 269 Let's Make Lemonade With a Twist * Register for The Simple Startup Winter Challenge * Join the Facebook group, ChooseFI Meals and Recipes * Purchase a ChooseFI Publishing ebook bundle and get an extra 15% off with code Holiday15 * Easily shop for and compare life insurance with PolicyGenius * Learn ChooseFI's 3-card cashback strategy and earn $1,000 or more * Get started on your path to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • One of ChooseFI's most popular guests is back! Dominick Quartuccio returns to talk about after the shock of 2020, how to bounce back and what it looks like to design your life for next year.
  • Brad's relationship with Dominick goes back to when they were in college together. After reconnecting several years ago, Dominick has become a source of inspiration and a mentor to Brad.
  • In previous episodes, conversations with Dominick have centered around the idea of drift. It's the state of existence where we think we're making intentional decisions with our lives, but in reality, it is habits, patterns, unconscious beliefs, expectations, societal pressures, etc. that are really driving decisions.
  • It's only when an outside force, normally a quite dramatic one, forces itself upon us that we wake up from that state of drift.
  • For the first time in human history, the entire world is going through an experience together. It's caused everyone some sort of pain, whether it was losing a loved one, a financial loss, or anxiety.
  • Most of us have gone through periods of suffering in the past that when we look back on them, those were the moments that made us into the person we are today, and given the choice, we wouldn't change them today.
  • Instead of wishing to speed up 2020 and get it over with, Dominick encourages us to pause and look at the past year to see where you've been and highlight the standout moments. The purpose of this exercise is so that we can envision a 2021 that has the potential to be the most meaningful, fulfilling, and prosperous year of our lives.
  • In his role as a leaser, Dominick has seen behind the curtain of people's personal lives and noticed a distinct difference between those who have an inner foundation of work leading up to the pandemic and those who have never done the work. Fortifying your inner foundation allows you to be strong and thrive if there are tougher times in the year ahead.
  • There are two parts to the exercise of designing the next year of your life: looking back at the year you just had and looking forward to creating the year that you want.
  • Dominick places inner work underneath the umbrella of personal development. Where personal development could be an external skill to better yourself, such as reading a book to learn a new skill that can be applied in the real world, inner work is oriented inward, like examining what lights you up.
  • When the conditions of the outside world change, when you've done the inner work, you don't feel shaken and you are standing on something stable.
  • We've experienced more emotional turmoil in the last year than any other, making it worthy of introspection.
  • In the last year, what were some of the standout moments, both the highs and the lows, beginnings and endings, new and lost relationships or jobs, and the trials and tribulations?
  • Start with going back and looking at your calendar. Looking at it will trigger memories of travel or meetings. Next, go through the photos you've taken. There may be some real standout moments you've forgotten recorded on your phone. Finally, review your journal or scroll through any notes you've taken to see what you were thinking, seeing, and what your attitude was.
  • After looking back, begin looking for themes. Was it bringing your life back into balance, loss, finding love?
  • This year Jonathan and his wife got on the same page of their work-life relationship and she's embraced the idea of building her talent stack which has helped them have a common direction in their marriage. COVID has allowed Jonathan to watch his kids as they grow and evolve into different people every week. He has also lost 20-30 pounds, winning a bet he made with himself on Healthy Wage. He embraced the idea of community and is doing weekly calls with his father and JD Roth. He watched the income for his business take a nosedive and then recover from working to build new lines of revenue. He also built two new businesses using skills acquired in the last four years. He says it was his best year ever.
  • Dominick posed the question to Jonathan about how he would've handled the same downturn to his business if it had occurred three years ago. Jonathan said he's a completely different person now and doesn't know how he would have interacted with who he was three years ago. This year has proven he has grit, determination, and gets stronger during times of trouble.
  • For Brad, he and his family did CrossFit together five days a week for months. His theme is togetherness and it wasn't limited to his immediate family. The mastermind group he belongs to with Dominick was part of it. He's also been able to see his parents more this year and had the time to spend talking with his daughter who was experiencing anxiety and trying to work her way through it.
  • Brad thinks what was important about this year was being able to see the hard work of parenting come to fruition. Dominick mentions that during a normal year, these moments speed by. The pandemic has forced us to slow down and meet these moments. But when things start to speed back up again, are we going to fall back into these old habits, or are we going to pause and be there for these moments?
  • Our brains are hardwired to keep us safe, but many times the anxiety and creation of negative hypotheticals are not serving us. Realizing them helped both Brad and his daughter.
  • The pandemic has shined a light on mental health. What did you learn about your own mental health this year?
  • Additional questions to ponder are these. What milestones of FI did you experience this year? What relationship emerged as the most important this year? What did you discover about your physical well-being?
  • One last question to consider is what is something you would like to leave behind in this year? An emotion, a belief system, a recurring complaint?
  • Jonathan would like to leave behind the hours he spends that aren't helping to move him forward or bring him joy, like watching Netflix and scrolling through social media, but the thinks being productive 16 hours a day isn't the goal. Moderation may be his goal for 2021.
  • Next, what are some things you want to carry forward with you into the next year? A sense of inner peace, togetherness, clarity? Give yourself space to think about it.
  • What is an area of your life that is ready for the next big level up? Start by writing down many of the areas ready for a level up. after coming up with a list of 5-15, look for the one that really jumps out at you. Use this terrible year to springboard into the best year of your life.
  • Courage is Dominick‘s theme for the next year as he works to figure out how to get out there and help more men live their fullest potential.
  • This goal for next year does not need to world-changing, just meaningful, and something that inspires you to see what you are capable of.
  • Brad knows that being present is an area he could work on and he could put separation in place to make that easier and make his life better.
  • Napoleon Hill states in his work that the number one step in creating any meaningful change is to build a burning desire.
  • What's the one decision that you could make that would allow you to be focused 365 days a year on that burning desire?
  • Dominick will be holding a The Great Man Within 90 minute interactive webinar on Dec 16th for designing the next year of your life and in January, a free 30 day men's mental health challenge. To register for either, visit The Great Man Within.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * ChooseFI Episode 185 Adapting to the New Normal * Register for The Simple Startup Winter Challenge and get 15% with the code Podcast * Check out ChooseFI's review of the Chase Freedom Flex * Open high-yield savings account with CIT Bank * Get started on your path to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • ChooseFI Facebook Community Manager recently posted a meme that hit home with Brad. It said, “Plot twist: 2020 has actually been the best year of your life. You faced challenge after challenge, you've adapted, and you've overcome. 2020 has forced you to grow exponentially. Don't take that for granted.
  • 2020 had been Jonathan's best year ever. Instead of giving in to fear, doubt, and insecurity, he decided to lean in. By being more intentional with the things that were important to him, like his health, Jonathan has lost 20 to 30 pounds and is in the best shape of his life.
  • Jonathan also sought to build his personal talent stack and built two new businesses. He is feeling more agency and is more fulfilled than at any other point in his life.
  • Previously, Jonathan‘s beliefs about himself were all based on external validation. But as he began to get more freedom and autonomy in his life, he began to question those beliefs and reclaim his identity statement.
  • Learning that things such as student loan debt is good debt and you'll have to work until retirement age, just aren't true allowed him the space to challenge the status quo in other areas of his life.
  • Initially, he even questioned whether the success of ChooseFI was the result of a random lightning strike of luck. However, he's taken his interest-led learning and skills he's learned, applied them to two new business models, and achieved success with them.
  • The interest-led learning Brad and Jonathan frequently discuss on the show helped Jonathan lean in March, and it also lead Brad‘s eight-year-old daughter, Molly, to learn how to cook a perfect pan-seared chicken breast just like Gordon Ramsay.
  • The things you believe about yourself become part of your identity statement. But you can turn the limiting beliefs around and say that you're the type of person who can learn anything. It may be just a Google or YouTube search away.
  • You can reframe your identity by asking yourself what you want it to be.
  • Though she isn't running now at nine months pregnant, part of MK's identity is that she is a runner. However, in high school, she was the slowest person on the team. She thought she couldn't do what the other's on the team were doing, but her coach didn't have the word “can't” in his vocabulary. His mindset is something she has carried through to other areas of her life.
  • MK challenges you to take the word “can't” out of your vocabulary too because once you aren't allowed to use it, your mindset will shift and you can begin to redefine who you are.
  • A case in point for the power of working to get 1% better was in the news last weekend when Chris Nikic became the first person with Down Syndrome to complete a grueling Ironman triathlon. Emblazoned across his shirt was his training mantra, “1% Better”.
  • You can make a choice every day to live your life a little bit better and when your finances are in orders, everything else gets a little bit easier. You make the choice not to deprive yourself by saving money, to empower yourself, and put yourself in a position where you have the freedom to think about all the other things that truly matter, like health, relationships, and spending time how you see fit.
  • While it's about making a choice, if you don't get up off the couch and take action, nothing is going to get better.
  • If you have a question you'd like to have answered on the show, submit them by going to ChooseFI.com/voicemail. Or reply to Brad's weekly email, The FI Weekly. Get on the list by going to ChooseFI.com/start.
  • The first mailbag question this week comes from Sara who wants to know how to master financial independence when you don't have a 401K. Sara has been working through the podcasts and read, ChooseFI: Your Blueprint for Financial Independence, but her husband is a bartender and doesn't have a 401K.
  • W-2 employees without access to a 401K could consider being an advocate and talking with their employer about getting a 401K like Waffles on Wednesday talked about when they were on the show. Just giving employees access to a 401K does not have to be cost-prohibitive and can be a win for both owners and employees of small businesses.
  • It's important to remember there are no rules to FI. Just because others are talking about maxing out their 401K and then doing a Roth conversion ladder, doesn't mean that's what you have to do. Brad admits it wasn't until the last two years at his job before he maxed out his 401K contributions.
  • The path to financial independence does not depend on a 401K. It's predicated on savings rate. The goal is to save that in the most-advantaged way possible. Between marginal tax brackets and child tax credits, it may be fie just putting money into a Roth IRA, which has a $6,000 limit this year.
  • If you have your own side hustle, you have options for retirement accounts, like a SEP IRA or solo 401K. A SEP IRA is easy to set up through any major online brokerage firm and put in roughly 20% of your income. There are potentially even higher thresholds for solo 401Ks when contributing as the employee and employer.
  • The next question is from Conner who wants to know how best to allocate his 25% savings rate between a 410K, Roth, IRA, and savings account.
  • The purpose of saving money isn't only for retirement. Save for life and having options.
  • Brad thinks Conner is doing a fantastic job saving and while it would be easy to say “put it in the 401K”, having all of his net worth in tax-deferred vehicles may not be the best physiologically. Rather than stick it in a savings account, he could invest in the stock market with a brokerage outside of a retirement account.
  • As much as Jonathan loves Vanguard, it's not the easiest brokerage to open an account with. In comparison, Fidelity is much easier and still provides access to low-cost broad-based index funds.
  • An upcoming episode will feature Sean Mullaney to review in-depth 401Ks and Roth IRAs. One of the major differences between the two is that contributions to a Roth IRA may be withdrawn tax and penalty-free, which can act like an emergency fund.
  • Join us and share your wins! This year ChooseFI will be holding a LIVE year-end wins episode on December 8th at 7:30 pm Eastern simulcast on Facebook and YouTube. It will be replayed as the final podcast episode of the year. Subscribe to get a reminder at ChooseFI.com/2020wins.
  • For a chance to win a book from ChooseFI Publishing, share your wins by replying to Brad's weekly newsletter. This week's first winner is Cory, who as of last week caught up on all episodes of the podcast after two and a half years of listening. After implementing many of the actionable tips and set Cory is set up for financial success and went from a negative net worth to hitting over $100,000 at the beginning of October.
  • The second winner this week is Jo. Jo and her husband found ChooseFI while she was on maternity leave earlier this year. During that time they refinanced their mortgage, getting a better rate and eliminating PMI, canceled subscriptions, lowered their cell phone and car insurance bills, enrolled in Sofia.org course for Jo's remaining college electives, was promoted at work and negotiated a substantial raise, will max out 403bs, and opened a non-retirement brokerage account. Also, while focusing on their health, Jo lost 70 pounds and her husband lost 40.
  • Jonathan won his weight loss challenge with Healthywage.com and received a check for $2,419.67! Set a bet for yourself by going to ChooseFI.com/healthywage.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Purchase a ChooseFI Publishing ebook bundle and get an extra 15% off with code Holiday15 * ChooseFI Episode 094 Solo 401K versus SEP with Waffles on Wednesday * ChooseFI Episode 155R Year End Tax Planning with Sean Mullaney * Easily shop for and compare life insurance with PolicyGenius * Learn ChooseFI's 3-card cashback strategy and earn $1,000 or more * Get started on your path to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Optimize your finances during your 20s, no matter what your income is, and build significant wealth. But what are your options when working an entry-level job when you have a large amount of student loan debt?
  • Amy's first job out of college was an entry-level position earning $30,000. By the age of 25 had a $100,000 net worth and has tripled her salary in the last few years by learning how to market herself.
  • The average cost of a four-year college degree in 2019 is $122,000. Amy was fortunate that her parents paid for college and she graduated with degrees in Communications and International Relations without any student loan debt.
  • She graduated without any job offers and her only source of income came from waitressing which wasn't enough to live in Boston on. After a couple of months, she contacted a temp agency and got a job earning $15 an hour.
  • Nearing the end of college, she saw that recent graduates weren't getting the jobs they had hoped to get. She calls that time her “Year of Fear” because she didn't have much in savings and terrified of what was going to happen. For the rest of the year, she continued to work full time at her temp job and waitressing on the weekends.
  • With the benefit of hindsight, she realizes she has an average amount of skills as anyone else coming out of college, which is inadequate for the realities of today.
  • The ultimate goal of going to college is to graduate and get a well-paying job. But the focus is on grades and prerequisites, not how to find mentors, write a resume that resonates with people, or navigate the application process to get the jobs you actually want. The way the job application process works now is broken
  • While there may not have been any skill Amy believes would have initially made landing a job easier, it would have helped to find people who agreed to meet and interview her in the first place.
  • After submitting resume after resume to company websites and since times out of ten hearing nothing, Amy emphasizes flipping the script and having the companies and recruiters come to you.
  • Amy was able to go from $30,000 to $93,000 a year by learning how to market herself on LinkedIn so that people found her.
  • What makes you stand out and how can you improve your chances?
  • The first step is to decide what it is that you want. If you are marketing to everybody, then you are marketing to nobody.
  • Next, start looking at the job positions and titles that you want, study the job applications for those positions, the job requirements, descriptions, and language used.
  • Using that verbiage in your resume or LinkedIn profile allows hiring managers to see that you are perfect for the role and HR departments who use algorithms to narrow down the prospects, which relies on keywords that your resume or profile will likely also have.
  • It can be difficult to figure out what you want at the age of 20. Amy chose a degree in Communications because it could apply to almost anything she wanted. Though she says to figure out what it is you want, figuring out what you want for just the next couple of years is fine. You can always pivot, but you just need a direction for your resume.
  • Employers don't generally look for someone well-rounded, instead, they are looking to fill a specific need. Show you can fill that need and you're more likely to be hired.
  • The salary increase she received for her second job out of college was pushed by the recruiter Amy was working with who found her on LinkedIn.
  • Amy continued to use the same tactics with her next move but added in extras that may not have been relevant, like her HTML skills. That one change opened the door with recruiters looking for marketers who also understood coding. Landing that job bumped her salary up to $86,000.
  • Answering the question, “What do you do?”, always results in a simple answer, like Marketing, not what you actually do or what skills you possess.
  • When helping out a friend earlier this year with his resume, Amy noticed that the skills section of his resume didn't speak directly to his particular skill set for the jobs he wanted.
  • You don't have to be world-class at anything, but with the right variety of skills, you can stand out because there are fewer people who have that intersection of skills.
  • Earlier this year, Amy started her blog, We Want Guac, after looking at different finance blogs while trying to figure out what to do with her new and higher salary. Building the blog has continued to add to her talent stack.
  • Amy says that in 2016 she was the ultimate cheapskate, attending events to take advantage of the free food, and ordering small items when eating out with friends. The salary increases enabled a shift in mindset from deprivation to one of abundance.
  • Part of her mindset shift came out of creating a budget. Her budget didn't mean restricting herself from spending. Instead, the numbers showed her the limits could be more than she expected and it would be okay if she did spend more. It gave her permission to spend more on herself, leave more in tips, and give to charity.
  • Like the saying by Jocko Willink, discipline equals freedom. Amy's budget was the discipline that gave her the freedom to see her limits could be bigger and move beyond the mindset of scarcity.
  • The goal of We Want Guac is to help people better understand how to manage their money.
  • When doing the math, Amy calculated that a 25-year-old with $65,000 invested in an index fund can retire with $1,000,000 at the age of 65 without ever investing another penny. With a net worth of $100,000, she figured she could retire at 50, and if she continued to save, she could retire in her 40s or even her 30s.
  • Amys says having $100,000 saved in your 20s makes an incredible difference. It is five figures of investment growth during bull markets and it is security in downturns.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Get a discount on ChooseFI ebook bundle get and additional 15% off with code Holiday15 * Register for The Simple Startup Winter Challenge and get 15% with the code Podcast * ChooseFI Episode 121R How to Get Any Job * Get started on your path to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Following US Election Day results, it's important to remember the alligators and kittens, a concept to approach overall mental wellbeing. The negative influences in life are alligators and all of the things that make life better are kittens. Focus on getting rid of the alligators.
  • It's a human bias to focus on the negative. How do you focus time and attention on the things that make life better? For Brad, he cut watching the news out of his life which has helped him to achieve a better mental framework for life.
  • The business model of the new is to keep you watching through the next commercial break. They cause anxiety. You can stay informed without being a part of that model.
  • Control what you can control and you will be in a better financial position four years from now regardless of the election outcome. There is so much outside of our control right now and worrying about it isn't productive.
  • Despite the number of people who are confident they know what will happen to the stock market as a result of the election, the fact is that we just don't know.
  • Market uncertainty is one of the reasons to have a plan for your money regardless of what is going on and automate it. Not only is it difficult to try and time the market, but you need to get it right twice, both when you buy and when you sell.
  • The FI community is about long-term thinking. It's not about quarterly earnings or even five-year trends, but performance over multiple decades and the decisions that will help get you to the wealthiest point over that time period.
  • With that long-term thinking in mind and in a time of calm, it's a great time to write down your investor policy statement. Having a plan for your investments, written down in an investor policy statement helps you to avoid being reactionary or make rash decisions.
  • In February, the Dow hit a high of 29,500. By March 20th, it had dropped 20-30% and many predicted it would go even lower. Defying the dire predictions, the Dow recovered 30-40% of its gains within a few months.
  • The problem with making market predictions is that there are far too many variables for you to account for and again, you have to get it right twice. Even the professions are wrong 50% of the time. What chance do you have of making your investment decisions around emotion enough to stay solvent or long-term or outperform the market over the long-term? Essentially no chance.
  • The highest likelihood of long-term financial success is to control the expenses on your investments. Low-cost index funds are going to be your best bet.
  • Following your investor policy statement and injecting new money when you can benefits you with dollar-cost averaging. Time in the market is much more powerful than timing the market.
  • ChooseFI listeners are creating space and making progress in their lives. Patty commuted to paying off debt within five years and just made her last payment, including more than $40,000 in credit card debt.
  • Joe replied to Brad's email, The FI Weekly, Joe shared that he and his wife transferred his 403(b) from a high-fee broker to Vanguard and also started on their journey to earning travel rewards by opening a Chase Sapphire Preferred card.
  • November 8th is the LAST CALL to apply for the Chase Sapphire Preferred card with its highest-ever bonus of 80,000 Ultimate Rewards points after spending $4,000 in the first three months. For more info, go to ChooseFI.com/CSP.
  • Teachers are primarily the ones using 403(b)s, most of which are laden with really high fees and very few options. ChooseFI plans to have an episode in the coming months with Dan Otter discussing doing better with your 403(b).
  • Crystal sent in a message saying that she had no idea about fees and was investing with Edward Jones. Her investments hadn't done much over the last five years and now she's educating herself, but the fees appear to be hidden.
  • Since the market has done so well over that last five years, the reasons why Crystal hasn't made money are because she wasn't invested in a strategy that allowed her to keep up with the market or she was getting crushed by the fees.
  • Brad says finding the expenses for his old company's 401k options was relatively easy. Included in the table of investment options, one of the columns listed expenses. Other titles may be expense ratio or expense percentage. The numbers may range from 1.50 to 0.03.
  • Without a nicely organized table, you may need to look up the expense ratio by looking up the ticker symbol.
  • A low-cost index fund investment strategy is simple and not complex enough to require help from a professional. In contrast, a complex investment plan is probably costing you a lot of money.
  • With an actively-managed fund, a person, or team of people, are making decisions on what to buy and when to sell. Through the fees, you end up paying them for their time. And then the data shows that they aren't even keeping up with the market.
  • The difference between expense ratios of 0.1% and 1.0% is tens of thousands to millions of dollars over time after compounding.
  • Brad ran through a scenario originally published to RichmondSavers.com reviewing the impact fees have on an investment portfolio over a 40-year timeframe. The result was that a high expense ratio and advisor fees cut the potential net worth in half.
  • Even target-date funds may not get the returns you expect because they are too conservative for you.
  • It's good to think about what you are invested in and how much it is costing you.
  • ChooseFI's new website is now live! Check it out at ChooseFI.com or ChooseFI.com/start. There are still some issues to be fixed, but if you are having trouble finding anything let us know and send us your feedback to feedback@choosefi.com.
  • The feedback on The Simple Startup classes has been overwhelmingly positive. Kids aged 10-18 have been getting off the video games and acquiring new skillsets to future-proof their lives.
  • Rob Phelan has figured out how to offer the course year-round and the next session starting January 18th is open for enrollment. Registration will be open until January 8th or until it sells out. Previous sessions have always sold out.
  • Register at ChooseFI/startup for The Simple Startup between now and November 15th and save $10. Use promo code “podcast” and save another 15%.
  • Share what you are doing and how your life has changed by replying to Brad's email newsletter, The FI Weekly, and have the chance to win one of the books from ChooseFI Publishing. Sign up at ChooseFI.com/start.
  • Christian Choosefi'd his view of the pandemic. He's focused on the positive things, like spending more time with his family, time to exercise, eating healthier, and saving $4,500 this year.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * The Simple Path to Wealth by JL Collins * ChooseFI Episode 019 JL Collins The Stock Series Part 1 * ChooseFI Episode 220 HelpFix My 403(b) * Vanguard Funds and the Impact on Your Investment article published on Richmondsavers.com * Start building a better portfolio today at Fundrise and get your first 90 days of advisory fees waived * Cut your unlimited wireless plan with Mint Mobile * Register for The Simple Startup Winter Challenge and get 15% using code podcast * Get started on your path to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Yanely grew up in a low-income household in Brooklyn and then attended Brown University. But by the time she graduated, she had accumulated a bunch of credit card debt that she was hiding from her family.
  • She tried to figure out dealing with her debt on her own by reading books, listening to podcasts, and watching YouTube videos. After paying it off, she thought it was ridiculous she had never learned it in school and started her own YouTube channel to share her story. That eventually led to her landing the perfect job and a solid career path.
  • Growing up, there wasn't a lot of money in Yanely's household, so there weren't many conversations about money either. When there was talk about money, it was always negative and caused tension.
  • One thing that her father did teach her was to never have a loan or owe debt to a friend or family member and that she needed to always pay them back. Interestingly, that sense of obligation did not transfer over to institutional borrowing which she believes is a common mindset in neighborhoods like the one where she grew up.
  • When Yanely was accepted to Brown University, she had no idea how expensive it was going to be. Although she received a full scholarship, she discovered she still need to purchase things such as textbooks, a laptop, and other supplies. Because her father taught her not to borrow money from anyone, she wanted to figure it out on her own and applied for her first credit card.
  • She attributes her attempt to be resourceful using credit cards to a lack of financial literacy. She thought she was doing the right thing and on the right path at the time.
  • Her payment history was good since always made the minimum payment and never missed a payment on her credit cards, but her credit utilization was high as she was always close to maxing out her card limits.
  • With each credit card application, banks continued to give her credit cards with higher and higher credit card limits. Trying to keep up with the rich kid lifestyles of her classmates ended up getting her $15,000 in debt.
  • Moving from a neighborhood filled with Caribbean immigrants to an elite university was a culture shock. Yanely felt like she didn't fit in because she didn't talk or act like her fellow students. Not understanding expressions and phrases others used made her feel dumb.
  • Going from a top performing student in high school to feeling like being in the wrong pack may be part of the reason why it's physiologically difficult for low-income who attend prestigious universities.
  • Yanely says the biggest thing a low-income student can do is expose themselves to the rigorous language and vocabulary that is going to be expected of you. Students are often not prepared for how much harder they will need to work, it ends up being a shock, and they go home.
  • Approximately 2/3 of her credit card debt came from spending on just trying to keep up with her fellow students. Although there was no overt peer pressure, it was unspoken.
  • Straight A's and scholarships are not enough. Students like Yanely need to have both academic and social grit to survive in an environment that is not in their comfort zone.
  • Reading The Millionaire Nextdoor to help her figure out how to pay off the debt, she noticed the descriptions of poverty and generational poverty were describing the life she was living. She decided she was going to be the one to shift the trajectory of her family in terms of wealth.
  • Yanely had a choice to make between continuing a pursuit to fit in and look good while racking up debt, or the alternate route of smashing her debt aggressively and begin to build wealth, breaking he cycle of poverty.
  • The interviews of people who didn't come from wealth surprised her, opened her eyes, and completely shifted her mindset. She realized she was going to need to completely wipe her mental slate clean and start with new and fresh beliefs about money and how it works.
  • Thomas J. Stanley and William D. Danko, authors of The Millionaire Nextdoor devised a formula for determining if you are as wealthy as you should be. That formula is: Your Age multiplied by Your Annual Income (from all sources except inheritance) divided by 10 = Your Expected Net Worth
  • Growing up in a neighborhood where spending to reflect success and social status was prevalent, Yanely understands the pressure and had never imagined there was a different route.
  • Her beliefs were shaken to the core listening to interviews of self-made millionaires answer questions and discuss the strategic money decisions they made with a clear goal in mind. It opened her mind and made Yanely want to explore more.
  • Despite FI not even being in her purview a handful of years ago, Yanely just hit Coast FI after beginning to maximize everything she was doing with her investments and prioritizing tax-efficient investments before even paying her rent.
  • Yanely paid herself first. After learning more about 403bs, she determined her priority should be a Roth IRA. She then invested as much as she could to qualify for the company 401k match. Whatever was left after the investments was used to pay for living expenses like rent and food, and has cut down on her fun money budget.
  • Being obsessed and hungry for knowledge helped Yanely pick up personal finance lessons so quickly and go from being in credit card debt to maximizing her investments. Her goal was to learn everything she could and begin producing a result in 90 days.
  • She feels that there is an injustice that these things were never taught in her community, her family, or even at her Ivy League school.
  • Previously, she would have asked an expert or others for advice and take it. she no longer believes that is a good strategy for solving her problems. She thinks you need to question the experts' motivations and do your own research. This is especially true with investing.
  • Her goal with Coast FI was to invest enough that she's be a millionaire by the age of 65 even if she had never invested another dollar again. that meant she needed to hit $250,000.
  • Initially, Yanely's goal was to be an agent of change for herself. Now she wants to be an agent of change for others through her YouTube channel where she cold share her story.
  • As a teacher, she realized that teachers were also never taught about personal finance in school. Teachers teach students about all kinds of topics, but not about money. Financial literacy is lacking and being passed down from generation to generation.
  • An organization reached out to her to come on their podcast where they talk with teachers about money and personal finance to help give them the knowledge and skills to teach it in the classroom. She is know on staff doing educational outreach.
  • She says her impact through coaching or her YouTube Channel is limited, but seating change in the education system and reforming the way students are learning in school is the kind of change she is after.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Get a discount on ChooseFI ebook bundles using the code Holiday15 * Register for The Simple Startup Winter Challenge and get 15% using code Podcast * Easily find coupon codes and save money when you join Honey * Get started on your path to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start

If You Want To Support ChooseFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • What's in your talent stack? Inspired by content discovered over the last four years while producing ChooseFI, Jonathan has spent the last couple of months hard at work on the side on a new passion project.
  • As said many times here on the show, financial independence isn't about doing less, like sitting on a beach sipping cocktails. It's about aligning your what you value with your life and having the freedom to pursue what you are passionate about.
  • ChooseFI has given Jonathan the opportunity to look at and do better with his personal finances, but it's also helped him realize that he loves to work hard, but not necessarily for a paycheck. He'll work twice as hard when it aligns with his interests, passions, autonomy, mastery, and purpose.
  • While Jonathan has not reached FI, he does have all the benefits of it. FI is not binary because the benefits of FI start accruing from Day one.
  • Time is your precious non-retable resource. You can stick your head in the sand and gut things out until reaching FI, or look around and see what other options we can create for ourselves that bring more joy, autonomy, mastery, and purpose.
  • When you find that your ladder is leaning up against the wrong wall, you don't need to stick it to that commitment and grind it out for another 20 years. You don't need to wait for anyone to give you permission. You can pivot.
  • One of the better messages to come out of the FI movement is that no matter what has happened, huge student loans, disastrous real estate deals drug addiction, or divorce, you can always move forward and make your life better.
  • A life optimization strategy begins with financial security and gives you space for mastery and exploring new things.
  • You don't need to be in the top 1% of anything. Just being better than average at a bunch of different things will open up opportunities. What does a high value, high return on investment, talent stack look like?
  • Students coming out of college are ill-prepared for the way the world really works. The world wants to know what have you done and what can you do for it. What if you were to focus on the skills the world wants and is willing to pay a high salary for? And then very economically earn certificates stating that you can do this work? You can retain and earn these skills in a year or less.
  • There are very few jobs that actually require a college degree. Through certificate programs, you can get jobs earning between $60,000 and $160,000 a year. Jonathan says if he were starting over, knowing what he knows now, this is what he would do.
  • Jonathan has started another podcast, the Talent Stacker podcast. It's not for those set on going to college. It's for people looking to see what other choices are out there or who are unhappy with the choices they previously made and are looking for something different and don't have another four years to earn a degree.
  • The Talent Stacker podcast does not just regurgitate information learned on previous ChooseFI podcast episodes. It helps you recreate what these other people have done step-by-step.
  • The framework of the Talent Stacker podcast is based on a handful of different categories. The first is a time for money or a service role where you trade an hour of work doing something for a set hourly rate.
  • The second category is sales, where you help make it easier for a current audience or customer base to make a purchase.
  • Category three is marketing or expanding the current customer base.
  • The fourth category is team development or leadership or bringing a team together to focus on target goals.
  • The fifth category is systems, process, and workflow, helping teams to work more efficiently.
  • In reality, many of these categories have overlap. If you can do a little bit of several of these, you can become what is called a Rainmaker.
  • Jonathan recognizes how each of these skills has been used and added to his talent stack through the ChooseFI podcast.
  • Building a talent stack is not just limited to business owners. It's a mindset about learning new things and how they can help make you a better person.
  • Brad used his skills as a travel rewards enthusiast, along with his business-building skills and CPA degree to build a travel rewards coaching service.
  • MK found success in her corporate career through choices like learning basic HTML to build her talent stack, which helped her to climb the ranks, and then eventually launch her own business. Her pregnancy has caused her to look at streamlining things and becoming more efficient to keep her passive income stream growing.
  • Your real education doesn't start until you get the job. College merely proves to an employer that you know how to learn.
  • Jonathan worked with Bradley Rice from Episode 117 to create an actual career development program in Customer Relationship Management (CRM) that you can replicate in six months and make $60,000-80,000 a year, with a path to making $200,000 in 3-5 years.
  • With four years of starting ChooseFI, Jonathan has become one of the top independent podcasters and now he teaches podcasting to others.
  • With ChooseFI, the goal is to compel you to take action toward reaching financial independence. with Talent Stacker, Jonathan wants to see you develop skills and maybe earn more.
  • This week's FI Wins of the Week include Karen. She and her husband decided to invest in camping gear and enjoy camping in Florida before they reach FI and can move to Washington State.
  • The second winner is Emma who is 20 and just fully funder her Roth IRA for 2020 and is ready to fully fund 2021 in January.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Learn about all the benefits of the Chase Freedom Flex credit card * Open a high-yield savings account with CIT Bank * How to Fail at Everything and Still Win Big: Kind of the Story of My Lifeby Scott Adams * ChooseFI Episode 117 Making the Case for Part Time With Bradley Rice * To get your copy of the FI Weekly every Tuesday, sign up at ChooseFI.com/start

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Your money story informs so much of your life even if you're not aware of it. For 30 years, Leisa Peterson has been researching and studying how trauma in early life contributes to the money challenges faced later in life.
  • Growing up with a scarcity mindset, money became an escape that gave her motivation. Leisa decided in her mid-twenties that she was going to have money in her life and not have any stresses about it as her parents did. Earning money became an all-consuming response to the trauma she had experienced.
  • There's a very broad spectrum of trauma from mild to quite serious and not everyone reacts to it in the same way. Some people like Leisa may end up wanting a lot of money, while others are lead to feeling like they have no control over money.
  • An adverse childhood study from Kaiser was intended to understand how childhood trauma affected health. In Leisa's reading of the study, she found one of the findings included financial problems and realized this was something not a lot of people were talking about.
  • These childhood experiences become very disruptive, brings an uncertainty to how life is viewed and crushed the sense of self.
  • The concept of scarcity and uncertainty go together. This leads to struggling with either an extreme need to control or feeling out of control with money.
  • Because kids are absorbing everything we say, it's important to change the language we use around money.
  • When people become more familiar with their trauma backstory, they are better able to talk with their partner about their money challenges.
  • Disconnects in communication can occur when each other's backstories are quite different. We can only know what we know from our own perspective. The job in relationships is not just to understand ourselves, but to see the other person and how they are approaching money differently because of their backstory.
  • When people think of something as being scare in supply, they are going to buy more of it. Toilet paper is a relevant example of this for 2020. Someone coming from a home without enough money may have strange buying behaviors. Their idea of scarcity or uncertainty may be showing up in their daily behaviors with money.
  • For spouses or partners who have different money stories, Leisa encourages them to just start somewhere. Think about how money was treated at home growing up and have a conversation about it.
  • Questions to consider asking are: Did mom and dad talk about money? Did mom and dad fight about money? What is your first memory of money? When did you make your first money? How did that make you feel? Were you afraid?
  • It can be difficult to have these conversations for the first time with another person. Journaling is a way to privately have them with yourself first. The first person you share these feelings with should be someone you trust and it may be someone other than your partner.
  • Throughout her career, Leisa has found that people react to money very differently. The majority either hold it tightly or avoid control of it altogether, with a minority viewing it as a tool and are at peace with it.
  • Having one strong fire in your life influences the way you think about money in life. The earlier the influence in life, the better.
  • Parents sometimes joke or convey the wrong message about money. Leisa says it's important to go back and close the loop with children.
  • In the FI community, we want our children to have the skills to take care of themselves and be financially independent, but is it possible for them to have too much abundance? Leisa says she wants to be very open about what goes on in their home, discuss their failures, and teach them the value of money and hard work.
  • After reaching her goal of becoming a millionaire, Leisa made a massive change in her life. She and her husband sold it all and took a year off to travel with their son. The trip changed their entire approach to life.
  • Previously, Leisa's family had been consumers of their money. After the trip, they took their nest egg, created investments where their money began working for them.
  • A result of Leisa's drive to become a millionaire was that once achieved, people began to treat her differently. The outward display of wealth began to affect her friendships. It was then that Leisa realized the money was not all that important to her.
  • Leisa's book, The Mindful Millionaire, tells these stories about our money experiences, our relationships with money, and how we can transform them into thinking about money as a tool.
  • The key takeaway from this conversation is that words matter. It's important to think about the unintended consequences of the conversations we are having with our spouses, partners, and kids. Have humility in these conversations and be honest.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Build a better retirement plan today with NewRetirement * ChooseFI Episode 246 Overcoming and Battling Financial Abuse * Open a commission-free brokerage account with M1 Finance * Get started on your own journey to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Jonathan draws a parallel between the episode on Monday with professional poker player Annie Duke and hitting his weight loss goals. Finding himself well over his desired weight, Jonathan took a health challenge and has kept the weight off for six months making him a weightloss statistical abnormality.
  • Where most people diet and get to a goal weight, because the effort was a diet, they end up regaining the weight. What Jonathan did was make a lifestyle change.
  • Tying to the discussion with Annie Duke, Jonathan recognized that he couldn't control everything, made better decisions, and set himself up for more opportunities. All of it helped to increase the opportunity for luck to strike.
  • Jonathan isn't alone in his endeavor. Through weekly accountability phone calls with his father and FI community member, JD Roth, they check in to ask if each has followed through with their goals for the week
  • Their goals aren't all that strict but they are trying to be 1% more intentional with their decisions and look at their decision-making framework, watching for triggers, giving into them less often, and coming up with solutions to not be tempted.
  • Brad notes the discipline equals freedom and that the framework Jonathan has created for himself makes everything easier and no longer requires willpower.
  • The accountability and decision-making strategies Jonathan applied to his weightless journey can be used for virtually anything you want to achieve in life. Taking action and trying to be just 1% better what ChooseFI is all about. All of the small wins begin to add up, creating nothing but good, grows your gap, and continuous the virtuous circle.
  • When we upgrade the quality of our decisions, the impact of them begins to compound and increases our probability of success.
  • Brad discusses how 70-80% of the contestations he hears involve one of the three killers of happiness: sarcasm, complaining, and blaming. We can change our mindset and the locus of control to impact our future. He believes putting space between stimulus and control can have positive and compounding effects.
  • As often mentioned on the show, you are the average of the five people you spend the most time with. Those five have the greatest influence on your life and you don't want them to have those happiness killer characteristics. Be intentional with your five picks.
  • Choose people who give you a path forward and will hold you accountable to the things you said were important to you.
  • Brad and Jonathan discussed how the concept of resulting, pro and con lists, and infecting others with our opinions before asking for advice is not helpful when trying to make better decisions.
  • As mentioned during Monday's episode, making better decisions requires depth and an understanding of probability and magnitude.
  • A challenge for listeners is to write down the five people you spend the most time with and who have the most influence on you. Then write down that their characteristics are that make them a good fit for your top five. And finally, what are the ideal characteristics for people who would be influencing your decisions and where can you find them?
  • The second exercise is to approach someone and ask for their opinion on something without prejudicing it first. Don't lead with what it is that you really want to do. Ask your question in a way that gets you additional information you maybe hadn't considered yet.
  • The first win from the community comes from Jodie, a self-professed broke chick who found FI in 2016. Since then, she's doubled her salary, gotten out a debt, flipped a live-in property, paid off her card, got married, formed two business with her husband, quit her job, and hit $100,000 in investments. Congratulations on taking action and changing your life, Jodie!
  • In response to Brad's weekly email, Evan writes about not shooting for FI with reckless urgency, but a thoughtful understanding of the use of money and how it can improve his life after breaking his finger required surgery. FI isn't about deprivation, but buying the things you value.
  • While the world is slowly getting back to normal during the pandemic, John calls in sharing how his wife was able to pivot her events business, Escape Room Races. The pandemic killed her in-person events, but she was able to rebrand, and pivot to a virtual format which is bringing in tons of new virtual events and they just had their biggest month ever.
  • Speaking of live events, previous ChooseFI guest, Christine, from episode 137, sent in a letter saying that at least 50 ChooseFI listeners have come to Nashville and taken her tour. Last Fall, one guest from New Zealand Brough five friends from all over the world after hearing about Christine's tour, A Little Local Flavor, on ChooseFI. She also has converted her friends into ChooseFI listeners.
  • When you respond to Brad's weekly email and we read your win on the air, you will get one of the ChooseFI Publishing books.
  • The first winner is Ahmed who wrote in to say he recently graduated college and was due to move to a high cost of living city. Because they moved to working remotely, Ahmad is saving on rent by staying at home with his parents in a low-cost of living city and investing the savings.
  • The second winner is Tommy who received an email from his state's 529 program that he was receiving a $500 Maryland state contribution.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Earn $1000 or more with ChooseFI's 3-card cashback strategy * Open a commission-free brokerage account with M1 Finance * Make more on your savings with high-yield savings account from CIT Bank * Join the ChooseFI Facebook group * Get on Brad's weekly email list and receive The FI Weekly every Tuesday * ChooseFI Episode 137 Rebuilding a Life You Love With Christine * Discover the sites, sounds, and flavors of Nashville with Christine * ChooseFI Episode 021 The Pillars of FI * Maryland's 529 State Contribution Program

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Annie Duke is a world champion poker player and author of Thinking in Bets, a book which makes the case for embracing uncertainty in our decision-making framework. In Annie's latest book, How to Decide: Simple Tools for Making Better Choices, she answers the question, what does a good decision-making process look like and how to incorporate that into your own life.
  • The only way we can become better at making decisions is from our own experience, and our experience is going to be the outcomes of past decisions we've made. We need to understand the way in which knowing how something turned out can mess with our ability to figure out why.
  • In a thought experiment concerning the 2015 Super Bowl between the Seahawks and the Patriots, Annie reviews a play called by Pete Carroll in the last seconds of the game. Though widely panned as the worst play called in Super Bowl history, Annie states that it's hard to evaluate the quality of the play called when we already know the outcome.
  • Had the outcome of Pete Carroll's play been a touchdown, the reaction would have been the opposite. This phenomenon is called Resulting, where the quality of the result is attributed the quality of the decision.
  • Reviewing the actual odds of the result of that specific play, Annie determines that Pete Carroll's decision was far from the worst play called of all time as there was only a 25 likelihood of that specific result.
  • Annie applies what she's learned playing poker, specifically realizing that what you see happen doesn't change the decision that you make, to other aspects of life.
  • The paradox of experience is that while we know we need all of these experiences to learn, we see how things unfold and we take our lessons for individual experiences, not in the aggregate.
  • Poker has some surprising similarities to real life in that your outcome is a combination of luck and the quality of your decisions.
  • The definition of luck is what you don't have control over. You cannot control your own luck. You can control the quality of the decisions you make and reduce the chance that luck has an influence that will turn out poorly for you. While we are all under the influence of luck, we are also very much under the influence of our own decisions.
  • In our decision making, we should see the luck clearly and make the decisions that are more likely to advance our goals. Brad ties that to ChooseFI's philosophy of the aggravation of marginal gains and striving to do 1% better.
  • We have a lot of cognitive bias that delude us into believing things are much more stable than they really are. COVID has torn that away from us. We are also feeling the effect of imperfect information. COVID is not a special case, it's just something we can't hide from the uncertainty.
  • COVID does give us an opportunity to think about how to navigate uncertainty which will improve all decisions we make.
  • A pro and con list has no dimensions to it, specifically missing are the magnitude of the payoff or how much will it advance or take away from your goal, and what is the probability of each con. These lists also amply biases you already have and can be gamed to reach a predetermined decision.
  • With inside view thinking, our personal models create cognitive trenches. When new information comes in, we mold it into a model we already have rather than be objective.
  • An outside view is what is true of the world.
  • To try and avoid inside view thinking, we need to expose ourselves to different perspectives of corrective information.
  • The foundation we base our decisions on is flimsy and full of inaccuracies. We should increase the probability that we collide with perspectives and information we don't know.
  • It's okay to say you don't know very much and decide to get more information to become a better decision-maker.
  • Making a good decision with one stock doesn't necessarily make you a good investor, you would have to look at all the decisions made with your portfolio.
  • When getting to your outside view, it helps to get yourself into the future because it helps us look back on ourselves. We also need to realize that we tend to believe we are more likely to be successful than we actually are. It's helpful to think about all the ways in which you might fail.
  • A pre-mortem is the idea that time travel and negative thinking will result in an outside view and lead to better decision making.
  • A backcast is the opposite of a pre-mortem where you look at the luck and skills that lead to a positive outcome.
  • To find groups of people to get the best opinions from, find people who are interested in finding what is true in the world, but by putting the framework in place, you can turn anybody into an amazing true-seeking pod.
  • When seeking other's opinions, it's best not to divulge your own opinion beforehand. It results in one of three ways: it might show the other person's opinion is right, the truth may lie in the middle somewhere, or it may show your opinion is right and help you to understand it better.
  • Annie believes that mostly we should be making decisions faster than we do. The decision-making process is a skill and it takes time to understand which we should be taking our time we should take our time with and which could be faster.
  • The speed of our decisions should be made by the impact of the decision and optionality available.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy * Switch to Mint Mobile and save with free shipping * Get our #1 recommended travel rewards credit card, the Chase Sapphire Preferred and earn 80,000 points * Get started on the path to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Earn $1,000 in cashback with ChooseFI's 3-card credit card strategy. * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • After 18 years of ownership, Brad says goodbye to his beloved Honda Civic, Golden Boy.
  • When it comes to car ownership, ChooseFI often talks about only buying a new car every 15 years. Over a 45 year adult lifetime, the savings, when invested, can amount to almost $750,000 when compared to someone who leases or just manages a constant car payment.
  • Although Brad wanted to keep the car, it had been having some mechanical issues and his family was no longer comfortable riding in it anymore. The impact it was having on Brad's family was not worth it.
  • For his next vehicle, Brad opted for a 2013 Honda Civic rather than a brand new car. He purchased his new Civic through Caravana, the car vending machine business, who was selling Civics for roughly $3,000 less than CarMax.
  • The buying process through Caravan was quick and streamlined. The car was delivered to his home and he spent approximately one-hour signing paperwork and finalizing documents.
  • There are sweet spots when purchasing used vehicles. Although Brad's car is seven years old, after five years, cars have generally already depreciated at the fastest rate. If you are going to buy new, keep it forever. If you buy used, target 5-7 years old.
  • Listener Oscar wrote into the show asking about Home Equity Line of Credit (HELOC) which hasn't been something that ChooseFI has discussed much in previous episodes.
  • A HELOC is a revolving line of credit on your home where the equity you have in your home is used to secure it. For instance, a home worth $300,000 with a mortgage balance of $100,000 has $200,000 worth of equity. A HELOC allows homeowners to tap into the equity locked up in their homes.
  • An advantage of using a home equity loan over other options for access to cash, like credit cards, is that the interest rate is often much lower, although it is a variable rate and can change. The interest rate on a HELOC may be in the 3-5% range versus 15-30% with credit cards.
  • For homeowners who placed a sizable down payment on their home, whose home has appreciated, made extra payments, etc., a HELOC becomes a potential source of low-interest revolving credit.
  • A HELOC is different from a home equity loan in that with a loan, the loan amount is deposited into your bank account and interest begins accruing immediately. A HELOC provides you with the ability to tap into the equity at any time, such as in the case of an emergency. No interest accrues until you decide to access the money. It gives you options if ever needed.
  • Occasionally, HELOCs can be had for no closing costs. Considering that the process to apply and be approved for a HELOC can take weeks, it can be useful to have one in place so that it is already available if and when it is needed.
  • Frequent guest and friend of ChooseFI, Big ERN, does not have an emergency fund. He believes that there is an opportunity cost to keeping 6 months of expenses in a liquid account that is likely earning every little in interest. In a thought experiment, he tried to envision a true emergency that he could not cover with credit cards or a HELOC.
  • Those working to build an emergency fund before beginning to invest are potentially missing out on higher interest rates earned from investments. They might be better off investing their savings and using money from a HELOC to cover monthly expenses in an emergency rather than selling off investments or using high-interest credit cards.
  • Jonathan mentioned that there are schemes to paying off a mortgage early using HELOCs and credit cards that people can learn about for a fee. Brad doesn't doubt that these might work, but it's too complex. There's no insider knowledge worth paying for. He doesn't believe these methods are any more beneficial than making additional principal payments to a traditional mortgage.
  • Rather than a HELOC, Jonathan uses a margin loan through M1 Finance for a line of credit. He can borrow up to 40% of his invested assets with an interest rate of 2.75-3.5% and have the money in his account in minutes. Margin loans on investment accounts are lines of credit options for renters.
  • Listener Alex wrote in with his win with a High Deductible Health Plan (HDHP) and Health Savings Account (HSA).
  • Listener Rachel wrote in saying that she has reached FI and didn't even know it. As a result, she was able to leave a toxic work environment in the middle of a pandemic and spend more time with her nice and nephew.
  • FI wins read on the show win their choice of one of ChooseFI's books so keep them coming!
  • Listeners Brian and Deb maxed out their 401Ks this week before their contracts ended to take full advantage of the company's match and on Oct 23 will officially be financially independent.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Learn about ChooseFi's 3-card $1,000 cashback credit card strategy * ChooseFI Episode 022 The Ultimate Guide to the True Cost of Car Ownership * Get a fantastic term life insurance policy at a fantastic price with PolicyGenius * Earn a high-interest rate on your savings account with CIT Bank * ChooseFI Episode 066 The Emergency Fund…Is It a Bad Idea? * Read DoughRoller's article, Can You Really Pay Off Your Mortgage Early with a HELOC? * ChooseFI Episode 009 Travel Rewards: How to Travel the World for Almost Free (The Easy Way) * Sign up for ChooseFI's FREE travel rewards course * Learn more about M1 Finance here * Sign up to receive Brad's newsletter, The FI Weekly

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Immigrating to the United States as a child, by early adulthood, Jully found herself caught up in our consumer culture and had acquired five figures worth of debt. After working to dig her way out and starting on her path to finical independence, she's become an advocate. Drawing from her experience, she now help Latinas become financial powerful through investing.
  • At the age of four, Jully moved from the Dominican Republic to New York. Her extended family all began making the move as well, but as many immigrants to, they continued to send money and invest in their socioeconomic systems back home.
  • For immigrants, investing in their home countries has multiple purposes. There is often an expectation that money will be sent home to support the family.
  • Jully's father supported her grandmother by building her a new home and making sure she was taken care of. However, when the grandmother also immigrated to the US, the house back in the Dominican Republic was rented out and became the first property in a real estate portfolio.
  • Immigrants have struggles that a typical American doesn't go through. Investing in real estate in their home countries helps connect them to their communities. However, Jully says immigrants tend to invest more in real estate than in the stock market. She shares the message that it is important to diversify their investments.
  • When she started working for a non-profit at the age of 19, Jully began investing a 403b for the free money. That decision was criticized by her mother who felt retirement was a long way off and that it wasn't necessary because Americans receive Social Security.
  • When her family first arrived in the US, they didn't speak the language. It was a lesson in how to figure things out in the moment and just survive.
  • It took a couple of years before her father began thinking in an entrepreneurial way and on a bigger scale. He went from driving a taxi to starting a bodega business.
  • The bodega enabled Jully to see both her parents work in that environment, build their business, send money home, and contribute to the community.
  • The money lessons she learned from her parents were to be generous and give. But the reality was her father worked a lot to build their life and they didn't see him much. Had he invested more, perhaps they would have been able to see him more.
  • Jully went to school for fashion merchandising and economics. When she got her first job, lifestyle inflation kicked in. Working in the fashion industry required looking good with the latest trends.
  • After accumulating the debt, Jully realized that she was channeling her emotions with her shopping. She was both celebrating and consoling herself with shopping to the point where it became unhealthy.
  • Thankfully she had continued to invest even when the debt was bringing her down. It wasn't until her father became ill that she realized the safety net she had in her parents won't always be there. At that point, she began working to pay off all her debt. Once debt-free, Jully increased her 401K investments to around 20%.
  • Jully notes that when first entering the workforce, you feel that nothing can go wrong, or if it does, you'll just figure it out. But you have to start with the basics. You have to start with the foundation of an emergency fund.
  • Credit card debt is subject to incredibly high-interest rates of 12-30%. With five figures of debt, the compound interest is working against you and it's hard to fig yourself out from under it.
  • To get out from under her credit card debt, Jully had to make significant payments toward it. The key was knowing her survival number.
  • She created a simple chart with eight categories of things you need to come up with a survival number. The categories include housing, food, transportation, and even entertainment. Jully's survival number is $581. The items in her $581 figure are the absolute minimum things she needs to survive and keep her life sane.
  • The reason she can keep her number so low is by house hacking her four-bedroom apartment. With master leasing, she is responsible for the rent each month, but she then uses sub-leases to rent out rooms.
  • She uses Craigslist to market the rooms for lease in her apartment and thinks it is important to find people with similar lifestyles and working schedules which creates a good co-habiting space for everyone.
  • After paying off her debt in 2016, Jully felt an incredible sense of freedom, quit her corporate job, and went to work for herself.
  • She has been inspired and motivated by the financial independence community to use her platform, Investing Latina, to provide resources and stories, to inspire others to do more, increase financial stability, and reach financial independence.
  • Given the struggles that her family faced when they first arrived in this country, Jully speak about building credit and establishing yourself.
  • Jully's conversations with new immigrants start her three pillars, building credit, investing in the stock market, and real estate. The first step is to open a debit account to start establishing relationships with banks.
  • While there is still something of a stigma to talking about money and investing in the stock market in her family and community, Jully is hopeful that it will normalize and influence others. Even having small conversations like, “What are you saving for?” is a little way to get started.
  • As someone who works in fashion, Jully's transition to her survival number she realized her shopping was an addiction. Using Marie Kondo's methods for embracing minimalism, she cleared out her closets to create a capsule wardrobe, focusing on the items that fit well, looked good on her, and were comfortable.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Learn about ChooseFI's 3-card cash back strategy * Easily find coupon codes and save money when you join Honey * Track your real estate portfolio's performance and get your first 90 days of advisory fees waived with Fundrise

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • In our eighth Households of FI touchpoint episodes, Kristi was successfully following the standard path with a six-figure job and keeping up with the Joneses but waiting to take a breath and enjoy life. After finding FI, she realized the money was no longer the goal but simply a tool.
  • Kristi has been connected with Big ERN, from Early Retirement Now, and over several conversations, they discuss Employee Stock Purchase Plans, 401K contribution strategies, the phase of retirement, and more.
  • While wealth accumulation is simple math, decumulation is more complicated so Big ERN created the ultimate safe withdrawal rate series.
  • Some recent changes Kristi has made to her investments since starting her path to FI are moving from a Roth 401K to a traditional 401K and maxing her contributions out. She also moved her current balance and future contributions out of target retirement date fund and into an S&P 500 fund.
  • While Kristi has the option to self-manage her 401K in a Schwab account which would give her access to a total stock market fund, Big ERN doesn't believe that the difference between it and an S&P 500 fund is minor. Expense ratios are a more important consideration. Moving from a 0.2% expense ratio to a 0.02% might be worthwhile, but leaving the money where it is fine when the difference is 0.01% unless it is an in-kind transfer or a quick process. Human Resources may know how long the process is likely to take.
  • Kristi approached her HR department about making after-tax contributions so that she could do a mega-backdoor Roth conversion, but the HR department was not clear on how much she would be allowed to contribute. She found the ChooseFI community to be quite helpful for bouncing ideas off of.
  • She's also interested in her company's Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP). The advantage of it is that she can purchase stock at a 15% discount, but she will pay taxes on the discount and be required to hold the stock for two years.
  • Such a purchase gives her investment a 5% per year boost, however, there's no diversification in purchasing company stock. Kristi's income, bonuses, and employment are all already tied to her company. That being said, Being ERN says he would probably still do the ESPP, although he would only keep two year's worth of money in the plan and then pull it out. After taking it out, it will be subject to long-term capital gains.
  • The ESPP may have contribution limits, in which case she should make the additional contributions to her 401K and then do the backdoor Roth conversions.
  • Big ERN likes to say don't let the tail wag the dog, meaning that asset allocation and expected returns should be the primary concern before tax considerations.
  • Kristi has a difficult time determining exactly how much to contribute as her company does it by percentage and how bonuses are paid out. If she overshoots it, she could miss out on the company match in the last month of two of the year. Big ERN says some companies will do a true-up, or another HR term, where they will still contribute the match.
  • Some who have access to a true-up prefer to contribute the maximum to their 401K at the beginning of the year so that their money is in the market longer.
  • Those without a true-up need to be careful. Big ERN suggested Kristi could look at the minimum and maximum of her salary and bonuses to come up with a range. $19,500 divided by her maximum would give her a rough percentage to start the year with. Toward the end of the year, she will need to look at it again and make adjustments.
  • Kristi also asked about Big ERN's thoughts on the stages of retirement, but she is most interested in the early retirement phase.
  • Retirement is an uneven path. Health expenses may be higher before Medicare kicks in and there will be a boost of income once Social Security is received. How do you structure your withdrawals? What are the tax aspects? Which accounts do you tap into first? And what should the assist allocation be?
  • Big ERN doesn't recommend 100% equities for people in retirement. 75% stocks and 25% bonds is a better allocation.
  • Kristi will likely have to rely on more than just her taxable accounts during the early retirement phase. She could tap into her Roth IRA accounts as well which may get her to 59 1/2 when she could then begin withdrawals from her 401K tax and penalty-free.
  • It's best to spread the tax liability as equally as you can due to our progressive tax system. Although trying to optimize taxes is important, safe withdrawal rate and asset allocation are significantly more so. Not all of the withdrawals in retirement are taxable. Some of the withdraw money is principal, which taxes were already paid on.
  • Good tax planning versus alright tax planning in retirement probably doesn't make a significant difference.
  • Kristi was also curious about when contributing to taxable accounts might be advantageous over continuing to fund retirement accounts for those who want to retire early. Big ERN thinks what there are cases when it might make sense, but for most people who can assume they will be in a lower tax bracket in retirement, it's better to fund retirement accounts.
  • Previously, Big ERN had provided Kristi with a spreadsheet to use for determining cash flow issues before she turns 59 1/2 and model Roth 401K conversions.
  • Kristi says that she has been participating in her company ESPP but hadn't sold any of the company stock until recently. She debated how much to sell and still has a lot remaining. Big ERN suggests that she could sell over a period of time to avoid any regret that might occur with a large price increase. However, there could be commissions associated with selling. As long as she's held it for more than two years, it's all subjective to long-term capital gains or will help with tax-loss harvesting. Low-cost shares with the highest capital gains should be deferred as long as possible.
  • A little tax-arbitrage is the sell the investments with the highest cost-basis and lowest tax bill.
  • Big ERN mentions that a lot of people have loss aversion but sometimes it's best to cut your losses, let it go, and take the tax benefit.
  • Kristi has concerns about HSA rules changing after she's stashed all that money away and paying out-of-pocket for medical expenses. HSAs, however, have a triple tax benefit. there are no taxes paid on contributions, the money grows tax-free and comes out tax-free as long as it's used toward qualified medical expenses.
  • HSA participants can save their receipts and allow the money to grow. Current or previous years' health expenses may be submitted for reimbursement.
  • In the United States, rules tend to be backdated, so that if HSA rules do change in the future, the old rules will likely still apply to the contributions. Still, Big ERN suggests not letting the HSA grow to more than 15% of total net worth.
  • It's important to note that not all target-date funds are the same. The closer the retirement date, the more conservative the fund is going to be. For most people, a total stock market or S&P 500 fund with a low expense ratio is good enough.
  • Taxes shouldn't drive decision making. Make the best moves that impact you over the long-term. Buying a house for the mortgage interest deduction makes no sense for most people with the new higher standard deduction.
  • When it comes to tax deductions, the point isn't o get a deduction just to get a deduction, it's to bring home more income

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Take control and build your plan for financial independence today with NewRetirement and get 14 days for free * ChooseFI Episode 221 Introducing Our Households of FI!! Part 1 * ChooseFI Episode 224 Introducing Our Households of FI!! Part 2 * Early Retirement Now * Check out ChooseFI's review of the Chase Freedom Flex card * Invest in low-cost broad based index funds with M1 Finance * ChooseFI Episode 035 Sequence of Return Risk | Early Retirement Now * ChooseFI Episode 019 JL Collins The Stock Series Part 1 * Is an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (ESPP) Better than a Retirement Account? * Get on our email list and start on your own path to financial independence

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Brad has been taking part in a mastermind group and teaching its members about financial independence. While they understood the “Why of FI”, how to get started wasn't as clear. The Back to Basics series of episodes covers just that, how to get started on the path to FI.
  • The journey to financial independence is not about deprivation. It is about a life of personal choice and abundance. Its starts with understanding your “why” and then setting goals for the next 5, 10, or 15 years.
  • There's a difference between the money you need to pay bills and meet basic needs and discretionary spending. Understanding how much your lifestyle costs is the first step.
  • It can be psychologically difficult to do this first step. It may reveal mistakes, but it's important to be honest with yourself and not beat yourself up over them. We all make mistakes.
  • After knowing what your life costs, what comes next? To calculate your FI number based on your current lifestyle, multiply your monthly expenses by 12 to get your annual expenses. This is how much money you will need each and every year in retirement to cover your expenses.
  • The 4% Rule of Thumb suggests that you can withdraw 4% from your total assets each year to live on and reasonably expect the money to last for the remainder of your life. For example, if you have $1 million in assets, 4% of it is $40,000 that you could withdraw each year. The 4% withdraw rate is adjusted for inflation.
  • To get to your FI number, multiply your annual expenses by 25. $40,000 multiplied by 25 is $1 million. $80,000 in annual expenses, multiplied by 25, results in a FI number of $2 million.
  • Whether starting with a net worth of zero or with some assets, the next step would be determining your current path to your FI number.
  • The point of saving money is not for it to be finally used for a retirement far off in the future. Save to reclaim decades of your life when you can spend time as you see fit. Reframing the goal of saving allows you to reorient and see that saving money is investing in your time.
  • One of the reasons Brad and Jonathan enjoy board games so much may have parallels with financial independence. Both involve iteration and getting better and better at making smarter decisions through gamification.
  • People who win games the most have an intermediate mindset. They understand the limitations balanced with longterm thinking.
  • When looking at income, what is the bare minimum needed to cover your expenses? For a married couple living in Virginia spending $80,000 a year on expenses, they will need to earn an income of $102,000 before taxes and without contributing to savings or retirement. They would pay $9,000 in federal taxes, $5,000 in state taxes, and roughly $8,000 in FICA (social security and medicare taxes), for a total of $22,000 in taxes.
  • When income and expenses are exactly the same, you can never afford to retire. How do you create some space between the two?
  • Expenses are not always fixed. Cars loans come to the end of their terms and student loans are paid off. Add in some cuts to a few other line items in your budget and you might find an extra $1,000. How might that change things?
  • Cutting $1,000 from your monthly expenses reduces your annual expenses and subsequently your FI number by a whopping $300,000.
  • What should you do with that extra $1,000 a month? Putting that savings into a 401K allows that money to begin working for you.
  • In addition, the $1,000 a month going into a 401K becomes a tax deduction and reduces your federal income tax. For the couple in the previous example earning $102,000 per year and bringing home $80,000 after taxes, contributing $12,000 to a 401K doesn't mean they have $12,000 less to spend. With the tax advantages of contributing to a 401K, they will bring home $70,000, only reducing their take-home pay by $10,000. They saved $2,000 in taxes. Since they already have enough money to meet their expenses, that extra $2,000 saved in taxes could go toward a Roth IRA.
  • Part 3 in the Back to Basics series will talk about optimization on both the income and expenses side of things.
  • Our hypothetical couple, starting with a zero net worth, after investing $1,167 a month (totaling $14,000 per year) at an average 8% rate of return, will hit their FI number of $1.7 million in 30 years.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * ChooseFI Episode 257 Back to Basics: Getting Started With FI Part 1 * ChooseFI Episode 132R Insurance | A Framework * Easily compare and buy life insurance with PolicyGenius * Get started on Fundrise with no advisory fees for 90 days * Smartasset.com * ChooseFI's financial calculators * Learn how to get started on your path to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • In this ChooseFI Back to Basics episode, we review Health Savings Accounts (HSA). What happens when you need to finally pull money out after funding it year after year?
  • ChooseFI Chief Content Officer, MK, is just weeks away from having her baby. For years, she and her husband, Jason, have been funding separate HSA accounts without making any withdrawals.
  • They now contribute to a family plan HSA and decided it was a good time to test out how complicated the process was to withdraw HSA funds.
  • They discovered some plans are easier than others. The process of withdrawing funds from the fund MK had rolled over to Fidelity was super easy. Jason's was a bit more tricky due to the Health Insurance Portability Accountability Act (HIPPA) compliance laws and auto-reinvest settings. Now that they tested it out, they feel confident they will know what to do in the future.
  • An HSA is a type of investment vehicle that gives you a tax deduction in the current year and helps pay for healthcare-related expenses.
  • Only those participating in qualified in high-deductible healthcare plans are eligible for HSAs. For 2020, the IRS defines a high-deductible plan as one with a deductible of $1,400 for an individual, or $2,800 for a family. the maximum a family may contribute in 2020 is $7,100, and half of that for an individual.
  • The money going into the account isn't subject to income tax and sits in the HSA account until you submit for reimbursement of healthcare expenses. HSA withdrawals for healthcare expenses are also tax-free.The benefit of an HSA is that the money can build and grow over time. Healthcare expenses do not need to be submitted for reimbursement as they are incurred. HSA participants can pay out-of-pocket and wait for years before requesting reimbursement if they choose to.
  • The IRS criteria dos state that the high-deductible plan must be a qualified plan. Check with your company's human resources department to determine if your plan is a qualified one.
  • HSA participants should also understand who their plan is with, what investment options they have, and what the fees are. Based on fees, Fidelity and Lively are two good providers who offer low-cost, board-based investment fund options.
  • The goal is to cash flow medical expenses in your younger years when they are generally lower, funding the HSA with pre-tax dollars and allow them to grow until later in life when healthcare costs begin to increase.
  • There may be additional tax benefits from using your employer's HSA provider rather than Fidelity or Lively.
  • Because you can submit for reimbursement years after the expense was incurred, save your receipts. Brad has a Google doc that lists all of the healthcare expenses he pays out-of-pocket and saves a pdf of the receipt in his Google Drive account.
  • Even if your provider offers a way to upload receipts, you should always maintain your own records and only use the provider's system as a secondary backup. If you change HSA, you could lose your receipts.
  • It is your responsibility to verify to the IRS that you've been using the funds in the HSA appropriately. It makes it easier if you have all of that information maintained in your own cloud-based account.
  • After several years or decades of cash-flowing healthcare, it may be possible to have tens of thousands of dollars of reimbursable expenses that are accessible anytime, tax, and penalty-free whenever it is needed.
  • The final episode in round one of the Households of FI series airs next week. Throughout this series, ChooseFI follows eight diverse households at different points on their path to FI.
  • More exciting news for ChooseFi is the website redesign, expected to launch in the coming weeks. The new website format was designed with your experience and journey to financial independence in mind. The content on the site has been curated so that people looking for specific content can easily find what they are looking for.
  • If you would like to receive a notification when the new website has been launched, go to ChooseFI.com/subscribe and an email will be sent to you when it's ready.
  • Brad recently gave a presentation to Dominick Quartuccio's Do Inner Work mastermind group on the Why of FI. Though people seemed to understand the why of FI, there were questions regarding how to get to FI.
  • How does someone go about getting started? It starts with visualizing where you want to be in 10-15 years, what your goals, and what kind of options you'd like to have.
  • If Brad were to go back to when he began his journey, he would have said that there's got to be more to life than what he's experiencing. Life was comfortable, but it felt like Groundhog Day. He could see himself doing it for the rest of his life.
  • The second task when starting on the path to FI is to take an assessment of what your life actually costs. What you earn minus what you spend, equals the gap, or the amount of money you have left to work with.
  • Adding up your structural expenses, recurring monthly bills, unplanned expenses, and then looking at all the little discretionary expenses can be a difficult task. No one should beat themselves up over it.
  • Once added all together, you have a realistic estimate of what your life actually costs. It's not complicated math.
  • ChooseFI Episode 258 airing on Monday will tackle the other side of the equation, the gap, and discover how to affect the outcome.
  • It's the first anniversary of the release of ChooseFI's book! To celebrate, we're giving away the first chapter for free when you go to ChooseFI.com/book.
  • The weekly book giveaways are back! Winners will be selected from response to Brad's newsletter call for FI wins. This week's winner is Belinda. After tracking her spending for three months, she made a budget and reduced her family's food budget by $900 a month. She's also funding her Vanguard account $500 a month, refinanced her car loan, her husband maxed out his 401K, and she hopes to max out her SEP IRA. She says having control of their money is giving them power back over their lives.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Protect your online activity with ExpressVPN and get an extra 3 months free. * Find your own unique path to FI with NewRetirement. * Get notified when the new ChooseFI website launches! * Dominick Quartuccio's Do Inner Work mastermind group * ChooseFI Episode 038 The Why of FI * ChooseFI Episode 100 Welcome to the FI Community * Get the first Chapter of ChooseFI: Your Blueprint For Financial Independence for free!

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • How can you recognize the value in the secondhand market, begin optimizing a strategy, and turn it into income? Today's guests, Rob and Melissa Stephenson, the Flea Market Flippers, have built a six-figure business flipping the bargains they find.
  • Rob spent weekends as a child with his parents visiting yard sales. They bought items and then listed them for sale to a bigger market using the newspaper classified section. Rob followed in their footsteps, flipping items as another side job without realizing the full potential of it.
  • Selling used items is no longer a local market. With the launch sites like eBay with 181 million users, the whole world becomes the market.
  • Rob and Melissa's business model capitalizes on larger items, such as commercial exercise equipment or restaurant equipment. They find the items locally from establishments going out of business. They look for the higher retail items which will make them a lot of money. It helps them to work less and make more profit. From their 89 sales last year, they made $80,000.
  • For example, over the summer, they found a 40-inch range that retailed for $4,500. They bought it for $200, brought it home, then sold on eBay for $2,800.
  • Over the last five years, Rob and Melissa have honed their freight skills and can ship very large and heavy items for reasonable prices.
  • While they have become comfortable shipping large items, Rob and Melissa want people to start where they are at. Start with the items in your house, learn the system, how to take photos, how to sell on eBay to slowly build your confidence.
  • The majority of the time, they research an item before buying it. Some things do sell quickly, but other items need time for the right buyer to find them before they sell.
  • There are skill sets involved that make flipping items work: finding the deals, researching prices, making offers, marketing, taking good photos, and shipping. However, Melissa says it's actually a really simple business.
  • There are lots of options for finding items, but Rob's favorite apps are Facebook Marketplace and OfferUp. He will scroll through them for ten minutes while sitting in his LazyBoy at night.
  • There are fewer risks than there were several years ago. Smartphones have made it possible to jump onto eBay to check everything for the last 30-60 days that has sold. It's similar to the MLS with the housing market and looking for comparable properties that recently sold.
  • If you can't find it on eBay, a good rule of thumb for items in good condition is 50% off retail.
  • They no longer do many actions on eBay, opting for Buy It Now and listing for the price they want.
  • Since you can see what an item has sold for the in past, if you want to sell it quickly you can just price it a little bit lower than that.
  • Rob and Melissa sell 85% of their items on eBay and the rest on Facebook Marketplace. They usually cross-post items but eBay is consistently a winner.
  • Fees on eBay are 13%. PayPal processing is 3% and 10% goes to eBay. They believe the opportunity to sell to a larger audience is worth the fee.
  • Taking good pictures is important, with clean photos and nothing in the background. Fancy photography equipment isn't required. They still use their iPhones for everything. Since eBay allows up to 12 photos, you should use all 12 photos.
  • The title for the item is the most important since eBay is essentially a search engine and the searches will come up on Google too.
  • Descriptions are less important and Rob likes to underpromise and overdeliver so people have realistic expectations.
  • Since they already have a good idea of how much it going to cost, they build it into the item cost and offer free shipping. It helps items to sell more quickly and reduce emailing back and forth with the buyer.
  • Rob and Melissa love what they do and already feel like they are retired even if they haven't hit their FI number. Rob spend about 20-25 hours a week on their flipping business.
  • They both like to travel and have a goal of being able to pay for the trip by flipping while on the road.
  • Flipping is something Rob and Melissa are so passionate about that they teach a course. They have two groups they've been teaching, one with no experience flipping, and another group of experienced flippers looking to go freight.
  • Rob and Melissa offer a webinar, which can be found at ChooseFI.com/flip, and a paid course.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Get an increased bonus of 80,000 Ultimate Rewards points with the Chase Sapphire Preferred * Improve your writing skills and get a 20% discount on Grammarly Premium * Check out Rob and Melissa's webinar

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Picking back up with the Household of FI series, Vivian is a single mom who found FI in the last year, but initially, it seemed impossible. It wasn't until she was introduced to the ChooseFI podcast and saw real people reaching financial independence that she believed she could do it too.
  • Vivian has been dealing with a number of challenges: a cancer diagnosis, a child custody battle, and caring for parents who have no savings of their own.
  • As a pharmacist, she earns a significant income. She's already managed to pay off $300,000 in student loans in six years and believes she can save $60,000 a year.
  • Vivian has been paired with mentor, Leslie Tayne, also a single mom and attorney who helps people with debt relief.
  • Leslie acknowledges that what Vivian is going through with her separation is one the most challenging times in her life and it is a very emotional experience along with being financially damaging. However, there is a light on the other side and she will come out with more freedom and more control.
  • Because her significant other's mom used to watch her child while she was a work, childcare is a challenge right now. Childcare is expensive and not something you can find discounts on.
  • As an attorney, Leslie helps her clients to fix their financial messes without judgment. She doesn't believe in a debt-free life since life has its ups and downs. Instead, it's okay if being debt-free is not realistic. We should learn to embrace our debt but what is important is how you manage the debt.
  • Due to the separation, Vivian will be selling the house that is entirely in her name. If she makes a profit, she should talk to her tax preparer about qualifying for a capital gains exemption.
  • Vivian is also interested in ways to save for her child's college education to which Leslie offers several options: contributing to a 529 plan, a state pre-pay program, or a regular savings account.
  • There are tax advantages to contributing to a 529 plan over a savings account and should Vivian's child decide to not go to school, the money in the 529 plan may be used for grandchildren or withdrawn with earnings taxed at regular income tax rates.
  • The Texas pre-pay option would allow Vivian to lock in current undergraduate tuition rates and required fees.
  • When it comes to budgeting for groceries, Leslie says that her family mostly eats at home and orders out just once a week. One trick to not overspending at the grocery store is not to take the children with you, shop with a list, don't allow yourself to get distracted, and buy non-perishables in bulk.
  • When you have no choice but to bring your child with you, you can allow them to pick one item so that they can pick something they want without filling your cart with everything they want. It limits your financial exposure when shopping.
  • While eating out, rather than order a kid's meal, share bites of your own meal, and develop a taste for adult foods.
  • Vivian's daughter is not yet attending pre-K schooling, due to the virus but may be able to find reasonably-priced options that give her the option to socialize.
  • Because her significant other has not been cooperative during their separation, all of the attorney costs and other fees have gotten be very expensive. Vivian needs to be as cooperative as possible to limit her financial exposure.
  • Leslie says a good piece of advice is don't marry or get involved with anyone you don't want to be divorced from.
  • It's often advisable to keep finances separate in a relationship and protect any assets with a prenup or postnup because it is very tricky to untangle them should the relationship end.
  • Everyone should look at what deciding to combine finances in a relationship really means and how it impacts things.
  • Brad reviewed the capital gains tax question and said because Vivian has lived there for at least two of the last five years, she would be eligible for up to $250,000 in capital gains tax exclusion.
  • The decisions being made should be ones that will make life better over the long-term. Brad's goal is to set the groundwork for a successful life.
  • Jonathan notes that Vivian doesn't appear to have an issue with her savings rate, instead, she may be at risk of slipping into a deprivation state. To fight this urge, Brad believes we need to have a better idea of what the path looks like for her.
  • As ChooseFI follows Vivian during this study, she will need to better understand her expenses and her FI number. She needs to have a sense of where she is to know where she is going.
  • ChooseFI recognizes that some audience members are just finding and joining us now. ChooseFI is building out a curated path to help you figure out where you are and what information will serve you best. Sign up to receive this information and more at ChooseFI.com/start.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * ChooseFI Episode 155 FI for Single Parents * The Tayne Law Group * Compare life insurance policies with Policygenius * Get 80,000 Ultimate Rewards points with the Chase Sapphire Preferred * Get back to basics with ChooseFI!

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Building a business online has never been easier than right now, but Corbett Barr was forging his path in the early 2000s when it was hard. We're diving into his origin story to learn what gave him motivation and why he believed entrepreneurship was for him.
  • Working as a consultant in Fortune 500 companies, Corbett had the kind of job a lot of people really wanted and could build a career around. Though he wasn't aware of financial independence at the time, he didn't want to climb the ladder only to find it had been leaning up against the wrong wall.
  • Unhappy with his career, he was nudged toward entrepreneurship but was scared to take the leap until a friend asked if he wanted to become involved in a new project, which he was able to do without risking any of his own money.
  • In his early 20s, Corbett was furloughed from his job during the 2000-01 financial crisis. During his efforts to stay afloat, he was ashamed and learned how important it is to save as much as possible. His savings gave him enough of a cushion to last a year or so in order to find out if he had what it takes to be an entrepreneur.
  • His picture of entrepreneurship at the time was working yourself to the bone, sleeping under your desk, and hitting a home run before earning a bunch of money and doing whatever he wanted. But he found that he still had a host people he still needed to answer to and felt even more trapped than if he were an employee.
  • After putting in so much time, effort, and money, it was painful to realize he didn't have much to show for it. But after having a taste of entrepreneurship, it was hard to imagine going back.
  • Rather than jump into another project, Corbett and his wife took an eight-month sabbatical in Mexico to clear his head, reset and pivot.
  • The Mexican sabbatical allowed him to put some space between himself and the friends, family, and San Francisco venture capitalists influencing his life to see that something else was possible.
  • It was around that time he discovered concepts of location, independence, lifestyle design, and digital nomads. He realized that perhaps what he wanted wasn't to be wealthy, but instead to have enough time and control to do the things he wanted, like working on the things he wanted or spending time with friends and family.
  • When discussing the dark side of entrepreneurship, Corbett says we don't often see the path of destructions can leave in people's lives. However, it has become much more democratized in recent years where you don't have to take investment money or big-name advertisers. It allows you to really be in control and think about how you go about doing it.
  • Though he originally envisioned building a product and then finding customers who wanted it, he decided to go with an audience first business where he would find customers who wanted a product he would then build for them. An audience first strategy ends up taking a lot of the risk out of things.
  • In the beginning stages of entrepreneurship, it's all about finding your topic and what you are going o building toward. It's good to jump into something you are interested in and can become good at. It can take experimentation and doesn't necessarily come overnight.
  • Something that Corbett teaches is “minimum viable income” where you cut back all of the fat. Though he jumped in with both feet and lived off savings, people like Brad did things on the side. And adding an extra thousand or two in income through a side project, it can change the entire trajectory in terms of FI.
  • Some of Corbett's observations about working for yourself are: you have no one to blame but you, when you work for yourself, you don't have to worry about a new boss, you decide when you work and when you don't, no pointless, actionless meetings, no cubicles, and the coffee is amazing.
  • When living a nomadic lifestyle, Corbett and his wife consider the total annual cost of their home base, including any rent they might receive back. Some locations are better than others, so you may need to get creative about it.
  • In 2009, when Corbett began building his audience first business, he began with free ebooks on affiliate marketing, followed by an online course, and then another, and another. He began to realize that he wanted to layer coaching and community on it. He's been doing that through Fizzle since 2012, along with a podcast.
  • Free consultations are a great way to understand what questions your audience has and then build it into your product. There are ways to ease into charging for the product you are creating to find out if it's viable.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Quickly and securely send money to people with PayPal * Get a $75 credit to boost your job posting on Indeed.com * Wondering what it would look like to make work optional? Go back through the ChooseFI archives or visit ChooseFI.com/start

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Going back to the basics of ChooseFI being a crowdsourced show, Brad and Jonathan address what's going on in the FI community with a wild card Friday episode.
  • Why revisit content that's already been discussed? After several years of introducing new ideas, the ChooseFI audience may be in a different place financially and ready for a refresher on some of the more advanced concepts presented earlier in the show's history. And newer listeners may not have combed through the archives and missed out on topics relevant to their situation. This episode back to basics provides an orientation of what ChooseFI hopes to deliver.
  • Goals for the podcast are to introduce a new idea or story during the Monday episode. But not every strategy or tactic works for everyone. Friday's Roundup episode looks at that idea from different perspectives, incorporates audience feedback, and seeks to answer additional questions.
  • The FI Weekly is the email Brad sends out every Tuesday where he provides subscribers with ideas to ponder, inspire, and motivate people on their own journey and shares what actions he is taking to make his life a little bit better. Opt in to receive Brad's email, The FI Weekly, at ChooseFI.com/start.
  • Financial independence means different things to different people. For Jonathan, it means he has options allowing him to choose what he does during the best years of his life. For Brad, it means freedom, giving him the ability to live life on his terms, spending time with his family.
  • Pursuing financial independence doesn't mean living a life of deprivation. It's about choice. No one should tell you how to spend your time, your freedom, or what to spend your money on. You have the freedom to spend money on an expensive car if you choose, as long as you understand the impact of that decision.
  • It's not even about being at financial independence or not. Simply being on the path to FI gives you options. Whether you're in a toxic situation at work or want to pursue a passion project, just working toward FI gives you options those on the standard path cannot afford to take.
  • Sharing stories from the community and discussing the decisions they have made broadens and brings to light the scope of options available to the variety of personal challenges you may have.
  • The pursuit of financial independence is not necessarily about hitting that FI number. It's a life optimization strategy.
  • If you are working in a low-wage job and don't see the path, you can be trained in a new industry and be making $60-80K within six months. Check out the Talent Stacker podcast.
  • Shane recently posted in the ChooseFI Facebook Group, “I'm a recent college graduate, 23 years old. What advice would you give yourself when you were my age regarding investments, retirement/401K, and student loans? I want to invest, but I also have about $30,000 worth of student debt, but I'm only making around $41,000 a year.”
  • Brad notes that a lot of people like Shane are looking for tips or special advice that will get them to financial success, but that there's nothing complex about it. It comes down to savings rate and time.
  • Increasing savings rate is easier when you reduce your structural expenses. If your life doesn't cost much, you can increase your savings.
  • When first starting out, Brad and Laura weren't making high salaries, but they set themselves up for success by moving to a city with a lower cost of living, purchased a home with a reasonable mortgage, and have driven the same car since 2003. These choices allowed them to have a 50% savings rate and meant if Laura decided to stop working once they had kids, they would be fine.
  • Brad and Laura became wealthy because they didn't care about looking wealthy.
  • With some quick math, Jonathan calculates for Shane to have a 50% savings rate, his monthly expenses will need to be $1,700 a month. With a mortgage and expensive car payment, that may be difficult. He might do well trying something like house hacking.
  • Shane could purchase 4 bedroom house, rent out rooms to friends and cut his housing expenses down to $300 a month.
  • 40% of most people's expenses go to housing and transportation. Optimizing in just those two high-cost areas can make a huge difference in your savings rate.
  • Anchoring yourself to a food budget of $2 per person per meal per day in another way to reduce a major expense category. Laura sits down once a week to plan out several meals for the week, making enough to have as leftovers on a second night. The meals she cooks average that $2 per person per meal goal which helps them save over $1,000 on eating out and picking up convenience foods at the grocery store.
  • A rough target for housing expenses is 25% of your take home pay.
  • For investing, Brad recommends Shane begin with low-cost index fund investing and JL Collins' book The Simple Path to Wealth.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Build your plan NewRetirement * Sign up to get The FI Weekly delivered to your inbox every Tuesday! * Switch to Mint Mobile * Order you copy of Raising Your Money-Savvy Family for Next Generation Financial Independence by Carol Pittner and Doug Nordman * ChooseFI Episode 232 Raising Your Money-Savvy Family for Next Generation Finical Independence * Build new skills and create your own opportunity with the Talent Stacker podcast * ChooseFI Episode 016 House Hacking with Coach Carson * ChooseFI Episode 148R Expense Ratios and House Hacking * ChooseFI Episode 022 The Ultimate Guide to the True Cost of Car Ownership * Download ChooseFI's $2 per person per meal cookbook * ChooseFI Episode 023 Career Hacking with ESI Money * ChooseFI Episode 211 How to Negotiate Your Salary Without Burning Bridges with The Financial Mechanic * ChooseFI Episode 147 Negotiate Your Salary with Tori Dunlap * ChooseFI Episode 019 The Stock Series Part 1 with JL Collins * JLCollinsnh.com * Get started on your own path to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Everyone's path to FI is going to look a little bit different and there is so much we can learn from each other. Hoping to inspire and share lessons learned through conversations with community members, Brad and Jonathan speak with Julia Harder, an active duty member of the Coast Guard, is already well on her path to FI.
  • Always a natural saver, Julia was influenced by her dad, who stressed the importance of investing, and Dave Ramsey's teachings that debt is bad. She was on a good financial path, yet she still felt something was missing.
  • Though it sounds counterintuitive, Julia's path to financial independence began with divorce. Prioritization to her marriage, she rarely spent money on anything she didn't absolutely need. During her marriage, her husband helped her learn that some spending can be a good thing. Unfortunately, he was an irresponsible spender and there were months Julia found she couldn't pay all of the bills.
  • Although she knew something was wrong, she failed to listen to her instincts and all of the red flags that kept popping up. she just assumed everything would be okay rather than taking a step back and thinking about it critically.
  • Following her divorce, she was left with a $300,000 mortgage, a $20,000 car loan, no savings, and was feeling like she had hit rock bottom financially. Following Dave Ramsey's advice, Julia began to follow his steps to get back on her feet and find herself and her financial objectives again.
  • Julia was all in on Dave Ramsey's strategies. She cut up her credit cards, began using cash for everything, and made a budget every month. It gave her discipline and solidified her habits.
  • She found ChooseFI in May 2019 after she began teaching personal finance to other members of her Coast Guard unit. The thought of optimizing investments and taxes really caught her attention. It was exciting to begin taking action to optimize her money in these areas as well.
  • It was more difficult to come around with respect to travel rewards credit cards, but because she had learned to be disciplined with her budget, she could spend money on a rewards credit card and begin optimizing her travel spending too.
  • Before ChooseFI, Julia thought she was killing it with her 15% savings rate. She assumed 59 and a half was the earliest she could retire because that's the age her finical advisors had given her. She was blown away when a ChooseFI guest discussed their 70% savings rate. It was then that she realized she could control so much more than current her zone of awareness concerning savings and retirement.
  • Julia plans on remaining in the Coast Guard until eligible for a pension at 20 years of service. While others often ask if she'll be bored, she has a list of passion projects she can't wait to pursue without having to worry about how to pay the bills.
  • As someone who always enjoyed public speaking, last Fall, she took up book narration after reaching out to a friend with audio experience for help getting started. She's also joined Jonathon's Talent Stacker class and looking to start a podcast.
  • Julia keeps a list of all the things she wants to accomplish and FI will give her the freedom to pursue them without being obligated to a job or other people's expectations.
  • Between Julia's pension, TSP, Roth IRA, and a taxable brokerage account, she plans to hit Fat FI in 2027 when she becomes eligible for her pension.
  • Calculating a FI number with a pension is a bit different than multiplying annual expenses by 25. Julia estimated her pension using the military's pension calculator. She multiplied the difference between her pension and her expenses to calculate her FI number.
  • While she still follows the tenants of Dave Ramsey's Baby Steps and has met the minimum standards, she believes she has moved on from the standard path of working for 40 years and is more in line with ChooseFI.
  • Jonathon stressed that like Julia, members of the military with a pension, the Roth Conversion Ladder is not going to be a good option since it requires a few years with little to no income.
  • When exploring the idea of a talent stack, some people may have a difficult time identifying what they are really good at. It might start with identifying a pattern in what others tell you you are good at.

To watch the video highlights, click on ChooseFI.com/252

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Get “unstuck” with Jillian Johnsrud and the Everyday Courage podcast * Build a better portfolio today with Fund Rise and get your first 90 days of advisory fees waived * Never Split the Difference: Negotiating As If Your Life Depended On It by Chris Voss and Tahl Raz * The Untethered Soul: The Journey Beyond by Michael A. Singer

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Martin and Ayesha are both natural savers who have been great about living below their means but lacked a real plan. Their goals are to maximize investments for retirement and finding ways to utilize dividend funds.
  • After stumbling across the ChooseFI podcast, they felt like their financial independence number and retirement seemed obtainable which has helped push them to commit and make even bigger changes.
  • While Martin and Ayesha had a 20-25% savings rate before finding FI, Brad commended them on what a great job they were doing. He also stressed that FI is about living a better life and having the financial security to get you there, not what your savings rate is.
  • Despite the inclination to save, Ayesha always resisted the thought of meticulousness and restrictive budgets. However, she found that she could get behind the idea of focusing on spending on what they truly valued, so they began using Personal Capital as a less obtrusive method of tracking their spending and gaining insight into their habits.
  • Something that Martin and Ayesha place considerable value on are experiences, particularly travel, spending time with friends and family, and being healthy. Instead of getting together at restaurants and spending money on pricey meals out, they began hosting monthly potlucks.
  • Ayesha has found the website Budget Bytes to be incredibly economical when it comes to low-cost recipes and efficient for discovering uses for the ingredients she already has in her refrigerator. It's helped to cut their grocery bill to around $600 per month for their family of 4.
  • Due to quarantine restrictions, Ayesha was out of work for months, which she calls a blessing in disguise. During that free time, they were able to take a deep dive into their spending and immediately saved $500. It also allowed them to slow down and spend more time with family enjoying the outdoors, playing games, and eating all three meals together.
  • Following the time off from work, Ayesha has realized that it does cause her some stress which made her want to buy things. It also strengthened her conviction to reduce her workload within 5 years to perhaps just one day a week so that she can find more joy in the moment.
  • Although Martin enjoyed his two-hour daily commute, working from home during the pandemic has made him more aware of the importance of time. He now strives to make the most of his time and focus on using it in ways that bring him the most value.
  • While their monthly expenses are not constant because life is lumpy, it runs around $3,500 but can go as high as $5,000 a month when home repairs are needed.
  • Martin and Ayesha have a goal of reaching FI in seven years and are looking at exploring several different options to help get them there.
  • With option one, they would withdraw money from an investment account to pay off the mortgage on their home. The money saved on the mortgage payment would then be invested for the next seven years.
  • In option two, they would use their investment account to pay off half of the remaining mortgage and continue to make the monthly mortgage payments which result in a mortgage pay off in seven years.
  • Their third option is to refinance their current mortgage which has 17 years left at 3.3% interest rate to a 15-year loan at 2.6%, but that refinance incurs $7,000 in fees. The payments would remain the same, but the home would be paid off two years earlier.
  • Ayesha likes the idea of not having a mortgage but doesn't want to do it if the numbers don't make sense. However, Martin is okay with a lower net worth if it means they can get rid of their mortgage because he feels they would have more options.
  • Brad admits this is an issue he and many others in the FI community struggle with. With such low-interest rates on mortgages, it's almost always a better option mathematically to keep the money invested, but it doesn't mean it's the right decision for everyone. The psychological aspect needs to be considered.
  • If they would like to pay the mortgage off in seven years, the best thing they can do it to use an amortization calculator and see how much extra they will need to pay each month to have the mortgage paid off in seven years. Martin and Ayesha can then see how that payment fits into their current lifestyle.
  • As a fourth option, Brad pointed out that they can drastically reduce their FI number if they were to pay off their mortgage. With a FI estimate of 1.25 million, using the 4% rule, they would have $4,000 per month. If the mortgage was paid off, they could reduce their monthly expenses by $1,600, and then their FI number is only $750,000.
  • After living through the 2008 housing market crash and not having a plan, and then this most recent market downturn, Martin and Ayesha have realized they may not be as risk-tolerant as they used to believe. Brad suggested having an investor policy statement that they've written down to help them stay the course in times of uncertainty.
  • The biggest takeaway is the being on the path to FI gives you options when you have the freedom and flexibility to create a plan that works to meet your goals and live a better life, even if it isn't always mathematically optimized.
  • It's a common problem to be overwhelmed with all the information we consume about optimizing various aspects of our lives that we end up with analysis paralysis. It's important to remember that we're trying to live better lives. They don't have to perfect or 100% optimized.
  • One final concern Martin and Ayesha have is funding their children's education. Brad admits it may be wishful thinking that the higher education system goes through some sort of dramatic change in the coming years, but he and Laura consider paying $50,000 a year for college to be unpalatable and have stopped putting money into their girls' 529 accounts. Instead, they have tried to normalize the conversation about money in their house and have discussed lower-cost options for college.

To watch the video highlights, click on ChooseFI.com/251

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Create your FI plan today at New Retirement with a free 14-day trial * ChooseFI Episode 122 Intro into Dividend Investing * ChooseFI Episode 122R Learn More About Dividend Investing * Start managing your money with Personal Capital * Budget Bytes * Slash your food bill with the ChooseFI cookbook! * Protect your data with ExpressVPN * Register for The Simple StartUp Fall Challenge * Get started on the path to financial independence today!

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Once you realize financial independence is possible for you, how do you ensure the money lessons you've learned are consistently passed down to future generations?
  • Anne Zonca's family is well ahead of their time when it comes to financial independence. When many are focused on second-generation FI, Anne herself is third generation FI working to pass along her family's lessons to her own children.
  • Children of the Great Depression, Anne's grandparents were deeply effected by having lived through it. Starting out in marriage with literally nothing, they worked hard and saved so that they never had to live through a financial situation like that again. Understanding that saving was not enough, they began investing in the stock market in the 1950s.
  • With a formal education, her grandfather stayed informed with the Wall Street Journal and sharing stock tips with his brother. They invested in individual stocks, picking ones they felt were stable, like oil and gas, or utility companies. For stocks that paid dividends, they reinvested the dividends. with this strategy, they were able to build a substantial amount of wealth.
  • Anne's mom recounted stories about how her grandfather got into stock investing, but Anne became more aware of her grandparents investing prowess around 14 when they began gifting stock to their children and grandchildren.
  • While the value of the gifted stock wasn't necessarily a large sum, it was substantial considering they were regularly gifting to 4 children and 11 grandchildren.
  • The gifted stocks were paying decent dividends, but rather than receive a lot of checks for small amounts, the dividends were all reinvested.
  • Though the growth on the stocks gifted to Anne was not enough for her to reach FI, she definitely had a heart start and was learning about stocks and investing at a young age.
  • Her grandparents gifting stock to the family was a win-win scenario as her grandparents did not have to sell the stock and pay capital gains on the appreciated value. Though the recipient bears a tax burden, children are entitled to a certain amount of capital gains each year tax-free.
  • Currently, children can have up to $2,000 of capital gains before being subject to capital gains taxes.
  • Following the example set by her grandparents, Anne's parents were able to achieve financial independence as well through entrepreneurship and real estate.
  • Although preceding generations had reached financial independence, it wasn't wealth being passed on from generation to generation that got them there. It was the lessons of spending less than you make and smartly investing the extra that perpetuated generational success and wealth.
  • Despite her grandparents' success in the stock market, there was remarkably little conversation about investing until the grandkids were older and showed an interest in having such conversations.
  • As a result of the gifted stocks and her parents being good stewards of it for her, Anne was able to use it and graduate from college debt-free.
  • As life is often bumpy, Anne experienced her own financial setback when she divorced her husband and the courts gave her ex-husband half of everything her grandparents had gifted to her. Luckily, the money lessons she had learned allowed her to be in a financial position to leave behind the marriage and move on with her life.
  • Although not everything has gone fairly or smoothly since the divorce, Anne has adopted a great attitude by understanding that it's only money, she will be able to move on, and that she will still reach FI.
  • The advice she would give to anyone else going through a divorce is to work with the things that are burdening you, follow your heart, and don't sacrifice your life, happiness, or the person you want to be over a bad decision. You can work hard and invest. There are still a lot of opportunities to save money, meet goals, and find love.
  • Having been a stay-at-home mom and yoga teacher, Anne needed to get back into the workforce to support herself. A friend advised her to do it scared. The first year was hard, but she built up her skills and got her CPA certification renewed.
  • Anne's grandparents lived long enough to begin gifting stock to their great-grandchildren, so her kids have been the fortunate recipients of these gifts and their associated money lessons.
  • In addition to the stock gifts, Anne started a program of investing pocket change with her kids. Now that they are are in high school, they listen to ChooseFI with her and she's established stock accounts for them so that they can become comfortable investing in stocks and mutual funds.
  • To impart a FI mindset in her children by being an example. Anne drives used cars. She also has them responsible for paying their own car insurance, which incentivizes them to get good grades to earn a discount. And she gives them some say in how Anne she invests money for them.
  • Anne says financial independence means freedom. She can make decisions independent of the financial impact.
  • Second, third, and fourth generations have a distinct advantage when starting out in life with the information, language, and a framework to make their path to FI easier.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Compare life insurance policy rates with PolicyGenius * Get your copy of Raising Your Money-Savvy Family for Next Generation Financial Independence by Carol Pittner and Doug Nordman * Get started on your own path to FI!

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Brad is back after taking August off of work as his Red X month. Though his original vacation plans were changed because of COVID, he made the best of it. They spent three weeks in Long Island visiting family, enjoying the pool, board games, and a digital detox.
  • While Brad was away relaxing, Jonathan used that time to work on a couple of big passion projects. During the month of August, Jonathan created a podcast course and membership group. He also started a new podcast as a way to demonstrate to the group how you start one. The Talent Stacker podcast uses the content discussed on ChooseFI but then goes even further and fills in the holes to focus on skills, certificate programs, and career paths that don't require the high cost of college.
  • The first episode of Talent Stacker has already been released and this coming Monday's episode will feature Bradley Rice where he and Jonathan discuss a carer path you can start for free with no talent stack, no career, and no experience and after 6 months of training, you can make a minimum of 60-80K with the ability to scale for an even higher income.
  • The Talent Stacker membership program has lifetime guaranteed access where they will work with you to as long as it takes to get you working in that new job earning $60,000.
  • Programs such as the one discussed on next Monday's Talent Stacker episode are becoming more popular with examples like Google's new career certificate program which also takes about 6 months to complete at a fraction of the cost of traditional college. The Vice President of Global Affairs at Google, Kent Walker, stated they consider the certificate to be the equivalent of a four-year degree for related roles.
  • The next Households of FI family featured this week is Carol, sho found FI in 2020. In her mid-50s, Carol claims she is financially illiterate and does not want to end up being a burden to her child. Her goals are to change her deprivation mindset when it comes to money, retire with financial security, and kick her lifelong issues with credit cards. Carol was introduced to financial planner, Roger Whitney, to come up with a financial plan of attack.
  • Since finding FI, Carol has jumped right in reading and listening to as much as she can. In that time, she has cut her debt in half. She believes her first steps should be to pay off debt, start an emergency fund, and begin saving aggressively for retirement. She also knows she needs a mindset shift.
  • Carol struggles with budgets, but she's contributing to her 401(k) for the first time and is only giving herself a small amount of spending money with everything extra going to savings after her bills have been paid.
  • Roger suggests there are two ways to tackle the mindset issue, either toughen up and do it, or set up a system to capture her excess money.
  • Rather than focus on the big hill Carol needs to climb, Roger wants her to focus on what little thing she needs to do next to begin to create momentum. He also suggests that having a community like ChooseFI is great for providing encouragement, assistance, and being a virtual mentor.
  • Carol wants to know which is more important paying off her credit cards or building her emergency fund. Because she's been good about not using her credit cards and they have a high-interest rate, Roger wants her to focus on paying off her cards with every extra dollar she has.
  • Second, Carol should set up a system for how she manages her money. It can be helpful to have income deposited into a savings account we don't see and then transfer spending money to checking accounts at another bank.
  • After paying bills and buying groceries and gas, Carol has about $200 leftover at the end of the month before she receives her commissions from sales. With her commission checks, she would like to save 50-60% of her income.
  • Carol's company offers both a traditional 401(k) and a Roth 401(k), but she is unsure what the differences are. Roger explains with a traditional 401(k) contributions and growth are tax-deferred until withdrawn, while Roth 401(k) contributions are made from post-tax income and grow tax-free.
  • The next two levers Carol needs to focus on are earning as much as she can in commissions which is the most effective way to make the plan work. The next lever is to hang on to the money she is earning.
  • Side hustles are another area Carol is looking at to increase her earnings. She's already published two books and is working on a third, as well as looking for another side hustle.
  • Since she enjoys writing, Roger suggested that Carol could share her journey on her blog and collect readers and be an inspiration.
  • Mentioning that seeing her M1 Finance account grow, Roger thinks it would be useful to set up a system around that kind of excitement for continued encouragement.

To watch the video highlights, click on ChooseFI.com/249.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Freelance to Freedom by Vincent Pugliese * Total Life Freedom * Talent Stacker Podcast * Google Career Certificates * Register for The Simple StartUp Fall Challenge * Get your copy of Raising Your Money-Savvy Family for Next Generation Financial Independence by Carol Pittner and Doug Nordman * The Retirement Answer Man Podcast * Rock Retirement Club * Rock Retirement: A Simple Guide to Help You Take Control and Be More Optimistic About the Future by Roger Whitney * The Retirement Manifesto * M1 Finance Review

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • What does it look like when you are invested in building wealth, environmentalism, and sustainability? How do you combine raising your net worth while optimizing these other areas of your life? You build a holistic approach to the different types of capital.
  • Laura learned about the different forms of capital through her experiences with permaculture, which is a design science that looks to nature as an example of a closed-loop, no waste system.
  • Her introduction to permaculture through her gardening interest in sustainability. The permaculture flower has seven petals, with each petal representing concepts like Land in Nature, Stewardship, and The Built Environment. In addition, 12 guiding principles can be applied to each petal, such as Catch and Store Energy. She became intrigued after learning permaculture could be applied to more than just the landscape.
  • Not pleased with the investing options available through her employer's retirement account investment options, Laura turned to the permaculture space around money, investing, and finances.
  • Financial permaculture got off the ground around 2010-2013 where permaculture principles were applied to finances.
  • While much of the thinking done early on has been at the macro level, Laura has been working to bring it down the personal finance level.
  • Socially responsible investing is something that Laura does at the local level. She looks for investment opportunities in her local community, like purchasing a share in a local permaculture farm. But she recognizes local investments are few and far between, so she casts a wider net for meaningful investments outside of the stock market, like with the American Homeowner Preservation Fund which buys distressed mortgages and works to keep people in their homes.
  • While it may sound like a charitable contribution, Laura is investing in these opportunities through her retirement account. Though she recognizes these investments may be riskier, she believes there are far greater risks to the environment with many other investments.
  • Anyone considering investing in this way should do their due diligence and understand the risk before investing in a non-diversified portfolio.
  • Laura tries to mitigate this risk using multiple forms of capital as a safety net.
  • In addition to financial capital, there are material capital, intellectual capital, experiential capital, social capital, living capital, cultural capital, and spiritual capital. Other forms of capital sometimes discussed are time, health, and attention.
  • Within social capital, Laura discussed communities helping each other through mutual aid societies and time banks and how they have been springing up since the pandemic began.
  • Understanding these various forms of capital has shaped how Laura thinks about retirement planning. Financial capital is how we access the other forms of capital and they are where our quality of life comes from. Laura has been thinking about how to build and develop her other forms of capital so that she will require less financial capital.
  • Long-term care is extremely expensive as is the insurance to cover it. Building social capital is one way to defer those long-term care costs but may not be a substitute for everyone.
  • Thinking about some of these issues as a system versus a singular item brings more joy and focuses on quality of life instead of a number on a spreadsheet.
  • Jonathan acknowledged that when describing his investor policy statement, he was looking at his options through the various forms of capital he has not solely his net worth and that changes his investing approach.
  • Laura believes it's not necessary to have balance across all forms of capital. It may be more effective to specialize in several and looks to our networks, friends, family, and community to find who is rich in the areas where we are deficient.
  • Though asset mapping, some communities may be poor in financial capital, yet wealthy in other forms which, when tapped, can be converted into financial capital.
  • These forms of capital are not limited to homeowners. They are still accessible to those living a nomadic life, who are renting or not thinking about retirement yet. Community gardens, volunteering, and online communities are several ways to build capital.

To watch the video highlights, click on ChooseFI.com/248

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Get a 4-week trial, free postage, and a digital sale from Stamps.com using promo code “ChooseFI” * Check out all the titles available from ChooseFI Publishing * Get started on your own path to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Continuing the financial independence case study series, Households of FI family, Zach and Marilyn are a married couple with young kids. Using Dave Ramsey's baby steps, they no longer have any debt but have wondered what to do next. Looking to explore investing in real estate, ChooseFI connected them with real estate expert, Paula Pant.
  • Though Zach and Marilyn once lived below the poverty line, they managed to pay off their debt, including student loans, a car loan, credit cards, and medical debt. During that time, they gained a little experience with buying and selling property. Since that time, Marilyn has gone back to work and their income almost doubled.
  • Having earned a profit on some previous homes they flipped after living in and renovating them, it's encouraged them to use the skills they've acquired on future investment properties.
  • Where they currently live in Cedar City UT, the market is a bit inflated and are concerned about the 1% rule where monthly rent should equal 1% of the total purchase price.
  • Paula explains that if a property rents for 1% of the purchase price, that is 12% per year at full occupancy. Since it is estimated that operating costs will be roughly 50% of the monthly rent, 6% of the purchase price is what if leftover as an unleveraged dividend on the property. Assuming no increase in the value of the property, but keeps pace with inflation, that's roughly another 3% based on historical averages, the property gives a 6% dividend and 3% inflationary increase, for a total return of 9%. It is a rough way to determine if a property is worth looking into further
  • Exceptions for the 1% rule of thumb may be made when operating costs are expected to be less than the 50% average, such as if property taxes are extremely low or if it is a newer home.
  • Other exceptions to the 1% rule can also be made when buying a multi-unit home where you live in one unit and rent out the others. In those cases, personal criteria for where you want to live also come into play and the 1% rule can be thrown out the window.
  • Because property values are a little inflated where they live, Zach and Marilyn are interested in buying properties in markets where they don't live. Paula believes that it's easier being an out-of-state landlord because it forced her to treat it like a business when she couldn't just pop over and take care of issues herself.
  • Zach and Marilyn were also interested in what criteria they should consider regarding properties that are fixer-uppers versus being move-in ready. Paula says what she teaches the students in her real estate investing course includes a graph where on the x-axis represents a spectrum with “You Find Deals” at one end and “Your Create Deals” at the other. On the ends of the Y-axis are “Move-in Ready” and “Not Even Habitable”. There are tradeoffs between effort and reward, but as effort increases, generally, reward increases as well. If you don't have time to devote to the hardest quadrant of the graph, then it might be easier to find deals in the move-in ready quadrant instead.
  • Since they are debt-free, Marilyn I feeling anxious about taking on additional mortgage debt, but Paula views the mortgage from an investment property differently from personal property. An investment property mortgage is a tool that allows you to cashflow positive.
  • Paula doesn't have a specific price range she won't exceed but says there is a balance of equity to debt that she tries not to exceed across her entire rental property portfolio. She tries to keep a 50/50 ratio where for every $1 of debt she has, she also has $1 of equity which is conservative by most real estate investor standards.
  • To ensure that enough funds are on hand to take care of emergency maintenance and other unexpected household repairs, Pauls advises having 3-6 months' worth of rent on hand to cover these expenses.
  • Zach and Marilyn are wondering if they should cut back on retirement investments and divert to real estate to help them acquire property faster. Paula suggests instead look at how much from their overall budget they want to save and then decide how to divide up the savings.
  • Considering what happened in 2008 with the real estate market, and unsure how the pandemic will impact real estate today, they are unsure when to jump in and purchase an investment property. Similar to trying to time the stock market, Paula encouraged them to look at the numbers to decide if it's a good deal right now. If in the future, the market shifts and no longer makes sense, then sell. When this is done repeatedly over a lifetime, you win.
  • Since they have done well in the past with live-in flips, Paula cautioned them to be aware of their emotions and to be careful about separating what they want from a home they live in with what makes sense as a good investment.
  • A 1031 Exchange allows you to avoid paying capital gains when selling an investment property and reinvest the proceeds from the sale within certain time limits in properties of like-kind and equal or greater value.
  • Living in a property for two of the last five years qualifies you for a capital gains exclusion of up to $250,000 or $500,000 for couples filing jointly.
  • Brad has been an out-of-state landlord like Paula for more than a year. He purchased a couple of properties in Georgia for $50-55,000. The market rent for these properties is about $750-800 so Brad is above 1% at around 1.4%.

To watch the video highlights, click on ChooseFI.com/247

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Afford Anything * Get the FREE ebook Escape by Paula Pant * Get your first 90 days of advisory fees waived at Fundrise * Create a new retirement plan and get 14 days for free with NewRetirement * Get started on your path to financial independence at ChooseFI.com/start

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • What happens when someone is using your finances to prevent you from making decisions that are in your own best interest? What does financial abuse look like and can you reclaim your financial life? Rachael shares her story and how she's become passionate about economic empowerment.
  • Although she had a successful career and what appeared to be a healthy relationship from the outside, Rachael found herself in a relationship with someone who walked all over her.
  • Slowly over time, Rachael's boyfriend began chipping away at her confidence and inserting himself into her finances, putting his name on all of the bills, linking bank accounts, opening joint accounts, and pushing to have his name on the mortgage to the property she had purchased on her own.
  • Your instincts and feelings are worth paying attention to. Had Rachael explored her feelings more, she believes she would have listened to them better. Not knowing what's happening with your bills or financial accounts is a red flag. Sharing accounts is only good when both people are acting in good faith.
  • The drive to take over control finances may start as a result of insecurity in the relationship, but it can take a turn and be used against the other person as a form of punishment.
  • Rachael describes financial abuse as a psychological assault where your trust is so broken that it can damage the relationship you have with yourself. If you aren't making decisions willingly and freely, you are giving up bits of your power and it's then a slippery slope to giving away too much.
  • There's nothing inherently wrong about merging finances but there's needs to be a conversation it.
  • After 10 years, the relationship ended, Rachael found herself in a legal battle over the property, was experiencing PTSD and unable to do her job.
  • The systemic assault she experienced during the relationship and in its aftermath destroyed her trust in society. All the business, government, legal, and social systems she sought help from had failed her.
  • The bright light in her experience is that Rachael has now become an agent of change to have new laws passed in the UK to help other victims of financial abuse.
  • Learning to tell her story and fight for herself was incredibly difficult, but also a skill-building endeavor. She channeled her anger, found her voice, and learned how to speak clearly and with confidence.
  • Always a fan of journaling and understanding the power of words, Rachael started a blog as an unfiltered outlet for her feelings. The positive feedback she received from family and friends also helped build her confidence.
  • Not wanting to return to teaching, Rachael attended one of Alan Donegan's PopUp Business Schools to possibly become a personal fitness trainer. When hearing about using your experiences to build an authentic business, Rachael realized she wanted to help other victims of financial abuse.
  • Rachael wants to become a consultant to banks, housing associations, and lawyers and tell them what they need to do to stop financial abuse from happening, protecting both themselves and their customers.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Register for The Simple StartUp Fall Challenge * Order your copy of Raising Your Money Savvy Family For Next Generation Financial Independence by Carol Pittner and Doug Nordman

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

To watch the video highlights, click on ChooseFI.com/245

  • Matt and Megan are a dual military family on the path to FI. Matt is serving in the UK Royal Navy and Megan is serving in the US Navy, making their tax situation unique.
  • Currently, they plan on having Matt get a green card, allowing him to work in the US, while Megan finishes out her Navy career to earn a pension and then move abroad in about seven years.
  • Once Matt gets his green card, he will be taxed like any other US citizen. He owns an apartment in the UK that he would like to sell. Dave McKeegan notes that since there is no wealth tax in the US, Matt will not be taxed on his assets, but once he gets a green card or meets the substantial presence test, he would potentially have to pay capital gains tax on the sale of the apartment so it would be best to sell it first.
  • Due to the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act (FATCA), every bank around the world is required to report US citizen account information to the US Treasury Department. US citizens are also required to report accounts on a FinCEN 114 form and assets held overseas are subject to capital gains taxes.
  • Dave wanted Matt and Megan to be aware that mutual funds held outside of the US can often be viewed as passive foreign investment companies. Any investments overseas should be US compliant as well. Vanguard has a number of retirement funds that report correctly to both the US and UK and are exempt from taxes.
  • Matt and Megan are interested in how the can best take advantage of the US tax system and simplify it for themselves. To reduce their taxes, Dave advises Matt to physically give up his green card once they move abroad so that they can place money in international investments under Matt's name and he won't be taxed like he is a US citizen anymore.
  • As long as their assets are less than $2 million, leaving the US will not trigger an exit tax.
  • Depending on income, where their assets are held, and if they have children, their US tax filing status may change to take advantage of higher exemptions, but they should sell the UK property before filing “married filing jointly” as long as he doesn't already meet the substantial presence test.
  • Matt may qualify for a tax-free UK pension when he retires from the Royal Navy but if he has a green card, he will need to pay US taxes on his pension until they move overseas and he gives up the green card.
  • Dave McKeegan has moved around the world and is currently living in Costa Rica. Costa Rica is one of a number of countries that only tax sources of income earned within that country. As his business is located in the US, Dave pays US taxes. If Matt and Megan were to move to a country with tax laws like Costa Rica, they would not pay income tax to that country on their UK and US pensions.
  • Other countries have income tax rules that depend on how much time is spent in that country. So it's possible to slow travel or split the time spend in a few countries and not pay income tax to the countries visited.
  • Countries that tax their citizens living abroad are the United States, Eritrea, and North Korea.
  • While there may be tax advantages to living abroad and giving up US citizenship, Dave has decided that he benefits of retaining citizenship far outweigh the benefits of not paying taxes and the risk of not being let back into the country.
  • Wyoming is an easy state to incorporate a business and there's no state income tax. If also living outside of the US for 330 days a year, you can be eligible for the foreign income exclusion and exclude $100,000 of income from taxation.
  • Alternatively, Matt could set up an online business overseas and pay Megan a salary up the foreign income exclusion amount and also avoid self-employment taxes.
  • Living in Costa Rica, Dave's children have been learning through a combination of the local international school, homeschooling, and the Simple StartUp entrepreneurial program he's been running for a home school group. He is able to have conversations about business and money with his kids about money and they have become interested in investing as well.
  • Though Dave and his family primarily rented homes while moving around the world, the rental market in Costa Rica made conditions more advantageous to buy. When they travel back to the US for extended periods, they can rent their home in Costa Rica out.
  • Diversification doesn't just apply to a stock portfolio. You can be diversified in passports, income streams, and properties from other countries. Spreading your bets around different countries can make sense.
  • Dave discussed some of the issues expats have opening local bank accounts as US citizens. Matt and Megan have been using Revolut to more easily move money around between countries.
  • Opening up a Roth IRA is something Dave suggested Matt and Megan could do to stash away some tax-free money and have ready access to the principal later.
  • Health care coverage overseas was another area Dave suggested they look into, although health care is frequently more affordable overseas. International policies are always an option to look into as well. The policy Dave has for his family cots $7,000 a year and provides coverage everywhere except for the United States.
  • Another helpful tip Dave has for expats is to always have a couple of different bank accounts to avoid issues with expiring cards or the need to access larger amounts of cash.
  • Opening and using US credit cards and travel rewards is also possible overseas. Dave uses a company called Mailbox Forwarding to receive and scan his mail.
  • It can be a hassle to try and say you aren't a resident of some states anymore avoid paying state income taxes. South Dakota does not have a state income tax and only requires residents to be there one day per year to maintain residency.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Greenback Expat Tax Services * The Simple StartUp by Rob Phelan * Switch to Mint Mobile and get free shipping * Register for The Simple StartUp Fall Challenge * Revolut * Mailbox Forwarding

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI:

  • Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • Who do young people look up to today? The lifestyles marketed on MTV and social media not exactly something to aspire to, but where can the next generation go to find something different?
  • Inspired by the work of her father, Don Wettrick, and feeling like she needed to take charge of the issue, Ava Wettrick created MentorZ, a platform designed to introduce great people to Generation Z.
  • As a young child, Ava thought her dad was the smartest guy in the world. It wasn't until she got older that she realized he wasn't necessarily smart, he just read a lot. She's witnessed his transition from teacher to owning a non-profit and embrace the experience.
  • Being a voracious reader, it didn't take much pushing from her dad to begin consuming content from the likes of Tom Bilyeu, Simon Sinek, and Victor Franco and having an influence over her peers.
  • Since getting to know several entrepreneurs, Ava questioned whether or not college is worth the time and expense. She was surrounded by highly successful people telling not to go to college, but she is attending college and has found it helpful to have the financial support of her parents and scholarships while growing, learning and choosing the information she wants to consume.
  • Don acknowledges that for some majors, college is still relevant, and for those who have the money should go, but have a plan. He thinks the best thing students can do is to start doing the thing they might love and begin to shadow people to determine if it is a good fit.
  • Majoring in entrepreneurship at Ball State, Ava is learning about accounting, marketing, running a business, and being a CEO which has only accelerated her drive to make the podcast a success and provides quality content and great messages.
  • Interviewing guests for her podcast has been a significant personal learning experience and changed her perspective on the power of an interview. She waited a year to release the episode recorded with Tom Bilyeu because she feared it wasn't good enough and yet people think it was one of her best. And following her interview with Dov Baron, she received feedback that he believed in her and wanted to mentor her.
  • While there are ways of doing things to make them appear more important than they are, “fake it til you make it” can have its drawbacks. Don believes humility can be key when it comes to Imposter Syndrome.
  • When it comes to second generation FI, Don says it happens by osmosis. His kids have been raised under a frugal lifestyle.
  • Since his last appearance on the podcast, Don left his teaching job to take the non-profit to the next level, growing both the team starting chapters in co-working spaces and tech hubs.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * The StartEDUP Foundation * The 4-Hour Workweek by Timothy Ferriss * Outwitting the Devil: The Secret to Freedom and Success by Napoleon Hill * Learn to be a better writer with Grammarly Premium * Register for The Simple StartUp Fall Challenge * ChooseFI Episode 013 The Unfair (FI) Advantage of Teachers 457b * Man's Search for Meaning by Viktor E. Frankl * Impact Theory Podcast * ChooseFI Episode 087 Education Through Innovation * Sign up for ChooseFI's FREE FI101 Course!

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

Progress Coach, Jillian Johnsrud, meets with Households of FI member, Corinne, to review the two exercises designed to help her understand how she can prioritize her life to focus on the things that matter the most.

  • After taking a quiz to reveal which of the Four Tendencies she is, Corinne discovered that she is an Upholder. She has many things that she would like to do but struggles with feeling guilty about doing non-work related things that are important too.
  • Corinne would like to find more time for meditation and develop better awareness and confidence with her finances.
  • Though Corinne always felt like she was decent with money, beyond investing in a 401k, she would like a better understanding of what her baseline expenses should be and where she can make improvements with a budget and investments.
  • When it comes to learning, Corinne feels that she learns best by practice, repetition, and talking through things, but would love to make her processes as automated as possible. Jillian suggested that Corinne may learn about investing best through a book club, class, or mastermind group.
  • Her goals for mediation are to be more in tune with her body, realize when she needs to step away from work and take a break plus try and have mediation become a part of a daily routine.
  • Jillian divides priorities into two categories, the things we want to make progress on and the action steps to take. There is a huge return on the investment when taking those actions, but things that help with progress are foundational and make life easier.
  • As habits develop in stages, Jillian suggests Corinne first try to find a place in her life for a two-minute meditation habit, before getting started and trying to optimize it. This will help test out when mediation might be appropriate and get through the learning curve. Then focus on any hesitation resistance to doing those two minutes.
  • Creating habits can be more successful when added to an existing routine or by creating a prompt.
  • Corinne would also like to make progress in her career. She needs to stay focused better during working hours to make the most out of them and make progress with communication and executive presence.
  • Exercise, eating healthy, and socializing with friends are other areas where Corinne would like to reduce friction and make doing them easier.
  • Since starting a new habit is so difficult, Jillian likes to divide the year up into six-week chunks and focus on one of the new habits in each of the six weeks. The synergy between the habits begins to build momentum.
  • For the exercise “Challenges and Motivations”, Corinne felt making partner at work was her biggest motivation because she values being part of a team or community and having a sense of belongingness. Other motivations she has are security and autonomy.
  • To increase Corinne's sense of her top three motivations, she feels that she hasn't done well lately with maintaining relationships and connections with people. Jillian likes to use her understanding of the five love languages as a framework to strengthen relationships with others.
  • The biggest challenge to meeting the goal of becoming partner is balancing the expectations of her time at work with her personal life which is why she would like to be more focused at work. Additionally, she would like to stop comparing herself to others at work and concentrate on what works for her.
  • Options for tackling challenges include self-correction, finding a more helpful perspective, and problem solve it. In Corinne's case, Jillian thought she would benefit by actively looking for leaders who were more like her rather than the hard-charging partners in her workplace.
  • Regarding Corinne's challenge with setting boundaries at work with her time, people who work for her sometimes find it difficult to connect with her. Jillian suggested creating a specific time or better communicating what times she is available.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * JillianJohnsrud.com * ChooseFI Episode 162 The Four Tendencies and FI With Gretchen Rubin * Everyday Courage Episode 32 Four Tendencies, The Obliger * Save on shipping costs with a free four-week trial with Stamps.com when using code “ChooseFI” * Earn $1,000 or more with ChooseFI's 3 card cash back strategy * The Five Love Languages by Gary Chapman

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • For those on the path to financial independence, finance, fitness, and life optimization all intersect.
  • During her career in the banking industry, Shannon McLay found it didn't work for the people she wanted to help. She set out to use her skill set and training to change the coaching industry and founded Financial Gym.
  • Even for those who not physically fit, they know what it looks like and there are many resources available for achieving it. The path the financial independence is similar in that it is a long journey. You have to work up to it, will experience setbacks, and take breaks.
  • Much like diets, budgets don't work long-term. Making lifestyle changes is the key to success.
  • At the Financial Gym, clients hit 90% of the goals set for themselves by examining their money behaviors and constantly working to figure out what's will work for them.
  • The two largest emotions people have regarding money are fear and shame. Once people drop these highly charged emotions and understand the financial numbers don't define them, they can break through and embrace moving forward.
  • After turning 30, Shannon realized she didn't want the life she was leading. Her life's trajectory changed when she came to understand that to have long-term sustainable happiness is to help other people and not expect anything in return.
  • During her work as a financial advisor for Merrill Lynch, she discovered she enjoyed helping out her pro bono clients far more than the wealthy ones. It allowed her to see there was a need for a service where it didn't matter what you looked like financially, you just needed to get financially healthy.
  • Much like going to the gym to get healthy, her concept of a financial gym was a place to meet with financial trainers for a monthly membership fee.
  • Following the model of H&R Block, Shannon believed people wanted to meet with a financial advisor face-to-face. She was advised to prove the model would work before looking to raise money.
  • Experimenting with different plans and prices, she had great success with her first clients increasing their net worth. Clients wanted to keep working with her, but she was running out of money to continue investing in her business. When a former boss invested $100,000 in her concept, she rebranded using the gym concept.
  • The physical environment of the Financial Gym created a community where clients had a shared goal and a safe space to talk about money.
  • Shannon was able to scale her business by developing a training program and teaching compassionate and empathetic people what she knew.
  • Those contemplating becoming an entrepreneur should ask themselves, “Am I a good problem solver?” because running a business is like solving a lot of word problems.
  • No one's financial situation is so bad that it can't be fixed. The trainers at the Financial Gym have seen and fixed it all.
  • On average, clients pay $70-80 a month for membership, but they offer a six-month money-back guarantee which they've never needed to pay out on. The average client increases their net worth by $2,500, increases their credit score by 60 points, and negotiates a $5,000 a year salary increase within the first 3 months of membership.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * Compare quotes from top insurers with Policy Genius * Earn $1000 or more with ChooseFI's 3 card cash back strategy! * Happiness: A Guide to Developing Life's Most Important Skill by Matthieu Ricard * Thinking in Bets: Making Smarter Decisions When You Don't Have All the Facts by Annie Duke

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

  • The Troy and Lindsay are new on their journey, finding FI several months ago after making a budget and realizing they had no money left over at the end of the month. Compared to other systematic approaches to becoming debt-free, they felt FI was creative and adaptable to a variety of lifestyles.
  • The first step Troy and Lindsay took was to determine where all their money was going using a budget tracker, which enabled them to cut monthly expenses and continue to do the things they enjoyed doing, like going to happy hours.
  • Except for their mortgage, the Troy and Lindsay have paid off all of their debt, contribute to a 401k, and have an $80,000 net worth, including a $15,000 emergency fund.
  • Though they both enjoy their jobs now, Lindsay is a teacher, so Brad suggests considering her pension's “worth vs worth it” as Grumpus Maximus has discussed on the podcast and in his book, The Golden Albatross.
  • Use the 4% rule of thumb to determine what your net worth should be to reach FI. Using the 4% rule, you can withdraw 4% of the balance each year to live off of and reasonably expect it to last for the rest of your life. To calculate your FI number, multiply your annual expenses by 25. For every $100 cut from your monthly expenses, is $30,000 less you need to save to reach FI.
  • Troy and Lindsay recently refinanced their mortgage from 4.75% to 3.25% and are investing the $500 a monthly savings into 401ks and Roth IRAs.
  • When wondering about paying off their mortgage, Brad acknowledges that there is a real psychological satisfaction the goes along with it, but he looks at it in this way. The interest portion the payment is the true expense, while the principal payment is a reallocation of net worth going from your checking account into home equity.
  • Brad suggests taking the time to document a year's worth of expenses and look at different scenarios for what life may be like in retirement to come up with a range of possible annual expenses.
  • When calculating their FI number, Troy realized the number was double if he included a mortgage payment. Brad suggests looking at the mortgage amortization schedule for prepayment options.
  • Food expenses have been cut with a goal of $500 a month. Lindsay checks to see what's in the pantry before shopping and meal preps one day a week to avoid eating out, but she isn't penny-pinching when it comes to quality.
  • Removing mortgage and childcare from their expenses, Troy and Lindsay's monthly expenses are about $3,500 per month, which puts their FI number at just around 1 million dollars.
  • They are currently saving roughly $50,000 per year to add to the $80,000 net worth but are wondering where they go from here.
  • Brad acknowledges there can be a lot of initial excitement upon finding FI and making changes, but then there can be a lull. He challenges Troy and Lindsay to figure out what they want their lives to look like rather than compare their FI journey to anyone else's.
  • It's important to understand that life is fluid and wants may change over time. Test small before making big decisions or changes. Flexibility and communication with your partner are critically important pieces of the process.
  • The next steps Troy and Lindsay will be taking are to build a spreadsheet with different retirement expenses scenarios and talk about what they really want their lives to look like.
  • Anyone interested in FI should understand that you don't need to be perfect, but you do need to get started.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION * ChooseFI Episode 227 The Golden Albatross with Grumpus Maximus * The Golden Albatross by Grumpus Maximus * Protect your online activities with an Express VPN * Earn $1000 or more with ChooseFI's 3 card cash back strategy! * NewRetirement Retirement Calculator * ChooseFI Episode 013 The Unfair(FI) Advantage of Teachers with The Millionaire Educator * ChooseFI Episode 238 How to Test Out of College While You're Still in High School with The Millionaire Educator * Get started on your journey at ChooseFI.com/start * Get a group of friends to join you on the journey with ChooseFI's free FI101 course!

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI: * Share FI by sending a friend ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

View Details

For video highlights from the episode, check out choosefi.com/240.

  • Tiffany Alice was raised by a financially savvy father who taught her how to save and handle her money, but a few poor choices in her 20s destroyed her finances. Since overcoming her mistakes, she's made it her mission to help others fix their finances.
  • After falling victim to a con man, Tiffany found herself more than $35,000 in credit card debt. Though her pre-school teacher salary wasn't a high income, she was saving aggressively by living simply and transferring her credit card debt to 0% interest cards.
  • During the 2008/2009 recession, she was $300,000 in the hole between credit card, student loan, and mortgage debt when she was laid off from her job.
  • Seeing that she was struggling less with financial hardship because of the lesson's Tiffany had learned from her father, friends began to ask for help with their finances. She liked teaching and turned teaching financial education into a business.
  • Through her business, she can make good money, help people, and still have happiness and time. She feels that she is living her life in complete alignment. Even with a high net worth, she and her husband continue to live frugally and without debt.
  • One of the lessons her mistakes taught her was to get straight to a solution sooner rather than allow shame or ego to delay it. It's important to acknowledge your role in mistakes, take full responsibility, and then get over it.
  • Teaching financial education was the easy part. Tiffany found that her own financial struggles allowed her to relate to people. She doesn't consider herself to be a guru but an educator helping her girlfriends along.
  • Tiffany built her business from one-on-one financial coaching to a following of over half of a million people in her Dreamcatcher community.
  • Volunteering in her community and utilizing her network, in addition to social media helped get her business off the ground.
  • When followers from outside her local area began to request her course, Tiffany scaled the business to reach anyone, no matter where they lived, with her Live Richer Challenge. When it launched, 10,000 people had signed up.
  • To date more, than 900,000 have taken one or more of her Live Richer challenges.
  • Along the way, Tiffany learned about blogging, video editing, affiliates, monetization, and self-publishing.
  • A good teacher has to be constantly learning, listening, and reading, but what made Tiffany a really good teacher comes from being a pre-school teacher, she honestly cares about her students.
  • She's taken her skills in leading and caring about students as a teacher and applied them to her business, making it an amazing place to work where her employees feel looked after and cared for.
  • Tiffany has authored a pre-financial education book, Happy Birthday Mali More, aimed at teaching pre-school age children a lesson about the things that matter most.

RESOURCES MENTIONED IN TODAY'S CONVERSATION

  • Free 4 week trial with Stamps.com! Click on the microphone and enter code “ChooseFI”.
  • Earn $1000 or more with ChooseFI's 3-card cashback strategy
  • Live Richer Challenge
  • Live Richer Academy
  • Happy Birthday Mali More by Tiffany Aliche

IF YOU WANT TO SUPPORT CHOOSEFI:

Share FI by sending a friend “ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence".

View Details

  • Don't believe that you need anyone's permission for access anymore. The gatekeepers are gone and the ability to access knowledge on-demand and create a business model around it has never been easier.
  • The realization that you have autonomy gives you control over your life is transformational. You can control your expenses and reach FI. You can choose to pursue interest-led learning and follow a passion. There is no more "they" you need to seek permission from.
  • MK didn't need the permission of traditional publishing's gatekeepers, instead, she learned how to self-publish.
  • Employers are beginning to value skills over degrees. Google recently announced they are offering 3 new online certificate programs in skill areas critically important to the tech industry. Google is even offering 100,000 need-based scholarships for individuals enrolled in the certificate programs.
  • Start building a talent stack around what interests you.
  • Bradley Rice from episode 117 is building BradForce Academy, a course designed for people in a Salesforce career looking for more freedom and flexibility.
  • Working just 20 hours a week as a Salesforce Freelance Administrator in 2019, Bradley Rice made $225,000 using skills he had picked up during his lunch hour.
  • From the community, Chris shared a big win on the ChooseFI Facebook page. He and his wife maxed out her Employee Stock Purchasing Plan and used to it help pay off her student loans once it reached its maturity to qualify as long-term capital gains. For the first time in 20 years, they feel like they are winning the game.
  • Josh challenged Brad to share what his Todoist organized life looks like. In it, Brad has everything scheduled, from chasing his home air filters every 2 months to passport renewal reminders to subscription cancelation dates.
  • Brad's taking his Red X month off from work, but ChooseFI episodes will continue with amazing pre-recorded shows, including an episode with The Budgetnista, Tiffany Aliche, and deep dives with the Households of FI.
  • Jonathan issues a challenge to start on the path to FI. Gather a small group of friends and go through a 6-8 week transformation together starting September 1.

Resources Mentioned In Today's Conversation * Google Announces 100,000 Scholarships for Online Certificates * Earn $1000 or more with ChooseFI's 3 Card Cashback Strategy * M1 Finance * ChooseFI Episode 117 Making the Case for Part Time with Bradley Rice * Salesforce Freelance Consulting Course Preview * BradForce Academy * BradForce YouTube Channel * ChooseFI Episode 024R The Friday Roundup | How to Hack Your ESPP * Todoist * ChooseFI Episode 221 Introducing Our Households of FI!! Part 1 * ChooseFI Episode 224 Introducing Our Households of FI!! Part 2 * ChooseFI's FREE FI101 Course

View Details

Gerry Born, the Millionaire Educator, joins the show to talk about strategizing college via online classes, dual enrollment, and CLEP Testing. 

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/238

View Details

Today we talk about asset allocation versus information allocation. What are you doing with all the information you are taking in? Are you making intentional steps to build your talent stack? Tune in to today's Friday Roundup!

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/237

View Details

The guys talk about their journey toward financial independence and fitness and how closely the two correlated to one another.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/236

View Details

Jacques Hopkins shares how he built an online course and some of the skills he had to learn along the way. If you have been sitting on an business idea you definitely want to listen to this episode!

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/235

View Details

Brad's children learn a valuable lesson on running a business and some of the associated difficulties. As Tesla becomes a potential candidate for the S&P500, the guys take the opportunity to touch a bit on questions you might have about this aforementioned index. And the pronunciation of our Brand: ChooseF.I. or ChooseFI? Or is there even a potential dark horse in this race as a third alternative? Find out on today's Friday Roundup!

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/234

View Details

Jordan Harbinger shares his tips and techiques for managing and expanding your network

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/233

View Details

Doug Nordman and Carol Pittner Join the show to talk about how to raise your children to think about the potential of money in a positive way

For more information on the show and for shownotes visit https://www.choosefi.com/232

View Details

Jonathan makes a bet, the secret to wealth lies in the Casserole, and the guys share their thoughts on college planning

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/231

View Details

Jonathan, Brad, and MK have collected tips, comments, hacks, and feedback from the community for crushing college debt free.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/230

View Details

Corey and Jess from The Fioneers join the show to tell share their story of getting on the same page financially. They talk about incremental freedom, habitual spending triggers, and stress management.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/229

View Details

The guys talk about their strategies for public speaking, and Brad shares how podcasting has played a key role in learning to play into his strengths in order to overcome his fear of public speaking.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/228

View Details

Grumpus Maximus has partnered with ChooseFI Publishing to release his book The Golden Albatross. While pensions can seem like a dry topic, Grumpus has created an in-depth guide to the subject while simultaneously making it enjoyable to read. Today Grumpus is on the show to talk with us a bit about his story.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/227

View Details

Lauren and Steven Keys from Trip of a Lifestyle join the show to share their story of frugalality to live a life doing the things they love.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/226

View Details

Today we're talking about staycations, traveling the world ~$1,200/month, and community wins!

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/225

View Details

Today we are introducing the second 4 households in our on-going case study project where we follow 8 households on their journey towards FI. Each household is just starting their journey to FI, and each of which ultimately have the same goal: achieving FI.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/224

View Details

The Nomads join the show to talk about their system for perpetual travel, and all the nuances that go into a nomadic lifestlye.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/223

View Details

A lot of people think FI is about having as much money as possible, but that is a fundamentally flawed supposition. Jonathan and Brad saw plenty of "successful" people in the workforce who were miserable. Today we talk about the Oh-so-dreaded mid life crisis, and what FI is really about.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/222

View Details

Today we are introducing the first 4 households in our on-going case study project where we follow 8 households on their journey towards FI. Each household is just starting their journey to FI, and each of which ultimately have the same goal: achieving FI.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/221

View Details

Nancy Bachety worked as a school teacher for and was deeply dissatisfied with the 403b retirement fund that was being offered to teachers. On this episode Nancy shares her story and how she fixed her 403b account.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/220

View Details

Today we talk about using skills to pivot when laid off using MK as a fantastic case study of this concept. Additionally we have some announcements and awesome community wins in the mailbag today.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/219

View Details

Brandi joins us and shares her story on another case study episode. After sharing her finances, Brandi sees the big difference that small changes can make for retirement.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/218

View Details

David from Greenback Expat Tax Services explores the basics of taxes for expats. Learn about the rules surrounding expats taxes and strategies to consider.

View Details

Chris Browning joins the ChooseFI podcast to have a vital conversation about systemic racism in America and what we in the FI community can be doing to help.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/216

View Details

Audrey Bellis, joins us for a Wednesday case study. Audrey shares with a us a story of empowerment and self-motivation.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/215

View Details

Today Ashley Barnett from the ChooseFI team joins the show to share her story and teach us how to make a blog that stands out!

View Details

Jonathan makes one the Barrett Top 50 for some "FI-ne Dining", the guys detail this little known tax credit, got some community Feedback, Brad was on Jillian's latest episode of Everyday Courage, and ChooseFI case Studies will be coming regularly to a podcast player near you.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/213

View Details

Today Jonathan and Brad are doing a case study with Kashia Palmer. Kashia shares her story about getting out debt and has the guys look through her budget to find out her time frame for financial independence.

View Details

Jessica, The Financial Mechanic, shares how she created a ten-year path to financial independence through a career shift and salary negotiations.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/211

View Details

Today on our mailbag episode we have exciting news from MK, information on 401K's to Roth IRA's, news from Choosefi Publishing, an alternative summer camp possibility, and more from our community

View Details

Fritz from Retirement Manifesto is back to dig a bitter deeper into the minutiae of the numbers behind retirement, and the use of the bucket strategy.

View Details

Bianca, a flight attendant, reached Financial Independence in her late 30’s after many bumps in the road.

She shares her story of financial resiliency.

View Details

Today we have a bonus episode featuring an episode from Everyday Courage with Jillian Johnsrud and JL Collins.

Figuring out how to invest is a challenge for many, including Jillian. By the time she and her husband started investing, they had paid off all their debt and saved up a lot of cash. Like many people, Jillian waited far too long to start investing. She was scared, intimidated and didn't really understand it. JL Collins says this is all too common, and he is here to make investing simple.

View Details

Today is community mailbag, and we are taking a look into some corrections, criticism, and feedback from previous episodes . Next we have a Frugal Win of the Week from Will for his brother Matt. Before all that though, Jonathan talks about his 2020 health challenge, and the power of incremental progress.

View Details

Fritz from Retirement Manifesto joins the show to talk about the mentality you should have when entering retirement.

View Details

Today Sean Mullaney is back to talk about 5 money moves to make during a financial crisis, and digs deep on what it looks like to make back money on a realized loss when you panic sold.

View Details

On today's episode we have the long awaited Barrett top 50 recipes(well, top ~30), the guys talk about ideas for Mother's day, the new Podcast for all things business called the Rebel Entrepreneur has launched, and a thought provoking mailbag question 

View Details

Coach Carson comes on the show to provide some insight on the current real estate investing market, and what to look for when starting out.

View Details

Travis Hornsby is back on the show to share a bit of knowledge on his specialty: Student Loans. Travis digs into some details that could potential save you thousands of dollars on your student loans.

View Details

It's mailbag time, and today we answer a question about the rule of 55 and how some are able to access their 401k penalty free at 55. We also have a segment with Jillian from Everyday Courage

View Details

On a recent episode we gained a better understanding bonds. Today Brian Feroldi who writes for the Motley Fool joins us to give us a deeper understanding for stocks and how they are valued.

View Details

Big Ern joins ChooseFI again this week to discuss making necessary adjustments to your portfolio when the economy takes a downturn.

View Details

Today is community mailbag where the team answer questions and listens to feedback from you our listeners, but first they talk about Big ERN's optimism.

View Details

After 40 days of quarantine, we are beginning to adjust to this new normal. We're talking groceries, working remotely more permanently, creative socializing in quarantine, and finding your lost money.

View Details

Big Ern joins the show to talk about possible scenarios for the recession we find ourselves in, and markers to look out for on the horizon for the recovery of our economy.

View Details

Brad and Jonathan talk with Alan Donegan about possible ways for how you can pivot during this time. Additionally, listen until the end for the special announcement from Alan and the ChooseFI Team.

View Details

Frank Vasquez joins the show to talk about portfolio diversification with bonds, and the important value that they can add.

Other ChooseFI Media:

Support our YouTube channel by subscribing at: https://www.youtube.com/choosefi?sub_confirmation=1

Listen to other episodes from our Financial Resilience Daily Show at: https://www.choosefi.com/financial-r/

Dig deeper into Financial Independence by reading our Blog at: https://www.choosefi.com/all-articles/

About us:

Everything we do, we do to help you slash your expenses, crush debt, and build ways to earn a living remotely by starting online businesses. Then we help you invest in the safest way we know how, despite the ups and downs of the stock market.

We take the hits, so you don't have to, because ultimately, we want you to become financially resilient during these trying times, and get you started on the path towards Financial Independence.

Please SUBSCRIBE and enable notifications to see NEW EPISODES.

CONNECT:

►OUR WEBSITE: https://choosefi.com

►BUSINESS EMAIL: feedback@choosefi.com

View Details

We all know the market always goes up, but it is still nice to get that reminder. Brad and Jonathan talk about the market's history and how time in the market is always better than timing the market.

Links from the show:

https://www.choosefi.com/cit

https://www.choosefi.com/M1

Our Podcast: https://www.choosefi.com/episodes/

Financial Resilience Daily Show: https://www.choosefi.com/financial-r/

Blog: https://www.choosefi.com/all-articles/

About us:

Everything we do, we do to help you slash your expenses, crush debt, and build ways to earn a living remotely by starting online businesses. Then we help you invest in the safest way we know how, despite the ups and downs of the stock market.

We take the hits, so you don't have to, because ultimately, we want you to become financially resilient during these trying times, and get you started on the path towards Financial Independence.

Please SUBSCRIBE and enable notifications to see NEW EPISODES.

CONNECT:

►OUR WEBSITE: https://choosefi.com

►BUSINESS EMAIL: feedback@choosefi.com

View Details

Travis Hornsby from the Student Loan Planner joins the show to talk about the Paycheck Protection Program for small business and independent contractors.

More resources:

Our Podcast: https://www.choosefi.com/episodes/

Financial Resilience Daily Show: https://www.choosefi.com/financial-r/

Blog: https://www.choosefi.com/all-articles/

About us:

Everything we do, we do to help you slash your expenses, crush debt, and build ways to earn a living remotely by starting online businesses. Then we help you invest in the safest way we know how, despite the ups and downs of the stock market.

We take the hits, so you don't have to, because ultimately, we want you to become financially resilient during these trying times, and get you started on the path towards Financial Independence.

Please SUBSCRIBE and enable notifications to see NEW EPISODES.

CONNECT:

►OUR WEBSITE: https://choosefi.com

►BUSINESS EMAIL: feedback@choosefi.com

View Details

Financial Educators Rob Phelan, Danielle Mendonsa, and Mandy Bert have created a financial literacy program for anyone and everyone. Today they join the show to talk about its inception and release.

View Details

When it comes to talking about money and the future with both your parents and kids, tactfulness is everything. Jean Chatzky joins the show to help us navigate these strange waters.

View Details

Jonathan outlines his investor policy statement, and his process for how he thought it out.

View Details

Rick Ferri joins Brad and Jonathan back on the show to teach us how to make a cake. During this process you may just learn a thing about asset allocation. Whatever you decide to do with today's knowledge just remember, stay the course. 

https://www.choosefi.com/start

Learn More about Rick Ferri

https://rickferri.com
Follow on Twitter @rick_ferri
https://www.bogleheads.org

View Details

Mandy shares how teachers are pivoting in this difficult time, and gives her advice for teachers and parents who are thrust into this new era of learning. Additional information is provided for accessing Accidental Homeschooler and K-12. 

View Details

Tae, from the Financial Tortoise, shares his money story from the perspective of the sandwich generation.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/186

View Details

What is Normal? Normal is the baseline our minds establish for as a reference point for everything that comes into our lives. This baseline is not immutable however. Dominick joins us on the show today to talk about some of these ideas in these very "un-normal" times.

https://www.choosefi.com/

View Details

Sean Mulaney weighs in on the 2020 Stimulus Package via voicemail, and gives some pro tips for your filing process. Jonathan and Brad share some of their insight on the Cares Act as well.

https://www.choosefi.com/start

View Details

Jonathan and Brad Discuss the implications of the pandemic on the Financial Independence Movement. Jonathan and MK discuss Skill Stacking & Brad shares what his idea of the perfect education would look like

View Details

What does investing in Index funds look like in 2020? Rick Ferri from the Boglehead Podcast comes on the show to talk about his story, and how he left Wall St to invest in Index funds.

https://www.choosefi.com/start

Learn More about Rick Ferri:

https://rickferri.com/
Follow on Twitter @rick_ferri
https://www.bogleheads.org/

View Details

Joanna Penn shares her story of building multiple income streams and becoming a writer.

She outlines how anyone with the passion to be creative can do the same.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/172

View Details

Looking at this through the lens of opportunity we explore how businesses are pivoting in difficult times.

https://www.choosefi.com/start

View Details

Continuing on this daily podcast journey we talk about what happens when you life decides it is time to home school for a bit

https://www.choosefi.com/Vincent
https://www.choosefi.com/start
https://www.choosefi.com/CIT

View Details

Continuing the daily episode series, Jonathan and Brad talk about some tax info from Sean Mulaney.

https://www.choosefi.com/start

View Details

In light of current events, We are temporarily switching to a daily show to support the community. Access Community, Resources and More

https://www.choosefi.com/start

https://www.choosefi.com/CIT

View Details

Michael Kitces joins the show to share his research on flexible spending rules as they apply to Financial Independence.

His call for flexibility could impact your path to FI by several years.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/171

View Details

Be Creative With Your Social Distancing Resources for Accidental Home Schoolers Opportunity for People with Student loans

  • Crossfit at home: https://wodprep.com/free-workouts
  • Find a new healthy routine, don’t mope
  • Walk (with distancing),
  • Driveway happy hour

Student loans

  • FEDERAL: No interest at this time
  • PRIVATE: Refinance with Credible : https://www.choosefi.com/credible/

Michael Kitses interview on Monday - very timely

Accidental Homeschooler - our resources are out, we will have more with Vincent next week

https://www.choosefi.com/credible https://www.choosefi.com/start

View Details

In light of current events, We are temporarily switching to a daily show to support the community.

Is your Emergency Fund in place

https://www.choosefi.com/CIT

Our Favorite Taxable Investment Tool

https://www.choosefi.com/M1

Access Community, Resources and More 

https://www.choosefi.com/start

View Details

In light of current events, We are temporarily switching to a daily show to support the community. Is your Emergency Fund in place?

https://www.choosefi.com/CIT

https://www.choosefi.com/start

View Details

Bear Market vs Recession and why you can't panic sell

To get started on your path to Financial Independence go to https://www.choosefi.com/start

View Details

In light of current events, We are temporarily switching to a daily show to support the community

View Details

Learn more about the implications of capital gains and the mechanics of tax optimization for these gains.

We use two case studies to help you realize the power of optimizing your capital gains strategy.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/170R

View Details

Rob Phelan, author of The Simple Startup joins the show to share more about this new resource that can help anyone learn how to build a business.

Plus, he shares the path of creating a financial literacy course for all grade levels that brings in the concepts of Financial Independence.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/170

View Details

With a week of market scares, this episode revisits the importance of being prepared, not scared.

Plus, you’ll hear about some exciting announcements from the ChooseFI community.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/169R 

View Details

The anonymous blogger behind, A Purple Life, joins Brad and Jonathan to share her journey to financial independence.

With the helpfulness of anonymity, she shares exact numbers including her income, salary negotiations, expenses, and more.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/169 

View Details

With the principles outlined in Make Time, you have the potential to dramatically improve your life in a short period of time.

Plus, hear an inspiring FI story and tips for teachers.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/168R

View Details

John Zeratsky, author of Make Time, joins Brad and Jonathan to share actionable tips to build a framework that cuts through your perpetual state of busyness.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/168

View Details

Dropping mortgage rates prompt a conversation that explores the pros and cons of refinancing your mortgage at a lower rate.

Plus, Steve Chen from NewRetirment joins the show to share the comprehensive retirement planning tools that his company has to offer.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/167R

View Details

Rob and Reshawn from Learn Hustle Grow discuss combining their finances and building a real estate portfolio.

They talk about money mindsets, building a life together, paying down their home, working in sales and more.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/167

View Details

Find out more about the upcoming ChooseFI documentary series, Andrew and Zach's experiments in financial independence, and community corrections.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/166R 

View Details

Court joins the show to share how she and her wife tackled six figures of student loan debt and achieved financial independence in their early 30s with a family.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/166

View Details

Answers to several reader questions about investing efficiently for your financial freedom. Learn more about low-cost broad-based index funds or if you should max out your 401k early.

Recent market volatility has provided an opportunity to test your investment resolve.
Any low-cost broad-based index fund is a solid investment strategy, VTSAX is not the only option.

Understanding the difference between Roth vs traditional options can help you plan your tax-efficient retirement.

Fee-only advisors that act as fiduciaries in every area can be helpful. However, many financial advisors are not fiduciaries and have an assets under management fee structure.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/165R

View Details

The founder of YNAB, Jesse Meacham, shares his story about:

  • Finding your "non-negotiable"
  • Introducing your spouse to FIRE
  • Do you really need a budget?

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/165

View Details

Learn about the five love languages and how they can help you communicate with your partner better.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/164R

View Details

Amon and Christina join the show today to share their journey to Financial Independence as two federal employees with young children.

The couple was able to retire early in just eight years!

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/164

View Details

An updated case study of the Roth IRA conversion ladder and a challenge for the community are some of the topics that Brad and Jonathan tackle today.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://www.choosefi.com/163R

View Details

Liz grew up with a single mom that struggled financially after getting divorced. Due to that, she had to learn how to budget at a very young age. She helped her mom pay off some debt over a period of years.

Braden had a completely different relationship with money. He grew up in a well-off family, so he never had to worry about money. He did get a job at 16 because his parents wanted him to learn the value of hard work.

Liz and Braden share their story of:

• Landing over $100k in scholarships
• World Travels
• Finding FI
• Staying at Home

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/163

View Details

Half full? Half Empty? Ehh... There's some water in the cup. Medical bills are never fun, but at least you met your deductible... at the very end of the year. Brad and Jonathan discuss building credit from ground zero, and reflecting a bit on Gretchin Rubin's "The 4 tendencies". In addition, we share a segment with Larry Hagner from the Dad Edge Alliance discussing the importance of financial intimacy. This is your Friday Roundup!

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/162R

View Details

Although finding the path to FI can be exciting, it can be frustrating to have difficulty communicating this vision to your family and friends.

Gretchen Rubin joins the show to shed some light on the four tendencies or people and how to communicate with each tendency.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/162

View Details

Welcome to the first Roundup of 2020! Brad and Jonathan share exciting announcements like:

• Launch of Everyday Courage by Jillian Johnsrud
• FI101 and the ChooseFI International Foundation
• Updates To The Tax Code

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/161R

View Details

Jackie Cummings Koski shares her story of a single mom that made FIRE a reality. She proves that there is no one way to achieve FI.

The goal can be accomplished by people from all walks of life and Jackie offers a unique perspective of FI.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/161

View Details

The ChooseFI family is launching a new podcast today. Everyday Courage is officially live!

Please take a moment to subscribe to Jillian Johnsrud's new podcast https://www.choosefi.com/everyday-courage

View Details

As we ring in the new year, it is time to celebrate our community’s wins.

This episode is dedicated entirely to the wins that have happened throughout the community this year. The goal is to congratulate everyone on a fantastic year and inspire the community to continue to achieve amazing things next year.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/160

View Details

It's the last Friday roundup of the decade! Learn how to level up your skills with:

  • Everyday Courage
  • New Year's Resolutions
  • Building A Business with Intentionality

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/159R

View Details

Jaime Masters has been a part of the personal finance space since 2011. It all started with a desire to share her story.

Listen as she talks about time management, building a business, sales and marketing, and more.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/159

View Details

Learn how to calculate your real hourly wage and savings rate. We discuss Kim’s story shared on Monday’s episode, meal planning, and more.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/158R

View Details

Kim from The Frugal Engineers shares her journey and the importance of determining your real hourly wage.

Kim’s story goes from Boarding School to College to a real hourly wage to quitting her day job and building a business.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/158

View Details

After learning more about habits with James Clear this week, Brad and Jonathan discuss the compounding interest of self improvement and turning intention into action.

What’s covered in today’s show:

• Building Habits
• Identity Statements
• Find Your Tribe

…and more.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/157R

View Details

James Clear, author of Atomic Habits , shares his story. The conversation dives into the difference between systems and goals.

  • How To See Through The Short-Term For The Long-Term
  • The Compounding Effect
  • How Identity Drives Your Habits
  • Goals, Systems, and more

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/157

View Details

A gap year might seem unthinkable for some but Noah and Becky share exactly how they navigated their gap year. Plus, Brad and Jonathan discuss emergency funds and your risk tolerance.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://www.choosefi.com/156R

View Details

Rob Berger, founder of Dough Roller and Retire Before Mom and Dad, talks about the simple math of early retirement and more essential FI lessons that are important to talk about. 

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/156

View Details

Sean Mullaney joins the show to discuss year-end tax planning.

He goes into deductions, self-employment income, and how to get the most from your deductions.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/155r

View Details

Leslie Tayne opens up about her journey as a single parent, financial problems in her first marriage, and how to move forward from debt.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/155

View Details

Tim and Amy from Go With Less join Brad and Jonathan to discuss their unique travel strategy. Plus, tips on how to design your dream life.

Some of the topics in today’s show:

  • House Sitting With Tim And Amy
  • Build Your Dream Life
  • FI 101
  • and more

For more information, visit the show notes at https://www.choosefi.com/154r

View Details

Graduating from college debt-free can accelerate the path to FI dramatically. Brian Eufinger and Seonwoo Lee share their best tips on hacking the FAFSA on today's episode.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/154

View Details

On today’s Friday Roundup, Jonathan's shares his experience with health coverage after his wife welcomed a new baby into their family. We also discuss Healthshare plans and Healthcare After FI.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/153R 

View Details

Medical debt has the power to seriously hurt your financial future. Many Americans are faced with unavoidable medical debt that has crippled their financial situation.

RIP Medical Debt is a nonprofit working to forgive medical debt for pennies on the dollar. Today on the show, they share their background and the amazing progress they've made.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/153

View Details

Big ERN comes on the show today to break down the numbers of Becky’s retirement plan.

He works through their real numbers to determine how solid their retirement plan is.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/152R

https://choosefi.com/becky

View Details

Becky Heptig shares her personal story to show that FI is an attainable goal at any age.

It is an encouraging story because it shows no matter what age you find FI at, it is not too late to change your life for the better.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/152 

View Details

Using David Hauser’s framework from last week of decision making through split testing, Brad and Jonathan look at their sleep, fitness, and diet.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/151R 

View Details

As a successful start-up founder, David Hauser felt mercilessly driven to create success through extreme measures.

Today, he opens up to Brad and Jonathan about his drive to succeed and how he has applied an experimentation framework to his health and wellness.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/151

View Details

Building your blueprint to FI starts with the basics. A simple thing like tracking your spending can set you on a path that will change your life forever.

Today, we get back to FI 101 and uncover the stark difference between goals and systems.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/150r

View Details

Diania Merriam discusses accountability, shifting perspectives, and community.

She has a great perspective on building community and life with balance.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/150

View Details

How to break Old Navy and cockamamie life insurance schemes are just two of the topics Brad and Jonathan cover in today's episode.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/149r

View Details

Tyson Koska shares his On Trajectory tool and what led him to his own path of Financial Independence.

Brad and Jonathan discuss how Tyson got started with FI and how On Trajectory tools cover net worth tracking and digital options.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/149

View Details

Craig Curelop, author of The House Hacking Strategy: How to Use Your Home to Achieve Financial Freedom, shares his house hacking strategies.

We also discuss Expense Ratios and the new book, ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/148R

View Details

Andréa has committed her life to social studies and taking FI information to people experiencing poverty. She grew up in a similar situation.

At age seven, Andréa saw her first violent murder. Throughout her childhood, being raised by a single mother, she struggled with food insecurity and housing insecurity. However, she was also a student in the elite private school system, which led to an Ivy League education.

After coming such a long way, she has a unique perspective on the relationship between poverty and reaching FI.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/148

View Details

Compounding vs total return, envelopes vs simplifying your finances, and the potential value you could get from working with a “assets under management” financial advisor.

Also, Tori Dunlap reached her goal to save her first $100k by age 25 on the day her interview aired!

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/147r

View Details

Tori Dunlap about starting a business as a kid and tips for negotiating your salary.

She is on a mission to help women earn their first $100k.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/147

View Details

This week’s Friday Roundup includes a discussion with Chuck Jaffe about why he can’t be part of the FIRE movement because he has no plans to retire.

Also, a recap of Shannyn’s story from Monday and ChooseFI Book Launch Parties.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/146R

View Details

A Guided Meditation for When the Stock Market Is Dropping

The market is plunging. You’re starting to panic. You want to hit the “sell” button! DON’T! Tune into this relaxing meditation, and let the soothing voice of JL Collins help you embrace this wonderful market cycle

We interviewed JL Collins on episode 19 of our podcast

https://www.choosefi.com/019-jlcollinsnh-stock-series-part-1/

Check out JL Collins Website JLcollinsNH where you can read the entire Stock Series

https://jlcollinsnh.com/stock-series/

and his book the Simple Path to Wealth

https://www.amazon.com/gp/product/1533667926/

View Details

Shannyn Allan joins us to discuss "embracing the suck"--when life just doesn't go as planned.

Listen to Shannyn's stories about graduate school, calling off a wedding, and wire fraud during the purchase of her first home.

...and how she found FI at the right time in her life.

Listen to the whole story at https://ChooseFI.com/146

View Details

A discussion of what to do with a windfall, a review of turnkey real estate investing, and a meditation for stock market investors when the market is falling.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/145R

View Details

Paula Pant of Afford Anything returns to dive deeper into real estate investing. In this second conversation, Paula covers turnkey, deal syndication, and building a team.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/145

View Details

A recap from Jonathan and Brad's visit to FinCon, FI Military, YNAB, and "what if my finances are like a dumpster fire?".

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/144r

View Details

Crystal Law, Director of Financial Literacy Experiences, and Laura Goodman, VP of Volunteer Engagement join us to discuss Junior Achievement.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/144

View Details

As most have probably seen, the news is calling for a recession soon. Specifically, Peter Schiff, a prominent economist, is warning of an impending financial disaster. However, this market volatility is nothing new.

Join us today as we talk about Market Volatility, going Beyond FI, and Andrew Luck Embraces FI?

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/143r

View Details

Edmund Tee talks about reaching FI and the goals of teaching more people worldwide about Financial Independence.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/143

View Details

How to simplify personal finance and discussing Paula Pant’s take on real estate from Monday’s show.

  • Personal Finances Made Simple
  • Jonathan’s Budget Evolution
  • How ChooseFI Makes Money

For more information, visit the show notes at https://www.choosefi.com/142r

View Details

Paula Pant discusses real estate as a path to FI as Brad shares his biggest financial mistake of his life - a speculative property in North Carolina.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/142

View Details

David Sawyer comes back on to discuss the UK path to FI, and Jonathan makes a big personal announcement.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/141r

View Details

David Sawyer released his book, Reset. 

The book is aimed at helping people who feel stuck in their careers as well as an optimization strategy for Financial Independence in the UK.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/141

View Details

Diving into the costs of a financial advisor and Nick from Mapped Out Money returns to discuss college hacking.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/140r

View Details

Nick True from Mapped Out Money talks about designing an FI lifestyle before reaching an FI number.

Currently, Nick and his wife live in an Airstream trailer with the flexibility to live wherever they want to be.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/140

View Details

Last week, Jonathan ended up at the DMV on a Friday afternoon with a crazy wait time. What should have been a quick trip turned into an ordeal worth avoiding.

Today Jonathan and Brad discuss:

  • How to Reclaim Your Time
  • Side Hustling through the Secondary Market
  • and how Sunny funded a Roth IRA for his child

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/139R

View Details

Sunny and his wife are 88.92% of their way to FI at only age 28 while living just 15 minutes outside of New York City.

How did they do it?

They share ow to pay for collect, the Department of Defense SMART Scholarship, car flipping, and more.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/139

View Details

Brad and Jonathan talk about Brad’s daughter's mindset, plus a review of Monday's episode with Anthony.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/138R

View Details

Anthony talks about the strategy he used to go to college for profit in his senior year.

The strategies he outlines could be used as early as freshman year to make college a profitable experience.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/138

View Details

Brad and Jonathan discuss the Richmond Screening Of Playing With FIRE, FI 101, and how to be a storyteller.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/137R

View Details

Christine and her husband, Jack, rebuilt a life that they love after an 85% reduction in pay 6 weeks into their marriage.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/137

View Details

Jonathan and Brad discuss a case study on funding a child's Roth IRA and listen to feedback from the community.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/136R

View Details

A dive into taxes with Sean Mullaney, the FI Tax Guy, who talks about FI tax-efficient strategies and career paths in accounting.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/136

View Details

Another look at whether you should pay off your mortgage or invest, plus:

  • Spam Caller Life Hack
  • Life Hack for Small Business Owners
  • Achieving FI on a Modest Income

For more information, visit the show notes at https://www.choosefi.com/135r

View Details

Joel from How to Money talks about how he has pursued FI on a relatively low income, how he is reaching FI with five rental properties, and working on the Clark Howard Show.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/135

View Details

Kristy Shen and Bryce Leung talk about their new book, Quit Like a Millionaire. Plus, Brad and Jonathan give updates on solar panels and YNAB.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/134r

View Details

Jim from Route To Retire talks about about life after retirement and geo-arbitrage. His path to FI didn’t start with a community, it began when he was testing for Y2K bugs with Quicken.

Don’t know what we’re talking about? You’ll just have to listen to find out.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://www.choosefi.com/134

View Details

Possibly the most burning questions of FI:

Should you Invest or Pay off your Mortgage early?

We go through the numbers in today's show.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/133R

View Details

Zeona McIntyre built a successful AirBNB business and shares her best strategies, including

  • Buying Properties
  • Scaling the Business
  • and Best Practices for an AirBNB Business

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/133 

View Details

Find out what kinds of insurance you actually need and where to find them.

Jennifer Fitzgerlad, the CEO of Policy Genius walks us through everything you need to know.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/132R 

View Details

Lisa Duke talks about her mindset shift and turning liabilities to assets.

On today's show:

  • Second Home--Asset Or Liability?
  • Action Steps To Renting Out Your Home
  • Getting off the "hedonic treadmill"

...and more.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/132 

View Details

A recap of our conversation with Mr. Money Mustache and Mr. 1500. Plus, Jonathan and Brad answer listener questions about compounding and drawdowns during retirement.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/131R 

View Details

Mr. Money Mustache and Mr. 1500 discuss community building and second generation FI.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/131 

View Details

Brad and Jonathan just returned from the world premiere of Playing with FIRE in San Diego.

They discuss future showings (visit choosefi.com/tugg) and then get into the ultimate buy and hold portfolio strategy.

For the entire show notes, go to https://choosefi.com/130R 

View Details

Today we talk to Paul Merriman. The goal is to contrast the "Simple Path to Wealth Approach" with the "Ultimate Buy and Hold Portfolio."

Paul is a proponent of the Ultimate Buy and Hold strategy and a legend in this space. The insights Paul provides about this strategy are priceless.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/130 

View Details

Earlier this week, Liz from Chief Mom Officer explained how she leveraged her work ethic and will to succeed into a successful six-figure career. Today we dig deeper into the work ethic topic with John, a 24 year old currently making 6-figures.

We also announce our newly created Travel Rewards Course.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/129r 

View Details

Liz from Chief Mom Officer.org talks about working moms building careers from the ground up.

In this episode we learn:

⁃ How To Grow Your Salary
⁃ Figure Out What You Should be Paid
⁃ Work Hard Strategically
⁃ How To Negotiate

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/129 

View Details

Multi-level marketing, side hustles, energy audits, and expanding your "Zone of Awareness" -- all in today's Friday Roundup!

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/128r

View Details

Alan Donegan joins us to discuss leveraging the power of FI to pursue your dreams with the ability to be free to fail.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/128 

View Details

Gina Pogel joins us to discuss different types of debt and how to tackle them.

We also dive into tactics to optimize both your health and your debt.

The goal is to simplify your finances and your health by stacking multiple optimization tactics together.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/127R 

View Details

Brad and Jonathan discuss health optimization strategies with Dr. Scott Sherr.

This episode is packed full of useful information, however, do not make life altering medical decisions based on this show alone.

Although we are talking to a real doctor, do not take this as medical advice. Consult with your own physician before making any major medical decisions.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/127 

View Details

Brad and Jonathan tackle a listener question about annuities and discuss some updates to the travel rewards landscape.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/126R 

View Details

Last week, Brad and Jonathan talked to Chelsea Brennan about her Family Emergency Binder.

In the same theme of planning for your family's future, today we talked to Mark Moss about estate planning.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/126 

View Details

Ways to optimize your grocery shopping, the family emergency binder, and sharing stories from the community.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/125R 

View Details

Chelsea Brennan from Smart Money Mamas and creator of the Family Emergency Binder is here to talk about her unconventional choices that led to a happier life.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/125 

View Details

Brad and Jonathan discuss the release date of a ChooseFI book, finding the best auto insurance rates, and Lynn Frair's path to FI.

The book, "ChooseFI: Your Blueprint to Financial Independence" will be released on October 1, 2019. The goal of the book is to outline options for your path FI. Everyone's journey will be different because the concept of FI is really based on choosing your own adventure. However, there are common threads between all of the success stories. We pull that together so that you can make your own journey a successful one.

To pre-order the book, go to https://www.choosefi.com/book 

The complete show notes can be found at https://choosefi.com/124R 

View Details

Chris Mamula, the "Dirtbag Millionaire," describes the mistakes he made on the way to FIRE, the challenges he facing in his early retirement, and the origin story of a book that will outline a Blueprint to financial independence based on the information shared by members of the ChooseFI community.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/124 

View Details

Brad and Jonathan give us an update about the "Playing with FIRE" documentary, hail mary FI and how to build an escape route from the corporate hierarchy that doesn't make room for you.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/123R 

View Details

Kiersten and Julien from Rich and Regular talk about the specific challenges that the black community faces on their journey to FI.

Recognizing the fact that not everyone starts from the same spot is important, so we are diving deep into the differences today.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/123 

View Details

Brad and Jonathan are joined by Brian Feroldi and Karsten from Early Retirement Now.

With the goal of gaining a deeper understanding of dividend investing, Brad and Jonathan ask the hard questions.

As the devil's advocate, they uncover more information about dividend stocks from passionate investors.

If you are ready to learn more about dividend investing, then let's dive in.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/122R 

View Details

Dividend investing has been a hotly debated topic in the FI community.

Brad and Jonathan dive into the details of dividend investing with Craig from Retire Before Dad.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/122 

View Details

Brad and Jonathan sleep habits, energy efficiency, and the best ways to land a job with Chris Hutchins from Grove.

For details, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/121R 

View Details

Angela from Tread Lightly Retire Early has been an active member of the ChooseFI community for around two years. She has built a life that combines FIRE with sustainability.

Additionally, she is a leader that recognizes the women in the FIRE movement. Brad and Jonathan learn about Angela's journey and practical sustainability advice that could help the FI community.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/121 

View Details

Jonathan and Brad discuss wielding the flexibility of money, how to move to the upper end of your salary range, and hunting with eagles in Mongolia.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/120R 

View Details

Jean Chatzky is a well-respected figure in the personal finance community.

The financial editor of the NBC Today Show and author of several books is recognized for a specialized understanding of the relationship between women and their money. 

However, both men and women can learn something for Chatzky's insights.

On today's episode, Brad and Johnathan will delve into the relationships that each of us has with money.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/120 

View Details

Jonathan and Brad discuss their favorite books from 2018, negotiating from a position of power, career hacking, and what they would do differently if they were recording episode 1 today.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/119R 

View Details

Mr. Refined from Refined by Fire has overcome a staggering amount of debt that accumulated from student loans and medical bills.

After finding the FI community, he was able to triple his net worth!

Mr. Refined talks openly about his debt, how he negotiated his way out of debt, and why he is pursuing FI.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/119

View Details

Talent stacking, becoming a renaissance man, and financial infidelity: We recap Monday's show and highlight some listener comments.

For more information, visit the show notes at  https://ChooseFI.com/118R 

View Details

118 | Talaat McNeely from His and Her Money talks about how his money mistakes led to financial infidelity.

Most importantly, he shares how he was able to rebuild trust with his wife Tai and successfully work towards common financial goals together.

Through Talaat and Tai’s story, you will learn practical ways to build the financial trust that many couples hope to achieve.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/118 

View Details

Brad and Jonathan discuss "the Kleenex" of low-cost mutual funds, Bradley Rice's story about choosing to move towards part-time work, and make an announcement about a new voice on the podcast.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/117R 

View Details

Bradley Rice has successfully reclaimed the hours in his day by transitioning to part-time work.

He made this unconventional choice to take back his time when his daughter was born to spend more time with her.

Bradley works 20 hours a week, while still earning a high salary. Bradley openly talks about the path that allowed him to reclaim his time and how you can recreate a similar journey.

We All Have Choices Along The Way Each of us makes different choices throughout our lives. We do so hoping to march closer to our long-term goals. Everyone has to make choices that align with their values, so each person’s journey will be different.

Having a high paying job certainly helps you reach your FI goals, but if it's taking away time from your life, you may question its true value. In Bradley’s opinion, time is our most valuable resource because it truly is finite. Many of us would prefer to use that time to enjoy the important things in life, like our family. The pressure becomes especially noticeable if you have young kids because the time you have to spend with them while they are young is limited.

Even if you agree that that time is your most valuable resource, you may feel trapped in the mindset that there is no way to earn your current income while transitioning to part-time work. Caught between the fact that you have to work to provide for your family and the need to spend more time with them, the dilemma continues to grow more real every day.

Our guest, Bradley Rice, was faced with the same dilemma when he had his daughter. He knew that he didn't want to continue working full-time while his daughter was growing up. He needed to find a way to spend more time with her during her childhood. Bradley was able to make the switch to part-time and maintain a high salary in the process. It was an unconventional choice, but it worked out exceptionally well for his family. Let’s dive into his inspiring story!

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/117

View Details

Karen Hoxmeier joins the show to share how and why she built a coupon-sharing website, Brad and Jonathan talk about optimizing food, taxes and home insurance, and a review of Monday’s episode with Wendy Mays.

  • Brad and Jonathan are excited about a chicken shawarma recipe they hope Laura will add to the ChooseFI Vault soon.
  • Wendy, from Monday’s episode, tackled her family’s grocery bill when she started pursuing financial independence.
  • Food shouldn’t just be cheap; it should also be good.
  • What is Brad’s strategy for decreasing his phone usage and dependence?
  • For taxes, what matters the most is your tax liability, not your tax withholding.
  • While tax refunds are currently decreasing in the U.S., that’s actually because the withholding tables have changed and people are sending less extra money to the government throughout the year.
  • Estimating your taxes throughout the year so that your tax return is about $100 is pretty extreme tax optimization, but a minimal tax return means you’ve had access to all your money for saving and investing throughout the year, instead of loaning it to the government.
  • Brad signed a contract to install solar panels on his house and paid half the cost, then realized that he hadn’t contacted his home insurance company.
  • Wendy tackled one thing at a time, optimizing a little bit at a time, until she was saving her family $6,000 a month, without a significant decrease in lifestyle.
  • Spend money on what brings your life value, then cut everything else ruthlessly.
  • ChooseFI community member Karen Hoxmeier joins the show:
    • Karen worked in a wide variety of jobs in her youth and early adulthood, until becoming a stay-at-home mom in 1994.
    • In 1999 Karen started sharing coupon deals with friends, via email, until that became too taxing, and she decided to build a website.
    • How did Karen learn html code to build her website?
    • Karen realized she could start making money from her website when she discovered Amazon’s affiliate program.
    • Karen’s advice for someone who wants to make money blogging:
      • Make content that is valuable
      • Set up an email list
      • Treat your customers like they’re your friends
    • If you’re interested in an affiliate relationship, Karen recommends starting a conversation with a representative from the company.
    • Companies are often willing to pay a higher commission to advertise or link with blogs or websites that will provide high-quality leads.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/116R

View Details

116 | Wendy Mays, from House of FI, tells the story of growing her family from 4 to 8 through adoption all while moving states and changing careers, and ultimately kickstarting her family’s pursuit of financial independence.

  • Wendy and her family first learned about financial independence about 4 years ago.
  • Wendy was commuting from Phoenix, Az., to San Diego, Ca., as her husband was living in California in pursuit of a new teaching job.
  • Wendy now has a family of six children, four of whom are adopted.
  • During her husband’s job search Wendy’s law practice in Phoenix was the family’s primary income, so she made significant changes to balance keeping her job with the family’s logistical challenges, including a shift in the type of legal work she did.
  • In the midst of this hectic commuting lifestyle, Wendy and her husband finalized the adoption of three of their children, including a 4-day-old baby.
  • Once the adoptions finalized, Wendy finally moved fully to San Diego.
  • In March 2017, Wendy started adjusting their financial lifestyle to begin pursuing financial independence.
  • First step was understanding where their money was really going.
  • Wendy dropped her average food/grocery expenses from about $3,500 to about $1,000.
  • By eliminating a few unnecessary big-ticket items, and optimizing smaller expenses, Wendy cut about $6,000 from their monthly expenses.
  • Beginning in 2018, Wendy’s husband maxed out his savings and retirements accounts, increasing their family savings rate to about 28%.
  • In October 2018, Wendy transitioned from legal work in Phoenix to real estate in San Diego.
  • Having a large family impacts Wendy’s financial commitments:
    • Larger housing expenses
    • Larger vehicles – a Suburban
    • Bigger clothing expenses
  • Financially reasonable family activities require creativity.
  • Currently, Wendy’s family is on a 7-year path to financial independence.
  • Making these changes has been really challenging for Wendy, but tracking progress and looking back is encouraging.
  • There are several different types of adoption
    • Domestic private adoption – using courts, lawyers, very expensive
    • Private international adoption – using courts, lawyers, very expensive
    • Adoption via foster care – usually low cost
  • After adopting through foster care, there are ongoing financial assistance programs that help Wendy and her husband to offset the costs associated with raising adopted children.
  • Wendy is hopeful she might pay off her student loan debt in 5 years.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/116

View Details

115R | A how-to conversation about strategies for tackling consumer debt, a review of Monday’s episode with Bonnie Traux, and a few updates about the ChooseFI community.

  • Brad’s wife no longer working as a CPA – although she was technically laid off, she’s excited for the extra time in her schedule.
  • Being at FI gave Laura the ability to be happy for her previous employer and move on with a smile.
  • Bonnie Traux, from Monday’s episode, is an ultimate side hustler.
  • If you’re stuck, you’ll have to do something different if you want a different result.
  • Bonnie reached financial independence in about 13 years.
  • Before starting to save, Bonnie spent years paying down consumer debt as her husband was continuing to build it.
  • The journey towards financial independence doesn’t start at zero – it often starts with tackling debt.
  • How to tackle debt
    • Use account-tracking software - examples: Mint.com, YNAB (You Need A Budget), or even Excel or a pen and paper.
    • Know what’s coming in, and what’s going out.
    • List out all the debts you have, their payments and interest rates.
    • Reasonable interest rates are somewhere near or below 6%.
    • The Debt Snowball – take all your debts and organize them from smallest balance to largest. Continue making minimum payments for all debts, and commit any extra to paying off the smallest debt. When it’s paid off, roll that payment into paying off the next smallest.
      • The Debt Snowball is a psychological win, but ignores interest rates.
    • The Avalanche – the interest rate is the most important thing. Always pay toward the balance with the highest interest rate.
    • The Hybrid Method – combine these two strategies to pay off a few smaller debts at first, then commit to paying toward the highest interest debt.
    • You could earn more – start a side hustle, work a little extra
    • A no-spend month
    • Optimize regular monthly expenses
    • A credit card balance transfer
    • Consolidating debt
    • Part 1: Know where to find your account information
    • Part 2: Acknowledging that you can’t afford debt.
    • Part 3: Debt Payoff Strategy
    • Part 4: Creating the Margin

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/115R

View Details

115 | Bonnie Truax, a blogger and early retiree, shares her story of growing up below the poverty line, scraping her way out of inherited debt, reaching financial independence without knowing what it was, and understanding how to talk about money with your spouse.

  • Bonnie grew up with family income that was technically half of the poverty level, but always debt free.
  • In a town of only 35 people, W2 jobs were hard to come by, so Bonnie worked any odd job that she could find – mowing lawns, decorating cakes, roofing.
  • What did Bonnie do with the income from her side hustles?
  • Bonnie got married shortly after college and inherited significant debt.
  • The first step to getting out of that debt, was learning spreadsheets and prioritizing which debt she would tackle first.
  • Bonnie was managing thousands of dollars of debt and got back to broke, even as her spouse was actively spending and maxing out credit cards.
  • What is Bonnie’s financial advice for people before they get married?
  • Financial literacy isn’t distributed evenly throughout the country – not everyone understands how to manage finances.
  • Not everyone is comfortable talking about money, even with their spouse. If Bonnie could do it again, she would start by talking about fears associated with money.
  • When Bonnie started over she was 30, earning about $25k.
  • Bonnie learned IT with her free time at a reporting job, eventually becoming the manager of an IT team.
  • Before she got remarried, Bonnie and Trin had become very close friends at work and had already talked about finances, so she was confident about their joint approach to money as a couple.
  • Trouble doesn’t have to be a disaster.
  • Getting out of debt on a low income is possible – you shouldn’t have to eat rice and beans your whole life, but if you’re getting out of debt, you might have to them for a while.
  • Bonnie and her husband automated their finances and didn’t give much attention them; they found a comfortable way to live regardless of their increasing incomes.
  • Bonnie didn’t plan to retire, but when work became toxic, their savings gave them the freedom to leave work.
  • Instead of just leaving money in their savings account, Bonnie and her husband began purchasing foreclosed home and renting them out.
  • Without a knowledge of the financial independence community, how did Bonnie determine that she and her husband were financially ready to leave their jobs to retire?
  • Bonnie and Trin are traveling the world for a few years before they decide where to retire abroad.
  • It’s never too late to make tomorrow better.
  • Anything that comes into Bonnie’s blog goes to support a safehouse in Ecuador.
  • Fear of missing out is just an excuse; you are always choosing what you miss out on.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/115

View Details

114R | Brian Eufinger returns to fill the gaps and address questions from the community about PSATs and National Merit Scholars, Brad and Jonathan discuss the benefits of creating a college-hacking strategy early, and the ChooseFI community responds to Monday’s episode.

  • Financial independence is generally about knowing the rules and making decisions according to what you value in life.
  • Many colleges use an equation to award merit aid --> a specific GPA + a specific test scores = a certain amount of merit aid.
  • With a better strategy to studying for the SAT or ACT, even a small bump could save someone tens or hundreds of thousands of dollars.
  • Is it better to get a summer job, or spend the summer studying for the SAT/ACT?
  • With the Common Application, it’s beneficial to apply to a few extra schools because the merit aid packages available are hugely varied.
  • Just being aware of the rules gives you the best opportunities to succeed, and to opens up as many options as possible.
  • How has Brad’s mindset toward paying for college changed during the past two years of ChooseFI interviews?
  • A message from Paul in the Facebook group, who appreciated that Brian presented college scholarships with a realistic perspective about the challenges.
  • A comment from Rayanne, who shares the process her daughter is navigating as a graduating senior in California, looking for the best scholarship opportunities.
  • Lynn is grateful for Brian’s realistic suggestion that students don’t start studying for the SAT until the end of their sophomore year; in New Jersey even sixth graders are being asked to consider future standardized tests.
  • Julie messaged to remind parents that students should also study for the PSAT, as the PSAT is what determines a student’s National Merit standing.
  • Brian Eufinger, from Monday’s episode, returns to talk about the PSAT and National Merit Scholars:
    • CLEP credits and dual enrollment are good options for high school and current college students.
    • Academic Common Market – in some states, students can pay in-state costs at an out-of-state school if they’re majoring in a subject unavailable in-state.
    • Making a college-transfer strategy early will help students transfer from a community college to a four-year institution without any hiccups.
    • “There’s no greater financial aid than finishing in four years.”
    • Bringing AP credits into college gives a student more flexibility to change majors, study abroad, work internships or co-ops, or study for post-grad tests.
    • In rural areas that don’t offer as many AP courses, many states offer online AP courses.
    • The reward for being a National Merit Scholar varies widely between universities, but can be as much as a full ride, books, etc.
    • PSAT is offered in sophomore and junior year.
    • If your sophomore student scores higher than 1300 on a PSAT, it’s a disservice to not study for the PSAT in their junior year.
    • Only 50,000 students get National Merit status:
      • Top 16,000 students are awarded “semi-finalist” status
      • Next 34,000 get “commended” status
    • Many campuses offer cash for participating in graduate research projects.
    • Being a Resident Advisor (RA) at most schools earns you free room and board, which can be as much as $20k a year.
    • Becoming an RA is typically competitive, so start planning your application earlier.
    • Being an RA is potentially the biggest scholarship you can get.
  • The financial independence group in Scandinavia just surpassed 1,000 members.

  • The Houston ChooseFI Local Group is hosting Alan Donegan from the Pop Up Business School, along with the San Diego and Los Angeles local groups.
  • Jonathan will join the Washington, D.C., Local Group for a meet up soon.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/114R

View Details

114 | Brian Eufinger, co-founder of Edison Prep, dives deep into the college admissions process and explains how a student should approach grades and test scores to give themselves the best college options, and how to pay for college without collecting a huge student loan debt.

  • Most merit aid that students earn comes directly from the university.
  • Brian attended Washington University in St. Louis, earning about 2/3 merit scholarship and pieced together other scholarships and on-campus jobs to pay for his education.
  • Many states or schools give merit scholarships for students who earn high test scores and high grades.
  • Brian is surprised by the vast differences in aid packages among schools with similar academic profiles.
  • Many schools will offer a few high school classes in the 8th grade year.
  • Brian’s advice for helping students get into the best college and find the best merit aid is to sign up for challenging classes, starting in middle school if you can, earn the highest GPA possible, and find a few extracurricular activities you are passionate about.
  • A super high SAT score will not offset a bad GPA; you can repeat a test, but not a class from 9th grade.
  • The Common Application has made it more difficult for universities to evaluate an overwhelming number of applications, which is why a students’ numbers are so important when admissions officers are making initial evaluations.
  • Grade inflation makes it difficult to understand GPAs; your student just needs to stand out among their school peers.
  • Earning a “C” in their junior years is one of the bigger mistakes a student can make.
  • The No. 1 academic risk for high school students is over committing to extracurricular activities, including sports, when they should be focusing on academics.
  • Division I schools are able to give out athletic scholarships, while Division 3 schools typically don’t offer athletic aid. However, there are still options for earning scholarships at Division 3 schools for student-athletes.
  • Merit aid is based on evaluation of your grades, test scores, application, etc.
  • Need-based financial aid is based on perceived financial need.
  • Students don't need 1,000 hours to study for SAT/ACT tests; if they treated tests like a sport for one season, they would have all the hours they need.
  • The perfect time to start studying is after sophomore year, before junior year is complete.
  • Sophomores should make sure to take a full-length practice test, created by the actual test makers, to determine whether they’ll be more successful on the ACT or SAT.
  • It’s better to focus on one test than to try to be good at two.
  • Practice is crucial.
  • The best calculator for these tests is the TI-84 Plus CE, followed by a TI-84 and TI-83.
  • It’s best to find a local tutoring company, with a small number of employees, that hires full-time professional tutors.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://www.choosefi.com/114

View Details

113R | Tanja Hester retired early 15 months ago and joins the show to share her experience of being work optional, Brad makes a decision about solar panels, and a review of Monday’s episode with Grant Sabatier.

  • Brad shares some updates with his car malfunctions and follows up about his solar panel cost analysis.
  • Brad anticipates a 9.6% return on his solar panel investment, compared to Brian’s 12.5% return in Rhode Island.
  • Solar panels are expected to last for about 25 years.
  • Message from Dan, who realized while listening to Monday’s episode with Grant Sabatier, that he is charging too little for his side hustle work, and paying too much in taxes.
  • Sales is story telling – Grant figured out how to tell his story right and understand potential client’s needs.
  • A message from Ben, who feels like building relationships with recruiters is more likely to get you job options that is $10-15k, compared to the $60-80k Grant mentioned.
  • You’re unlikely to get a big pay bump by staying with the same company; getting a significant jump usually requires moving jobs.
  • Maybe you don’t need a budget, but you do need to know what your life costs.
  • Tanja Hester, author of Work Optional, joins the show:
    • How did Tanja change from wanting to stick with her career forever, to choosing early retirement?
    • Took Tanja and her husband about 6 years to reach early retirement.
    • It’s hard to know your “why of FI”, but moving into early retirement requires some life planning.
    • After 15 months, is early retirement meeting Tanja’s expectations?
    • Whether you’re retiring at 45 or 65, the transition is still very similar; we all have a desire to matter and contribute.
    • What are Tanja and Mark pursuing now that allows them to contribute?
    • What things should people be considering in order to make their retirement plan bullet proof?
      • A variety of different retirement options, aside from full retirement.
      • One-phase or two-phase retirement – should you plan differently for your expenses and savings before and after the traditional retirement age?
      • Does 25x and/or 4% work for you?
      • When and how to cut your spending?
    • It’s always better to over save.
    • Tanja’s FI calculations don’t include social security, as there’s a possible it could change.
    • Most retirees spend about $300k on medical expenses, beyond Medicare.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/113R

View Details

113 | Grant Sabatier from Millennial Money and author of Financial Freedom, shares his story of unemployment and entrepreneurship, and his strategies for increasing your income and optimizing your finances.

  • In 2010, with a college degree in philosophy Grant had been laid off twice and found himself living at home as 24-year-old.
  • Grant sent out more than 200 resumes without a single callback before he found the information he needed to start learning Google Ad campaigns.
  • The certification process took about 30 days and he received a job offer almost immediately.
  • The first step to getting out of a rut is being honest enough to admit that you’re stuck.
  • Most people are only 2 or 3 steps away from a life that they’d love.
  • A million dollars could be 10 years away; just take the next step.
  • When Grant looked at all his friends and his parents’ friends, they were stressed about money so he decided to learn how to do it differently.
  • Grant learned how to build Wordpress websites and began selling his services to law firms, quickly securing large contracts at lower prices than large agencies.
  • Grant’s first client became his most valuable client because he served as a credible reference for more than a year.
  • How does Grant recommend getting your first client?
  • What matters is helping your client look good to their boss.
  • Selling is story telling – who you are as a person is more important that what you’re selling.
  • The paradox of the gig economy is that many people are actually less flexible and more stressed about getting their next client than they would be working a 9-5.
  • Whether you’re happy with your current job or not, optimizing your finances through your full-time job is where you need to start.
  • Talking to recruiters in your particular industry will give insight into the direction the industry is moving, what parts of your resume might be lacking, and the market value of your work.
  • How does Grant maintain relationships with recruiters?
    • Face-to-face meetings
    • Taking people out to lunch
    • Form an actual relationship, don’t just try to get something from them.
  • For Grant, forcing someone into a budget that cuts out small things like wine and coffee just reinforces a scarcity mindset.
  • The only way to get from a 5% to a 30% savings rate is to decrease your housing, transportation and food costs.
  • There is a limit to how much someone can cut back, but making money is unlimited.
  • Grant invested 100% of his side hustle income.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/113

View Details

112R | An evaluation of the long-term savings that result from driving old cars, a review of how Naseema McElroy has optimized her finances and reversed lifestyle creep, and a series of voicemails and messages from the ChooseFI community.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/112R 

View Details

112 | Naseema McElroy, a registered and practicing nurse and blogger at Financially Intentional, explains how to accumulate $1 million in debt, and how she earned her freedom through financial independence.

  • How does someone accumulate $1 million of debt?
  • Naseema is from West Oakland, Ca., where she was taught to either join the military or go to college.
  • She attended the University of Southern California for both her undergraduate and graduate degree, then later completed an accelerated nursing certification program at the University of California in San Francisco.
  • Floor nurses where Naseema works earn above $200,000.
  • How could Naseema have been significantly more efficient with her college education?
  • Many nurses have two jobs: Naseema works part time with benefits (three eight-hour shifts), and a per diem job (two 12-hour shifts) without benefits, at a higher pay rate.
  • Even after finishing her education and working full time, Naseema accumulated more than $1 million in debt, and was living paycheck to paycheck.
  • Most of her debt was student loans and Bay-Area mortgage costs.
  • What inspired Naseema to move from a 5002ft apartment closer to the city into a 40002ft home in the suburbs?
  • Even with the house and the car and the seemingly perfect set up, Naseema did not feel secure, and even owed her family money.
  • Dave Ramsey set Naseema on the course to pay off her debt.
  • What was her first step?
  • Once Naseema began tracking her expenses, she was an early user of Dave Ramsey’s Every Dollar app.
  • A zero-base budget is projecting how much you’ll earn and set aside how much is intended for paying off debt, then adjust the remaining numbers to reflect other obligations and other adjustable expenses.
  • What inspired Naseema to begin blogging at Financially Intentional?
  • Before Naseema sold her suburban house, she had already paid $300k of debt.
  • Naseema chose to leave one of her jobs when it became an unhealthy environment, because living debt-free gave her the room in her budget to do so.
  • Currently, Naseema has moved out of the Bay Area and commutes back into the city 6 days a month for work.
  • Building wealth is a mindset. You have everything it takes to be successful.

Links:

Clever Girl Finance

The Stock Series

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/112

View Details

111R | Jillian from Montana Money Adventures gives advice for laying out roadmap in your life, right after and Brad and Jonathan review Monday’s episode and highlight activities from several local groups around the globe.

  • Brad and Jonathan reflect on last week’s episode with Billy Banholzer.
  • A video inspires Brad to learn swimming from his daughter.
  • Your current behavior or mistake doesn’t have to define you for the rest of your life.
  • One of the first steps to Billy’s success was setting goals.
  • What are Brad’s suggestions for developing into a better writer?
  • Billy found ChooseFI while he was looking for a community of people who were pursuing the same things he wanted to pursue.
  • Getting started on the path to financial independence can be really hard at first, but it gets easier as you move further down the path.
  • Brad shares excitement about a local meet up and changes people are making locally.
  • Highlight reel of local group activities:

    • Combined Southern California and San Diego groups have a sold-out meeting where Jillian from Montana Money Adventures will speak.
    • The Nebraska local group is meeting every two months with specific topics.
    • A new group in The Netherlands has more than 20 members.
    • The local group in Portland, Ore., met every week in 2018.
    • A Northern Ireland local group doubled its membership in the past month.
    • Alex, an admin from the Baltimore group, is setting up mastermind groups.
  • Jillian, from Episode 84, talks about building a life roadmap:

    • Focusing on your values is the first step to building a better life.
    • How did Jillian and her husband create space to talk about their values and what they wanted their life to look like?
    • Be. Have. Do.
    • Jillian uses sticky notes to brainstorm her ideas and organize her thoughts.
    • What is a Quit List?
    • How does Jillian consider seasons of life?
    • Each person’s superpower includes:
      • What you’re passionate about.
      • What you’re naturally good at.
      • What activities you get caught up in and find really fun.
    • Brad talks about listening to where there’s resistance in your life.
    • Could. Should. Want.
    • Writing down your thoughts helps clarify and anchor them.
    • Tickets for Chautauqua 2019 will go on sale soon.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/111R

View Details

111 | Billy B., a writer, entrepreneur and blogger at Wealth Well Done, shares his story of finding freedom in prison, starting over in his 30s and pursuing financial independence despite the setbacks.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/111 

View Details

110R | Voicemails from the ChooseFI community about saving on grocery bills, making life changes to optimize your circumstances, and a travel suggestion, as well as a review of Monday’s episode and updates from Brad and Jonathan about bills, travel, solar panels and more.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/110R 

View Details

110 | Rocky Lalvani, blogger at Richer Soul, shares his story of growing up as an immigrant’s child, learning how to save money in his early years, and how he’s teaching his own children about finances now.

  • Rocky’s parents came to the U.S. in 1968, when Rocky was 2 years old.
  • Among Rocky’s parents’ friends and their community, money was an open topic, and in pursuit of the “American Dream” his family consistently climbed the financial ladder.
  • When Rocky was 7 his father became a single dad, and Rocky started learning how to be more independent, personally and financially.
  • Paying attention to what customers and supervisors actually wanted helped Rocky advance at work.
  • How much was Rocky saving when he was working in his youth?
  • Rocky worked through college by delivering pizza and working at the university, finishing without any student debt.
  • When he got his first post-college job, his dad helped him set up all the available automated savings accounts – 401k, company stock, etc.
  • After realizing he needed to get out of consumer debt, what was Rocky’s strategy?
  • Rocky’s plan was always to be a millionaire – he had been calculating and trying strategies since early on.
  • Seeing people lose their life savings in an economic downturn motivated Rocky to get himself into a steady financial position.
  • What steps did Rocky take to get himself to FI?
    • Started saving early.
    • Always spent less than he made.
    • Rocky paid off his mortgage as early as possible.
  • How is Rocky teaching his children about money?
  • At this point, Rocky’s children are young adults – they don’t need things to be confident.
  • Rocky wishes that in addition to teaching how to save money, he had also taught his children to earn money.
  • Rocky’s strategy to help his daughter do well on the SAT, and hopefully earn a good scholarship, was to download an app on her phone and answer one SAT question a day for three years, prior to taking the exam.
  • Earning a scholarship to college is a sliding scale – a student might earn scholarship at a lower tier school, when they would not earn anything at a “better” school.
  • Rocky and his son went a step further and did their best to figure out how to pay for college with the lowest price tag.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/110

View Details

109R | Big ERN from Early Retirement Now joins the show to talk about the current market climate: How is it impacting investors, who could benefit, and what markers he uses to evaluate its actual condition?

We also share a voicemail from Abby, who provides a few more helpful hints for teaching abroad.

Highlights from the show:

  • Brad maxed out his HSA for 2019, and talks about how he’s prioritizing fitness.
  • Easy choices, hard life. Hard choices, easy life.
  • Preview of who will be at the coming CampFI that Brad plans to attend.
  • Review of Monday’s episode about teaching abroad, and the wide variety of opportunities available.
  • A voicemail from Abby H., who is currently teaching in China and has experience in several other countries as well.
  • Abby tried teaching in Kuwait, but found that despite a high salary the cost of living was also extremely high.
  • Suggestions from Abby:
    • Don’t just look for jobs in the Middle East, or other “high salary” locations.
    • Try negotiating your salary/benefits offer.
    • Look for options that don’t require purchasing a car.
  • How did Rob and Scott, from Monday’s episode, replace fear with flexibility in each of their lives?
  • Big ERN joins the show to talk about the current market situation:
    • What is “sequence of returns” risk, and why does it matter?
    • Under the assumption that the great recession or the dot-com bust will not repeat, Big ERN thinks it’s too early to worry about the current market climate.
    • The 4% rule isn’t as untouchable as people think. With a small market downturn, it’s possible that some people will need to draw as much as 5%.
    • If someone’s portfolio decreased this year, should they work a few more years to rebuild it, or count on the market recovering?
    • If someone is still many years away from retirement, they shouldn’t worry too much about the market, and might actually be benefit from low stock prices.
    • If you have a 50% or higher savings rate, you are going succeed financially, regardless of this drop in the market.
    • The U.S. economy is still strong, so the value of the market isn’t necessarily going down – the price is just down.
    • If someone has a sum of money ready to invest, should they invest it all at once, or employ “dollar-cost averaging”?
    • Who should be concerned about the market and what should they be looking for?
    • Look at the fundamentals of the U.S. economy to evaluate the conditions of the market.
    • Big ERN just retired. His family is just settling in to a new house in Washington.

Links:

  • ChooseFI Local Groups are helping to build on-the-ground community
  • TeachAway
  • Early Retirement Now

View Details

109 | Scott, a math teacher in Santiago, Chile, and Rob, a blogger at Getting Canned, share their experiences teaching abroad, including the financial and lifestyle benefits, and the how-to for making it happen.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/109 

View Details

108R | Brad and Jonathan talk through the various methods of calculating a yearly savings rate and the numbers necessary to do so, and review Monday’s episode about setting up special needs accounts. * Jonathan is back from 20 days with family in Zimbabwe, and Brad recaps his Christmas vacation. * Brad and his family added 12 board games to their collection. * William, from Monday’s episode, set out a road map for people who want or need to safe guard finances for special needs children or other dependents. * Key: fund your trust as a part of executing your will to minimize tax liability. * Start with a 529 Able, but as you reach $100k, begin to look at the next steps. * Comment from Rebecca, that the 529 Able accounts in Nevada have higher fees than she preferred, so she’s funding a traditional 529 Plan and will eventually rotate it into a 529 Able. * Every state currently has its own set of 529 Able options. * Voicemail from Penny, who has a special needs trust and was on disability for 16 years, but has been back to work for the past 12 years and is now working to help her parents with their healthcare and financial needs. * Financial independence is the ability to do the things that bring you joy, whether they bring in money or not. * In 2019, ChooseFI is bringing in experts to answer specific, technical questions. * William is helping to build the website, and a more user-friendly local group site. * Brad is going to Camp FI in Florida soon. * How to calculate your savings rate: * + Three different ways to calculate: + - Gross total compensation divided by how much you saved or invested. - Take-home pay divided by how much you saved or invested. - After-tax compensation divided by how much you saved or invested. + Brad uses an excel sheet with three tabs: Profit & Loss (P&L), Net Worth, Accounts. + In the Accounts tab, Brad records savings in each account at the beginning and end of the year, and totals up monthly expenses (cost of electric in Jan., Feb., Mar., etc.). + Does Brad track every one of his credit card expenses? + Net worth = add up all your assets and all your liabilities.

For more information, including links mentioned in today's show, visit the show notes at http://ChooseFI.com/108R

View Details

108 | William McVey, ChooseFI’s Chief Technology Officer, walks through investment options available to meet the financial demands of special needs children, and the strategies he’s used to prepare for his children’s future. 

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/108 

View Details

107R | A year-end episode featuring voicemails and messages from the ChooseFI community sharing successes, progress, exciting discoveries, and hopes for next year of our journey toward financial independence.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/107R 

View Details

107 | Craig Attkinson, owner and founder of Green Side Up, a landscaping company in Richmond, Va., explains how he started his business in his mid-20s, what it took to grow and optimize the business, and how he’s optimized other aspects of his life as well.

  • Craig started out his career on a golf course, with a degree from Virginia Tech in turf grass and horticulture.
  • Green Side Up started in one weekend when Craig bought a truck, a trailer and a mower all at once.
  • Craig mowed lawns since he was 10 years old and saved it all until he bought his supplies.
  • Jumping straight into landscaping required Craig to do everything himself, and learn on the go.
  • When Craig brought on his first partner, he gave him 50% of the company, and guaranteed a salary, knowing that they would have to build up that amount of business.
  • How did Craig get contracts in the mid 2000s?
  • Craig has a marketing company now that helps now, but early marketing for Green Side Up involved phone books, purchasing ads and a lot of networking.
  • Having a partner to build ideas, and watching to see how other similar businesses function is helpful to build efficiency.
  • Finding a good system for managing the work processes and clarifying expectations for employees hugely increased the business’ efficiency.
  • How can Craig build the company to a point that he can step away?
  • As the business gets bigger, purchasing things in bulk, or at higher volumes, helps Craig get better prices.
  • How did Craig find the FI community?
  • Craig’s goal in life is to not have to ever worry about money.
  • Craig’s saving rate is about 70-80% because he benefits from company vehicles, cell phone plan, etc., which makes his personal expenses much lower.
  • Craig’s family farm houses the equipment for the business.
  • How and why did Craig design his own tiny home, next to his sister’s house?
  • Craig loves life optimization; what aspects of his tiny home are most optimized?
    • Took advantage of a 4’ x 6’ nook for his office.
    • Used leftover granite from someone else’s kitchen remodel for his own small kitchen.
    • Built a bed with drawers underneath for his closet.
  • Craig is technically FI, but is still loving his work, so he’s not retiring anytime soon.
  • His next adventures are climbing in Patagonia and biking in Norway.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/107

View Details

106R | A series of suggestions and questions from the ChooseFI community, including HSA funds, capital gains distributions, and Traditional versus Roth IRAs, and follow up from Monday’s episode with Deanna.

  • Jonathan raves about battery-powered chain saws, and a great bonding experience with his dad.
  • Brad’s in-laws enjoy helping Brad’s family with landscaping and gardening.
  • Pursuing financial independence gives Jonathan the opportunity to plan his family’s schedule first and work around that.
  • The people pursuing FI aren’t just single, white software designers; FI gives everyone the opportunity to prioritize family.
  • We get to pick our story.
  • Our mindframe changes the trajectory of our lives.
  • No matter how bad you’ve had it, there is someone with more obstacles than you had, who found a way through.
  • ChooseFI isn’t about Brad and Jonathan, it’s about the community.
  • Voicemail from Danny Kenny, a CFP, who recommends rolling HSA funds out of your employee account and into an external HSA custodian account that will have lower costs associated (allowed once a year) and explains how capital gains distributions can hurt long-term holders.
  • Another voicemail, from Hillary, who enjoys hearing about the fundamentals of financial independence.
  • Lee asks why someone would choose a Traditional IRA versus a Roth IRA, since neither are funded by truly “pre-tax” money?
  • A 401k comes out of your W2 paycheck, before it’s taxed, while Traditional IRA contributions come from a personal decision to contribute post-paycheck money to a retirement account.
  • When someone uses a Traditional IRA, contributions are deductible and lower your taxable income to decrease your tax liability.
  • A Roth IRA does not come with a tax deduction.
  • Taxable investments are just a different way to store your money aside from just keeping money in the bank – either an investment account, or investment properties.
  • Ruth points out that it’s important to check our accounts and protect ourselves from recurring and unwanted charges.
  • James shares a frugal win – offering graphic design services in exchange for a $500 discount to his favorite coffee shop, so he can work there and drink coffee for free.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/106R

View Details

106 | Deanna, blogger at msfiology.com, shares her journey from drug and alcohol addiction to recovery, paying off six-figures of personal debt, and getting started on her path toward financial independence.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/106 

View Details

105R | Brian Feroldi joins the show to talk about the costs and benefits of installing solar panels and answers questions about his investment strategies, and Brad and Jonathan recap Monday’s episode with Paula Pant before announcing a new ChooseFI project on the horizon.

For more information, visit the show notes at http://ChooseFI.com/105R 

View Details

105 | Paula Pant, creator of Afford Anything podcast and blog, dives into her love for travel, her rejection of the traditional 9-5, and how she built an income to match her lifestyle.

  • Paula moved to the U.S. as a baby, just after being born in Nepal.
  • Her only travel growing up was between Ohio and Nepal.
  • Travel has become a large part of Paula’s life, but her desire to travel only grew in her adult life.
  • Rebellion is a form of seeking identity.
  • Once Paula started traveling did she fall in love with travel immediately?
  • What does Paula consider a legitimate visit to a foreign country?
  • Two weeks of vacation in Paula’s first few years of work after college felt too limiting.
  • Paula made a lifestyle change, and then figured out how to fund it.
  • Learning about and trying out freelance work introduced Paula to the idea that someone could work outside of the traditional 9-5 work.
  • Did Paula receive criticism when she quit her job to travel?
  • When Paula traveled for her first few years, she budgeted about $1,000 a month for expenses and chose to visit countries where the dollar goes far.
  • Paula’s tips for building connection while traveling:
    • Stay at hostels – more economical, and more social.
    • Meet the American, Australian, British, etc., ex pats, and meet their friends (build relationships, and travel slowly).
  • How did Paula restart once she returned to the U.S. after her 27-month adventure?
  • In pursuit of writing what she wanted to read, Paula became a personal finance writer.
  • When did Paula begin to feel imposter syndrome?
  • Default to saving, instead of default to spending.
  • Why does spending money create anxiety for Paula, and how did the scarcity mindset actually push Paula toward financial independence?
  • Passive income (real estate) was primarily meant to give Paula some financial cushion, instead of a means to financial independence.
  • Humans crave autonomy, purpose and mastery.
  • Reading about potential scientific advances motivates Paula to be healthier because she wants to be around to see it.
  • Self-care is work care.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/105

View Details

104R | An update from Marla Taner on 2018’s best travel reward options, a hack for keeping your bills low, a review of Monday’s episode with Doc G.

  • Jonathan tries out a new service to ensure that his bills are staying low.
  • Billfixers.com is fixing a ‘pain point’ for Jonathan.
  • How can someone balance simplicity, and a willingness to say yes to opportunities?
  • Review of Monday’s episode: Purpose, Identity and Connection.
  • Finding your identity – the story you tell yourself, about yourself – is crucial to finding your space in the world.
  • Why was Brad was given singing lessons as a gift from a couple at Chautauqua?
  • Marla Taner joins the show to update about travel rewards:
    • She’s traveling to Hawaii for New Years with 9 friends.
    • Flight reward deals are not as good during Christmas, but hotels are usually consistent.
    • What is the Southwest Companion Pass and what is the strategy to get it?
      • Earn the ability to bring someone with you for free on every Southwest flight for up to 2 years.
      • Must earn 110,000 Southwest rewards points in one calendar year.
      • Current strategy:
        • Southwest’s Business card comes with 60k points.
        • Southwest’s Personal card comes with 40k points.
    • Southwest has good sales on right now.
    • What does it take to apply for a business card?
    • Barclay Arrival Plus – Marla’s recommendation for beginners.
    • Capital One Venture card has added a transferrable-points feature.
    • Don’t overspend, look for opportunities to front-load some of your normal expenses to hit minimum spends (i.e., utility bills, or internet, grocery gift cards).
    • Marla is joining Tim and Amy Rutherford from ChooseFI Episode 79 in Tempe, AZ for a few days. Want to join?
    • Best way to connect with Marla, Tim and Amy is via the Go With Less blog.
      • Join them in Tempe .

View Details

104 | Doc G, writer at DiverseFI.com, shares his experience and mindset as he considers stepping away from his career as a doctor, and highlights the value of building purpose, identity and connection.

For more details, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/104

View Details

103R | Captain DIY returns to recommend some accessible projects for the beginning DIYer, Jonathan highlights two recipe and meal organization apps, and several messages from the ChooseFI community.

For more details, visit the extensive list at https://ChooseFI.com/103R 

View Details

103 | Tinian Crawford, blogger at DIY2FI and licensed electrician, talks about his path to licensure, the advantages of trade jobs and his transition to pursuing financial independence.

  • What jobs are represented in the FI community?
  • Base salary for an electrician is $70 minimum.
  • Many people go to trade school in high school or immediately after, so there’s very little financial education in the trade-work community.
  • Tinian’s father built his childhood house, and Tinian was enlisted to help with construction projects on their property.
  • Does Tinian find value in the graphic design education he received in community college?
  • Tinian’s first job was building signs – many of which were lighted signs – which piqued his interest learning about electrical work.
  • What education do you need to start electrician licensure training?
  • Tinian’s one-year program cost $25k.
  • To be fully licensed, an electrician has to do a 5-year apprenticeship.
  • Making $70 an hour comes when you work for yourself.
  • Do most electricians jump right into owning their own business?
  • Tinian’s recommendation: stick with a contractor you can learn from for your day job, and start taking jobs on the side.
  • Additional trade jobs that would be great for FI:
    • Garden landscaping and design
    • Plumbing
  • Tinian’s wife suggested that they save $20k by the time their first child was born.
  • In order to avoid high childcare costs, Tinian and his wife split their schedules as much as possible.
  • Tinian hopes to leave his day job at some point, but still needs to learn more about managing benefits and figuring out exactly how much he needs to support his family.
  • In order to prepare for leaving a day job, it’s important to identify how much life will cost after the change.
  • Beginning their investing with a local financial advisor and a socially conscious portfolio was a mistake for Tinian.

Links:

DYI 2 FI

DIYCaptain - Twitter

Burrito Bowl Diaries

“Eliminating the Excuse” – Saving Sherpa

View Details

102R | Brad and Jonathan explain the long-term tax benefits of using a Health Savings Account to pay for medical expenses, discuss the benefits of new index fund investing options, review Monday’s episode with Timika Downes.

  • Brad and Jonathan are getting back to traditional health insurance, and excited about the Health Savings Account (HSA).
  • Most companies offer health insurance options, typically including:
    • Low monthly premium + high deductible
    • High(er) monthly premium + low(er) deductible.
  • The IRS defines a high deductible plan as anything higher than $1,350 for an individual, or $2,700 for a family.
  • Employees with high deductible plans have access to an HSA (eligible accounts).
  • An FSA (Flex Savings Account) is a reloadable account, that is primarily use-it or lose-it
  • Putting money in an HSA is tax free, and rolls over to future years, and drawing it out for medical purposes is tax free.
  • 2018 HSA contribution limits:
    • $3,450 for individuals
    • $6,900 for families
  • After 65, if you have unused money in your HSA, you can draw it out like a traditional IRA and just pay your normal tax.
  • Brad intends to save his receipts and wait to be reimbursed until later, as HSAs will earn interest the same as any investment account.
  • ChooseFI community members recommend Lively or Fidelity.
  • Review of Monday’s episode with Timika – similar concepts and action points as the recommendations from Alan in the Side Hustle Coaching Series.
  • You don’t need permission: just take action.
  • Dan writes in to report that he’s reached FI!
  • ChooseFI has listeners across the globe – although not all the tax and investment information are relevant to international listeners, the lifestyle conversations are.
  • Brad and Jonathan highly recommend Vanguard because they have low fees, which means investors keep more of their returns.
  • In last few months, Fidelity began offering zero-fee funds and Vanguard has lowered its minimum investment from $10k to $3k for several funds.
  • Investments abroad can have very high fees.
  • Zero fees are not the only thing to consider when picking accounts: tax efficiency is very important as well.

Links:

Vanguard Ratchets Up Index-Fund Price Battle

View Details

102 | Blogger and podcaster Tamika Downes reveals how she went from $94K of debt to owning a six-figure income-earning side hustle while continuing her job as a school nurse and raising three children.

  • Timika’s early financial experiences came through immigrant parents, from Barbados, hustling and saving.
  • Having a side hustle was common place in Timika’s family.
  • Despite her family’s habit of saving, Timika finished her education with $94K of debt.
    • After her undergraduate Timika had $24K in debt.
    • Student loans for her master’s cost $35K
    • A second, nursing degree, cost another $30K
  • Choosing to pursue something that you’re not quite ready for can often lead someone to pay more than necessary.
  • Nursing degrees don’t have to cost $30K; immediately after high school students can become qualified Certified Nursing Assistants (CNAs) working in hospitals or nursing homes while starting at a community college and finishing through a bridge program at a 4-year school.
  • Nursing is a trade; find the most efficient way to get qualified.
  • Many universities offer tuition assistant to the children of faculty/staff, often including tuition at other universities.
  • What options did Timika consider in order to decrease her student loan debt?
  • Timika’s mindset changed when she started to own her life circumstances; taking responsibility for her finances was a natural result.
  • Instead of buying a $20K car, Timika bought a $20K business – a lice clinic.
  • Timika spoke with out-of-state clinic owners and did her homework before deciding to invest in the set up for her clinic.
  • Since opening the business, Timika has increased her talentstack to include:
    • Securing a business lease
    • Blogging
    • Website management
    • Business finance management
  • Timika went to coding bootcamp, for 75% discount as a female minority.
  • The lice clinic is now almost passive income: Timika only devotes three hours a week and has hired employees who manage the rest.

Links:

House of FI

Reluctant Frugalist

Saving Sherpa

The Road to Retirement: (Re)Learning to Love Work

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/102

View Details

101R | Brad and Jonathan talk about their experiences with W2 jobs and building side hustles, Jose shares his own side hustle tip, and Alan and Tallis wrap up the 4-part Side Hustle Coaching Series.

  • Brad and Jonathan are jumping into planned spontaneity.
  • Do your actions align with your values?
  • Brad recounts how the accounting firm he worked for right after college, one of the biggest in the U.S. at the time, folded and within 9 months no longer existed.
  • W2 jobs aren’t all that risk-free after all.
  • Having a side hustle is about diversification.
  • Jonathan talks about how Dani is building an audiobook side hustle, using some of the techniques and strategies that Nick Loper talked about in Monday’s episode.
  • Willingness to pivot your side hustle idea gives you a better chance at building a side hustle that actually works.
  • Voicemail from Jose with a side hustle tip from Task Rabbit – sign up to help others with random tasks, and add a little extra cash to your pocket.
  • Brad’s opting to rent a car through Turo, through which customers rent someone’s personal car, similar to AirBnB.

Side Hustle Coaching Call

  • Episodes to review: Episode 30, Episode 56 (Part 1), Episode 77R (Part 2), Episode 85R (Part 3)
  • Tallis reviews how her initial cold calls, starting from further away geographically and becoming increasingly local as she refined her sales pitch.
  • Tallis has 4 dance classes she’ll be teaching soon!
  • Tracking results and feedback from the start of your business is important.
  • Measuring results, and using valid tools respected within the medical community will be important to Tallis’ business.
  • Where does Tallis want her business to go in the next 2 years?
  • Keep pressing forward – it’s impossible to know how the business might grow, but Tallis is building entrepreneurial skills and opening options for her future.

Links:

10 Big Chain Stores That Will Secretly Match Amazon's Low Prices

View Details

101 | Nick Loper, founder of Side Hustle Nation, talks about the benefits of developing a side hustle, and methods to actually develop a good side hustle idea.

  • You can only cut so much from your expenses; a side hustle helps you expand your earning potential.
  • Nick thinks working just a 9-5 job is risky – what happens if you get fired?
  • Nick advocates several methods for developing side hustle ideas.
  • Method 1: Intersection Method
    • Write out three columns with lists that include what you can do, what you like to do, and the people in your network.
  • Nick used the Fiverr website to test out his first side hustle idea.
  • How important is it to pivot, instead of being discouraged by failure?
  • Some of the best ideas are developed once a business is already in motion.
  • Method 2: What sucks?
    • Find simple sticking points in life and solve the problems.
  • Some people find things on Amazon that suck, and find a way to make them better.
  • There are manufacturing companies in China and the U.S. that work with small orders and require minimal up-front investment.
  • You don’t need a brand-new idea, you just need a different market.
  • Recommended episodes from Side Hustle Nation:
    • Episode 173: How to Turn Your Ideas Into Recurring Revenue, with Stephen Key
    • Episode 263: The Top 3 Amazon FBA Private Label Product Research Strategies for 2018 and Beyond
  • Method 3: Rip, Pivot and Jam
    • Find a business model that’s working, pivot it to a new market, product, etc., and then do the work.
  • Are there side hustles that Nick no longer recommends?
  • Sometimes the opportunity cost for a side hustle may not be worth the cash.
  • One of the best side hustle ideas Nick has heard: Flea Market Flipper.
  • How difficult is it to develop a passive-income side-hustle?
  • Think Maids: found a category of businesses on Yelp that had really poor reviews, and found a way to provide better customer service.

Links:

Alibaba.com

Smart Passive Income

GoCurryCracker

View Details

100R | Brad and Jonathan explain how simply knowing the rules can save you thousands on taxes and college financing, Brad talks through the IRA Conversion Ladder and Capital Gains Harvesting, and a few updates from the community.

  • The financial independence movement is growing, and seeing a lot more press coverage.
  • Messaging matters: The Wall Street Journal published one article with two different headlines.
  • Pursuing financial independence isn’t about buying brown bananas, despite what some media would suggest.
  • Brad reached financial independence with intentionality about his priorities in his life.
  • Brad and Jonathan don’t aim to tell people what decisions to make in their life, just give options and information.
  • What did Brad’s family do to reach financial independence?
    • Housing: chose to move to a less-expensive cost of living area
    • Cars: Brad & his wife drive 15-year-old cars
    • Food: don’t go to restaurants often
  • Set up a life that doesn’t cost that much.
  • Pursuing financial independence actually allows people to pursue jobs that they love.
  • If life costs a lot and someone is in debt, it’s very hard to walk away without taking major risks.
  • Knowing tax rules is a huge component of pursuing financial independence.
  • Knowing the rules in regards to paying for college makes a huge difference in how much financial aid your student might be eligible to receive.
  • A message from Matt about researching the actual requirements necessary for a job in nursing – the cost of nursing school can range from a few thousand dollars to more than $100k.
  • Studying nursing in a less expensive area still gives you qualifications to practice anywhere in the U.S., with a potentially huge payoff.
  • Roth Conversion Ladder & Capital Gains Harvesting – the goal is to pay little or no tax.
  • Roth IRA Conversion Ladder:
    • Starts with traditional IRA/401k.
    • If you want to retire before 59.5, taking money out is taxable income.
    • If you’re not collecting significant income, taking money from an IRA is unlikely to push you into a high tax bracket.
  • Capital Gains Harvesting
    • If you’re income is low, your tax bracket can be incredibly low.
  • Email from Dan explaining how he and his wife paid off many of their debts, found a way for his wife to be a stay-at-home mom, and started a small side hustle.
  • Brad shares a frugal win of the week at the optometrist.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/100R

View Details

100 | Brad and Jonathan look back at the ChooseFI’s growth during the past 100 episodes and hit the highlights of financial independence for new community members and recap their own financial independence journeys.

  • Jonathan considers himself a reluctant frugalist, but the idea of not having to work won him over.
  • Brad and his wife were natural savers, but chose to move from Long Island, NY, so that they could save more and work toward financial independence.
  • If you want to take back your years and have the option to stop working before your 60s, you’re going to have to live differently and make different choices.
  • The key to long term freedom is saving money.
  • The benefits of pursuing financial independence are felt long before reaching FI.
  • Jonathan put himself in a position to leave his pharmacy job when it stopped working for him and his family.
  • A huge quantity of life’s stresses can go away if you’ve got some money in the bank.
  • What you earn minus what you spend = the gap.
  • The goal of the ChooseFI community is to help you grow the gap, and pursue what you’re most interested in.
  • ChooseFI isn’t about the money, it’s a life optimization strategy.
  • Small sacrifices add up in the long term.
  • What is a talent stack, and how did it change Brad’s life?
  • Starting with current income is the wrong place to start calculating the number you need for retirement.
  • FI number = 25 x annual expenses (4% rule of thumb)
  • If you’re only saving 1%, it’ll take you 100 years to replace on year of expenses.
  • Getting as close to possible to a 50% savings rate is when things really start to move quickly.
  • Being rich isn’t watches and cars – it’s money saved and pursuing what’s more important to you in life.
  • What major decisions put Brad on the path to FI?

Links:

Mr. Money Mustache

www.choosefi.com/start

View Details

099R | Brad and Jonathan review Monday’s episode about generous giving and resource stewardship, then catch up on voicemails and updates from the community about dental school, fall activity ideas, and the recent dip in the stock market.

  • Jonathan recaps his recent family vacation and travel to FI Chautauqua Greece.
  • Chautauqua was most importantly about community.
  • Jonathan saved nearly $1,200 on a bill for his son’s broken leg just by asking for an adjusted cash-pay price.
  • The Playing with FIRE Kickstarter event far surpassed expectations.
    • More than 1,000 supports
    • More than $100k
  • Review from Monday’s episode with Michael Peterson.
  • Michael continues to work because he wants to be able to give.
  • Geoarbitrage might not always be what we think; moving to ‘less expensive’ countries also usually involves a big lifestyle change.
  • Considering oneself to be a steward of resources, not just an accumulator of money, puts members of the FI community in a unique position to be generous and consider their impact on world.
  • Voicemail from Brian Feroldi from Motley Fool: stock market is down about 10%, but no need to panic, as drops in the market are normal and bound to recover in the long term.
  • Buying stock when it’s down is like buying stock that’s on sale.
  • Voicemail from Chris who tries to support 2nd and 3rd generation FI by supporting childhood entrepreneurship.
  • Hansi asks the community for help brainstorming 31 free/inexpensive things for couples to do in the fall.
    • Drive to look at fall foliage
    • Toast pumpkin seeds
    • Backyard fire pit
  • Josh, a dentist in Oregon, opted to go to dental school in Oklahoma for half the cost of a school in Boston, and then chose to work in a rural group practice to significantly increase his income.
    • Using money he put into his 401k, he purchased a practice in Bend, OR and improved his lifestyle.
    • Expects to pay more than $1.2 million of loans in the next 5 years.
  • In the medical industry, working in more remote locations tends to increase income.
  • Voicemail from Matthew who is a military dentist – military pays for the cost of dental school, plus a stipend, in exchange for a few years of service to the military, and a guaranteed job.

Links mentioned in this episode:

FI Chautauqua

usafdds.blogspot.com

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/099R

View Details

099 | Michael Peterson, owner of a bacon-themed concession stand in California, talks about downsizing his family expenses, spending 8 months of the year managing a non-profit in El Salvador, and why generous giving is important to him.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/099

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

098R | An exciting conversation with Jared about his path to FI as a traveling physical therapist and his current 5-month trip abroad, as well as a voicemail about healthcare planning and a review of Monday’s episode.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/098R

View Details

098 | Samantha Keith, author of The Debtist blog, explains what it means to have more than half a million dollars of student debt, and how she plans to pay it off in less than 10 years.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/098

View Details

097R | A conversation with Larry Hagner from The Good Dad Project updating Brad on the recent financial changes he’s made in pursuit of more financial independence and his family’s budgeting strategies, as well as highlight’s from Monday’s episode from The White Coat Investor.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/097R

View Details

097 | Dr. James Dahle, founder of The White Coat Investor, talks about getting his start as a doctor and a blogger, setting up inheritance funds for his children, thinking through his investing strategies, and the motivation that keeps him working on the White Coat Investor.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/097

View Details

096R | An in-depth conversation with JL Collins about a recent controversial interview given by Suze Orman, and clarification of what concepts are truly at the heart of the financial independence movement.

  • Frugal wins of the week from Brad & Jonathan: garbage pickup and cell phone batteries.
  • What questions did Dominick Q, from Monday’s episode, ask that were most impactful for Jonathan?
  • Jonathan explains how he uses a planner at night to set himself up for success the next day.
    • What three things does he want to accomplish tomorrow?
  • Shutting off notifications on his phone allows Brad to step away from him phone more effectively.
  • One of Dominick’s strategies for breaking the tie to various technology is a ‘digital detox’.
  • Leaving his phone at home during a family walk each morning helps Jonathan give quality, undivided attention to his family.
  • JL Collins, a.k.a., the Godfather of FI, talks about two recent interviews on the “Afford Anything” podcast with Suze Orman (personal finance expert and former CNBC talk show host).
  • Although Suze opposes the overall idea of FIRE, she advocates for many similar personal finance concepts and principles.
  • Brad and Jonathan wonder whether anyone would ever be able to retire based on the FI numbers that Suze suggested.
  • JL suggests that fear of what might happen in the future informs Suze’s mindset more than necessary.
  • Continuing to work doesn’t mitigate uncertainty about the future.
  • The only truly non-renewable resource is wasting decades of your life.
  • Is the FI community more prepared than most for bad things that might happen in the future?
  • Jonathan and JL wonder if Suze’s wealth has been accumulated through sound investing, or from a variety of businesses and her work as a TV personality.
  • It’s easy to sell books and products based on fear.
  • Was Suze’s interview actually good for the FI community?
  • The amount of money someone actually needs to retire is entirely dependent on the lifestyle that someone chooses to live.
  • Does the “FIRE” acronym add some concern and confusion about the FI community?
  • Being financially independent just means that you can do whatever you want.
  • Trying to pick individual stocks is a loser’s game.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/096R

View Details

096 | Dominick Quartuccio defines life ‘drift’, advises Brad & Jonathan on how to take inventory of their habits, and evaluates the role technology plays in helping or hindering progress toward our goals.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/096

View Details

095R | Brad and Jonathan get an update about the “Playing with FIRE” documentary, they recap FinCon 2018, and review feedback from the community about Monday’s episode with the Military Dollar.

For more information on this episode, visit the show notes at choosefi.com/095r

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

095 | The author of the Military Dollar joins Brad and Jonathan to discuss the various ways that service members can optimize their finances and choose financial independence, including retirement plans, financial planning, health care benefits and the GI Bill.

  • Working in the military can set someone up to retire after 20 years with a pension and the ability to pursue whatever interests them.
  • Why do many young members of the military actually have financial problems?
  • Has Military Dollar ever seen any specific education for new servicemen?
  • How could a young person change his/her mindset to make more frugal choices and pursue FI?
  • Why did Military Dollar decide to pursue financial independence?
  • How did she get started?
  • What was MD’s savings rate early on?
  • How has MD set herself up to potentially retire by 41?
  • What was the moment that changed MD’s mindset and approach toward finances?
  • How do most military members approach debt?
  • What does the optimized path to FI look like in 2018.
  • What’s the difference between the old Legacy Retirement and new Blended Retirement System?
  • What advantages does the Blended Retirement System have for people who don’t stay in the military for 20 years or more?
  • What is the biggest difference between the enlisted and the officer’s route to FI?
  • How can people plan for and understand relatively predictable promotions and pay raises?
  • If someone starts young and doesn’t increase their lifestyle spending, getting to a 50% savings rate is very possible.
  • Within the military retirement system, what investment options are available?
  • Active duty health care = free for you and your family.
  • How does the GI Bill work, and how does that help with college expenses?
  • The GI Bill can be passed onto family members, but does include a service commitment.
  • If the GI Bill is used by a service member’s children, or after separating from the military, there is a housing allowance available.
  • GI Bill will cover all tuition and fees as an in-state student for public universities.
  • GI Bill will cover approximately $22k for private universities.
  • What is the Yellow Ribbon program, and how does it help cover the difference?
  • What is the minimum time of service to qualify for the GI Bill?
  • What’s next for the MD whenever she retires from the military?
  • How does MD balance her commitment to the military with her interest in serving her community?
  • How will MD know when it’s time to retire?

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/095

View Details

094R | The logistics of estimating and paying taxes as an entrepreneur, Brad’s frugal win of the week, and emails from the ChooseFI community.

  • Brad and Jonathan are at FinCon in Orlando, Fl.
  • Brad describes his family’s frugal win of the week at Old Navy.
  • Review of the tax implications of winning a non-cash prize.
  • How do some entrepreneurs put themselves in a position to fail because of taxes?
  • Case study: how to make estimated tax payments as a new entrepreneur.
  • Brad wants to pay the least amount of money in taxes, but ensure that he definitely pays the minimum amount to avoid incurring penalties.
    • Knowing due dates and technicalities is important.
    • It’s key to have money set aside in case you do owe more at the end of the year.
  • What is the safe harbor provision?
  • If you have blended W2 and non-W2 incomes, you do have to estimate based on previous pay stubs.
  • Why would someone owe payroll tax?
  • Brad uses a different bank account to reserve money he thinks he’ll need for taxes, and uses an eftps.gov account to submit his taxes.
  • It’s important to know that you’ll owe a lot of money on April 15 every year.
  • Email from Ally reporting two life wins:
    • Keeping an inventory for what’s in her freezer by writing on the front like a white board.
    • Using checkboxes to keep track of the three things she accomplishes every day.
  • Is FI getting to the UK?
  • Playing with FIRE documentary has been submitted the film to Sundance.
  • Scott, writes an email, to explain how pursuing financial independence and information from ChooseFI has changed his life.

Links:

“How to retire in your FORTIES without earning a fortune” – Daily Mail

View Details

094 | Mr. and Mrs. Waffles on Wednesday (WoW) talk about winning on a TV game show, starting their own business, learning the tax code to maximize 401K contributions, and volunteering internationally.

  • How did Ray win on the Price is Right, and what did he win?
  • What were the tax implications of his winning?
  • How was Ray’s experience at the IRS building in Los Angeles?
  • Why did Jonathan receive a tax penalty last year, and how did he respond?
  • How did Mr. and Mrs. Waffles on Wednesday decide to start a blog, and how did they decide on a name?
  • Why do we have to just live for weekends?
  • How did Ray win-over Mrs. WoW to financial independence?
  • What decisions did Mr. & Mrs. WoW make after they chose to pursue financial independence?
  • How did the pursuit of FI change their careers?
  • What type of business did Mrs. WoW open, and how did she keep her overhead costs down and ultimately increase her income?
  • What is a Solo 401K and why did Mr. WoW choose that option?
  • What is the advantage of a Solo 401K for owner and spouse, and how does the math work?
  • How important is it to control your tax rate?
  • What happened to the Mr. & Mrs. WoW’s retirement accounts when they opted to bring on an employee?
  • What is a Mega Backdoor ROTH?
  • How did Mr. WoW find a plan administrator who could help him set up his accounts?
  • Does Mr. WoW manage his own taxes, or use an accountant?
  • What adjustments has Mrs. WoW made in the past four years that made a positive difference in her life?
  • How does someone volunteer for international aid organizations?
  • Do Mr. & Mrs. WoW add some site seeing or vacation to the volunteering they do?
  • How do they plan for these trips?

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/094

View Details

093R | Brad, Jonathan and Joe Saul-Sehy, from Stacking Benjamins, talk about what is rewarding to your soul, give feedback to a ChooseFI community member who’s considering selling his business, and recap Harry, the Ride Share Guy’s strategies for become the center of a niche.

  • Hurricane Florence’s path didn’t go near Brad and Jonathan, but there were tornadoes.
  • FU money is better than FI money.
  • Meet up in Florida during the week of FinCon 2018.
  • How did Harry (from Monday’s episode) become the go-to guy for ride-share drivers?
  • What strategies would help someone become the go-to person in a particular niche?
  • How can you solve a problem that you, and other people, have?
  • Find people who like and trust you.
  • How is retail changing in 2018?
  • How did Harry pursue unusual opportunities to make extra money?
  • Could the “destination filter” as an Uber or Lyft driver and the potential to deduct you commute drop someone into a lower tax bracket?
  • How did Joe from Stacking Benjamins become a financial advisor?
  • What did the phrase “other mountains to climb” mean to Joe and how did it impact his career?
  • What did Joe value about going back to school to be a teacher, but not actually becoming a teacher?
  • What does it mean for something to be “rewarding for your soul”?
  • How did Joe need to adjust his business in order to sell it?
  • Where does financial independence stand within the personal finance world?
  • Is financial independence about playing defense or offense?
  • Voicemail from Jon, looking for advice about whether he should sell his business to become FI, or continue working with a few side hustles.
  • Could Jon restructure his business to reduce stress and create a more positive working environment?
  • What’s wrong with a life well worked?
  • Is there value in purchasing a business that is inextricably tied to a single person?
  • Coming up soon, Stacking Benjamins is doing live shows in Orlando, Kansas City and Ferndale, Mich.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/093R

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

093 | Harry Campbell, The Rideshare Guy, talks about what it takes to be a successful Lyft and Uber driver, the strategies he used to start his blog, and how he transitioned from aerospace engineering to full-time blogging.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/093

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

092R | Plans for ChooseFI to support education, the value of a life resume, travel rewards tips for active duty military, and hurricane preparation. 

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/092R

View Details

092 | CarLotz co-founder Will Boland talks about making the leap from investment banking to entrepreneurship, the challenges and benefits of leading a growing company, and what it means to build a life resume.

  • How did Will become an entrepreneur?
  • What was the inspiration for CarLotz?
  • What experience during his work in investment banking gave Will the motivation to become an owner/manager?
  • Will is 2nd generation FI. What did his journey look like?
  • How did Will present and convince his family that it was a good idea to pursue entrepreneurship instead of continuing with his well-paying job?
  • Did Will accumulate significant student loans while completing his undergraduate degree and master’s?
  • What is a life resume, and does Will keep track of his?
  • What role have mentors played in Will’s career?
  • Will has been very open and honest with mentors and co-workers about his specific goals. How does he create an environment at CarLotz to encourage the same from his employees?
  • Why didn’t Will’s mentor want to see his business plan?
  • What was the thought process when Will and his co-founders could only secure small startup investments?
  • What is the advantage of selling a car on consignment?
  • What hiccups did CarLotz overcome in their early days of business?
  • “If you aren’t embarrassed by the first iteration, you’re launching too late.”
  • How does Will encourage employees to share good ideas?
  • Why do pursuing FI and starting a business complement each other well?
  • How did Will and his co-founders create space to share work-place challenges within their partnership?
  • Has Will caught up, financially, to where he’d be if he had continued his job in investment banking?
  • Is he happy with where he’s at?
  • Does CarLotz need to be a financial success in order to keep Will on track to reach financial independence?
  • Why is running Will’s favorite life hack?

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/092

View Details

091R | An overview of how to own a house with an IRA, Jonathan attempts to optimize his recipes and shopping list, a list of the top 5 ChooseFI episodes and a travel rewards win.

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

091 | Rich Carey, officer in the U.S. Air Force, talks about learning to live frugally, buying his first townhouse, and building his real estate empire from one to 20 houses in Montgomery, AL.

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

090R | Brad gets back from vacation, Jonathan talks about bringing vegetarianism into his diet, and voicemails from the community highlighting CLEP tests and a 401k win.

  • Brad is back from a month-long vacation in the U.K.
  • Is this Brad’s first experience with “slow travel”?
  • Where will Brad’s family go next?
  • If you can optimize small things, they add up.
  • Brad joined a ChooseFI meet up in London, with Barney from The Escape Artist and Ken from The Humble Penny.
  • Is there a more efficient way to be active than slaving away on the treadmill?
  • Are your health and exercise habits actually adding value to your life?
  • Brad thinks maybe he’ll try a vegan diet for a short time, as was recommended on Monday’s episode.
  • How has Jonathan incorporated additional spices into his family’s meals?
  • “Eat food, not too much, mostly plants” – Michael Pollan
  • How much money could Jonathan save if his family went vegetarian?
  • What is intermittent fasting?
  • Email from Alex, confirming the advantage and benefits of veganism.
  • Does veganism have a PR issue?
  • What tools will Jonathan use to increase his vegetable diet during the next few weeks.
  • Voicemail from Ben, about using CLEP tests, which are free for members of the military, to decrease the time it takes to complete a university degree.
  • Voicemail from Michael: strategically moving money from taxable investment accounts into non-taxable accounts will move him into a 0% tax bracket.

Link to Jonathan's InstaPot:

Instant Pot

View Details

090 | James and Steven pull back the curtain on veganism, talking about the health, lifestyle and financial benefits of veganism, alongside the practical details of how to actually make it work.

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

089R | An introduction to the Family Bank and what ChooseFI’s accountant-on-call thinks about it, as well as how to navigate rental car insurance, and what soft skills are crucial to a career in retail?

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

089 | Robert, from The College Investor, talks about his lucrative job as a Target store manager, building his blog into a highly profitable side hustle, his relationship with frugality, and the keys to success in a retail interview.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/089

View Details

088R | Cities that are the best for pursuing financial independence, how to hack your career, ideas for building a side hustle and how to assess the return on your college investment.

For more information, including resources, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/088R

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

088 | Millennial Boss and FIRE Drill podcaster, J talks about becoming a creator, career hacking, and salary negotiation, alongside of pursuing FI, side hustles, and a growing podcast.

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community!  🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/088

View Details

087R | How to teach children lessons that set them up for success, discussion about using duel-enrollment and university co-ops to optimize college, and a strategy for cash flow balance transferring.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/087R

View Details

087 | Don Wettrick, CEO and co-founder of StartEdUp Innovation program, and a current high school teach, talks about the cultivating innovation and creativity in the classroom, harnessing a learner’s internal motivation, and giving students opportunities to solve problems they’re passionate about.

  • Why and how did Don create an Innovation course at his school, and ultimately the StartEdUp Innovation program?
  • What was challenging about getting his students involved during the early stages, when it was just extra time during his class?
  • When do students lose their curiosity or learning?
  • How much does a reward really motivate students?
  • What would the process look like to develop and nurture internally motivated learners through elementary school?
  • What’s the difference between creativity and imagination?
  • How can a parent help their child be more innovative outside of school?
  • What does Don recommend as a good consumption v. production ratio?
  • How does changing consumption habits – how much, and what – impact the way Don’s students and own children think?
  • How does building community within a cohort of “creators” impact a student’s relationship?
  • Does participation in Don’s high school class impact his students other grades?
  • How do mastery, autonomy and purpose mix together best?
  • What does it look like to be in Don’s Innovation Class?
    • 6-7 weeks of class
      • Basics of innovation
      • How to think creatively
      • Building a professional social media presence
    • Remainder of class is “open source learning”
    • Volunteer with struggling non-profits, to see problems close up
    • Statewide student “Pitch” competition
    • Helping struggling local businesses
  • What sort of projects have his students build?
  • What story do you tell yourself, about yourself?
  • Is there a difference between improvement and new opportunity?
  • How would Don hope to integrate innovation development into schools in his 10-year dream?
  • Contact: @DonWettrick on Twitter
  • What did Don’s father mean when he told him to “Pay himself first”?
  • Why does Don think it’s important to fail?

Links:

“Daniel Pink: The Puzzle of Motivation”

Freakonomics

You Will Lose Your Job to a Robot—and Sooner Than You Think

View Details

086R | A live-recorded conversation with Roger Whitney, the Retirement Answer Man, from Podcast Movement, questions for a potential accountant, and takeaways from Monday’s live case study with Allison Goddard.

  • Brad is departing for a month-long family vacation to the U.K.
  • What is “global entry” and how/why did Brad get it before his trip?
  • Jonathan had a chance to meet up with Allison., from Episode 86.
  • If money was no longer an option, what would change for Brad and Jonathan?
  • Brad and Jonathan are super impressed with Allison’s grit and tenacity, to change the trajectory of her life.
  • Sometimes encouragement from someone else is the motivation we need.
  • You don’t have to know where your life is going to go, you just have to get started.
  • How can someone overcome “imposter syndrome”?
  • Voicemail from Angela at Tread Lightly/Retire Early – if Allison’s house is a place that makes her happy and brings her joy, maybe there are other ways that she can adjust her spending to be more efficient.
  • An article in the “Journal of Accountancy” addressing specific strategies for those pursuing financial independence: FIRE-d up for early retirement.
  • At what point is Turbo Tax not sufficient for your taxes?
  • What questions would Brad ask of a potential CPA?
  • Brad and Jonathan participated in Podcast Movement in Philadelphia, and participate in a ChooseFI meetup.
  • Brad is attending a ChooseFI meet up in London as well.
  • A live recording from Podcast Movement, with Roger, the Retirement Answer Man:
    • The tension between wanting to have a good life and wanting to enjoy today never really goes away.
    • Most baby-boomers don’t really want to never work again, but rather they want freedom in their time.
    • What are people running toward in retirement?
    • Instead of comparing retirement to a light switch, think of it more like a dimmer switch.
    • How does Roger talk to someone about making adjustments to move toward the life that you want?
    • Roger’s suggestion for have conversations: go for a walk, or a road trip, or something that creates space and time to have conversation.
    • Pretirement: what can you do now to start setting yourself up for what you want?
    • Strong relationships with your colleagues and superiors can give you the ability to adjust your job to meet your needs.
    • Five things to do with money: Give it away, spend it, pay down debt, save it, or invest it.

Links:

U.S. Customs Global Entry

Building My Castle

Tread Lightly, Retire Early

Rock Retirement

View Details

086 | Allison Goddard, a dermatologist from Chattanooga, Tenn., chats with ChooseFI and Physician on FIRE to review her journey through medical school and receive advice to clarify the next steps in her path toward financial independence.

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

——————-

For more information about FI, go to https://choosefi.com/086

View Details

085R | Catch up with Alan and Tallis as they zero in on the key elements of a successful pitch, and the importance of uncomfortable silence, as well as a home improvement update from Jonathan and review of Monday’s episode with author M.K. Williams.

What you'll hear in this episode:

  • Jonathan reports a wallpaper challenge/ DIY fail in his kitchen.
    • Recommendation: use drywall mud to fix blemishes in drywall after removing wall paper.
  • What home-improvement projects are worth hiring out?
  • MK, from Monday’s episode, noticed that through persistence she has not only produced more content, and that with each release, her previous work sells even better.
    • Check out Episode 59 about persistence.
  • How to build your personal brand and get start building your sidehustle and/or passion?
  • Sidehustle Coaching episodes so far:
    • Episode 30: Introduction to Alan Donegan
    • Episode 56: Part 1 – meet Tallis and hear about her new business idea
    • Episode 77: Part 2 – check in about Tallis’ progress and initial feedback
  • Update since the previous episode:
    • Chris, from the fundraising department at the Northwestern Hospital, is interested in hearing Tallis’ pitch.
  • If you can’t sell your business, you don’t get any customers, and therefore you don’t get any money.
  • “Sales” is the process finding someone with a problem you can solve and explaining that you can fix that problem.
  • Why did Alan struggle to sell his own business at the start?
  • What is the problem that Tallis’ business is solving?
  • How has Tallis clarified her business’ goal?
  • The triad: include three points when you make your pitch.
  • How do people accidentally overwhelm listeners during their pitch?
  • What’s the best way to start a pitch?
  • Never end your pitch with Q&A.
  • How can you set up a strong close if you have to include Q&A?
  • At the close, it’s important to actually ask the potential customer to buy the product.
  • “If you don’t ask, you don’t get.”
  • What does Tallis want to ask at the close of her pitch to Northwestern?
  • How did Alan help a group of students pitch for an advertisement with a really strong open?
  • How to deliver a strong pitch on the phone?
  • Your moments of impact as a speaker are actually when the audience is thinking.
  • How does Alan get someone’s attention at the start of his pitch conversation?
    • Creative intro
    • Confirm he’s talking to the right person
  • Tallis’ product isn’t right for everyone. It’s important to ask questions to determine whether her product meets the need of a potential client.
  • How and when does Alan suggest delivering the price?
  • What part does the uncomfortable pause play in selling a product?
  • Why doesn’t lowering prices always equate to increased sales?
  • Tallis sets a measurable goal for number of pitches and sales.
  • Want a copy of MK’s book? Leave a review!

Links:

DIY to FI

My $3,500 Tiny House Explained

Caboose Rental

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

085 | Science-fiction author M.K. Williams talks about her journey toward financial independence, the decisions she’s made along the way, and self-publishing her first three novels.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/085

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

084R | The essential steps to a FI mindset, travel rewards updates from Brad, voicemails from the community, and highlights from Monday’s episode with Jillian with Montana Money Matters.

——————

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

——————

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/084R

View Details

084 | Jillian, from Montana Money Adventures, talks about simplifying her life while raising five children, valuing grit and resilience, taking risk, and the value of financial independence.

What you'll hear in today's episode:

  • What does Jillian mean by “big family minimalism”, and why did she consider it a survival tool?
  • How did Jillian decide to adopt several children?
  • What role do grit resilience play in her story, and how does that play out in her life?
  • How does Jillian manage the chaos that she invited into her live?
  • What is a “Quit List”?
  • What is the process for deciding what things to quit?
  • How does Jillian pursue minimalism with children?
  • What does life minimalism look like to Jillian?
  • How much involvement do Jillian’s children have in the decision-making process?
  • What does the ideal day look like to Jillian’s family?
  • How does good conversation become a part of Jillian’s life?
  • What did Jillian’s combined income look like during their journey toward financial independence?
  • What was Jillian’s “flash point”?
  • How did her childhood experiences impact the way she approached life and finances as a young adult?
  • What are the highlights of Jillian’s journey toward financial independence?
  • How did Jillian and her husband get to the point of purchasing a house with cash?
  • What did friends and family think of Jillian’s $50k home purchase?
  • How does Jillian teach people to lean into discomfort and own their choices?
  • What does Jillian think about a culture that values comfort and safety?
  • How many things can go wrong before someone will walk away from a pursuit?
  • When did Jillian start to plan her life?
  • Best way to connect with Jillian: email list.
  • How is Jillian learning to be more generous?

Links:

Montana Money Adventures

Big Family Minimalism

Sportive Cyclist

Essentialism, by James Latham

The One Thing, by Gary Keller

View Details

083R | A checklist to optimize your hobbies, a highlight on the San Diego local group, and messages from the ChooseFI community: All of this while we recap Monday's episode with Cody Berman.

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/083R

View Details

083 | 22-year-old recent college graduate and second generation FI, Cody Berman, talks about embracing frugality, saving and investing in his youth, optimizing a path through college, and getting his Disc Golf business off the ground.

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

082R | Discussion of Brad and Jonathan’s purchasing habits, messages from the ChooseFI community, benefits and drawbacks of roboadviors, and a summary of capital gains harvesting.

  • Jonathan gives a review of some travel hacks on a recent trip to Chattanooga, TN.
  • Capital One Venture Card allows users to redeem miles for nearly any travel cost.
  • PSA: bring a copy of your child’s birth certificate if you’re traveling.
  • Review of Monday’s episode with Dani and Laura, Jonathan and Brad’s wife.
  • Jonathan is excited about the way Brad and Laura cut down on choices, purchases and decisions for themselves and their children.
  • Brad aims to keep his life simple, particularly in regard to purchases.
  • Enjoying the journey is crucial; obsessing over small purchases probably takes away from someone’s enjoyment of life.
  • During your pursuit of FI, it’s important to remember your “why”.
  • Laura shops for the future, by purchasing clothes, presents, etc., way before they’re necessary, often finding items for a fraction of the normal cost.
  • Batch processing: blocking your time off to maximize efficiency.
  • Facebook Message from Jimmy: met a friend on airplane, introduced him to ChooseFI, and that friend reduced expenses and put himself on the path to FI in less than a month.
  • There are options for almost every financial position, to get yourself moving in the direction of FI.
  • Jeff, on Facebook, reports that he’s paid off $105k of student loans.
  • ChooseFI San Diego has a real estate meeting recently – informing people about real estate options and discussing rent vs buy, among other topics of conversation.
  • ChooseFI local groups will be as good as the participants want them to be.
  • Voicemail from Ryan: question about using roboadvisors?
  • Fees matter: managing accounts directly saves money.
  • Benefits of a roboadvisor – automated services can help with some calculations that it’s difficult to do yourself, and it sometimes make investing more accessible
  • Jonathan prefers and recommends M1 Finance.
  • Voicemail from Bonnie: selling used items through the online Varagesale platform helps her bring in a little extra income as a stay-at-home mom.
  • Voicemail from Anthony with questions about increasing your capital gains basis.
  • Capital gains are typically taxes, but if you’re in a low tax bracket, long-term capital gains are not taxed.
  • Previous episode about capital gains harvesting in episode 18 and 18R.

Links:

The Paradox of Choice

Betterment

Wealthfront

The Simple Path to Wealth

Design Your Future

Freelance to Freedom

_______________________________________

For more information, visit the show notes at https://ChooseFI.com/082R

View Details

082 | Brad and Jonathan’s wives, Laura and Dani (respectively), talk about their introduction to FI, combining finances, budgeting with children, and maintaining balance.

  • How did Dani and Laura approach saving before meeting Jonathan?
  • How did Laura’s parents change careers to improve their financial status?
  • How was growing up in Zimbabwe different from a typical American upbringing?
  • What did saving money mean to Dani when she started working?
  • How did Dani respond to Jonathan’s initial proposal to combine finances?
  • When and how did Brad and Laura merge finances?
  • What does a typical day in Dani and Laura’s lives look like?
  • How does “busy” look different from when Dani and Laura were working full-time jobs?
  • Are kids expensive?
  • How do Laura and Dani budget with the extra and unexpected costs of children?
  • What is a “Buy Nothing” group?
  • How does Laura advance purchase things for her children?
  • Do Brad and Laura give their children many choices?
  • How do Brad and Laura create space in their lives to not be consumed by FI?
  • By saving money on unnecessary expenses, Brad and Laura can be generous and unconcerned with some of the smaller expenses that come up in life.
  • How does the 72-hour-rule, introduced by the Frugalwoods, make a difference for Dani and Jonathan?
  • How did Laura and Dani respond when Brad and Jonathan decided to leave their jobs and start ChooseFI?
  • Does the pursuit of FI ever get too intense?
  • How do Dani and Laura plan their meals and prepare ahead of time?

Links:

Stay at Home Chef

Smitten Kitchen

Kitchn

Why (and how) I Became a Work-At-Home Mom – The Frugalwoods

A letter to my 22-year-old self – Joel from FI 180

View Details

081R | Strategies for decluttering and living with less (reflecting on Cait Flander's interview with us on Monday), life hacks from the community, and a winner for the free ticket to CampFI in Joshua Tree!

  • The ChooseFI community is growing and gaining national attention.
    • How This Couple Saved $1 Million in 11 Years and Became Financially Independent Before 40
    • Nine Money Podcasts You Should Be Listening To
  • Local Groups are really effective in some parts of the ChooseFI community.
  • Jonathan joined some members of the Richmond local group to purchase a mosquito fogger to share between them.
  • What else could be a shared purchase?
  • Cait Flanders, from Monday’s episode, talked about taking control of your life, and decluttering her whole life.
  • How do you take control of your life?
  • Could you live with less?
  • Why doesn’t Brad use a budget, and how does he still manage his finances well?
  • Why does Brad hope his daughter reads Harry Potter?
  • Voicemail from Kristyn, from fortheloveoftidy.com and the Spark Joy podcast, talks about her FI progress, and tips for decluttering:
    • Map out your ideal living environment; think about how your clutter fits into that.
    • Ask yourself tough questions about the clutter in your life.
  • What is tough about decluttering for Jonathan?
  • How does Kristyn keep track of her “bit-sized wins”?
  • Why did Jonathan finally get rid of his grad-school notes?
  • Voicemail with a suggestion based on advice from The White Coat Investor, to employ children as models for his website, to add legitimate money to his kids’ retirement accounts.
  • Facebook post from Heather about how her son found a job without a car.
  • Message from Louima, who was inspired by Cait’s Monday episode, and is contemplating a reduction of her FI number.
  • Email from Mark with some FI hacks:
    • Food:
      • Choose smaller dishes
      • Put chips, pretzels, etc., in a dish, don’t eat directly from the bag
      • Don’t eat alone: Why Eating Alone May Be Bad for You
      • Don’t eat while watching TV: The Danger of Eating in Front of the TV
    • Finances:
      • Use credit cards for travel rewards
      • Shopping portals – some opportunities to earn 4-10x more points
      • Earny: a price drop protection app
      • Feex.com: finds hidden fees in your investment accounts
  • Update: Brad is working to establish a scholarship for a Treehouse student to learn coding, in partnership with Every Child’s Hope.
  • Winner of the ticket to CampFI in Joshua Tree: Danielle!

Links:

The Simple Path to Wealth

Design Your Future

Freelance to Freedom

View Details

081 | Cait Flanders, author of “The Year of Less”, talks about building $30k of consumer debt, challenging herself to go two years without shopping, and learning how to be comfortable in her own skin without the distractions of consumerism.

For more information, visit the show notes at http://ChooseFI.com/081

View Details

080R | Conversation about teaching your children to save and invest, healthcare options, and an argument in favor of home gardening and composting.

  • Brad contemplates applying for “Survivor”.
  • Review of Monday’s episode with Khai from AlabaMalaysia.
  • How does Jonathan use the idea of “anchoring” in his own life: setting big goals so that even if he misses, good things still happen?
  • Brad and Jonathan talk about how they would set little, achievable goals, to reach a larger, long-term goal.
  • Jonathan talks about answering the question “What do you do?”, with comments from the Facebook group.
  • How does Brad have bank account and investment accounts set up for his children?
  • Is there a better way to have those accounts set up?
  • Blain, from the Facebook group, wonders whether his son should start investing with a Vanguard account, or an M1 account?
  • Contributions made to a Roth can be withdrawn penalty free.
  • What are the best ways to support your children and help them save money, as 2nd generation FI?
  • Voicemail from Jacqueline asking about financial education apps for youth.
  • “7 Fun Money Apps for Kids” from U.S. News
    • PiggyBot
    • FamZoo
  • How important is it to teach your children about not only budgeting to save money, but to be generous?
  • What is Brad considering in regards to his family’s health insurance: HSA, health share, or considering health insurance for a small business?
  • What are some complications with a health share?
  • Email from Karen, about the value of gardening and composting.
    • Gardening Tips from Karen
  • Is composting addicting?
  • Jonathan tries to convince Brad that gardening and compositing is simple enough to start now.
  • Leave a ChooseFI review to enter the drawing for a ticket to CampFI in Joshua Tree, or to receive a book.

Links:

The Simple Path to Wealth

Design Your Future

Freelance to Freedom

View Details

080 | Khai Shing, a former contestant on The Amazing Race, and blogger at ALABA+MA+LAYSIA, talks about balancing her pursuit of FI while finding ways to travel, worldwide, at discount prices.

  • Did Khai start with global travel, or with The Amazing Race?
  • Took about 3 months from applying to The Amazing Race with her twin brother, to being selected for the show - traveling all over China.
  • Khai grew up in Malaysia, and plans to return there for retirement, once she achieves FI.
  • How did Khai and her brother set themselves up to be selected from their video application?
  • What was the highlight of The Amazing Race for Khai?
  • Is it easier to achieve FI living in Malaysia versus living in the US?
  • When Khai calculates her FI number, does she base her living expenses off US expenses, or the expected cost of living in Malaysia?
  • Why does Khai use 35x as her multiplier for calculating a FI number?
  • How long is Khai’s FI path?
  • How does world travel fit into Khai’s lifestyle and financial plan during the next 8 years of her path?
  • How and when did Khai and her husband embrace the FI mentality?
  • How does budgeting and saving work for Khai’s family?
  • How do Khai and her husband manage travel with family and work?
  • How does Khai travel the world for $1,600?
  • A layover is less than 24 hours, but a stop over a has much more relaxed time frame.
  • United Airlines had an “excursionist” perk - a free stopover in a city within the same region: Excursionist Perks.
  • Where will Khai go next?
  • What perks still exist with Alaska Air?
  • What does Khai like to see and do when she travels to a new country?
  • Why does Khai like to document her trips on her blog?
  • What are Khai’s favorite experiences from her travels?
  • Khai met her husband during an exchange program to the US.
  • What advice does Khai have with regard to keeping life balanced?
  • Gratitude: “when we focus on appreciating and being content with what we have in life, it helps us to focus on what's truly important.”
  • “The fact that we can even dream about FI, and a good chance to make it a reality is a great privilege that we should be thankful for.”

Links:

MadFIentist

The Lifetime Table

For more, go to http://ChooseFI.com/080

View Details

079R | Highlights of Monday’s episode with Tim & Amy Rutherford, discussion about healthcare, additional podcast recommendations, and voicemails from the ChooseFI community.

For more information, visit the show notes at http://ChooseFI.com/079R

View Details

079 | Tim & Amy Rutherford talk about early retirement, living with lower expenses and a busier schedule of fun, free activities, and what life changes they made to get there.

  • How did Amy and Tim meet and what were their spending habits at the time?
  • What did “frugal” look like for Amy and Tim initially?
  • With enough money in the bank, cutting their spending gave them an opportunity to retire almost as soon as they became aware of financial independence.
  • Managing spending is equally as important as replacing income when it comes to reaching financial independence.
  • Optimizing life is one of the most enjoyable things Amy & Tim ever did.
  • What factors did Tim & Amy consider prior to leaving the workforce?
    • Physical health
    • Mental health
  • How did a chart help Amy get excited about saving?
  • “What’s tracked and measured can be improved.”
  • There are fun, free activities in every part of the world.
  • How do Tim & Amy fill up their days now that they’re retired?
    • Walking
    • Inviting friends for dinner
    • Finding local activities
  • Who are Tim & Amy’s “tribe” and how do they find them in new cities?
  • What does it look like for Tim & Amy to be house sitters?
    • They watch houses and pets, for free, with a place to stay for free.
  • How much are Tim & Amy spending now, and how did they get there from $115k?
  • Tim & Amy are actually living below their current budget – they aren’t missing out on things they wish they weren’t.
  • “I want to walk the world while I still can.”
  • How do Tim & Amy describe their retirement?
  • Would Tim & Amy consider selling their house and traveling full time?
  • How would people get started with house sitting?
    • House Sitting Magazine
    • House Sitting World
  • Tim & Amy buy experiences instead of things.

For the links to resources mentioned in this episode, go to http://ChooseFI.com/079

View Details

078R | Lots going on in this episode with a recap of Episode 78 with Travis Hornsby about Student Loan Debt Repayment Options.

But also, Brad sold his house and Jonathan has become a “rockstar” at selling things on Craigslist.

For more information, visit the show notes at http://ChooseFI.com/078R

View Details

078 | Travis Hornsby, founder of StudentLoanPlanner.com, talks early retirement, traveling Europe, and developing a passion for helping people crawl out of student loan debt.

What you'll hear on today's show: * Why did Travis attempt retirement at 25? * If you’re unhappy before reaching FI, will you be happy afterward? * Where did Travis’ frugal tendencies come from? * How did Travis get paid to go to college? * Do many universities offer full scholarships, and where should students find that information? * Does attending an Ivy League university make a difference? * Travis retired with $230,000 saved, with a plan to spend just 20k a year. * Did Travis have a long-term plan for his retirement? * Living expenses in the United States are high relative to many other places in the world if you’re an adventurous person. * Why did Travis’ job performance improve after he decided to quit his job? * If you’re on the path to FI but haven’t made it yet: develop a product or service that you’re passionate about and give yourself a year or two of buffer during which you don’t depend on income from your venture. * How did Travis commit himself to helping people with student loan debt, having never been in debt himself? * How much research did Travis have to do in order to ensure his student loan spreadsheets were accurate? * Why didn’t Travis’ father-in-law give his initial blessing to Travis marrying his daughter? * How did the Student Loan business grow? * If you have less than 100k of student debt, your best option is likely to refinance for the lowest possible interest rate and pay it back as quickly as possible? * If you owe less than double your salary and you’re not working at a not-for-profit or for the government, you should probably refinance. * If owe more than twice your income with federal loans, there are loan forgiveness options, depending on your type of work. * Is loan forgiveness guaranteed, and who can qualify? * Adjustment to loan forgiveness policies will impact students taking loans beginning in July 2019. * How do Travis’ suggestions change if someone has private loans? * Federal loans provide the most flexibility for repayment or forgiveness. * Two recommended choices: * + Pay back loans as aggressively as possible + Pay minimums, maximize forgiveness

Resources mentioned: Student Loan Planner

Travis@studentloanplanner.com

Physician on Fire

Mr. Money Mustache: From Zero to Hero

For more information, visit the show notes at http://ChooseFI.com/078

View Details

077R | An second part to the conversation between ChooseFi community member Tallis, who teaches dance classes in retirement facilities, and Pop-Up Business School founder Alan Donegan, to help get Tallis’ side hustle off the ground.

  • Precursors to this episode: Episode 30 and Episode 56.
  • Tallis gives an update on her side hustle to-do list.
  • Client feedback: the questions you ask impact the results you’ll get.
  • What is the best way to sell Tallis’ dance classes to the retirement facilities.
  • Tallis continues to wonder how to best monetize her service?
  • Tallis hopes to facilitate workshops to train dance-class teachers.
  • Alan and Tallis previously discussed securing sponsorship, potentially from pharmaceutical companies.
  • Currently, Tallis’ dance class is endorsed (and paid for) by the American Parkinson's Disease Association, so classes are free for participants.
  • Could Tallis collect a fee from participants?
  • Most important considerations right now: how is going to pay, and how much to charge?
  • Different payment models can impact clients’ commitment to the classes.
  • Training an organization to facilitate its own courses will pay significantly more than providing courses directly to individuals.
  • How can Tallis decide on a price for her workshops?
  • People equate cost to value: if you charge too little, they’ll think the product isn’t valuable.
  • Alan recommending contacting potential clients (retirement communities) that are well outside her target geographical location in order to practice her pitch and get feedback on potential pricing.
  • Pricing has a lot to do with confidence.
  • Successful business models have repeatability.
  • Marketing is rarely starting from the ground up: find other businesses in a similar space, or businesses that are doing something that you think would be really effective the space you’re targeting and start there.
  • Pitch tip: don’t allow your voice pitch to go up when giving your price. Use a statement tone that sounds confident – even from beginning to end of your sentence.
  • What’s up next: get feedback from local contact about other offerings.
  • Go big! Don’t offer your service to just a few potential clients.
  • Expect that it’ll take 1-5 months to get the program from start to point of sale.
  • The only way to know if your business will be successful is to ask people to buy; before that moment, feedback is hypothetical.
  • Tallis is part of the Des Moines ChooseFI local group – contact her there.

View Details

077 | Experienced travel hacker and world traveler Marla Taner shares story of reaching financial independence, and her best tips for getting to Hawaii, Costa Rica and the Caribbean with minimal expenses, using credit cards points and air miles.

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

076R | Brad and Jonathan brainstorm ways to implement local adventure into their own lives and the lives of the ChooseFI community. Also, achat about high school reunions, local libraries, and a few clarifications about 401k contributions.

  • Jonathan's 26-year-old sister just hit an 85% savings rate.
  • Living at home can be super helpful to the recent college graduate, or young person entering the workforce.
  • Getting to $100k net worth is the hardest part: after that, compounded interest starts working for you.
  • Brad signed up his daughter for www.code.org, a website that teaches coding paired with Minecraft.
  • Review of Monday’s episode with Mrs. Adventure Rich.
  • Getting the right mindset is the most important part of getting on the path to financial independence.
  • How does Brad feel about not having a FI number or date?
  • Is the pursuit of financial independence a race or a journey?
  • What was positive about the way Mrs. Adventure Rich’s coworker introduced her to FI.
  • How has Mrs. AR lowered the barrier of entry for local adventures?
  • How can local ChooseFI groups apply these ideas to exploring their own cities?
  • How does the idea of exploring your own city connect with the idea of intentionally creating memorable moments, as introduced by Chris in ChooseFI episode 71.
  • Adventure is anything that makes you feel like, “Hey, this is really living.”
  • Have we traded adventure for convenience?
  • How can someone plan for those things that truly bring value to their life?
  • Check out ChooseFI episode 37, with Scott, talking about rolling out the red carpet for the valuable things in your life.
  • Follow up from Robert, from The College Investor: how much student loan debt has the ChooseFI community paid off?
  • Voicemail from Suzanne: in addition to physical books, her local library often provides access to online newspapers, to online language programs, STEM programs for students, as well as actual after-school programs for students from the public schools.
  • Voicemail from the Peerless Money Mentor : the local library in Baton Rouge, LA, provides some access to Treehouse coding courses.
  • How would Brad or Jonathan describe their lives at a high school reunion?
  • Once you have all your financial needs taken care of, what do you want to do? What's your purpose?
  • Email from Danny: how do employer contributions impact a 401k?
  • Employer matched contributions do not count toward the $18,500 yearly limit for your 401k.
  • There are some additional ways to maximize full contributions to your 401k, up to $55k a year.

Additional links:

The Reluctant Frugalist

View Details

076 | Mrs. Adventure Rich talks about making the choice to live an adventurous life, her family’s pursuit of financial independence, and finding a balance between maximizing financial opportunities and living a happy, fulfilling, high quality of life.

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

——————-

There are a lot more details over at http://ChooseFI.com/076

View Details

075R | “Personal finance is becoming financial independence.” Financial independence doesn’t necessarily mean retiring early; it means allocating your resources in the way you see fit.

This is just a taste of what we discuss in this recap from Monday's interview with Brian Feroldi from The Motley Fool.

  • Jonathan talks about blowing his budget on breakfast at the cold bar in Wegman’s, while Brad thinks that grocery shopping at Wegman’s is the same cost as Walmart.
  • Brad talks about meeting strangers who also in the FI community.
  • Brad and Jonathan wonder if financial independence is on the edge of mainstream adoption?
  • “Personal finance is becoming financial independence.”
  • Financial independence doesn’t necessarily mean retiring early; it means allocating your resources in the way you see fit.
  • Review of Monday’s episode with Brian Feroldi, about individual stock investment.
  • Do Brad and Jonathan own individual stocks?
  • What are the challenges to getting started with individual stocks?
  • Are individual stocks better as a hobby?
  • What are the strengths of the way Brian described investing in individual stocks?
  • A comment from Ray, in the ChooseFI community, that individual stocks requires too much individual management.
  • Cody wonders whether the current bull market might be playing in favor of individual investors, without having yet felt the consequence of the inherent risk?
  • How does Jackie, another ChooseFI community member, evaluate investment opportunities, and how did she get comfortable making investment decisions?
  • Tim reiterates the value of the Motley Fool, and the recommendations they make.
  • Frank, another community member, is concerned about a new investor’s learning curve: the time and money it takes to learn enough about individual investing to find success.
  • Is it possible to recognize large-scale Enron-type fraud by looking at investment research?
  • If you hold stocks from companies in similar fields, would it be better to simply hold a sector index stock?
  • Mr. 1500, Karl, worries about long-term investing with individual stocks.
  • Knowing when to sell individual stocks is an almost impossible task.
  • How are Brad and Brian getting their children started with investing?
  • How much did the ChooseFI community respond to the Treehouse scholarship proposal?
  • How can ChooseFI potentially connect students to mentors?

For more information, visit the show notes at http://ChooseFI.com/075R

View Details

075 | Brian Feroldi talks through the advantages and disadvantages of individual investing, the realistic expectations for performance, and his strategies for beating Wall Street.

  • Professional money managers operate under different parameters and mindsets than an individual investor
  • Stockbrokers must make decisions based on short-term returns
  • What other disadvantages do professional money managers face, in contrast to individual investors?
  • How do professional money managers truly spend their time and earn their money?

...and more at https://ChooseFI.com/075

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

074R | An update the community on recent activities, discussion about the opportunity cost of college and potential alternatives, a ChooseFI scholarship announcement, and a few voicemails from the ChooseFI community.

  • Brad recaps his trip to the Berkshire Hathaway shareholders meeting in Omaha, and a visit with the ChooseFI local group in Omaha
  • Jonathan shares how he recently cut his grocery costs by nearly $700

...and more can be found at http://ChooseFI.com/074R

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

074 | Ryan Carson’s tech-education company, Treehouse, teaches computer coding as a trade skill, giving students an opportunity to enter the work force, or change careers in nine months, at a fraction of the cost of a four-year degree.

  • Ryan considers coding a trade skill, rather than profession that requires a four-year degree.
  • Ryan founded Treehouse to help people avoid student debt, get a job sooner and start saving for their 401k sooner.
  • There will be 1.4 million new jobs in tech, and only 400,000 will be filled by college graduates.
  • A trade job is composed of acquired skills, or “stackable skills”, like a mechanic or electrician.
  • Will the future be primarily trade jobs?
  • How is Treehouse different from other coding schools?
  • How does apprenticeship work in the tech industry?
  • What is TalentPath, and how does it help develop young coders?
  • For a skilled job, such as coding, landing a job is more dependent on a portfolio than a degree.
  • How does apprenticeship impact a person’s retirement savings, compared to earning a college degree?
  • Are there any degrees that are more valuable to a new professional than a year of on-the-job experience?
  • An apprentice has four more years of experience than a college graduate.
  • How can companies create talent, rather than hire talent, in order to compete with big tech companies like Apple, Facebook, Google, etc.?
  • How do employers measure a coder’s skill?
  • What development language is most in demand?
  • Trying out a school – traditional four-year university, or trade school, or treehouse – is important. How does TreeHouse allow students to do that?
  • Ryan started a company that facilitated large-file sending, but ultimately decided to pursue business that he felt contributed more on a human level.
  • TreeHouse originated from a desire to make coding education available and financially accessible to more people.
  • Students can trial for free. Basic treehouse course is $25 a month. Full coding school is $200 a month.
  • Success in life is mostly related to the ability to keep going when something is hard.
  • Most people are going to quit something because their internal “why” isn’t strong enough.
  • Coding is hard; it’s like going to the gym. Pursuing coding will require a certain amount of grit – but once you find your “why”, the grit comes.

Links to resources:

  • Treehouse
  • TalentPath
  • How to Fail at Almost Everything and Still Win Big: Kind of the Story of My Life
  • Basecamp
  • Grit: The Power of Passion and Perseverance
  • How to Win Friends and Influence People
  • Wait But Why
  • SpaceX’s Big Freaking Rocket – The Full Story
  • Large Rubber Duck

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

073 | How do you make money online? We discuss the 7 most common ways to make money online, plus a review of Monday's interview with Jamila Souffrant from Journey To Launch.

We dive deep into making money with:

  • Membership sites
  • Digital courses
  • Create a product or service
  • Advertising
  • Sponsorships
  • Listener/Reader supported
  • Affiliate marketing
  • ...and (BONUS) grow your brand and watch what opens up to you.

For more information, visit the show notes at http://ChooseFI.com/073R

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

073 | Jamila Souffrant tells us about college internships, buying real estate right out of college, a few failed business ventures, and her decision to pursue FI, starting by saving $85,000 in the first year.

We talk to Jamila about:

  • How Jamila and her husband saved $85,000 in 2016
  • As the child of an immigrant single-mother, how did Jamila’s childhood experiences impact her college and early professional career?
  • Jamila shares what wealth means to her now
  • Failing Forward: the idea that progress is made, even if when things don’t see to have worked out

...and more at https://ChooseFI.com/073

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

072R | Lively discussion about cryptocurrencies as investments, review of last week’s MidAtlantic Camp FI, and several exciting contributions and questions from the ChooseFI community.

What you'll hear in today's roundup: * Brad’s brother is visiting from Santiago, Chile – how is he managing his path to financial independence as an international teacher? * Review of Monday’s episode discussing Bitcoin with Myles Wakeham * What are drawbacks of cryptocurrency? * Is Bitcoin a good investment, or is it just a gamble? * How much energy is expended in the global mining of Bitcoin? * Michelle, from the ChooseFi community, wonders if Bitcoin’s apparently lax regulations (compared to companies like PayPal) opens it up to be used for terrorism and other illegal activities? * William suggests to Jonathan that regulation of Bitcoin is nearly inevitable, exposing investors to potentially difficult scenarios in regards to both taxes, and simply converting money back into tangible currency. * Brad and Jonathan attended the MidAtlantic CampFI event last week. * Tickets for SouthWest and South region CampFIs are still available here: CampFI * Steve tells listeners how he nearly eliminated a $1,900 tax bill by contributing to his Health Savings Account, prior to the April 17 deadline. * Brad talks about Camel Camel Camel, an Amazon product price tracker. * Brad is shocked about how much prices fluctuate on Amazon.com. * From Kelly: What 5 bullet points would ChooseFi give to college-bound students? * + Save at least 50% of your income (avoid large housing and auto payments). + Consider “opportunity costs”: Every dollar you earn in your teens and 20s is worth more than later in life. + Long-term, low-cost investing: ride the market through decades. + Your career is a tool to get you to financial independence, but don’t just rely on your career as a sole source of income. + Think about life a little bit differently: think at things through the lens of FI * Voicemail from Jim listing two careers that provide a great path to financial independence * + Firefighting – government pension, two 24-hr shifts a week + Emergency room nurse – takes local “travel” assignments for double pay with 3 shifts a week * Jonathan is excited about the Giant Ocean Clean Up Machine, which will soon set sail to begin collecting plastic from the ocean, and is expected to collect 5,000kgs per month.

Links from things mentioned in the show: It’s Like Summer Camp for Money Nerds: My CampFI Review

The Revolutionary Giant Ocean Cleanup Machine Is About To Set Sail

The Simple Path to Wealth

Design Your Future

Freelance to Freedom

View Details

072 | Bitcoin, should you Buy it? Myles Wakeham tells us how he discovered Bitcoin, how and why cryptocurrencies have to value, and gives us a nuanced perspective of where cryptocurrency might go in the future.

How did Myles, a software developer, come to invest in Bitcoin?

Myles spent years figuring ways to pay his Bangladeshi software developer, until mid 2011, when his contractor discovered Bitcoin as a more effective method of payment.

There's much more to this story - and to learn about cryptocurrencies, so check out the extensive list of notes at http://ChooseFI.com/072

View Details

071R | Brad and Jonathan compare their college experiences to Chris Hutchins’ from the Monday episode, they discuss the importance of owning your own FI decisions, and we get updates from several members of the ChooseFI community.

  • Brad considers starting a blog for his daughter as second-generation FI.
  • Review of Chris Hutchins’ episode last Monday.
  • Brad compares his experience of packing meals ahead for vacation to Chris’ grandparents growing up.
  • What is value of cultivating relationships, and how did Brad find success in that?
  • What would Jonathan do differently if he was going to redo college?
  • How can students optimize the expense of college?
  • What was the benefit of Jonathan attending community college for two years prior to completing his degree at Virginia Tech?
  • Take an inventory of your all your skills, to market yourself for future opportunities.
  • Chris got his early start(s) because he made a significant effort to stand out among his peers. How can you stand out when looking for opportunities?
  • How do Brad and Jonathan explain their somewhat abnormal financial choices, in pursuit of financial independence?
  • Don’t be ashamed of your decisions – you need to feel comfortable with your choices.
  • Scott, a writer at Simply Finance, emails to say that listening to the ChooseFI podcast helped him clarify his beliefs and decisions about personal finance.
  • What is the worldview that matches up with pursuit of financial independence?
  • How are Brad and Jonathan processing Chris’ idea of creating memorable moments?
  • What problems did Chris seek to solve with his Grove financial planning business?
  • Jared, blogger at Fifth Wheel Physical Therapy, introduced Jonathan to M1 Finance.
  • What is M1 Finance, and what does it offer its customers?
  • M1 Finance allows customers to purchase fractional shares, and at a certain point offers loans backed by your own investments.
  • Voicemail from Tim, who is chipping away at his student debt, working toward his family’s FI number, and shares a little about his investment habits.
  • People get to “enough” long before they get to “rich”.
  • Another voicemail from a 29-year-old military man named Luke, who asked for house-hacking ideas a few months back via the ChooseFI Facebook, and reports back now that he opted to live in a renovated, vintage camper trailer.
  • An encouraging review from Arthur, who is making life changes in pursuit of FI.

Links:

Bigger Pockets

Scott’s Blog: Simpli [FI] nances

Fifth Wheel Physical Therapist

M1 Finance

The Simple Path to Wealth

Design Your Future

Freelance to Freedom

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

071 | Chris Hutchins, founder/CEO of Grove, a new, optimized financial planning company based in San Francisco, talks about how a life and career of entrepreneurship led him to the FI community, and his current business venture. And, how his new company meets the needs of the average person better than a traditional financial planner.

What you'll hear in this episode: * Is Chris a risk taker or financial conservative? * How did Chris find his way into the financial planning and optimization world? * Was Chris an entrepreneur growing up? * Chris got his career started through relationships built in college – how can building relationships help open doors? * Passion for entrepreneurship led Chris to make a move from New York to Silicon Valley. * Although most people in the Silicon Valley have tech-related qualifications, Chris found his foothold in business development. * How did Chris land his first job in the Silicon Valley? * What steps did Chris take to earn an income after he was laid off in 2008? * Did Chris’ wife buy into his ideas of financial optimization, and how has that developed within their relationship? * What are the drawbacks or negative sides of frugal and financial optimization in a high-cost environment? * How does Chris create a “memorable moment” each month? * Chris found himself as a source of financial consultation for his friends, and his current business idea grew from there. * The world of financial planning, in its current state, is focused on the already wealthy, and the exchange of information between planners and customers is both inefficient and confusing. * How does Grove change the process of financial planning, and how does the software help Grove work more efficiently? * Grove costs $600 a year – significantly less than a traditional financial planner. * What services does Grove provide its customers? * Financial goals are really just sums of money that someone wants to set aside, no matter the purpose. * Why should someone in the FI community consider using Grove’s services? * How do Grove advisors function a bit like personal trainers? * On a personal level, how is Grove a different venture for Chris, different from some of his previous companies? * Would Chris take an offer to buy Grove?

Resources mentioned in this episode:

  • Grove
  • Mr Money Mustache
  • Mad Fientist
  • Memeorandum
  • Chris Hutchins: What Credit Card Should Be in Your Wallet

View Details

070R | Updates from Brad and Jonathan, review of Vickie Robin’s episode, discussion of how ChooseFI aims to handle politics, and more updates from the ChooseFI community.

Highlights:

  • Brad is moving houses, making good community a priority in his family’s life
  • CampFi MidAtlantic this weekend is Virginia this weekend, but there’s two more this year: Aug. 3-6 in Joshua Tree, Calif., Sept 7-10 in Little Rock, Ark. More info here: CampFi
  • Jonathan started Skinny Waste, Fat Wallet. First episode is up on YouTube at www.choosefi.tv
  • Review of Vickie Robin’s episode

...and more can be found at https://ChooseFI.com/070R

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

070 | Author and FI pioneer Vicki Robin discusses the cultural development of overconsumption, how much is enough, and what else, besides good investments, contributes to successful financial independence?

  • Vicki’s story began when she invested in long-term bonds at a young age, achieving modest financial independence very quickly
  • Vicki and her partner, Joe Dominguez, hosted seminars about financial independence beginning in the 1980s, donating the proceeds.
  • What is the difference between making a living, and making a “dime”?
  • How did the culture of over-consumption develop during the past century?
  • Once the average person spends 20 years preparing for adulthood, and another third of your life sleeping, how much time do we really have for living?
  • What is the idea of the Real Hourly Wage, and how could it impact the way we spend money?
  • Why might we need to be “deprogrammed” from consumption?
  • What is the Fulfillment Curve and what is the difference between a “cheap thrill” and real satisfaction?
  • How does consumerism develop throughout life, and does it stem from dissatisfaction?
  • How much is enough?
  • Once people have “enough”, happiness actually comes from giving, not getting.
  • How is Real Hourly Wage calculated?
  • What needs and identities are neglected when we overspend our hours and consciousness on our jobs?
  • How do people confuse work, jobs, and income?
  • Finding passive income helps to separate jobs from income.
  • What does Vicki enjoy about finding community with the world of FI?
  • Community is currency – money isn’t the only element of becoming independent.
  • How do meaningful relationships developing into situations of Mutual Aid, and how does that impact a person’s living costs?
  • As a leader in the FI community for about 30 years, what does Vicki think it will take to create lasting, cultural changes?
  • In order to change the way the world consumes, personal change is necessary, but not sufficient.
  • How does universal health care impact FI in the US?
  • Will FI become mainstream?
  • Talking about our relationship with money in a first step toward creating lasting change
  • Sharing: Half the cost and twice the fun.

Links to things mentioned in the show: Book on Amazon: Your Money or Your Life

Book on Amazon: Dying for a Paycheck

Website: Millennial Money

View Details

069R | We discuss why and how of starting a blog or website.

What you’ll hear on today’s show:

  • Review of Monday’s episode
  • How Michelle lives her lifestyle by choice
  • Why it’s a great idea to start a blog
  • The key when creating content
  • Why now is the best time to get started
  • How affiliate marketing works
  • The 4 things you need to start your blog
  • The total cost of starting up
  • Why it takes years to be successful
  • How building this skill set opens doors
  • iTunes and book giveaway

Links from the show:

  • Hosting platforms: Bigscoots, Siteground
  • Themes: Generate Press, Elementor
  • Email list providers: Mailchimp, ConvertKit
  • ChooseFI Youtube Channel

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

069 | Michelle has a very successful blog, Making Sense of Cents. She shares her lifestyle as a digital nomad and how she currently manages not just her blog, but her whole life living full-time in an RV.

What you’ll hear on today’s show: * Interview with Michelle from Making Sense of Cents * Michelle’s backstory * The success of her personal finance blog * How long it took for her blog to take off * How she got involved in the community * When she first started making money and how * Why she feels she attracts an audience * Her secret sauce to blogging * Her content strategy * The different inflection points along her blogging journey * Different blogging goals * What inspired her to become a digital nomad * Tips for people who want to get started with RVing * How she deals with her work life balance * Using Pinterest as a marketing vehicle * The different social media platforms she’s tried out * Her personal FI journey * Her course: Make Sense of Affiliate Marketing * Hotseat questions

Links from the show: * Michelle’s blog: Making Sense of Cents * App: Gasbuddy * Heath and Alyssa * RV Mobile Internet * Michelle’s course: Make Sense of Affiliate Marketing * Think Save Retire * Cait Flanders * Our Next Life * Financial.com * Why Would You Make $100,000+ a Month and Live in an RV?

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

068R | The next steps after Dave Ramsey’s Peace University, the importance of being present and food budget hacks.

What you’ll hear on today’s show: * Review of Monday’s episode * Brad’s life improvement thanks to FI * How to use Dave Ramsey’s lessons * Question from Chris about Dave Ramsey * What the next steps after the Peace University look like * Why and how credit cards can be useful * Jill talks about being nervous going back to credit cards * Michelle says the episode 68 is great to send to Dave Ramsey fans * The great advantages of working on a budget as a couple * Comment from Nick about paying off a mortgage * How FI is not about deprivation * The importance of being present * Voicemail from Louisa on a food budget hack * The video series on different food hacks * Voicemail from Ashley on her frugal win of the year * College hack on graduate assistantships * An article on the dangers of robo advisers * Voicemail from Jesse about optimizing cashbacks * iTunes and book giveaway

Links from the show:

  • Dave Ramsey’s Peace University
  • ChooseFI travel reward credit cards
  • Blog: Reaching for Balance
  • Food hack video series
  • Beware of Robo Advisors Bearing Low Fees

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

068 | Bringing your spouse on with FI, the benefits of paying off your mortgage early and how to follow Dave Ramsey’s steps

Highlights from the show include:

  • Andy’s blog and podcast
  • How he brought his wife on board with FI
  • The monthly budget party
  • Benefits of paying off a mortgage early
  • Following Dave Ramsey’s steps

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

067R | Getting comfortable with being uncomfortable, hacks to save money on everyday electronics and using donor advised funds to optimize tax payments.

What you’ll hear on today’s show: * Jonathan optimizing his house insurance * Comment from Katie on using diamonds on engagement rings * Examples of velvet ropes * The importance of getting comfortable with being uncomfortable * Sara shares a DIY success * Voicemail from Daniel about saving money on everyday electronics * Jaclyn share’s her success from a salary decrease * Voicemail from Steven on using donor advised funds to avoid capital gains tax * Alan saves money by timing the cash flows * Kevin talks about creating a better version of health insurance * iTunes review and book giveaway

Links from the show: * Book: Predictably Irrational * How we make meaningful and tax efficient charitable donations by The Frugalwoods * The donor advised fund: A smarter way to give by Physician on FIRE

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

067 | David and Helene talk about consumerism, getting out of one’s comfort zone and the importance of simplicity.

What you’ll hear on today’s show:

  • Discussion with David and Helene
  • How consumerism makes us buy more
  • Controlling impulses
  • How Helene constantly gets out of her comfort zone
  • Mental hacks for self control
  • Hedonic adaptation
  • Complexity vs simplicity
  • David’s thoughts after blogging for 9 years
  • The importance of focusing on what lights you up
  • Hotseat questions

Links from the show:

  • David’s blog: Raptitude
  • Helene’s blog: Free to Pursue
  • Helene’s blog post: Diamonds - Nothing but a Brilliant Illusion
  • JL Collins
  • David blog posts:
    • The Art of the Hard Part
    • Go Deeper not Wider
  • The Frugal Fringe
  • Humans are not Broken
  • Seth Godin
  • 10 Reasons You Should Never Get a Job
  • Happy Money by Elizabeth Dunn
  • David on Twitter
  • Helene on Twitter

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

066R | Understanding emergency funds, investing in your house and some college and library hacks.

What you’ll hear on today’s show: * Review of Monday’s episode * Different scenarios for using emergency funds * Where to put your emergency fund * Jennifer asks a question about needing the fund in 2-3 years * The different options to optimize your emergency fund * Voicemail from Paul on whether a house is an investment * Voicemail from Melissa on Mrs Frugalwoods’ journey with make-up * Voicemail from Captain DIY on college hacking with trade schools * Chris pays off $100,000 in debt * Jessie has a great library hack * iTunes review and book giveaway

Links from the show: * ChooseFI events * Paul’s podcast series: Your Home is NOT an Investment! Unless... * Captain DIY articles * ChooseFI debt month

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

066 | Big Ern reveals his identity, explains the different risks when retiring and why a home is a good investment.

Highlights from the show include:

  • Big Ern’s identity reveal
  • His blog on retirement
  • The anxieties of retiring early
  • Emergency funds
  • The benefits of home ownership

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

065R | College hacks, a great credit card debt hack and the importance of not wasting your privileges.

What you’ll hear in today’s show: * Voicemail from Chris about replacing broken items * Review of Monday’s episode with Mrs Frugalwoods * Why you shouldn’t waste your advantages * Voicemail from Steve about educational programs * The student debt loan movement happening in March * Voicemail from Noah about a college hack * Voicemail from Millionaire Educator on another college hack * Nicholas’ hack on optimizing credit card debt * Voicemail from Kelly about tax liability vs withholding * Apple Podcasts review and book giveaway

Links from the show

  • Contact ChooseFI: feedback@choosefi.com
  • The College Investor
  • March Student Debt Challenge
  • The Millionaire Educator

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

065 | Mrs Frugalwoods talks on her book and blog, frugality as a lifestyle and the great benefits of being frugal.

Highlights from the show include:

  • Mrs Frugalwoods’ book and blog
  • Her relationship with money
  • Changing her lifestyle to frugality
  • The benefits of living frugal
  • The amazing influence of frugality on her family

For more information, visit the show notes at http://ChooseFI.com/065

View Details

064R | Chautauqua plans, board game recommendations and a discussion on optimizing travel rewards

Highlights from the show include:

  • Warren Buffett’s Annual Letter to Shareholders takeaways
  • Chautauqua plans
  • Board game recommendations
  • Travel rewards discussion
  • Crowdsourcing geo-arbitrage

——————-

For more information, visit the show notes at http://ChooseFI.com/064R

View Details

064 | Chautauqua organizers join us on a call to share what the event is about, the great community that attend Chautauqua, and plans for its future.

Highlights from the show include: * How Chautauqua got started * The structure of the event and what a typical day looks like * The amazing community * Examples of the exceptional people who attend * What the future plans look like

For more information, visit the show notes at http://ChooseFI.com/064

View Details

063R | How to create your own luck, the glidepath to success and some life lessons from Brad.

Highlights from the show include:

  • What luck and opportunity really mean
  • Having high expectations from life
  • Brad’s definition of creating luck
  • Life lessons from Brad to his daughters

For more information, visit the show notes at http://ChooseFI.com/063R

View Details

063 | An interview with Scott Trench from Bigger Pockets on the creation of good luck, his background and journey to FI and using house hacks to reach wealth.

This episode covers: 1) Scott’s book and background

2) His definition of luck

3) The stages of wealth creation with real estate

4) Becoming a life long learner

5) The core message of FI and the community

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

062R | We review Monday’s episode with Travis on the Playing with FIRE documentary, a voicemail about the new tax law and a discussion about tracking business expenses.

On today’s show we cover: * Documentary Playing with FIRE * Some great ways to practice gratitude with children * How film is a great way to market an idea * How the community of FI can change the world * Review of Monday’s episode with Travis * How Scott and Travis met * Voicemail from Scott on scrutinizing his own choices and how he’s grateful to have the FI community * Voicemail from Terry on starting up a local FI group in his town * Jonathan asks Brad how to track business expenses * Detailed voicemail from Shane on the new tax law * iTunes reviews

Links from the show: * Buy nothing Facebook Groups * Playing with FIRE documentary * Episode 37 with Scott * Episode 62 with Travis * Chautauqua tickets * To start up a local group email: feedback@choosefi.com * The ChooseFI local groups * Shane Mason

For more information, visit the show notes at http://ChooseFI.com/062R

View Details

062 | Travis Shakespeare is creating the Playing with FIRE documentary.

He talks about discovering FI, how FI has the power to change the world, and how one misinterpretation caused him to reach FI much sooner than he should have.

On today’s show we cover: * Interview with Travis Shakespeare * His approach to creating the Playing with FIRE documentary * What drew him to the media industry * The power of story * How he wants to the documentary to create a call to action * How he discovered FI * The FI community as a subculture and how it’s like an experiment * Why the documentary will get FI closer to a mainstream audience * How FI has the power to change the world * How Travis came about creating the documentary * Hotseat questions

Links from the show: * Playing with FIRE documentary * Mr Money Mustache * Get Rich Slowly * Early Retirement Extreme book * Millionaire Next Door * Episode 57: Playing with FIRE Documentary * Rockstar Finance * Eater Blog * The Shockingly Simple Math Behind Early Retirement * Sealfit Yoga

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

061R | We recap Monday’s episode with Cory Mascara about mindfulness with FI, a voicemail about a medical tourism hack and a method to teach your kids money management at a young age.

This episode covers: * An episode soon to come with Danielle and Laura * Review of Monday’s episode * The importance of controlling only what you can control * A voicemail about second generation FIRE * A voicemail about a medical tourism hack

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

061 | Mindfulness Coach Cory Muscara shares his background as a monk, how mindfulness links with FI and the process of meditation.

This episode covers:

  • Cory’s background meditating for 6 months
  • How he got through with it and the lessons learnt
  • How he discovered FI and how it links to mindfulness
  • Figuring out what comes after FI
  • How people can get started with meditation

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

060R | We roundup Monday’s episode about medical tourism with a discussion on more hacks, having more power over your job and the importance of the talent stack.

This episode covers:

  • Jonathan’s new morning routine
  • The impact of medical tourism and how we can use it
  • The talent stack
  • Voicemails on life hacks and the power of the FI community

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

060 | Myles Wakeham shares the little-known advantages of medical tourism, how he covers his medical bills and his personal journey to FI.

This episode covers: * Myles’ personal journey to FI * How he discovered medical tourism * The huge benefits of traveling abroad for medical treatment * His investments in Bitcoin * How he plans for adverse events

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

059R | A review of Vincent Pugliese's interview, the satisfaction of DIY projects, and voicemails about financial coaching and international teaching.

On today’s show we cover: * Doing more ChooseFI Richmond meetups * The limiting beliefs of not wanting to learn * The satisfaction that comes from DIY * The importance of a legacy binder * A review of Monday’s episode * How Vincent is all about relationships * How his outlook of life completely changed with two inflection points * Why FI not only improves yourself but also your family * What living on the other side of FI looks like * Why the range of choices at FI keep you busy * The Skinny Waist Fat Wallet Challenge * Voicemail from Kelsa about the ChooseFi community and how she helps people with financial coaching * Voicemail from Nicholas and Jack about creating a partnership to buy rental properties * Voicemail from Rosemarie on her secret life hack as an international teacher * Announcements * Apple Podcasts review and book giveaway

Links from the show

  • ChooseFI local groups
  • Episode 09: Travel Rewards - Sweet Redemption
  • Fidsafe
  • Mutual Assurance
  • Todoist App
  • Episode 044: Brandon Pierce - Into the Wind
  • ChooseFI Facebook group
  • Kelsa’s podcast: The Saver and The Spender
  • Juan from Finance Clever
  • The Carson Podcast
  • Coach Carson

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

059 | Vincent Pugliese shares his journey to reaching FI after changing his mindset towards life and starting a business.

This episode covers:

  • Vincent’s backstory
  • How he changed his thought process
  • How his resilience got him opportunities
  • The journey of starting his business
  • The importance of patience and persistence
  • How he reached FI
  • Why he homeschools his kids and what he teaches them

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

058R | A review of the CampFI episode as well as a discussion on pensions and some thoughts on the value of CFPs.

This episode covers: * The community of CampFI * Frugal wins and fails * Voicemail about pensions * How Grumpus communicates with his audience * The value of CFPs

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

058 | A roundtable discussion with two CFPs, Kyle Mast and Danny Kenny, on what financial planning looks like in practice, the importance of talking to a CFP and managing different types of risk.

On today’s episode we cover: * Roundtable Q&A with two Certified Financial Planners * Kyle and Danny’s backstory * How they learned about FI * Why you should use the services of a CFP * How they act as an educator and therapist between spouses * What financial planning looks like in practice * The different CFP models * Why everyone should talk to a CFP * How to find a CFP * Why it is important that your CFP is a fiduciary and how to make sure * The changes with the new tax bill * The steps between the accumulation and drawdown phase * Biggest mistakes clients make * How to get both spouses on the same page * The importance of keeping records * How to deal with people who panic * Risk management outside of investments * Why it’s worth getting long term disability insurance * When should someone consider index funds * Importance of mixing US and international investments * Hotseat questions

Links from the show: * CPF Board * Napfa * XY Planning Network * Becoming Minimalist * The Secret to Achieving your Dreams * Danny’s info + LinkedIn + SBSB Company * Kyle’s info + Clarity Financial + Letters to Randon

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

057R | A roundtable discussion at CampFI including talks on the military, the flexibility of the FI plan and reaching FI before your partner.

On today’s episode we cover: * Everyone’s at a different FI stage in the community * Doug Nordman talks about the military and FI * How Doug manages his time * Natalie talks about the importance of keeping the FI plan flexible * JD Roth’s 2018 challenge and his view on the FI community * The huge wealth of knowledge and feeling of being in a tribe at Camp FI * The factor of a successful individual: resilience * Cody explains how to we could teach FI to teens * John’s dilemma on reaching FI before his wife * JD Roth explains how he manages being the only one in FI as a couple * The power of making your own job by threatening to quit * How Camp FI and the community help deal with irrational fears * How the tribe inspires people to spread the message

Links from the show: * CampFI * Doug Nordman’s blog: The Military Guide * Physician on FIRE * Get Rich Slowly * Arsenal Discs * 1500 Days to Freedom

For more information, visit the show notes at https://choosefi.com/057R

View Details

057 | Grumpus Maximus shares his military background, his blog about understanding pensions, and his path to FI.

In this episode we cover * Interview with Grumpus Maximus about pensions and the military * Where the name Grumpus Maximus comes from * The Golden Albatross * Grumpus Maximus’ backstory * How he discovered the FI movement * How he wanted to quit the military but would then lose all the benefits * His relationship with Mrs Grumpus about money * How to manage your finances as a couple * What FI looks like now * How Grumpus got through the mental breakdown * His top resources for learning about FI * How to understand the pension * How the retirement system is changing for the younger generation * Grumpus presented FI to his colleagues in the military * Hot Seat questions

Links from the show

  • Grumpus Maximus’ blog
  • What is a Golden Albatross?
  • The Pension Series
  • Worth vs worth it
  • Mr Money Mustache
  • Jim Collins
  • Retirement Planning: How to Calculate your Gap number
  • Can I retire yet? Blog
  • FIRECalc and Flexible Retirement Planner
  • Grumpus Maximus Facebook Page and Facebook Group

View Details

056R | We review Monday’s "Side Hustle Coaching Series Part 1" with some talk on the workings behind ChooseFI, as well as several voicemails on travel and career hacking.

In today’s episode we cover: * Review of Monday’s episode * How these coaching calls are like Reality Internet * Taking those lessons and applying them to your personal life * How the ChooseFI business works * The process of scaling a business * Yolanda’s Facebook comment on not buying stuff she doesn’t need * How the community has great role models that motivate others * Calculating your net worth * Brad’s frugal hack and huge frugal win * Voicemail from Peerless Money Mentor on using HSA funds to hit the minimal spend limits * Travel hacking with the Southwest Companion Pass * Voicemail from Hillary about getting a degree in Finance for a career path to FI * Comment from Claudia about her business model for the classes she teaches * Voicemail from Scott about his hack when packing a bag for travel * iTunes review and book giveaway

Links from the show: * Monday’s episode: Popup Business Part 1 * Clothingshoponline.com * Liberty HealthShare * Peerless Money Mentor: How I failed at investing my HSA funds * Episode 9: How to Travel the World for Free * SouthWest Companion Pass * Freshbooks * ChooseFI Travel Hacks * ChooseFI Card Ratings

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

056 | A slightly different episode as it consists of a coaching call between Alan Donegan from the PopUp Business school and Tallis, who wishes to grow her business and make it profitable.

In this episode we cover: • First episode the year: coaching call
• Call between Alan Donegan and Tallis on her new business idea
• Alan will walk her through ideas to grow her business
• Tallis’ business: dance classes for people with Parkinson’s disease
• Reasons why dance classes work
• Defining who are the customers
• Defining who would fund the business
• Planning out Tallis’ business model
• Alan’s advice to find funding using examples
• How to use reports as a pitch for funding
• Alan’s tips: finding social value, building an email list, scaling the system
• How to show that the business idea works
• The importance in adding value to people who fund the business
• Where to start with PR
• The branding process
• The importance of having a website
• How ChooseFI will check in every so often
• Why and how Talis will start the business frugally
• The importance of being very clear who your customer is and how you can help them
• How FI helps us become entrepreneurs


Alan’s key questions: • Who’s the customer?
• Who’s going to fund your business?
• What proof do you have that your business works?
• What makes your business different to other similar ones?
• Don’t sell workshops to people without money
• Sell to people who have the same desire to fix the problem as you
• How can you give back to the institution/company funding you?
• Use a report/survey as data to support your business
• What social good does your business achieve?
• How could you measure whether the idea works?
• Build credibility by involving other people’s stories
• Build a list of contacts of your possible customers
• How will you brand your business?
• How can you minimize the cost?
• Are you clear on who your customer is and how you’re helping them?


Links from the show: • Episode 30: The Unspoken Lever of FI
• Alan Donegan from the PopUp Business School


——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

055R | A review of ChooseFI’s 2017 on the great progress of the community, several voicemails on FI successes and plans for 2018

This episode covers:

• How far the ChooseFI community has come
• Eric’s great successes on his path to FI
• How everyone in the community is helping each other out
• The idea of building the community offline
• Colby’s college hack to graduating debt free
• How FI is about living a life of intention
• Huge thank you to everyone
__________________

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! :)

If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://choosefi.com/itunes 

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

055 | Live from Fincon 2017 in Dallas Texas, it's ChooseFI!

Hey there everyone,

We recorded a special minisode that we wanted to share with you today.

For those of you that found us this year and have been following us on this journey over the last 12 months. Thank you :)

We recorded this at the #Amazing FINCON in Dallas that we attended at the end of October, the conference was an epic experience and they gave us the opportunity to record a short 20 minute episode using a VW Bug (in the featured image for this episode).

It was a cool experience all the way around and we thought you might get a kick out of hearing it.

Important We are collecting your feedback for an end of the year episode. If you found the FI community through ChooseFI or you have been in the FI community but this year you have finally taken action. We would love to share your progress with the larger FI community.

If you want to share the progress that you have made over the last 12 months leave us a voicemail by the end of monday or early tuesday morning and we will play it on the show. To leave us a voicemail go to our home page at choosefi.com and click on the voicemail button https://www.choosefi.com/voicemail.

The FIRE is spreading my friends and we will see you next time as we continue to go down the road less traveled!

View Details

Fritz from The Retirement Manifesto joins Jonathan to cover the topic of risk tolerance and capacity, Jonathan taking action to make ChooseFI happen, voicemails about college hacking, and ESI Money taking over Rockstar Finance.

This episode covers: * Review of Monday’s episode with Fritz * The financial love letter * How ChooseFI is now happening in real time * The different risk tolerances in the FIRE community * Sam from the Facebook group: Jonathan’s risk by quitting his job * How the risk capacity varies from person to person * Why Jonathan has a high risk capacity * The more you start doing what you love, the more opportunities you get * Dylan and Kimberly ask Fritz a question about the drone and prepping for emergencies * Voicemail from Accidental FIRE about Fritz living in a cabin * Richmond’s asks for advice for college graduates * Jessie’s college hack on getting a graduate degree * Ben asking about the power of clep testing * Francis’ career hack as a sales rep * Monday’s big event: J Money handing over the Rockstar Finance reins to ESI Money * Felisa’s voicemail on why not to buy and hold company stock * The end of year checklist and how Christine was able to cut taxes * iTunes review and book giveaway

Links from the show

  • The Retirement Manifesto
  • Legacy Binders by J Money
  • Episode 43: Drawdown strategy
  • Am I a Prepper? No, just prepared by Fritz
  • CLEP Testing Facebook Thread
  • ESI Money
  • Career advice, Career results and Millionaire Interviews by ESI Money
  • Rockstar Finance
  • Episode 18: Capital Gains, Losses and the Roth Conversion Ladder

——————-

Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards

Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place)

As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

054 | Jonathan has a BIG announcement. We also discuss the power dynamics behind FI and the financial transition of quitting a job. This episode covers: Jonathan announces quitting his job Why Jonathan is in a good situation to make this decision The position of power in being FI The financial steps of transitioning out of a job Why you should deal with FU money responsibly

——————- Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community! 🙂 If you want to support us, here are some easy ways:

1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes

2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page

3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place) As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

053R | We discuss the importance of building trust and creating a tribe as well as how to use your talent stack for business. In today’s episode we cover: Another side hustle: narrating books Review of Monday’s episode with Bobby from Millennial Money Man How blogging is a way to give back to the community Why you just need true fans to be successful Having a good audience starts with adding value and building trust How the key to making money blogging is solving your audience’s problem Why having a tribe is essential for success How Brad’s limiting belief affected him Jonathan will write an article on Chipotle as an example to solving a problem How using your talent stack will help you online as well as offline How travel rewards are a pillar of FI Feedback from Mindy with the idea of an end of year checklist Facebook thread on ways to optimize tax payments and planning Voicemail from Chris about small life hacks for post FI people Voicemail from Lindsay about generating a second income stream J & A ask a question about distributing savings between real estate and retirement accounts and Coach Carson weighs in. iTunes review and book giveaway Links from the show: Monday’s episode: Do You Want to be Rich? A Thousand True fans with Kevin Kelly Tax Caster: Income tax calculator SmartAsset: Calculating taxes in each state How to avoid Underpayment Penalties SkillShare: Online classes Facebook post on End of Year To-do List Bigger Pockets Podcast Coach Carson’s Real Estate Course

View Details

053 | This episode was an interview with Bobby from Millennial Money Man on attacking debt, becoming a full-time blogger, methods to teach finance in schools and how to scale side hustles.  

In today’s episode we cover: Bobby’s story starting as a high school music director Him quitting his job to be a full-time blogger How he paid off his student loans His mentor teaching him the basics of managing money

The lightbulb moment which brought him to start Millennial Money Man Bobby’s rule on talking about money with friends and family

How he hasn’t changed even though he has more money The FI lifestyle Being a valuist Questioning the traditional narrative that everyone has to go to college

At which age should kids start learning about personal finance

How the world would change if everyone knew more about finance Bobby’s method to get kids interested in finance Bobby’s initial idea to do teaching seminars in schools

How he decided to quit his job Getting started with side hustles Advice for new bloggers: using your blog as a portfolio Scaling your blog/side-hustle

View Details

052R | We review Monday’s episode featuring Todd Tresidder discussing the different ways to reach FI through different asset classes, goals for 2018 and how to invest in yourself to create a happier life. What we cover: Recap of Monday’s episode with Todd: our most commented podcast How Todd makes us rethink FI and the way his mind works Why things are not as simple as the FI community make it out to be What other assets there are apart from index funds The 2 ways of getting into the entrepreneur game How FI is not a lottery ticket, the work to be put in. Why starting a business does not mean reaching FI How to choose which asset class is your path to FI How Brad’s bad experience in real estate makes him nervous about starting again 2018 goals: taking the next step with real estate The importance of not being dogmatic and broadening horizons Feedback from Trent on real estate, stocks and bonds How real estate can be a good plan for retirement Big Ern’s thoughts on Monday’s episode Active asset allocation: can it work for FI? Why investing in yourself will always make you win Christian’s voicemail on his 2018 goals The 80/20 analysis: why reaching level 2 understanding doesn’t have to be necessary How we’re now learning more about FI with our audience, not just teaching A voicemail from Jason about his big change: FIPE (Financial Independence Partial Retirement) iTunes review and book giveaway   Links from the show:   Monday’s episode: FIRE State of the Union Coach Carson’s episode: House Hacking Guide Mr Money Mustache Millennial Money Man Coach Carson’s new investing course: Real Estate Start School Sign up to our email list to send feedback Big Ern’s website: Early Retirement Now The Choose FI t-shirts Subscribe on iTunes ------------------- Thank you for being a part of the ChooseFI community!  :) If you want to support us, here are some easy ways: 1) Leave an iTunes review: http://www.choosefi.com/itunes 2) Use our page to sign up for travel credit cards Note: We may receive a commission if you are approved for cards on this page 3) Most importantly, find your friends, coworkers, and family members who may be open to this message and tell them about the podcast! (Episode 21 is a great starting place) As Jonathan would say, "The FIRE is spreading my friends!"

View Details

052 | Todd Tresidder from Financial Mentor comes on the show to share his perspective on the traditional way FI is taught ( FIRE State of the Union)  and where it could be improved. We discuss the unique characteristics of all three asset classes and the advantages and disadvantages of each. Create a framework for your wealth plan and understand the importance of risk management.

In Today’s Podcast we cover: An in-depth conversation with Todd Tresidder from the Financial Mentor on the State of the FIRE Union The math behind financial independence and how traditional FI-thought is about lowering expenses and investing in low-cost passive index funds Todd believes there’s more to the situation than commonly believed Todd does not want to optimize relentlessly based on price

What is Todd’s definition of Fat FIRE? There are multiple paths to FI such as pursuing the business and real estate asset classes to get you to FI quicker in Todd’s opinion Where does Risk Management come into play? Risk management also needs to be discussed in the FI community A nuanced, dynamic, “Level 2” understanding Finding the right plan for different people and different situations

The point of FI is happiness What Todd values: Experiences not stuff, and buying conveniences How Todd disconnects when he is on vacation with his family Todd has focused on all three asset classes in his life and background info on his history Todd is always focused on risk vs. reward at different points in time Todd’s on the ground view of the housing bubble as an apartment owner Paper assets do not lead to a “predictable” return

As an investor you always want to look for the “obvious thing nobody else is looking at.” Todd’s discussion of inflation Todd doesn’t predict the future, but he manages risk Manage the downside and risk management.

Buffett quote on not losing money What situation would it make sense for someone to invest in index funds, real estate, business, etc.? Everyone needs their own plan for wealth building The business asset class – inventing equity out of ‘thin air’

The downside characteristics of each of the three asset classes 

View Details

051R | In this podcast we do a recap of episode 51 with Mrs Money Monster discussing the importance of getting past limiting beliefs as well as how to use the community to your benefit and take action in pursuing FI. In Today’s Podcast we cover: Recap of Monday’s episode with Mrs Money Monster. The importance of getting past those limiting beliefs Why we should learn to embrace the growth mindset, to always be willing to learn The value of having mentors Why FI is acknowledging that I am more than the sum of my stuff Having more control over your finances means making retirement optional Choose FI local groups are growing, making the Camp FI and FI Festival possible Voicemail from Lori about educational IRAs answered by Ed Mills from the Millionaire Educator Voicemail from Michelle about her journey to FI. All about taking action and keep working towards your goals. Matthew’s post from the Facebook Choose FI group: how one person changed his life by introducing him to FI Voicemail from Haidi about her preparing for retirement. By choosing to be half retired she will always continue learning. How to work out the wonderful problem of having so much choice when it comes to financial freedom. Voicemail from Lance after attending Alan’s Popup Business School and who wants to give back to the community. Teaser of Monday’s episode: Challenging our beliefs iTunes review and Book Giveaway Links from the show: The Choose FI T-shirts Our Facebook Group All our Choose FI groups About the FI Festival Ed Mills from The Millionaire Educator Radical Personal Finance Episode 106: A Comprehensive Guide to the Ultimate Education Account House Hacking with Coach Carson Bright Future Scholarship Episode 30 with Alan: Starting a business without going into debt Contribute to our show by sending us an email

View Details

051 | In today's podcast we discuss the Roller Coaster Path to FI with Lisa from Mad Money Monster, including a new term she coined: F.I.O.R

In Today’s Podcast we cover: A conversation with Lisa from Mad Money Monster on the ‘Roller Coaster Path to FI’ Lisa grew up in a trailer, but in a great school district on the ‘right side of the tracks’ She only recently started telling people she grew up in a trailer as it impacted her self esteem She graduated from high school and didn’t plan to go to college as she didn’t think she was “smart enough” One meeting with an engineer at her first job let her to community college where she “secretly” applied The limiting beliefs and lack of a mentor behind her not even contemplating college

How her friend’s parents told her to not even start college as she “wasn’t going to finish” Lisa’s belief that she is coachable as a major life talent She graduated with a scientific degree from a four year university and had $25,000 of student loan debt Her employer paid for 100% of her master’s degree She then started saving significantly into her 401k, etc., but got into a bad relationship with a big spender She was still saving into her 401k, but her significant other’s bad habits rubbed off on her They spent $60,000 on a pool in their backyard and had friends over every weekend She had “cyclical credit card debt” that she paid off and then racked up again and then kept cycling What was holding her back from leaving the relationship? She didn’t want to move “backwards” in her life How she left the relationship and unchained herself financially

This was a defining character moment for her and let her believe she could do anything She then bought a property at the height of the real estate bubble in 2007 and moved her parents out of the trailer and into this home Though she could have lived “with her parents” at her house, she decided to move out into an apartment and stopped contributing to her retirement accounts How meeting Mr. Mad Money Monster was what put her on the path to Financial Independence They put an offer on a house they couldn’t comfortably afford and after the inspection came back negatively, they actually backed out and changed course They quickly found the FI community after that inflection point They paid off all their debt and maxed out retirement accounts Their savings rate is between 50% and 70% and they are well on their way to Financial Independence Financial Independence Optional Retirement 

View Details

050R | The Impact of FI, A New FI Curriculum being piloted in a university, and holiday hacks just in time for Christmas. In today’s Friday Roundup we talk a bit about Thanksgiving and how to work on being thankful for all we have (yes it’s about your family). We also look back on our previous episode with Mr Groovy about moving out of an expensive living area to reach FI faster and the value of a local FI community (the FIRE really is spreading).  We received some really inspiring messages which we share on today’s episode to show you the power FI has to transform an entire life. And of course, we finished off with some great Christmas hacks for the holidays! What we cover: 1. The Importance of Community There are ChooseFI communities all over the world now (62 and counting!) and it’s an enormous network. This means more and more people have communities with similar mindsets and goals just at their doorsteps. Imagine the opportunities when visiting another city and making contact with those other FI communities? The huge amount of knowledge shared? Our goal is to have these communities in every single city, so we can all help each other out to reach FI. If you feel there isn’t enough of a community in your own city, reach out to us on Facebook to become an admin of the Facebook page. There is a team in each area to help you out and we share the best practices to support the local groups 2. Circle Back to the Ongoing Buy vs Rent Debate Through the feedback voicemail from Charles we revisit the episode on buying vs renting and the fact that it doesn’t cover many of the aspects of home ownership. It was a good episode, but there was no counterpoint. Whether you want to buy or rent a house really depends on your situation and takes into account many different lifestyle factors. The most important is to look at it from an objective point of view: don’t just buy a house because that’s what you’ve been told all your life, buy it because it works for your situation. Do the math and analyze the situation. In honor of this huge and important debate, we pledge to do another proper episode where we have a proper sit down, do the math and have an in depth discussion. 3. The Impact of FI Thanks to everyone for sending those inspiring and in-depth voicemails in. Wendy, our first voicemailer, explains that FI is also about removing the parts that make you unhappy, removing the alligators and working towards what will improve your life and your future. Cassandra shares her goal to pay off $260,000 in debt and reach FI! This journey has changed her outlook and perspective on finance and entrepreneurship Phil rediscovered a zest for life by grabbing hold of Financial Independence he shares his 9 year plan to reach FI and what he plans on doing after FI Laurie shares her lightbulb moment, and how this podcast lifted the mental fog that kept her from appreciating the soundness of her husband's financial plan This truly goes to show the HUGE impact reaching Financial Independence can have over your life. We need to spread this message and we need to take action now. Start small. Start this week. And in 10 years you will have reached a state of independence you did not know was possible. This episode will inspire you to keep working towards FI and to build a community of like-minded individuals. One of our stated goals is to see a FI curriculum at the K-12 and collegiate level and Zack is piloting the first ever college level course at the University of Iowa Links Episode 50: Domestic GeoArbitrage Facebook Group: ChooseFI ChooseFI: Local Groups Episode 16: House Hacking with Coach Carson Episode 48: The Happy Philosopher Episode 9: Travel Hacks

View Details

050 | In this podcast we discuss domestic geographic arbitrage with Mr. Groovy from Freedom is Groovy. In Today’s Podcast we cover: A conversation with Mr. Groovy from Freedom is Groovy to discuss domestic geographic arbitrage How Brad made a similar decision to Mr. Groovy to move from Long Island to a lower cost of living area How Mr. Groovy was a “financial moron” until he was in his 40s until Mrs. Groovy found Dave Ramsey What did their financial lives look like before finding Dave Ramsey and the concept of an emergency fund How creating a budget and putting it on paper was a game changer for them

What changes did they make after creating a budget? Their debt situation: They had about $30,000 in consumer debt How they created a “transition fund” to help them move off of Long Island to a lower cost of living area They managed to pay off debt and save $80,000 in cash for this transition fund by 2008 Their families were supportive of their move off of Long Island The peculiarities of living on Long Island and getting off the island How Mr. Groovy’s cost of living shaped up on Long Island and how the property tax burden is significant there

What other costs are smaller when moving out of a high cost of living area besides mortgage and property taxes? How the Groovy family bought a $70,000 condo in Long Beach in 1997 and sold it for $340,000 in 2006 They decided to move to North Carolina and happened upon Charlotte where they ultimately purchased They bought a condo for $88,000 in cash in Charlotte and banked nearly $250,000 from the sale of their home Their dollar cost averaging strategy to enter the stock market

How Mr. Money Mustache’s article The Shockingly Simple Math Behind Early Retirement change their outlook on life In 2014 they were basically at the 25x expenses definition of Financial Independence Even though the housing situation helped them significantly, they still would have hit FI by moving to a lower cost of living area just because of lowered expenses

Takeaways and advice from the geographic arbitrage decision How Mr. Groovy’s family wound up following him to Charlotte How Brad’s brother did both US and international geographic arbitrage Did Mr. Groovy and Brad have “freak out moments” after making the move? 

View Details

049R | In the Friday Roundup we discuss our big takeaway from Episode 49: The Aggregation of Marginal Gains. Plus, upcoming plans for the ChooseFI website, a FI Festival and local meetups. In Today’s Podcast we cover: A review of Episode 49 with Alan Donegan and Barney from The Escape Artist The growth of the FI community throughout the US and now the world Jonathan just returned from his 2 week trip to South Africa with his family How did Jonathan fare with his use of electronics on his trip? Jonathan used travel rewards points to book his flights for free and he stayed with family so his entire trip was free Brad’s upcoming travel for summer 2018 to Europe where he used travel rewards points and then his trip to Santiago, Chile for 2019 The power of the Aggregation of Marginal Gains and how important it is for the FI journey How small examples can make a huge difference over time We were voted the #1 most popular Personal Finance Podcast at Rockstar Finance The benefits of fasting and why Jonathan does multi-day fasts The spreading of the FI message throughout the UK and how we’ve seen a significant number of people in our ChooseFI community The important of local groups and how we’re going to do everything we can to facilitate local ChooseFI groups throughout the US How we can all benefit from local meetup groups of like-minded people How the FIRE really is spreading and how we want to help grow the community A future FI Festival as a large-scale FI meetup event The Hall of FI idea that Jonathan wants to see as a featured component of a FI Festival People connect with stories and that’s what makes a successful blog and podcast We are looking for writers to tell their stories at the ChooseFI website as full contributors to the site Announcement: Joel from FI 180 is our first ChooseFI blogger Voicemail from Joel announcing that he left his job! Upcoming episodes on ChooseFI Itunes reviews and book giveaways Links from the show: PopUp Business School The Escape Artist The Aggregation of Marginal Gains Rockstar Finance: The Most Popular Financial Podcasts Winning Personal Finance Local ChooseFI Facebook groups Playing With FIRE documentary

View Details

049| We discuss The UK Path to FI with Barney of The Escape Artist and Alan Donegan of PopUp Business School, plus much more in the way of life optimization hacks from both Alan and Barney.    In Today’s Podcast we cover: An interview with Barney from The Escape Artist and Alan Donegan from PopUp Business School Voicemail from Sarah from the UK with questions about reaching FI outside the US Barney started the website after he put his notice in at work once he reached FI How Barney found the financial independence community Barney’s story on what his financial upbringing was like and how his parents had financial issues because of a large mortgage payment How the ‘keeping up with the Jones’s’ is alive and well in the UK Alan’s family doesn’t understand why they don’t spend more money and why they don’t work in the traditional sense Is there a FI community in the UK? There is a London Facebook group, but not a thriving community in the UK The different options of choosing a job you love versus one that pays a lot of money and you don’t necessary enjoy Creativity and how Barney “underestimated what was possible” for him when he had the time It’s a lot easier to be creative both when you have a “safety harness” but also if you “burn the boats” Debt is a form of handcuffs that keeps you in your current life The differences between the US and the UK: Starting with housing Property ownership is a significant part of the culture in the UK Barney’s thoughts on what he would have done differently with real estate had he started today Seeing a business opportunity in Barney’s idea to live in someone else’s home Health care in the UK and how it is more favorable for those pursuing FI Investing options in the UK and how it differs from the US Discussion of taxation on retirement funds and marginal tax brackets Differences in the cultural understanding of pursuing personal freedom through financial independence The program on FI on tv in the UK that Barney appeared on and the negative reaction and press Alan and Barney’s advice for those pursuing FI in the UK [skipto time=1:05:00]skip to[/skipto] Hot Seat Questions How incremental improvements can make a big difference in life, sports and financial independence Reading books as Barney’s favorite life hack Focus on self-improvement and doing something different and tackling fears Links from the show: The Escape Artist PopUp Business School Alan on Twitter Monevator blog in the UK Mr. Money Mustache JL Collins NH Halifax (for your ISA in the UK) The Share Centre (ISA in the UK) James Altucher An Interview With The Man on The Escape Artist Are Diamonds Really a Girl’s Best Friend on The Escape Artist The Aggregation of Marginal Gains on The Escape Artist This Coach Improved Every Tiny Thing by 1 Percent and Here’s What Happened Life Changing Books List on The Escape Artist FITV: The Top 10 TV Shows of Financial Independence Financial Independence and the Zombie Apocalypse Books Mentioned in the Show: Your Money or Your Life The Millionaire Next Door Invest in Yourself Walden

View Details

048R | In this podcast we recap Episode 48 with Jeff from The Happy Philosopher plus a life hack update from Brad and a question on how to present the FI concept to others. In Today’s Podcast we cover: Recap of Episode 48 with Jeff from The Happy Philosopher Jonathan and Brad’s recap of the Fincon conference How Brad and Jonathan brainstormed the future of ChooseFI at Fincon How the FI community is growing significantly at Fincon and how people were coming up to us saying they were listening How much value we can get from FI-centric events going forward, such as Camp FI How taking action is essential with the pursuit of happiness Happiness through subtraction and the process and mindset necessary Removing news and television from your life as well as sports How Jeff cultivated happiness in his life by “adding kittens” Finding the little moments that add value to your life How important gratitude is in life and how Jeff introduced that to us Decluttering and how it impacts Brad psychologically Jonathan’s experiment with his three closets of clothes and how little he actually wears Karen’s feedback on how to document your donations for clothing and such How essential it is keep organized and how you should do it along the way Brad’s life hack using unroll.me to organize all his subscription emails Email from Paul who is facing a challenge to introduce FI to his children Jonathan’s thoughts on how to present FI to someone else The information we have available in our ChooseFI Vault on how to present FI to others Email from Jennifer on a Bloomberg article that shows how even if you invested at the worst time in 2007 that your money would have doubled since then Itunes review and book giveaway Links from the show: The Happy Philosopher Fincon Conference JK Wedding Dance on Youtube How to Be The Happiest Person in the Room Camel Camel Camel Unroll.me The Shockingly Simple Math Behind Early Retirement How to Go From Middle Class to Kickass Bloomberg article: You Just Doubled Your Money If You Invested at the 2007 Market Peak

View Details

048 | Jeff from The Happy Philosopher joins us on the show to discuss the pursuit of happiness including how he reached a burn out point in his job as a radiologist and how his focus on happiness helped him find a path forward. In Today’s Podcast we cover: A discussion with Jeff from The Happy Philosopher An introduction to Jeff’s background story Jeff found himself burned out about four years into his full-time profession and he was stressed out and anxious and just not happy He reached a breaking point where he discussed with his wife his plan for five more years of work He had shortened his “prison sentence” but hadn’t made his “cell any more comfortable” (we discussed suicide in the episode and Jeff asked that we include a phone number for the National Suicide Prevention Lifeline) He couldn’t wait five years to be happy – he had to experiment now to find that happiness Was there something about his job that led him to this breaking point or was it that he hadn’t found what made him happy? Early Retirement Extreme was mind-blowing for him intellectually and led him to FI How medical professionals can feel “trapped” in their job because of sunk costs Did Jeff experience lifestyle inflation once he became a full-time physician? What did Jeff’s path out of burnout look like? How Jeff’s consumption of news led to much of his stress What else has Jeff cut out of his life? Happiness through subtraction Decluttering and getting rid of the negatives in your life Cutting down on commitments that aren’t necessary in our jobs and lives How Jeff pursued a job sharing part-time work during his peak earning years The Marginal Utility of Money and how your spending impacts your happiness The concept of trading your time for money How does Jeff approach how to spend money in his own life? The concept of utility versus value The importance of gratitude and how happiness is a skill Make a conscious decision to place a space between stimulus and response Hot Seat Questions Jeff suggests you experiment with cutting out alcohol entirely from your life for a set period of time as an experiment (Jeff also wanted us to mention:  "Anyone who is a heavy drinker should probably consult with a doctor or someone familiar with alcoholism and alcohol withdrawal before quitting cold turkey.") Links from the show: The Happy Philosopher Early Retirement Extreme Mr. Money Mustache Happiness Through Subtraction at Mad Fientist Alligators and Kittens at The Happy Philosopher The Power of No at The Happy Philosopher How Understanding the Marginal Utility of Money Will Make Your Happier at The Happy Philosopher How to Be The Happiest Person in the Room at 1500 Days 7 Ways to Be Insufferable on Facebook at Wait But Why Books Mentioned in the Show: 13 Things Mentally Strong People Don’t Do The Life-Changing Magic of Tidying Up by Marie Kondo Your Money or Your Life

View Details

047R | In today's podcast we recap Episode 47 with Bryce and Kristy from Millennial Revolution including talk of home ownership and world travel, but a reader case study and voicemail. In Today’s Podcast we cover: A recap of our main takeaways from Episode 47 with Kristy and Bryce from Millennial Revolution How Brad explained the concept of compound interest to his daughter Anna and it was a lightbulb moment How Brad’s daughter immediately took action and invested her money in Vanguard index funds Brad’s moment where he found the concept of compound interest as a 19 year old Calling for tips on how other parents have introduced financial skills to their kids How your house is not a great investment and for people in the FI community it isn’t “your biggest investment” Your home may be a terrible investment but it doesn’t mean it’s a terrible decision Home appreciation seems “magical” to people but it actually represents well below the 8% return benchmark we use as a guide Brad’s example of a $300,000 house and the expected future value How Bryce and Kristy have these amazing hacks to travel for little money Their entire lives cost $30,000 for a full year Time averaging in low and high cost of living areas A reader case study that was sent in to Bryce and Kristy on the rental property they have that’s underwater and how they should move forward Voicemail from ChooseFI community member Jack on finding FI and making amazing changes up to a 58% savings rate How everyone can pursue FI and it isn’t limited to certain incomes, professions, etc. Itunes review and book giveaways Links from the show: Millennial Revolution Why Your House is a Terrible Investment Friday Reader Case Study: My Mortgage is Underwater.  Am I Screwed?

View Details

047 | Today we have Kristy and Bryce from Millennial Revolution on the podcast to discuss home ownership, international geographic arbitrage and much more... In Today’s Podcast we cover: A discussion with Kristy and Bryce from Millennial Revolution They initially were contemplating buying a house and were shocked by the process This is what led them to finding the Financial Independence community Home ownership seemed like a “cult” to them What did their financial life look like before finding financial independence and how did they save so much money previously? Who might be naturally included to FI and how everyone can be open to it FI opens up creativity that you otherwise wouldn’t have the time for Voicemail from David from Canada How difficult it is societally to not purchase a house You need to do the math behind home ownership and don’t succumb to the ‘fear of missing out’ All the other costs that are involved in home ownership that eat into your paper gains A house is not an investment, it’s a place to live The power of compounding and the Rule of 72 How would someone do the math to compare renting versus buying? The 1% rule Introducing leverage into the scenario of buying a home What do they invest in? Low-cost index funds How often they rebalance their portfolio and how they came up with their 60/40 split It is less expensive for them to travel the world than live in Toronto Their annual spending their first year of travel was $40,000 but they were able to cut that to roughly $30,000 in year 2 How they believe everyone could live the same lifestyle if they were willing to break their mental block with owning a home How would they recommend people get started with international travel and geo arbitrage? Budget airlines and bus companies help them travel throughout Europe for a fraction of the expected costs What do they do with lodging when first visiting a city? The ‘secret’ location they’ve found in London to stay for a fraction of the cost How nobody else in the world worries about health costs like Americans do How much could you reasonably spend for a year of living in Thailand The little enclaves of expats that exist throughout the world where they’ve found to live for less Their summarized advice for David from Canada Hot Seat Questions They actually have a financial advisor, but they don’t outsource their knowledge to someone else Links from the show: Millennial Revolution JL Collins NH Mr. Money Mustache Would We Be Richer if We Had Bought a House at Millennial Revolution Afford Anything Airbnb Why Your House is a Terrible Investment at JL Collins NH

View Details

046R | In today's podcast we discuss our takeaways from Episode 46 with Ms. ONL from Our Next Life plus community feedback and voicemails and a discussion of travel rewards. In Today’s Podcast we cover: A recap of Episode 46 with Tanja from Our Next Life Brad and Jonathan are on their way to Fincon – the annual financial bloggers conference Jonathan’s upcoming trip to South Africa with his family using travel rewards points Tanja’s reveal of her identity after being anonymous for the entirety of the blog’s life What do you want out of life and how are you going to approach that question in the leadup to FI? The ‘internet retirement police’ and people making money in early retirement ‘We are some of the luckiest people in human history’ as Tanja described The safety Mr. and Mrs. ONL have built into their FI plan The different stories and plans our various guests have and how there is no ‘one size fits all’ plan for Financial Independence How they are selectively hardcore about certain things like their heating bill Corrections and feedback from episodes 43 and 43R Updates on Mega Backdoor Roth options including feedback from William Brad’s feedback on Keith from The Wealthy Accountant’s thoughts on the Mega Backdoor Roth and the Roth IRA conversion ladder going away Discussion of Roth versus traditional IRA and marginal tax brackets plus info on the Earned Income Tax Credit Email from Giselle from our ChooseFI community and her question about spending now versus the future and frugality versus enjoyment Brad and Jonathan’s response to Giselle about how we view the path to FI as a positive and gives us more control over our lives Giselle’s question about using travel rewards points for a 2 week trip to Europe and when to get started and how to avoid issues with mileage expiration Voicemail from community member Joel listing all the incredible changes he has made since finding the ChooseFI podcast Itunes review and book giveaway Links from the show: Our Next Life Get Rich Slowly The Wealthy Accountant The Frugal Professor Frugalwoods

View Details

046 | In today's podcast we have a wide-ranging conversation with Ms. ONL from Our Next Life on her decision to stop being anonymous on the blog to what their journey looked like to FI plus what they expect life to be like after FI and much more. In Today’s Podcast we cover: A financial independence discussion with Ms. ONL from Our Next Life The big reveal: Their names are Tanja and Mark What does it feel like for them to come out behind the veil of anonymity? Why have they been so strict about remaining anonymous?

How do they view the concept of early retirement? How they can pursue the aspects of their jobs that they still enjoy How is early retirement different than working for yourself?

One of the best parts of early retirement is that you can try so many different things Their friends and family are extremely supportive of their early retirement plans Finding their ‘why’ behind early retirement

A discussion of how silly the notion of being “bored” in early retirement truly is The Endless Winter: Following the snow to ski for an entire winter How they try to save money on their heating costs

How difficult the transition could be from working to not working and to mentally prepare yourself in advance for life after retirement How to mentally prepare yourself for future situations with “disaster drills”

The value of finding progress in difficult things in life The questions you need to consider when pondering early retirement:

  1. How will you support yourself or your family without a job? They do not plan to tap their tax deferred items before 59.5 How they projected the amount they need to reach Financial Independence
  2. What is your backup plan for dealing with financial emergencies? The value of insurance and especially umbrella insurance
  3. How will you get healthcare? How your income impacts your health care subsidies and the consideration of FI strategies
  4. How will you keep your body and mind healthy? What will a day look like for them in retirement? The importance of community in maintaining a healthy balanced life

View Details

045R | In this podcast we discuss our takeaways from Episode 45 with JD Roth of Get Rich Slowly, including the big news that he just purchased GRS back, as well as our frugal wins of the week and the elegance of simplicity. In Today’s Podcast we cover: A review of Episode 45 with JD Roth from Get Rich Slowly and Money Boss Jonathan’s frugal win of the week on purchasing a new stove/oven What is the utility of Jonathan’s new oven over a standard oven? Jonathan’s insourcing to install the oven himself Brad’s frugal win of the week: Laura stained the deck on the back of the house JD’s big news of buying back Get Rich Slowly How JD’s story helped change the world for so many people and how much impact he has had on potentially millions of people JD’s impact on Brad’s life with travel rewards What a unique point in time to be able to start a blog for so little money and the positive impacts you can experience The power of the blog is in the story of the blogger and that individual’s personality JD’s concept of the internal locus of control and how you can direct your life Don’t complain about the forces that are impacting your life – take control JD’s concept of having to do the work and that there are no shortcuts How strategy and cost-benefit analysis factors into your actions and goals What’s not worth putting the work in for? This is as important strategy-wise as picking what you do want to spend your time on Investment strategies of VTSAX versus other options, and Brad’s thoughts on the cost-benefit analysis of spending time trying to beat the market Part of the strategy is determining where to put your time and effort in life and investing It’s all about taking action in investing and life and how it separates successful vs. unsuccessful people The elegance of simplicity in getting people to take action A future roundtable with people of different opinions on investing Voicemail from Melissa on how she “channeled her inner Laura” in saving time and money on cooking Laura’s tips on how to cook more efficiently Jonathan’s experiment with his first vegetarian meal Itunes reviews and book giveaway Links from the show: Get Rich Slowly Money Boss DIYtoFI.blog Early Retirement Now FI180 Sign up for CampFI tickets Budget Bytes recipe: Slow Cooker Coconut Curry Lentils Books Mentioned in the Show: The One Thing Tools of Titans

View Details

045 | Today we discuss JD Roth's backstory behind his financial journey, Get Rich Slowly and Money Boss, plus JD's philosophy AND a very special announcement...

In Today’s Podcast we cover: A discussion with JD Roth from Money Boss and Get Rich Slowly How JD impacted Brad’s life and put him on the trajectory to becoming a travel rewards expert JD’s backstory and how he found the personal finance community JD started Get Rich Slowly to document his process to clawing out of $35,000 worth of consumer debt and becoming financially literate and successful

JD started his ‘credit card habit’ in college Any actionable tips the audience could take away from JD earning a scholarship to college? JD focuses on being self-directed with an ‘internal locus of control’ JD started a blog before the word blog even existed and started his first webpage in 1994 and his first web journal in 1997

JD’s plan to get out of debt in 3 years and the article he wrote called ‘Get Rich Slowly’ April 2006 was when Get Rich Slowly started JD was looking for a ‘magic bullet’ but quickly realized he needed to put in the effort and spend less money Dave Ramsey’s Debt Snowball and how it helped JD succeed psychologically

JD as an ‘accidental personal finance expert’ and how that journey progressed The audience and community around Get Rich Slowly helped make it a great site and inclusive JD’s frustration with the thought that there’s a “right” way to go about things in the personal finance world

Action is the number one thing that separates successful people according to JD

The methodology behind financial independence according to JD: The Six Stages of Financial Freedom Your level of control increases as you progress down the path towards financial independence When JD personally progressed through the six stages

How does JD spend his days and what is his philosophy? How JD sold his comic book collection and made $28,000 which funded their RV trip JD’s insight on the future of the financial independence movement Hot Seat Questions JD’s big announcement about 

View Details

044R | Today we discuss our takeaways from Episode 44 with Brandon Pearce from Pearce on Earth plus feedback from the community and our thoughts on international travel with our families. In Today’s Podcast we cover: A discussion of Episode 44 with Brandon Pearce from Pearce on Earth Jonathan’s frugal win of the week by having a potluck dinner and a movie in the backyard for his friends and neighbors Jonathan is on a 3-day fast and his explanation The importance of mentally anchoring when undertaking something difficult Jonathan wanted to prove to himself that he could do it and to help with his impulse control Brandon realized early that you don’t have security as a 9-5 employee The power in your life shifts when you start saving money and that margin increases with each paycheck The concept of ‘burn the boats’ in motivating you to success Jonathan’s thoughts on safety vs. burn the boats How your business can take over your life if you let it, so you need a work-life balance Where are the pain points in your life and how can you make them better? Brandon’s lightbulb moment when you have that first sale They knew there was more to life that they could experience outside their ‘bubble of life’ by travelling the world Jonathan’s story of visiting an international food store in Richmond Looking for areas of fear and discomfort in life and leaning into them Finding community both abroad and here in the United States Brad’s thoughts on taking an international trip with his own family and what is potentially holding them back Brad tracking his time and will report back with his progress next week The value of telling other people about goals you intend to hit and how it keeps you motivated Also, the value of telling a ‘story about yourself’ and how that will keep you motivated to do what fits that story Voicemail from Vicky about getting out of their 9-5 lives and pursuing slow travel with their two kids plus how they used 120,000 miles to get 4 one-way tickets to Europe for only $20 The “one way journey” of life Feedback from Andrew on the episodes Different types of learning opportunities for your children Voicemail from Kevin how he explained FI to the HR department at his company and how motivated it made him to keep going down this path Itunes review of the week and book giveaway Links from the show: Pearce on Earth Music Teacher’s Helper You Need a Budget Money Metagame Impact Theory Nomad Together Podcast Books Mentioned in the Show: Tools of Titans

View Details

044 | Today we discuss how Brandon Pearce went from a call center job to being a full time entrepreneur, traveling the world with his wife and children and how he started the Family Adventure Summit. In Today’s Podcast we cover: Episode 44 with Brandon Pearce, who was recommended to us by Andrew from the ChooseFI community

Discussion of geo arbitrage, starting your own business and designing your future all wrapped up in one person Brandon realizing that you have no control over your future as a regular employee and it started him thinking about getting moving with his own business His software for organizing piano lessons was what led to his business How he got his first sale and realized this could be a successful business How Brandon considered making this a full-time venture and that inflection point where he took the leap

Did Brandon contemplate not going full time with his software or was this a slam dunk decision? The value of hiring from inside your own community to find someone who is passionate and knowledgeable

How Brandon wouldn’t be happier or more fulfilled with more ‘stuff’ Was the plan for this to be a ‘lifestyle business’ originally? They replaced a focus on stuff with a focus on growth, travel and service Their six week “test trip” to Panama as a family Looking at life through your children’s eyes

How difficult it was to replicate this experience in the United States Travel as one of the biggest catalysts for growth How liberating it was to not have any of their stuff on the trip to Panama Their first long-term trip was to Costa Rica and they were there for 1.5 years where their daughter was born

How do you find a community when travelling abroad?

Their current location in San Miguel de Allende in Mexico and how close the community is there

Schooling types: Homeschooling, world schooling and un-schooling and an explanation They follow an interest-led learning approach with their children to inspire the love of learning What do you tell someone who is afraid to take the leap to family travel?

Slow travel has the ability to be transformative and immersive Questions about safety and health care in foreign countries A discussion of health care in the countries Brandon has lived in and how inexpensive it is

Brandon’s time tracking experiment The 1st annual Family Adventure Summit Documentary: Into the Wind about families travelling the world Hot Seat Questions 

View Details

043R | In this podcast we discuss our takeaways from Episode 43 with Fritz from the Retirement Manifesto plus an in-depth discussion of the Roth IRA conversion and Mega Backdoor Roth, and taxable income scenarios for retirement contributions.  In Today’s Podcast we cover: Our big takeaways from Episode 43 with Fritz from Retirement Manifesto Brad as a ‘Mystery Reader’ for his daughter’s class plus their trip to Natural Bridge State Park and a FI lesson for his daughters How to tackle drawdown strategies and how that opened our eyes The concept of balance that Fritz brought up in Episode 43 How we each have a different path to Financial Independence and we have to find what we each value and how much safety we require How important the math is, but also how the personal side is an important part of the equation Jonathan’s decision to pay off his student loans early and how this may not have been optimal mathematically, but was the “right” decision for him Feedback from the audience on the episode, but specific points from Danny Questions surrounding inflation on your safe withdrawal rate and early retirement Feedback from the audience about delaying social security The distinction between the Roth IRA conversion and the Mega Backdoor Roth IRA The tax issues surrounding the Roth IRA conversion   Practical Application of the Mega Backdoor Roth Vishal and Brad share the nuances of trying to navigate the Mega Backdoor Roth: They need to allow for after-tax contributions and in-service distributions/withdrawals Explanation of the Mega Backdoor Roth Email from Zac about the value of using pre-tax or post-tax retirement contributions when you’re already in a low tax bracket Where is the line where we’d consider putting into a pre-tax or post-tax retirement account? A scenario of someone with a $25,000 income and where they’d fall in the tax brackets and how to lower that A scenario of an individual with a $60,000 gross income and what they should consider with their retirement contributions How would Brad and Jonathan choose if they were in this situation? Itunes reviews and book giveaways The Vault is live Click Here for Access Links from the show: Retirement Manifesto FI by 40 Millionaire Educator Mega Backdoor Roth article by the Mad Fientist Post from Vishal from Everything about Education about Mega Backdoor Roth The Wealthy Accountant Books Mentioned in the Show: Hiking to Waterfalls in Virginia

View Details

043 | In this podcast we have a far-ranging conversation with Fritz from the Retirement Manifesto about retirement drawdown strategies, his 'buckets' system, and his upcoming retirement.

In Today’s Podcast we cover: Retirement drawdown strategies with Fritz from Retirement Manifesto How Fritz focuses on what life is about after retirement such as how you’re going to spend your time Fritz is 9 months away from retirement himself

A background on his story in corporate America and his path to FI and early retirement The difference in perspectives between retirement dates and savings rates between the FI community and the population at large What would Fritz’s path have looked like if he found the FI community decades earlier

Fritz stayed with the same company for 32 years and has a traditional pension Where did his interest in retirement spreadsheets and the blog come from? How writing a blog helps develop and formalize your own thoughts and plans What to consider when building your own retirement drawdown strategy

The Three Bucket Strategy for retirement drawdowns and how Fritz separates his own holdings by these buckets What a simplification strategy looks like and how to avoid taxation with this simplification How you can create a net neutral taxable position by specifically identifying losses and gains to sell when trying to simplify How Fritz plans to use Roth conversions while he is in a zero-income position for a 2 year period and pay $0 in tax on the conversions

Explanation of the Mega Backdoor Roth and how Fritz is utilizing it The equity to bond split that Fritz uses plus how to consider asset allocation and risk Why does Fritz use a 60/40 Stock to Bon split when he has a pension and social security coming?

Why Fritz believes you shouldn’t take more risk than you have to Fritz’s thoughts on delaying a pension and social security to get a guaranteed return A hypothetical early retiree example and how Fritz would think through this example and advise them

The uncertainty of health care in early retirement How they can track their annual spending by putting money into “Bucket 1” What annual tasks do they do with a ‘year in review’? The variable approach to withdrawal rates and flexibility

The value of protecting your Roth accounts to let them grow as long as possible Life insurance policy discussion The flexibility to take fun seasonal jobs if you wanted an adventure Health Insurance and long-term care insurance discussion

View Details

042R | In today's Friday Roundup we discuss Episode 42 with JW from The Green Swan, plus various discussions about community and feedback from the audience. In Today’s Podcast we cover: A discussion of Episode 42 with JW from The Green Swan Scott Rieckens and his crew from the documentary Playing With FIRE were in Richmond this week filming our podcast, lives and a Richmond FI get together The importance of community in the Financial Independence world and the volunteers we’ve received to be ‘community leaders’ for Choose FI meetups How we’re going to setup Slack for the Choose FI community and we need someone to help organize it The future Choose FI Vault that will be a digital locker for useful files for the community The decision JW made to buy a business with his brothers and how unconventional that is How you need to consider all possibilities when going into business with anyone Brad and Jonathan didn’t have the discussion of all future possibilities and didn’t put together an operating agreement, but are now going to do so thanks to JW’s advice Feedback from Lucas on the Green Swan episode about not relating to a high dollar value acquisition A question from Lucas on how this differs from buying an individual stock and if they had an unfair advantage by being CPAs and MBAs We all have a unique path to FI You need to see how different investment and business opportunities fit into your life and with your own risk profile Calculation based on getting a return of 8% versus 16% over a 15-year period How hustle can be as or more important than any skills or certifications you have How putting skills from various areas together will help you succeed dramatically in life Different ways to improve a business from Jonathan if you’re a lifelong learner Announcement of the next Camp FI in Williamsburg, Virginia in April 2018 “Collect skills not stuff” motto from Jonathan and how he wants to explore a “Maker space” for a community of learners The sharing possibilities of having pooled resources with neighbors or communities The new Mr. Money Mustache World Headquarters for people with the FI and entrepreneurial mindset Buy Nothing Project and how it relates to “the alley will provide” Travel Rewards update on changes to card opening options Itunes reviews of the week Links from the show: The Green Swan Playing With FIRE Slack ChooseFI Vault Camp FI mid-Atlantic in Williamsburg, VA from April 13-April 16 2018 Mr. Money Mustache Buy Nothing Project

View Details

042 | In Episode 42 we have a wide ranging discussion with JW from The Green Swan about his FI path, going into business with family, buying an existing business and much more.

In Today’s Podcast we cover: A discussion with JW from The Green Swan about financial independence and busing buying and ownership How JW got involved in the FIRE community A discussion of life insurance and how much someone in the FI community really needs to think about

They were already on a path to financial independence even before finding the FI community online How JW approached college with the mindset of graduating early JW’s dad passed many of the tips and tricks of the FI community to him in his teens JW’s relationship with his older brother made a big difference in his FI journey and they long talked about buying a business

The concepts discussed in the book Rich Dad, Poor Dad and how it could help you get multiple streams of income JW and his brothers were saving for many years in anticipation of buying a business How they researched the options of buying a business How they could step in and grow the business they intended to purchase What did they do to fix the culture in the business and reassure their employees about the future of the business How did they know they could add value to this or any other company? How they structured their legal entity to optimize most efficiently

They are investigating purchasing a similar business to expand their business What does the path look like for each of the four brothers and how have they navigated the sibling dynamic? They entered the business with ‘eyes wide open’ to the potential to damage their family relationships

They built an operating agreement with all potential future possibilities so they could navigate future issues. It was important that they did this from the outset The unexpected joys and crazy things that happen when you own a small business with many employees and JW’s examples How are they funding a future potential acquisition? How do these businesses impact JW’s financial independence number?

He is calculating his FI number without even considering the income or equity in the businesses Hot Seat Questions Favorite life hack is listening to podcasts and audio books at 2x speed He wishes he would have done ‘house hacking’ like his father did when he was younger 

View Details

In this Friday Roundup we discuss Episode 41 with Paige and Sam on extreme frugality, radical insourcing and the high cost of living path to FI plus a voicemail from Big Ern and members of our community. In Today’s Podcast we cover: The discussion of Episode 41 with Paige and Sam about reaching early retirement through extreme frugality and radical insourcing in a high cost of living city like Los Angeles Jonathan’s story about visiting his childhood library and trying to find old computer games Book recommendations from the ChooseFI Facebook group The list of obstacles that could have stopped Paige from reaching financial independence, but she overcame anyway It’s easy to make excuses, but your journey almost invariably will be easier than Paige’s The aspects of high cost of living that would be universal to other people: Defraying the costs of housing by sharing an apartment “The alley will provide” as a perfect quote for ChooseFI and a way to think about not buying new items Making a fun game out of buying “new” items (new to you) at a garage sale The important of collecting skills instead of stuff plus a list of random skills you can pick up Don’t be complacent with the knowledge and skills you have. Always look to learn. There are so many free ways to get entertainment in a big city A big takeaway was that Sam’s parents cut the friction and helped him get started investing The hardest part is to take action, so helping other family members can help their lives dramatically. Jonathan thinks about this with his siblings Don’t let the perceived complexity of task overwhelm you and cause you to not take action. Just break it down into steps and take action. Andrew shared how he and his wife break down the ChooseFI podcast every Monday where they discuss with their kids in a fun way How Brad setup a Vanguard investment account for his kids in 2017 Are there tax implications for investing for your children? Discussion of Paige and Sam’s housing situation Paige’s “mistake” that was right for her You have many levers to potentially pull and not everyone needs to make the same choices, but you need to not make excuses Cutting expenses is the low hanging fruit of the path to FI. Changing your income is not as immediate Buying used takes the mental anguish out of purchasing and perfection Jonathan’s life hack for purchasing at Amazon: Camel Camel Camel Case study for how to use Camel Camel Camel Don’s call that he officially reached financial independence! Call from our in-house expert Big Ern about how to mitigate sequence of returns risk Winner of the side-hustle competition: Tallis who is providing dance classes to those with Parkinson’s Disease Call from Dave about the business he created Itunes review book winner Links from the show: Classic Reload video games Freecycle Frugalwoods Camel Camel Camel Early Retirement Now Case Study in Part 11 of the Safe Withdrawal Series The Stock Series at JL Collins NH PopUp Business School Books Mentioned in the Show: The Lies of Locke Lamora Tools of Titans by Tim Ferriss

View Details

041 | In today's podcast we discuss the High Cost of Living Path to FI with ChooseFI community members Paige and Sam who live in Los Angeles and have been pursuing FI in a HCOL with sub-$50,000 per year jobs. I

n Today’s Podcast we cover: Episode 41: A conversation with Paige and Sam about pursuing Financial Independence in a high cost of living area on a lower income Paige pushed back on our limiting belief that you “can’t” achieve financial independence on a low income in a high cost of living area Sam introduced Paige to MMM but Paige ran with it from there Paige’s back story Paige had a negative net worth in her mid-40s Since Paige has earned and lived in the $30,000 range she is used to that and now that she’s making more she can save that difference Paige intends to hit early retirement in 2025 and has a 50% savings rate She uses her Roth IRA as an “emergency fund” since she can withdraw the contributions at any time tax and penalty free Sam’s story behind retiring “early and often”

He did not have student loans and also his parents modeled investing for him well before he was earning income himself Sam’s parents always put gifts and other money into his investing account instead of giving it to him to spend Sam is technically at his FI number, but he does still continue to work Sam’s history of his apartment renting in Los Angeles and sharing apartments with roommates to lower the costs (over a 20+ year period) Sam has never made more than $50,000 in a year Having to be slightly more intense to reach FI in a low cost of living area.

The best way being to live with roommates and not having a car payment They don’t buy new items – the “alley provides” and they can find free stuff on the street or at Goodwill, etc. They are very deliberate and intentional about saving money on food and groceries Limiting beliefs on why people like Paige and Sam couldn’t retire early and pursue financial independence and why they rejected them The big three items they can control: Housing, Transportation and Food

There are so many free activities in a big city, so it is easy to keep a nearly $0 entertainment budget in a city They are not minimalists at all, but they just don’t buy new things. Sam is an extreme DIY-er and picks How did Sam become a DIY-er?

You don’t have to agonize over decisions when you aren’t trying to maximize or perfect each buying decision How they approached their home buying decision differently with the mindset of people who can fix essentially anything Buy a house that is just bad enough that the flippers don’t want it – per Paige What is the long-term play for their new house? Do they intend to buy other homes to fix and sell? Extreme ownership of your decisions and knowing what you want Paige’s plan for early retirement and how to make it to 65 and social security where she’ll get a ‘big raise’ Hot Seat questions 

View Details

040R | In today's Friday Roundup we discuss our takeaways from Episode 40 with Noah and Becky from Money Metagame, plus voicemails from the ChooseFI community and our in-house expert Keith from the Wealthy Accountant. In Today’s Podcast we cover: Discussion of Episode 40 with Noah and Becky from Money Metagame about the Gap Year Jonathan took action and followed Geoff’s advice to start culling his closet and decluttering his life Jonathan is struggling with how to categorize and track his donations For tax purposes you definitely do want to track your noncash donations It’s always easier to track things along the way as opposed to doing it all at the end of the year How is Jonathan mentally approaching the process of decluttering his life? How Brad would approach cleaning out closets by making a game out of it Noah and Becky found FI at a young age and incredibly have not made any major financial mistakes in their lives You have more and more power in your life as you go along your FI path and reach your Milestones of FI. It isn’t an all or nothing thing. Becky realized she was getting burned out and was able to make a decision to leave her job based on a position of strength Becky and Noah have no fear moving forward and that is incredibly inspiring You don’t have to maximize every dollar but can focus on what brings you happiness How a ChooseFI app would add value to the community and an ask whether this would provide people value Announcement of the two finalists for the Startup Business Competition with Alan Donegan: Rachel and Tallis Discussion of the phrase ‘Side Hustle’ and how Brad hasn’t liked that phrase Voicemail from Alex with a question for Keith from the Wealth Accountant on retirement plans available to self-employed individuals Response voicemail from Keith from the Wealthy Accountant Life hack from Noah from Money Metagame on how to save on movie tickets Voicemail from Nicholas about the positive changes he’s made in his life in the last 5+ weeks since he found ChooseFI Discussion about the value you receive from cards on an ongoing basis Itunes review for the winner of the book drawing Links from the show: Money Metagame Sell My Comic Books website ESI Money Frugal Professor PopUp Business School The Wealthy Accountant Advance Screenings for movie tickets The Points Guy: How Closing a Credit Card Impacts Your FICO Score

View Details

040 | Today we have Noah and Becky from Money Metagame on the podcast to discuss their story, their upcoming 'Gap Year' of travel plus an incredible college hack they used to get full-tuition scholarships. In Today’s Podcast we cover: A discussion with Noah and Becky from Money Metagame Noah and Becky’s history behind their path to FI Travel Rewards was what initially got them into the world of Financial Independence How Noah introduced this idea to Becky originally Becky was originally hesitant but after seeing some stress in their lives became more open to it How the personal finance and financial independence sub-Reddits became Noah’s go-to sources for information The story behind the name Money Metagame How Noah and Becky both got full-tuition scholarships to Purdue University through the Evans Scholars program How they found out about this program to get these college scholarships The background on how others can benefit from this scholarship opportunity What was the thought process behind them buying a house in Seattle upon moving there? The mortgage on their house was actually less than what they were paying in rent What was the process behind them getting rid of PMI (Private Mortgage Insurance) on their home? After they found the concept of FI they started maxing out their 401ks, HSAs and Roth-IRAs, plus regular brokerage accounts Their savings rate went from 6% in 2014 to 58% in 2015 after finding FI. It has since gone up from there

Becky wasn’t happy in her job and that gave them the push to quit their jobs and take a ‘Gap Year’ to travel around the United States They are past “Half FI” on the list of FI Milestones What do they plan to do with their home in Seattle? What did the conversation look like when they told their family and friends? Could Becky dial back certain aspects of the nursing profession and only focus on the parts of the job she loves? Noah’s decision to leave his particular company and job What do they have to consider when embarking on a trip like this?

There is room for FI optimization since they’ll have minimal income in 2018 How does the interplay work between realizing “income” through capital gains and getting subsidized health care What does their trip look like in general and what are their plans for the actual travel? They will be focusing on lower level redemption hotels through Hyatt, Starwood and IHG How will they get their mail while on the road? What scares them about this trip and experience? This was all possible because they found FI Information on their honeymoon to Fiji as their best travel rewards win Does it make sense to use miles for business class or first class? Hot Seat Question 

View Details

039R | In today's podcast we discuss Episode 39 with Gwen from Fiery Millennials, plus a 'Cruise Control Path to FI' case study example and voicemails from our community members. In Today’s Podcast we cover: The Friday Roundup after Episode 39 with Gwen from Fiery Millennials A whole new FI world for Brad and Laura after their youngest daughter went to kindergarten They have the opportunity to live more of a FI lifestyle and have to now figure out what that looks like Second Generation FI and examples of Brad’s kids exhibiting their behaviors ChooseFI is an opportunity for Brad and Jonathan to share these stories with their kids and also document their FI paths Gwen’s lightbulb moment she had during college and how that changed her trajectory How intelligent Gwen was with her college decision and pursuing a full scholarship Brad should have focused his own college search on places where he could have gotten a full merit scholarship The concept of the ‘cruise control path to FI’ Second Generation FI Case study example of how savings would work maxing out their 401k from 22 to 32 The value of compounding over decades The importance of starting to save early and the concept of time as a Pillar of FI The ability to put money into your kid’s Roth IRAs even if they are under 18. We need to do more research on this to document what’s allowed Example of putting $5,500 into a Roth IRA for a five year stretch from 13 to 18 and what it would be worth at age 60 Jonathan’s example of contributing to a 401k from 32 to 60 You have to get started and take action today, even if you’ve made the “wrong” decisions in the past Gwen’s desire to build up the FI community is incredibly impressive Announcement of the last three finalists for the PopUp Business School competition with Alan Donegan Voicemails from the three finalists Voicemail from Justin about the career path of an air traffic controller as a path to FI making significant money without a college degree Itunes book giveaways Links from the show: Fiery Millennials Go Curry Cracker The Wealthy Accountant PopUp Business School USAJobs.gov

View Details

039 | In today's podcast we have a conversation with Gwen from Fiery Millennials about her millennial path to FI plus some hacks that she used to save on college and increase her savings rate. In Today’s Podcast we cover: Our guest on Episode 39 is Gwen from Fiery Millennials Was Gwen from the generation that grew up with electronics from day 1? A background on Gwen’s story saving money when she was younger.

She saved 50% of her income Gwen pursued dual enrollment classes and entered college with 23 college credits Gwen did the research with the college first to determine what credits would count Brad’s example of programs that exist in Virginia and likely other states where you can attend a community college and transfer to a state university Gwen joined the Air Force in the Air National Guard to pay for college, but actually got a merit scholarship from her college Gwen still has 8 semesters of free college remaining for the future due to these dual scholarships

How did Gwen find the concept of Financial Independence? Finding FI helped Gwen keep on the path and be conscious of her consumerism and save more Gwen’s search for an internship via job hiring boards or job fairs What’s the difference between searching on the job board and the job fairs? How to look professional and make a positive impression at a job fair

Your FI path is dramatically easier when you do things right from the beginning Gwen was maxing out her retirement contributions How you can be on cruise control if you do the right things the first 10-15 years of your career Gwen had a roommate when she got out of college so she was only paying $450 per month in rent Gwen pursued rental real estate after attending the Chautauqua She landed on the idea of ‘house hacking’ for her rental property She bought a triplex and the rental from the 2 other units more than pays for her rent, so she is paying $0 out of pocket for living expenses

Gwen feels she may have rushed into buying a property since she bought the second property she looked at Gwen is maxing out her 401k, HSA and Roth IRA and then additional savings go towards future down payments Gwen’s savings rate should be around 80%, but extraordinary expenses on her rental home bring it down around 50% Gwen still has her car from college and she intends to hold it for years to come What are Gwen’s plans for the future? Hot seat questions 

View Details

038R | In today's podcast we discuss Episode 38 The Why of FI plus we announce three of the finalists for the business building competition with Alan Donegan of PopUp Business School and a voicemail from community member Geoff. In Today’s Podcast we cover: Discussion of Episode 38 on the Why of FI Jonathan’s Frugal Win of the Week at Costco by saving on protein bars Jonathan’s nutrition goals and the underlying concepts of simplicity and removing decision fatigue How unusual it is that the FI community is outside the mainstream by saving money whereas the norm is spending every dollar you have The elevator pitch for Financial Independence Brad believes the psychology behind the Why of FI is more important than the actual numbers Numbers will always be a focus as is saving money, but the psychology is essential How has Jonathan’s focus changed since the beginning of his FI journey and since the beginning of ChooseFI Jonathan has latched onto the ideas of simplicity and happiness The new concept of the FireWalker, as coined by our community member Cody Has Jonathan shifted from being a spender fundamentally? How has the journey impacted Brad? Brad’s thought about community and connection matter more than he even thought The connections that are made possible due to the ChooseFI community Local community meetups and our request for community leaders throughout the country and world Everything is connected with FI as a life optimization strategy Voicemail from Geoff about sequence of return risk and working towards a minimalist lifestyle and how to optimize life What do you have control over? Focus on that Cutting expenses and getting your lifestyle creep under control The 4% rule explained Geoff’s plans for different scenarios and his budgets Geographic arbitrage for moving to low cost of living area Think in advance for different situations you may face in the future Competition with Alan Donegan from PopUp Business School: We play 3 of the finalists that were picked by our panel Giveaway winner for the free Camp ticket in Florida in January Book giveaways Vote for the Plutus Awards to support the many bloggers who are active members of our community Links from the show: Impact Theory Quest Nutrition Retirement Manifesto JL Collins Stock Series The Shockingly Simple Math Behind Early Retirement Dominick Quartuccio PopUp Business School FI 180 Vote for the Plutus Awards

View Details

038 | In today's podcast we discuss one of our most important topics: The Why of FI. Why we pursue this path, why we think it's a life 'superpower' and how it can help you escape the hamster wheel of life decades earlier than most people could ever dream.

In Today’s Podcast we cover: Discussion of the Why of FI as an introduction to the concept of Financial Independence and why we’ve chosen this path and this community Jonathan’s explanation of the “hamster wheel” and what the normal ‘American dream’ looks like and why this will keep you chained to this treadmill for decades to come This is not a pursuit of freedom, but a pursuit of “stuff” You’re working full-time to afford these things that you can’t use because you’re working all the time

The important thing to focus on is what makes you happy Time is your most important resource This is not about liking or hating your job. This is about freedom and taking the power back in your life The concept of drifting and Jonathan’s questions that can help you highlight this feeling in your life

It is so hard for most people to find a way out of this life because they don’t have the time, energy or resources to figure a way out. But FI is the path out! FI is a truly optimistic message where everyone can make a difference going forward in their lives Instead of buying stuff, we’re looking to buy our magic ‘perpetual money making machine’ We try to keep our savings rate as high as possible and investing in low cost index funds

This is not a get rich quick scheme. You need to learn what you don’t know to get on the path to Financial Independence FI is about math and your savings rate FI is not about deprivation through frugality, but about making smart choices and optimizing things in life

How Brad saves a significant amount of money by being smart about a handful of things like house, car, cell phone, cable and food Jonathan is a ‘reluctant frugalist’ but he has seen the value in pursuing FI FI gives you the power to choose what you do with your time and if you intend to work going forward

You can start tomorrow to save money and pursue this path Now you can focus on what you actually want to do with your time in the future Most people’s lives would collapse within 3 months if they lost their jobs, but pursuing FI changes that entirely and gives you power to choose what you do You also have flexibility that would have been previously impossible 

View Details

037R | Today we discuss Episode 37 with Scott Rieckens, the filmmaker behind the FI documentary Playing with FIRE, plus emails and voicemails from the community and a discussion of reaching FI in a high cost of living area.

The great American Eclipse and our viewing Brad’s vacation and how they spent $0 on hotels for 16 nights The value of slow travel and why it makes vacation dramatically better.

Vacation doesn’t have to be stressful How expectations management is so crucial to life and on vacation Time is such a crucial tool Scott’s slow travel with his family and the yearlong adventure they are on visiting family and friends while filming the documentary There should be creativity and excitement in your future and your decisions The list of things that made Scott’s wife happy on a weekly basis and how this was an inspired decision by Scott

Sell your value first and then grow your network. How Scott did a masterful job at this by creating a network and even leaning on our network How Brad connected instantly with Scott and wanted to help him

This documentary can help take the concept of FI to the mainstream Email from Paige on limiting beliefs and how it isn’t “impossible” to live in a high cost of living area for under $50,000 per year Paige thinks that you may need to be a “little more intense” to hit FI on a low income, but that it is certainly possible and it is all about savings rate

How we all have limiting beliefs that we need to work through to “think about a problem a little bit differently” Brad’s decision to leave Long Island, and how that helped the path to FI. But could they have been more intense and stayed and still reached FI?

You can be on the path to FI moving forward no matter where you’ve been or what “bad” decisions you’ve made in the past There’s no perfect person or situation for FI – just try to be a little better going forward to make positive changes Email from Art Vandelay and how they love the show and have made a lot of positive changes since listening.

Should we stop the FIRE from spreading? We need local leaders for ChooseFI local meetups so please reach out to us

Voicemail from James about his successful trip from Nashville to Europe using travel rewards points

Voicemail from Rachel about how to hack your TSP to save money on your student loans

View Details

037 | In today's podcast we speak with Scott Rieckens, the creative force behind the upcoming FI documentary called 'Playing With Fire' and we learn about his FI journey and this exciting project. In Today’s Podcast we cover:

A discussion with Scott Rieckens, the creative force behind the upcoming FI documentary ‘Playing With Fire’ we’ve discussed on previous episodes Scott is devoting the next year of his life to create this documentary about the FI community Scott’s background story and how he found FI How they were on the ‘hamster wheel’ just working to pay for the lifestyle they were living The importance of a side hustle or entrepreneurship Scott consumes a lot of media, including podcasts and found the Tim Ferriss show especially valuable Lifestyle creep in their living arrangements in Coronado How Scott found Mr. Money Mustache and the FI community through the Tim Ferriss podcast Living a life of happiness while pursuing Financial Independence

You don’t need $10 million (or a similar amount) to retire early How Scott enjoyed the positive nature of the FI community How Scott presented the FI concept to his wife and the thought of ‘why isn’t everyone doing this?’ How Scott framed FI to his wife with the focus on happiness Looking at expenses in the framework of a 10-year timeline Scott’s wife’s list of the things that make her happy on a weekly basis Considering moving out of Coronado and California generally:

Geographic arbitrage How your entire life costs less when you leave a high cost of living area How they approached the decision to move out of Coronado and what that process looked like How moving allowed Scott to take a year of his life to create the FI documentary Playing With Fire Scott’s wife was not only on board with the decision, but she wanted to travel in a camper and go on an adventure Pursuits that matter to them that they now can pursue on the journey to FI

The timeline behind Scott’s FI journey and decision to create the FI documentary Scott’s surprise that no FI documentary already existed and his start approaching us at ChooseFI to discuss the project How the idea of FI can be life-changing for so many people How this documentary can help spread the message of FI

How he decided to call the documentary ‘Playing With Fire’ Hot seat questions Scott’s biggest financial mistake was taking on too much student loan debt Scott would have ‘house hacked’ to buy property in his college town if he could do it all over again 

View Details

036R | In Today’s Podcast we cover: Discussion of the community aspect of Episode 36 with JL Collins There is a yearning and desire for community meetups with other members of the Financial Independence community

The spread of these community meetups and longer Chautauqua and Camp events throughout the world The ever growing FI community in the Richmond, VA area where Jonathan and Brad live How much money could we all save if we had like-minded people in our communities?

Discussion of Millennial Revolution’s article The Five Types of People You’ll Meet on Your Way to FI Spreading the concept of FI with people who may be predisposed to it who are already in your life

The new MMM Headquarters in Longmont, CO that Pete just opened and the value of that community Voicemail from Chris from our community on how he has saved over $146,000 since listening to ChooseFI a few months ago just by making small changes in his life Voicemail from Aaron in San Diego on VTSAX and potentially diversifying with other index funds for small and mid-cap funds Hard L’s comment on the Vanguard Wellington fund and why he thinks it compares favorably to VTSAX and Jonathan’s response to this actively managed fund and why we don’t necessarily recommend it Voicemail from Tinian from Life Outside the Box on using a daily journal each morning to set his intentions for the day and to express gratefulness How to support ChooseFI Travel Rewards voicemail from Marilyn on how travel rewards helped her imagine possibilities for her future Explanation of the show notes for the ChooseFI podcast Frugal Win of the Week from Gwen from Fiery Millennials Frugal win of the week from Sara Itunes Reviews of the Week and book winners Links from the show: The Five Types of People You’ll Meet on Your Way to FI at Millennial Revolution Introducing the MMM World Headquarters Building Life Outside the Box.me Marilyn’s episode on Radical Personal Finance Marilyn’s Infant Dental Center Fiery Millennials Zenni Optical Books Mentioned in the Show: The Five Minute Journal

View Details

036 | In today's podcast with Jim Collins from The Simple Path to Wealth and JL Collins NH, we discuss the Chautauquas, in-person events plus an 'Ask Me Anything' series of questions from our ChooseFI community. In Today’s Podcast we cover: Part 3 with JL Collins from JLCollinsNH, the Simple Path to Wealth and Stock Series fame Jim’s discussion of Alan from PopUp Business School and how the UK Chautauqua came to be The value of in-person events like Camp Mustache and the Chautauquas Ask Me Anything segment with Jim with questions from our audience and private Facebook group Question from Amber from our Facebook group about the value of annuities, reverse mortgages and fixed income items Jim only recommends investing in stocks and bonds. The goals that Jonathan spoke of in the question can be balanced by allocating different percentages to stocks and bonds Jim believes annuities and reverse mortgages are laden with fees that make them poor investment vehicles Annuities pay a guaranteed income which appeals to many people, but since you are buying them from an insurance company you are buying this contract and you will never see your principal ever again. That is the annuity contract The insurance company is betting on your death essentially based on actuarial tables for the annuity

Question from Emily on international equity allocation Jim doesn’t see the need to hold international funds because VTSAX contains a significant international allocation with US multinationals, the expense ratios are higher and there is more risk because of lack of transparency in emerging economies

Question from Jeff on when to move from 100% equities to holding some bonds

Question from community member Brad on how to mechanically rebalance your funds Jim does his rebalancing within his IRAs so there is no taxable event He rebalances approximately once per year

Question from David on being too aggressive and Japan’s prior decades performance Jim believes what Japan is going through is a “Black Swan” event and this is theoretically possible this will happen to the US

Questions from Felisa on Jim’s thoughts on inflation Some inflation is normal and to be expected, but runaway inflation is extraordinarily scary

Question from Matt on why Jim is in a different bond fund than he recommends on his site The Key to the Simple Path to Wealth is buying and holding for the long term You always need to approach your life and FI journey with an open mind and be willing to be flexible and change as the facts change Simplicity and flexibility 

View Details

035R | In today's podcast we discuss our takeaways from Episode 35 with Big Ern from Early Retirement Now, plus paying off mortgages and student loans early and frugal wins of the week from the community. In Today’s Podcast we cover: The Friday Roundup after Episode 35 with Big Ern from Early Retirement Now This episode was long awaited, but was necessary to wait for until we provided the background of FI for the audience Ern’s information made us both feel more hopeful for the future of FI and sequence of returns risk Both ‘savers’ and ‘early retirees’ can’t both simultaneously win with the sequence of returns risk Savings rate is the most important part of living a FI lifestyle and succeeding with long-term savings The concern with sequence of returns risk is only when you see a prolonged and significant drop in the markets. To the tune of 5+ years and 20%+ drop Question from the audience to Big Ern about inflation being included in the safe withdrawal rate and Ern’s response Ern does indeed take inflation into account when he performs his calculations How does preserving your capital factor into “success” when looking at your FI plan? How does inflation factor into it? Your personal look at what constitutes success – it always depends on “facts on the ground” for your personal situation Should you pay off your mortgage early? How sequence of return risk factors into this decision The math suggests you should always invest the money and not pay off your mortgage early However, there is a great psychological allure to paying off your mortgage What would have happened if Jonathan had invested his money in VTSAX instead of paying off his student loans? Dollar cost averaging versus lump sum investing Input from Danny from our Facebook group on flexibility and early retirement The value of mentally rehearsing what would happen in a downturn to avoid selling at the bottom How are people taking action in our ChooseFI Facebook community this week to improve their lives in one simple way Travel Rewards voicemail from Andrew about his successful trip to Argentina How to win with travel rewards: flexibility with your dates of travel, plus planning far enough in advance, being ready to pull the trigger when you find availability and then looking at all your options when booking with UR points Frugal win of the week from Ashley: 300,000 miles on her Toyota in 18 years! The value of finding a trustworthy mechanic ChooseFI meetups are popping up across the country Itunes reviews of the week Links from the show: Early Retirement Now JL Collins NH Dominick Quartuccio (link for the book Design Your Future)

View Details

035 | In today's conversation with Big Ern from Early Retirement Now we discuss safe withdrawal rates, sequence of returns risk and much more.

In Today’s Podcast we cover: A wide ranging discussion with Big ERN from Early Retirement Now on sequence of return risk and safe withdrawal rates

This is Big Ern’s first podcast! And a thank you to him for helping with Paul’s case study Ern’s thoughts on social security Ern’s origin story and his thoughts on early retirement He had a student loan that he invested since he went to college for free. So he ended up with a positive net worth after graduation Why do we need to be concerned with sequence of return risk?

Ern says that sequence of returns risk is the “reason why people run out of money in retirement” from getting unlucky with low returns in the first 5-10 years What are “real returns”? Adjusted for inflation

The years to worry about having poor returns are the first 5 to 10 years and it has to be prolonged and significant Hypothetical example of the 4% rule and what Ern thinks about it

Resources to game out your chances of success Example of sequence of returns risk for an early retiree who is withdrawing money from the portfolio How sequence of return risk impacts the saver and buy-and-hold investor If you’re a saver during downturns, you benefit significantly

Buy and hold investors should not be impacted as long as they didn’t sell during the downturn Talking through the ‘stubborn’ 4% withdrawals and the impact on success of early retirement. Ern’s look at the real-world ramifications of a market drop and withdrawals ‘If you’re unlucky, you can get screwed twice by sequence of return risk’ example

How to alleviate sequence of return risk Mortgaging your future contributions by buying on margin and front-loading Spreading out your contributions to the equities market over years lowers your sequence of returns risk Ern’s thoughts on front-loading and a description of his investments

Thoughts on Bogle’s prediction that 4% returns can be expected in the near future The “4% rule of thumb” What worries Ern about someone retiring early in the next 10 years? What do you do if you inherit $100,000? Ern’s thoughts on 30x expenses saved up and what his safest safe withdrawal rate would be

View Details

034R | In today's podcast we discuss our thoughts on Part 2 of the Stock Series conversation with JL Collins, risk tolerance, doomsday scenarios and rebalancing.

In Today’s Podcast we cover: The Friday Roundup and the episode Part 2 of our discussion with JL Collins from The Simple Path to Wealth and JLCollinsNH

What do you do when there’s a large crash in the stock market? Big takeaway from Jim’s episode You can’t sell at the bottom, so you need to steel yourself mentally beforehand

If you’re starting investing, one of the best thing that can happen to you is a market crash You can’t time the market There are doomsday scenarios, but since they are so rare it is silly to plan for the absolute worst case and ignore the other 99.9% likelihood

Follow the math when making the best decision with the information at hand Question from Kevin about when to “take all your chips off the table” That event would have to be extraordinary and destructive for our country and economy

Spend less than you earn and invest in broad based index funds Feedback from Nancy on asset allocation and comfort with volatility and her belief that you shouldn’t take a lot of risk if you don’t need to Jonathan’s example of rebalancing and a hypothetical $1,000,000 portfolio and a 50% market crash

Equities will return significantly higher than bonds over the long term. Bonds do “smooth the ride” but lower long-term returns You want to rebalance in accounts like IRAs, 401ks that won’t trigger a taxable event Brad’s example of his parents investing strategy Over the long term which option is truly riskier?

Investing in stocks and facing volatility or lowering your expected return by investing in cash or bonds The 4% rule is based on getting a return while pulling out money each year, so you can’t just stick it in cash and expect the money to last forever

The power of the ‘perpetual money making machine’ to last forever

ChooseFI was mentioned on Forbes as one of three financial podcasts for people of all ages to listen to

We need panelists to select the finalists for the business building contest with Alan Donegan Lance on our Facebook group pulled the trigger on FI today – congrats!

What did Brad and Jonathan put into place this week as one life optimization? Jonathan’s salad hacks Jonathan is now saying “stimulus and response” out loud when finding something habitual in his life ChooseFI is not just limited to finances. It is a life optimization project Voicemail from Scott (Brad’s brother) Frugal wins of the weeks Itunes reviews of the week 

View Details

034 | This podcast is Part 2 of the Stock Series discussion with JL Collins, author of The Simple Path to Wealth and the website JLCollinsNH; we discuss the Great Depression and the mindset you need to be a successful long-term investor, plus how to allocate between equities and bonds.

In Today’s Podcast we cover: Part 2 of the Stock Series conversation with Jim Collins If you have not yet listened to Part 1 you can listen to it here Be sure to check out the associated Friday Roundup here for Brad and Jonathan's take-aways

A discussion of what happened during the Great Depression and the Crash of 1929 A large portion of the crash was due to many people buying stock on margin Jim’s explanation of leverage and buying stocks on margin Jim’s Four Lessons to watch out for Making peace in your mind when a crash/correction happens. What caused it?  Psychology or something legitimate?

Unless you believe the US economy has permanently collapsed, then “the market always goes up” over time according to Jim Jim says the best thing that can happen to a young investor is a market crash as you get to purchase stocks “on sale” for potentially years Savings rate is the most crucial aspect for the FI community since it allows you to continually invest in good markets and bad Bull markets and bear markets are a part of life.

We need to toughen up mentally to prepare for both Jim’s explanation of the 40 year period starting in 1975 showing the calamities that happened and yet how far the market increased Nobody knows what the next 40 years will hold, but we have a dynamic economy What stage of investment life are you in? It varies depending on your age Wealth building and wealth preservation stages and the discussion surrounding both When you’re in the wealth building stage you need to have your psychology correct: Keep pumping money into the market and take advantage of sales when the market goes down 100% equities in the wealth building stage per Jim When you stop working for money you are in the wealth preservation stage What percentage should you have in stocks and bonds in the wealth preservation stage

The more you have in bonds the smoother your ride will be, but the lower your return will be Your tolerance for volatility will determine your percentage in equities and bonds Would Jim ever consider going back to 100% equities? Mathematically you are always better off in stocks than bonds over the long-term

Even Jim contemplated selling during recent market plunges, so everyone is susceptible to this 

View Details

033R | In Today’s Podcast we cover: Unpacking Episode 33 with Dominick Quartuccio and our takeaways from the episode

Intentionality allows you to purchase your freedom, and we want to expand that intentionality beyond just personal finance

Our focus on living a happier, more content and optimized life The ultimate luxury is the ‘perpetual money making machine’ to provide time and focus on what matters in life

How Dominick spent $28,000 this year on personal development. Have you spent any time or money on your own personal development?

Spending on things that you value, and directing money and resources as such How to improve your life for $0 and learn and grow Brad’s challenge: Make one change in your life this week that will make your life better

Break some negative habit and disrupt it in your life this week Jonathan’s change this week: Eating carrots and salad without salad dressing Meditation and breathing.

Take one deep breath. Brad’s description of his meditation practice What gets you excited or nervous about life coming up in the near future? How are you expanding your horizons?

How Jonathan has learned by starting ChooseFI and how it has been the excitement in his life this past year Discussion surrounding guilt over not feeling content with your “perfect” life Limiting beliefs: Don’t let them hold you back and also go back and analyze the beliefs and stories you have been carrying with you your entire life

The value of making small changes over time to improve your health Jonathan’s search for better tea

Feedback from the audience on Episode 33 with Dominick

  • Frugal Wins of the Week: Holly saved money by not going to the movies and bought the game Outburst
  • Adlay fixed his air conditioner after watching videos on replacing a capacitor on YouTube
  • Quote from Paige how she only has control over her spending and savings rate
  • Discussion about contest with Alan Donegan on building a business Voicemail from Jessica with new segment we’re calling “Highlighting the Hamster Wheel”
  • Voicemail from Royce who used our voiceover guy for his side hustle contest submission
  • Voicemail from Thomas about a side hustle to teach English to Chinese students Itunes reviews

View Details

033 | In today's podcast we speak with Dominick Quartuccio from DominickQ.com and the author of the book Design Your Life about disrupting your behaviors and 'creating a future you can't wait to live into.'

In Today’s Podcast we cover: Our guest is Dominick Quartuccio the author of Design Your Future who is here to talk about ‘designing a future you can’t wait to live into’ This is a very personal episode for Brad, as Dom is a close friend and the person Brad goes to for advice and motivation FI is focused on freedom and that is what Dominick focuses on, but with an emphasis on energy People in Dominick’s world were asking questions about ‘where to go from here’, even though they seemingly have everything

Community is such an essential aspect of life We all need to be intentional and not drift through life Dominick’s explanation of the term ‘drift’ as defined by Napoleon Hill and what happens if you live an unintentional life How to know if you’re drifting in life? Are you reacting based on fear? Progress is an essential aspect of being a human

What is on your life horizon that gets you ‘excited like a kid on Christmas morning’? How beliefs impact how you live your life and how Dom’s belief held him back from leaving his corporate job Systemic spending. How Dom’s gym impacts his entire system An awakening: Most are unintentional, but Dominick advises looking for intentional awakenings

Disrupting: How to disrupt your behaviors, stories, etc. Possible disruptions would be to abstain from a behavior for a period of time (“no Netflix for 60 days”, etc.) ‘The space between a stimulus and the response’ How to interrupt your normal response after a standard stimulus How 95% of your thoughts, feelings, behaviors, etc. fall below your conscious thinking

How the 5% of conscious thought can impact and change the 95% of habits, behaviors and become habitual How to design the future you can’t wait to live into Writing your own eulogy to focus on the ‘celebration of life’ How long do you want to live? What do you want to experience in life? 

What did you leave behind – what lives on beyond you? Shifting your focus to realize you have ‘ultimate authority’ over your life Dominick’s Eulogy A 90 day action plan to set a defined goal to help design your future

The value of small changes and process improvements over time What happens to your energy when working through a 90 day plan and tips to sustain the plan How to curate an internal state that makes you stronger Hot Seat Questions Meditation is Dom’s favorite life hack Dom’s biggest financial mistake: spending too much money launching his business 

View Details

032R | In today's Friday Roundup we discuss Episode 32 with Joel from FI 180 on the 'Milestones of FI', plus a life hack voicemail from Noah and Frugal Wins of the Week from our Facebook community.

In Today’s Podcast we cover: The Friday Roundup after the Milestones of FI episode with Joel from FI 180 We’re having a FI get together in Richmond and hope to expand beyond Richmond

The gamification aspect of personal finance and the milestones When your ‘financial freedom clock’ starts and discussion of where certain types of debt plays into the calculation Financial freedom clock equals positive net worth and all junk debt is paid off Milestone two is when you have a $100,000 net worth (when Personal Capital starts calling you for a personal consultation)

The next milestone is ‘FU Money’ and there is discussion on where this fits into the continuum as the concept is nebulous

Should there be a milestone before $100k net worth and FU money? Adding in ‘checkpoints’ along the way on the journey to FI in addition to milestones Milestone four is ‘Half FI’ which means you have 12.5x your annual expenses saved up

Milestone five is ‘Lean FI’ which means you have enough to cover all your core expenses for life (not including your discretionary expenses) The discussion surrounding the math and psychology of paying off your mortgage or not paying it off The next milestone is the “crossover point” where your investments earned more than you did from working in a given month

The many catchphrases of Brad and Jonathan Milestone 7 is Flex FI, followed by Financial Independence as Milestone 8 and Milestone 9 is Fat FI The power of the concept of Flex FI and how you have an 82% chance of succeeding even at this milestone

The conversation surrounding where Brad is on the path to Financial Independence and where the side hustle factors into the calculation Our ask that the community helps us refine the milestones and checkpoints

How Joel’s FI journey and drawdown strategies can be a case study going forward Voicemail from Noah from Money Metagame on hacks to save on utilities

Take action and make the calls to compare prices on auto insurance, utilities, etc. Frugal win of the week from Michelle about unclaimed property Frugal win of the week from Vicki about Magical Iced Coffee Input from Don and Scott about buying cards and gift giving

Focus on our discussion about gift giving from a prior episode and the Five Love Languages

View Details

032 | In today's podcast we discuss the Milestones of FI with Joel from FI 180; this is a new look at the path to FI and the milestones along the way. In Today’s Podcast we cover: The ‘Milestones of FI’ with Joel from FI 180 We welcome Joel as our first repeat guest on Choose FI The Milestones of FI as a ‘master’s degree’ journey after Dave Ramsey’s baby steps Joel plans to be fully FI in January 2018 Joel is completely debt free and is shooting for $25,000 per year in other spending FI creates a “magic money making machine” that spits out yearly ‘checks’ (the 4% rule) FI is the ultimate luxury purchase to save for this ‘magic money making machine’ The Dave Ramsey Baby Steps explained To get started on the Milestones of FI: Debt Free and/or $1 of positive net worth First FI Milestone: $100,000 net worth when you first start getting calls from Personal Capital to setup a phone consultation 2nd FI Milestone: ‘FU Money’ set; 2-3 years of yearly expenses saved up 1st and 2nd milestone can be similar depending on your yearly spending The 3rd milestone is ‘Half FI’ which puts you halfway to FI in total spending, but actually more than that in terms of time on your FI path The path to FI is not linear and Joel explains Milestone #4 is ‘Lean FI’ which means you have enough money to stop working forever if you cut out the discretionary aspects of your budget (about 30% of Joel’s budget) Lean FI is an ‘emergency fund that would last forever’ as it covers your housing, food and other essentials Lean FI is perfect for people with a side hustle to do it with no risk The ‘crossover point’ could be another Milestone of FI. This is where your portfolio increase is more than the income you’re earning from your job The next milestone is ‘Flex FI’: This is a ‘5% rule’ or 20x your annual spending in your total net worth Flex FI is only viable for people who can build flexibility into their lives from year to year depending on the market returns, etc. FI is not one milestone but a smooth continuum towards this goal Flex FI has an 82% chance of success according to the Trinity Study (75% stocks, 25% bonds) Financial Independence is the 7th 25x your annual spending. All the work you do after you reach FI is completely optional. Now you can do what you want with your time. When you reach FI you can pick and choose what you want to do at work and in life The 8th milestone is ‘Fat FI’: This is 30x your annual spending which is the “closest thing to a sure thing” you can get in life Where is Brad in milestone continuum? Where is Jonathan? What does Alexis and Joel’s milestone celebration look like? Links from the show: The Milestones of FI at FI180.com Mad Fientist’s FI Laboratory cFireSim Early Retirement Now Fiery Millennials Personal Capital (affiliate link) Slowly Sipping Coffee

View Details

031R | In today's Friday Roundup we discuss travel rewards, flipping holidays upside down, buying presents, the upcoming FI Documentary and much more.

Submit your applications for the contest to win a one-on-one business coaching relationship with Alan Donegan from PopUp Business School

Brad’s slow travel vacation through New York State this August How we’ll publish episodes while on vacation and living a FI lifestyle

Discussion of Episode 31 on travel rewards What to do with your strategy after Chase cards Clarification of Brad’s past and future travel rewards strategy Noah’s feedback about an alternate option for staying under the Chase 5/24 rule Feedback from the audience:

Pastor FI on how he switches Mother’s Day and Father’s Day

Feedback from Frank on not doing things on holidays or other busy times. Don’t wait in line “with the lemmings” If you’re busy all the time, you need to come up with strategies to make your life better

How Jonathan feels that buying cards for holidays are a terrible waste of money

Brad and Laura don’t exchange presents for any holidays/birthdays/etc. Jonathan’s spending habits for presents for his friends and family

How essential the concept of progress is in the pursuit of FI and the pursuit of happiness

Voicemail from Scott Rieckens on how he’s starting a documentary about the FI community How we can grow the FI movement through this documentary and by spreading the word We’re going to have Scott on the podcast and he’s going to tell us about his Kickstarter campaign for the documentary

Question from Bonnie about tax implications in early retirement Response from Keith from the Wealthy Accountant Follow up from

Brad on action he took to sell his comic book collection Email from

David how he wants to hire Jonathan’s wife Dani to do an audio book version of the book he intends to publish

Frugal wins of the week from our community Can you share items with your neighbors and save money? 

View Details

031 | In today's podcast we discuss Part 2 of our Travel Rewards series including what to do after you've focused on Chase credit cards plus whether you should focus on one trip or a general strategy.

In Today’s Podcast we cover: Part 2 of the travel rewards podcast series on where to go when you’re done with the Chase credit card options Does it make sense to go after cards for a particular trip like Walt Disney World or should you focus on Chase cards while you are under the “5/24 rule?” Brad and his wife Laura are both trying to get back under 5/24 and waiting to open up cards

If you are doing this with a spouse you can realistically open 10 Chase credit cards (5 each) What cards would you get from other banks such as American Express, Citibank, Barclaycard and Capital One? American Express has a one bonus per card per lifetime rule Amex has a transferable points program called Membership Rewards that is a quality program (similar to Chase Ultimate Rewards)

The transfer partners we like from Chase Why we like “fixed value” cards such as Arrival Plus and Venture To branch out beyond Chase cards or not? If you’re a member of the FI community it would be hard to ignore the Chase cards to focus on a specific trip like Disney

For people not aware of travel rewards, a “quick win” like booking the Disney Dolphin hotel is a great way to get huge value from your points Buying Disney tickets from Disney does not count as “travel” for credit cards, so you need to use Undercover Tourist (or aRes Travel for Disneyland)

Orlando International Airport is a huge hub for Southwest, which is our favorite airline rewards program Southwest does not limit award ticket availability – it is just based on cash price You have a lot of flexibility with Southwest Airlines miles Flexibility will help you succeed with travel rewards 

View Details

030R | In today's podcast we have the biggest announcement in the history of ChooseFI thanks to Alan from PopUp Business School, so be sure to listen and get your responses in ASAP.

Brad’s thoughts on not doing what everyone else is doing: July 4th, Valentine’s Day, Mother’s Day, etc.

Jonathan’s wife loved the episode with Alan and she is going to use these skills on a side hustle herself

You don’t need a lot of money to start a business – the big takeaway from the episode for Brad Bartering skills and maximizing unused resources were two takeaways for Jonathan’s wife

Mutual benefit from establishing relationships even when you can’t see where the value might come from Sell your value first and then create the product or service You won’t know if your product or service is legitimate until you actually make people buy. That’s the only real feedback Feedback from Luis on the ChooseFI private Facebook group on his wife’s side hustle

How Brad’s business history set him up for success, as he failed and learned along the way

How to find low-cost ways to attempt new businesses

The different mental approach when using a side hustle as a means to get to FI Brad’s personal approach to his side hustles and what would happen if they ‘went away’ Huge announcement of a competition: Alan will work with one winner one-on-one for 12-24 months to help them build their own side hustle business Submit your voicemail submission on our website and tell us why we should select you How this will impact the entire ChooseFI community We’ll bring in our other in-house experts on this project as well Small world stories of meeting other members of the FI community Email from Evan from Bellingar Estates Winery in Oregon What to think about mentally in good times and bad in the financial markets

View Details

030 | In Today’s Podcast we cover: How Alan Donegan of PopUp Business School has turned starting businesses on its head similar to how FI has turned personal finance on its head and caused us to think differently

How starting a business is truly one of the ‘pillars of Financial Independence’ Brad and Jonathan started up their own business with ChooseFI based on similar principles to what Alan is teaching You need to know what you’re running to in FI and not just what you’re running from with your old job Alan’s FI journey and his goal to get to FI by the age of 40

How Alan was nearly scared off from starting a business by the course he took through the British government with Business Link Started up PopUp Business School with his business partner Simon Why Alan believes you don’t need any startup capital, business plans, etc. to start a business Story of a popup café/restaurant in London and how this person didn’t spend a dollar to get started

The value of networking and genuine human connection What stops you from starting a business? Money is the biggest issue.  Confidence and scared that it will fail are two others and knowing what to do on a day-to-day basis

The value of learning with no risk 5 ways to start a business with no risk

#1: What can you get for free? Actionable steps: Search on Google “where can I get X for free”

#2: What can you borrow? Story of minivan rental business and how they borrowed the minivan and saved 99% of the original business plan amount The only way to truly test your business and get an honest response is if you ask for a sale and see if they buy

#5: Sell Your Value Before You Create It: Sell the idea first, get the money, then produce the content/product Story of Dennis selling lasagna and collecting the money first in order to purchase the ingredients

#3: Could you barter instead of using money? In order to feel comfortable asking for things, focus on relationships and giving value. We all have skills that others would value

#4: Sell stuff you already have Another option is to sell someone else’s stuff and split the profits! Brad’s idea for an online consignment store

How passion and helping others motivates you to work on your business How Alan’s business is helping those who most need the support and how people pay $0 to attend PopUp Business School Hot Seat Questions Favorite life hack: Geographic Arbitrage 

View Details

029R | In today's Friday Roundup we discuss our key takeaways from Episode 29: The Reluctant Frugalist vs. the Aspiring Minimalist, plus feedback from the audience as well as two of our in-house experts.

How Jonathan used travel rewards points to book two round-trip flights to South Africa to visit his wife’s family. Only 128,000 points! How to think through a travel rewards redemption and where to start

The essential nature of the psychology when considering financial independence

How to approach your spouse/significant other about FI and what to avoid – namely the word “retirement” What is Brad willing to spend significant money on? Email from Bo about a new term: A ‘Valuist’ and how this applies to Brad Feedback from our Facebook group from Christopher about a ‘false dichotomy’ Feedback from Jessica – there are no rules of being a minimalist, it’s a journey and a mindset Voicemail from Geoffrey about reducing stuff and choice with a cool challenge with your clothes How the KonMari method tidying has transformed lives How to have a conversation with friends and coworkers about FI when they know nothing about it The difficulties of talking about FI at work and how to navigate that Know your audience when discussing FI and figure out an approach that will resonate with people Update from in-house experts: Millionaire Educator released his 2017 Free Money tables Big Ern responds to Mark’s question on the pluses and minuses of ETFs and mutual funds and how to choose between the two New in-house expert: Noah from Money Metagame who will share life hacks Voicemail from Noah about how to save on purchases using discount gift cards as payment Voicemail from Marilyn challenging the ‘sacred cow’ of always buying used cars and how it can be a smarter decision to buy a less expensive new car that you plan to keep for a long time Can a car loan make sense if you have a lower interest rate? How to negotiate on purchases by mass emailing multiple competitors and Brad’s challenge to the audience Frugal wins of the week from our private Facebook group Book giveaway and iTunes review Links from the show: Decision Fatigue article at Wikipedia Headspace Mad Money Monster: Early Retirement Resistance - When Friends Push Back 1500 Days ESI Money Mr. Money Mustache Millionaire Educator’s 2017 Free Money! Tax tables Early Retirement Now Money Metagame Gift Card Wiki Books Mentioned in the Show: The Life Changing Magic of Tidying Up

View Details

029 | In today's podcast we go through a discussion of the mindset differences between a 'reluctant frugalist' like Jonathan and an aspiring minimalist like Brad. In Today’s Podcast we cover: The reluctant frugalist (Jonathan) vs. the mindset of the aspiring minimalist (Brad)

How both these mindsets are valid and strong approaches to the concept of Financial Independence How do you talk to your spouse or significant other about financial independence? Voicemail from Royce about how he can get his wife on board with FI? You need to have a conversation with your significant other about what you want out of life and where you want to go as a team

The pursuit of FI can bring you closer together as it can make you wealthier and happier Jonathan’s story about FI and his wife plus a story of the ‘addictive nature’ of buying stuff How Jonathan changed his entire life with the pursuit of FI FI as the ultimate life hack

You need to see the other person’s motivation and incentives when trying to persuade them Being near or at FI transforms your relationships with your family and friends

How Brad aspires to be a minimalist and live in a hotel Excerpt from Physician on Fire’s article: Minimalism vs. Frugality Frugality and the scarcity mindset How people outside the FI community have to deal with a cash flow scarcity mentality

The differences between a minimalist and a frugal person How free your brain becomes when you remove the clutter from your rooms and your life How Brad’s daughters are different by nature regarding minimalism and clutter

Would you throw out all the items in your house that you haven’t used for some set period of time? 90 days?  1 year? The sharing economy has changed the value of ownership Jonathan’s board game obsession and the value he gets from buying things What a week in Jonathan’s FI future life looks like A minimalist buys one item that fulfills multiple purposes, but is quite expensive and high quality Brand names: Is there any value?

Can you actually find a break-even point on certain purchases? The wardrobe differences between minimalists and frugal people How your brain operates better when you don’t make as many decisions and avoid ‘decision fatigue’ A minimalist doesn’t want a lawn/yard whereas a frugal person enjoys doing it themselves 

View Details

028R | In today's Friday Roundup we discuss tax-deferred accounts, the Roth IRA conversion ladder, frugal wins of the week, an 'expert answer' from the Millionaire Educator as well as the Hot Seat with community member Chad!

In Today’s Podcast we cover: The Friday Roundup after Episode 28 where we discussed the order of operations for savings as well as the available ‘buckets’

Brad’s discussion of his new health targets: CrossFit and Gracie Jiu-Jitsu and how he saves money through a Gracie Garage

Our preference is to fill your tax-deferred buckets as much as possible Message from Amy on the Facebook group on maxing out Roth IRAs

How the FI community thinks differently in regard to Roth IRAs and investing in general Explaining the Roth IRA conversion ladder

Voicemail from Stephen about the Roth IRA conversion ladder and how the calculation changes when you are making income in FI The essence is living a frugal lifestyle and everything else takes care of itself

Brad’s explanation of how to mentally approach having income in FI and even having a higher income than you anticipated Frugal wins of the week: Call from Eric from our Facebook group about how he saved big on his Chicago apartment The love for the InstantPot from the ChooseFI community Anne Marie raised the deductible on her insurance and saved money on her premiums;

Brad saved on car insurance with Geico Congrats to Eli on his new baby and the newest 529 account!

Question from Scott about 457s and pensions to help with early retirement and the expert answer from the Millionaire Educator

Voicemail from SaraEllen about how to save as a solo entrepreneur in the legal profession and by extension to other professionals as well How you can save on office space by using a coworking space

The Hot Seat with ChooseFI community member Chad How people in the FI community can consider giving back Favorite life hack: Using Swagbucks

The danger of cosigning on someone else’s loan If Jonathan loans someone money he mentally writes it off as never being paid back and that’s how he approaches the decision to loan money

Voicemail from Eron from San Diego on financial advisors and the potential benefits A fee only financial advisor would be the best option for most people (especially in the FI community) 

View Details

028 | In today's podcast we discuss the four different "buckets" available to savers plus an in-depth look at the Roth IRA and the 'Backdoor Roth.' In Today’s Podcast we cover: The order of operations for how you should approach the different “buckets” available to you both for retirement accounts and for your taxable savings Four basic ways for your retirement and investment funds to be taxed Best case is an account similar to the HSA which is not taxed when you put the money in nor when you pull it out

Option 2 is the Roth IRA which is taxed upfront but not when you pull the money out

Option 3 is a traditional IRA, 401k, etc. where it is not taxed when you contribute but is taxed when you withdraw

Option 4 is your regular savings/investment accounts We focus mostly on tax-deferred retirement accounts because that is the best way to lower your taxable income in the current year and reduce your tax liability.

Because of advanced FI concepts such as the ‘Roth IRA conversion ladder’ there is a chance you can pull this money out nearly tax free once you reach financial independence You want to max out your tax-deferred options The FI community looks at this problem differently than traditional financial planners and doesn’t focus on the Roth IRA generally Roth IRA makes sense if you are nearly certain that your tax rate will be higher in retirement than it currently is now (think children under 18)

The issue is this is unknowable at the time of contribution (unless you are at a 0% rate) You can pull out your Roth IRA contributions at any time tax and penalty free Flexibility of your bucket

#4 (taxable savings) is a big positive of that investing option over a Roth IRA The concept of a marginal tax bracket and an understanding of how your income is taxed Financial planners focus on the ‘tax diversity’ play of the Roth versus traditional retirement accounts Income limitations do exist for the Roth IRA

There are also contribution limitations yearly for these accounts How to reduce your Adjusted Gross Income on your tax return to qualify for a Roth IRA The Backdoor Roth IRA option for high income individuals

Discussion of the White Coat Investor article on the Backdoor Roth IRA and how you can convert your money from a nondeductible traditional IRA to a Roth IRA (the ‘backdoor’ Roth) Avoiding the pro-rata calculation How to contribute to the traditional IRA account as a nondeductible contribution and then convert it to a Roth 

View Details

027R | In today's podcast we highlight our takeaways from Episode 27 with Jay from Slowly Sipping Coffee, plus we discuss the 'Mount Rushmore' of FI and help debunk a lot of the misinformation surrounding the value of the mortgage interest deduction.

In Today’s Podcast we cover:

The Friday Roundup bringing in many aspects of our audience and community plus our thoughts on the Episode 27 with Jay from Slowly Sipping Coffee How to join the Choose FI Facebook group Looking at the great team of Mr. and Mrs. Slowly Sipping Coffee and how they gained flexibility and freedom How they made a game out of personal finance and that enabled them to save big on their credit card bills Just by being more conscious of their spending allowed them to save over 50% of their discretionary spending How ‘grazing’ by shopping at stores like Target can help fuel lifestyle inflation

It’s important how we spend our time. Batch processing with intentionality is a way to fix our inefficient use of time How Jonathan can come up with a system in his life to find a work/life balance between the ChooseFI site and podcast and his ‘real’ life Multitasking is not a real thing What does your life look like post-FI? And when do you start thinking about that life? The Mount Rushmore of Financial Independence: Who do we put on that list? Who would you as the community put on the Mount Rushmore of FI? What do you want to do with your time when you reach FI? Fully Funded Lifestyle Change as an alternative to “retirement for the sake of quitting work” Risk tolerance and cFiresim Article submitted by Luis on CNNMoney on a couple who achieved FI Hot Seat conversation on the Facebook group The power to spread the message beyond of FI beyond this community Message from Austin who is a former student of the Millionaire Educator Voicemail from Ed Mills from the Millionaire Educator on ways to get your children involved in saving money Voicemail from Juan from Finance Clever about the value (or lack thereof) of the mortgage interest deduction and only getting value from it if your itemized deductions are above the standard deduction Brad’s example of the benefit of itemized deductions Feedback from the audience from Grumpus Maximus about retirement calculators and one in particular from Darrow Kirkpatrick at CanIRetireYet.com Voicemail from Kris with incredible feedback about the action she took after hearing Noah’s voicemail about removing escrow accounts Voicemail from Steve about the importance of umbrella insurance policies plus feedback from Tiffany about the same More information from Ken about ESPPs and call options 

View Details

027 | Today we welcome Jay from Slowly Sipping Coffee to the podcast to talk about his reluctant path to FI, the amazing Mrs. SSC and a Fully Funded Lifestyle Change. In Today’s Podcast we cover: Our interview with Jay from Slowly Sipping Coffee How they came up with the name of their blog and how they’d enjoy ‘slowly sipping coffee’ in a more relaxed and free Friday morning

The origin story of their Financial Independence journey: SSC googled and found Mr. Money Mustache SSC already had a spreadsheet where she tracked everything and believed they could retire at 45 before finding the concept of FI How Jay resisted the concept of financial independence because he thought living off $25,000 would be absolute deprivation

The Lightbulb Moment where Jay finally saw the light and started believing in the spreadsheet They set up challenges to cut credit card spending and they reduced spending just by being intentional Eating food at restaurants was a huge portion of their prior budget that they were able to cut Costco can be a great way to save money or it can be an expensive indulgence

How Mrs. SSC is the CFO of their household and the ‘best financial decision’ Jay has ever made How the possibility of layoffs made them consider their lifestyle and what that would look like in FFLC The psychological value of knowing they will ‘come out on top’ even if something bad does happen Have they spoken about Financial Independence and their blog in their real lives? How their friends, family and coworkers react to their FI plans Jay’s mentees and how he is trying to educate them on all things financial How to balance risk with a safe withdrawal rate – Mrs. SSC’s thought process as compared with Jay’s

How you can always keep working due to fear and wanting to pile on your nest egg, but Mrs. SSC’s rebuttal to that You can get to FI without having a six-figure salary Hot Seat questions Favorite life hack: Roasting his own coffee Biggest financial mistake: Cashing out a 401k for absolutely no reason

Advice to your younger self: Don’t spend more than you earn and don’t use student loans for additional expenses 

View Details

026R | In today's podcast we discuss our takeaways from Episode 26 with Physician on FIRE plus some exciting developments in the Financial Independence world as well as feedback, questions and comments from the ChooseFI community. In Today’s Podcast we cover: The Friday Roundup after the Physician on FIRE interview from Episode 26 Information for the high income professionals and how it’s important to give details for that aspect of our audience Does the perfect answer exist for high income professionals pursuing FI? It might not be possible to defer enough money to get them out of that high marginal tax rate “A dollar saved is two dollars earned in the 50% tax bracket.” A brilliant quote from Physician on FIRE Everything comes down to living a frugal lifestyle “Doesn’t your spouse deserve a really great lifestyle?” asked the White Coat Investor. “Well yes, and she’ll have one, but she deserves my time.” Responds PoF. The fundamental flaw in the ‘retirement calculators’ that are published online for “normal people.” Your current income is not relevant when considering your retirement number. It is all about your expenses. For new physicians, you need to avoid the blowup in spending on cars and expensive homes when you get that first big paycheck You need to keep your fixed expenses down to a manageable level and you can splurge at the margins on other things Don’t fall into peer pressure to live an expensive lifestyle. Maybe move to a smaller town and practice geographic arbitrage in the US Brad’s own geographic arbitrage in his life moving from Long Island to Richmond, VA Optimized charitable giving with a ‘donor advised fund’ Discussion of the ‘backdoor Roth’ that Physician on Fire mentioned on the episode and the applicability for high income earners A new Camp Mustache event was announced for January 2018 and the tickets are available The ChooseFI private Facebook group is running and extremely vibrant and we’d love for you to join us Scott Rieckens contacted us about a documentary on the FI community that he is embarking on The FI community is on the verge of a breakthrough in the US Brad’s mom is listening to the podcast and had a frugal win of the week Feedback from PastorFI: College hack for student housing Discussing the call from Mark from Student Loan Freedom from Episode 25R about permanent life insurance Feedback from about Ken’s prior call about the ESPP from Olaf. He clarified the tax treatment on the purchase through the Employee Stock Purchase Plan Don’t let paying taxes get in the way of making a smart financial decision Noah from Money Metagame’s call about how to remove escrow to potentially save hundreds of dollars per year Part 5 of the case study with Paul including Paul’s feedback on his daughter’s college plans plus Paul’s summary of the case study Frugal Wins of the Week from the ChooseFI Community Itunes Reviews of the Week and Book Winners Links from the show: Physician on Fire Frugalwoods article on Donor Advised Funds Camp Mustache tickets Join our private Facebook group Scott Rieckens website Mr. Money Mustache on the Tim Ferriss podcast Student Loan Freedom KeepThrifty.com Money Metagame Mutual Assurance Society of Virginia ToDoIst Early Retirement Now Google Docs from Big Ern at Early Retirement Now: Google Doc master file for Safe Withdrawal Rates Big Ern's explanation on how to use this file Doc with Paul's case study numbers with Social Security Doc with Paul's case study numbers without Social Security Fiery Millennials

View Details

026 | Today we welcome the Physician on FIRE to the podcast to talk about his path to FI as well as tips and hacks for other high income and medical professionals to get on the path to Financial Independence.

In Today’s Podcast we cover: Our guest on the show today is Physician on Fire, who is here to tell us his story as well as some Financial Independence hacks for doctors and other high income individuals His message is for people with high incomes who aren’t looking to live an ultra-frugal lifestyle

What does a conversation look like with a fellow physician in person or on his blog? How difficult is it to delay gratification and not spend significantly when physicians get their “first big paycheck” after many years of not making much money

He recommends physicians paying down their student loan debt so it isn’t hanging over your head Physician on Fire’s own personal history and path towards Financial Independence

He took a “permanent” job at a hospital, which went out of business after 4 years when he lost his job He was financially independent on paper after about a decade of working as an anesthesiologist, but didn’t realize it until he read an article about Mr. Money Mustache How Brad and Physician on Fire each had moments early on in life where a compound interest calculation opened their eyes to the power of compounding over decades

What was Physician on Fire’s plan before he read that article about Mr. Money Mustache? He has a “bigger” FI number than many people, but he wants a margin of safety and wants to potentially spend more in early retirement than he spends now Could he potentially “retire” from medicine and still come back if he so desired?

Are there ways he could make his job better and focus on the aspects of the job that he enjoys? Dealing with high marginal tax brackets and working additional time How does FI impact his “real” life? His wife is excited about the FI lifestyle of living abroad and having more time with POF. Physicians who don’t live in the high cost of living areas on the coasts actually make more money and have lower cost of living Strategies for high income earners pursuing FI: lower your taxable income as much as possible with tax-deferred retirement and HSA accounts Backdoor Roth for high income earners.

You can do this for yourself and your spouse up to $5,500 each His distinction between financial independence and financial freedom and the plan to get there

How he is donating half the profits from the blog through a Donor Advised Fund Hot Seat questions Favorite life hack: Geographic Arbitrage Biggest financial mistake: Building their ‘dream home’ and losing $200,000 upon selling it

Advice for someone starting out in the medical profession: Be smart with the large expenses like housing and cars

View Details

025R | In today's Friday Roundup we discuss Episode 25 with Keith from the Wealthy Accountant, Part 4 of the case study with Paul including a look at his line-by-line expenses, plus questions and feedback from the audience. In Today’s Podcast we cover: Friday Roundup after Episode 25 with Keith from The Wealthy Accountant The firehose of information that Keith unleashed was incredible! Feedback from the audience about Keith’s episode The value of an S-corp election for small businesses How to find a top tier accountant with passion for helping you When should you form an LLC when starting a side business and are there any benefits of doing so? Danielle’s feedback about our working of “taxable savings.” She used “post-tax savings” which we really like Dominic’s feedback about reinvesting dividends Careers that help you get to FI: Nursing and feedback from the audience on why this is such a positive career on the path to Financial Independence Announcing the ChooseFI private facebook group! Discussion of Camp Mustache Brad’s FI conversation in real life with his friend Justin about $2 per person per meal for dinners How to portion out dinners to save money Laura is going to share her recipes in the new private Facebook group Frugal wins of the week from Jake and Brad Mark Resnick from Student Loan Freedom: Voicemail with a hack on saving money on student loans Discussion of Mark’s voicemail and our request to get one audience member to work with Mark on student loan forgiveness programs Voicemail from Bryce on hacking college How Brad and Jonathan wish they had the knowledge Bryce passed along when they went to college How to start planning early to apply for these scholarships Case study update: Going through Paul’s expenses and analyzing them. What does his post-FI expenses look like? Paul’s expenses drop significantly in his post-FI life $23,000 of his $73,000 annual expenses were on vacations and this can drop significantly in a post-FI life by using travel rewards points and pursuing slow travel Looking at Paul’s actual expenses and what else is “fluff” on top Our update on future case studies: We can’t do these once per month.  More likely 3-5 per year. Jason from Winning Williams is putting together a ‘crowdsourced FI plan’ excel sheet Travel rewards question on how to save on cruises. You can use a ‘fixed value’ card to offset cruise expense Itunes reviews of the week and book giveaway Links from the show: Wealthy Accountant Aubrey’s blog: moneyenergyfreedomlife.com Dominic’s link from Bogleheads on reinvesting dividends Emiko: Beetsandlilacs.com ChooseFI.com/Facebook to get access to our private Facebook group Winning Williams Money Metagame Seonwoo’s site: FIby40.com FI180 Popup Business School Dash Go Rapid Egg Cooker Student Loan Freedom

View Details

025 | In today's podcast we have Keith from The Wealthy Accountant on the show to discuss tax optimization for individuals and small businesses with plenty of tax tips for your FI tool chest.

In Today’s Podcast we cover: Keith from the Wealthy Accountant presents his tax optimization strategies for individuals and small business owners Keith is the most knowledgeable accountant we have ever met.

We met him in Florida at Camp Mustache and his exuberance for tax optimization was infectious Keith became the official accountant of Mr. Money Mustache after a presentation at Camp Mustache in Seattle A discussion of how to save FICA taxes by being taxed as an S-Corporation instead of as a pass through entity such as an LLC Keith’s discussion of potential tax law change based on the President’s proposal

For people starting a business, where would Keith start? Business structure, getting kids and spouses involved, etc. Keith believes when you have business income over $50,000 that you should be an LLC taxed as an S-Corp Is there value for someone over the FICA cap in their ‘day job’ for their business to be treated as an S-Corp? Home office deductions vs. renting part of your home to your business entity and how to make it official with a formal contract

What Keith recommends for retirement savings and the rules you need to understand whether you are an employee or if you own a business Keith’s recommendation to speak with your HR department to max out your 401k if they only seemingly offer a certain percentage of your income

Tax optimization strategies for real estate investors including the tangible property rules and how to benefit from expensing items that would have otherwise needed to be depreciated Cost segregation studies and how that can save you money on depreciations Healthcare for small business owners and the lack of options

Discussion of Keith’s writing at The Wealthy Accountant. The goal was for people to “think like an accountant” and to live your life ‘right.’ He believes in saving half your income and investing in broad-based index funds. If you do those 2 things you’ll be successful 

View Details

024R | In today's Friday Roundup we discuss Episode 24 with Joel and Alexis from FI180 as well as some expert voicemails from Chad Carson about real estate plus Ken talking about ESPP options. In Today’s Podcast we cover: Friday Roundup after Episode 24 with Joel and Alexis from FI 180 Camp Mustache tickets for January 2018 are available for sale, so come and join us! The letter Joel wrote to his younger self and the emotional value of it The sacrifice for living an opulent lifestyle is too great in our opinion as you have finite resources and have to make the best choices Joel and Alexis had a true choice and inflection point where they chose Financial Independence They looked at FI as a game and had fun trying to gain a quicker path to FI. It made them happier and brought them closer together The 72 hour no buying rule that Liz from Frugalwoods informed us about Brad’s new favorite card game: Monopoly Deal Feedback from the audience: Austin’s email about his path to FI with a career that didn’t require a Bachelor’s Degree. He is now earning 6-figures at 25 years of age Itunes review from Derek who is teaching his 5th grade students how to look at money, index fund investing and much more. Geri’s question about reinvesting dividends when you invest in mutual funds. You generally want to reinvest the dividends Question from John about investing in VTSAX in a “taxable” investment and what bucket to put it in? Our advice is to open a standard brokerage account and invest in VTSAX Index fund investing is the most tax efficient investing since there is low turnover and thus lower capital gains that would be taxed in the current year Email from Matt describing how he’s thinking more deeply by listening to our show and reading FI blogs ChooseFI mentions on other blogs FI hack from Ken on ESPPs and Jonathan’s response since he can benefit from it at his job and purchase his company stock at a 10% discount Follow up from our in-house expert on real estate: Chad Carson who gives us a background on how to evaluate the financials behind a rental real estate purchase Travel rewards question about how to review flight and alliance award options. Our  thought is to look at traveling differently and build in flexibility and find saver award availability Travel rewards question about combining Chase Ultimate Rewards points Hot Seat intro music update Itunes reviews and The Simple Path to Wealth book giveaway Links from the show: FI 180 Monopoly Deal card game Winning Williams The Green Swan article: Never Pay Taxes Again Done by Forty article:  Spending is Arbitrary Ken’s blog: TheOptionToSell.com Chad Carson’s articles: How to Run the Numbers for Rental Properties How to Travel & Invest in Real Estate - 10 Essential Tools of the Trade Award Hacker

View Details

024 | Today we have Joel and Alexis from FI180.com on the podcast.

They changed their financial lives dramatically, going from spending over $100,000 per year to having an 85% savings rate and on the path to FI in just a few short years. In Today’s Podcast we cover: Joel and Alexis from FI180.com tell their story of how they went from spending over $100,000 per year to having an 85% savings rate FI can only be a few steps away and this story is the perfect example

They bought new cars, a new house and didn’t track their spending at all In 2014 Alexis was in a terrible car accident and that led to the awakening that changed their financial lives. They took the $10,000 they received from the car and invested it in Vanguard

The costs (financial and health) and opportunity costs of a long commute Every month they tried to make one change to improve their finances Their savings rate was only 7% at their lowest and last year it went up to 85% (since lowered to about 75%-80% to add happiness) Joel’s brother is also on a path to FI now and is “racing” them to FI It isn’t a race though – it’s about enjoying the journey and finding happiness

Their happiness has increased after finding this path to FI. “Happiness is the goal” “We were using our spending as a way to try to numb the effects of a workday” They have learned how to cook at home and save money and eat better.

Previously were going out to eat twice per day! Line items from their ‘Our Savings Snowball’ article on what they were previously spending and what they are spending now The awakening when they chose to pursue FI after the car accident in 2014 There are certain things that are in your control and others that aren’t.

Focus on what is in your control Hot Seat Questions Favorite blogs: Mr. Money Mustache and The Wealthy Accountant Favorite life hack: Alexis was not allowed to go shopping without a list and couldn’t buy anything not on the list.

As well as not using a shopping cart or basket Food shopping game called the “$3 rule” where they tried to see how many “luxury items” they had over $3 at Aldi each week How to save big at Aldi on your food bill

View Details

023R | In today's Friday Roundup we discuss career hacking with ESI Money, Big ERN's analysis of Paul's case study, plus hear our answers to an interesting question posed by audience member Jason about the value of frugality.

In Today’s Podcast we cover: Friday Roundup after Episode 23 with ESI from ESI Money Looking at compound interest on the earnings side of a career instead of just on the savings side ESI is now an author on Business Insider. Our question of how he made that connection What jumped out to us from the episode with ESI? Starting at a higher salary, managing the boss, etc. Commonalities of career paths for people pursuing FI and for Second Generation FIRE? Options for seasonal work (such as tax preparation) while pursuing FI Managing the boss: Telling your boss you want to be a high performer and how to quantify it How this sets you up to ‘win’ either in this current job or to land a better job elsewhere The power of networking for Choose FI and our growth Personal relationships matter, even in a digital and connected world Itunes review about us “mainlining the secret truth of the universe”

Our definition of FI being 25x your annual expenses. There is also the conversation of ‘safe withdrawal rates’ Big ERN’s feedback on Paul’s case study and his in-depth analysis of Paul’s early retirement plan ERN’s calculations plus his look at the real-world implication of social security on Paul’s plan Paul’s response to our question about his $70,000 per year of expenses. A full $23,000 is based on travel they took last year With “slow travel” and intentionality they can reduce the cost of their travel while actually traveling more Excluding travel their post-FI expenses are actually only $37,000 Many expenses are reduced once you reach financial independence and Paul has actually identified many of those reductions Feedback from the community: Jason posed a question to us about what we’re “missing out on” by pursuing FI and if the finer things in life are something we should pursue Brad thinks that pursuing FI is a ‘superpower’ that enables him to live a life he enjoys. And if that means “sacrificing” BMWs and Maine Lobster to get there, it is a trade he’s more than willing to make If money is no longer an issue, what changes then? That is the real question Responses from the community on Jason’s question and how they would spend their money College hacking article coming from Edmund Tee on Choose FI Frugal wins of the week from the community Life hack from Steve on life insurance Itunes reviews and winners of The Simple Path to Wealth Links from the show: ESI Money ESI’s article on Business Insider:  I retired at 52 with a $3 million net worth — here are the 10 worst money mistakes anyone can make Early Retirement Now

View Details

023 | ESI from ESI Money is on the podcast today talking about Career Hacking and how you can set yourself up to earn millions more over a working career with seven simple steps. In Today's Podcast We Cover: ESI from ESIMoney.com is here to discuss ways you can increase your earnings through Career Hacking ESI retired at 52 and reaching “financial independence” in his early 40s. He lives in Colorado, which is where many FI bloggers live

Your career is a multi-million dollar asset and it is important to focus on maximizing your earnings There are steps you can take to increase your lifetime earnings while in the same job Start with a higher beginning pay and how to get there Start with a career that has a higher opening pay; negotiate your starting salary; increase your pay through education/degrees How we can use this knowledge and apply it to our kids for ‘second generation fire’

How to get higher than 3% raises per year and how that can lead to millions of dollars of extra income through a career Seven actionable steps to earn more money on yearly raises and grow your career

Step 1: Perform as well as possible in your job Sit down with your boss and discuss expectations and make them quantifiable Document your success and keep your boss informed, which helps “manage your boss”

Step 2: Be likeable or ‘more likeable’ People like to reward and promote people they like, so be nice and considerate

Step 3: Networking is essential You need to help others as much as possible so they will be willing to help you in the future ESI’s actionable tips on how to use LinkedIn to create and foster a network of valuable connections. How ESI reached out to his network when he was looking for a new job and he landed a job in Colorado through the network

Step 4: Be more attractive Dress a little bit nicer and pay a little more attention to your appearance; “date your career”

Step 5: Continue learning and developing your skills How Warren Buffett believes public speaking increases your career value 50% Scott Adams’ ‘talent stack’ to create a valuable set of skills for your life and career Trying to get better at life skills a little bit at a time every day

Step 6: Manage Yourself Life skills you need to navigate life and your company politics, etc. Create a system to getting things done in life for personal motivation and drive Find yourself a mentor to guide you How ESI uses a system he learned early on in his career to manage himself How Brad and ESI both use ToDoIst to manage their lives

Step 7: Market Yourself How you can get huge pay increases when you move to a new job and how to find new options Hot Seat 

View Details

022R | In today's Friday Roundup we discuss the True Cost of Car Ownership, how to maximize your travel rewards points plus a big announcement on a new in-house 'expert' for ChooseFI! In Today’s Podcast we cover: Episode review of our podcast Episode 22 on The True Cost of Car Ownership Your best-case scenario is buying a 5 to 10 year old gas sipping car Even a low cost car is going to cost you at least $2,000 per year Your fixed structural expenses move the needle significantly on your path to FI, and the car is the easiest one to change.

Comment from Matt on how he introduced this to his algebra class on why buying a new car is a bad decision and what it amounts to when compounded Second generation Fire: Starting out right and not buying an expensive car (plus house hacking) will set people up for Financial Independence by 35

Question on Saverocity about living close or far from work and how that impacts your path to Financial Independence Is bicycling a pillar of FI or is it unrealistic for the vast majority of people and might even turn people off from pursuing FI? In a post-FI lifestyle, does bicycling make more sense? Comment from the audience on Cargo Bikes Voicemail from Rebecca on what to do with her car situation Our thought is that it makes sense for Rebecca’s life and financial situation to move towards the Honda Fit Our final thought on cars: Don’t buy a new car; buy a used car and drive it into the ground Choose FI is bringing on in-house experts on real estate, taxes, business building and all things number crunching Alan’s brainstorming ideas for helping the community build businesses

Should building a side hustle be a Pillar of FI?

Travel Rewards question from Noah: Should he cash in his miles & points and invest them in VTSAX or save them for future travel? Brad’s advice is to save them for future value where the value can be 2x-4x or more How the Millionaire Educator takes his rewards points to invest in an ESA fund Travel rewards question from Satya on travel to India using Chase

Ultimate Rewards points Feedback from the audience: Kevin’s follow up to Friday Roundup 18. He spoke with his wife and she just wants to spend more time with him where she gets his full attention Human connection is the most important aspect of happiness FI in the news: Our upcoming guest ESI from ESI Money was featured on the Washington Post FI in the News: Article that Brittinni sent in about net worth being the key to wealth, not income Frugal Wins of the week from the audience Aaron’s feedback about the true cost of car ownership and he teased us with how he sells boats for a profit Final word on Jonathan’s pullups 

View Details

022 | Do you know what your car is actually costing you each year? What about over an investing lifetime? In this episode of the ChooseFI Radio Podcast we cover the True Cost of Car Ownership and you'll be absolutely amazed at the numbers.

In Today’s Podcast we cover: ChooseFI: The Ultimate Guide to the True Cost of Car Ownership Your car payment is a terrible way to spend your hard earned money

We’ll present two different perspectives: Brad will show the long-term compounded cost of buying/leasing new cars continually versus holding a car for 15 years while Jonathan is going to present the yearly cost of your car Brad wanted to see what it was costing someone to constantly “manage their car payments” at a set number forever by buying/leasing new cars

This example is too conservative so a FI person would actually save even more money! In Brad’s example the FI person is buying a new car every 15 years.

They have payments for the first 5 years and $0 car payments the final 10 years.  Person B is constantly paying $300 per month.  This is a 45 year study, so Person A bought 3 new cars in the 45 year period At the end of the 45 year period, Person A’s savings compounded to be worth $742,000 versus Person B who was constantly paying $300 per month.

Takeaways: Don’t buy new cars and continue to drive your car as long as possible with no car payment! Most people can’t truly afford an expensive car and house even on a large salary. This is a true key to FI Astounding that $300 per month for 30 out of 45 years are ending up with $742,000 while most people don’t have anywhere near that much money after a lifetime of working and “saving.”

That also shows how little money most people are saving Jonathan’s bad track record with buying cars in his life

The True Cost of Car Ownership Calculator Jonathan’s example for yearly car cost compared a new car for $30,000, a 5 year old car for $15,000, and a 10 year old car for $5,000

Went through yearly depreciation calculation for Jonathan’s three examples Went through a calculation of annual opportunity cost of the year-by-year amount lost at 8% annual return if you would have invested based on these 3 examples Calculation of maintenance, insurance, taxes, inspections, etc.

Also calculate the cost of gas each year depending on the type of car The 20 year difference from having a used car versus a new car is almost $250,000 Jonathan’s determination is you should buy a ‘gas sipper’ that’s at least 5 or 10 years old 

View Details

021R | In today's episode of the Friday Roundup we review our discussion of the Pillars of Financial Independence, take questions and comments from the community and go in-depth on Paul's live case study. In Today’s Podcast we cover: Review of Episode 21, the Pillars of Financial Independence What areas of financial independence did we leave out of the episode? Might have under-discussed savings rate as a pillar of FI Choose FI as one of the ‘5 people you spend the most time with’ The value of $100 savings per month after 20 years or 40 years Can Jonathan really do 50 pullups? Comment from the audience: Charlotte mentioned Geographic Arbitrage as a pillar of financial independence Comment from the audience: Mary suggests that taxes are the largest line item in your budget, not housing like we mentioned Comment from Frank: He thinks we can do an entire episode on how to educate your children on money Comment from Matt: The expense ratio on Vanguard’s VTSAX fund was just lowered to 0.04% FIRE in the News: Anti-frugal event that Isaac showed us and Financial Panther’s list of best new podcasts The value of travel rewards for people in the FI community Frugal wins of the week from the audience: Andrew starting his own Gracie Garage, Tom’s list of incredible life changes, Cassie’s reduction in car insurance, Neal maximizing gift cards that were lying around the house, Tanner saving on free and used items, Heidi cutting cable Live case study from Paul – his responses to our questions from last week’s episode Paul’s response to “how much do your expenses cost you each year” Paul’s response to the question, “do you want to quit your job?” Paul’s response to “what does your post-FI life really look like?” Brad’s thought that the pursuit of FI is not about money – it’s what you value in life and finding happiness both in the journey and post-FI Frank’s question to Paul about what they have planned for his daughter’s college education Will $43,000 of savings be enough to fully fund a four year college education? Thoughts on college education and the value of that education Question to Paul about what is psychologically holding him back Question to Paul about his plans to include Social Security into his FI plan Question to Paul about the breakdown of his investment accounts between different ‘buckets’ Paul’s plan for a Roth-IRA conversion ladder Paige’s comment about the ‘Age of 55’ rule for distributions from your 401k if you are 55 or older after your separation from service Our follow up questions for Paul based on his case study Itunes reviews and book giveaways Links from the show: Money Confident Kids article: Parents are likely to pass down good and bad financial habits to their kids Article from Isaac: Fyre Festival: When a $12,000 luxury festival in paradise turns into chaos Financial Panther article: 9 Best New Personal Finance Podcasts Seonwoo’s article about FAFSA: How a Millionaire Retiree Could Get as Much Aid for College as Someone Who’s Broke  

View Details

021 | In this episode of the Choose FI Radio Podcast we focus on the essential Pillars of Financial Independence including index investing, affordable housing, the psychology of FI, tax optimization and more.

In Today’s Podcast we cover: ChooseFI Episode 21: The Pillars of Financial Independence While we intend to focus on the roughly 10 pillars of FI, we assuredly have missed some so we hope the audience sends us the ones we’ve missed Low-cost index fund investing is the way to go with investing in the stock market over decades and the best way to grow your wealth We love Vanguard and VTSAX but Schwab and Fidelity have similar funds with similar expense ratios

Even the Mad Fientist realized that he couldn’t out-research the market and stuck with index funds while he pursued tax optimization strategies to grow his wealth even faster Another sub-pillar is to not try to time the stock market. You will screw it up since you need to be right on the buying and selling side Affordable housing as a pillar of Financial Independence, since this is the largest line item in your budget Even if you live in a high cost of living area, you can still pursue FI. You just might need to think a little bit differently

Sometimes pursuing FI requires tough decisions Car ownership as a pillar of Financial Independence We do not believe in buying new cars – let someone else pay for the depreciation the first few years Look for fuel efficient cars that are inexpensive to repair Your food budget as a pillar of Financial Independence

You should focus on $2 per person per meal as a guideline for home cooked dinners Most pillars of FI come down to thinking a little bit differently and being a little bit smarter Jonathan lost 25 pounds during his 3 month challenge to lose weight before his son’s birth Tax Optimization as a pillar of Financial Independence

Max out your tax-deferred accounts is the advice for the FI community since you theoretically can take it out without paying taxes on it if you use the strategies we’ve previously described Hacking your college education as a pillar of Financial Independence Ways to save a significant amount of money on a college education Travel Rewards maximization as a pillar of Financial Independence Use rewards points to help travel the world for nearly free.

You must pay your cards off on time and in full every single month Cutting the cord on your cable subscription as a pillar of Financial Independence Intentionality and how you choose to spend your money is important when assessing FI Reducing your cell phone bill as a pillar of Financial Independence Making a small ‘hard choice’ to save big money and have an ‘easy life’

The 4% Safe Withdrawal Rate explained Philosophy as a pillar of Financial Independence Unconventional thinking – looking at a problem differently that can help you live the same lifestyle as everyone else while getting wealthy instead of living paycheck-to-paycheck Maximizing the rules: Knowing the rules of the game and planning in advance Planning and creating a framework for life makes everything easier Patience is what makes FI “incredibly difficult.” This is the simplest concept but it takes many years For every $100 you can cut from your budget each month, if you invest that money and earn an 8% return over 20 years it is worth $60,000.

Understand the math behind the decisions and know that even small decisions can earn you large results 

View Details

020R | In today's Friday Roundup we introduce our first crowd sourced case study from a listener and we have a challenge to you:  Implement one life hack this week that will make your life easier and less stressful and send it to us at feedback@choosefi.com (or leave a voicemail on our homepage!) and we'll read it on next week's Friday roundup. In Today’s Podcast we cover: Our first Friday roundup after a non-guest episode which leaves lots of time for audience input, questions and voicemails We want the podcast to be ‘By FIRE for FIRE’ and make it truly crowdsourced Jonathan and Brad are living a normal middle class lifestyle, just smarter. We aren’t doing anything especially different – just optimizing Brad and his wife Laura had a conversation about what makes their spending different than their friends and neighbors While the fixed expenses are essential (home, cars, cell phones, cable, etc.) the discretionary expenses also make the difference between a non-FI mindset and one pursuing FI How Brad’s kids are not constantly ‘wanting’ new toys, to redecorate their rooms, etc. It wasn’t intentional on the parent’s part, so the thought is that they saw the lack of wanting modeled in the house Jonathan’s frugal win of the week: He superglued a broken lamp in his house and it is still working 1.5 years later!   Upgrading your house not only wastes money, but it wastes a ton of valuable time searching for these items and getting it “perfect” Stressed lives and an ask of the audience: Implement one life hack this week that will make your life easier and let us know about it! It’s so easy to get bogged down in the details of life, business, etc. that you miss the truly essential items that could move the needle and make a difference Brad focuses on things he can get better at over a period of many years such as Brazilian jiu-jitsu and stretching/mobility “You are going to be the average of the 5 people you spend the most time with” and discussion surrounding it Feedback from Deidra: She recommended SBLI for life insurance after hearing our Episode 20 show Brad had a conversation with a friend of his this past weekend on FI and on his plan to retire in 16 years with a pension, fully paid off rental homes and his primary residence paid off, plus 401k and 457 balances Voicemail from Harrison: Info on an alternative to Vanguard and VTSAX. He recommends SWTSX which has  a lower expense ratio and no minimum balance Voicemail from Paul: Part 1 of 3 as a live case study with his life Our questions for Paul for Part 2 of the case study Voicemail from Isaac with a question on travel rewards and how to deal with Chase’s 5/24 strategy Feedback from Nia – international perspective and info for UK listeners Itunes reviews and the 2 winners of The Simple Path to Wealth Where ChooseFI is going: Ideas from the audience and future episodes Links from the show: Todoist SBLI life insurance Mutual Assurance Society of Virginia UK Monevator Blog - How to Invest Books Mentioned in the Show: The One Thing by Gary Keller The Simple Path to Wealth by JL Collins

View Details

020 | The Entry Level Middle Class Lifestyle is a tool that you can use to supercharge your path to FI. Jonathan and Brad go through their expenses one line item at a time. Then they start the conversation about a FI approach to insurance, with an emphasis on life insurance

In Today’s Podcast we cover: What Jonathan and Brad’s lifestyle and budget look like. We go in-depth into our actual spending and budget line items What have we talked about previously? How to crush your food budget, how to get fit while being frugal, basics of investing, how to save 75% of your income, tax loss and tax gain harvesting, travel rewards and the unfair advantage for teachers. Housing prices and mortgages for Brad and Jonathan

Jonathan was looking for an older neighborhood with a generational shift going on with kids coming in Brad’s net cost per month is under $800 per month on his house in a great school district in the Richmond-metro area

How to maximize insurance: be sure to shop around and get quotes and don’t be complacent. Also determine realistically how much coverage you need and don’t just follow the advice of your agent.  Increase your deductible as much as possible to save money.

Life insurance: Get term life insurance until you don’t need the insurance any longer (when you’re at Financial Independence). The insurance agent will always attempt you to buy whole life insurance; in the vast majority of cases term life is the best possible option. Once you’re at FI, you can self-insure since you don’t need the lump sum Car expenses: Jonathan mentioned the forthcoming ‘true cost of car ownership’ article Jonathan does currently have a car payment

Brad has not had a car payment on either car for well over 5 years Cell phones: Jonathan has Project FI and Brad has Republic Wireless By being smart about your cell phone you should easily be able to save $100 per month “Easy choices, hard life; hard choices, easy life” Cable bills and internet packages from Comcast and Verizon

Jonathan buys an internet-only package from Verizon What happens when you give up screen time entirely? Talk, play board games, etc. Gym memberships: Brad pays $20 a month for Crunch fitness. Jonathan does not have a membership any longer. 

He paid $1,000 to build a top-notch home gym for a one-time cost Brad now does Brazilian Jiu Jitsu through Gracie University and the free Gracie Garages Take a step back and see what you can work on long-term to get better at life?

Keep track of your food and alcohol budget and it will help you cut down Where do we spend that might be “frivolous” but where we get a lot of value? Financial independence is not deprivation. It is about being intentional 

View Details

019R | In our Friday roundup Jonathan and Brad discuss the highlights and takeaways from the Monday episode with JL Collins. Then the podcast is opened up and crowd sourced to the community. Find out the specific travel reward perks that are available for active duty military and how to get started with VTSAX if you don't have $10,000 to invest The Friday Roundup #8: Review of podcast with Jim Collins Jonathan’s baby was born! And he’s here recording the Friday Roundup two days later 2nd Generation FIRE and the impact on Jonathan with his new son The value of starting a child on the path to FIRE from the very beginning Index investing as one of the main ‘pillars of Financial Independence’ Jim’s Stock Series changed the trajectory of Brad’s investing life and will benefit him to the tune of millions of dollars in his lifetime There are no investing gurus out there who will help you outperform the market over decades when including fees into the calculation Jim is such a fantastic storyteller Fidelity study of the classes of investors who do the best: dead people and those who forgot they had accounts The best thing that can happen to someone who is young is for the market to drop while they are pumping money into the market. Index investing: Losers can only go down 100%, but winners can go up indefinitely. The index is self-cleansing Why stock picking contests promote the wrong behavior The stock market always go up over decades. You only lose money in the market when you try to “dance in and out of the market” Warren Buffett will invest in a Vanguard S&P 500 index fund Vanguard is growing faster than all of its 4,000 competitors combined (to the tune of 8.5x) Feedback Stitcher reviews – thank you for leaving them and letting us know they exist! Sharing ChooseFI with friends and family Feedback from Steve and Amy on the action they’ve taken since first listening to ChooseFI How police officers and firefighters can access their 401K’s without penalty Travel Rewards and Investing Questions Travel rewards question about travel in Europe for hotels and Ryanair from Anthony and Abby Question from Alyssa about different retirement account options and different investing options and how to get started for younger listeners who don’t have $10,000 to invest in VTSAX in one lump sum The standard advice doesn’t apply for people on the path to FI, so they should max out traditional IRAs and 401k instead of Roth-IRAs Links from the show: The Stock Series at JLCollinsNH.com ChooseFI podcast with JL Collins Vanguard is Growing Faster than Everyone Else Combined at the NY Times Neal Landfield article HR2146 how cops, firefighters and EMS can access their 401Ks without the 10% penalty Friday Roundup 7 talk about hotel redemption options including Hyatt and Starwood AwardMapper to see reward hotel options Award Wallet to track rewards programs for free Books Mentioned in the Show: The Simple Path to Wealth by JL Collins

View Details

019 | In Today’s Podcast JL collins from JLcollinsnh.com joins Jonathan & Brad on the podcast to bring the Stock Series to life. The Power of Index Investing is one of life's greatest secrets & JL Collins is the ultimate travel guide. This multi part series turns the stock series into an interactive audio companion and this first part is sure to compel you to stick around for each additional entry

The Stock Series | Part 1 Our guest: Jim Collins from JLCollinsNH.com

The Stock Series Part 1: “There’s a Major Market Crash Coming!!!! And Dr. Lo Can’t Save You” Lo claimed that “buy and hold investing doesn’t work anymore” and that raised Jim’s ire quite a bit which led to the Stock Series

An overview of the Stock Series and how Jim would explain it Jim’s eight rules that you need to understand in order to succeed with long-term stock market investing

“The Market Always Goes Up” which is very counterintuitive to people, but over the long-term it invariably does The market is always going to stumble or have corrections and you can’t predict when they are going to happen and you have to accept them. Nobody can possibly predict or time the market

The stock series came out of a series of letters to his daughters on financial education When it comes to investing (once you get the basics down correct) the less you pay attention, the better off you’ll be. Fidelity study of the best classes of investors based on performers: Dead people and those who lost their accounts!

You can’t panic when the stock market goes down significantly. You must “know yourself.” If the market is already down 50% would you still be able to hold the course and not sell if you still thought it was going to do down an additional 2/3’s? Quotes from Warren Buffett about not being fearful and buying when others are selling

For a new investor who is investing significant money each month, the best thing that can happen is a huge plunge in the market because they get to purchase new shares on a huge sale In a wealth-preservation state, you should consider buying a percentage of your portfolio in bonds Jim has a 25% bond allocation, which is actually considered very aggressive for his age Warren Buffett quotes about investing in low-cost mutual funds from Vanguard

How does index investing deal with winners and losers in the index? Downside of each company is limited to them losing 100%, but the upside is unlimited The Dow Jones is not the “market.” Just an index with 30 large companies

Stock picking contests in schools in the US are fundamentally looking at it the wrong way and are incentivizing short-term thinking Hot Seat Questions Favorite blogs: Mad Fientist, Go Curry Cracker, Millenial Revolution, The Wealthy Accountant Favorite life hack: Public Libraries and geographic arbitrage Biggest financial mistake/advice you’d give your younger self: Understand the power and value of index fund investing much earlier 

View Details

018R | In Today’s Podcast we cover how to harvest long term capital gains tax free. Friday Roundup 7 Review of Monday’s episode with Jeremy from Go Curry Cracker Brad and his family just visited Washington DC for the weekend and used Chase Ultimate Rewards points to stay at the Hyatt Place National Mall Brad’s trip to Walt Disney World with his family, parents and in-laws Jonathan now understands harvesting capital gains and losses after the episode with Jeremy Unconventional choices: Jeremy and Winnie haggling at the farmer’s market near the close of business. Brad going to Disney World before Molly turned 3 so they could get her park ticket for free. Jeremy taking his son on a flight the day before he turned 2 so he could be a lap child on a business class flight Quick hit takeaways from the Jeremy episode: He told his mom he had a ’60 year emergency fund’; he opened a Roth-IRA for his son for earned income on the website. The power of having money and financial independence enabled Jeremy to walk out of his job instead of doing something that he didn’t want to do. Brad’s story of when he left his job and taking the power back from corporate America Investing philosophy and the importance of taking your brain out of financial decisions His financial freedom clock started when he ‘got to broke’ and paid off his student loans Capital Gains Harvesting | Avoiding long term capital gains tax Case study: Married couple with one child. 30 years old.  $120,000 of income and maxing their 401k ($36k in total) Qualified dividends and long-term capital gains are taxed at 0% if you’re in the 10% or 15% marginal tax bracket Understanding how marginal tax rates work for income taxes The definition of FI: having 25 times your annual expenses saved up and invested The long term capital gains tax The long term capital gains tax  defined & explained How the Roth-IRA conversion ladder would work for this couple and how they can harvest long term capital gains tax free by using advanced FI techniques Itunes reviews and questions from the community Reader case study from Kevin: How to work with a spouse from an ultra-wealthy lifestyle and bring them over to the FI lifestyle Find what makes you happy in life and what you value and spend accordingly Kevin’s scenario is almost exactly like our case study on this episode Travel Rewards question: How to maximize hotel points with Hyatt and Starwood hotels What’s coming up on ChooseFI: JL Collins talks about the Stock Series, the Stapes of FI, JD Roth and Kristy from Millennial Revolution, the true cost of car ownership Links from the show: Podcast episode with Jeremy from Go Curry Cracker Hyatt Place Washington DC National Mall How to take a nearly free trip to Disney World with rewards points from Richmond Savers Personal Capital signup link – free net worth and financial tracker JL Collins’ Stock Series Podcast episode: Travel Rewards points Hyatt House Emeryville, CA Recommended Content Introduction to Free Money Part 1 of the Never Pay Taxes Again series

View Details

018 | In Today’s Podcast we cover: Our guest: Jeremey from Go Curry Cracker Jeremy and Winnie are living the geo-arbitrage life: currently in Taipei, Taiwan and then on to a four month trip to Europe They are using travel rewards points to get nearly free business class flights from Taipei to Europe. Using Alaska Airlines miles on Cathay Pacific they got nearly 20 cents per point in value! “Retiring in your 30s is simple but not necessarily easy” The biggest contributing factor is saving a high percentage of your income It’s easier to save a high percentage of your income when you have a larger income Make unconventional choices to save a high percentage 2nd Generation FIRE and how college costs can be lowered Jeremy had $40,000 in debt when he came out of college They have already opened a Roth-IRA for their son and used the income he earned from ‘modeling services’ for Go Curry Cracker He used the 80/20 rule to look at where 80% of their spending was going Sold his car and rode a bicycle Winnie made it so her cooking was the best food in town and they never wanted to go out to eat They spend approximately $2 per person per meal for delicious gourmet home cooked meals Most of their entertainment was community based with friends where they weren’t spending money How did he get started on his FI journey? He took the first 6 years to pay down his $40,000 in debt.  Didn’t take vacation, worked overtime to earn more money. On his first vacation he realized he didn’t want to work forever and started formulating his plan He set a 10 year plan and retired in 10 years plus 1 day from when he started! What was it like when he actually quit his job? The power of FU money and not needing to work plus how much more power it gives you while you are actually working How is he investing his money? 100% of his money is in 2 index funds Wait for compound interest to take hold so you can benefit over decades Unpacking his article ‘Never Pay Taxes Again’ Harvesting Capital Gains and how it enables you to get up to $90,000 in tax free income each year and increase the basis in those funds so you are never paying taxes on the gains Wash sale rules aren’t relevant to harvesting capital gains, only capital losses Harvesting capital gains actually makes it easier to harvest capital losses in the future They also do the Roth-IRA conversion ladder to effectively make their regular 401k tax free Harvesting capital losses to offset other income Avoiding the wash sale rules: Need to buy back another fund (example: Sell Total Stock Market Index fund and buy S&P 500 Index fund) Hot Seat questions Favorite blog: JLCollinsNH.com Favorite life hack: credit card rewards points Links from the show: Go Curry Cracker Frugalwoods Podcast Episode: Introduction to Maximizing Travel Rewards points Jeremy’s guest post on Budgets are Sexy Stock Series on JLCollinsNH.com Mad Fientist Never Pay Taxes Again on Go Curry Cracker Favorite articles: How to Give Like a Billionaire on JLCollinsNH.com They Will Kill You for Your Shoes! on Go Curry Cracker Favorite purchase: Iphone 7 Plus Google Project FI Go Curry Cracker on: Facebook Twitter Instagram Books Mentioned in the Show: The New Artisan Bread in Five Minutes a Day

View Details

017R | In Today’s Podcast we cover: Friday Roundup # 6 This is our 23rd episode and providing a home for the FIRE community Thank you for our 50th review on Itunes (from Chad Carson!) – we plan to implement the voicemail feature on the website so we can use your input on the show Episode with Brandon from the Mad Fientist This podcast humanized Brandon and you got to hear his story “Early retirees are such a different breed…I’m looking at this through the very focused lens of early retirement.” The built-in benefits of financial independence aside from just the dollars and cents: College, health care, taxes The Roth IRA Conversion Ladder The Roth IRA conversion ladder is the key to early retirement and accessing your 401k/retirement funds and pay little to no taxes on the money It was amazing how open and honest Brandon was: depression, ‘quarter-life crisis’, deprivation period Brad went to a retreat over the past weekend for “designing the life you want to live into” Quote from Keith: “I never dreamed past here.” Dream bigger and find what brings you joy and happiness in life Money is not the end goal. It is a tool to let you live a better life How Brandon tested the upper limits on their spending and how it impacted their happiness (and only a couple of thousand dollars per year) Brad thinking differently: How could he spend a little more money to bring more joy to his life Roth IRA conversion ladder step-by-step scenario: 20 year old guy earns $60,000 per year, has $30,000 of expenses per year and is on a 20 year plan for FI. How does he take advantage of the Roth IRA conversion ladder to pay little to no tax and still fund his early retirement. The Key for the Roth IRA Conversion is to max out the 401K Itunes reviews – thanks to the audience! Question from the audience: Heather about what to do with her 401k after leaving her job. Should she leave it in her company’s 401k or roll it out to Vanguard and her own IRA? Question from Bryan: How the 4% rule works on pulling out money from Roth, 401k, IRA, etc. and how to manage your tax liability in early retirement When you reach FI, you aren’t going to sit back and do nothing when “retired” Where ChooseFI is going: college hacking from Edmund Tee and Seonwoo Lee Tax hack from an audience member: if you can’t itemize every year, consider putting all deductions (donations, state taxes, etc.) into every other tax year so you can itemize every other year and in the off year you get the standard deduction Frugal hack of the week: Jonathan created a standing desk for his treadmill     For More Tax Related Content Tax Optimization for FI Links from the show: Mad Fientist Dominick Quartuccio – Take Command Subscribe to Chad Carson’s email list Dual Enrollment article on college hacking Oristand standing desk

View Details

017 | In Today’s Podcast we cover: Today’s guest: Brandon from MadFientist.com and the origin story of the Mad Fientist How did the Mad Fientist website come about? He first stumbled on the Early Retirement Extreme website He thought there’d be investing strategies to get him to financial independence more quickly, but he realized index funds were the best way to go about it Then he stumbled upon tax optimization and tax avoidance strategies Finding Get Rich Slowly and other personal finance blogs got him interested, but he looked at it through the eyes of an early retiree and realized the standard advice didn’t necessarily apply “Early retirees are such a different breed” and optimizations can be had when looking at the problems differently for FIRE He took a core tax strategy and pivoted it to the best way to optimize for early retirees

He uses his audience feedback to help come up with ideas for new posts or as ways to update and augment posts The Roth IRA conversion ladder changed the entire game for him and made him max out as many pre-tax accounts as possible How to get retirement money out earlier than the traditional 59.5 age without a penalty? Building a 5-year conversion ladder with traditional savings to cut your effective tax rate down to almost 0% on your traditional IRA and 401k Brandon’s college choice and how it impacted his financial life with minimal student loan debt Brandon took a software developer’s position at an Ivy League University and worked towards a free Ivy League master’s degree

Did Brandon max out his 401k his very first year? What’s the most expensive car Brandon every bought? He leased a Toyota RAV4 but other than that every car he has ever owned is at least 10 years old What financial mistakes has Brandon made or where does he not follow his own advice?

Timing the market and sitting with too much cash Take your brain out of your investing decisions once your plan is set What type of investing does Brandon do? All index funds from Vanguard and cash How has Brandon evolved psychologically as he has approached Financial Independence? Reaching your FI number doesn’t by definition make you happier. You have to find your passion in life They actually loosened up their spending for a year to enjoy life as much as possible.

Total tally: $35,000 of yearly spending. As compared to their normal $30,000 - $33,000 spending.  An insignificant increase in money spent for such a large increase in satisfaction What is the most surprisingly positive aspect of post-FI life?

What does his life look like 5 years from now/what does he want to do with his life? Hot Seat Questions Favorite life hack: Find out what makes you happy Advice to your younger self: Just get started today 

View Details

016R | In Today’s Podcast we cover: Friday Roundup #5 Recap of house hacking episode with Chad Carson from CoachCarson.com Real estate investing is one of the pillars of Financial Independence ‘Keep it super simple and try to do the fundamentals well’ quote by Chad Chad put in the extra effort to walk neighborhoods on Saturday mornings to learn about real estate House hacking is essential knowledge for someone getting started with FI The main levers to pull to get on the path to financial independence Housing is the biggest line item in most budgets and this can be a game changer House hacking for ‘2nd generation FIRE’ Brad lived at home after college graduation and saved many thousands of dollars instead of renting an apartment If you have a solid income and you aren’t saving money then you aren’t a “success” Moving forward ChooseFI will bring in other real estate mentors to help educate all of us Itunes reviews Feedback from Libertarian Investments about our appearance on Radical Personal Finance on earning more than $100,000 income and how it makes paying down debt much easier Can you earn $100,000 a year without going to college? That wasn’t what we were arguing on Radical Personal Finance Unconventional choices: Brad and his wife Laura decided to pick up their entire lives and move 400 miles south to Richmond, VA. This was a long-term play to afford the FI lifestyle on one income. Message from Ken on the benefits of libraries and the assortment of ways you can get value out of your local library. He also thought the 10 year timeline to reach FI was unrealistic We agreed and thought 10-15 years is much more realistic. And even if people take 20-25 years it is still a huge win over where they would have been otherwise Debt-free isn’t the goal – it is financial independence Comment from Tallis on how the podcast has been “life changing” for them. They already put a plan on paper for early retirement! Feedback from Isaac that the Roth IRA is the “worst” investment vehicle and we’re going to unpack this in the future Jonah said dollar cost averaging provides far below average market return. While we agree mathematically, it is still difficult psychologically for people to dump a bunch of money into the market at one time Travel rewards question from Ben on the timing of the Southwest Companion Pass Travel rewards question about hotel rewards and how to maximize Hyatt and Starwood Episode 17 coming up: Behind the scenes look at the Mad Fientist Links from the show: Podcast episode: Coach Carson Coach Carson’s website Sign up for Chad's email list Article about Chad as a Clemson Tiger football player Chad’s first house hack & house hacking guide ChooseFI podcast episode on travel rewards

View Details

016 | In Today’s Podcast we cover: Real estate investing and house hacking with Chad “Coach” Carson. On the path to financial independence, how much of your own budget is going towards housing? After Chad graduated college at Clemson, he got started with real estate investing in his college town. How financial independence and real estate investing have allowed Chad to move his family to Ecuador for about 1.5 years. When they moved to Ecuador they sold most of their possessions and rented out their house for 2 years. When Chad graduated college he kept his expenses extremely low and actually moved into his business partner’s spare bedroom to help save money. This led to his concept of “house hacking” as a way to keep housing expenses down to nearly zero House hacking: buy a multi-family rental unit and live in one unit while you rent out the rest and have them essentially pay for your house payment entirely Easy to become rich saving the money you’d otherwise be paying for your house and car payments Keep it simple and pay attention to the fundamentals with your financial life How do you get started with real estate? Where do you find a multi-family unit to buy? What to look for: neighborhoods with charm, safe, public transportation nearby Avoid cookie-cutter neighborhoods on the outskirts of town with new construction Chad recommends hiring a real estate agent at the beginning. Have them run searches based on your desired neighborhoods and automatically send you new listings. It is essential to walk the neighborhoods and talk to people to gather intel. Tip: walk with your kids to seem less intimidating and go on a Saturday morning when they are out It’s important to think differently and take that extra step to find great deals. Have to reach out to people and get outside your comfort zone Real estate: The numbers crunching has to come into play at some point. Put together a profile of what makes a good deal upfront Follow the ‘1% rule’: You are looking for the monthly rent to be 1% of the purchase price ($1,000 per month rent = $100,000 house price) Chad was able to pull his equity out and invest in another deal Small investors need to avoid 5 or more unit complex in order to get the most favorable owner-occupied financing Once you have an owner-occupied financing, you can move out and keep the favorable financing rates and rent all the units How to get started finding financing if you have no money saved and no contacts? Options: FHA 203k Loan in order to remodel and do a house hack or Fannie Mae Remodeling loan Building relationships with local real estate investors and private lenders Real estate debt snowball to fully own these properties as a path to wealth and financial independence Chad’s personal strategy: 15% of his assets are currently in index funds with a goal of up to 33% and the vast majority of the rest is in real estate, cash and financing/note investing Chad and his business partner have approximately 90 rental units currently Chad is not interested in growing as large as possible – he wants to find a balance in life and keep it as simple as possible to meet his financial independence goal Hot Seat Questions Favorite life hack: Planning and actually writing it out. Weekly, monthly, yearly Biggest mistake: buying into other people’s goals and getting sloppy with purchasing a lot of properties at the height of the 2007 bubble Links from the show: CoachCarson.com Root of Good House Hacking Guide - How to "Hack" Your Housing, Live For Free, & Start Investing in Real Estate How to Retire Rich With Ugly Houses and Embarrassing Old Cars Stock Series at JLCollinsNH.com The Debt Snowball Plan - How to Get Free & Clear Rental Properties The All-Cash Plan - How to Get Free & Clear Rental Properties How Many Rentals Do I Need to Retire FHA 203k Loan information

View Details

Keeping up with the Joneses' will cost you

  1. Allocation when Investing in a Bubble? Kyith points out that allocation matters as the Early Retiree approaches their FI date
    2.Paul wants to know where he should put his emergency fund
  2. Should Brad Pay off His Mortgage? Kevin challenges Brad & Jonathan on whether they should pay off their mortgage using the Dave Ramsey litmus test
  3. Matt would like to see ChooseFI tackle Effective Altruism
  4. Sharing Resources

Links Mentioned in Show

https://www.choosefi.com/start

https://www.choosefi.com/CIT

https://www.choosefi.com/Disney

https://www.choosefi.com/book

Travel Rewards | Southwest companion pass and how to travel to Disney

View Details

015 | In Today’s Podcast we cover: Our guest: Justin from Root of Good Justin had access to 401k and the 457 retirement plans 457 plan is an extremely valuable took for early retirement as there is no 10% early withdrawal penalty

Justin’s early retirement journey: Retirement at 33 Saved over 60% of his income to help retire early Justin has a wife and 3 kids and was still able to retire early What does a day in the life look like for Justin and the Root of Good family? “Optimal spouse selection” is important on the path to early retirement.

You both need to align and be compatible with the savings mindset Being early retired gives you the flexibility to spend your time as you choose and live like a billionaire from a prior era Justin followed the Early Retirement Forums to model the behavior as he was learning about the path to financial independence Does it really cost $300,000 to raise a child?

They spend $29,000 to $34,000 per year including luxurious vacations Quote of the day: “If you want to be average, it’s going to cost 300 grand” How they save money on cruises for the family: Go in the off season, look for deals online and book through a shopping portal like Ebates, don’t book excursions through the cruise line How does early retirement impact your children?

Great lesson to teach your kids: I worked really hard for 10 years, saved money, and now can enjoy life for the next 50 For people who save money, it isn’t a stressor, it’s a tool to live a better life You have so much extra time to spend with your children when you are early retired Significant tax savings from having children 2nd Generation FIRE: How to pass this concept on to our children and to teach them to get started even before we did

Planning for children’s college while early retired How to get college credit while still in high school (AP classes, classes from local university, etc.) Once you get to college, how do you pay for it? How to hack the FAFSA: they don’t look at retirement savings or home equity for calculation Don’t pay sticker price for college! Financial aid and scholarships are plentiful Some elite schools offer full scholarships to “lower income” people of which early retirees may qualify Will college still be relevant in 10 years and how will you pay for it? 

View Details

Control your Tax Rate by understanding how our marginal brackets work and eliminating consumer debt and taking advantage of tax deferred accounts
Get Started on Path to FI
https://www.choosefi.com/start
Free Travel Course
https://www.choosefi.com/travel
For Net worth Tracker
https://www.choosefi.com/pc

Community Questions
1. Brian has a question about separation of service
2. Jason questions whether to use Vanguard vs Schwab
3. Kristen wants to know why she was denied for a premium credit card despite having 700+ credit score
4. Tyler shares how he used geoarbitrage to supercharge his path to FI

Jonathan and Brad introduce a new segment with the FWOTW of the week (Frugal Win Of The Week)

View Details

014 | The Phases of FI with 1500 days (Mr 1500) Our Guest: Carl from 1500 Days The Phases of Financial Independence Close-knit community at Fincon and FI generally, Its amazing how much you have in common with somebody when you share a philosophy about money

What is your philosophy about money? It isn’t about money – it’s a tool to a better life The goal of his site 1500 Days to freedom Their real estate investing experience Buying a McMansion and selling it within 2 weeks How one bad day at work led him to MMM and the concept of early retirement

The importance of health Surrounding yourself with the best possible people Live in a place that has outdoor pursuits, the best possible library and a strong community

Raise your children to be good, hardworking people and raise your knowledge every day Explore the world and give back by volunteering Time is the most essential resource, and it's slipping away from you unless you plan for it Develop passions to design the life you want to live with the time available.

Without passions, FI would be a prison The Four Phases of FI Financial independence doesn’t mean not earning money. It means following your passions Hot Seat Questions 

View Details

Control your Tax Rate by understanding how our marginal brackets work and eliminating consumer debt and taking advantage of tax deferred accounts

Get Started on Path to FI
https://www.choosefi.com/start
Free Travel Course
https://www.choosefi.com/travel
For Net worth Tracker
https://www.choosefi.com/pc

Community Questions
1. Brian has a question about separation of service
2. Jason questions whether to use Vanguard vs Schwab
3. Kristen wants to know why she was denied for a premium credit card despite having 700+ credit score
4. Tyler shares how he used geoarbitrage to supercharge his path to FI

Jonathan and Brad introduce a new segment with the FWOTW of the week (Frugal Win Of The Week)

View Details

013 | Our guest: Millionaire Educator shows us how to invest your money. He shows how teachers, firefighters, police officers and public employees can leverage the power of pretax savings to supercharge their retirement , and become millionaires.

Take this information to learn how to invest your money and retires decades before your peers Ed’s journey from a college basketball player to a Spanish teacher Graduate school led to $45,000 total debt at age 33 Taught ESL in Saudia Arabia and paid off debt Returned to the US from Saudia Arabia with a $110,000 net worth Had to figure out the concept of FIRE before it even existed Taught in public school in Georgia for the next 7 years

The two retirement plans available to public sector employees: 403(b) and 457 Teachers can fully fund both of these accounts ($18,000 to each in current year) Putting away this money helps dramatically decrease your taxes

In 2007 his net worth was $400,000 2009: Next phase of their retirement journey 403(b) fees are significant, so it was to their benefit to move jobs to roll their 403(b) accounts to a lower fee (‘separation of service’ clause) 457b is a special account as it doesn’t have the 10% penalty for pre-59.5 age withdrawals

Phase 3 of retirement plan: Starting in 2014 they worked for 2 years and saved $238,000 What they are living on: a) $90,000 from 457s b) 72-T withdrawals from IRAs How to control your tax bracket for big savings (potentially down to $0)

Debt avoidance: debt is paid with after-tax dollars Geo-arbitrage and living abroad or even just a lower cost state 457b account is an emergency fund that is pre-tax dollars

How Brad and Ed are not “perfect” with their investing Pay increases for teachers when attaining new degrees. Raises that last a lifetime Earning extra money for coaching and extended day teaching to max out retirement accounts How they saved over $100,000 in a year towards retirement accounts 

View Details

The Friday Roundup acts as a way to connect the FI community bringing in your feedback questions, and corrections.
https://www.choosefi.com/Start

Text choosefi to 44222 for FI made simple Ebook

On Todays episode Feedback on the Frugalwoods episode
Email from Isaac: How have others responded to you being “openly FIRE” in your real life?
Email from Evan: Has some tax hacks he wants to pass along
Questions about travel rewards – do Chase points expire and how to transfer?
Update on Jonathan’s goal to lose 30 points by April 22nd
Jonathan and Brad's Favorite networth tool

FI made Simple Ebook
Travel Course
Personal Capital Review

View Details

012 | Living Frugal is a Powerful FI Tool Liz from Frugalwoods coaches us through the ultimate guide to frugal living The benefits of minimalism and living frugal Frugalwoods family saving 70%+ of their income Their conscious decision in March 2014 to pursue financial independence

Entirely possible to pursue living frugal anywhere including large metro cities. In fact these cities may have built in advantages like transportation What is the difference between someone who saves 70%+ and everyone else?

First ask ‘where you want to be’ Not a sacrifice but a reorientation of how you spend and your priorities The benefits of living frugal: happiness & joy How they actually moved forward in March 2014 with their newly ultra-frugal lifestyle

How the Frugalwoods family saves on food & groceries Does it make sense to pay off your mortgage? How they spend nearly $0 on entertainment Bring your own food to work every day and save $20+ per day No car payments & buying used cars

Buying nearly everything used No impulse buying – wait 72 hours after you want to make a purchase Embracing imperfection: why & how they cut each other’s hair living frugal can simplify and streamline life

The Frugalwoods homestead in Vermont Educating yourself when making a major purchase You don’t need to spend money to be happy: frugal substitutions Hot Seat Questions Favorite Life Hack Hacking the soda stream 

View Details

011 | In Today’s Podcast we cover: Future guests and how our interviews will be different than other podcasts

Introduction to the “hot seat”

  • What’s your favorite blog that you’re currently reading?
  • What is your favorite article of all time
  • Favorite Life Hack Biggest financial mistake
  • What advice would you give to your younger self?

View Details

010 | In Today’s Podcast we cover: Fitness and nutrition from a financial independence mindset Jonathan’s quest to lose 30 pounds in the 3 months leading up to his son’s birth JD Roth’s talk at the Camp Mustache event to create a personal mission statement Jonathan’s post-it note goals for his next 3 months of losing weight Be intentional about your goals Eating to live, not living to eat

The dangers of carbs and processed sugar Frugal, ripped, lean and wealthy

  • Set a goal and find some accountability partners
  • Brad’s goals: 15 pullups and a six-minute mile
  • Go to sleep on an empty stomach: benefits and discussion
  • Drink more water: ½ to 1 gallon per day How to eat a better breakfast and why to avoid sugar and carbs 24 hour fast one day per week
  • in Jonathan’s plan Bulletproof Coffee, intermittent fasting and ketosis Prepare your meals ahead of time
  • Avoid a deprivation mindset
  • Movement is essential Take breaks during the workday to walk Interval training: HIIT on treadmill
  • The benefits of lifting weights
  • Building exercise into your day
  • Take these actionable tips and implement them

View Details

009 | In Today’s Podcast we cover: Why Jonathan started with travel rewards: Wife’s family in Zimbabwe: $6,000 in flights every two years

https://www.choosefi.com/travel

What is this travel rewards strategy all about?

Minimum spending requirement defined Options to meet minimum spending requirement

Return on investment: instead of 1.5% rewards, you can earn upwards of 33%

Impact on credit score and Brad’s personal experience Is this strategy right for you?

The Chase Gauntlet and why you want to focus on Chase cards first Where to start? Chase Ultimate Rewards

How to earn the Southwest Companion Pass (and the value of the pass) Business credit cards Ultimate Rewards points and three ways to redeem them

Jonathan’s trip to Zimbabwe: Helping him save $6k in 5 minutes How to search for flights at United’s website

If this strategy can take Jonathan to Zimbabwe, it can take you anywhere! Other destinations with ‘sweet spot’ options: Costa Rica, Hawaii, Europe

If you want to take 1-2 nearly free vacations per year, this strategy is right for you 

ChooseFI.com/Travel

Travel Credit Cards

View Details

008 | In Today’s Podcast we cover: Don’t piss off the accountant: Bank Fees Americans spent $32 Billion in overdraft fees in 2016

Bank accounts and credit cards should be financial tools you use for free Overdraft fees mean you have no money and the bank is loaning you money for $35 at a time

If you don’t have $1,000 in savings you have an emergency Jonathan had one overdraft in 2016 but his system for putting it on a credit card avoided a fee

One fee leads to another. Come up with an action plan to avoid them If you get hit with a fee, call your bank to ask them to waive it

If you threaten to leave your bank over a fee, they will almost always waive it

Determine if you need a local branch for your bank to save more money If you’re getting hit with any fees, you need to sit down with your banker to come up with a plan 

View Details

007 | In Today’s Podcast we cover: America’s food obsession: We’re fat and broke How Brad’s family saves money on food Being smart with ingredients.

How often does Brad’s family go out to eat? Go out for lunch instead of dinner Emergency meals in extra freezer Being efficient shopping at one store.

Cut down on business Plan out the 2-3 meals you want to cook for the week Index of Top 50 recipes (A++ recipes) to cook Getting five nights of dinner out of cooking two meals Jonathan’s plan: cook for multiple nights and don’t waste food

The waistline test and the fridge test Food budget programs Making food prep psychologically easy. Simplicity is key

The Ultimate Costco Meal Plan and 10 items Jonathan buys 31 loaves of bread from one 25-pound bag of flour, 18 cents per loaf Find out your price per unit on your staple foods

Jonathan doesn’t eat out at restaurants where he needs to leave a tip (goes to Chipotle and Panera) Health consequences – don’t overeat To cut down on portions, plan for leftovers Take willpower out of decision-making Small tweaks to make your life better over years Healthy lifestyle saves money on healthcare 

View Details

006 | In Today’s Podcast we cover: The Power of Partnerships How Brad and Jonathan met Our decision to partner up on Choose FI The importance of taking action

The value of personal relationships in an online world What to look for in a partner Complementary skills and how it can help beat the learning curve How to find a partner in your niche

Find people you connect with and meet in person if possible

Split up the duties in the partnership to create an effective partnership Partnerships likely aren’t going to be 50%/50% in time spent, but you can still add value

Have an understanding from the outset what the partnership will entail to avoid problems down the road 

View Details

005 | In Today’s Podcast we cover: Dave Ramsey and Jonathan’s history following him Dave’s unyielding stance on debt: don’t do it Review and evaluate Dave’s teaching philosophies Baby Step 1: Get an emergency fund of $1,000

Baby Step 2: Pay off all your debt except for your mortgage Explanation of the Debt Snowball Our hybrid approach to the Debt Snowball vs. Debt Avalanche Advice isn’t “one size fits all.”  You need to figure out what works for you! The 4% rule explained and the impact on financial independence

Dave Ramsey says to not take advantage of 401k match if you’re paying off debt The math of personal finance vs. the psychology of personal finance

Baby Step 3: Get 3-6 months of expenses in savings Our personal emergency fund strategies

Baby Step 4: Invest 15% of household income into Roth IRAs and pre-tax retirement funds

Baby Step 5: College funding for children Baby Step 6: Pay off your home mortgage early

Baby Step 7: Build wealth and give Please leave us a written review on Itunes to help the podcast grow

Corrections from the show Roth's do not require any seasoning period. You can withdraw your initial contributions tax free at any time for any reason. It does not have to season for five years. Practically this makes the Roth even more powerful as a possible savings vehicle during your teens and college years when your tax rate is very low 

View Details

004 | In Today’s Podcast we cover: Interviewing Jonathan to hear his story August 2013 Jonathan graduated from Pharmacy School with $168,000 student loan debt

How did he get to that point? ‘Followed the rules’ to get his pharmacy degree but came out owing $1,000 per month in interest You don’t have as much money as you think: the impact of taxes

How many years of work he gave up to pursue advanced degree and then pay down the debt just to get back to $0 net worth Would there have been a more efficient way to earn a $100k+ income?

How Brad saved 90% of his income the first 2 years living at home and how it set him up for life Jonathan paid off his $168k of student loan debt in 3.5 years (!)

What it takes: Incredible focus & intensity Create metrics to track to make paying down debt a fun game He looked at every single monthly expense to see if they could save money

They were able to cut their cost of living from $60k per year to $38k per year Is there a need for an emergency fund?

Differences in financial personality types When loans are paid off where does he go from here? Plans for 2017: emergency fund, create blog and podcast, create new streams of income 

View Details

Do understand how expensive your investments are?Jonathan and Brad explore how Expense Ratios and Assets Under Management Fees Erode your Returns and Portfolio over time.

And why avoiding them is the difference of millions of dollars.

Resources Mentioned
Investment Calculator
https://apps.choosefi.com/calculators/

https://apps.choosefi.com/start

Check out our Book

https://apps.choosefi.com/book

View Details

Brad shares how he iterated out of failure to a online business success and how you can too!

The skills learned, even from ‘failures’: ability to create websites, The value of personal relationships, even in an online world.

The value of being a “real” person and how people relate to that Aligning your incentives with your audience to create a successful site and a win-win Turning an online website into a “real” business

Resources mentioned in show

https://www.choosefi.com/blog

https://www.choosefi.com/disney

https://www.choosefi.com/travel

View Details

What if you could get to the point where working is optional not just in your golden years but in your best years and have fun doing it.

Welcome to the Financial Independence Community
In the Original First Episode of the ChooseFI Podcast Brad and Jonathan share their objectives for the show and what they want you to get out of it.

Welcome to the Show! Jonathan & Brad are not gurus. They are 2 average guys who are figuring out the rules of Financial Independence and sharing what they find with millions of other like minded people.